Skip to main content

Full text of "On the improvement of society by the diffusion of knowledge:"

See other formats


ON   THE 


IMPROVEMENT    OF    SOCIETY 


BY   THE 


DIFFUSION  OF  KNOWLEDGE 

OR, 

AN    ILLUSTRATION 

OF     THE 

ADVANTAGES  WHICH  WOULD  RESULT  FROM  A  MORE  GENERAL   DISSEMINATION 
OP  RATIONAL  AND  SCIENTIFIC  INFORMATION  AMONG  ALL  RANKS. 

ILLUSTRATED   WITH   ENGRAYINGS. 


BY    THOMAS    DICK,    LL.    D. 

AUTHOR    OF    UTHE    CHRISTIAN    PHILOSOPHER,"   u  THE    PHILOSOPHY 
OF  RELIGION,"  "  THE  PHILOSOPHY  OF  A  FUTURE  STATE,"  &C. 


n  Knowledge  is  Power." — Lord  Bacon. 


PHILADELPAIA: 

PUBLISHED  BY  KEY  &  BIDDLE, 

23,  MINOR  STREET. 

1833. 


3o  2>  ity 


,  f 


*.* 


»  J 


PREFACE. 


The  plan  and  outlines  of  the  following  work  were  sketched,  and 
a  considerable  portion  of  it  composed,  about  eighteen  years  ago. 
It  was  advertised,  as  preparing  for  the  press,  in  1823,  when  the 
author  published  the  first  edition  of"  The  Christian  Philosopher  ;" 
but  various  other  engagements  prevented  its  appearance  at  that 
period.  The  Introduction  and  the  two  first  Sections  were  pub- 
lished in  a  respectable  Quarterly  Journal,  in  the  year  1816  ;  but 
they  are  now  considerably  modified  and  enlarged.  This  circum- 
stance will  account  for  the  date  of  some  of  the  illustrative  facts  to 
which  reference  is  made  in  the  first  part  of  the  volume,  and  -in 
several  portions  of  the  Appendix. 

Had  the  present  work  been  published  at  any  of  the  periods  now 
referred  to,  the  subject  it  discusses,  and  some  of  the  illustrations, 
would  have  presented  a  more  novel  aspect  than  they  can  lay  claim 
to  at  the  present  time,  when  the  Diffusion  of  Knowledge  has  be- 
come an  object  of  general  attention.  The  author,  however,  is  not 
aware,  that  any  work  embracing  so  full  an  illustration  of  the  same 
topics  has  yet  made  its  appearance  ;  and  is,  therefore,  disposed  to 
indulge  the  hope,  that,  in  conjunction  with  the  present  movements 
of  society,  it  may,  in  some  degree,  tend  to  stimulate  those  exer- 
tions which  are  now  making  for  the  melioration  and  mental  im- 
provement of  mankind.  Independently  of  the  general  bearing  of 
the  facts  and  illustrations  on  the  several  topics  they  are  intended 
to  elucidate,  the  author  trusts  that  not  a  few  fragments  of  useful 
knowledge  will  be  found  incorporated  in  the  following  pages,  cal- 
culated to  entertain  and  instruct  the  general  reader. 

In  the  numerous  illustrations  brought  forward  in  this  volume,  it 
was  found  impossible  altogether  to  avoid  a  recurrence  to  certain 
facts  which  the  author  had  partially  adverted  to  in  some  of  his 


IV  PREFACE. 

former  publications — without  interrupting  the  train  of  thought, 
and  rendering  his  illustrations  partial  and  incomplete.  But,  where 
the  same  facts  are  introduced,  they  are  generally  brought  forward 
to  elucidate  a  different  topic.  Any  statements  or  descriptions  of 
this  kind,  however,  which  may  have  the  appearance  of  repeti- 
tion, could  all  be  comprised  within  the  compass  of  three  or  four 
pages. 

The  general  subject  of  the  present  work  will  be  prosecuted  in 
another  volume,  to  be  entitled  "  The  Mental  Illumination  of  Man- 
kind ;  or  an  inquiry  into  the  Means  by  which  a  general  diffusion  of 
knowledge  may  be  promoted."  This  work  will  embrace — along 
with  a  great  variety  of  other  topics — an  examination  of  the  present 
system  of  education,  showing  its  futility  and  inefficiency,  and  illus- 
trating the  principles  and  details  of  an  efficient  intellectual  system, 
capable  of  universal  application  ;  together  with  a  variety  of  sug- 
gestions in  relation  to  the  physical,  moraj,  and  intellectual  im- 
provement of  society. 

To  his  numerous  correspondents  who  have  been  inquiring  after 
the  work,  "  T7ie  Scenery  of  the  Heavens  displayed,  with  the  view  of 
illustrating  the  doctrine  of  a  Plurality  of  Worlds"  which  was  an- 
nounced at  page  285  of  the  "  Philosophy  of  a  Future  State," — the 
author  begs  respectfully  to  state,  that,  if  health  permit,  he  intends  to 
proceed,  without  delay,  to  the  completion  of  that  work,  as  soon  as 
the  volume  announced  above  is  ready  for  the  press.  It  will  form 
a  volume  of  considerable  size,  and  will  be  illustrated  with  a  great 
number  of  engravings,  many  of  which  will  be  original. 

Brmighty  Femj,  near  Dundee, 
\Sth  Jpril,  1833. 


CONTENTS. 


Introduction — Retrospective  view  of  the  state  of  mankind — ignorance  of 
the  dark  ages — revival  of  learning  at  the  Reformation,  11 — 14.  Present 
intellectual  state  of  the  human  race,  14.  Causes  which  have  retarded  the 
progress  of  the  human  mind,  17.  A  more  general  diffusion  of  knowledge 
desirable,  19.  Preludes  which  indicate  the  approach  of  the  era  of  intelli- 
gence, 19. 

SECTION  I. 

INFLUENCE  OF  KNOWLEDGE  IN  DISSIPATING  SUPERSTITIOUS 
NOTIONS  AND  VAIN  FEARS,  21 

Objects  and  circumstances  which  ignorance  has  arrayed  with  imaginary  ter- 
rors— eclipses,  comets,  aurora  borealis,  &c.  22.  Absurdity  of  astrology,  23. 
Belief  attached  to  its  doctrines,  24.  Various  prevalent  superstitious  opi- 
nions— omens — witches— spectres,  &c.  25.  Proof  of  such  notions  still  pre- 
vailing, 27.  Superstitions  indulged  by  men  of  rank  and  learning,  28.  Bane- 
ful tendency  of  superstition,  30 — leads  to  deeds  of  cruelty  and  injustice,  30. 
How  knowledge  would  undermine  superstition,  and  its  usual  accompani- 
ments— illustrated  at  large,  31 — -34.  Animadversion  on  Dr.  S.  Johnson, 
&c.  35. 

SECTION  II. 

ON  THE  UTILITY  OF  KNOWLEDGE  IN  PREVENTING  DISEASES 
AND  FATAL  ACCIDENTS,  37 

Accidents  which  have  happened  from  ignorance  of  the  properties  of  the  differ- 
ent gases,  and  the  means  of  preventing  them,  37.  Disasters  which  have 
happened  in  coal-mines,  39.  Figure  of  Davy's  Safety  Lamp,  with  descrip- 
tion and  remarks,  42,  Accidents  caused  by  the  stroke  of  lightning,  42. 
Precautions  requisite  to  be  attended  to  during  thunder-storms,  43.  .Acci- 
dents from  ignorance  of  the  principles  of  Mechanics,  44.  Reasons  of  such 
accidents  explained  by  a  figure,  45.  Fatal  accidents  caused  from  ignorance 
of  the  effects  produced  by  the  refraction  of  light — illustrated  by  figures  and 
experiments,  46.  Accidents  from  the  clothes  of  females  catching  fire,  and 
the  means  of  prevention,  4S.  Various  diseases  propagated  from  ignorance  of 
their  nature,  49.  Pernicious  effects  of  contaminated  air,  50.  Improper 
mode  of  treating  children  during  infancy,  and  its  fatal  effects,  52.  Import- 
ance of  temperance,  53.     General  remarks,  54. 


VI  CONTENTS, 


SECTION  III. 


ON  THE  INFLUENCE  WHICH  A  DIFFUSION  OF  KNOWLEDGE 
WOULD  HAVE  ON  THE  PROGRESS  OF  SCIENCE,  55 

Science  founded  on  facts,  56.  Every  person  is  endowed  with  faculties  for 
observing  tacts,  57.  Anecdote  of  Sir  I.  Newton,  57.  Extraordinary  powers 
of  intellect  not  necessary  for  making  discoveries  in  science,  58.  Ample 
field  of  investigation  still  remains,  59.  Discoveries  would  be  nearly  in  pro- 
portion to  the  number  of  observers,  GO.  Various  illustrations  of  these  posi- 
tions.— Geology,  its  multifarious  objects  and  disiderata,  62.  Natural  His- 
tory, how  it  may  be  improved,  and  its  range  extended,  64.  Meteorology, 
imperfection  of  our  knowledge  in  regard  to  many  of  its  objects, — thunder- 
storms, aurora  borealis,  meteoric  stones,  &c.  89.  Astronomy,  disiderata  in 
reference  to,  which  remain  to  be  ascertained,  68.  Illustration  taken  from 
Jupiter,  with  four  different  views  of  this  planet,  70.  Venus,  mode  by  which 
the  time  of  its  rotation  may  be  determined,  71 — illustrated  by  a  figure,  72. 
Comets,  fixed  stars — Moon,  plan  by  which  our  knowledge  of  the  scenery 
of  this  globe  may  be  extended,  73.  Discoveries  which  have  been  made  in 
the  heavens  by  accident,  75.  Prospects  presented  when  knowledge  shall 
be  more  generally  diffused,  75.  Chemistry,  its  objects,  and  the  means  of  its 
improvements,  76.  Futility  of  framing  hypotheses — importance  of  observ- 
ing facts — general  remarks  and  reflections,  77 — 80. 

SECTION  IV. 

ON  THE  PLEASURES  CONNECTED  WITH  THE  PURSUITS  OF 
SCIENCE,  81 

Pleasures  of  sense  and  of  intellect,  81.  The  enjoyments  of  the  ignorant, 
and  of  the  man  of  intelligence  contrasted,  and  particularly  illustrated,  82 — 
87.  Pleasure  annexed  to  the  gratification  of  the  principle  of  curiosity,  88. 
Scientific  facts  illustrative  of  this  subject — Number  of  effects  produced  by  a 
single  principle  in  nature,  88.  Surprising  resemblances  in  operations  where 
we  should  least  of  all  have  expected  them,  90.  Grand  and  sublime  objects 
which  science  presents  before  us,  91.  Variety  of  novel  and  interesting  objects 
it  exhibits,  94.  Illustrated  from  mechanics,  hydrostatics,  magnetism,  optics, 
chemistry,  &c.  95.  Instruments  connected  with  optics,  95.  Figure  of  the 
Aerial  Telescope,  96.  Pleasure  in  tracing  the  steps  by  which  discoveries 
have  been  made,  and  the  experiments  by  which  they  are  illustrated,  99 — 
103.  Beneficial  tendency  of  scientific  pursuits  on  the  heart,  and  on  social 
and  domestic  enjoyment — miscellaneous  reflections  and  remarks,  103 — 109. 

SECTION  V. 

ON  THE  PRACTICAL  INFLUENCE  OF  SCIENTIFIC  KNOWLEDGE, 
AND  ITS  TENDENCY  TO  PROMOTE  THE  COMFORTS  OF 
GENERAL  SOCIETY,  109 

1.  A  knowledge  of  science  would  render  mechanics,  &c.  more  skilful  in  their 
respective  employments — illustrated  from  the  arts  of  dyeing,  calico  print- 
ing, bleaching,  brewing,  tanning,  agriculture,  &c.  109 — 112.  Chemistry, 
ntially  requisite  to  surgeon  and  apothecaries,  112.  Utility  of  practi- 
cal Geometry,  illustrated  by  a  diagram,  114  Utility  of  Mechanics,  1 1 5. 
Of  Hydrostatics  and  Hydraulics,  illustrated    with  various    figures,   117. 


CONTENTS.  Vii 

Hydrostatical  paradox,  mode  of  conveying  water,  hydrostatical  press,  per- 
pendicular pressure  of  water,  and  the  accidents  it  may  occasion,  119. 
Application  of  these  facts  to  engineering  and  hydraulic  operations,  123. 
Disaster  occasioned  by  want  of  attention  to  hydrostatic  principles,  124. 
Practical  utility  of  Pneumatics — anecdote  illustrative  of,  125.  Mode  of 
curing  smoky  chimneys,  illustrated  by  figures,  128.  Utility  of  an  acquaint- 
ance with  Optics,  129.  Explanation  of  the  nature  of  a  telescope,  and  the 
mode  of  its  construction,  130.  Mode  of  constructing  a  compound  micro- 
scope, with  illustrative  figures,  131.  Burning  lenses,  Sir  D.  Brewster's 
Polyzonal  Lens,  reflecting  concave  mirrors  for  light-houses,  &c.  with  illus- 
trative figures,  134.  Utility  of  Electricity  and  Galvanism,  135.  Mode  of 
directing  lightning  as  a  mechanical  power,  136.  Practical  applications  of 
Magnet  ism,  and  late  discoveries  in — magnetized  masks,  &c.  138.  Practi- 
cal utility  of  Geology,  139.  Utility  of  Natural  History,  139.  Application  of 
steam — steam  navigation — steam  carriages,  140.  Carburetted  hydrogen 
gas,  141.  Utility  of  science  to  day-labourers,  house-keepers,  kitchen-maids, 
&c.  142.  Instances  illustrative  of  the  advantages  of  chemical  knowledge, 
144. 

II.  Scientific  knowledge  would  pave  the  way  for  future  inventions  and  improvt* 
merits  in  the  arts.  Circumstances  which  led  to  the  invention  and  subse- 
quent improvement  of  the  telescope,  with  a  figure  of  the  first  telescope, 
145 — 6.  Fraunhofer's  telescope — Guinand's  experiments  on  the  composi- 
tion of  flint  glass — Description  of  an  achromatic  object-glass,  with  a  figure, 
&c.  146 — 7.  Historical  sketches  of  certain  inventions — steam  engine — 
mariner's  compass — galvanic  principle — pendulum  clocks — watches — air- 
pump — spinning  jennies — safety  lamp,  &c.  147.  Few  inventions  owing  to 
chance,  149.  Cautions  to  be  attended  to  in  the  construction  and  use  of  the  safety 
lamp,  151.  Mechanics  have  a  greater  chance  of  becoming  inventors  than 
mere  philosophers,  220.     Prospects  of  improvement  in  future  ages,  1 52. 

III.  The  external  comforts  of  mankind  promoted  by  intelligence  and  improvements 
in  the  arts,  154.  Contrast  between  the  past  and  present  aspect  of  the  social 
state,  155.  Wretched  accommodations  which  still  exist  among  the  lower 
classes,  155.  Mental  improvement  would  lead  to  diligence  and  economy 
to  cleanliness  in  person,  clothes,  and  furniture — to  tasteful  decorations  ot 
houses  and  garden-plots — improvements  in  foot-paths,  narrow  lanes,  vil- 
lages, &c  156—160. 

SECTION  VI. 

ON  THE  INFLUENCE  OF  KNOWLEDGE  IN  PROMOTING  EN- 
LARGED CONCEPTIONS  OF  THE  CHARACTER  AND  PERFEC- 
TIONS OF  THE  DEITY,  160 

Grovelling  conceptions  of  the  Deity  both  in  heathen  and  Christian  countries, 
160.  Just  conceptions  of  the  Divinity  acquired  from  his  external  manifes- 
tions,  161.  Ignorance  exhibits  distorted  views  of  the  Divine  character,  163. 
•Attributes  of  the  Deity  which  science  illustrates:  1.  The  unity  of  God,  165. 
2.  Wisdom  of  the  Deity — manifested  in  the  various  arrangements  of  sub- 
lunary nature,  166.  Particular  illustration,  167.  3.  Benevolence  of  the 
Deity — manifested  in  the  parts  of  the  human  frame,  and  in  the  surround- 
ing elements — muscles  of  the  eye  (illustrated  with  figures) — gratification 
afforded  to  our  different  senses,  169 — 172.  Remedies  against  the  evils  to 
which  we  are  exposed,  172.  Multitude  of  animated  beings,  and  the  ample 
provision  made  for  them,  173.  Calculations  in  relation  to  the  number  of 
certain  species  of  birds,  and  the  velocity  with  which  the  fly,  173.  Number 
of  species  of  plants  eaten  by  different  animals,  174.  4.  Science  exhibits  a 
view  of  the  multiplicity  of  conceptions  which  have  been  formed  in  the  Divine 


\  111  CONTENTS. 

mind,  175.     Exemplified  in  the  different  construction  and  functions  of  the 
van.  iea  of  animals.  176 — in  the  numerous  parts  which  enter  into 

the  construction  (fan  animal  frame,  178.  Lvonet's  description  of  the 
numerous  parts  of  the  cos&us  caterpillar,  179.  Multiplicity  or  ideas  marri- 
ed in  tne  Vegetable  kingdom,  ISO.  Varieties  in  the  Mineral  kingdom, 
181.  Varieties  in  .Microscopical  objects — scales  of  fishes,  feathers  of  birds, 
wings  of  flies,  leaves  ami  transverse  sections  of  plants,  &c.  183.  Numbers 
and  varieties  of  animaleuhe,  1S5.  Immensity  of  nature,  189.  Descrip- 
tion oi'  the  engravings  of  microscopic  objects,  ISO — 193.  Variety  in  the 
external  aspect  of  nature — in  the  sun,  planets,  comets,  and  on  the  surface 
of  the  moon,  190 — 105.  5.  Science  expands  our  conceptions  of  the  power 
of  tht  Deity,  and  of  the  magnificence  of  his  empire,  195 — 198.  Such  views  of 
Deity  in  unison  with  the  dictates  of  Revelation, — and  calculated  to  pro- 
duce ma >ay  beneficial  effects  on  the  understandings  and  affections  of  man- 
kind, 199. 

SECTION  VII. 

ON  THE  BENEFICIAL  EFFECTS  OF  KNOWLEDGE  ON  MORAL 
PRINCIPLE  AND  CONDUCT,  201 

Introductory  remarks — knowledge  and  moral  action  inseparably  connected, 
201.  Ignorance  one  principal  cause  of  immorality  and  crime,  202.  Know- 
ledge requisite  for  ascertaining  the  true  principles  of  moral  action,  204.  It 
leads  to  inquiries  into  the  reasons  of  moral  laws  and  the  foundations  on 
which  they  rest,  205 — to  self-examination  and  self-inspection,  207 — and  to 
a  comprehensive  view  of  the  bearings  and  consequences  of  moral  actions, 
209.     Miscellaneous  remarks,  and  objections  answered,  210 — 212. 

SECTION  VIII. 

ON  THE  UTILITY  OF  KNOWLEDGE  IN  RELATION  TO  A  FUTURE 
WORLD,  213 

Man  destined  to  an  eternal  state,  213.  Knowledge  will  be  carried  along 
with  us  into  that  state,  213.  Scientific  knowledge  has  a  relation  to  a  future 
world,  214.  Evidences  of  a  future  state,  216.  Causes  of  the  indifference 
which  prevails  on  this  subject,  217.  Knowledge  prepares  ihe  mind  for  the 
employments  of  the  future  world,  21 S.  Impossibility  of  enjoying  happiness 
in  that  world  without  knowledge  and  moral  principle,  219 — 221.  General 
remarks,  22^. 

SECTION  IX. 

uN  THE  UTILITY  OK  GENERAL  KNOWLEDGE  IN  REFERENCE 
TO  THE  STUDTOP  DIVINE  REVELATION,  223 

unary  remarks,  223.    Summary  of  the  external  evidences  of  Christianity, 
224.     Evidence  from  J,  226.     Resurrection  of  Christ,  227.     Evi- 

IV  dictions  in  relation  to  Babylon,  the  Arabs, 

...'.     Internal  evidences,  232.    Dignity  and  sublimity  of  the 

ibit  the  most  rational  and  sublime  views  of  the  Deity, 

233 — give  full  assurance  of  a  state  of  immortality,  234 — point  out  the  way 

in  which  pardon  maybe  obtained,  234 — inculcate  the  purest  and  mostcom- 

tem  of  morality,  235 — 245 — explain  certain  moral  pheno- 


CONTENTS.  IX 

mena,  238 — communicate  a  knowledge  of  interesting  facts  and  doctrines, 
239.  Beneficial  effects  which  Christianity  has  produced  in  the  world,  240 
— is  adapted  to  every  country,  244.  Harmony  of  Science  and  Revelation,. 
&c  244.  Christianity  of  the  Bible,  246.  Evidences  of  Revelation  continu- 
ally increasing,  247.  Reason  for  giving  the  preceding  summary  of  these 
evidences,  248.  General  knowledge  enables  us  to  understand  the  mean- 
ing and  references  of  the  Sacred  Writings,  249.  Figures  used  in  the  pro- 
phetical writings,  249.  Heathen  mythology  illustrative  of  Scripture-history, 
251.  Manners  and  customs  of  eastern  nations,  253.  Utility  of  ancient 
geography,  254.  Natural  history  and  science  illustrative  of  Scripture,  255. 
Evaporation — rivers — ocean — storms — animated  beings — human  body — 
the  heavens — plurality  of  worlds,  257 — 261.  Advantages  which  would 
result  from  an  intelligent  study  of  the  Scriptures,  262.  Folly  of  infidelity, 
&c.  264. 

SECTION  X. 

MISCELLANEOUS    ADVANTAGES    OF    KNGWLEDGE    BRIEFLY 
STATED,  265 

I.  Knowledge  would  lead  to  just  estimates  of  human  character  and  enjoyment — 
various  remarks  on  this  topic,  265 — 268.  II.  The  acquisition  of  general 
information  would  enable  persons  to  profit  by  their  attendance  on  public  instmc- 
tions,  268.  Scientific  lectures — instructions  from  the  pulpit — limited  nature 
of  these  instructions  in  consequence  of  the  ignorance  of  mankind — pros- 
pects presented  when  knowledge  is  increased,  269 — 273.  III.  Knowledge 
would  introduce  a  spirit  of  tolerance,  and  prevent  persecution  for  conscience'* 
sake,  273.  Persecutions  which  have  prevailed,  and  still  prevail,  274.  Ab- 
surdity of  persecution — general  remarks,  &c.  275.  IV.  Knowledge  would 
vanquish  the  antipathies  of  nations,  and  produce  harmony  among  mankind,  27 7. 
Miseries  and  devastations  of  war — jealousies  and  hostilities  of  nations,  278. 
— arguments  and  efforts  which  enlightened  minds  would  employ  for  coun- 
teracting them,  280.  Advantages  which  would  result  from  the  union  of 
mankind,  282.  Practicability  of  effecting  it,  284.  V.  A  general  diffusion 
of  knowledge  would  promote  the  union  of  the  Christian  church,  286.  Number 
of  sectaries — slight  differences  of  opinion  between  them,  287.  Evils  which 
have  flowed  from  sectarianism — promotes  infidelity — retards  the  progress 
of  Christianity,  &c.  288.  Folly  of  attaching  an  undue  importance  to  secta- 
rian opinions,  289.  Remedies  for  the  divisions  of  the  church,  290.  Liberality 
and  bigotry  contrasted,  291.  Character  of  violent  party-partizans,  293. 
Auspicious  effects  which  would  flow  from  Christian  union,  294.  Present 
circumstances  favourable  to  union,  296.  Concessions  which  behooved  to  be 
made  bv  all  parties, — preparative  measure  to  union,  297 — concluding  re- 
mark, 298. 

SECTION  XI. 

ON  THE  IMPORTANCE  OF  CONNECTING  SCIENCE  WITH  RELI- 
GION, 295 

Increase  of  knowledge,  of  late  years,  299.  Tendency  to  irreligion  in  certain 
scientific  inquirers,  and  the  circumstances  which  have  produced  it,  300. 
Religion  and  science  connected — irrationality  and  inconsistency  of  attempt- 
ing to  dissever  them,  301.  Christian  religion  overlooked,  303.  Supreme 
importance  of  Christianity,  303.  Effects  of  a  complete  separation  of  science 
and  religion,  305.  Tendency  of  our  present  modes  of  education,  306. 
Illustrated  from  the  scenes  exhibited  during  the  French  Revolution,  307.     De- 


CONTENTS. 

moralization  produced  by  the  principled  of  the  Continental  Philosophists, 
308.  Persecuting  spirit  of  French  infidels  and  skeptics,  309.  Science 
without  religion  produc  s  few  moral  effects,  310.  Subversion  of  morality 
in  Prance,  a  beacon  to  guard  us  from  similar  dangers,  311.  Extract  from 
Kcv.  D.  young,  311.  Nature  of  the  proposed  connexion  between  science 
and  religion,  312.  Attributes  of  the  Deity  displayed  in  his  works,  312. 
Authors  who  have  illustrated  this  subject,  with  remarks  on  some  of  their 
writings,  313.  Modern  system  of  Physico-Theology,  a  desideratum,  316. 
New  ton,  Maclaurin,  and  Robison's  sentiments  on  this  subject,  316.  Truths 
Revelation  ought  to  be  recognized  in  scientific  instructions,  317. 
Squeamishness  of  certain  philosophers  in  this  respect,  318.  Extract  from 
Dr.  Robison,  318.  Harmony  of  Nature  and  Revelation,  319.  Scientific  in- 
structions  should  produce  a  moral  impression,  320.  Prayer  and  recogni- 
tion of  the.  Deity  in  philosophical  associations,  320.  Hypocrisy  of  skeptics, 
321.  Exemplified  in  the  case  of  Buff  on  t  322.  Topics,  connected  with 
religion,  which  might  occasionally  be  discussed  in  scientific  associations, 
323.  Immortality,  its  importance  in  a  scientific  point  of  view,  324.  Skepti- 
cal philosophy  insufficient  to  support  the  mind  in  the  prospect  of  dissolu- 
tion— exemplified  in  the  case  of  Voltaire,  Buffon,  Gibbon,  Hume,  and  Dide- 
rot, 326—329.     Concluding  reflections,  329,  330. 


APPENDIX. 

No.  I.   Ignorance  of  the  dark  ages — scarcity  and  high  price  of  books        331 
No.  II.    Superstitious  opinions  respecting  Comets   and  Eclipses — De- 
scription of  a  solar  eclipse,  and  its  effects  on  the  inhabitants  of  Bar- 
bary  333—336 

No.  III.  Absurdities  of  Astrology  336 

No.  IV.  Proofs  of  the  belief  which  is  still  attached  to  the  doctrines  of 
Astrology  338 

V.  Illustrations  of  some  of  the  opinions  and  practices  in  relation  to 
witchcraft  _  340 

History  of  witchcraft — and  the  numbers  that  suffered  for  this  supposed 

crime  341—343 

No.  VI.  Proofs  that  the  belief  in  witchcraft  is  still  prevalent  among 

a  rtain  classes  of  society  345 

Tales  o.  lion  published  by  the  Jesuits — Anecdote  of  Alexander 

Dawidson,  A.M.  348 

.'wj.   VII.  Ci  rices  which  have  occasionally  led   to  the  belief  of 

tnd  apparitions — Indistinct  vision — Doses  of  opium — Drunk- 
-  —  Pear  —  Tricks  of  impostors  —  Ventriloquism — 
Witch  of  Endor — Phantasmagoria — Ghost  of  a  Flea,  &c.  350 — 363 

No.  YJU.  Explosions  of  steam-engines — Accidents  in  America,  on  the 
Liverpool  Railway,  &c.  with  remarks,  365 — 369 

which  led  to  the  invention  of  the  Safety  Lamp    372 
No.    X.   '  .illy  of  the   remarks  and  observations  of  Mechanics 

and  Manufaci  u  r  371 

No.  XI.  Liberality  of  Religious  Sectaries  in  America,  contrasted  with 

372 
II.  On  the  Demoralizing  effects  of  Infidel  Philosophy  in  France, 
377.      ( rambling — ( loncubinage — Prostitution — Profanation    of  the 
—  Danso-mmia  —  moral  reflections  —  Consecration  of  the 
"Goddess  of  Reason" — Concluding  remarks  378 — 386 


ON  THE 


GENERAL  DIFFUSION  OF  KNOWLEDGE, 


^INTRODUCTION. 

When  we  take  a  retrospective  view  of  the  state  of  mankind 
during  the  ages  that  are  past,  it  presents,  on  the  whole,  a  melan- 
choly scene  of  intellectual  darkness.  Although  in  every  age,  men 
have  possessed  all  the  mental  faculties  they  now  or  ever  will  enjoy, 
yet  those  noble  powers  seem  either  to  have  lain  in  a  great  measure 
dormant,  or,  when  roused  into  action,  to  have  been  employed  chiefly 
in  malignant  and  destructive  operations.  Hence,  the  events 
which  the  page  of  history  records  chiefly  present  to  our  view  the 
most  revolting  scenes  of  war,  rapine,  and  devastation,  as  if  the 
earth  had  been  created  merely  to  serve  as  a  theatre  for  mischief, 
and  its  inhabitants  for  the  purpose  of  dealing  destruction  and 
misery  to  all  around  them.  Such,  however,  are  the  natural  con- 
sequences of  the  reign  of  Ignorance  over  the  human  mind.  For 
the  active  powers  of  man  necessarily  follow  the  dictates  of  his  un- 
derstanding, and  wThen  the  intellectual  faculties  are  not  directed  to 
the  pursuit  and  the  contemplation  of  noble  and  benevolent  objects, 
they  will  most  frequently  be  employed  in  devising  and  executing 
schemes  subversive  of  human  happiness  and  improvement. 

Amidst  the  darkness  which,  in  ancient  times,  so  long  overspread 
the  world,  some  rays  of  intellectual  light  appeared  in  Palestine,  in 
Egypt,  and  in  the  Greek  and  Roman  empires ;  but  its  influence 
on  the  nations  around  was  extremely  feeble,  and,  like  a  few  tapers 
in  a  dark  night,  served  little  more  than  to  render  the  surround- 
ing darkness  visible.  The  light  of  science  which  then  shone  was, 
however,  doomed  to  be  speedily  extinguished.  About  the  fifth 
century  of  the  Christian  era,  numerous  hordes  of  barbarians  from 
the  northern  and  the  eastern  parts  of  Europe,  and  the  north-western 
parts  of  Asia,  overran  the  western  part  of  the  Roman  empire,  at 
that  time  the  principal  seat  of  knowledge  ;  and,  in  their  progress, 
overturned  and  almost  annihilated  every  monument  of  science  and 
art  which  then  existed.  Wherever  they  marched,  their  route  was 
marked  with  devastation  and  with  blood.  They  made  no  distinc- 
tion between  what  was  sacred  and  what  was  profane — what  wa3 
barbarous  and  what  was  refined.     Amidst  the  din  of  war,  the  burn- 


12  INTRODUCTION. 

inn  of  cities,  the  desolation  of  provinces,  the  convulsion  of  nations, 
die  ruin  of  empires,  and  the  slaughter  of  millions,  the  voice  of 
reason  and  of  religion  was  scarcely  heard  $  science  was  abandon- 
ed ;  useful  knowledge  was  set  at  nought ;  every  benevolent  feel- 
ing and  every  moral  principle  were  trampled  under  foot.  The 
earth  seemed  little  else  than  one  great  held  of  battle;  and  its  in- 
habitants, instead  of  cultivating  the  peaceful  arts  and  sciences, 
and  walking  hand  in  hand  to  a  blessed  immortality,  assumed  the 
character  of  demons,  and  gave  vent  to  the  most  fiend-like  and 
ferocious  passions,  till  they  appeared  almost  <#i  the  brink  of  total 
extermination. 

For  nearly  the  space  of  a  thousand  years  posterior  to  that  pe- 
riod, and  prior  to  the  Reformation,  a  long  night  of  ignorance  over- 
spread the  nations  of  Europe,  and  the  adjacent  regions  of  Asia, 
during  which,  the  progress  of  literature  and  science,  of  religion 
and  morality,  seems  to  have  been  almost  at  a  stand  ;  scarcely  a 
vestige  remaining  of  the  efforts  of  the  human  mind,  during  all  that 
period,  worthy  of  the  attention  or  the  imitation  of  succeeding  ages. 
The  debasing  superstitions  of  the  Romish  church,  the  hoarding 
of  relics  the  erection  of  monasteries  and  nunneries,  the  pilgrim- 
ages to  the  tombs  of  martyrs  and  other  holy  places,  the  mummeries 
which  were  introduced  into  the  services  of  religion,  the  wild  and 
romantic  expeditions  of  crusaders,  the  tyranny  and  ambition  of 
popes  and  princes  and  the  wars  and  insurrections  to  which  they 
gave  rise,  usurped  the  place  of  every  rational  pursuit,  and  com- 
pletely enslaved  the  minds  of  men.  So  great  was  the  ignorance 
which  then  prevailed,  that  persons  of  the  most  distinguished  rank 
could  neither  read  nor  write.  Even  many  of  the  clergy  did  not 
understand  the  Breviary,  or  book  of  common  prayer,  which  they 
were  daily  accustomed  to  recite,  and  some  of  them  could  scarcely 
read  it.*  The  records  of  past  transactions  were  in  a  great 
measure  lost,  and  legendary  tales  and  fabulous  histories,  to  cele- 
brate exploits  which  were  never  performed,  were  substituted  in 
place  of  the  authenticated  history  of  mankind.  The  learning 
which  then  prevailed,  under  the  name  of  philosophy  and  of 
scholastic  theology,  consisted  chiefly  in  vain  disquisitions  and  rea- 

*  As  an  evidence  of  the  extreme  ignorance  of  tliose  times,  it  may  be  stated, 
that  many  charters  grant*  d  by  persons  of  the  highest  rank  are  preserved,  from 
which  it  appears  that,  they  could  not  subscribe  their  name.  It  was  usual  for 
persons  who  could  tot  write,  to  make  the  s'<:rnof  the  cross,  in  confirmation  of  a 
charter.  Several  of  these  remain,  where  kings  and  persons  of  great  eminence 
affix  ngnwn  cruris  manu  propria  \  e  literurum, "  the  sign  of  the  cross 

mado  by  our  own  hand,  on  account  of  our  ignorance  of  letters."    From  this 
dreams!  ince  ifl  d<  rived  the  practice  of  making  a  -\-  when  signing  a  deed,  in  the 
f  those  who  cannot  subscribe  their  names.    See  Robertson's  Charles  V. 
and  Jppnidix,  No.  1. 


INTRODUCTION.  13 

scY?ngs  about  abstract  truths,  and  incomprehensible  mysteries,  and 
in  attempts  to  decide  questions  and  points  of  theology,  which  lie 
beyond  the  reach  of  the  human  mind,  and  which  its  limited  facul- 
ties are  unable  to  resolve.  Sophisms, falsehoods,  and  bold  assev- 
erations were  held  forth  as  demonstrations  ;  a  pompous  display  of 
words  was  substituted  in  the  place  of  things ;  eloquence  consisted 
in  vague  and  futile  declamations  ;  and  true  philosophy  was  lost 
amidst  the  mazes  of  wild  and  extravagant  theories  and  metaphy- 
sical subtleties.  The  sciences,  such  as  they  were,  were  all  taught 
in  the  Latin  tongue,  and  all  books  in  relation  to  them  were  writ- 
ten in  that  language  ;  the  knowledge  of  them  was  therefore  neces- 
sarily confined  to  the  circle  of  the  learned,  and  it  would  have  been 
considered  as  a  degradation  of  the  subject,  to  have  treated  of  it  in 
any  of  the  modern  languages  which  then  prevailed.  The  gates 
of  the  temple  of  knowledge  were  consequently  shut  against  the 
great  body  of  people,  and  it  was  never  once  surmised  that  they 
had  any  right  to  explore  its  treasures.  "  During  this  period," 
says  Dr.  Robertson,  "  the  human  mind  neglected,  uncultivated, 
and  depressed,  continued  in  the  most  profound  ignorance. 
Europe,  during  four  centuries,  produced  few  authors  who  merit 
to  be  read,  either  on  account  of  the  elegance  of  their  composition, 
or  the  justness  and  novelty  of  their  sentiments.  There  are  few 
inventions,  useful  or  ornamental  to  society,  of  which  that  long 
period  can  boast."  And,  if  those  of  the  highest  ranks,  and  in  the 
most  eminent  stations  in  society,  were  so  deficient  in  knowledge, 
the  great  mass  of  the  people  must  have  been  vinV  into  a  state  of 
ignorance,  degrading  to  human  nature. 

About  the  time  of  the  revival  of  letters,  after  the  dark  ages  of 
monkish  superstition  and  ignorance,  the  moral  and  intellectual 
state  of  the  inhabitants  of  Europe  began  to  experience  a  change 
au«  picious  of  better  times  and  of  a  more  enlightened  sera.  The 
diminution  of  the  papal  power  and  influence,  the  spirit  of  civil 
a*id  religious  liberty  which  then  burst  forth,  the  erection  of  new 
Seminaries  of  education,  the  discovery  of  the  mariner's  compass, 
the  invention  of  the  art  of  printing,  the  labours  of  Lord  Bacon  in 
pointing  out  the  true  method  of  philosophizing,  and  the  subse- 
quent discoveries  of  Galileo,  Kepler,  Boyle  and  Newton  in  the 
physical  sciences, — gave  a  new  and  favourable  impulse  to  the 
minds  of  men,  and  prepared  the  way  for  a  more  extensive  com- 
munication of  useful  knowledge  to  persons  of  every  rank.  From 
this  period  knowledge  began  to  be  gradually  diffused  among  most 
of  the  European  nations  ;  but  its  progress  was  slow,  and  its  in- 
fluence was  chiefly  confined  to  the  higher  circles  ;>f  society  and 
to  persons  connected  with  the  learned  professions,  till  after  the 
middle  of  the  eighteenth  century.  About  this  time  there  began 
2 


14  INTRODUCTION. 

to  issue  from  the  press  many  popular  works  on  Natural  and  Civil 
History]  Geography.  Astromonv  and  Experimental  Philosophy, 
divested  of  the  pedantry  of  former  times,  and  of  the  technicali- 
ties of  science,  which,  along  with  periodical  works  that  were  then 
beginning  to  extend  their  influence,  conveyed  to  the  minds  of  the 
mechanic  and  the  artizan  various  fragments  of  useful  knowledge. 
It  was  not,  however,  till  the  era  of  the  French  Revolution,  that 
the  stream  of  knowledge  began  to  flow  with  an  accelerated  pro- 
gress, an  to  shed  its  influence  more  extensively  on  the  middling 
and  the  lower  orders  of  society.     Though  we  cannot  look  back, 
without  feelings  of  regret  and  even  of  horror,  at  the  revolting 
scenes  of  anarchy  and  bloodshed  which  accompanied  that  political 
convulsion,  yet,  amidst  all  its  evils,  it  was  productive  of  many 
important  and  beneficial  results.     It  tended  to  undermine  that 
system  of  superstition  and  tyranny  by  which  most  of  the  European 
nations  had  been  so  long  enslaved  ;  it  roused  millions,  from  among 
the  mass  of  the  people,  to  assert  those  rights  and  privileges,  to 
which  they  are  entitled  as  rational  beings,  and  which  had  been 
withheld  from  them  by  the  strong  hand  of  power ;  it  stimulated 
them  to  investigations  into  every  department  connected  with  the 
rights  and  the  happiness  of  man,  and  it  excited  a  spirit  of  inquiry 
into  every  subject  of  contemplation  which  can  improve  or  adorn 
the  human  mind,  which,  we  trust,  will  never  be  extinguished,  till 
the  light  of  useful  knowledge  shall  extend  its  influence  over  all 
the  inhabitants  of  the  earth. 

Striking,  however,  as  the  contrast  is,  between  the  state  of  know- 
ledge in  the  present  and  in  former  ages,  much  still  remains  to  be 
accomplished,  till  the  great  body  of  mankind  be  stimulated  to  the 
prosecution  of  intellectual  acquirements.     Though  a  considerable 
lion  of  rational  information  has  of  late  years  been  disseminated 
tong  a  variety  of  individuals  in  different  classes   of  society, 
among  the  great  majority  of  the  population  in  every  country, 
•ee  of  ignorance  still  prevails,  degrading  to  the  rank  of  in- 
tellectual  natures.     With  respect  to  the  great  mass  of  the  inhabi- 
tants of  the  world,  it  may  still  be  said  with  propriety,  that  "  dark- 
overs  the  earth,   and  gross  darkness   the  people."  The 
.iter  part  of  the  continent  of  America,  the  extensive  plains 
Africa,   the   vast   regions    of  Siberia,    Tartary,    Tibet,   and 
the  Turkish  empire — the   immense  territories  of  New  Holland, 
Sumatra,  Borneo,  and  the  Burman  empire,  the  numerous  islands 
which  are  scattered  throughout  thcTndian  and  the  Pacific  oceans, 
with  many  other  exti  naive  regions  inhabited  by  human  beings — 
still  lie  within  the  confines  of  mental  darkness.     On  the  numerous 
a  which  people  those  imnu  ose  regions  of  our  globe,  neither 
tli'4  light  of  science  nor  of  Revelation  has  yet  shed  its  benign  in- 


INTRODUCTION.  15 

fluence ;  and  their  minds,  debased  by  superstition,  idolatry,  and 
every  malignant  passion,  and  enslaved  by  the  cunning  artifices 
of  priests,  and  the  tyranny  of  cruel  despots,  present  a  picture  of 
human  nature  in  its  lowest  stage  of  degradation. — Even  in  Europe, 
where  the  light  of  science  has  chiefly  shone,  how  narrow  is  the 
circle  which  has  been  enlightened  by  its  beams  !  The  lower  orders 
of  society  on  the  continent,  and  even  in  Great  Britain  itself,  not- 
withstanding the  superior  means  of  improvement  they  enjoy,  are 
still  miserably  deficient  in  that  degree  of  knowledge  and  informa- 
tion which  every  human  being  ought  to  possess ;  nor  are  there 
many  even  in  the  higher  spheres  of  life,  who  cultivate  science  for 
its  own  sake,  who  set  a  due  value  on  intellectual  acquisitions,  or 
encourage  the  prosecution  of  rational  inquiries. 

There  is,  perhaps,  no  country  in  the  world  where  the  body  of 
the  people  are  better  educated  and  more  intelligent  than  in  North 
Britain  ;  yet  we  need  not  go  far,  either  in  the  city  or  in  the  country, 
to  be  convinced,  that  the  most  absurd  and  superstitious  notions, 
and  the  grossest  ignorance  respecting  many  important  subjects 
intimately  connected  with  human  happiness,  still  prevail  among 
the  great  majority  of  the  population.  Of  two  millions  of  inhabi- 
tants which  constitute  the  population  of  the  northern  part  of  our 
island,  there  are  not,  perhaps,  20,000,  or  the  hundredth  part  of  the 
whole,  whose  knowledge  extends  to  any  subject  of  importance, 
beyond  the  range  of  their  daily  avocations.  With  respect  to  the 
remaining  1,800,000,  it  may  perhaps  be  said  with  propriety,  that 
of  the  figure  and  magnitude  of  the  world  they  live  in — of  the  seas 
and  rivers,  continents  and  islands,  which  diversify  its  surface, 
and  of  the  various  tribes  of  men  and  animals  by  which  it  is  inha- 
bited— of  the  nature  and  properties  of  the  atmosphere  which  sur- 
rounds them — of  the  discoveries  which  have  been  made  respecting 
light,  heat,  electricity  and  magnetism — of  the  general  laws  which 
regulate  the  economy  of  nature — of  the  various  combinations  and 
effects  of  chemical  and  mechanical  powers — of  the  motions  and 
magnitudes  of  the  planetary  and  the  starry  orbs — of  the  principles 
of  legitimate  reasoning— of  just  conceptions  of  the  attributes  and 
moral  government  of  the  Supreme  Being — of  the  genuine  princi- 
ples of  moral  action — of  many  other  subjects  interesting  to  a  ra- 
tional and  immortal  being — they  are  almost  as  entirely  ignorant  as 
the  wandering  Tartar,  or  the  untutored  Indian. 

Of  eight  hundred  millions  of  human  beings  which  people  the 
globe  we  inhabit,  there  are  not  perhaps  two  millions  whose  minds 
are  truly  enlightened  as  they  ought  to  be — who  prosecute  rational 
pursuits  for  their  own  sake,  and  from  a  pure  love  of  science  in- 
dependently of  the  knowledge  requisite  for  their  respective  pro- 
fessions and  employments.     For,  we  must  exclude  from  the  rank 


16  INTRODUCTION. 

of  rational  inquirers  after  knowledge,  all  those  who  have  acquired 
a  Smattering  of  learning,  with  no  other  view  than  to  gain  a  subsis- 
tence, or  to  appear  fashionable  and  polite.  And,  it*  this  rule  be 
admitted,  I  am  afraid  that  a  goodly  number  even  of  lawyers,  phy- 
sicians, clergymen,  teachers,  nay,  even  some  authors,  and  profes- 
sors in  universities  and  academies,  would  be  struck  off  from  the 
list  of  lovers  of  science  and  rational  inquirers  after  truth.  Ad- 
mitt  ing  this  statement,  it  will  follow,  that  there  is  not  one  indivi- 
dual out  of  four  hundred  of  the  human  race,  that  passes  his  life  as 
a  rational  intelligent  being,  employing  his  faculties  in  those  trains 
of  thought  and  active  exercises  which  are  worthy  of  an  intellec- 
tual nature  !  For,  in  so  far  as  the  intention  of  mankind  is  absorbed 
merely  in  making  provision  for  animal  subsistence,  and  in  gra- 
tifying the  sensual  appetites  of  their  nature,  they  can  be  consi- 
dered as  little  superior  in  dignity  to  the  lower  orders  of  animated 
existence. 

The  late  Frederick,  king  of  Prussia,  who  was  a  correct  obser- 
ver of  mankind,  makes  a  still  lower  estimate  of  the  actual  intelli- 
gence of  the  human  species.     In  a  letter  to  D'Alembert,  in  1770, 
he  says,  "  Let  us  take  any  monarchy  you  please  ; — let  us  suppose 
that  it  contains  ten  millions  of  inhabitants  ;  from  these  ten  millions 
let  us  discount, — first  the  labourers,  the  manufacturers,  the  artizans, 
the  soldiers,  and  there  will  remain  about  fifty  thousand  persons, 
men  and  women  ;  from  these  let  us  discount  twenty-five  thousand 
for  the  female  sex,  the  rest  will  compose  the  nobility  and  gentry, 
and  the  respectable  citizens  ;  of  these,  let  us  examine  how  many 
will  be  incapable  of  application,  how  many  imbecile,  how  many 
pusillanimous,  how  many  dissipated, — and  from  this  calcuation  it 
will  result,  that  out  of  what  is  called  a  civilized  nation  of  nearly 
ten  millions,  you  will  hardly  find  a  thousand  well-informed  persons, 
and  even  among  them  what  inequality  with  regard   to  genius ! 
If  eight-tenths  of  the  nation,  toiling  for  their  subsistence,  never 
read — if  another  tenth  are  incapable  of  application,  from  frivolity, 
or  dissipation,  or  imbecility, —  it  results,  that  the  small  share  of 
good  ^c\\<(^  of  which  our  species  is  capable,  can  only  reside  in  a 
small  fraction  of  a  nation."     Such  was  the  estimate  made  by  this 
philosophic  monarch  of  the  intelligence  possessed  by  the  nations 
of  Europe,  sixty  years  ago  ;  and  although  society  has  considerably 
advanced  in  intellectual  acquisitions  since  that  period,  the  great 
body  of  the  people,  in  every  country,  is  still  shrouded  in  the  midst 
of  folly  and  ignorance. 

Such  a  picture  of  the  intellectual  state  of  mankind  must,  when 
seriously  considered,  excite  a  melancholy  train  of  reflections  in 
the  breast  both  of  the  philanthropist  and  the  man  of  science.  That 
Buch  a  vast  assemblage  of  beings  furnished  with  powers  capable 


INTRODUCTION.  17 

of  investigating  the  laws  of  nature, — of  determining  the  arrange- 
ment, the  motions,  and  magnitudes  of  distant  worlds, — of  weighing 
the  masses  of  the  planets, — of  penetrating  into  the  distant  regions 
of  the  universe, — of  arresting  the  lightning  in  its  course, — of  ex- 
ploring the  pathless  ocean,  and  the  region  of  the  clouds, — and  of 
rendering  the  most  stubborn  elements  of  nature  subservient  to 
their  designs  : — that  beings,  capable  of  forming  a  sublime  inter- 
course with  the  Creator  himself,  and  of  endless  progression  in 
knowledge  and  felicity,  should  have  their  minds  almost  wholly  ab- 
sorbed in  eating  and  drinking,  in  childish  and  cruel  sports  and 
diversions,  and  in  butchering  one  another,  seems,  at  first  view,  a 
tacit  reflection  on  the  wisdom  of  the  Creator,  in  bestowing  on  our 
race  such  noble  powers,  and  plainly  indicates,  that  the  current  of 
human  intellect  has  widely  deviated  from  its  pristine  course,  and 
that  strong  and  reiterated  efforts  are  now  requisite  to  restore  it  to 
its  original  channel.  Every  lover  of  science  and  of  mankind 
must,  therefore,  feel  interested  in  endeavouring  to  remove  those 
obstructions  which  have  impeded  the  progress  of  useful  know- 
ledge, and  to  direct  the  intellectual  energies  of  his  fellow-men  to 
the  prosecution  of  objects  worthy  of  the  high  station  they  hold  in 
the  scale  of  existence. 

Were  we  to  inquire  into  the  external  causes  which  have  retard- 
ed the  progress  of  the  human  mind,  we  should,  doubtless,  find 
them  existing  in  the  nature  of  those  civil  governments  which  have 
most  generally  prevailed  in  the  world,  and  in  several  of  the  eccle- 
siastical establishments  which  have  been  incorporated  witlTthem. 
It  has  been  a  favourite  maxim  with  ail  tyrants,  that  the  people  must 
be  kept  in  ignorance ;  and  hence  we  find,  that  in  the  empires  of 
the  East,  which  are  all  of  a  despotical  nature,  the  people  are  de- 
barred from  the  temple  of  science,  and  sunk  into  a  state  of  the 
grossest  ignorance  and  servility.  Under  such  governments,  the 
minds  of  men  sink  into  apathy, — the  sparks  of  genius  are  smoth- 
ered,— the  sciences  are  neglected, — ignorance  is  honoured, — and 
the  man  of  discernment  who  dares  to  vent  his  opinions,  is  proscribed 
as  an  enemy  to  the  state.  In  the  more  enlightened  governments 
on  the  continent  of  Europe,  the  same  effects  have  followed,  in  pro- 
portion to  the  number  of  those  tyrannical  maxims  and  principles 
which  enter  into  their  constitution.  Hence  we  may  frequently 
determine  the  degree  of  mental  illumination  which  prevails  among 
any  people,  from  a  consideration  of  the  nature  of  the  government 
under  which  they  live.  For  the  knowledge  of  a  people  is  always 
in  proportion  to  their  liberty,  and  where  the  spirit  of  liberty  is  eithei 
crushed  or  shackled,  the  energies  of  the  human  mind  will  nevei 
be  exerted  with  vigour,  in  the  acquisition  or  the  propagation  of 
literature  and  science.  Even  in  the  mildest  and  most  enlightened 
2* 


18  INTRODUCTION. 

governments  of  modern  Europe,  the  instruction  of  the  general  mass 
of  society  forms  no   prominent   feature  in  their  administration. 
Knowledge  on  general  subjects  is  simply  permitted  to  be  dissemi- 
nated among  the  people  ;  its  promoters  are  not  sufficiently  patro- 
nized and  encouraged, — no  funds  are  regularly  appropriated  for 
this  purpose4, — and  its  utility,  in  many  instances,  is  even  called  in 
question.     It  is  to  be  hoped,  however,  now  that  the  din  of  war  is, 
in  some  measure,  hushed,  that  the  attention  of  princes  and  their 
ministers  will  be  more   particularly  directed  to  this  important 
object :  for  it  might  easily  be  shown,  were  it  necessary,  that  an 
enlightened  population  is  the  most  solid  basis  of  a  good  govern- 
ment, and  the  greatest  security  for  its  permanence, — that  it  will 
always  form  the  strongest  bulwark  around  eveiy  throne  where  the 
sceptre  is  swayed  by  wisdom  and  rectitude. — That  the  establish- 
ment of  the  Popish  religion  in  any  state  has  a  tendency  to  impede 
the  progress  of  knowledge,  it  would  be  almost  needless  to  illus- 
trate.     The  mummeries  which  have  been  interwoven  with  its 
services,  the  grovelling  and  superstitious  notions  which  it  has  en- 
gendered, the  ignorance  which  prevails  among  the  population  of 
all  those  countries  over  which  its  influence  extends,  the  alarms  of 
its  priestly  abettors  at  the  idea  of  free  discussion,  and  of  enlight- 
ening the  minds  of  the  people,  the  records  of  its  Inquisitions, 
the  history  of  the  dark  ages,  when  it  prevailed  in  all  its  rigour, 
and  the  recent  experience  of  our  own  times,  show,  that  it  is  a  sys- 
tem founded  on  the  darkness  and  imbecility  of  the  human  intellect, 
and  can  flourish  only  where  the  spirit  of  liberty  has  fled,  and  where 
reason  has  lost  its  ascendency  in  the  minds  of  men.* 

"With  regard  to  the  internal  causes  of  the  ignorance  which  so 
generally  prevails,  they  will  be  found  in  the  general  depravity 
of  human  nature  ;  in  the  vicious  propensities  so  prevalent  among 
all  ranks ;  in  the  indulgence  of  inordinate  desires  after  riches 
and  power ;  and  in  the  general  disposition  of  mankind  to  place 
their  chief  happiness  in  sensual  gratifications, — evils  which  the 
spirit  of  Christianity  only  in  conjunction  with  every  rational  exer- 
tion, is  calculated  fully  to  eradicate.  And  therefore,  it  is  indis- 
pensable, that  every  attempt  to  diffuse  intellectual  light  over  the 
human  race  be  accompanied  with  the  most  strenuous  exertions  to 
promote  the  moral  renovation  of  mankind.     For  vice  and  igno- 

*  Let  it  be  carefully  remembered,  that  in  these  remarks,  it  is  merely  the 
system  of  popery  to  which  the  author  refers.  He  is  aware  that  many  indivi- 
duals, distinguished  for  learning  and  r.iety,  have  been  connected,  with  the 
Romish  church  ;  and  while  he  condemns  the  spirit  and  tendency  of  the  pecu- 
liar i  and  practices  of  that  church,  he  deprecates  every  idea  of  per- 
secution, and  every  attempt  to  deprive  its  members  of  those  rights  and  privi- 
.eges  to  which  they  are  entitled  as  men  and  as  citizens. 


INTRODUCTION.  19 

ranee,  especially  among  the  lower  orders,  generally  go  hand  in 
hand  ;  and  experience  demonstrates,  that  indulgence  in  evil  pas- 
sions, and  in  unhallowed  gratifications,  destroys  the  relish  for 
mental  enjoyments,  and  is  one  of  the  most  powerful  obstructions 
to  the  vigourous  exercise  of  the  intellectual  powers. 

That  the  general  diffusion  of  knowledge  among  all  ranks  is  an 
object  much  to  be  desired,  will  not,  I  presume,  be  called  in  question 
by  any  one  who  regards  the  intellectual  powers  of  man  as  the 
noblest  part  of  his  nature, — and  who  considers,  that  on  the  ration- 
al exercise  of  these  powers  his  true  happiness  depends.  If  igno- 
rance be  one  of  the  chief  causes  which  disturb  the  harmonious 
movements  of  the  machine  of  society,  by  removing  the  cause  we 
of  course  prevent  the  effects  ;  and  if  knowledge  be  one  of  the 
mainsprings  of  virtuous  conduct,  the  more  it  is  diffused,  the  more 
extensively  will  be  brought  into  action,  on  the  stage  of  life,  those 
virtues  which  it  has  a  tendency  to  produce.  A  few  Ferdinands, 
and  TVindhams  and  Don  Miguels  may  still  remain,  who  regard 
the  great  mass  of  the  people  merely  as  subjects  of  legislation,  or 
as  the  tools  of  tyranny  and  ambition,  and  that,  therefore,  they  must 
be  held  in  the  chains  of  ignorance,  lest  they  should  aspire  to  the 
ranks  of  their  superiors.  But  the  general  current  of  public 
opinion  now  runs  counter  to  such  illiberal  and  antiquated  notions ; 
and  few  persons  of  respectability,  at  least  in  this  country,  would 
hazard  their  reputation  in  defending  a  position  so  degrading  and 
untenable.  The  more  learning  a  people  have,  the  more  virtuous, 
powerful  and  happy  will  they  become ;  and  to  ignorance  alone 
must  the  contrary  effects  be  imputed.  "  There  is  but  one  case," 
says  a  French  writer,  "  where  ignorance  can  be  desirable ;  and 
that  is,  when  all  is  desperate  in  a  state,  and  when,  through  the 
present  evils,  others  still  greater  appear  behind.  Then  stupidity  is 
a  blessing  :  knowledge  and  foresight  are  evils.  It  is  then  that, 
shutting  our  eyes  against  the  light,  we  would  hide  from  ourselves 
the  calamities  we  cannot  prevent."  In  every  other  case,  know- 
ledge must  prove  an  inestimable  blessing  to  men  of  every  nation 
and  of  every  rank. 

That  the  period  when  a  general  diffusion  of  knowledge  shall 
take  place  is  hastening  on,  appears  from  the  rapid  progress  which 
has  been  made  in  almost  every  department  of  science  during  the 
last  half  century  ;  from  the  numerous  publications  on  all  subjects 
daily  issuing  from  the  press;  from  the  rapid  increase  of  theological, 
literary  and  scientific  journals,  and  the  extensive  patronage  they 
enjoy ;  from  the  numerous  lectures  on  chemistry,  astronomy,  expe- 
rimental philosophy,  political  economy,  and  general  science,  now 
delivered  in  the  principal  cities  and  towns  of  Europe  ;  from  the 
doption  of  new  and  improved  plans  of  public  instruction,  and  the 


20  INTRODUCTION. 

erection  of  new  seminaries  of  education  in  almost  every  quarter  of 
the  civilized  world  ;  from  the  extrusive  circulation  of  books  among 
all  classes  of  the  community;  from  the  rapid  formation  of  Bible 
and  Missionary  societies  ;  from  the  increase  of  literary  and  philoso- 
phical associations  ;  from  the  establishment  of  mechanics'  institu- 
tions in  our  principal  towns,  and  of  libraries  and  reading  societies 
in  almost  every  village;  from  the  eager  desire  now  excited,  even 
among  the  lower  orders  of  society,  of  becoming  acquainted  with 
subjects  hitherto  known  and  cultivated  only  by  persons  of  the  learn- 
ed professions  ;  and,  above  all,  from  the  spirit  of  civil  and  religious 
liberty  now  bursting  forth,  both  in  the  Eastern  and  the  Western 
hemispheres,  notwithstanding  the  efforts  of  petty  tyrants  to  arrest 
its  progress.  Amidst  the  convulsions  which  have  lately  shaken 
the  surrounding  nations,  "many  have  run  to  and  fro,  and  knowledge 
has  been  increased  ;"  the  sparks  of  liberty  have  been  struck  from 
the  collision  of  hostile  armies  and  opposing  interests  ;  and  a  spirit 
of  inquiry  has  been  excited  among  numerous  tribes  of  mankind, 
which  will  doubtless  lead  to  the  most  important  results.  These 
circumstances,  notwithstanding  some  gloomy  appearances  in  the 
political  horizon,  may  be  considered  as  so  many  preludes  of  a  new 
and  happier  era  about  to  dawn  upon  the  world ;  when  intellectual 
light  shall  be  diffused  among  all  ranks,  and  in  every  region  of  the 
globe,  when  Peace  shall  extend  her  empire  over  the  world  ; — when 
men  of  all  nations,  at  present  separated  from  each  other  by  the 
effects  of  ignorance,  and  of  political  jealousies,  shall  be  united  by 
the  bonds  of  love,  of  reason,  and  intelligence,  and  conduct  them- 
selves as  rational  and  immortal  beings. 

In  order  that  such  a  period  may  be  gradually  ushered  in,  it  is 
essentially  requisite  that  a  conviction  of  the  utility  and  importance 
of  a  general  diffusion  of  knowledge  be  impressed  upon  the  minds 
of  the  more  intelligent  and  influential  classes  of  society,  and  that 
every  exertion  and  every  appropriate  mean  should  be  used  to  ac- 
complish this  desirable  object.  In  accordance  with  this  idea,  I 
shall  endeavour,  in  the  following  work, 

I.  To  illustrate  the  advantages  which  would  flow  from  a  gene- 
ral diffusion  of  useful  knowledge  among  all  ranks, — and  shall 

How  out.  the  investigation,  by 

II.  An  inquiry  into  the  means,  requisite  to  be  used  in  order  to 

ish  this  important  object.* 


tkmlaf  illustration  of  the  means  by  which  a  general  diffusion  of 
knowiofl:  (Tected,  would  render  the  pros  en:,  work  loo  bulky, — 

this  department  of  the  subject  will  be  prosecuted  in  a  separate  volume. 


ON  THE 


GENERAL  DIFFUSION  OF  KNOWLEDGE, 


PART  I. 


On  the  Advantages  ivliich  would  flow  from  a  General  Diffusion 

of  Knowledge. 

That  the  intellectual  faculties  of  man  have  never  been  thoroughly 
directed  to  the  pursuit  of  objects  worthy  of  the  dignity  of  rational 
and  immortal  natures — and  that  the  most  pernicious  effects  have 
flowed  from  the  perversion  of  their  mental  powers, — are  truths 
which  the  history  of  past  ages,  and  our  own  experience,  too 
plainly  demonstrate.  That  the  state  of  general  society  would  be 
greatly  meliorated,  were  the  mi3fetjfof  ignorance  dispelled,  and 
the  current  of  human  thought  directed  into  a  proper  channel, 
might  appear,  were  we  to  take  an  extensive  survey  of  the  evils 
which  have  been  produced  by  ignorance,  and  its  necessary  con- 
mitants, — and  of  the  opposite  effects  which  would  flow  from 
mental  illumination,  in  relation  to  all  those  subjects  connected 
with  the  improvement  and  the  happiness  of  our  species.  Here, 
however,  a  field  of  vast  extent  opens  to  view,  which  would  require 
several  volumes  fully  to  describe  and  illustrate  :  I  shall,  therefore, 
in  the  mean  time,  select,  from  the  multitude  of  objects  which  crowd 
upon  the  view,  only  a  few  prominent  particulars, — the  elucidation- 
of  which  shall  ocupy  the  following  sections. 


SECTION  I. 

On  the  Influence  which  a  General  Diffusion  of  Knowledge  would 
have  in  Dissipating  those  Superstitious  Notions  and  Vain 
Fears  ivhich  have  so  long  enslaved  the  JMinds  of  Men. 

My  first  proposition  is,  that  the  diffusion  of  knowledge  would 
undermine  the  fabric  of  superstition,  and  remove  those  groundless 
fears  to  which  superstitious  notions  give  rise. — Ignorance  has  not 


22  ON  Till:  GENERAL  DIFFUSION  OF  KNOWLEDGE. 


Tin*  Auroi  ties,  or  Northern  Lights. 


only  debarred  mankind  from  many  exquisite  and  sublime  enjoy- 
ments, hut  has  created  innumerable  unfounded  .  alarms  which 
greatly  increase  the  sum  of  human  misery.  Man  is  naturally 
timid,  terrified  at  those  dangers  whose  consequences  he  cannot 
foresee,  and  at  those  uncommon  appearances  of  nature  whose 
cans.'.-  he  has  never  explored.  Thus,  he  is  led,  in  many  instances, 
to  regard  with  appn  i  and  dread,  those  operations  of  nature 

which  are  the  result  of  regular  and  invariable  laws.  Under  the 
influence  of  such  timid  emotions,  the  phenomena  of  nature,  both 
in  the  heavens  and  on  the  earth,  have  been  arrayed  with  imagina- 
ry terrors.  In  the  early  ages  of  the  world,  a  total  eclipse  o{  the 
sun  or  of  the  moon  was  regarded  with  the  utmost  consternation,  as 
if  some  dismal  catastrophe  had  been  about  to  befall  the  universe. 
Believing  that  the  moon  in  an  eclipse  was  sickening  or  dying 
through  the  influence  of  enchanters,  the  trembling  spectators  had 
recourse  to  the  ringing  of  bells,  the  sounding  of  trumpets,  the  beating 
of  brazen  vessels,  and  to  loud  and  horrid  exclamations,  in  order 
to  break  the  enchantment,  and  to  drown  the  muttering  of  witches 
that  the  moon  might  not  hear  them.  In  allusion  to  this  practice, 
Juvenal,  when  speaking  of  a  loud  scolding  woman,  says,  that  she 
was  able  to  relieve  the  moon. 

"  Forbear  your  drums  and  trumpets  if  you  please, 
Her  voice  alone  the  labouring  moon  can  ease." 

]Vor  are  such  foolish  opinions  and  customs  yet  banished  from  the 
world.  They  are  said  to  be  still  prevalent  in  several  Mahometan  and 
Pagan  countries.*  Comets  too,  with  their  blazing  tails,  were  long 
rded,  and  still  are,  by  the  vulgar,  as  harbingers  of  Divine 
ance,  presaging  famines  and  inundations,  or  the  downfall  of 
princes  and  the  destruction  of  empires. |  The  Auroras  Boreales, 
or  northern  lights,  have  been  frequently  ga,zed  at  with  similar  ap- 
prehensions, and  whole  provinces  have  been  thrown  into  conster- 
nation by  the  fantastic  corruscations  of  those  lambent  meteors. 
Some  pretend  to  see,  in  these  harmless  lights,  armies  mixing  in 
fierce  encounter,  and  fields  streaming  with  blood  ;  others  behold* 
states  overthrown,  earthquakes,  inundations,  pestilences,  and  the 
most  dreadful  calamities.  Because  some  one  or  other  of  these 
calamities  formerly  happened  soon  after  the  appearance  of  a  comet, 
or  the  blaze  of  an  aurora,  therefore  they  are  considered  either  as 
the  causes  or  the  prognostics  of  such  events. 

From  the  same  source  have  arisen  those  foolish  notions,  so 
fatal  to  the  peace  of  mankind,  which  have  been  engendered  by 

See  Appendix,  No,  II.  t  Ibid. 


ABSURDITY  OF  ASTROLOGY.  23 

Saturn  and  Jupiter. 

judicial  astrology.    Under  a  belief  that  the  characters  and  the  fates 
of  men  are  dependent  on  the  various  aspects  of  the  stars,  and  con- 
junctions of  the  planets,  the  most  unfounded  apprehensions,  as 
well  as  the  most  delusive  hopes,  have  been  excited  by  the  profes- 
sors of  this  fallacious  science.     Such  impositions  on  the  credulity 
of  mankind  are  founded  on  the  grossest  absurdity,  and  the  most 
palpable  ignorance  of  the  nature  of  things  ;  for  since  the  aspects 
and  conjunctions  of  the  celestial  bodies  have,  in  every  period  of 
duration,  been  subject  to  invariable  laws,  they  must  be  altogether 
inadequate  to  account  for  the  diversified  phenomena  of  the  moral 
world,  and  for  that  infinite  variety  we  observe  in  the  dispositions 
and  the  destinies  of  men ;  and,  indeed,  the  single  consideration  of 
the  immense  distances  of  the  stars  from  our  globe,  is  sufficient  to 
convince  any  rational  mind  that  their  influence  can  have  no  effect 
on  a  region  so  remote  from  the  spaces  which  they  occupy.     The 
planetary  bodies,  indeed,  may,  in  certain  cases,  have  some  degree 
of  physical  influence  on  the  earth,  by  virtue  of  their  attractive 
power,  but  that  influence  can  never  affect  the  operation  of  moral 
causes,  or  the  qualities  of  the  mind.     Even  although  it  were  ad- 
mitted that  the  heavenly  bodies  have  an  influence  over  the  destinies 
•)f  the  human  race,  yet  we  have  no  data  whatever  by  which  to  ascer- 
tain the  mode  of  its  operation,  or  to  determine  the  formula  or  rules 
by  which  calculations  are  to  be  made,  in  order  to  predict  the  fates 
of  nations,  or  the  individual  temperaments  and  destinies  of  men  ; 
and  consequently,  the  principles  and  rules  on  which  astrologers 
proceed  in  constructing  horoscopes,  and  calculating  nativities,  are 
nothing  else  than  mere  assumptions,  and  their  pretensions  nothing 
short   of  criminal   impositions  upon  the  credulity  of  mankind. 
With  equally  the  same  reason  might  we  assert,  that  the  earth,  in 
different  positions  in  its  orbit,  would  have  an  influence  in  produ- 
cing fools  and  maniacs  in  the  planet  Jupiter,  or  in  exciting  wars 
and  insurrections  among  the  inhabitants  of  Saturn,  as  to  suppose, 
with  Mr.  Yarly,  the  prince  of  modern  astrologers,  that "  Saturn 
passing  through  the  ascendant  causes  dulness  and  melancholy 
for  a  few  weeks,"  and  that"  Jupiter,  in  the  third  house,  gives 
safe  inland  journies  and  agreeable  neighbours  or  kindred." 

Notwithstanding  the  absurdity  of  the  doctrines  of  astrology, 
this  art  has  been  practised  in  every  period  of  time.  Among  the 
Romans,  the  people  were  so  infatuated  with  it,  that  the  astrologers, 
or,  as  they  were  then  called,  the  mathematicians,  maintained  their 
ground  in  spite  of  all  the  edicts  of  the  emperors  to  expel  them 
from  from  the  capital ;  and  after  they  were  at  length  expelled  by 
a  formal  decree  of  the  senate,  they  found  so  much  protection  from 
the  credulity  of  the  people,  that  they  still  remained  in  Rome  un- 


24  ON   THE  GENERAL  DIFFUSION  OF  KNOWLEDGE, 


Prevalence    of  Astrology. 


molested.  Among  the  Chaldeans,  the  Assyrians,  the  Egyptians, 
the  Greeks,  and  the  Arabians,  in  ancient  times,  astrology  was 
Uniformly  included  in  the  list  of  the  sciences,  and  used  as  one 
species  of  divination  by  which  they  attempted  to  pry  into  the  secrets 
of  futurity.  The  Brahmins,  in  India,  at  an  early  period,  intro- 
duced this  art  into  that  country,  and,  bymeans  of  it,  haverendered 
themselves  the  arbiters  of  good  and  evil  hours,  and  of  the  fortunes 
ot*  their  fellow-men,  and  have  thus  raised  themselves  to  great  autho- 
rity and  influence  among  the  illiterate  multitude.  They  are  con- 
sulted as  oracles,  and,  like  all  other  impostors,  they  have  taken 
great  care  never  to  sell  their  answers  without  a  handsome  remu- 
neration. In  almost  every  country  in  the  world  this  art  is  still 
practised,  and  only  a  short  period  has  elasped  since  the  princes 
and  legislators  of  Europe  were  directed  in  the  most  important  con- 
cerns of  the  state  by  the  predictions  of  astrologers.  In  the  time 
of  Queen  Catherine  de  Medicis,  astrology  was  so  much  in  vogue, 
that  nothing,  however  trifling,  was  to  be  done  without  consulting 
the  stars.  The  astrologer  Morin,  in  the  seventeenth  century,  di- 
n-o*ed  Cardinal  Richelieu's  motions  in  some  of  his  journeys,  and 
Louisa  Maria  de  Gonzaga,  Queen  of  Poland,  gave  2000  crowns 
to  carry  on  an  edition  of  his  Astrologia  Gallica ;  and  in  the  reigns 
of  Henry  the  Third  and  Henry  the  Fourth  of  France,  the  predic- 
tions of  astrologers  were  the  common  theme  of  the  court  conver- 
sation. Even  in  the  present  day,  and  in  the  metropolis  of  the 
British  empire,  this  fallacious  art  is  practised,  and  its  professors 
are  resorted  to  for  judicial  information,  not  only  by  the  vulgar,  but 
even  by  many  in  the  higher  spheres  of  life.  The  extensive  annual 
sale  of  more  than  240,000  copies  of"  Moore's  Almanack,"  which 
abounds  with  such  predictions,  and  of  similar  publications,  is  a 
striking  proof  of  the  belief  which  is  still  attached  to  the  doctrines 
of  astrology  in  our  own  age  and  country,  and  of  the  ignorance  and 
credulity  from  which  such  a  belief  proceeds.*  Parhelia,  parselenae, 
shooting  stars,  fiery  meteors,  luminous  arches,  lunar  rainbows, 
and  other  atmospherical  phenomena,  have  likewise  been  consider- 
ed by  some  as  ominous  of  impending  calamities. 

Such  are  some  of  the  objects  in  the  heavens,  which  ignorance 
and  Bupersition  have  arrayed  with  imaginary  terrors. 

*  That  the  absurdities  of  astrology  arc  still  in  vogue  among  a  certain  class, 
appears  from  the  publication  of  such  works  as  the  following: — "  ATreatise 
on  Zodiacal  Physiognomy,  illustrated  by  engravings  of  heads  and  feature?, 
and  accompanied  by  tables  ofthe  times  of  the  rising  of  the  twelve  signs  of  the 
Zodiac,  and  containing  also  new  astrological  explanations  of  some  remarka- 
ble portions  of  ancient  mythological  history.  By  John  Varly.  No.  I.,  large 
8vo.,  pp.  60,  to  be  comprised  in  four  parts.     Longman  and  Co.  1828  !" 


OMENS.  25 


Objects  of  groundless  Fears. 


On  the  earth,  the  objects  which  have  given  rise  to  groundless 
fears,  are  almost  innumerable.  The  ignes  fatui,  those  harmless 
meteors  which  hover  above  moist  and  fenny  places  in  the  night- 
time, and  emit  a  glimmering  light,  have  been  regarded  as  mali- 
cious spirits,  endeavouring  to  deceive  the  bewildered  traveller, 
and  lead  him  to  destruction.  The  ticking  noise  of  the  little 
insect  called  the  death-watch — a  screech  owl  screaming  at  the 
window — a  raven  croaking  over  a  house — a  dog  howling  in  the 
night-time — a  hare  or  a  sow  crossing  the  road — the  meeting  of  a 
bitch  with  whelps,  or  a  snake  lying  in  the  road — the  falling  of 
salt  from  a  table — and  even  the  curling  of  a  fibre  of  tallow  in 
a  burning  candle,*  have  been  regarded  with  apprehensions  of 
terror,  as  prognostics  of  impending  disasters,  or  of  approaching 
death. 

In  the  Highlands  of  Scotland,  the  motions  and  appearances  of 
the  clouds  were,  not  long  ago,  considered  as  ominous  of  disastrous 
events.  On  the  evening  before  new  year's  day,  if  a  black  cloud 
appeared  in  any  part  of  the  horizon,  it  was  thought  to  prognosti- 
cate a  plague,  a  famine,  or  the  death  of  some  great  man  in  that 
part  of  the  country  over  which  it  seemed  to  hang ;  and  in  order 
to  ascertain  the  place  threatened  by  the  omen,  the  motions  of  the 
clouds  were  often  watched  through  the  whole  night.  In  the  same 
country,  the  inhabitants  regard  certain  days  as  unlucky,  or  ominous 
of  bad  fortune.  That  day  of  the  week  on  which  the  3d  of 
May  falls,  is  deemed  unlucky  throughout  the  whole  year.  In  the 
isle  of  Mull,  ploughing,  sowing,  and  reaping,  are  always  begun 
on  Tuesday,  though  the  most  favourable  weather  for  these  pur- 
poses be  in  this  way  frequently  lost.  In  Morven,  none  will,  upon 
any  account,  dig  peat  or  turf  for  fuel  on  Friday.  The  age  of  the 
moon  is  also  much  attended  to  by  the  vulgar  Highlanders  ;  and 
an  opinion  prevails,  that  if  a  house  take  fire  while  the  moon  is  in 
the  decrease,  the  family  will  from  that  time  decline  in  its  circum- 
stances, and  sink  into  poverty.^ 

In  England,  it  is  reckoned  a  bad  omen  to  break  a  looking-glass, 
as  it  is  believed  the  party  to  whom  it  belongs  will  lose  his  best 
friend.  In  going  a  journey,  if  a  sow  cross  the  road,  it  is  believed 
the  party  will  meet  either  with  a  disappointment  or  a  bodily  accident 
before  returning  home.  It  is  reckoned  unlucky  to  see  first  one 
magpie,  and  then  another  ;  and  to  kill  a  magpie,  it  is  believed,  will 


specimen  of  some  of  the  fooleries  and  absurdities  gravely  treated  on  by 
this  sapient  author,  will  be  found  in  Nos.UI.  and  IV.  of  the  Appendix  to  this 
volume. 

*  Called  in  Scotland,  the  dead  speed. 

t  Encyclopaedic  Britannica,  Art  Omen. 
3 


26  ON  THE  GENERAL  DIFFUSION  OF  KNOWLEDGE. 

Augustus  a  believer  in  Omens. 

•  — 

certainly  be  punished  with  some  terrible  misfortune.  If  a  person 
meet  a  funeral  procession,  it  is  considered  necessary  always  to 
take  off  the  hat,  which  keeps  all  the  evil  spirits  that  attend  the 
body,  in  ^ood  humour.  If  in  eating,  a  person  miss  his  mouth, 
and  the  victuals  fall,  it  is  reckoned  very  unlucky,  and  ominous 
of  approaching  sickness.  It  is  also  considered  as  unlucky  to 
present  a  knife,  scissors,  razor,  or  any  sharp  cutting  instrument, 
to  one's  mistress  or  friend,  as  they  are  apt  to  cut  love  and  friend- 
ship ;  and  to  find  a  knife  or  razor,  denotes  ill  luck  or  disappoint- 
ment to  the  party. 

Among  the  ancient  nations,  there  was  hardly  any  circumstance 
or  occurrence,  however  trivial,  from  which  they  did  not  draw 
omens.  This  practice  appears  to  have  taken  its  rise  in  Egypt, 
the  parent  country  of  almost  every  superstition  of  paganism  ; 
but,  from  whatever  source  it  may  have  derived  its  origin,  it  spread 
itself  over  the  whole  inhabited  globe,  even  among  the  most  civiliz- 
ed nations,  and  at  this  day  it  prevails  more  or  less  among  the 
vulgar  in  every  country.  Even  kings  and  emperors,  sages  and 
heroes,  have  been  seized  with  alarm  at  the  most  trivial  circum- 
stances, which  they  were  taught  to  consider  as  ominous  of  bad 
fortune,  or  of  impending  danger.  Suetonius  says  of  Augustus, 
that  he  believed  implicitly  in  certain  omens  ;  and  that,  si  mane 
sibi  calceus  perperam,  ac  sinister  pro  dexter 'o  inducer 'eter,  ut  dirnm, 
"  if  his  shoes  were  improperly  put  on  in  the  morning,  especially 
if  the  left  shoe  was  put  upon  his  right  foot,  he  held  it  for  a  bad 
omen." 

Thus  it  appears,  that  the  luminaries  of  heaven,  the  clouds,  and 
other  meteors  that  float  in  the  atmosphere,  the  actions  of  animals, 
the  seasons  of  the  year,  the  days  of  the  week,  the  most  trivial 
incidents  in  human  life,  and  many  other  circumstances,  have  af- 
forded matter  of  false  alarm  to  mankind.  But  this  is  not  all : 
Man,  ever  prone  to  disturb  his  own  peace,  notwithstanding  the 
real  evils  he  is  doomed  to  suffer,  has  been  ingenious  enough  to 
form  imaginary  monsters  which  have  no  existence,  either  in 
heaven  or  on  earth,  nor  the  least  foundation  in  the  scenes  of  exter- 
nal nature.  He  has  not  only  drawn  false  conclusions  from  the 
objects  which  have  a  real  existence,  to  increase  his  fears  ;  but  has 
created  in  his  imagination,  an  ideal  world,  and  peopled  it  with 
spectres,  hobgoblins,  fairies,  satyrs,  imps,  wraiths,  genii,  brownies, 
witches,  wizards,  and  other  fantastical  beings,  to  whose  caprices 
ne  believes  his  happiness  and  misery  are  subjected.  An  old| 
wrinkled  hag  is  supposed  to  have  the  power  of  rendering  misera- 
ble all  around  her,  who  are  the  objects  of  her  hatred.  In  herl 
privy  chamber,  it  is  believed,  she  can  roast  and  torment  the  absent, 


SUPERNATURAL    AGENTS.  27 

Ghosts  and  Fairies. 

and  inflict  incurable  disorders  both  on  man  and  beast ;  *  she  can 
transport  herself  through  the  air  on  a  spit  or  a  broomstick ;  or, 
when  it  serves  her  purpose,  she  can  metamorphose  herself  into  a 
cat  or  a  hare  ;  and,  by  shaking  a  bridle  over  a  person  asleep,  can 
transform  him  into  a  horse  ;  and,  mounted  on  this  new-created 
steed,  can  traverse  the  air  on   the  wings  of  the  wind,  and  visit 
distant  countries  in  the  course  of  a  night.     A  certain  being  called 
a  fairy,  though  supposed  to  be  at  least  two  or  three  feet  high,  is 
believed  to  have  the  faculty  of  contracting  its  body,  so  as  to  pass 
through  the  key-hole  of  a  door ;  and  though  they  are  a  distinct 
species  of  beings  from  man,  they  have  a  strong  fancy  for  children  ; 
and  hence,  in  the  Highlands  of  Scotland,  new-born  infants  are 
watched  till  the  christening  is  over,  lest  they  should  be  stolen  or 
exchanged  by  those  fantastic  existences.     The  regions  of  the 
air  have  been  peopled  with  apparitions  and  terrific  phantoms  of 
different  kinds,  which  stalk  abroad  at  the  dead  hour  of  night,  to  ter- 
rify the  lonely  traveller.     In  ruined  castles  and  old  houses,  they 
are  said  to  announce  their  appearance  by  a  variety  of  loud  and 
dreadful  noises ;  sometimes  rattling  in  the  old  hall  like  a  coach 
and  six,  and  rumbling  up  and  down  the  staircase  like  the  trundling 
of  bowls  or  cannon  balls.     Especially  in  lonely  church-yards,  in 
retired  caverns,  in  deep  forests  and  dells,  horrid  sounds  are  said  to 
have  been  heard,  and  monstrous  shapes  to  have  appeared,  by 
which  whole  villages  have  been  thrown  into  consternation,  f 

*  The  reader  will  find  abundance  of  relations  of  this  kind,  in  "  Satan's 
invisible  world  discovered," — a  book  which  was  long  read  with  avidity  by  the 
vulgar  in  this  country,  and  which  has  frequently  caused  emotions  of  terror 
among  youthful  groups  on  winter  evenings,  while  listening  to  its  fearful  rela- 
tions, which  could  never  be  eradicated,  and  has  rendered  them  cowards  in  the 
dark,  during  all  the  subsequent  periods  of  their  lives. 

f  That  many  of  the  superstitious  opinions  and  practices  above  alluded  to, 
still  prevail  even  within  the  limits  of  the  British  empire,  appears  from  the  fol- 
lowing extract  from  the  "  Monthly  Magazine"  for  July  1813,  p.  496.—"  In 
Staffordshire,  they  burn  a  calf  in  a  farm  house  alive,  to  prevent  the  other  calves 
from  dying.  In  the  same  county,  a  woman  having  kept  a  toad  in  a  pot  in 
her  garden,  her  husband  killed  it,  and  she  reproached  him  for  it,  saying,  she  in- 
tended the  next  Sunday  to  have  taken  the  sacrament,  for  the  purpose  of  get- 
ting some  of  the  bread  to  feed  him  with,  and  make  him  thereby  a  valuable 
familiar  spirit  to  her.  At  Long  Ashton,  a  young  farmer  has  several  times 
predicted  his  own  end,  from  what  he  calls  being  looked  over;  and  his  mo- 
ther and  father  informed  a  friend  of  mine,  (says  the  re  later)  that  they 
had  sent  to  the  White  Witch  Doctor,  beyond  Bridge  Water,  by  the  coach- 
man, for  a  charm  to  cure  him,  (having  paid  handsomely  for  it)  ;  but  that 
he  had  now  given  him  over,  as  her  spells  were  more  potent  than  his.  If  not 
dead,  he  is  dying  of  mere  fear,  and  all  the  parish  of  his  class  believe  it. — 
There  is  also,  in  that  parish,  an  old  man  who  sells  gingerbread  to  the  schools, 
who  is  always  employed  to  cure  the  red  water  in  cows,  by  means  of  charms 
and  verses  which  he  says  to  them.    In  the  Marsh,  we  have  water  doctors. 


28  ON    THE    GENERAL  DIFFUSION  OF  KNOWLEDGE. 


Absurd  Notions  of  learned  Men. 


Nor  have  such  absurd  notions  been  confined  to  the  illiterate  vul- 
gar ;  men  of  considerable  acquirements  in  literature,  from  ignorance 
of  the  laws  of  nature,  have  fallen  into  the  same  delusions.     For- 
merly a  man  who  was  endowed  with  considerable  genius  and  know- 
ledge, was  reckoned  a  magician.     Doctor  Bartolo  was  seized  by 
the  Inquisition  at  Rome,  in  the  sixteenth  century,  because  he  un- 
expectedly cured  a  nobleman  of  the  gout ;   and  the  illustrious  Friar 
Bacon, because  he  was  better  acquainted  with  experimental  philoso- 
phy than  most  persons  of  the  age  in  which  he  lived,  was  suspected, 
even  by  the  learned  ecclesiastics,  of  having  dealings  with  the  devil. 
Diseases  were  at   those  times  imputed  to  fascination,  and  hun- 
dreds of  poor  wretches  were  dragged  to  the  stake  for  being  acces- 
sory to  them.     Mercatus,  physician  to  Philip  II.  of  Spain,  relates, 
that  he  had  seen  a  very  beautiful  woman  break  a  steel  mirror  to 
pieces,  and  blast  some  trees  by  a  single  glance  of  her  eyes  !      Jo- 
sephus  relates,  that  he  saw  a  certain  Jew,  named  Eleazar,  draw 
the  devil  out  of  an  old  woman's  nostrils,  by  the  application  of 
Solomon's  seal  to  her  nose,  in  the  presence  of  Vespasian.      Dr. 
Mynsight  is  said  to  have  cured  several  bewitched  persons  with  a 
plaster  of  assafcetida.     How  the  assafcetida  was  efficacious,  was 
much  disputed  among  the  learned.     Some  thought  the  devil  might 
consider  such  an  application  as  an  insult,  and  ran  off  in  a  passion  ; 
but  others  very  sagely  observed,  that  as  devils  were  supposed  to 
have  eyes  and  ears,  it  wTas  probable  they  might  have  noses  too. 
James  VI.  who  was  famed  for  his  polemics  and  theological  acquire- 
ments, wrote  a  treatise  in  defence  of  witchcraft,  and  persecuted 
those  who  opposed  his  opinions  on  this  subject.     The  pernicious 
effects  in  mines,  occasioned  by  the   explosion  of  hydrogen  gas, 
were  formerly  imputed  to  the  demons  of  the  mine.     Van  Helmont, 
Bodinus,  Strozza,  and  Luther,  attributed  thunder  and  meteors  to 
the  devil.     Socrates  believed  he  was  guided  by  a  demon.     Dr. 
Cudworth,  Glanvil  and  others,  wrote  in  defence  of  witchcraft  and 
apparitions.     But   it  would  be  endless  to   detail  all  the  foolish 
opinions  which  have  been  imbibed  and  propagated  even  by  men 
who  pretended  to  genius  and  learning. 

Besides  the  opinions  to  which  I  have  now  adverted,  and  which 

who  get  rich;  at  the  mines,  diviners  with  rods,  who  find  ores  and  water; 
and  fit  Weston-super-Mare,  they  sec  lights  before  funerals,  and  are  agreed 
that  the  people  in  thai  parish  always  die  by  threes,  i.  e.  three  old,  three  young-, 
three  men,  three  women,  &C  Such  are  a  part  only  of  the  superstitions  of 
the  West  in   1813!" 

Every  one  who  IS  much  conversant  with  the  lower  ranks  of  society,  will 
find,  that  such  notions  are  -till  current  and  believed  by  a  considerable  por- 
tion of  the  population,  which  is  the  only  apology  that  can  be  made  for  stating 
and  counteracting  such  opinions. 


ABSURDITY    OF    SUPERSTITION.        •  29 

Foolish  Opinions. 


have  a  direct  tendency  to  fill  the  mind  with  unnecessary  appre- 
hensions, there  is  also  an  immense  variety  of  foolish  and  erroneous 
opinions  which  pass  current  for  genuine  truths  among  a  great  ma- 
jority of  mankind.     That  a  man  has  one  rib  less  than  a  woman, — 
that  there  is  a  certain  Jew  still  alive,  who  has  wandered  through 
the  world  since  the  crucifixion  of  Christ, — that  the  coffin  of  Ma- 
homet is  suspended  in  the  air  between  two  load-stones, — that  the 
city  of  Jerusalem  is  in  the  centre  of  the  world, — that  the  tenth 
wave  of  the  sea  is  greater  and  more  dangerous  than  all  the  rest, — 
that  all  animals  on  the  land  have  their  corresponding  kinds  in  the 
sea, — that  there  is  a  white  powder  which  kills  without  giving  a 
report, — that  the  blood  of  a  goat  will  dissolve  a  diamond, — that 
all  the  stars  derive  their  light  from  the  sun, — that  a  candle  made 
of  human  fat,  when  lighted,  will  prevent  a  person  asleep  from 
awaking,  with  many  other  similar  unfounded  positions, — are  re- 
garded as  indisputable  truths  by  thousands,  whose  adherence  to 
tradition  and  authority,  and  whose  indolence  and  credulity  prevent 
them  from  inquiring,  with  a  manly  independence,  into  the  true  state 
and  nature  of  things. 

Such  are  a  few,  and  but  a  very  few,  of  the  superstitious  notions 
and  vain  fears  by  which  the  great  majority  of  the  human  race,  in 
every  age  and  country,  has  been  enslaved.     To  have  attempted  a 
complete  enumeration  of  such  hallucinations  of  the  human  intellect, 
would  have  been  vain,  and  could  only  have  produced  satiety  and 
disgust.     That  such  absurd  notions  should  ever  have  prevailed, 
is  a  most  grating  and  humiliating  thought,  when  we  consider  the 
ooble  faculties  with  which  man  is  endowed.     That  they  still  pre- 
vail, in  a  great  measure,  even  in  our  own  country,  is  a  striking 
proof,  that,  we  are,  as  yet,  but  just  emerging  from  the  gloom  of 
intellectual  darkness.     The  prevalence  of  such  opinions  is  to  be 
regretted,  not  only  on  account,  of  the  groundless  alarms  they 
create,  but  chiefly  on  account  of  the  false  ideas  they  inspire  with 
regard  to  the  nature  of  the  Supreme  Ruler  of  the  universe,  and 
of  his  arrangements  in  the  government  of  the  world.     While  a 
man,  whose  mind  is  enlightened  with  true  science,  perceives 
throughout  all  nature  the  most  striking  evidences  of  benevolent 
design,  and  rejoices  in  the  benignity  of  the  Great  Parent  of  the 
universe, — while  he  perceives  nothing  in  the  arrangements  of  the 
Creator,  in  any  department  of  his  works,  which  has  a  direct  ten- 
dency to  produce  pain  to  any  intelligent  or  sensitive  existence, — 
the  superstitious  man,  on  the  contrary,  Contemplates  the  sky,  the 
air,  the  wraters,  and  the  earth,  as  filled  with  malicious  beings,  ever 
ready  to  haunt  him  with  terror,  or  to  plot  his  destruction.     The 
one  contemplates  the  Deity  directing  the  movements  of  the  mate- 


30  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDc. 

Ertects  of  Superstition. 


rial  world,  by  fixed  and  invariable  laws,  which  none  but  himself 
can  counteract  or  suspend ;  the  oilier  views  them  as  continually 
liable  to  be  controlled  by  capricious  and  malignant  beings,  to  gra- 
tify the  most  trivia]  and  unworthy  passions.  How  very  different, 
of  course,  must  be  their  conceptions  and  feelings  respecting  the 
attributes  and  government  of  the  Supreme  Being  !  While  the 
one  views  Him  as  an  infinitely  wise  and  benevolent  Father,  whose 
paternal  care  and  goodness  inspire  confidence  and  affection;  the 
other  must  regard  him,  in  a  certain  degree,  as  a  capricious  being, 
and  offer  up  his  adorations  under  the  influence  of  fear. 

Such  notions  have  likewise  an  evident  tendency  to  habituate  the 
mind  to  false  principles  and  processes  of  reasoning,  which  unfit  it 
for  forming  legitimate  conclusions  in  its  researches  after  truth. — 
They  chain  down  the  understanding,  and  sink  it  into  the  most 
abject  and  sordid  state  ;  and  prevent  it  from  rising  to  those  noble 
and  enlarged  views  which  revelation  and  modern  science  exhibit, 
of  the  order,  the  extent,  and  the  economy  of  the  universe.  It  is 
lamentable  to  reflect,  that  so  many  thousands  of  beings  endowed 
with  the  faculty  of  reason,  who  cannot  by  any  means  be  persuaded 
of  the  motion  of  the  earth,  and  the  distances  and  magnitudes  of 
the  celestial  bodies,  should  swallow,  without  the  least  hesitation, 
opinions  ten  thousand  times  more  improbable  ;  and  find  no  diffi- 
culty in  believing  that  an  old  woman  can  transform  herself  into  a 
hare  and  wing  her  way  through  the  air  on  a  broomstick. 

But  what  is  worst  of  all,  such  notions  almost  invariably  lead  to 
the  perpetration  of  deeds  of  cruelty  and  injustice.  Of  the  truth  of 
this  position,  the  history  of  almost  every  nation  affords  the  most 
ample  proof.  Many  of  the  barbarities  committed  in  Pagan  coun- 
tries, both  in  their  religious  worship  and  their  civil  polity,  and  most 
of  the  cruelties  inflicted  on  the  victims  of  the  Romish  inquisition, 
have  flowed  from  this  source.*  Nor  are  the  annals  of  our  own 
country  deficient  in  examples  of  this  kind  :  The  belief  attached 
to  the  doctrine  of  witchcraft,  led  our  ancestors,  little  more  than  a 
century  ago,  to  condemn  and  to  burn  at  the  stake  hundreds  of 
unhappy  women,  accused  of  crimes  of  which  they  could  not  pos- 
sibly have  been  guilty.|     In  New  England,  about  the  year  1692, 

*  In  the  Duchy  of  Lorraine,  900  females  were  delivered  over  to  the  flames, 
for  being  witches,  by  nno  inquisitor  alone.  Under  this  accusation, it  is  reckon- 
ed that  upwards  of  thirty  thousand  women  have  perished  by  the  hands  of  the  In- 
.  •-•'  Inquisition  Unmasked,"  by  Pui^blanch. 

t  The  Boots  appear  to  have  displayed  a  more  than  ordinary  zeal  against 
•rit  bes,  and  it  is  Baid  that  more  deranged  old  women  were  condemned  for  this 
imaginary  crime  in  Scotland,  than  in  any  other  country.  So  late  as  1722,  a 
poor  woman  was  burnt  for  witchcraft,  which  was  among  the  last  executions 
in  Scotland.     A   variety  uf  curious  particulars  in  relation  to  the  trials  of 


CRUELTY  OF  SUPERSTITION.  31 


Witchcraft  in  New-England. 


a  witchcraft  phrenzy  rose  to  such  excess  as  to  produce  commotions 
and  calamities  more  dreadful  than  the  scourge  of  war  or  the  de- 
stroying pestilence.  There  lived  in  the  town  of  Salem,  in  that 
country,  two  young  women,  who  were  subject  to  convulsions,  ac- 
companied with  extraordinary  symptoms.  Their  father,  minister 
of  the  church,  supposing  they  were  bewitched,  cast  his  suspicions 
upon  an  Indian  girl,  who  lived  in  the  house,  whom  he  compelled, 
by  harsh  treatment,  to  confess  that  she  was  a  witch.  Other  women, 
on  hearing  this,  immediately  believed  that  the  convulsions,  which 
proceeded  only  from  the  nature  of  their  sex,  were  owing  to  the 
same  cause.  Three  citizens  casually  named,  were  immediately 
thrown  into  prison,  accused  of  witchcraft,  hanged,  and  their  bodies 
left  exposed  to  wild  beasts  and  birds  of  prey.  A  few  days  after, 
sixteen  other  persons,  together  with  a  counsellor,  who,  because  he 
refused  to  plead  against  them,  was  supposed  to  share  in  their 
guilt,  suffered  in  the  same  manner.  From  this  instant,  the  ima- 
gination of  the  multitude  was  inflamed  with  these  horrid  and 
gloomy  scenes.  Children  of  ten  years  of  age  were  put  to  death, 
young  girls  were  stripped  naked,  and  the  marks  of  witchcraft 
searched  for  upon  their  bodies  with  the  most  indecent  curiosity  ; 
and  those  spots  of  the  scurvy  which  age  impresses  upon  the  bodies 
of  old  men,  were  taken  for  evident  signs  of  infernal  power.  In 
default  of  these,  torments  were  employed  to  extort  confessions, 
dictated  by  the  executioners  themselves.  For  such  fancied  crimes, 
the  offspring  of  superstition  alone,  they  were  imprisoned,  tortured, 
murdered,  and  their  bodies  devoured  by  the  beasts  of  prey.  If 
the  magistrates,  tired  out  with  executions,  refused  to  punish,  they 
were  themselves  accused  of  the  crimes  they  tolerated ;  the  very 
ministers  of  religion  raised  false  witnesses  against  them,  who  made 
them  forfeit  with  their  lives  the  tardy  remorse  excited  in  them  by  hu- 
manity. Dreams,  apparitions,  terror,  and  consternation  of  every 
kind,  increased  these  prodigies  of  folly  and  horror.  The  prisons 
were  filled,  the  gibbets  left  standing,  and  all  the  citizens  involved  in 
gloomy  apprehensions. — So  that  superstitious  notions,  so  far  from 
being  innocent  and  harmless  speculations,  lead  to  the  most  deplo- 
rable results  ;  and,  therefore,  ought  to  be  undermined  and  eradi- 
cated by  every  one  who  wishes  to  promote  the  happiness  and  the 
good  order  of  general  society. 

Such,  then,  is  the  evil  we  find  existing  among  mankind — false 
opinions,  which  produce  vain  fears,  which  debase  the  understand- 
ing, exhibit  distorted  views  of  the  Deity,  and  lead  to  deeds  of 

witches,  may  be  seen  in  Pitcairn's  "  Criminal  Trials,  and  other  proceedings 
before  the  High  Court  of  Justiciary  in  Scotland." — Part  II.  lately  published. 
See  also  Appendix,  No.  V. 


32  ON  THE  GENERAL  DIFFUSION  OF  KNOWLEDGE, 


The  Study  of  Material  Nature. 


cruelty  and  injustice.     Let  us  now  consider  the  remedy  to  be  ap- 
plied for  its  removal. 

I  have  all  a  long  taken  it  for  granted,  that  ignorance  of  the  laws 
and  economy  of  nature  is  the  great  source  of  the  absurd  opinions 
to  which  I  have  adverted, — a  position  which,  I  presume,  will  not 
be  called  in  question.     For  such  opinions  cannot  be  deduced 
from  an  attentive  survey  of  the  phenomena  of  nature,  or  from  an 
induction  of  well-authenticated  facts  :  and  they  are  equally  repug- 
nant to  the  dictates  of  revelation.     Nay,  so  far  are  they  from 
having  any  foundation  in  nature  or  experience,  that  in  proportion 
as  we  advance  in  our  researches  into  Nature's  economy  and  laws, 
in  the  same  proportion  we  perceive  their  futility  and  absurdity. 
As  in  most  other  cases,  so  in  this,  a  knowledge  of  the  cause  of  the 
evil  leads  to  the  proper  remedy.     Let  us  take  away  the  cause,  and 
the  effect  of  course  will  be  removed.     Let  the  exercise  of  the  ra- 
tional faculties  be  directed  into  a  proper  channel,  and  the  mind 
furnished  with  a  few  fundamental  and  incontrovertible  principles 
of  reasoning — let  the  proper  sources  of  information  be  laid  open — 
let  striking  and  interesting  facts  be  presented  to  view,  and  a  taste 
for  rational  investigation  be  encouraged  and  promoted — let  habits 
of  accurate  observation  be  induced,  and  the  mind  directed  to  draw 
proper  conclusions  from  the  various  objects  which  present  them- 
selves to  view, — and  then  we  may  confidently  expect,  that  super- 
stitious opinions  with  all  their  usual  accompaniments,  will  gradu- 
ally evanish,  as  the  shades  of  night  before  the  rising  sun. 

But  here  it  may  be  inquired,  What  kind  of  knowledge  is  it  that 
will  produce  this  effect  ?  It  is  not  merely  an  acquaintance  with  a 
number  of  dead  languages,  with  Roman  and  Grecian  antiquities, 
with  the  subtleties  of  metaphysics,  with  pagan  mythology,  with 
politics  or  poetry  :  these,  however  important  in  other  points  of 
view,  will  not,  in  the  present  case,  produce  the  desired  effect ;  for 
we  have  already  seen,  that  many  who  were  conversant  in  such 
subjects  were  not  proof  against  the  admission  of  superstitious 
opinions.  In  order  to  produce  the  desired  effect,  the  mind  must 
be  directed  to  the  study  of  material  nature, — to  contemplate  the 
various  appearances  it  presents,  and  to  mark  the  uniform  results 
of  those  invariable  laws  by  which  the  universe  is  governed.  In 
particular,  the  attention  should  be  directed  to  those  discoveries 
which  have  been  made  by  philosophers  in  the  different  depart- 
ments of  nature  and  art,  during  the  two  last  centuries.  For  this 
purpose,  the  study  of-  natural  history,  as  recording  the  various 
facts  respecting  the  atmosphere,  the  waters,  the  earth,  and  ani- 
mated beings,  combined  with  the  study  of  natural  philosophy  and 
astronomy,  as  explaining  the  causes  of  the  phenomena  of  nature. 


REMEDIES  FOR  SUPERSTITION.  33 

The  Study  of  Material  Nature. 

will  have  a  happy  tendency  to  eradicate  from  the  mind  those  false 
notions,  and,  at  the  same  time,  will  present  to  view  objects  of  de- 
lightful contemplation.  Let  a  person  be  once  thoroughly  con- 
vinced that  Nature  is  uniform  in  her  operations,  and  governed  by 
regular  laws,  impressed  by  an  all-wise  and  benevolent  Being, — 
he  will  soon  be  inspired  with  confidence,  and  will  not  easily  be 
alarmed  at  any  occasional  phenomena  which  at  first  sight  might 
appear  as  exceptions  to  the  general  rule. 

For  example, — let  persons  be  taught  that  eclipses  are  occasion- 
ed merely  by  the  shadow  of  one  opaque  body  falling  upon 
another — that  they  are  the  necessary  result  of  the  inclination 
of  the  moon's  orbit  to  that  of  the  earth — that  the  times  when  they 
take  place  depend  on  the  new  or  full  moon  happening  at  or  near 
the  points  of  intersection — and  that  other  planets  which  have 
moons  experience  eclipses  of  a  similar  nature — that  the  comets 
are  regular  bodies  belonging  to  our  system,  which  finish  their  re- 
volutions, and  appear  and  disappear  in  stated  periods  of  time — 
that  the  northern  lights,  though  seldom  seen  in  southern  climes,  are 
frequent  in  the  regions  of  the  North,  and  supply  the  inhabitants 
with  light  in  the  absence  of  the  sun,  and  have  probably  a  relation 
to  the  magnetic  and  electric  fluids — that  the  ignesfaiui  are  harm- 
less lights,  formed  by  the  ignition  of  a  certain  species  of  gas  pro- 
duced in  the  soils  above  which  they  hover — that  the  notes  of  the 
death-watch,  so  far  from  being  presages  of  death,  are  ascertained 
to  be  the  notes  of  love,  and  presages  of  hymeneal  intercourses 
among  these  little  insects  ;*  let  rational  information  of  this  kind 
be  imparted,  and  they  will  soon  learn  to  contemplate  nature  with 
tranquillity  and  composure.  Nay  a  more  beneficial  effect  than 
even  this,  will,  at  the  same  time,  be  produced.  Those  objects 
which  they  formerly  beheld  with  alarm,  will  now  be  converted  into 
sources  of  enjoyment,  and  be  contemplated  with  emotions  of 

delight. 

"  When  from  the  dread  immensity  of  space 
The  rushing  comet  to  the  sun  descends, 
With  awful  train  projected  o'er  the  world  ; 

The  enlighten'd  few, 

Whose  godlike  minds  philosophy  exalts, 
The  glorious  stranger  hail.     They  feel  a  joy 
Divinely  great ;  they  in  their  powers  exult ; 
They  see  the  blazing  wonder  rise  anew, 
In  seeming  terror  clad,  but  kindly  bent 
To  work  the  will  of  All-sustained  Love." 

Thomson's  Summer. 


*  This  fact  was  particularly   ascertained  by  Dr.  Derham. — Philosophical 
Transactions ,  No.  291. 


34:  ON  THE  GENERAL  DIFFUSION  OF  KNOWLEDGE, 


Effects  of  proper  Instruction. 


Such  are  the  sublime  emotions  with  which  a  person  enlightened 
with  the  beams  of  science  contemplates  the  return  of  a  comet, 
or  any  uncommon  celestial  appearance.  He  will  wait  the  ap- 
proach of  such  phenomena  with  pleasing  expectation,  in  hopes  of 
discovering  more  of  the  nature  and  destination  of  those  distant 
orbs  ;  and  will  be  led  to  form  more  enlarged  ideas  of  their  omni- 
potent Creator. 

Again,  to  remove  the  apprehensions  which  arise  from  the  fear 
of  invisible  and  incorporeal  beings,  let  persons  be  instructed  in 
the  various  optical  illusions  to  which  we  are  subject,  arising  from 
the  intervention  of  fogs,  and  the  indistinctness  of  vision  in  the 
night-time,  which  makes  us  frequently  mistake  a  bush  that  is  near 
us  for  a  large  tree  at  a  distance  ;  and,  under  the  influence  of  which 
illusions,  a  timid  imagination  will  transform  the  indistinct  image 
of  a  cow  or  a  horse,  into  a  terrific  phantom  of  a  monstrous  size. 
Let  them  also  be  taught,  by  a  selection  of  well-authenticated 
facts,  the  powerful  influence  of  the  imagination  in  creating  ideal 
forms,  especially  when  under  the  dominion  of  fear — the  effects 
produced  by  the  workings  of  conscience,  when  harassed  with 
guilt — by  very  lively  dreams,  by  strong  doses  of  opium,  by  drunk- 
enness, hysteric  passions,  madness,  and  other  disorders  that  af- 
fect the  mind,  and  by  the  cunning  artifices  of  impostors  to  pro- 
mote some  sinister  or  nefarious  designs.  Let  them  likewise  be 
instructed  in  the  nature  of  spontaneous  combustions  and  detona- 
tions, occasioned  by  the  accidental  combustion  and  explosion  of 
gases,  which  produce  occasional  noises  and  lights  in  church-yards 
and  empty  houses.  Let  the  experiments  of  optics,  and  the  strik- 
ing phenomena  produced  by  electricity,  galvanism,  magnetism, 
and  the  different  gases,  be  exhibited  to  their  view,  together  with 
details  of  the  results  which  have  been  produced  by  various  me- 
chanical contrivances.  In  fine,  let  their  attention  be  directed  to 
the  foolish,  whimsical,  and  extravagant  notions,  attributed  to  ap- 
paritions, and  to  their  inconsistency  with  the  wise  and  benevo- 
lent arrangements  of  the  Governor  of  the  universe.* 

That  such  instructions  as  those  I  have  now  hinted  at  would 
completely  produce  the  intended  effect,  may  be  argued  from  this 
consideration, — that  they  have  uniformly  produced  this  effect  on 
every  mind  which  has  been  thus  enlightened.  Where  is  the  man 
to  be  found,  whose  mind  is  enlightened  in  the  doctrines  and  dis- 
coveries of  modern  science,  and  who  yet  remains  the  slave  of 
superstitious  notions  and  vain  fears  ?     Of  all  the  philosophers  in 

*  See  Appendix,  No.  VI L  for  an  illustration  of  some  of  the  causes  which 
have  concurred  to  propagate  the  belief  of  apparitions. 


REMEDIES  FOR  SUPERSTITION.  35 


Dr.  Samuel  Johnson's  Opinions. 


Europe,  is  there  one  who  is  alarmed  at  an  eclipse,  at  a  comet, 
at  an  ignis  fatuas,  or  the  notes  of  a  death-watch,  or  who  post- 
pones his  experiments  on  account  of  what  is  called  an  unlucky 
day  ?  Did  we  ever  hear  of  a  spectre  appearing  to  such  a  person 
dragging  him  from  bed  at  the  dead  hour  of  midnight  to  wander 
through  the  forest  trembling  with  fear  ? — No  :  Such  beings  appear 
only  to  the  ignorant  and  illiterate ;  and  we  never  heard  of  their 
appearing  to  any  one  who  did  not  previously  believe  in  their  exist- 
ence. But  why  should  philosophers  be  freed  from  such  terrific 
visions,  if  substantial  knowledge  had  not  the  power  of  banishing 
them  from  the  mind  ?  Why  should  supernatural  beings  feel  so 
shy  in  conversing  with  men  of  science  1  They  would  be  the 
fittest  persons  to  whom  they  might  impart  their  secrets,  and  com- 
municate information  respecting  the  invisible  world,  but  it  never 
falls  to  their  lot  to  be  favoured  with  such  visits.  Therefore  it 
may  be  concluded,  that  the  diffusion  of  useful  knowledge  would 
infallibly  dissipate  those  groundless  fears  which  have  so  long  dis- 
turbed the  happiness  particularly  of  the  lower  orders  of  man- 
kind.* 

It  forms  no  objection  to  what  has  been  now  stated,  that  the 
late  Dr.  Samuel  Johnson  believed  in  the  existence  of  ghosts  and 
in  the  second  sight ;  for,  with  all  his  vast  acquirements  in  litera- 
ture, he  was  ignorant  of  natural  science,  and  even  attempted  to 
ridicule  the  study  of  natural  philosophy  and  astronomy, — the  prin- 
cipal subjects  which  have  the  most  powerful  tendency  to  dissipate 
such  notions, — as  may  be  seen  in. No.  24  of  his  "Rambler ;" 
where  he  endeavours  to  give  force  to  his  ridicule  by  exhibiting  the 
oddities  of  an  imaginary  pretender  to  these  sciences.  He  talks  of 
nen  of  science  "  lavishing  their  hours  in  calculating  the  weight  of 
he  terraqueous  globe,  or  in  adjusting  systems  of  worlds  beyond  the 
-each  of  the  telescope  ;"  and  adds,  that  "  it  wTas  the  greatest 

*  It  would  be  unfair  to  infer  from  any  expressions  here  used,  that  the  au- 
hor  denies  the  possibility  of  supernatural  visions  and  appearances.  We 
.re  assured  from  the  records  of  Sacred  History,  that  beings  of  an  order  su- 
>erior  to  the  human  race,  have  "  at  sundry  times,  and  in  diverse  manners," 
nade  their  appearance  to  men.  But  there  is  the  most  marked  difference  be* 
^veen  vulvar  apparitions,  and  the  celestial  messengers  to  which  the  records 
f  Revelation  refer.  They  appeared,  not  to  old  women  and  clowns,  but  to 
'ltriarchs,  prophets,  and  apostles.  They  appeared,  not  to  frighten  the  timid, 
jid  to  create  unnecessary  alarm,  but  to  declare  "  tidings  of  great  joy."— • 
?hey  appeared,  not  to  reveal  such  paltry  secrets  as  the  place  where  a  pot  of 
n\d  or  silver  is  concealed,  or  where  a  lost  ring  may  be  found,  but  to  commu- 
jcate  intelligence  worthy  of  God  to  reveal,  and  of  the  utmost  importance  for 
lan  to  receive.  In  these,  and  many  other  respects,  there  is  the  most  strik- 
Ig  contrast  between  popular  ghosts,  and  the  supernatural  communications 
fid  appearances  recorded  in  Scripture, 


36  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


False  Conceptions  of  the  Deity. 


praise  of  Socrates,  that  he  drew  the  wits  of  Greece  from  the  vain 
pursuit  of  natural  philosophy  to  moral  inquiries,  and  turned  their 
thoughts  from  the  stars  and  tides,  and  matter  and  motion,  upon 
the  various  modes  of  virtue  and  relations  of  life."  His  opinions 
and  conduct,  therefore,  can  only  be  considered  as  an  additional 
proof  of  the  propriety  of  the  sentiments  above  expressed. 

Nor  should  it  be  considered  as  a  thing  impracticable  to  instruct 
the  great  body  of  mankind  in  the  subjects  to  which  I  have  alluded. 
Every  man  possessed  of  what  is  called  common  sense,  is  capable 
of  acquiring  all  the  information  requisite  for  the  purpose  in  view, 
even  without  infringing  on  the  time  allotted  for  his  daily  labours, 
provided  his  attention  be  once  thoroughly  directed  to  its  acquisition, 
and  proper  means  used.to  promote  his  instruction.  It  is  not  intended 
that  all  men  should  be  made  profound  mathematicians  and  phi- 
losophers ;  nor  is  it  necessary,  in  order  to  eradicate  false  opinions, 
and  to  enlarge  and  elevate  the  mind.  A  general  view  of  useful 
knowledge  is  all  that  is  necessary  for  the  great  mass  of  mankind  ; 
and  would  certainly  be  incomparably  preferable  to  that  gross  ig- 
norance, and  those  grovelling  dispositions,  which  so  generally  pre- 
vail among  the  inferior  ranks  of  society.  And,  to  acquire  such  a 
degree  of  rational  information,  requires  only  that  a  taste  for  it,  and 
an  eager  desire  for  acquiring  it,  be  excited  in  the  mind.  If  this 
were  attained,  I  am  bold  to  affirm,  that  the  acquisition  of  such  in- 
formation may  be  made  by  any  person  who  is  capable  of  learning 
a  common  mechanical  employment,  and  will  cost  him  less  trouble 
and  expense  than  are  requisite  to  a  schoolboy  for  acquiring  the 
elements  of  the  Latin  tongue. 

To  conclude  this  branch  of  the  subject : — Since  it  appears  that 
ignorance  produces  superstition,  and  superstitious  notions  en- 
gender vain  fears  and  distorted  views  of  the  government  of  the 
Almighty, — since  all  fear  is  in  itself  painful,  and,  when  it  con- 
duces not  to  safety,  is  painful  without  use, — every  consideration 
and  every  scheme  by  which  groundless  terrors  may  be  removed, 
and  just  conceptions  of  the  moral  attributes  of  the  Deity  pro- 
moted, must  diminish  the  sum  of  human  misery,  and  add  some- 
thing to  human  happiness.  If  therefore  the  acquisition  of  useful 
knowledge  respecting  the  laws  and  the  economy  of  the  universe 
would  produce  this  effect,  the  more  extensively  such  information 
is  propagated,  the  more  happiness  will  be  diffused  among  mankind. 


PREVENTION    OF    DISEASES    AND    ACCIDENTS.  37 


Ignorance  the  chief  Cause  of  physical  Evils. 


SECTION  II. 

On  the  Utility  of  Knowledge  in  preventing  Diseases  and  Fatal 

Accidents. 

It  is  a  conclusion  which  has  been  deduced  from  long  experi- 
ence, "  that  mankind  in  their  opinions  and  conduct  are  apt  to  run 
from  one  extreme  to  another."  We  have  already  seen,  that,  in 
consequence  of  false  conceptions  of  the  Deity,  and  of  his  arrange- 
ments in  the  economy  of  nature,  the  minds  of  multitudes  have 
been  alarmed  by  the  most  unfounded  apprehensions,  and  have 
been  "in  great  fear  where  no  fear  was."  On  the  other  hand, 
from  a  similar  cause,  many  have  run  heedlessly  into  danger  and 
destruction,  when  a  slight  acquaintance  with  the  powers  of  nature, 
and  the  laws  of  their  operation,  would  have  pointed  out  the  road 
to  safety.  This  leads  me  to  the  illustration  of  another  advantage 
which  would  be  derived  from  a  general  diffusion  of  knowledge, — 
namely, 

That  it  would  tend  to  prevent  many  of  those  diseases  and  fatal 
accidents  which  flow  from  ignorance  of  the  laws  which  govern  the 
operations  of  nature. 

There  are,  indeed,  several  accidents  to  which  mankind  are  ex- 
posed, which  no  human  wisdom  can  foresee  or  prevent.  Being 
furnished  with  faculties  of  a  limited  nature,  and  placed  in  the  midst 
of  a  scene  where  so  many  powerful  and  complicated  causes  are 
in  constant  operation,  we  are  sometimes  exposed,  all  on  a  sudden, 
to  the  action  of  destructive  causes  of  which  we  were  ignorant,  or 
over  which  we  have  no  control.  Even  although  we  could  foresee 
a  pestilence,  a  famine,  an  earthquake,  an  inundation,  or  the  erup- 
tion of  a  volcano,  we  could  not  altogether  prevent  the  calamities 
which  generally  flow  from  their  destructive  ravages.  But,  at  the 
same  time,  it  may  be  affirmed  with  truth,  that  a  great  proportion 
of  the  physical  evils  and  accidents  to  which  the  human  race  is 
liable,  are  the  effects  of  a  culpable  ignorance,  and  might  be  effec- 
tually prevented,  were  useful  knowledge  more  extensively  diffused. 
But  it  unfortunately  happens,  in  almost  every  instance,  that  the 
persons  who  are  exposed  to  the  accidents  to  which  I  allude,  are 
ignorant  of  the  means  requisite  for  averting  the  danger.  To 
illustrate  this  point,  I  shall  select  a  few  examples,  and  shall  inter- 
sperse a  few  hints  and  maxims  for  the  consideration  of  those  whom 
it  may  concern. 

The  first  class  of  accidents  to  which  I  shall  advert,  comprises 
those  which  have  happened/rom  ignorance  of  the  nature  and  pro- 
4 


35  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Carbonic  acid  Gas. 


parties  of  the  different  gases,  and  of  the  noxious  effects  which  some 
of  them  produce  on  the  functions  of  animal  life. 

We  have  frequently  read  in  newspapers  and  magazines,  and 
some  of  us  have  witnessed  such  accidents  as  the  following  : — A 
man  descends  into  a  deep  well,whichhad  for  some  time  been  shut 
up.   When  he  has  gone  down  a  considerable  way  he  suddenly  leti 
go  his  hold  of  the  rope  or  ladder  by  which  he  descends,  and  drops 
to  the  bottom  in  a  state  of  insensibility,  devoid  of  utterance,  and 
unable  to  point  out  the  cause  of  his  disaster.     Another  hastily  fol- 
lows him,  to  ascertain  the  cause,  and  to  afford  him  assistance  ; 
but  by  the  time  he  arrives  at  the  same  depth  he  shares  the  same 
fate.     A  third  person,  after  some  hesitation,  descends  with  more 
cautious  steps.     But  he  soon  begins  to  feel  a  certain  degree  of 
giddiness,  and  makes  haste  to  ascend,  or  is  drawn  up  by  assistants. 
In  the  mean  time,  the  unhappy  persons  at  the  bottom  of  the  well 
are  frequently  left  to  remain  so  long  in  a  state  of  suspended  anima- 
tion, tiiat  all  means  of  restoration  prove  abortive  ;  and  the  cause 
of  the  disaster  remains  a  mystery,  till  some  medical  gentleman,  or 
other  person  of  intelligence,  be  made  acquainted  with  the  circum- 
stances of  the  accident.     Similar  accidents,  owing  to  the  same 
cause,  have  happened  to  persons  who  have  incautiously  descend- 
ed into  brewers'  vats,  or  who  have  entered  precipitately  into  wine 
cellars,  and  vaults,  which  had  been  long  shut  up  from  the  exter- 
nal air,  and  where  the  process  of  fermentation  was  going  on  : 
They  have  been  suddenly  struck  down,  as  by  a  flash  of  lightning  ; 
and,  in  some  instances,  the  vital  spark  has  been  completely  extin- 
guished.    Many  instances,  too,  could  be  produced,  of  workmen, 
who  have  incautiously  laid  themselves  down  to  sleep  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  lime-kilns  wrhere  they  were  employed,  having,  in  a 
short  time,  slept  the  sleep  of  death.     The  burning  of  charcoal  in 
close  apartments  has  also  proved  fatal  to  many  ;  more  especially 
when  they  have  retired  to  rest  in  such  apartments,  while  the  char- 
coal was  burning,  and  before  the  rooms  had  received  a  thorough 
ventilation. 

Numerous  are  the  instances  in  which  accidents  have  happened, 
in  the  circumstances  now  stated,  and  which  are  still  frequently 
recurring  ;  all  which  might  have  been  prevented  had  the  following 
facts  been  generally  known  and  attended  to  : — That  there  exists 
a  certain  species  of  air,  termed  fixed  air,  or  carbonic  acid  gas, 
which  instantly  extinguishes  flame,  and  is  destructive  to  animal 
life ;  that  it  is  found  in  considerable  quantities  in  places  which  have 
been  shut  up  from  the  external  atmosphere, — as  in  old  wells,  pits, 
caverns,  and  close  vaults  ;  that  it  is  copiously  produced  during 
the  fermentation  of  liquors  in  brewers'  vats,  where  it  hovers  above 


PREVENTION  OF  DISEASES  AND  ACCIDENTS.  39 

Expulsion  of  foul  Air  from  Wells,  &c. 

the  surface  of  the  liquor  ;  in  cellars  where  wine  and  malt  liquors 
are  kept  ;  and  by  the  burning  of  lime  and  charcoal ;  and  that, 
being  nearly  twice  as  heavy  as  common  air,  it  sinks  to  the  bottom 
of  the  place  where  it  is  produced.  The  following  plain  hints  are 
therefore  all  that  is  requisite  to  be  attended  to,  in  order  to  prevent 
the  recurrence  of  such  disasters.  Previous  to  entering  a  well  or 
pit  which  has  been  long  secluded  from  the  external  air,  let  a  lighted 
candle  or  taper  be  sent  down ;  if  it  continues  to  burn  at  the  bottom 
there  is  no  danger,  for  air  that  will  support  flame,  without  an  explo- 
sion, will  also  support  animal  life  ;  but,  should  the  taper  be  extin- 
guished before  it  reaches  the  bottom,  it  would  be  attended  with 
imminent  danger  to  venture  down  till  the  foul  air  be  expelled.  The 
noxious  ah*  may  be  destroyed  by  throwing  down  a  quantity  of  quick 
lime  and  gradually  sprinkling  it  with  water;  for  as  the  lime  slakes 
it  will  absorb  the  mephitic  air,  and  a  person  may  afterwards  descend 
in  safety.  Where  lime  is  not  at  hand,  a  bush,  or  such  like  bulky 
substance,  may  be  let  down  and  drawn  up  several  times  ;  or  some 
buckets  of  water  may  be  thrown  into  it,  till  the  air  be  so  purified 
that  a  lighted  taper  will  continue  to  burn  at  the  bottom.  These 
precautionary  hints  will  apply  to  all  the  other  gases  referred  to 
where  this  species  of  gas  may  happen  to  exist.  To  which  I  may 
also  add  as  another  hint,  that  in  every  situation  where  fixed  air  is 
supposed  to  exist,  it  is  more  dangerous  to  sit  or  to  lie  down  in 
such  places,  than  to  stand  erect ;  for  as  this  gas  is  the  heaviest  of 
all  the  gases,  it  occupies  the  lowest  place  ;  and  therefore,  a  person 
lying  on  the  ground  may  be  suffocated  by  it,  while  another,  stand- 
ing at  his  side  would  feel  no  injury,  his  mouth  being  being  raised 
above  the  stratum  of  the  noxious  fluid.*  I  shall  only  remark 
further  on  this  head,  that  several  disorders  have  been  contracted 
by  persons  sleeping  under  the  branches  of  trees  in  the  night-time, 
and  in  apartments  where  great  quantities  of  fruit,  or  other  vegetable 
matter  are  kept, — from  ignorance  of  the  fact,  that  during  the 
night  the  leaves  of  trees,  and  all  vegetable  matter,  perspire  a  dele- 
terious air,  which,  when  it  has  accumulated  to  a  certain  degree  may 
induce  a  variety  of  serious  complaints,  and  sometimes  prove  fatal. 
The  disasters  ivhich  have  happened  in  coal  mines,  and  other  sub- 

*  The  grotto  del  Cani,  a  small  cavern  in  Italy,  about  four  leagues  from  Na- 
ples, contains  a  stratum  of  carbonic  acid  gas.  It  has  been  a  common  prac- 
tice to  drive  dogs  into  the  cavern,  where  they  suffer  a  temporary  death  for 
the  entertainment  of  strangers.  But  a  man  enters  with  perfect  safety,  and 
feels  no  particular  inconvenience  by  standing  in  it,  because  his  mouth  is  con- 
siderably above  the  surface  of  that  stratum  of  deleterious  air ;  but  were  he  to 
lie  down  he  would  be  instantly  suffocated.  The  same  precaution  may  also 
be  useful  in  walking  through  certain  caverns  in  our  own  country. 


40  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Chapter  of  Accidents. 


terraneous  apartments,  form  another  class  of  accidents,  many  of 
which  have  been  the  effects  of  ignorance.     Of  late  years  an  im- 
mense number  of  men,  boys,  and  horses  have  been  destroyed  by 
the  explosion  of  inflammable  air  in  the  coal  mines  in  this  coun- 
try, particularly  in  the  north  of  England,  where  the  most  affecting 
and  tragical  scenes  have  been  presented  to  view.  On  the  forenoon 
of  Monday,  25th  May,  1812,  a  dreadful  accident  took  place  at  Fel- 
ling, near  Gateshead,  in  the  mine  belonging  to  C.  T.  Branding, 
Esq.     When  nearly  the  whole  of  the  workmen  were  below, — the 
second  set  having  gone  down  before  the  first  had  come  up, — a 
double  blast  of  hydrogen  gas  took  place,  and  set  the  mine  on  fire, 
forcing  up  an  immense  volume  of  smoke,  which  darkened  the  air 
to  a  considerable  distance,  and  scattered  an  immense  quantity  of 
small  coal  from  the  upcast  shaft.     In  this  calamity  ninety-three 
men  and  boys  perished.     The  mine  was  obliged  to  be  closed  up 
on  the  following  Saturday  in  order  to  extinguish  the  fire  which 
put  an  end  to  all  hopes  of  saving  any  of  the  sufferers.     On  the 
16th  October,  in  the  same  year,  and  in  the  same  county,  (Dur- 
ham,) a  coal-pit  at  Shiney  Row  suddenly  took  fire  by  explosion  of 
the  inflammable  air ;  in  consequence  of  which  seven  persons  were 
severely  scorched.     And   on  the  Saturday  following  (October 
10th,)  the  Harrington  Mill  pit,  distant  from  the  other  about  two 
or  three   hundred  yards,  also  took  fire  ;  by  which  four  men  and 
nineteen  boys  were  killed  on  the  spot,  and  many  people  severely 
wounded  and  burnt,  and  two  boys  were  missing.     This  dreadful 
catastrophe  was  likewise   occasioned  by  the  explosion  of  fire 
damp.*     The  above  are  only  two  or  three  examples  of  a  variety 
of  similar  accidents  which  have  happened,  of  late  years,  in  the 
coal  districts  in  the  northern  part  of  our  island.     That  all  such 
accidents  could  have  been  prevented  by  means  of  the  knowledge 
w<  have  hitherto  acquired,  would  perhaps  be  too  presumptuous  to 
affirm  ;  but  that  a  great  proportion  of  them  were  the  effects  of  ig- 
norance on  the  part  of  the  miners,  and  might  have  been  prevented 
by  a  general  knowledge  of  the  nature  and  causes  of  such  explo- 
sions, and  by  taking  proper  precautionary  measures,  there  is  every 
reason  to  believe.     That  this  is  not  a  mere  random  assertion  will 
appear  from  the  following  extract  from  the  Monthly  Magazine,  for 
February,  1814,  p.  80  : — "  Mr.  Bake  well,  in  his  late  lectures  at 
Leeds,  stated  the  following  circumstance,  which  strongly  evinces 
the  benefits  which  arise  from  educating  the  working  classes,  that, 
in  the  coal  districts  of  Northumberland  and  Durham,  accidents 
are  constantly  taking  place  from  explosion  in  the  mines  ;  so  that 

*  Sec  Monthly  Magazine,  vol.  xxxiii.  p.  5S0,  and  vol.  xxxiv.  p.  462. 


PREVENTION    OF    DISEASES    AND    ACCIDENTS.  41 


Coal  Mines,  &c. 


not  less  than  six  hundred  person  have  been  destroyed  in  the  last 
two  years.  But  in  one  of  the  mines  which  was  frequently  subject 
to  explosion,  not  an  accident  of  any  consequence  had  taken  place 
for  the  last  twelve  years,  the  proprietors,  besides  other  precautions, 
having  for  a  considerable  time  past  educated  the  children  of  the 
miners  at  their  own  expense,  and,  given  them  proper  information 
respecting  the  nature  of  the  danger  to  be  avoided"* 

Were  the  working  miners  carefully  instructed  in  the  nature 
and  composition  of  the  atmosphere,  and  its  chemical  properties, 
and  particularly  in  the  nature  and  composition  of  the  different 
gases, — were  such  instructions  illustrated  by  a  judicious  selection 
of  chemical  experiments,  and  were  the  proper  practical  hints  and 
precautions  deduced  and  clearly  exhibited,  there  cannot  be  the 
least  doubt  that  it  would  be  attended  with  numerous  beneficial 
results.  When  a  person  is  ignorant  of  the  noxious  principles  that 
may  be  secretly  operating  within  the  sphere  of  his  labours,  he 
will  frequently  rush  heedlessly  within  the  limits  of  danger ;  whereas, 
a  man  who  is  thoroughly  acquainted  with  all  the  variety  of  causes 
which  may  possibly  be  in  action  around  him  will  proceed  in  every 
step  with  judgment  and  caution,  and,  where  danger  is  apparent, 
will  hasten  his  retreat  to  a  place  of  safety. 

*  This  section  of  the  present  work  was  written  in  1816,  and  the  facts  referred 
to  in  it  happened  within  three  or  four  years  of  that  date.  Since  that  period 
Sir  Humphrey  Davy's  ingenious  contrivance,  called  the  Safety  Lamp,  has 
been  invented,  by  means  of  which,  we  have  every  reason  to  believe,  many 
accidents  in  coal  mines  have  been  prevented,  and  many  lives  preserved  from 
destruction.  The  peculiar  property  of  this  lamp  is,  that  the  miner  may  move 
about  with  it,  and  even  work  by  its  light  in  the  midst  of  those  explosive  mix- 
tures which  have  so  often  proved  fatal  when  entered  with  a  common  lamp  or 
a  candle.  It  transmits  its  light,  and  is  fed  with  air  through  a  cylinder  of  cop- 
per wire-2;ause.  The  apertures  in  the  gause  are  about  one-twentieth  or  one- 
twenty-fifth  of  an  inch  square,  and  the  thickness  of  the  wire  from  one-fortieth 
to  one  sixtieth  of  an  inch  diameter.  The  parts  of  the  lamp  are  : — l.The 
brass  cistern  which  contains  the  oil.  2.  The  rim  in  which  the  wire-gauze  cover 
is  fixed,  and  which  is  fastened  to  the  cistern  by  a  moveable  screw.  3.  An 
aperture  for  supplying  oil  fitted  with  a  screw  or  cork,  and  a  central  aperture 
for  the  wick.  4.  The  wire-gause  cylinder,  which  consists  of  at  least  625  aper- 
tures to  the  square  inch.  5.  The  second  top  three-fourths  of  an  inch  above 
the  first,  surmounted  by  a  brass  or  copper  plate,  to  which  the  ring  of  suspen- 
sion is  fixed.  6.  Four  or  six  thick  vertical  wires,  joining  the  cistern  below 
with  the  top  plate,  and  serving  as  protecting  pillars  round  the  cage. 

When  the  wire-gauze  safety  lamp  is  lighted  and  introduced  into  an  atmos- 
phere gradually  mixed  with  fire-damp,  the  first  effect  of  the  fire-dump  is  to 
increase  the  length  and  size  of  the  flame.  When  the  inflam7r,able  gas  forms 
one-twelfth  of  the  volume  of  the  air,  the  cylinder  becomes  filled  with  a  feeble 
blue  flame,  but  the  flame  of  the  wick  appears  burning  brightly  within  the  blue 
flame,  and  the  li^ht  of  the  wick  increases  till  the  fire-damp  increase  to  one-fifth, 
when  it  is  lost  in  the  flame  of  the  fire-damp,  which  fills  the  cylinder  with  a 
pretty  strong  light.  As  long  as  any  explosive  mixture  of  0ras  exists  in  contact 
4* 


42 


ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Safety  Lamp. 


The  injuries  which  are  produced  by  the  stroke  of  lightning  form 
another  class  of  accidents  which  are  frequently  owing  to  ignorance. 
It  is  still  to  be  regretted,  that,  notwithstanding  the  discoveries 
of  modern  philosophy,  respecting  the  electric  fluid  and  the  laws 

with  the  lamp,  so  long  it  will  give  its  light,  and  when  it  is  extinguished,  which 
happens  when  the  foul  air  constitutes  one-third  of  the  volume  of  the  atmos- 
phere, the  air  is  no  longer  proper  for  respiration,  for  though  animal  life  will  con- 
tinue where  flame  is  extinguished,  yet  it  is  always  with  suffering. 

DAVY'S    SAFETY  LAMP. 


The  following  are  the  principal  parts  of  the  safety  lamp  :— F  is  the  lamp 
throwing  up  a  brilliant  flame.  C  is  the  reservoir,  supplied  with  oil  by  the  tube 
M.  EE  is  a  frame  of  thick  wire,  to  protect  the  wire-gauze,  AAAA,  which 
has  a  double  top  GIL  The  frame  has  a  ring  P  attached  to  it  for  the  conve- 
nience of  carrying  it.     The  wire-gauze  is  well  fastened  to  the  rim  B. 

Notwithstanding  the  utility  of  this  invention  such  is  the  carelessness  and 
apathy  of  the  working  miners,  that  they  either  neglect  to  use  their  safety 
lamps,  or  to  attend  to  the  means  requisite  to  keep  them  in  order, — which  care- 
lessness and  apathy  are  (he  effects  of  that  gross  ignorance  into  which  so 
many  of  them  are  sunk.  Hence  we  find,  that  seldom  a  year  passes  in  which 
wo  do  not  hear  of  destructive  explosions  happening  in  our  coal  mines  particu- 
larly in  England. 


PREVENTION    OF    DISEASES    AND    ACCIDENTS.  43 

Accidents  by  Lightning. 

of  its  operation,  no  thunder- guard  has  yet  been  invented,  which 
in  all  situations,  whether  in  the  house,  in  the  street,  in  the  open 
field,  in  a  carnage,  or  on  horseback,  shall  serve  as  a  complete 
protection  from  the  ravages  of  lightning.  Till  some  contrivance 
of  this  kind  be  effected,  it  is  probable  that  the  human  race  will  still 
be  occasionally  subjected  to  accidents  from  electrical  storms. 
Such  accidents  are  more  numerous  and  fatal,  even  in  our  tempe- 
rate climate,  than  is  generally  imagined.  From  an  induction 
of  a  variety  of  facts  of  this  kind,  as  stated  in  the  public  papers 
and  other  periodical  works,  in  the  year  1811,  the  author  ascertain- 
ed that  more  than  twenty  persons  were  killed  by  lightning, 
or  at  the  rate  of  a  thousand  persons  every  fifty  years,  during 
the  summer  months  of  that  year,  within  the  limits  of  our  island ; 
besides  the  violent  shocks  experienced  by  others,  which  did  not 
immediately  prove  fatal,  and  the  damage  occasioned  to  sheep  and 
cattle,  and  to  public  and  private  edifices ;  and  it  is  worthy  of 
notice,  that  most  of  the  individuals  who  were  killed  by  the  light- 
ning had  either  taken  shelter  under  trees,  or  were  in  situations 
adjacent  to  bells  or  bell-wires.  The  experience  of  succeeding 
years  proves  that  a  similar  number  of  disasters  of  this  kind  an- 
nually take  place.  It  is,  however,  more  than  probable,  that  at 
least  half  the  number  of  accidents  arising  from  the  same  cause 
might  have  been  averted,  had  the  nature  of  lightning,  and  the  laws 
which  regulate  its  movements,  been  generally  known.  Seldom 
a  year  passes  but  we  are  informed  by  the  public  prints  of  some  per- 
son or  other  having  been  killed  by  lightning,  when  taking  shelter 
under  a  large  tree,— of  whole  families,  having  been  struck  down 
when  crowding  around  a  fireplace,  during  a  thunder-storm, — of 
one  person  having  been  struck  when  standing  beside  a  bell-wire, 
and  another  while  standing  under  a  bell  connected  with  the  wire, 
or  under  a  lustre  hanging  from  the  ceiling. 

There  can  be  little  doubt,  that  a  considerable  number  of  such 
accidents  would  have  been  prevented  had  the  following  facts  res- 
pecting the  nature  of  lightning  been  extensively  known  : — That 
lightning  is  a  fluid  of  the  same  nature,  and  is  directed  in  its 
motions  by  the  same  laws  which  regulate  the  motions  of  the  elec- 
tric fluid  in  our  common  electrical  machines  ;  that  it  is  attracted 
and  conducted  by  trees,  water,  moisture,  flame,  and  all  kinds  of 
metallic  substances  ;  that  it  is  most  disposed  to  strike  high  and 
pointed  objects  ;  and  that,  therefore,  -it  must  be  dangerous  to  re- 
main connected  with  or  in  the  immediate  neighbourhood  of  such 
objects  when  a  thunder-cloud  is  passing  near  the  earth. 

Hence  the  following  precautionary  maxims  have  been  deduced, 
by  attending  to  which  the  personal  accidents  arising  from  thunder 


44  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 

Precautions  against  Lightning. 
i  -  .  ■  ■■    --I 

storms  might  be,  in  a  great  measure,  prevented.     In  the  open  air 
during  a  storm,  rivers,  pools,  and  every  mass  of  water,  even  the 
Streamlets  arising  from  a  recent  shower,  should  be  avoided;  be- 
cause water,  being  an  excellent  conductor,  might  determine  the 
course   of  an  electrical  discharge    towards  a   person  in  contact 
with  it,  or  in  its  immediate  neighbourhood.     All  high  trees  and 
similar  elevated  conductors  should  also  be  avoided,  as  they  are  in 
more  danger  of  being  struck  than  objects  on  the  ground  ;  and, 
therefore,  a  person  in  contact  with  them  exposes  himself  to  im- 
minent danger,  should  the  course  of  the  lightning  lie  in  that  direc- 
tion.    But,  to  take  our  station  at  the  distance  of  thirty  or  forty 
paces  from  such  objects,  or  at  such  a  distance  as  may  prevent  us 
from  being  injured  by  the  splinters  of  wood,  should  the  tree  be 
struck,  is  more  secure  than  even  in  the  midst  of  an  open  plain. 
Persons  in  a  house  not  provided  with  thunder-rods  should  avoid 
sitting  near  a  chimney  or  fireplace,  whether  there  be  a  fire  in  the 
grate  or  not.     For  when  there  is  a  fire  in  the  grate  the  flue  con- 
tains the  following  conductors, — flame,  smoke,  rarefied  air,  and 
soot.     Even  when  there  is  no  fire,  the  soot  with  which  the  flue 
is  lined  is  a  conductor ;  and  from   the  superior  height  of  the 
chimney-shaft  above  every  other  part  of  the  building,  it  is  more 
liable  than  any  other  part  of  the  house  to  be  struck  with  lightning. 
In  a  house,  too,  gilt  mirrors  or  picture-frames,  lustres  or  burning 
candles,  bell-wires,  and  all  metallic  substances,  should  be  careful- 
ly avoided,  as  they  afford  so  many  points  of  attraction,  which 
might  determine  the  course  of  an  electric  discharge.     The  safest 
position  is  in  the  middle  of  the  room,  if  not  near  a  lustre,  a  bell, 
or  any  thing  hanging  from  the  ceiling  ;  and  if  we  place  the  chair 
on  which  we  sit  on  a  bed  or  mattress,  almost  every  possible 
danger  may  be  avoided.*     Such  are  a  few  maxims  easy  to  be 
recollected  and  put  in  practice,  by  attending  to  which  not  a  few 
accidents  from  electrical  explosions  might  be  averted. 

In  the  next  place,  various  accidents  have  happened  from  igno- 
rance of  certain  plain  mechanical  principles.  For  example,  serious 
accidents  have  sometimes  occurred  from  the  want  of  acquaintance 
with  the  laws  of  motion.  Persons  have  heedlessly  jumped  out  of 
moving  vehicles,  and  got  their  legs  and  arms  sprained  or  disloca- 
ted, and  from  one  boat  to  another  when  both  were  in  rapid  motion, 
and  run  the  risk  of  being  either  bruised,  drenched,  or  drowned. 

*  It  has  been  generally  thought  that  the  cellar  is  the  most  secure  situation 
during  a  thunder-storm  j  but  this  is  true  only  in  certain  cases.  When  the 
lightning  proceeds  from  the  clouds,  it  is  unquestionahly  the  most  secure  po- 
sition :  but  in  the  case  of  a  returning  stroke,  or  when  the  lightning  proceeds 
from  tne  earth,  it  is  less  secure  than  the  higher  parts  of  the  building. 


PREVENTION    OF    DISEASES    AND    ACCIDENTS, 


45 


Centre  of  Gravity. 


But  had  the  effects  of  compound  motion  been  generally  known 
and  attended  to,  in  all  those  cases  where  it  occurs,  it  would  have 
prevented  many  of  those  accidents  which  have  happened  from 
persons  rashly  jumping  out  of  carriages  when  in  rapid  motion,  or 
attempting  to  jump  from  the  top  of  a  moving  cylinder,  in  which 
cases  they  are  always  precipitated  with  violence,  in  a  direction 
different  from  what  they  expected,  from  the  obvious  effects  of  a 
combination  of  forces.  Boats  and  carriages  have  been  sometimes 
overset  by  persons  rising  hastily  when  they  were  in  danger  of  such 
accidents, — from  ignorance  of  the  principle,  that  the  centre  of 
gravity  of  the  moving  vehicle,  by  such  a  practice,  is  raised  so  as 
to  endanger  the  line  of  direction  being  thrown  beyond  the  base, 
when  the  vehicle  must,  of  course,  be  overturned ;  whereas  had 
they  clapped  down  to  the  bottom,  they  would  have  brought  down 
the  line  of  direction,  and  consequently  the  centre  of  gravity,  farther 
within  the  base,  so  as  to  have  prevented  the  accident  and  secured 
their  safety.  The  reason  of  this  will  perhaps  more  plainly  appear 
from  the  following  explanations : — The  centre  of  gravity  is  that 
point  of  a  body  about  which  all  its  parts  are  in  equilibrio,  or  balance 


46  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 

Optical  Illusions  by  the  refraction  of  Light. 


each  other  ;  and  consequently,  if  this  point  be  supported,  the  whole 
body  will  be  at  rest,  and  cannot  fall.  An  imaginary  line  drawn 
from  the  centre  of  gravity  of  any  body  towards  the  centre  of  the 
earth  is  called  the  line  of  direction.  Bodies  stand  with  firmness 
upon  their  bases  when  this  line  falls  within  the  base  ;  but  if  the 
line  of  direction  falls  without  the  base,  the  body  will  be  overturned. 
Thus,  the  inclining  body  ABCD,  whose  centre  of  gravity  is  E, 
stands  firmly  on  its  base  CDKF,  because  the  line  of  direction 
EM  falls  within  the  base.  But  if  a  weight,  as  ABGH,  be  laid 
upon  the  top  of  the  body,  the  centre  of  gravity  of  the  whole  body 
and  weight  together,  is  raised  up  to  I  ;  and  then,  as  the  line  of 
direction  ID  falls  without  the  base  at  D,  the  centre  of  gravity  I  is 
not  supported,  and  the  whole  body  and  weight  must  tumble  down 
together. 

The  tower  of  Pisa,  in  Italy,  leans  sixteen  feet  out  of  the  per- 
pendicular, so  that  strangers  are  afraid  to  pass  under  it ;  but  as  the 
plummet  or  line  of  direction  falls  ivithin  its  base  or  foundation,  it  is 
in  no  danger  of  falling,  if  its  materials  keep  together;  and  hence 
it  has  stood  in  this  state  for  three  hundred  years.  But  were  an 
additional  erection  of  any  considerable  elevation,  to  be  placed 
upon  its  top,  it  would  undoubtedly  soon  tumble  into  ruins. 

To  a  somewhat  similar  cause,  in  combination  with  heedlessness 
and  ignorance,  may  be  ascribed  many  of  those  accidents  which  so 
frequently  happen  at  spinning  mills  and  other  pieces  of  machinery, 
by  which  legs  and  arms  are  torn  asunder,  and  the  human  frame 
sometimes  mangled  and  destroyed. 

Fatal  accidents  have  likewise  happened  from  ignorance  of  the 
effects  produced  by  the  refraction  of  light.  It  is  a  well-known 
optical  fact,  that  when  a  ray  of  light  passes  from  air  into  water, 
and  is  again  refracted,  the  sine  of  the  angle  of  incidence  is  in 
proportion  to  the  sine  of  the  angle  of  refraction  as  four  to  three. 
From  this  circumstance  it  happens  that  pools  and  rivers  appear 
shallower  than  they  really  are — their  channels,  when  viewed  from 
their  brink,  being  apparently  higher  than  their  true  position,  in  the 
proportion  of  three  to  four ;  so  that  a  river  eight  feet  deep  will  ap- 
pear from  its  bank  to  be  only  six.  This  fact  may  be  at  any  time 
perceived  in  a  tub  or  pail  full  of  water,  where  the  bottom  of  the 
vessel  will  obviously  appear  to  be  raised  a  considerable  space 
above  its  true  position,  and  its  apparent  depth  consequently  dimi- 
nished. In  consequence  of  this  optical  illusion,  which  is  not  gene- 
rally known,  many  a  traveller,  as  well  as  many  a  schoolboy,  has 
lost  his  life,  by  supposing  the  bottom  of  a  clear  river  to  be  with- 
in his  depth,  as,  when  he  stands  on  the  bank,  the  bottom  will  ap- 
pear one-fourth  nearer  the  surface  than  it  really  is. 


PREVENTION    OF    DISEASES    AND    ACCIDENTS, 


47 


Explanations  of  Optical  Illusions. 


This  will  appear  evident  from  the  following  illustrations  : If  a 

ray  of  light  AC  passes  obliquely  from  air  into  water,  instead  of 
continuing  its  course  in  the  direct  line  CB,  it  takes  the  direction 
CH,  and  approaches  the  perpendicular  PP,  in  such  a  manner  that 
the  angle  of  refraction  PCH  is  less  than  its  angle  of  incidence, 
ECA.  AE  is  the  sine  of  the  angle  of  incidence,  and  HP  the  sine 
of  the  angle  of  refraction  ;  and  the  proportion  they  bear  to  each 
other  is  as  four  to  three.  If  a  small  body,  therefore,  were  placed 
at  H  and  viewed  from  the  point  A,  it  would  appear  as  if  it  were 
raised  to  the  point  B,  or  one-fourth  higher  than  it  really  is. 


•This  may  be  further  illustrated  by  the  following  common  experi- 
ment. Put  a  shilling  into  the  bottom  of  an  empty  basin,  at  C, 
and  walk  backward  till  it  appear  completely  hid  by  the  intercep- 
tion of  the  edge  of  the  basin  ;  then  cause  water  to  be  poured  into 
the  basin,  and  the  shilling  will  instantly  appear  as  if  placed  in  the 


point  D  :  for,  being  now  in  a  denser  medium,  it  appears  raised,  or 
nearer  to  its  surface.  Before  the  water  was  poured  in,  the  shilling 
could  not  be  seen  where  it  was ;  now  it  is  seen  where  it  is  not  It 
is  not  the  eye  that  has  changed  its  place,  but  the  ray  of  light  has 
taken  a  new  direction,  in  passing  from  the  water  to  the  eye,  and 


48  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


When  clothes  take  fire,  how  to  arrest  the  flame. 


strikes  the  eye  as  if  it  came  from  the  piece  of  money.  This  expe- 
riment may  be  varied  as  follows : — Take  an  empty  basin,  and 
along  the  diameter  of  its  bottom  fix  marks  at  a  small  distance  from 
each  other,  then  take  it  into  a  dark  room,  and  let  in  a  ray  of  light ; 
and  where  this  falls  upon  the  floor  place  the  basin,  so  that  its  mark- 
ed diameter  may  point  towards  the  window,  and  so  that  the  beam 
may  fall  on  the  mark  most  distant  from  the  window.  This  done, 
fill  the  basin  with  water,  and  the  beam,  which  before  fell  upon  the 
most  distant  mark,  will  now,  by  the  refractive  power  of  the  water, 
be  turned  out  of  its  straight  course,  and  will  fall  two  or  three  or 
more  marks  nearer  the  centre  of  the  basin. 

It  is  owing  to  the  circumstance  now  stated,  that  an  oar  partly 
in  and  partly  out  of  the  water  appears  broken;  that  objects  ap- 
pear distorted  when  seen  through  a  crooked  pane  of  glass  ;  that  a 
fish  in  the  water  appears  much  nearer  the  surface  than  it  actually 
is  ;  and  that  a  skilful  marksman,  in  shooting  at  it,  must  aim  con- 
siderably below  the  place  which  it  seems  to  occupy.  It  is  owing 
to  the  refractive  power  of  the  atmosphere  that  the  sun  is  seen 
before  he  rises  above  the  horizon  in  the  morning,  and  after  he  sinks 
beneath  it  in  the  evening ;  that  we  sometimes  see  the  moon,  on  her 
rising,  totally  eclipsed,  while  the  sun  is  still  seen  in  the  opposite 
part  of  the  horizon;  and  that  the  stars  and  planets  are  never  seen 
in  the  places  where  they  really  are,  except  when  they  are  in  the 
zenith,  or  point  directly  over  our  head. 

Many  affecting  and  fatal  accidents  have  happened,  and  are 
frequently  recurring,  particularly  to  children,  and  females  in  the 
higher  ranks  of  life,  from  their  clothes  catching  fire,  most  of  which 
might  be  prevented,  were  the  two  following  simple  facts  univer- 
sally known  and  practically  applied, — that  flame  has  a  tendency 
to  mount  upwards;  and  that  air  is  essentially  requisite  for  support- 
ing it.  When  the  clothes  of  females  take  fire,  as  the  fire  gene- 
rally begins  at  the  lower  parts  of  their  dress,  so  long  as  they  con- 
tinue in  an  upright  posture,  the  flames,  naturally  ascending,  and 
meeting  with  additional  fuel  as  they  rise,  become  more  powerful  in 
proportion  ;  whereby  the  neck,  the  head,  and  other  vital  parts  of 
the  body  are  liable  to  be  most  injured  ;  and,  by  running  from  one 
part  of  the  room  to  another,  or  from  one  apartment  to  another,  as 
is  most  frequently  the  case,  the  air,  which  is  the  fuel  of  fire,  gains 
free  access  to  every  part  of  their  apparel,  and  feeds  the  increasing 
flame.  In  such  cases,  the  sufferer  should  instantly  throw  her 
clothes  over  her  head,  and  roll  or  lie  upon  them,  in  order  to  prevent 
the  ascent  of  the  flames  and  the  access  of  fresh  air.  When  this 
cannot  conveniently  be  effected,  she  may  still  avoid  great  agony,  and 
save  her  life,  by  throwing  herself  at  full  length  on  the  floor,  and 


PREVENTION    OF    DISEASES    AND    ACCIDENTS.  49 

Cow-pox  a  Preventive  of  Small-pox. 

rolling  herself  thereon.  Though  this  method  may  not,  in  every 
case,  completely  extinguish  the  flame,  it  will  to  a  certainty  retard 
its  progress,  and  prevent  fatal  injury  to  the  vital  parts.  When 
assistance  is  at  hand,  the  bystanders  should  immediately  wrap  a 
carpet,  a  hearth-rug,  a  great-coat  or  a  blanket,  around  the  head  and 
body  of  the  sufferer,  who  should  be  laid  in  a  recumbent  position, 
which  will  prove  a  certain  preventive  from  danger.  During  the 
year  1813,  the  author  noted  down  more  than  ten  instances,  record- 
ed in  the  public  prints,  of  females  who  were  burnt  to  death  by 
their  clothes  catching  fire,  all  of  which  might  have  been  prevented, 
had  the  simple  expedients  now  stated  been  resorted  to,  and 
promptly  applied. 

It  may  be  remarked,  in  the  next  place,  that  many  of  the  diseases 
to  which  mankind  are  subject — particularly  fevers,  small-pox,  and 
other  infectious  disorders — might  be  prevented  by  the  diffusion 
of  knowledge  in  relation  to  their  nature,  their  causes,  and  the 
means  of  prevention.  It  cannot  have  been  overlooked,  in  the 
view  of  the  intelligent  observer,  that  fevers  and  other  infectious 
disorders  generally  spread  with  the  greatest  facility  and  make 
the  most  dreadful  havoc  among  the  lower  orders  of  society. 
This  is  owing,  in  part,  to  the  dirty  state  in  which  their  houses  are 
kept,  every  part  of  which  affords  proper  materials  for  the  produc- 
tion and  detention  of  pestilential  effluvia,  and  their  ignorance  of 
the  importance  of  pure  atmospherical  air  to  animal  life,  and  the 
consequent  necessity  of  daily  ventilating  their  apartments.  It 
is  also  owing  in  a  great  measure  to  the  custom  of  persons  crowd- 
ing into  the  chambers  of  those  who  are  labouring  under  such 
infectious  diseases,  and  thereby  not  only  increasing  the  strength 
of  the  infectious  virus,  but  absorbing  a  portion  of  it  in  their  own 
bodies,  to  spread  its  baleful  influence  in  a  wider  circle.  Such  a 
conduct  frequently  proceeds  from  a  want  of  conviction  of  the 
infectious  nature  of  such  disorders,  and  from  ignorance  of  the 
rapid  manner  in  which  they  are  sometimes  communicated  from 
one  to  another,  as  well  as  from  that  obstinacy  and  from  those  in- 
veterate prejudices  which  are  always  the  accompaniments  of  ig- 
norance. Though  the  cow-pox  inoculation  has  been  proved  by 
experience  to  be  an  effectual  preventive  of  that  loathsome  and  often 
fatal  disorder,  the  small-pox,  yet  numbers  in  the  lower  ranks  of  life 
cannot  yet  be  persuaded  to  use  this  simple  preventive,  and  will 
rather  run  the  risk  of  experiencing  all  its  disagreeable  and  dan- 
gerous effects  both  on  their  own  persons  and  on  those  of  their 
offspring.  Their  obstinate  prejudices,  in  this  and  similar  respects, 
are  increased  by  their  false  views  and  reasonings  respecting  the 
doctrine  of  the  Divine  decrees,  and  the  providence  of  the  Almighty. 
5 


50  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Benefit  of  pure  Air. 


They  imagine,  that  to  induce  one  species  of  disease  for  the 
prevention  of  another  is  attempting  to  take  the  government  of 
the  world  out  of  the  hands  of  the  Creator,  and  that  no  means  of 
preventing  disorders  can  be  of  any  avail,  if  the  Deity  has  other- 
wise decreed;  not  considering  that  the  Almighty  governs  the 
world  he  has  created  by  regular  and  invariable  laws,  and  accom- 
plishes his  decrees  through  the  intervention  of  those  secondary 
causes,  both  natural  and  moral,  which  are  continually  ope  rating 
in  the  physical  and  intellectual  world.  Were  general  know- 
ledge more  extensively  diffused,  and  the  minds  of  the  multitude 
habituated  to  just  principles  and  modes  of  reasoning,  such  falla- 
cious views  and  opinions  would  be  speedily  dissipated,  and  con- 
sequently those  physical  evils  and  disorders  which  they  produce 
would  be  in  a  great  measure  prevented. 

Again,  to  ignorance  we  must  likewise  attribute,  in  a  great 
measure,  the  'pernicious  effects  of  contaminated  air  in  divel- 
ling-houses.  Pure  air  is  as  essentially  requisite  to  the  health 
and  vigour  of  the  animal  system  as  wholesome  food  and  drink. 
When  contaminated  by  stagnation,  by  breathing,  by  fires  or  can- 
dles, it  operates  as  a  slow  poison,  and  gradually  undermines  the 
human  constitution ;  yet  nothing  is  less  attended  to  in  the  econo- 
my of  health  by  the  great  majority  of  mankind.  Because  air  is 
an  invisible  substance,  and  makes  little  impression  on  the  organs 
of  sense,  they  seem  to  act  as  if  it  had  no  existence.  Hence 
we  find,  that  no  attention  is  paid  by  the  lower  orders  of  society 
to  the  proper  ventilation  of  their  apartments.  In  some  cases, 
the  windows  of  their  houses  are  so  fixed  in  the  walls  as  to  be  in- 
capable of  being  opened ;  and  in  other  cases,  where  the  windows 
are  moveable,  they  are  seldom  opened,  except  by  accident,  for 
weeks  and  months  together ;  and  were  it  not  that  a  door  and  a 
chimney  are  to  be  found  in  every  habitable  apartment,  the  air 
would  be  rendered  in  many  instances  absolutely  unfit  for  respira- 
tion. Crowds  of  tailors,  weavers,  shoemakers,  and  other  me- 
chanics, employed  in  sedentary  occupations,  are  frequently  pent 
up  in  close,  and  sometimes  damp  apartments,  from  morning  till 
evening,  without  ever  thinking  of  opening  their  windows  for  a 
single  half-hour  for  the  admission  of  fresh  air  ;  and  consequent- 
ly, are  continually  breathing  an  atmosphere  highly  impregnated 
with  the  noxious  gas  emitted  from  the  lungs,  and  the  effluvia  per- 
spired from  their  bodies,  which  is  most  sensibly  felt  by  its  hot,  suf- 
focating smell,  when  a  person  from  the  open  air  enters  into  such 
apartments.  The  sallow  complexion  of  such  persons  plainly 
indicates  the  enervating  effects  produced  by  the  air  they  breathe  ; 
and  although  its  pernicious  effects  may  not  be  sensibly  felt  it 


PREVENTION    OF    DISEASES    AND    ACCIDENTS.  51 


Importance  of  Perspiration. 


gradually  preys  upon  their  constitutions,  and  often  produces  in- 
curable asthmas,  fevers,  consumptions,  and  other  dangerous  dis- 
orders, which  are  frequently  imputed  to  other  causes.  Nothing 
is  more  easy  than  to  open  the  windows  of  an  apartment  and 
other  apertures  that  communicate  with  the  external  air,  at  meal 
hours,  when  the  room  is  empty,  in  order  to  expel  the  contaminated 
air,  and  admit  the  pure  vital  fluid.  No  medicine  or  restorative 
is  cheaper  or  of  more  importance  to  health  and  vigour  than  pure 
atmospherical  air ;  yet  because  it  costs  nothing,  it  is  little  regard- 
ed. Hints  and  admonitions  in  reference  to  this  point  are  seldom 
attended  to ;  for  ignorance  is  always  proud  and  obstinate,  and 
the  inconveniences  supposed  in  certain  cases  to  flow  from  the 
practice  of  ventilating  particular  apartments  are  seldom  attempt- 
ed to  be  remedied.  It  is,  therefore,  presumed,  that  were  a  know- 
ledge of  the  nature  of  the  atmosphere,  of  the  ingredients  that 
enter  into  its  composition,  of  its  indispensable  necessity  for  the 
support  and  invigoration  of  animal  life,  of  the  circumstances  by 
which  it  is  deteriorated,  and  of  the  baneful  effects  which  are  pro- 
duced by  its  contamination,  more  widely  diffused,  its  use  and  im- 
portance would  be  more  duly  appreciated,  and  the  disorders 
which  flow  from  the  circumstances  now  stated  effectually  pre- 
vented.* 

Much  benefit  might  also  be  produced,  were  a  knowledge  of  the 
means  of  restoring  suspended  animation,  in  cases  of  drowning, 
strangulation,  &c,  generally  disseminated.  As  prompt  measures 
in  such  cases  are  absolutely  necessary,  many  fatal  effects  have 
happened  from  the  delay  occasioned  by  medical  assistance  having 
been  at  a  distance ;  which  might  have  been  prevented,  had  the 
proper  means  of  resuscitation  been  known  and  immediately  re- 
sorted to  by  the  persons  present  at  such  a  juncture.  Were  the  na- 
ture and  importance  of  the  function  of  perspiration  generally  known 
and  attended  to,  it  might  likewise  be  the  means  of  preventing  those 


*  The  following  fact  shows,  in  an  impressive  manner,  the  danger  arising 
from  the  want  of  a  free  circulation  and  frequent  change  of  air.  "  In  the  lying- 
in-hospital  of  Dublin,  two  thousand  nine  hundred  and  forty-four  infants, 
out  of  seven  thousand  six  hundred  and  fifty,  died,  in  the  year  1782,  within 
the  first  fortnight  from  their  birth.  They  almost  all  expired  in  convulsions  ; 
many  foamed  at  the  mouth ;  their  thumbs  were  drawn  into  the  palms  of 
their  hands  ;  their  jaws  were  locked  ;  their  faces  swelled  ;  and  they  present- 
ed, in  a  greater  or  less  degree,  every  appearance  of  suffocation.  This  last 
circumstance  at  last  produced  an  inquiry  whether  the  rooms  were  not  too 
close  and  insufficiently  ventilated.  The  apartments  of  the  hospital  were 
rendered  more  airy  ;  and  the  consequence  has  been,  that  the  proportion  of 
deaths,  according  to  the  registers  of  succeeding  years  is  diminished  from 
three  to  one.11 


52  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 

Improper  Treatment  of  Children. 


diseases  and  disasters  which  flow  from  making  sudden  transitions 
from  heat  to  cold,  which  are  the  origin  of  many  fatal  disorders 
among  the  labouring  classes.  If  a  man  is  thoroughly  convinced 
that  more  than  the  one-half  of  what  he  eats  and  drinks  is  thrown 
off  by  insensible  perspiration,  he  will  at  once  see  the  importance 
of  avoiding  every  practice  and  every  circumstance  which  has  a 
tendency  to  obstruct  the  operations  of  this  important  function. 

The  last  example  I  shall  mention,  though  not  of  the  least  im- 
portance, is  the  fatal  effects  produced  by  ignorance  of  the  proper 
mode  of  treating  children  during  the  first  stages  of  infancy.     It  is 
a  fact  deduced  from  the  annual  registers  of  the  dead,  that  one-half 
the  number  of  children  born  die  under  seven  years  of  age.     This 
extraordinary  mortality  is  universally  imputed,  by  medical  writers, 
to  wrong  management  during  the  first  and  second  years  of  their 
infancy,  and  the  practice  of  giving  anodyne  aromatic  medicines. 
Instead  of  clothing  infants  in  such  a  manner  as  to  give  free  scope 
for  the   exercise  of  all  the  vital  functions  as  soon  as   they  are 
ushered  into  the  world,  the  midwives  and  officious  matrons  fre- 
quently vie  with  each  other  to  improve  upon  nature  by  attempting 
to  model  the  head  and  to  strengthen  the  limbs  by  the  application  of 
fillets,  rollers  and  swaddling-bands  of  several  yards  in  length  ; 
thus  loading  and  binding  them  with  clothes  equal  to  their  own 
weight  to  the  manifest  injury  of  the  motions  of  their  bowels,  lungs, 
limbs,  and  other  animal  functions.     Instead  of  covering  the  head 
with  a  thin  single  cap,  and  keeping  the  extremities  in  a  moderate 
degree  of  warmth,  an  opposite  course  is  most  frequently  pursued, 
which  is  supposed  to  be  one  among  the  many  existing  causes  of 
hydrocephalus  or  water  in  the  brain.     Instead  of  allowing  the  first 
milk  that  is  secreted,  which  nature  has  endowed  with  a  purgative 
quality,  to  stimulate  the  bowels,  it  is  a  common  practice,  immedi- 
ately on  the  birth  of  a  child,  to  administer  a  variety  of  purgative 
medicines  in  close  succession,  "  as  if,"  says  a  modern  writer,  "  to 
prove  that  it  has  arrived  in  a  world  of  physic  and  of  evils."     In- 
stead of  being  exposed  to  the  invigorating  effects  of  pure  air,  and 
kept  in  a  moderate  degree  of  temperature,  they  are  too  frequently 
confined  to  a  hot  contaminated  atmosphere,  which  relaxes  their 
solids,  impedes  their  respiration,  and  frequently  induces  fatal  con- 
vulsions.*   These  are  but  a  few  examples  out  of  many  which  could 
be  produced  of  the  improper  treatment  of  children,  from  which  mul- 
titudes of  painful  complaints  and  dangerous  disorders  derive  their 
origin.     It  is  therefore  reasonable  to  believe,  that  were  general 
information  on  such  topics  extensively  disseminated,  and  a  more 

*  See  the  proceeding  note,  p.  51. 


PREVENTION    OF    DISEASES    AND    ACCIDENTS,  53 


Evils  of  Intemperance. 


rational  mode  of  nurture  during  the  first  years  of  infancy 
adopted,  not  only  fatal  disorders,  but  many  subsequent  dis- 
eases in  life  might  either  be  wholly  prevented,  or,  at  least,  greatly 
mitgated. 

We  have  likewise  reason  to  conclude,  that  a  general  dissemina- 
tion of  knowledge,  by  directing  the  mind  to  intellectual  enjoyments, 
and  lessening  the  desire  for  sensual  pleasures,  would  lead  to  habits 
of  sobriety  and  temperance.  Intemperance  has  perhaps  been  pro- 
ductive of  more  diseases,  misery,  and  fatal  accidents  than  all  the 
other  causes  I  have  now  specified.  It  has  benumbed  the  intellec- 
tual faculties,  debased  the  affections,  perverted  the  moral  powers, 
degraded  man  below  the  level  of  the  brutes,  and  has  carried  along 
with  it  a  train  of  evils  destructive  to  the  happiness  of  families,  and 
to  the  harmony  and  order  of  social  life.  Wherever  intemperance 
prevails,  a  barrier  is  interposed  to  every  attempt  for  raising  man 
from  the  state  of  moral  and  intellectual  degradation  into  which  he 
has  sunk,  and  for  irradiating  his  mind  with  substantial  knowledge. 
But  were  the  mind  m  early  life  imbued  with  a  relish  for  knowledge 
and  mental  enjoyments,  it  would  tend  to  withdraw  it  from  those 
degrading  associations  and  pursuits  which  lead  to  gluttony,  debauch- 
ery, and  drunkenness,  and  consequently  prevent  those  diseases, 
accidents,  and  miseries  which  invariable  follow  in  their  train.  As 
the  human  mind  is  continually  in  quest  of  happiness  of  one  de- 
scription or  another,  so  multitudes  of  the  young  and  inexperienced 
have  been  led  to  devote  themselves  to  the  pursuit  of  sensual  plea- 
sures as  their  chief  and  ultimate  object,  because  they  have  no  con- 
ception of  enjoyment  from  any  other  quarter,  and  are  altogether 
ignorant  of  the  refined  gratification  which  flows  from  intellectual 
pursuits.  In  the  prosecution  of  knowledge  the  rational  faculties 
are  brought  into  exercise,  and  sharpened  and  invigorated ;  and 
when  reason  begins  to  hold  the  ascendancy  over  the  desires  and 
affections,  there  is  less  danger  to  be  apprehended  that  the  mind  will 
ever  be  completely  subjected  to  the  control  of  the  sensitive  appe- 
tites of  our  nature. 

I  might  also  have  stated,  that  many  physical  evils  might  be  pre- 
vented, were  mankind  at  large  acquainted  with  the  characteristics 
of  poisonous  plants  ;  the  means  of  detecting  mineral  poisons,  and 
the  mode  of  counteracting  their  effects  ;  the  proper  mode  of  ex- 
tinguishing flres^  and  of  effecting  an  escape,  in  cases  of  danger, 
from  that  element ;  the  precautions  requisite  tobe  attended  to  in  the 
management  of  steam-engines,*  &c.  &c.  But,  as  a  minute  ac- 
quaintance with  some  of  these  subjects  supposes  a  greater  degree 

*  See  Appendix,  No.  VIII. 
5* 


54  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Useful  Knowledge  easily  acquired. 


of  knowledge  than  could  reasonbly  be  expected  in  the  general 
mass  of  society,  I  shall  not  further  enlarge.  The  few  examples 
I  have  selected  will,  it  is  presumed,  be  sufficient  to  prove  and 
illustrate  the  position  stated  in  the  beginning  of  this  section,"  that 
knowledge  would,  in  many  cases,  prevent  dangers,  diseases,  and 
fatal  accidents."  If  it  be  admitted  that  several  hundreds  of  per- 
sons are  annually  destroyed  by  noxious  gases,  by  the  explosions 
of  fire-damp  in  coal-mines,  by  the  stroke  of  lightning,  by  their 
clothes  catching  fire,  and  other  accidents  ;  and  that  several  thou- 
sands are,  during  the  same  period,  carried  ofFby  infectious  disea- 
ses, and  by  those  diseases  which  are  the  effects  of  contaminated 
air,  and  an  improper  mode  of  treatment  during  the  first  stages  of 
infancy  ;  and  if  a  general  diffusion,  of  knowledge  respecting  the 
principles  and  facts  adverted  to  above  would  have  a  tendency  to 
prevent  one-half  the  number  of  such  physical  evils  as  now  happen, 
it  will  followthat  several  hundreds,  if  not  thousands,  of  useful  lives 
might  annually  be  preserved  to  the  community,  and  a  great  pro- 
portion of  human  suffering  prevented ;  and  if  so,  the  cause  of 
humanity,  as  well  as  of  science,  is  deeply  interested  in  the  general 
diffusion  of  useful  knowledge  among  persons  of  every  nation,  and 
of  every  rank. 

In  the  conclusion  of  this  topic  it  may  be  remarked,  that  the 
knowledge  requisite  for  the  purpose  now  specified  is  of  easy  ac- 
quisition. It  requires  no  peculiar  strength  or  superiority  of  genius, 
nor  long  and  intricate  trains  of  abstract  reasoning  ;  but  is  capa- 
ble of  being  acquired  by  any  person  possessed  of  common  sense 
when  his  attention  is  once  thoroughly  directed  to  its  acquisition. 
As  the  food  of  the  body  which  is  the  most  salutary  and  nourishing 
is  the  most  easily  procured,  so  that  kind  of  knowledge  which  is  the 
most  beneficial  to  mankind  at  large  is,  in  general,  the  most  easily  ac- 
quired. Its  acquisition  would  not  in  the  least  interfere  with  the 
performance  of  their  regular  avocations,  as  it  could  all  be  acquired 
at  leisure  hours;  It  would  habituate  them  to  rational  reflections 
and  trains  of  thought,  and  gradually  unfold  to  their  view  new  and 
interesting  objects  of  contemplation.  It  would  have  a  tendency 
to  prevent  them  from  spending  their  hours  of  leisure  in  folly  or 
dissipation,  and  would  form  an  agreeable  relaxation  from  the  se- 
verer duties  of  active  life. 


PROGRESS    OP    GENERAL    SCIENCE.  55 


The  Extension  of  Knowledge. 


section  in. 

On  the  Influence  which  a  General  Diffusion  of  Knowledge  would 
have  on  the  Progess  of  General  Science. 

We  have  already  seen  that  the  diffusion  of  knowledge  among 
the  general  mass  of  society  would  eradicate  those  false  and  super- 
stitious opinions  which  have  so  long  degraded  the  human  intellect ; 
would  introduce  just  conceptions  of  the  attributes  of  the  Deity,  and 
of  his  operations  in  the  system  of  nature ;  and  would  avert,  or,  at 
least,  greatly  mitigate,  many  of  those  physical  evils  to  which  the 
human  race  has  been  subjected.  Although  these  were  the  only 
advantages  to  be  derived  from  the  general  dissemination  of  know- 
ledge, they  would  be  sufficient  to  warrant  every  exertion  which 
the  friends  of  science  and  of  humanity  can  make  to  accomplish 
such  an  important  object.  But  these  are  only  a  few  of  the  many 
beneficial  results  which  would,  doubtless,  flow  from  the  progress 
of  rational  investigations  and  scientific  pursuits.  Knowledge,  in 
its  progress  through  the  general  mass  of  society,  and  among  the 
various  tribes  of  mankind,  could  not  long  remain  confined  within 
its  present  boundaries,  but  would,  in  all  probability,  enlarge  its  cir- 
cumference nearly  in  proportion  to  the  extent  of  its  diffusion. 
The  man  of  erudition  and  of  science,  who  now  exerts  his  influence 
and  his  talents  to  enlighten  the  minds  of  his  fellow-men,  would  be 
laying  a  foundation  for  the  expansion  of  his  own  intellectual  views, 
and  of  those  of  his  successors  in  the  same  pursuits  in  future  gene- 
rations. As  a  small  body  of  snow,  by  rolling,  gradually  accumu- 
lates to  a  large  mass,  so  that  portion  of  knowledge  we  already 
possess,  in  its  progress  through  the  various  ranks  of  mankind, 
would  have  its  volume  increased,  and  its  present  boundaries  ex- 
tended, so  that  new  scenes  of  intellectual  vision  and  enjoyment 
would  be  continually  opening  to  the  view.  In  accordance  with 
these  views,  I  shall  now  proceed  to  illustrate  the  position, 

That  a  general  diffusion  of  knowledge  would  tend  to  the  rapid 
advancement  of  universal  science. 

We  are  placed  in  the  midst  of  a  scene  where  a  vast  multiplicity 
of  objects  solicit  our  attention.  Whether  we  look  around  on  the 
surface  of  the  earth,  or  penetrate  into  its  bowels,  or  turn  our  eyes 
upwards  to  the  surrounding  atmosphere  and  the  vault  of  heaven, 
we  perceive  an  immense  variety  of  beings,  celestial  and  terrestrial, 


56  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 

All  Science  founded  on  Facts. 


animated  and  inanimated,  continually  varying  their  aspects  and 
positions,  all  differing  from  each  other  in  certain  points  of  view,  yet 
connected  together  by  various  relations  and  resemblances. 

Science,  in  the  most  general  and  extensive  sense  of  the  term, 
consists  in  a  perception  of  the  resemblances  and  differences,  or 
the  relations  which  these  objects  have  to  one  another,  and  to  us 
as  rational  beings.     To  ascertain  the  almost  infinite  number  of 
relations  which  subsist  among  the  immense  variety  of  objects 
which  compose  the  material  and  intellectual  universe,  requires  an 
immense  multitude  of  observations,  comparisons,  and  deductions 
to  be  made  by  a  vast  number  of  observers  placed  in  various  cir- 
cumstances and  positions  ;  or,  in  other  words,  the  discovery  of  an 
immense  number  of  facts.     All  science  may  therefore  be  consider- 
ed as  founded  on  facts;  and  perhaps  there  would  be  few  exceptions 
to  the  truth  of  the  position,  were  we  to  assert,  that  the  most  sub- 
lime truths  and  deductions,  in  every  science,  when  stripped  of  all 
their  adventitious  circumstances,  simplified,  and  expressed  in  the 
plainest  and  most  perspicuous  terms,  may  be  reduced  to  so  many 
facts.     This  position  might  be  illustrated,  were  it  necessary,  by 
an  induction  of  particulars  from  the  various  branches  of  mathe- 
matical and  physical  science.     That  "  a  whole  is  greater  than 
any  of  its  parts, " — that  "  the  square  described  on  the  hypothenuse 
of  a  right-angled  triangle  is  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  squares  de- 
scribed on  its  remaining  sides,"  are  facts,  the  one  deduced  from 
observation  or  simple  intuition,  the  other  from  a  series  of  com- 
parisons.    That  the  sun  is  the  centre  around  wThich  the  planetary 
bodies  revolve, — that  a  projectile  describes  a  parabolic  curve, — 
that  the  velocities  of  falling  bodies  are  in  proportion  to  the  spaces 
run  over, — that  fluids  press  in  all  directions, — that  the  pressure 
of  the  atmosphere  will  support  a  column  of  water  to  the  height  of 
above  thirty  feet, — that  the  elastic  spring  of  the  air  is  equivalent  to 
the  force  which  compresses  it, — that  the  angle  of  incidence  of  a 
ray  of  light  is  equal  to  the  angle  of  reflection, — that  the  north  pole 
of  one  magnet  will  attract  the  south  pole  of  another, — that  the  air 
we  breathe  is  a  composition  of  oxygen  and  nitrogen, — and  a 
variety  of  similar  truths, — are  facts,  deduced  either  from  simple 
observation  and  experiment,  or  from  a  comparison  of  a  series  of 
phenomena  and  experiments  with  each  other.     Now,  every  com- 
parison we  make  between  two  or  more  objects  or  ideas,  is  an  act 
of  the  mind  affirming  a  resemblance,  or  a  disagreement  between 
the  objects  compared  ;  which  affirmation,  if  deduced  from  a  clear 
view  of  the  objects  presented  to  the  mind  or  senses,  is  the  declara- 
tion of  a  fact. 

If  the  above  sentiments  are  just,  it  will  follow,  that  every  person 


ON    THE    PROMOTION    OF    SCIENCE.  67 


Industry  of  Sir  Isaac  Newton. 


possessed  of  an  ordinary  share  of  understanding,  and  whose  organs 
of  sensation  are  in  a  sound  state,  is  capable  of  acquiring  all  the 
leading  truths  of  the  most  useful  sciences,  since  he  enjoys  the 
senses  and  faculties  requisite  for  the  observation  of  facts,  and  for 
comparing  them  with  one  another.  And  if  such  a  person  is  ca- 
pable of  receiving  into  his  mind  truths  already  ascertained,  he  is 
also,  for  the  same  reason,  qualified  for  discovering  new  truths  or 
facts,  provided  he  be  placed  in  such  circumstances  as  shall  have 
a  tendency  to  present  the  objects  of  his  pursuit  in  the  clearest, 
point  of  view,  that  he  have  an  opportunity  of  surveying  them  on 
all  sides,  and  that  his  attention  be  firmly  rivetted  on  their  several 
aspects  and  relations.  That  one  man,  therefore,  excels  another 
in  these  respects,  is  chiefly  owing  to  his  mind  being  more  particu- 
larly directed  to  the  contemplation  of  certain  objects  and  relations, 
and  his  mental  faculties  concentrated  upon  them.  When  a  per- 
son devoted  to  scientific  investigation  discovers  a  new  fact,  it  is 
not,  in  the  majority  of  instances,  because  he  possesses  powers  of 
intellect  and  organs  of  sensation  superior  to  the  ordinary  endow- 
ments of  humanity,  but  because  he  was  placed  in  different 
circumstances,  and  had  his  attention  directed  to  different  ob- 
jects, and  was  thus  enabled  to  perceive  relations  and  combina- 
tions which  had  been  either  unnoticed  by  others,  or  which  were 
placed  beyond  the  range  of  their  observation.  Genius,  then, 
which  is  generally  attributed  to  such  characters,  may  be  consider- 
ed as  consisting  in  a  concentration  of  the  rays  of  intellect  upon 
any  particular  object,  art,  or  science,  arising  from  a  lively  taste 
we  feel  for  that  particular  study.  It  may  be  compared  to  a  burn- 
ing lens,  where  the  scattered  rays  of  light  are  rendered  powerful 
by  being  collected  into  a  point. 

In  so  far,  then,  as  we  are  able  to  direct  the  faculties  of  the 
mind — however  moderate  a  degree  of  vigour  they  may  possess — 
to  the  fixed  contemplation  of  scientific  objects,  in  so  far  may  we 
expect  that  new  relations  will  be  discovered  and  new  truths 
elicited.  Sir  Isaac  Newton  was  one  day  asked,  "  How  he  had 
discovered  the  true  system  of  the  universe'?"  He  replied,  "  By 
continually  thinking  upon  it."  He  was  frequently  heard  to  declare, 
that  "  if  he  had  done  the  world  any  services,  it  was  due  to  no- 
thing but  industry  and  patient  thought,  that  he  kept  the  subject 
under  consideration  constantly  before  him,  and  waited  till  the  first 
dawning  opened  gradually,  by  little  and  little,  into  a  full  and  clear 
light."  Had  this  illustrious  philosopher  been  born  of  barbarous 
parents  in  the  wilds  of  Africa,  had  he  been  placed  in  circumstan- 
ces widely  different  from  those  in  which  he  actually  existed,  or 
had  not  his  attention,  by  some  casual  occurence,  been  directed  to 


58  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Scientific  Truths  discovered  from  ordinary  Events. 


the  grand  object  which  he  accomplished,  in  all  probability  his  mind 
would  neverhave  ranged  through  the  celestial  regions,  nor  have 
discovered  the  laws  of  the  planetary  motions. 

Many  important  scientific  facts  require  only  a  certain  combina- 
tion of  circumstances  to  bring  them  to  the  view  of  any  common 
observer.  To  discover  the  phases  of  the  planet  Venus,  the  satel- 
lites of  Jupiter,  and  the  elliptical  figure  of  Saturn,  after  the  teles- 
cope was  invented,  required  no  uncommon  powers  either  of  vision 
or  of  intellect  in  Galileo,  who  first  brought  these  facts  to  view,  how- 
ever superior  the  faculties  he  actually  possessed.  It  only  requir- 
ed that  he  had  a  previous  knowledge  of  the  existence  of  these 
planetary  bodies,  that  his  mind  was  interested  in  the  extension  of 
science,  and  that  he  foresaw  a  probability  that  new  and  interesting 
facts  might  be  discovered  by  directing  his  newly  invented  instru- 
ment to  the  starry  regions.  And  when  once  he  had  descried 
from  his  observatory  such  new  celestial  wonders,  every  other 
person  whose  organs  of  vision  were  not  impaired,  with  a  similar 
tube,  might  discover  the  same  objects.  Yet,  for  want  of  the  quali- 
fications which  Galileo  possessed,  the  telescope  might  have  long 
remained  in  the  hands  of  thousands  before  such  discoveries  had 
been  made  ;  and  it  is  a  fact,  that  though  the  telescope  was  in  use  a 
considerable  time  before  Galileo  made  his  discoveries,  no  person 
had  previously  thought  of  directing  it  to  the  planets  ;  at  any  rate, 
no  discoveries  had  been  made  by  it  in  the  heavens. 

The  discovery  of  new  truths  in  the  sciences  therefore,  is  not, 
in  most  instances,  to  be  ascribed  to  the  exertions  of  extraordinary 
powers  of  intellect ;  but,  in  a  great  majority,  of  cases,  to  the  pecu- 
liar series  of  events  that  may  occur  in  the  case  of  certain  indivi- 
duals, to  the  various  circumstances  and  situations  in  which  they 
may  be  placed,  to  the  different  aspects  in  which  certain  objects 
may  be  presented  to  their  view,  and  sometimes  to  certain  casual 
hints  or  occurences  which  directed  their  attention  to  particular 
objects.  A  spectacle-maker's  boy,  by  an  accidental  experiment, 
led  to  the  invention  of  the  telescope;  the  remark  of  a  fountain- 
player,  who  observed  that  water  could  rise  only  to  thirty-two  feet 
in  the  tubes  of  a  forcing  engine,  led  Galileo  to  calculate  the  gravity 
of  the  air.  Newton's  attention  was  first  directed  to  a  profound 
research  into  the  laws  of  falling  bodies,  by  the  circumstance  of  an 
apple  falling  upon  his  head,  as  he  was  sitting  under  a  tree  in  his 
garden,  which  led  to  the  discovery  of  the  grand  principle  which 
unites  the  great  bodies  of  the  universe.  The  well-known  Mr. 
James  Ferguson,  author  of  several  popular  treatises  on  astronomy 
and  mechanical  philosophy,  invented  a  system  of  mechanics,  and 
ascertained  the  laws  of  the  different  mechanical  powers,  wh^* 


ON    THE    PROMOTION    OF    SCIENCE.  59 

Ordinary  Powers  sufficient  for  Scientific  Discoveries. 

only  eight  years  of  age,  and  before  he  knew  that  any  treatise  had 
ever  been  written  on  that  subject.  The  accidental  circumstance 
of  seeing  his  father  lift  up  the  roof  of  his  cottage,  by  means  of  a 
prop  and  lever,  first  directed  his  mind  to  these  subjects,  in  which 
he  afterwards  made  many  useful  improvements. 

If,  then,  it  be  admitted,  that  an  extraordinary  degree  of  intellec- 
tual energy  and  acumen  is  not  necessary,  in  every  instance,  for 
making  useful  discoveries, — that  the  concentration  of  the  mental 
faculties  on  particular  objects  and  the  various  circumstances  in 
which  individuals  may  be  placed,  have  led  to  the  discovery  of  im- 
portant facts, — it  will  follow,  that  the  exertion  of  the  ordinary 
powers  of  intellect  possessed  by  the  mass  of  society  is  sufficient 
for  the  purpose  of  prosecuting  scientific  discoveries,  and  that  the 
more  the  number  of  scientific  observers  and  experimenters  is  in- 
creased among  the  inferior  ranks  of  society,  the  more  extensively 
will  interesting  facts  and  analogies  be  ascertained,  from  which 
new  and  important  principles  of  science  may  be  deduced. 

An  ample  field  still  remains  for  the  exertion  of  all  the  energies 
of  the  human  mind.  The  sciences  are,  as  yet,  far  removed  from 
perfection;  sometrf  them  havebut  lately  commenced  their  progress, 
and  some  of  their  elementary  principles  still  require  to  be  esta- 
blished by  future  observations.  The  objects  of  nature  which 
science  embraces  are  almost  infinite  ;  the  existence  of  many  of 
these  objects  has  not  yet  been  discovered,  and  much  less  their 
multiplied  relations  and  combinations.  The  researches  of  ages 
are  still  requisite,  in  order  thoroughly  to  explore  the  universe,  and 
bring  to  view  its  hidden  wonders.  In  order  to  bring  to  light,  as 
speedily  as  possible,  the  undiscovered  truths  of  science,  we  must 
endeavour  to  increase  the  number  of  those  who  shall  devote  them- 
selves, either  wholly  or  in  part,  to  scientific  investigation  and  re- 
search. And  were  this  object  attained,  in  all  probability  the 
number  of  useful  truths  and  facts  which  would  be  discovered 
would  be  nearly  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  those  whose  at- 
tention is  directed  to  such  researches. 

This  might  be  illustrated  from  the  history  of  the  past  progress 
of  science.  In  those  ages  when  only  a  few  solitary  individuals, 
here  and  there,  directed  their  attention  to  such  pursuits,  little  or 
no  progress  was  made  in  the  various  departments  of  human  know- 
ledge ;  nay,  sometimes  they  appeared  to  have  taken  a  retrograde 
course.  During  the  dark  ages,  when  the  human  mind,  fettered 
by  papal  tyranny  and  superstition,  and  absorbed  in  sensual  grati- 
fications, seldom  made  excursions  into  the  regions  of  science,  no 
useful  discoveries  were  brought  to  light, — science  was  not  only 
at  a  stand,  but  the  knowledge  and  improvements  of  preceding 


60  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


London  and  Paris  Acadmies  of  Science. 


ages  were  even  in  danger  of  being  entirely  obliterated.  But  no 
sooner  had  the  human  intellect  burst  its  fetters,  and  the  number  of 
rational  investigators  begun  to  increase, — no  sooner  had  they 
formed  themselves  into  regular  associations  for  scientific  purposes, 
than  Science  and  Art  were  aroused  from  the  slumber  of  ages, 
and  began  to  move  forward  towards  perfection  with  accelerated 
progress.  This  may  easily  be  traced  by  those  who  have  attended 
to  the  history  of  science  during  the  last  160  years.  About  the 
commencement  of  this  period,  the  Academy  of  Sciences  at  Paris 
and  the  Royal  Society  of  London  were  established.  These 
soon  gave  birth  to  similar  societies  in  almost  every  country  in 
Europe ;  and  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  advanced  state  of 
knowledge  in  the  present  day  is  chiefly  to  be  attributed  to  the 
investigations  and  discoveries  made  by  the  members  of  those 
associations,  to  their  joint  co-operation  in  the  propagation  of  use- 
ful knowledge,  and  to  the  stimulus  they  afforded  to  intellectual 
pursuits. 

Would  we  then  accelerate  the  march  of  science  far  beyond  the 
rate  of  its  past  and  present  progress, — would  we  wish  to  extend 
its  range  far  beyond  its  present  boundaries, — nothing  is  so  likely  to 
effectuate  this  end,  as  an  increase  of  the  number  of  scientific  ex- 
perimenters and  observers.  Let  a  certain  portion  of  rational  in- 
formation be  imparted  to  the  great  mass  of  mankind, — let  intel- 
lectual acquirements  be  exhibited  to  them  as  the  noblest  objects 
of  pursuit,  and  let  them  be  encouraged  to  form  associations  for  the 
purpose  of  mutual  improvement  and  scientific  research.  By 
these  means  their  attention  would  be  directed  to  intellectual  im- 
provement, a  taste  would  be  excited  for  rational  investigations, 
which  would  stimulate  them  to  make  farther  progress  ;  they  would 
soon  feel  an  interest  in  the  objects  of  science,  they  would  listen 
with  pleasure  to  the  accounts  of  discoveries  which  are  gradually 
brought  to  light  throughout  the  different  regions  of  physical  inves- 
tigation ;  and  would  be  stimulated,  from  a  laudable  ambition  of 
distinguishing  themselves  as  discoverers,  as  well  from  an  innate 
love  to  the  pursuit  of  knowledge,  to  observe  those  facts,  to  make 
those  researches,  and  to  institute  those  experiments  that  might 
have  a  tendency  to  enlarge  the  circle  of  human  knowledge.  Were 
the  number  of  such  persons  increased  but  a  thousand-fold,  so  that 
for  every  twenty  scientific  investigators  now  existing,  twenty 
thousand  were  employed  in  surveying  the  various  localities,  aspects, 
and  operations  of  nature,  in  the  animal,  vegetable,  and  mineral 
kingdoms,  on  the  surface  of  the  earth  and  the  ocean,  and  in  the 
celestial  regions, — hundreds  of  new  facts  would,  in  all  probability, 
be  brought  to  light,  for  one  that  is  now  discovered  by  the  present 


ON    THE    PROMOTION    OF   SCIENCE.  61 

Intellectual  Acquisitions. 

contracted  circle  of  scientific  men,  from  which  new  and  important 
conclusions  in  the  arts  and  sciences  might  be  deduced. 

Nor  let  it  be  objected  that  the  great  bulk  of  mankind,  particu- 
larly the  middling  and  lower  ranks  of  society,  are  incapable  of 
making  any  important  discoveries  in  science.  If  what  we  have 
already  stated  be  correct,  they  are  possessed  of  all  the  essential 
requisites,  not  only  for  acquiring  the  elementary  principles  of 
knowledge,  but  also  for  penetrating  beyond  the  circle  which  marks 
the  present  boundaries  of  science.  They  are  all  organized  in 
nearly  the  same  manner  (a  few  insulated  individuals  only  except- 
ed,) and,  consequently,  have  nearly  an  equal  aptitude  for  the  exer- 
cise of  conception,  judgment,  and  ratiocination.  They  have  the 
same  organs  of  sensation,  and  the  same  powers  of  intellect,  as 
persons  in  the  highest  ranks  of  society.  The  grand  scene  of  the 
universe  is  equally  open  to  peasants  and  mechanics  as  to  princes 
and  legislators  ;  and  they  have  the  same  opportunities  of  making 
observations  on  the  phenomena  of  nature  and  the  processes  of 
art, — nay,  in  many  instances,  their  particular  situations  and  modes 
of  life  afford  them  peculiar  advantages  in  these  respects  which  are 
not  enjoyed  by  persons  of  a  superior  rank.  In  short,  they  have 
the  same  innate  curiosity  and  taste  for  relishing  such  investigations, 
provided  the  path  of  knowledge  be  smoothed  before  them,  and 
their  attention  thoroughly  directed  to  intellectual  acquisitions. 

Nor,  again,  should  it  be  objected  that  an  attention  to  such  ob- 
jects, and  an  exquisite  relish  for  mental  enjoyments,  would  unfit 
them  for  the  ordinary  duties  of  active  life.  Eveiy  man,  under  a 
well-regulated  government,  enjoys  a  certain  portion  of  leisure 
from  the  duties  of  his  station,  which  in  too  many  instances  is  wasted 
either  in  listless  inaction,  or  in  the  pursuits  of  folly  and  dissipation. 
This  leisure  is  all  that  is  requisite  for  the  purpose  in  view.  It 
would  only  be  requisite  that,  during  its  continuance,  the  train  of 
their  thoughts  should  be  directed  into  a  channel  which  would  lead 
them  to  more  pleasing  associations,  and  more  substantial  plea- 
sures, than  the  general  current  of  human  thought  is  calculated  to 
produce.  That  those  who  are  in  the  habit  ofexercising  their  facul- 
ties on  rational  subjects  are  thereby  rendered  more  unfit  for  the 
common  business  of  life,  it  would  be  absurd  to  suppose.  He  who 
habitually  exercises  his  judgment  on  scientific  objects  is  gradu- 
ally improving  his  mental  powers,  and  must,  from  this  very  cir- 
cumstance, be  better  qualified  than  others  for  exercising  them  in 
his  particular  trade  or  profession.  For  the  habit  of  exerting 
the  intellectual  faculties  in  any  one  department  must  necessarily 
fit  them  for  vigorous  exertion  on  any  other  object,  whether  me- 
chanical agricultural,  social,  or  domestic,  to  which  the  attention  may 
6 


02  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Science  of  Geology. 


be  directed.  The  evils  which  at  present  derange  the  harmony  of 
.society,  so  far  from  arising  from  a  vigorous  exertion  of  intellect, 
are  to  be  ascribed,  for  the  most  part,  to  an  opposite  cause.  The 
intellectual  powers,  in  the  case  of  the  great  bulk  of  mankind,  lie  in 
a  great  measure  dormant,  their  energies  are  not  sufficiently  exerted 
in  any  department  of  active  life  ;  and  when  occasionally  roused 
from  their  inactivity,  they  are  too  frequently  exercised  in  the  arts 
of  deception,  of  mischief,  and  of  human  destruction.  To  direct 
the  current  of  human  thought,  therefore,  into  a  different  channel, 
besides  its  influence  on  the  progress  of  science,  would  be  produc- 
tive of  many  happy  effects  on  the  social  and  moral  condition  of 
mankind  ;  and  as  far  as  my  experience  goes,  with  a,  very  few  ex- 
ceptions, I  have  found,  that  those  who  are  addicted  to  rational 
pursuits  are  the  most  industrious  and  respectable  members  of  civil 
and  Christian  society. 

The  above  hints  have  been  thrown  out  with  the  intention  of 
showing,  that,  as  all  science  is  founded  on  facts,  and  as  every 
person  possessed  of  the  common  organization  of  human  nature  is 
capable  of  observing  facts,  and  of  comparing  them  with  one 
another, — as  the  discovery  of  new  truths  is  owing  more  to  the 
concentration  of  the  mental  faculties  on  particular  objects,  and  to 
several  accidental  circumstances,  than  to  the  exertion  of  extraor- 
dinary powers  of  intellect, — and  as  the  sciences  have  generally 
improved  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  those  who  have  devoted 
themselves  to  their  cultivation, — so  there  is  every  reason  to  con- 
clude that  the  diffusion  of  general  knowledge  and  of  a  scientific  taste, 
and  consequently  the  increase  of  scientific  observers,  would  ensure 
the  rapid  advancement  of  the  different  sciences,  by  an  increase 
of  the  facts  in  relation  to  them  which  would  thus  be  discovered. 

I  shall  now  endeavour  to  illustrate  the  positions  stated  above,  by 
a  few  examples  in  relation  to  two  or  three  of  the  physical  sciences. 

Geology. — This  science  is  yet  in  its  infancy ;  and  some  of  its 
first  principles  require  to  be  confirmed  and  illustrated  by  an  induc- 
tion of  an  immense  number  of  facts  of  various  descriptions.     It  is 
a  branch  of  knowledge  altogether  founded  upon  facts  palpable  to 
the  eye  of  every  common  observer.     Its  object  is,  to  investigate  | 
the  internal  structure  of  the  earth, — the  arrangement  of  its  compo- 
nent parts, — the  changes  which  its  materials  have  undergone  since  I 
its  original  formation, — and  the  causes  which  have  operated  in 
the  production  of  these  changes.     To  determine  such  objects, 
it  is  requisite  that  an  immense  variety  of  observations  be  made| 
on  the  form,  position,  and  arrangement  of  mountains, — on  the  be< 
of  rivers, — the  interior  of  caverns, — the  recesses  of  ravines, — th< 
subterraneous  apartments  of  mines,— the  fissures  and  chasmi 


ON    THE    PROMOTION    OF    SCIENCE.  63 

Theories  of  the  Earth. 


which  abound  in  alpine  districts, — and  even  on  the  bottom  of  the 
ocean,  in  s,o  far  as  it  can  be  explored ,  and  that  a  multitude  of  facts 
be  collected  in  relation  to  the  materials  and  position,  the  elevation 
and  inflection,  the  fraction  and  dislocation  of  the  earth's  strata — 
calcareous  petrifactions — metallic  veins — decomposed  rocks — 
mosses — rivers — lakes — sand-banks — seacoast — the  products  of 
volcanoes — the  composition  of  stone,  sand,  and  gravel — the  or- 
ganic remains  of  animal  and  vegetable  matter, — in  short,  that  the 
whole  surface  of  the  ten-aqueous  globe,  and  its  interior  recesses,  be 
contemplated  in  every  variety  of  aspect  presented  to  the  view  of 
man.  The  observations  hitherto  made  in  reference  to  such  mul- 
tifarious objects  have  been  chiefly  confined  to  a  few  regions  of  the 
earth,  and  the  facts  which  have  been  ascertained  with  any  degree 
of  precision,  have  been  collected  chiefly  by  a  few  individuals, 
within  the  last  fifty  or  sixty  years.  From  such  partial  and  limited 
researches  general  principles  have  been  deduced,  and  theories  of 
the  earth  have  been  framed,  which  could  only  be  warranted  by 
a  thorough  examination  of  every  region  of  the  globe.  Hence 
one  theory  of  the  earth  has  successively  supplanted  another  for 
more  than  a  century  past.  The  theories  of  Burnet,  Whiston, 
Woodward,  Buffon,  and  Whitehurst,  have  each  had  its  day  and  its 
admirers,  but  all  of  them  are  now  fast  sinking  into  oblivion,  and 
in  the  next  age  will  be  viewed  only  as  so  many  philosophical 
rhapsodies,  and  ingenious  fictions  of  the  imagination,  which  have 
no  solid  foundation  in  the  actual  structure  of  the  earth.  Even  the 
foundations  of  the  Huttonian  and  Wernerian  systems,  which  have 
chiefly  occupied  the  attention  of  geologists  during  the  last  thirty 
years,  are  now  beginning  to  be  shaken,  and  new  systems  are  con- 
structing composed  of  the  fragments  of  both.  One  principal 
reason  of  this  diversity  of  opinion  respecting  the  true  theory  of  the 
earth  undoubtedly  is,  that  all  the  facts  in  relation  to  the  external 
and  internal  structure  of  our  globe  have  never  yet  been  thoroughly 
explored.  Instead  of  retiring  to  the  closet,  and  attempting  to 
patch  up  a  theory  with  scattered  and  disjointed  fragments,  our  pro- 
vince, in  the  mean  time,  is  to  stand  in  the  attitude  of  surveyors 
and  observers,  to  contemplate  every  aspect  which  terrestrial  na- 
ture presents,  to  collect  the  minutest  facts  which  relate  to  the  ob- 
ject in  view,  and  then  leave  to  succeeding  generations  the  tafck  of 
constructing  a  theory  from  the  materials  we  thus  prepare. 

Were  we  now  to  suppose,  that,  instead  of  one  observer  of 
geological  facts  that  now  exists,  thousands  were  distributed 
throughout  the  different  continents  and  islands,  having  their  minds 
occasionally  directed  to  such  investigations ;  that  the  miners  and  la- 
bourers in  coal-pits,  iron-mines,  and  quarries,  not  only  in  Europe, 


64  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Natural  History. 


but  throughout  Mexico  and  Peru,  in  the  East  and  West  Indies,  in 
Canada,  in  New-Holland,  in  Southern  Africa,  in  the  ranges  of  the 
/Lips,  the  Andes,  the  Himalayas  and  other  quarters,  observed  with 
attention  the  various  phenomena  of  nature  subject  to  their  inspec- 
tion, with  this  object  in  view  ;  that  sailors,  missionaries,  and  tra- 
vellers of  every  description  contemplated  the  different  aspects  of 
nature  in  the  regions  through  which  they  passed,  and  recorded  the 
facts  which  came  under  their  observation,  for  a  similar  purpose  ; 
and  could  we  still  farther  suppose  that  the  great  body  of  mankind 
in  every  clime  might,  at  no  distant  period,  have  their  minds  direct- 
ed to  similar  subjects,  there  cannot  be  the  least  doubt  but  an  im- 
mense multitude  of  important  facts  would  soon  be  accumulated, 
which  would  throw  a  striking  light  on  the  constitution  of  our  plane- 
tary globe,  and  on  the  changes  and  revolutions  through  which  it 
has  passed,  which  would  form  a  broad  basis  for  the  erection  of  a 
true  theory  of  the  earth,  and  tend  either  to  establish  or  to  over- 
throw the  hypotheses  which  have  hitherto  been  framed.  Persons 
in  the  lower  spheres  of  life  have,  in  many  cases,  more  frequent 
opportunities  of  ascertaining  facts  of  the  description  to  which  I 
allude  than  many  others  who  are  placed  in  an  elevated  rank. 
Colliers,  quarriers,  miners  of  every  description,  and  the  inhabitants 
of  alpine  districts,  are  almost  daily  in  contact  with  objects  con- 
nected with  geological  research;  and  it  is  only  requisite  that 
their  attention  be  directed  to  such  inquiries — that  the  knowledge 
of  a  few  elementary  terms  and  principles  be  imparted  to  them — 
that  they  be  directed  to  classify  the  facts  which  fall  under  their 
observation — and  that  a  systematic  list  of  queries,  such  as  those 
published  some  years  ago  by  the  London  "  Geological  Society," 
be  put  into  their  hands.* 

Statural  History. — It  is  evident  that  the  extension  and  improve- 

*  The  queries  to  which  I  refer  may  be  seen  in  the  "  Monthly  Magazine" 
for  June,  1817,  p.  436 — 9.  A  few  years  ago,  some  interesting  fossil  remains, 
supposed  to  be  the  teeth  and  other  bones  of  the  extinct  animal  designated  by 
the  name  of  Mammoth,  were  almost  entirely  destroyed  through  the  ignorance 
of  some  labourers  in  the  parish  of  Horley,  who  happened  to  hit  upon  them 
when  dig  _  ing  graveL  After  cleaving  them  to  pieces  with  their  pick-axes,  and 
finding  it  added  nothing  to  their  store  of  knowledge,  "  they  threw  away  the 
fragments  among  the  heaps  of  gravel,  and  the  subject  was  consigned  to  oblivion; 
and  it  was  only  by  accident  that  two  entire  teeth  were  found  by  a  gentleman 
in  the  neighbourhood.  The  bones  supposed  to  have  been  either  destroyed  or 
lost  arc  a  very  large  bone,  supposed  to  have  been  a  thigh-bone,  a  huge  blade- 
bone,  and  a  tusk  of  ivory,  perfect  in  its  form,  described  as  being  about  half  a 
rod  in  length."  Had  these  labourers  been  aware  of  the  interesting  nature  of 
,  they  might  have  been  all  preserved  entire ;  and  this  circumstance 
shows  how  important  such  occurrences,  and  the  observations  and  researches 
of  common  labourers,  might  sometimes  prove  to  the  geologist  and  the  general 
student  of  nature* 


ON    THE    PROMOTION    OF    SCIENCE.  65 

Curious  Facts  in  Natural  History. 


ment  of  this  department  of  knowledge  depends  almost  entirely 
on  observation.  Although  a  considerable  accession  has  of  late 
years  been  made  to  cur  knowledge  in  this  branch  of  study,  yet 
much  still  remains  to  be  accomplished  before  all  the  objects  it 
embraces  be  thoroughly  explored.  Our  acquaintance  with  the 
zoology,  botany,  and  mineralogy  of  New-Holland,  Polynesia, 
Birmah,  China,  Tartary,  Tibet,  Africa,  and  America,  is  extreme- 
ly limited  ;  and  even  within  the  limits  of  Europe,  numerous  un- 
explored regions  still  lie  open  to  the  future  researches  of  the 
natural  historian.  So  numerous  are  the  objects  and  investiga- 
tions which  natural  history  presents,  that  although  its  cultivators 
were  increased  ten  thousand  fold,  they  would  find  sufficient  em- 
ployment in  the  prosecution  of  newT  discoveries  for  many  centu- 
ries to  come.  Even  those  minute  objects,  in  the  animal  and 
vegetable  kingdoms,  which  lie  beyond  the  natural  sphere  of  hu- 
man vision,  and  which  the  microscope  alone  can  discover,  wrould 
afford  scope  for  the  investigations  of  thousands  of  ingenious  in- 
quirers, during  an  indefinite  series  of  ages.  And  it  ought  never 
to  be  forgotten,  that  every  new  object  and  process  we  are  enabled 
to  trace  in  this  boundless  field  of  observation,  presents  to  us  the 
Deity  in  a  new  aspect,  and  enables  us  to  form  more  enlarged  con- 
ceptions of  that  power  and  intelligence  which  produced  the  im- 
mense assemblage  of  beings  with  which  we  are  surrounded. 

Independently  of  the  additions  that  might  be  made  to  our  know- 
ledge of  animals,  vegetables,  and  minerals,  there  are  several  facts 
in  natural  history  which  might  be  more  precisely  ascertained  and 
explained,  were  common  labourers  and  others  in  the  same  rank  of 
life  inspired  with  the  spirit  of  philosophical  observation.  For 
the  illustration  of  this,  I  shall  state  only  one  particular  circum- 
stance. It  is  a  fact,  which  however  inexplicable,  must  be  admit- 
ted, that  toads  have  been  found  alive  in  the  heart  of  solid  rocks, 
and  in  the  trunks  of  trees,  where  they  have  been  supposed  to  have 
existed  for  ages  without  any  apparent  access  to  nourishment  or 
to  air.  Such  facts  are  supported  by  so  numerous  and  so  respec- 
table authorities,  that  it  would  be  vain  to  call  in  question  their 
reality ;  and  they  assume  a  more  mysterious  aspect,  from  the 
circumstance,  that  toads,  when  placed  in  the  exhausted  receiver 
of  an  air-pump,  like  all  other  animals,  soon  lose  their  existence. 
That  the  toad  is  not  the  only  animal  which  has  been  found  in 
similar  instances  appears  from  a  notice  in  the  Mouthy  Magazine 
for  April,  1817,  which  states,  that  "  a  large  lizard  or  serpent  was 
found  by  some  miners,  imbedded  in  a  stratum  of  mineral  sub- 
tance,  and  lived  for  some  time  after  it  was  extricated. "  As  the 
mineral  substance  in  which  this  animal  was  found  was  at  the  bot- 
6* 


6G  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Meteorology. 


torn  of  a  do  op  mine,  and  connected  with  the  surrounding  strata, 
we  are  almost  under  the  necessity  of  concluding  that  it  must  have 
existed  in  that  state  for  many  years.     Now,  it  is  proper  to  take 
into  consideration,  that  such  facts  have  been  discovered,  in  the 
first  instance,  by  labourers,  quarriers,  miners,  and  others  engaged 
in  laborious  occupations,  who,  with  the  limited  knowledge  they  pre- 
sently possess,  are  unqualified  for  attending  to  all  the  circumstan- 
ces which  require  to  be  noticed  in  conducting  philosophical  resear- 
ches.    Were  persons  of  this  description  accustomed  to  examine 
every  uncommon  occurence  of  this  kind  with  a  philosophic  eye  ; 
were  they,  in  such  cases  as  to  those  to  which  I  have  now  referred, 
to  examine,  with  accuracy,  whether  chinks  or  fissures,  either  hori- 
zontal or  perpendicular,  existed  in  the  rocks,  or  were  connected 
with  the  holes  or  vacuities  of  the  old  trees,  where  toads  were 
found  alive  ;  and  were  every  other  circumstance  which  a  scien- 
tific investigator  would  take  into   account  accurately  observed 
and  recorded,  such  observations    might  ultimately  lead  to  some 
rational  explanations  of  such  unaccountable  facts.     At  any  rate, 
as  those  who  belong  to  that  class  of  society  to  which  I  allude 
have   many  opportunities   of  contemplating   the  various  objects 
and  operations  of  the  material  world,  their  accumulated  observa- 
tions, when  scientifically  directed,  could  not  fail  of  enlarging  our 
knowledge   of  facts  in  several   departments   of  the   history  of 
nature. 

Meteorology. — In  this  department  of  physical  science,  nume- 
rous facts  still  remain  to  be  ascertained,  before  we  can  attempt  to 
explain  the  causes  of  various  interesting  phenomena.     We  have 
hitherto  been  unable  to  collect  with  precision  all  the  facts  in  rela- 
tion to  the  diversified  phenomena  of  the  atmosphere,  and  are  still 
at  a  loss  to  explain,  on  known  principles,  the  causes  which  operate 
in  producing  many  atmospherical  appearances.     We  are  still  in  a 
great  measure  ignorant  of  the  aurora  borealis,  with  respect  to  its 
nature  and  origin,  its  distance  from  the  surface  of  the  earth,  what 
precise  connexion  it  has  with  the  magnetic  and  electric  fluids,  and 
why  it  has  been  frequently  seen  at  some  periods,  and  been  invisible 
at  others.     We  are  in  a  similar  state  of  ignorance  in  regard  to 
luminous  and  fiery  meteors, — as  to  their  different  species  and 
varieties,  the  velocity  and  direction  of  their  motions,  their  influence 
on  other  atmospherical  phenomena,  on  vegetation,  and  on  the 
weather,  and  the  principles  in  nature  which  operate  in  their  pro- 
duction.    Although  the    general  cause  of  thunder-storms  is  in 
some  measure  ascertained,  yet  we  are  ignorant  of  the  causes  of  a 
variety  of  phenomena  with  which  they  are  sometimes  accom- 
panied, and  of  some  of  the  chemical  agents  by  which  they  are 


ON    THE    PROMOTION    OF    SCIENCE.  67 


The  Aurorae  Boreales, 


produced.  To  determine  the  origin  of  meteoric  stones,  the  parti- 
cular regions  in  which  they  are  produced,  the  causes  of  their  ex- 
treme velocity,  the  oblique  direction  of  their  motion,  and  the 
agents  which  concur  in  their  formation,  has  hitherto  baffled  the 
researches  of  the  whole  philosophical  world.  Even  the  nature 
of  the  clouds,  their  various  modifications,  their  different  electric 
states,  the  causes  which  combine  to  produce  their  precipitation 
into  rain,  the  nature  of  evaporation,  together  with  an  immense 
number  of  facts  requisite  for  laying  the  foundation  of  a  correct 
theory  of  the  weather,  are  still  hidjn  obscurity. 

It  is  obvious,  that  a  thorough  knowledge  of  atmospherical  phe- 
nomena cannot  be  acquired,  before  we  have  ascertained,  not 
only  the  particular  facts  and  appearances  connected  with  the  at- 
mosphere, but  all  the  preceding,  concomitant,  and  consequent 
circumstances  with  which  they  are  generally  accompanied ;  and 
to  determine  such  particulars  requires  an  immense  variety  of  ob- 
servations, both  by  day  and  by  night,  through  all  the  regions  of 
the  earth.  Before  such  facts  be  more  fully  ascertained,  our  at- 
tempts to  account  for  various  atmospherical  phenomena  must  prove 
unsatisfactory  and  abortive.  Hence,  the  causes  assigned  by  phi- 
losophers of  the  last  century  for  the  production  of  rain,  hail,  dew, 
fire-balls,  and  other  meteors,  are  now  considered  nugatory  and 
erroneous  :  and  few  will  be  bold  enough  to  maintain  that  we  have 
yet  arrived  at  the  knowledge  of  the  true  causes.  If  these  senti- 
ments be  admitted,  it  will  follow,  that  an  increased  number  of 
observers  of  the  scenery  of  the  atmosphere,  in  different  climates, 
with  a  scientific  object  in  view,  could  not  fail  of  increasing  our 
knowledge  both  of  the  phenomena  which  take  place  in  the  regions 
of  the  atmosphere,  and  of  the  powers  of  nature  which  operate  in 
their  production. 

With  respect  to  the  anroroz  boreales,  some  data  might  be  ascer- 
tained for  determining  their  height  above  the  surface  of  the  earth, 
which  might  lead  to  a  discovery  of  their  true  cause,  were  a  multi- 
tude of  observers,  in  different  places,  at  the  same  moment,  to  take 
the  altitude  and  bearing  of  any  particular  coruscation,  particularly 
of  the  modification  of  this  phenomenon,  which  assumes  the  form 
of  a  rainbow  or  luminous  arch,  which  can  instantly  be  done  by 
noting  the  series  of  stars  which  appear  about  the  middle  or  sides 
of  the  arc  at  any  particular  instant.  By  this  means  the  parallactic 
angle  might  be  found,  and  the  distances  of  the  places  of  observa- 
tion, or  their  difference  of  latitude,  if  directly  north  and  south  of 
each  other,  would  form  base  lines  for  determining  the  perpendicu- 
lar elevation  of  the  phenomenon.  In  reference  to  luminous  meteors, 
as  they  are  most  frequently  seen  in  the  night-time,  men  of  science 


63  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 

Astronomy. 


and  persons  of  elevated  rank  have  seldom  opportunities  of  observ- 
ing their  diversified  phenomena,  and  the  circumstances  with  which 
they  are  preceded  and  accompanied.  But  while  persons  of  this 
class  are  reclining  on  beds  of  down,  or  regaling  themselves  at  the 
festive  board,  hemmed  in  from  the  view  of  the  surrounding  sky  by 
the  walls  and  curtains  of  their  splendid  apartments,  many  in  the 
lower  walks  of  life  are  "  keeping  watch  by  night,"  or  travelling 
from  place  to  place,  who  have  thus  an  opportunity  of  observing 
every  variety  of  atmospherical  phenomena ;  and  it  is  not  unlikely 
may  have  seen  several  species  of  luminous  and  fiery  meteors  un- 
known to  the  scientific  world.  Were  persons  of  this  description, 
particularly  watchmen,  soldiers,  sailors,  mail-coach  guards,  police- 
men, and  such  like,  capable  of  observing  such  appearances  with 
scientific  interest  and  accuracy,  and  of  recording  their  observa- 
tions, various  important  additions  might  be  made  to  the  facts  which 
compose  the  natural  history  of  the  atmosphere. 

Similar  additions  might  be  made  to  our  knowledge  of  thunder- 
storms, were  their  phenomena  and  concomitant  circumstances 
accurately  noted  by  vast  a  number  of  persons  in  different  places. 
It  might,  for  example,  be  determined,  from  a  multitude  of  obser- 
vations made  with  this  special  object  in  view,  at  what  distance 
from  the  earth  a  thunder-cloud  may  explode  without  danger  ? — in 
wThat  circumstances,  and  at  what  elevation  it  generally  attains  its 
striking  distance,  and  brings  us  within  the  range  of  its  destructive 
influence  ? — what  particular  effects,  hitherto  unobserved,  are  pro- 
duced by  lightning  on  animal,  vegetable,  and  mineral  substances  ?-- 
to  what  practical  purposes  its  agency  might  be  applied, — and  how 
its  destructive  ravages  might  be  averted  or  diminished?  The 
same  remarks  will  apply  to  the  singular  phenomenon  of  meteoric 
stones.  These  have  seldom  been  observed  at  the  instant  of  their 
descent  by  men  addicted  to  philosophical  research ;  but  chiefly  by 
peasants,  labourers,  and  mechanics,  who,  at  present,  are  generally 
unqualified  for  attending  to  every  circumstance  in  the  preceding 
and  concomitant  phenomena  connected  with  their  descent,  with 
the  discerning  eye  of  a  philosopher ;  and,  therefore,  we  may  still 
be  ignorant  of  certain  important  facts  in  the  history  of  the  fall  of 
these  bodies,  which  may  long  prevent  us  from  forming  any  ration- 
al theory  to  explain  their  causes,  or  to  determine  the  regions  whence 
their  origin  is  derived. 

Astronomy, — My  next  illustration  shall  be  taken  from  the 
science  of  astronomy.  Though  this  is  among  the  oldest  of  the 
sciences,  and  its  general  principles  are  established  with  greater 
precision  than  those  of  almost  any  other  department  of  science, 
yet  many  desiderata  requisite  to  its  perfection,  still  remain  to  be 


ON    THE    PROMOTION    OP    6CIENCE.  69 

Particulars  in  Astronomy  not  yet  ascertained. 

ascertained.  The  late  discovery  of  several  new  planets,  both 
primary  and  secondary,  leads  us  to  conclude  that  other  globes  of 
a  similar  nature,  belonging  to  our  system,  may  still  lie  hid  in  the 
distant  spaces  of  the  firmament.  The  spheroidal  figure  of  some 
of  the  planets — their  periods  of  rotation — the  nature  of  the  changes 
which  appear  to  take  place  on  their  surfaces  or  in  their  atmospheres 
— the  precise  nature  of  the  solar  spots,  the  causes  of  their  changes, 
and  the  influence  which  those  changes  produce  on  our  earth  or 
atmosphere — the  parallax  of  the  fixed  stars — the  rate  of  motion 
of  the  planetary  system  in  absolute  space — the  gradual  forma- 
tion of  nebulae — the  nature  of  variable  stars — the  number  of 
comets,  their  periods,  the  nature  of  their  tails  and  atmospheres, 
and  their  uses  in  the  system  of  nature — with  many  other  interest- 
ing particulars  of  a  similar  description,  still  remain  to  be  ascer- 
tained. To  determine  such  objects  requires  a  multiplicity  of 
long-continued  observations  in  every  region  of  the  heavens  ;  and 
it  must  be  evident  that  the  more  we  increase  the  number  of  astro- 
nomical observers,  the  greater  chance  we  shall  have  of  acquiring 
a  more  accurate  and  comprehensive  knowledge  of  the  bodies, 
which  roll  in  the  distant  regions  of  the  universe,  and  of  the  rela- 
tions they  bear  to  one  another,  and  to  the  whole  system  of  nature. 
This  position  might  be  illustrated  by  a  few  examples.  The 
surface  of  Jupiter  has  been  found  to  be  diversified  with  a  variety 
of  spots  and  belts  :  the  belts,  which  are  considerably  darker  than 
the  general  surface  of  the  planet,  are  observed  to  vary  in  their 
number,  distance,  and  position.  Sometimes  only  one  or  two,  and 
sometimes  seven  or  eight  belts  have  been  observed ;  sometimes 
they  are  quite  distinct,  and  at  other  times  they  seem  to  run  into 
each  other  ;  and,  in  some  instances,  the  whole  surface  of  this 
planet  has  appeared  to  be  covered  with  small  curved  belts  that  were 
not  continuous  across  his  disk. 

The  following  figures  represent  some  of  the  diversified  views 
which  Jupiter  sometimes  exhibits. 


70 


ON    THE    GENERAL  DIFFUSION  OF  KNOWLEDGE. 


1  )ifferent  Appearances  of  the  Planet  Jupiter. 


Fig.  1  is  copied  from  Dr.  Long,  and  appears  to  be  one  of  th 
views  of  this  planet  taken  by  the  celebrated  Cassini.  It  consis* 
of  about  nine  different  belts.  Fig.  2  is  copied  from  Schroeter 
and  exhibits  a  view  of  Jupiter  about  the  time  of  its  occupation  by 
the  moon,  on  the  7th  of  April,  1792.  Fig.  3  is  one  of  Sir  W. 
Herschel's  views  of  this  planet,  as  it  appeared  on  the  28th  May, 
1780,  when  the  whole  disk  of  Jupiter  appeared  covered  with  small 
curved  belts,  or  rather  lines,  that  were  not  continuous  across  his 
disk.  Fig.  4  contains  a  view  which  is  nearly  the  appearance 
which  Jupiter  exhibits  at  present,  and  which  is  not  much  different 
from  his  appearance  for  several  years  past.  These  appearances 
may  be  seen  by  a  good  achromatic  telescope,  magnifying  from 
80  to  150  times.  These  views  demonstrate,  that  changes  of  con- 
siderable magnitude  are  occasionally  taking  place,  either  on  the 
surface  or  in  the  atmosphere  of  this  planet,  which  it  would  be  of 
some  importance  to  ascertain,  in  order  to  our  acquiring  a  more 
intimate  knowledge  of  the  physical  constitution  of  this  globe. 


ON    THE    PROMOTION    OP    SCIENCE.  71 


The  Planet  Venus. 


Now,  were  a  number  of  observers,  in  different  places,  to  mark 
these  appearances,  and  to  delineate  the  aspect  of  this  planet  dur- 
ing the  space  of  two  or  three  periodical  revolutions,*  marking  the 
periods  of  the  different  changes,  and  noting  at  the  same  time  the 
positions  of  his  satellites — it  might  be  ascertained,  whether  these 
changes  are  occasioned  by  tides,  which  are  differently  affected 
according  to  the  position  of  his  moons,  or  by  immense  strata  of 
clouds,  or  other  changes  that  take  place  in  his  atmosphere,  or  by 
some  great  physical  revolutions  which  are  occasionally  agitating 
the  surface  of  this  planet.  The  observers  of  such  facts  behove 
to  be  numerous,  in  order  that  the  deficiencies  of  one  might  be 
supplied  by  another,  and  the  general  conclusions  deduced  from  a 
comparison  of  all  the  observations  taken  together ;  and  it  would 
be  requisite  that  the  places  of  observation  be  in  different  countries, 
that  the  deficiency  of  observations  in  one  place,  occasioned  by  a 
cloudy  atmosphere,  might  be  compensated  by  those  made  in  the 
serene  sky  of  another.  Such  a  series  of  observations,  although 
they  should  not  lead  to  satisfactory  conclusions  in  relation  to  the 
particulars  now  stated,  could  scarcely  fail  of  throwing  some  addi- 
tional light  on  the  nature  and  constitution  of  this  planet. 

With  respect  to  the  planet  Venus,  the  author  some  time  ago 
ascertained,  from  observation,!  that  this  planet  may  be  distinctly 
seen  in  the  daytime,  at  the  time  of  its  superior  conjunction  with 
the  sun,  when  it  presents  to  the  earth  a  full  enlightened  hemi- 
sphere ;  provided  its  geocentric  latitude,  or  distance  from  the  sun's 
centre  at  the  time,  be  not  less  than  1°  43/  This  is  the  only  po- 
sition (except  at  the  time  of  a  transit,  which  happens  only  once  or 
twice  in  a  hundred  years)  in  which  the  polar  and  equatorial  dia- 
meters of  this  planet  can  be  measured,  and  their  difference,  if  any, 
ascertained,  so  as  to  determine  whether  its  figure,  like  that  of  the 
earth  and  several  other  planets  be  spheroidical.  But  as  this 
planet  may  not  happen  for  a  series  of  years  to  be  in  the  precise 
position  for  such  an  observation,  the  attempt  to  determine  the 
points  now  stated,  even  when  the  planet  happens  to  be  placed  in 
the  requisite  circumstances,  would,  in  all  probability,  fail,  if  a 
number  of  observers  at  the  same  time,  in  different  places,  were 
not  engaged  in  the  observation  ;  on  account  of  the  uncertainty  of 
enjoying  a  serene  sky  at  one  particular  place,  during  the  moments 
when  the  observation  behoved  to  be  made.     Whereas,  by  a  mul- 

*  The  annual  or  periodical  revolution  of  Jupiter  is  completed  in  about 
eleven  years  and  ten  months. 

t  See  Nicholson's  Phil.  Journal,  vol.  xxxvi.  for  Oct.  1813;  Edin.  Phil. 
Journal,  No.  V.  for  July,  1820  ;  Monthly  Mag.  Feb.  1814,  and  August,  1820, 
P.  62 ;  Scot's  Magazine  fbr  1814,  p.  84,  &a 


72  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 

—      ■■■-■  ■  ■ 

Rotation  of  the  Planet  Venus. 


titude  of  observations  in  different  places,  the  object  in  view  could 
not  fail  of  being  determined.  The  disputes  respecting  the  period 
of  rotation  of  this  planet  (whether  it  be  23  hours  20  minutes,  or  24 
days  S  hours)  might  also  be  settled,  were  a  number  of  persons  to 
observe  its  surface  with  equatorial  telescopes  in  the  daytime  ;  par- 
ticularly in  those  southern  climes  where  the  air  is  serene,  and  the 
sky  exhibits  a  deep  azure,  where,  in  all  probability,  spots  would 
be  discovered,  winch  could  be  traced  in  their  motions  for  succes- 
sive periods  of  twelve  hours  or  more,  which  would  determine  to  a 
certainty  the  point  in  question. 

The  following  figure  and  explanation  will  perhaps  tend  to  show 
the  reason  of  the  dispute  which  has  arisen  in  reference  to  this 
point.  Let  A  represent  a  spot  on  the  surface  of  Venus.  As 
this  planet  is  seen,  by  the  naked  eye,  only  in  the  morning  a  little 


before  sunrise,  or  in  the  evening  a  short  time  after  sunset — the 
motion  of  the  spot  cannot  be  traced  above  an  hour  or  two  in  suc- 
cession ;  and,  consequently,  during  that  time,  its  progressive 
motion  is  almost  imperceptible.  Suppose  the  observation  to  have 
been  made  in  the  evening,  after  sunset ;  the  next  observation  can- 
not be  made  till  about  the  same  time  on  the  following  evening 
when  it  is  found  that  the  spot  has  moved  from  A  to  B.  But  it  is 
still  uncertain  whether  the  spot  has  only  moved  from  A  to  B 
since  the  last  observation,  or  has  finished  a  complete  revolution, 
and  moved  the  distance  AB  as  part  of  another  revolution  round 
the  axis  of  the  planet.  This  point  can  only  be  ascertained  by 
tracing  the  motion  of  the  spot  without  interruption  for  10, 12,  or  14 
hours,  when,  if  the  rotation  is  performed  in  23J  hours,  the  motion 
of  the  spot  could  be  traced  without  interruption  across  the  whole 


ON    THE    PROMOTION    OF    SCIENCE. 

73 

Comets. 

— 

i 

disk  of  the  planet.  But  such  an  observation  could  only  be  made 
in  the  daytime,  in  a  serene  sky,  and  by  means  of  equatorial  instru- 
ments, and  by  numbers  of  observers  in  different  places  where  the 
attention  is  directed  to  the  same  object.  But  the  limits  to  which 
I  am  confined,  in  throwing  out  these  cursory  hints,  prevent  me 
from  entering  into  minute  details. 

In  regard  to  comets,  it  is  scarcely  necessary  to  remark,  that 
were  the  number  of  those  whose  attention  is  directed  to  a  survey 
of  the  heavens  considerably  increased,  many  of  those  eccentric 
bodies  which  pass  and  repass  within  the  orbits  of  the  planets 
without  being  perceived,  could  not  fail  of  being  detected.  Were 
multitudes  of  such  persons  engaged  in  exploring  the  celestial 
regions  on  opposite  sides  of  the  globe,  those  comets  which  pass 
within  the  limits  of  our  view,  and  which  are  above  our  horizon  only 
in  the  daytime,  and  consequently  invisible,  would  be  detected  dur- 
ing the  night  by  our  antipodes  in  the  opposite  regions  of  the  globe. 
By  this  means  the  number  of  those  bodies  belonging  to  our  sys- 
tem, the  diversified  phenomena  they  present,  the  form  of  their 
trajectories,  the  periods  of  their  revolutions,  the  nature  of  their 
tails,  and  their  ultimate  destination,  might  be  more  accurately  de- 
termined. With  respect  to  the  fixed  stars,  particularly  those 
termed  variable  stars,  the  results  of  a  multitude  of  observations 
made  by  different  persons,  might  lead  us  to  determine  whether 
those  changes  in  brightness  which  they  undergo  arise  from  the 
transits  of  large  planets  revolving  around  them,  and  thus  furnish 
direct  evidence  of  their  being  the  centres  of  systems  analogous 
to  our  own, — or  whether  they  be  occasioned  by  large  spots  which 
periodically  interpose  between  our  sight,  and  then  disappear  in  the 
course  of  their  rotation, — or  whether  the  distance  of  such  stars 
be  changed  by  their  revolving  in  a  long  narrow  eclipse,  whose  trans- 
verse axis  is  situated  nearly  in  our  line  of  vision.  In  the  several 
instances  now  stated,  an  immense  variety  of  successive  observa- 
tions, by  numerous  observers  at  different  stations,  are  requisite  to 
accomplish  the  ends  in  view ;  but  the  limits  of  this  section  prevent 
me  from  entering  into  those  details  requisite  for  rendering  the 
hints  now  suggested  perspicuous  to  those  who  have  not  devoted 
their  attention  to  this  subject. 

The  Moon  being  the  nearest  celestial  body  to  the  earth,  it 
might  have  been  expected  that  the  variety  of  scenery  on  her  sur- 
face, and  even  some  parts  of  her  physical  constitution,  might  have 
been  ascertained  and  delineated.  Yet  all  that  has  hitherto  been 
discovered  with  certainty  in  relation  to  this  body  is,  that  her  surface 
is  strikingly  diversified  with  mountains  and  valleys,  with  vast 
caverns  or  hollows  surrounded  with  mountainous  ridges,  and  with 
7 


74  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 

The  Moon. 

several  elevated  peaks,  which  rise,  like  a  sugar-loaf,  from  the  mid- 
dle of  the  plains.     We  have  no  accurate  delineation  of  the  lunar 
scenery,  as  exhibited  in  the  various  stages  of  the  moon's  increase 
and  decrease,  except  those  which  have  been  published  by  Heve- 
lius  and  Scroeter,  which  have  never  been  translated  into  our  lan- 
guage, and,  consequently,  are  very  little  known.     Most  of  our 
English  books  on  astronomy  contain  nothing  more  than  a  paltry 
and  inaccurate  view  of  the  full  moon,  which  has  been  copied  by 
one  engraver  from  another,  without  any  improvements,  ever  since 
the  days  of  Ricciolus,  and  long  before  the  telescope  was  brought 
to  its  present  state  of  improvement.     It  is  not  from  a  telescopic 
view  of  the  full  moon  that  any  specific  deductions  can  be  made 
respecting  the  appearance  and  arrangement  of  her  diversified  sce- 
nery ;  but  from  long-continued  observations  of  her  surface  about 
the  period  of  the  quadratures,  and  at  the  times  when  she  assumes 
a  cresent  or  a  gibbous  phase  ;  for  it  is  only  at  such  times  that  the 
shadows  of  her  cavities  and  mountain-ridges  can  be  distinctly  per- 
ceived.    As  there  is  none  of  the  celestial  bodies  whose  constitu- 
tion and  scenery  we  have  so  excellent  an  opportunity  of  inspecting, 
had  we  a  sufficient  number  of  astronomical  observers,  furnished 
with  good  telescopes,  the  surface  of  this  globe  might  be  almost  as 
accurately  delineated  as  that  of  the  earth,  and  the  most  prominent 
changes  that  take  place  on  its  surface  plainly  detected.     In  order 
to  bring  to  light  the  minute    parts  of  its  scenery,  it  would  only 
be  requisite  to  distribute  the  entire  surface  of  this  luminary  among 
a  hundred  or  a  thousand  observers,  allotting  to  each  one  or  more 
spots  as  the  particular  object  of  his  attention,  with  the  understand- 
ing that  he  is  to  inspect  them  with  care  through  every  variety  of 
shade  they  may  exhibit,  and  during  the  different  stages  of  the 
moon's  increase  and  decrease,  and  delineate  the  different  aspects 
they  may  present.     When  we  consider,  that  by  means  of  a  tele- 
scope which  magnifies  200  times,  an  object  on  the  moon  that  mea- 
sures only  600  yards  may  be  perceived  as  a  visible  point,  and  by  one 
which  magnifies  800  times,  an  object  not  larger  than  150  yards  in 
diameter  may  be  distinguished — we  can  scarcely  entertain  a  doubt 
that  a  number  of  interesting  discoveries  might  soon  be  made  on 
the  lunar  surface,  were  such  minute  observations  as  those  now 
suggested  to  be  continued  for  a  series  of  years,  which  might  afford 
sensible  and  demonstrative  evidence  of  the  moon's  being  a  habi- 
table world.     But  before  attention  to  such  objects  become  gene- 
ral, and  the  number  of  astronomical  observers  be  increased  far 
beyond  what  it  is  at  present,  such  discoveries  can  scarcely  be  ex- 
pected. 

I  shall  only  remark  further  on  this  head,  that  several  discove- 


ON    THE    PROMOTION    OF    SCIENCE.  75 

Accidental  Discoveries  of  heavenly  Bodies. 

ries  have  been  made  by  accidentally  directing  a  telescope  to  cer- 
tain parts  of  the  heavens.  It  is  well  known  that  Miss  Herschel, 
while  amusing  herself  in  looking  at  the  heavens  through  Sir 
Wm.  Herschel's  telescope,  discovered  at  different  times  a  variety 
of  comets,  which  might  otherwise  have  passed  unnoticed  by  the 
astronomical  world ;  and  several  of  the  new  planets  which  have 
been  discovered  within  the  last  fifty  or  sixty  years,  were  detected 
when  the  discoverers  were  employed  making  observations  with  a 
different  object  in  view.  The  splendid  comet  which  appeared  in  our 
hemisphere  in  1811  was  first  discovered  in  this  country  by  a  saiv- 
t/er,*  who,  with  a  reflecting  telescope  of  his  own  construction,  and 
from  his  saiopit  as  an  observatory,  described  that  celestial  visitant 
before  it  had  been  noticed  by  any  other  astronomer  in  North  Britain. 
The  author  of  this  work  detected  this  comet  a  day  or  two  after- 
ward, before  he  had  been  informed  of  the  discovery,  while  he  was 
taking  a  random  sweep  over  the  northern  region  of  the  heavens. 
He  had  directed  his  telescope  to  a  certain  star  in  the  neighbourhood 
of  Ursa  Major,  and  immediately  afterward,  taking  a  general  sweep 
upwards  and  downwards,  and  to  the  east  and  west,  an  uncommon 
object  appeared  in  the  field  of  view,  wThich,  after  a  little  inspection 
was  perceived  to  be  a  comet,  and  he  naturally  concluded  that  he 
had  made  the  first  discovery,  till  the  newspapers  afterward  in- 
formed him  that  it  had  been  detected  a  day  or  two  before.  It 
was  while  Sir  W.  Herschel  was  inspecting  some  small  stars  near 
the  foot  of  Castor,  with  a  different  object  in  view,  that  he  disco- 
vered the  planet  which  bears  his  name,  and  which  he  at  first  took 
for  a  comet.  It  had  been  seen  thirty  years  before,  but  for  want 
of  numerous  observers  to  mark  its  motions,  it  had  been  marked 
in  catalogues  as  a  fixed  star.  It  was  while  Mr.  Harding  of  Lili- 
enthal,  near  Bremen,  was  forming  an  atlas  of  the  stars  so  far  as 
the  eighth  magnitude,  that,  on  the  1st  September,  1804,  he  disco- 
vered in  the  constellation  Pisces  the  planet  Juno,  one  of  the  four 
asteroids  situated  between  the  orbits  of  Mars  and  Jupiter. 

If,  therefore,  instead  of  a  few  individuals  occasionally  engaged 
in  surveying  celestial  phenomena,  and  chiefly  confined  to  a  small 
portion  of  Europe, — were  thousands  and  ten  thousands  of  telescopes 
daily  directed  to  the  sky  from  every  region  of  the  earth,  and  were 
distinct  portions  of  the  heavens  allotted  to  distinct  classes  of  obser- 
vers, as  the  object  of  their  more  immediate  research,  every  portion 
of  that  vast  concave,  with  the  numerous  globes  which  roll  within  its 
wide  circumference,  as  far  as  human  vision  assisted  by  art  can 

*  The  name  of  this  gentleman  is  Mr.  Veitch,  and  I  believe  he  resides  in  the 
neighbourhood  of  Kelso. 


76  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 

Chemistry. 

penetrate,  would  ere  long  be  thoroughly  explored,  and  its  hidden 
worlds  disclosed  to  view.  No  comet  could  pass  within  the  orbit 
of  Jupiter  without  being  detected, — the  undiscovered  planets  be- 
longing to  our  system,  if  any  still  remain,  would  be  brought  to 
view, — the  periodical  changes  on  the  surfaces  and  in  the  atmos- 
pheres of  the  planets  already  discovered,  with  all  their  diversified 
phenomena,  would  be  more  accurately  ascertained  and  delineated, 
— the  path  of  the  solar  system  in  absolute  space,  the  velocity  of 
its  motion,  the  distant  centre  about  which  it  revolves,  and  the 
centre  of  gravity  of  the  nebula  to  which  it  belongs,  might  be 
determined, — the  changes  and  revolutions  that  are  taking  place 
among  the  fixed  stars, — the  undiscovered  strata  of  nebulae, — the 
old  systems  that  are  going  into  decay, — the  new  creations  that 
may  be  emerging  into  existence,  and  many  other  sublime  objects 
which  at  present  lie  concealed  in  the  unexplored  regions  of  space, 
might  be  brought  within  the  range  of  human  contemplation,  and 
astronomy,  the  sublimest  of  all  the  sciences,  approximate  towards 
perfection. 

For  making  the  observations  now  supposed,  a  profound  know- 
ledge of  the  physical  and  mathematical  principles  of  astronomy 
is  not  absolutely  necessary.  All  the  qualifications  essentially 
requisite  are, — a  general  knowledge  of  the  elements  of  the  science, 
of  the  celestial  phenomena  which  have  already  been  explored,  and 
of  the  method  of  determining  the  right  ascension  and  declination 
of  any  observed  phenomenon, — qualifications  which  every  person 
of  common  understanding  can  easily  acquire. 

I  might  next  have  illustrated  the  general  position  laid  down  in 
the  beginning  of  this  section  from  the  science  of  chemistry.  This 
science,  having  for  its  object  to  ascertain  the  ingredients  that 
enter  into  the  composition  of  bodies,  the  nature  of  those'  ingre- 
dients, the  manner  in  which  they  combine,  and  the  properties 
resulting  from  their  combination, — or,  in  other  words,  an  analy- 
tical examination  of  the  material  world,  and  the  principles  which 
concur  to  produce  its  diversified  phenomena ;  it  is  apparent,  at 
first  view,  that  an  immense  number  and  variety  of  experiments  are 
indispensably  requisite  for  accomplishing  such  objects ;  and, 
consequently,  that  its  progress  towards  perfection  cannot  be 
accelerated  unless  multitudes  of  experimenters  concur  in  ob- 
serving the  phenomena  of  nature,  and  the  processes  of  the  arts, 
in  instituting  analytical  experiments,  and  in  prosecuting  every 
inquiry  which  has  a  tendency  to  promote  its  improvement.  It 
is  chiefly  in  consequence  of  the 'increased  number  of  its  cultivators 
that  this  science  has  risen  to  the  distinguished  rank  it  now  holds 
among  the  useful  departments  of  human  knowledge,  and  that  so 


ON    THE    PROMOTION    OF    SCIENCE.  77 


Discarded  Theories. 


many  brilliant  discoveries  have  rewarded  the  investigations  of  its 
votaries.  Wrenched  from  the  grasp  of  empirics  and  alchymists, 
and  no  longer  confined  to  the  paltry  object  of  searching  for  the  phi- 
losopher's stone,  it  extends  its  range  over  every  object  in  the  ma- 
terial world,  and  sheds  its  influence  over  all  the  other  departments 
of  physical  science ;  and  as  its  votaries  increase  in  numbers  and 
in  perseverance  it  will  doubtless  bring  to  light  scenes  and  disco- 
veries still  more  interesting  and  brilliant  than  those  which  have 
hitherto  been  disclosed.  Illustrations  of  the  same  description 
might  also  have  been  taken  from  optics,  electricity,  magnetism, 
galvanism,  pneumatics,  and  other  departments  of  natural  science ; 
but  having  protracted  this  section  to  a  disproportionate  length,  the 
instances  already  stated  will,  I  presume,  be  sufficient  to  prove  the 
truth  of  the  position,  "  that  a  general  diffusion  of  knowledge  would 
have  a  powerful  influence  on  the  progress  of  science ." 

From  the  few  hints  now  given,  and  from  many  others  that  might 
have  been  suggested,  had  my  limits  permitted,  it  will  appear,  that 
much  still  remains  to  be  accomplished  till  any  science,  even  those 
which  are  farthest  advanced,  arrive  at  perfection.  The  reason  is 
obvious  ;  the  scene  of  universal  nature  has  never  yet  been  thorough- 
ly surveyed,  and  never  will  be,  till  the  eyes  and  the  intellects  of 
millions  be  fixed  in  the  contemplation  of  its  multifarious  and  diver- 
sified objects  and  relations.  Till  the  universe,  in  all  its  aspects, 
so  far  as  it  lies  within  the  range  of  human  inspection,  be  more 
particularly  explored,  clouds  and  darkness  will  continue  to  rest 
on  many  interesting  departments  of  knowledge,  and  many  of 
our  most  specious  theories  in  the  sciences  must  be  considered  as 
reposing  on  slender  and  unstable  foundations.  Prior  to  the  in- 
troduction of  the  inductive  method  of  philosophizing,  men  of 
science  were  extremely  prone  to  the  framing  of  hypotheses,  before 
they  had  attentively  surveyed  and  collected  the  requisite  facts, 
and  when  only  a  few  scattered  fragments  of  nature  were  present 
to  their  view.  Theory  was  reared  upon  theory,  and  system  upon 
system ;  each  of  them  obtained  its  admirers  and  its  period  of  ap- 
plause, but,  in  consequence  of  modern  researches,  they  have  now 
passed  away  like  a  dream  or  a  vision  of  the  night.  The  crystal- 
line spheres  with  which  Ptolemy  had  enclosed  the  heavens  are 
now  dashed  to  pieces  ;  the  vortices  of  Des  Cartes  have  long  since 
ceased  their  whirling ;  the  terraqueous  globe  which  Tycho  had 
fixed  in  the  centre  of  the  universe  is  now  set  in  rapid  motion 
through  the  heavens,  in  company  with  the  planetary  orbs ;  and 
the  abyss  of  water  with  which  Burnet  had  filled  the  internal  cavity 
of  the  earth  is  now  converted  into  amass  denser  than  the  solid 
rock.  The  Terror  Australis  Incognito,  which  served  as  a  prop 
7* 


78  OX    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 

Complexity  of  Nature. 

to  certain  theories  has  completely  evanished)  and  is  now  transform- 
ed into  a  dreary  mass  of  water  and  ice.  The  subtile  ether,  which 
formerly  accounted  for  so  many  phenomena,  is  now  evaporated 
into  electricity  and  heat.  Winston's  idea  of  the  cometary  origin 
of  our  globe]  and  BurTon's  fancy  of  the  earth's  being  a  splinter 
struck  from  the  body  of  the  sun,  are  fast  sinking  into  oblivion ; 
and  such  will  be  the  fate  of  every  theory,  however  specious,  which 
is  not  founded  on  the  broad  basis  of  inductive  evidence. 

Even  in  the  present  day,  there  is  still  too  great  a  propensity  to 
generalize,  without  submitting  to  the  trouble  of  observing  phe- 
nomena, and  noting   their  various   modifications  and  attendant 
circumstances.     The  human  mind  is  impatient,  and  attempts  to 
reach  the  goal  by  the  shortest  and  most  rapid  course,  while  obser- 
vation and  experiment  are  tedious  and  slow.     Instead  of  survey- 
ing the  material  world  with  his  own  eyes,  and  investigating,  by 
observation  and  experiment,  its  principles  and  laws,  the  man  of 
genius  frequently  shuts  himself  up  in  his  closet,  and  from  a  few 
scattered  fragments  of  nature,  constructs,  in  his  imagination,  a 
splendid  theory,  which  makes  a  noise  and  ablaze  for  a  little,  like 
an  unsubstantial  meteor,  and  then  evanishes  into  air.     The  sys- 
tem of  nature,  though  directed  in  its  general  movements  by  a  few 
simple  laws,  is  too  grand  and  extensive,  and  too  complex  in  many  of 
its  parts,  to  be  grasped  by  a  few  individuals,  after  a  cursory  survey; 
and,  therefore,  to  attemptto  comprehend  its  multifarious  revolutions, 
phenomena  and  objects  within  the  range  of  theories  founded  on  a 
partial  view  of  some  of  its  detached  parts,  is  not  only  an  evidence 
of  presumption  and  folly,  but  tends  to  damp  our  ardour  in  prosecu- 
ting the  only  sure  path  which  leads  to  discovery,  and  to  frustrate 
what  appears  to  be  one  of  the  designs  of  the  Creator,  namely,  to 
grant  to  the  intelligent  inhabitants  of  our  globe  a  gradual  display 
of  his  stupendous  plans  in  the  universe  as  the  reicard  of  their  in- 
cessant and  unwearied  contemplation  of  his  ivondrous  ivorks. 

Were  the  period  arrived  (and  of  its  arrival  I  entertain  no  doubt, 
from  the  present  movements  of  the  human  mind)  when  the  ma- 
jority of  mankind  shall  devote  a  portion  of  their  time  and  attention 
to  the  purposes  of  science,  and  to  the  contemplation  of  nature — 
then  the  different  tastes  of  individuals,  and  the  various  situations 
in  which  they  may  be  placed,  would  lead  them  to  cultivate  more 
particularly  the  science  most  congenial  to  their  minds  ;  and  were 
distinct  departments  of  the  same  science  marked  out  for  distinct 
classes  of  individuals,  as  the  more  immediate  field  of  their  inves- 
t  gation,  on  the  principle  of  the  division  of  labour,  every  leading 
principle  and  fact  in  relation  to  that  science  would  soon  be  detect- 
ed and  illustrated  in  all  its  practical  bearings.     Even  as  matters 


ON    THE    PROMOTION    OF    SCIENCE.  79 

Humboldt's  Observations. 


presently  stand,  were  the  whole  literary  and  scientific  world  to 
form  itself  into  one  great  republic,  and  to  allot  the  several  branches 
of  every  department  of  knowledge  to  the  different  classes  of  such 
a  community,  according  to  their  respective  tastes  and  pursuits, 
as  the  object  of  their  more  particular  attention,  it  might  be  fol- 
lowed by  many  interesting  results,  and  important  discoveries  and 
improvements.     But  we  live  in  too  early  a  period  in  the  history  of 
science  to  expect  a  general  interest  to  be  taken  in  such  objects ; 
we  are  but  just  emerging  from  the  gloom  of  ignorance  and  super- 
stition ;  the  great  body  of  mankind  still  suffer  their  faculties  to  lie 
in  a  state  of  languor  and  inactivity,  and  those  who  are  more  vigor- 
ous and  alert  are  too  much  engrossed  in  commercial  speculations, 
in  grasping  at  power  and  opulence,  and  in  the  indulgence  of  sen- 
sual gratifications,  to  think  of  attending  to  the  interests  of  science 
and  the  progress  of  the  human  mind.     Much,  however,  might  be 
accomplished  in  this  respect,  with  ease  and  pleasure,  by  various 
classes  of  society,  and  without  interfering  with  their  ordinary  avo- 
cations, were  their  minds  inclined  and  their  attention  directed  to 
such  pursuits.     Sailors,  in  crossing  the  Atlantic,  the  Pacific,  and 
the  Indian  oceans,  have  frequently  excellent  opportunities  of  ob- 
serving the  phenomena  of  the  waters,  the  atmosphere,  and  the 
heavens,  peculiar  to  the  climates  through  which  they  pass  :  and 
were  the  facts  presented  to  their  view  observed  with  care,  classifi- 
ed, and  recorded,  they  might,  in  many  instances,  contribute  to  the 
advancement  of  science.     But  thousands  of  such  persons  can  sail 
twice  "from  Indus  to  the  frozen  pole,  as  ignorant  as  their  log,  and 
as  stubborn  as  their  compass,"  without  importing  one  intellectual 
acquisition.    The  observations  made  during  a  single  voyage  across 
the  Atlantic,  by  a  single  observer,  M.  Humboldt,  on  the  aspect 
of  the  Antarctic  region  of  the  heavens — the  peculiar  azure  of  the 
African  sky — the  luminous  meteors  of  the  atmosphere — the  tides, 
the  currents  and  the  different  colours  of  the  ocean,  and  other  phe- 
nomena which  happened  to  present  themselves  to  his  view — are  of 
more  value  to  the  scientific  world  than  the  observations  often  thou- 
sands of  other  beings  who,  for  a  series  of  years,  have  traversed  the 
same  regions.    Yet  these  possessed,  on  an  average,  the  same  sen- 
tient organs,  the  same  intellectual  powers,  though  somewhat  dif- 
ferently modified  and  directed,  the  same  natural  capacities  for  ob- 
servation as  this  distinguished  philosopher,  which  required  only 
an  impulse  to  be  given  in  a  certain  direction,  in  order  to  accom- 
plish the  same  ends.     And  was  Humboldt  more  burdened  and 
perplexed,  or  did  he  feel  less  comfortable  and  happy,  than  his  ig- 
norant and  grovelling  associates  in  the  ship  that  wafted  them 
across  the  ocean  ?     No.     He  felt  emotions  of  delight  and  intel- 


SO  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


How  to  advance  the  Cause  of  Science. 


lectual  enjoyments  to  which  they  were  utter  strangers.     While 
they  were  lolling  on  their  hammocks,  or  loitering  upon  deck,  view- 
ing every  object  with  a  "brute  unconscious  gaze,"  and  finding  no 
enjoyment  but  in  a  glass  of  grog, — a  train  of  interesting  reflections, 
having  a  relation  to  the  past,  the  present,  and  the  future,  passed 
through  the  mind  of  this  philosopher.    He  felt  those  exquisite  emo- 
tions which  arise  from  a  perception  of  the  beautiful  and  the  sub- 
lime, he  looked  forward  to  the  advancement  of  natural  science  as 
the  result  of  his  observations,  and  beheld  a  display  of  the  wisdom 
and  grandeur  of  the  Almighty  in  the  diversified    scenes   through 
which  he  passed.   Such  observations  and  mental  employments  as 
those  to  which  I  allude,  so  far  from  distracting  the  mind,  and  un- 
fitting it  for  the  performance  of  official  duties,  would  tend  to  prevent 
that  languor  and  ennui  which  result  from  mental  inactivity,  and 
would  afford  a  source  of  intellectual  enjoyment  amid  the  uniform- 
ity of  scene  which  is  frequently  presented  in  the  midst  of  the  ocean. 
From  the  whole  that  has  been  now  stated  on  this  subject  it  ap- 
pears, that  in  order  to  make  science  advance  with  accelerated  steps, 
and  to  multiply  the  sources  of  mental  enjoyment,  wre  have  only  to 
set  the  machinery  of  the  human  mind  (at  present  in  a  quiescent 
state)  in  motion,  and  to  direct  it  movements  to  those  objects  which 
are  congenial  to  its  native  dignity  and  its  high  destination.     The 
capacity  of  the  bulk  of  mankind  for  learning  mechanical  employ- 
ments and  for  contriving  and  executing  plans  of  human  destruc- 
tion, proves  that  they  are  competent  to  make  all  the  researches 
requisite  for  the  improvement  of  science.      The  same  mental 
energies  now  exerted  in  mechanical  labour,  and  in  the  arts  of 
mischief,  if  properly  directed,  and  acting  in  unison,  and  accom- 
panied with  a  spirit  of  perseverance,  would  accomplish  many  grand 
and  beneficent  effects,  in  relation  both  to  the  physical  and  moral 
world,  and  would  amply  compensate  the  occasional  want  of  ex- 
traordinary degrees  of  mental  vigour.      Were  only  a  hundred 
millions  of  eyes  and  of  intellects  (or  the  tenth  part  of  the  popula- 
tion of  our  globe)  occasionally  fixed  on  all  the  diversified  aspects, 
motions,  and  relations  of  universal  nature,  it  could  not  fail  of  be- 
ing followed  by  the  most  noble  and  interesting  results,  not  only 
in  relation  to  science,  but  to  social  and  moral  order,  and  to  the 
general  melioration  of  mankind.     Were  this  supposition  realized, 
our  travellers,  merchants  and  mariners,  along  with  the  produce 
of  foreign  lands,  might  regularly  import,  without  the  least  injury 
to  their  commercial  interests,  interesting  facts,  both  physical  and 
moral,  scientific  observations,  chemical  experiments,  and  various 
oth(;r  fragments  of  useful  information  for  rearing  the  Temple  of 
Science,  and  extending  the  boundaries  of  human  knowledge. 


PLEASURES    CONNECTED    WITH    SCIENCE.  81 


Intellectual  Pleasures. 


SECTION  IV. 

On  the  Pleasures  and  Enjoijments  connected  ivith  the  Pursuits  of 

Science, 

Man  is  a  compound  being ;  his  nature  consists  of  two  essential 
parts,  body  and  mind.  Each  of  these  parts  of  the  human  constitu- 
tion has  its  peculiar  uses,  and  is  susceptible  of  peculiar  gratifica- 
tions. The  body  is  furnished  with  external  senses,  which  are  both 
the  sources  of  pleasure  and  the  inlets  of  knowledge  ;  and  the  Crea- 
tor has  furnished  the  universe  with  objects  fitted  for  their  exercise 
and  gratification.  While  these  pleasures  are  directed  by  the  dictates 
of  reason,  and  confined  within  the  limits  prescribed  by  the  Divine 
law,  they  are  so  far  from  being  unlawful,  that  in  the  enjoyment  of 
them  we  fulfil  one  of  the  purposes  for  which  our  Creator  brought 
us  into  existence.  But  the  pursuit  of  sensitive  pleasures  is  not 
the  ultimate  end  of  our  being ;  we  enjoy  such  gratifications  in 
common  with  the  inferior  animals  ;  and  in  so  far  as  we  rest  in  them 
as  our  chief  good,  we  pour  contempt  on  our  intellectual  nature,  and 
degrade  ourselves  nearly  to  the  level  of  the  beasts  that  perish. 

Man  is  endowed  with  intellectual  powers,  as  well  as  with  organs 
of  sensation, — with  faculties  of  a  higher  order,  and  which  admit 
of  more  varied  and  sublime  gratifications  than  those  which  the 
senses  can  produce.  By  these  faculties  we  are  chiefly  distin- 
guished from  the  lower  orders  of  animated  existence  ;  in  the  pro- 
per exercise  and  direction  of  them,  we  experience  the  highest  and 
most  refined  enjoyments  of  which  our  nature  is  susceptible,  and 
are  gradually  prepared  for  the  employments  of  that  immortal  exis- 
tence to  which  we  are  destined.  The  corporeal  senses  were  be- 
stowed chiefly  in  subserviency  to  the  powers  of  intellect,  and  to 
supply  materials  for  thought  and  contemplation  ;  and  the  pleasures 
peculiar  to  our  intellectual  nature,  rise  as  high  above  mere  sensitive 
enjoyments,  as  the  rank  of  man  stands  in  the  scale  of  existence 
above  that  of  the  fowls  of  the  air,  or  the  beasts  of  the  forest.  Such 
pleasures  are  pure  and  refined  ;  they  are  congenial  to  the  character 
of  a  rational  being  ;  they  are  more  permanent  than  mere  sensitive 
enjoyments  ;  they  can  be  enjoyed  when  worldly  comforts  are  with- 
drawn, and  when  sensual  gratifications  can  afford  no  delight ;  they 
afford  solace  in  the  hours  of  retirement  from  the  bustle  o{  business, 
and  consolation  amid  the  calamities  and  afflictions  to  which  hu- 
manity is  exposed  ;  and  the  more  we  acquire  a  relish  for  such  plea- 
sures, the  better  shall  we  be  prepared  for  associating  with  intelli- 
gences of  a  higher  order  in  the  future  world. 


82  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Description  of  an  unenlightened  Mind. 


Before  proceeding  to  the  more  particular  illustration  of  this 
topic,  let  us  consider  the  state  and   the   enjoyments  of  the  man 
whose  mind  is  shrouded  in  ignorance.     He  grows  up  to  manhood 
like  a  vegetable,  or  like  one  of  the  lower  animals  that  are  fed  and 
nourished  for  the  slaughter.     He    exerts   his   physical   powers 
because  such  exertion  is  necessary  for  his  subsistence  ;   were  it 
otherwise,  we  should  most  frequently  find  him  dozing  over  the 
fire,  or  basking  in  the  sun,  with  a  gaze  as  dull  and  stupid  as  his  ox, 
regardless  of  every  thing  but  the  gratification  of  his  appetites.  He 
has  perhaps  been  taught  the  art  of  reading,  but  has  never  applied 
it  to  the  acquisition  of  knowledge.     His  views  are  chiefly  con- 
fined to  the  objects  immediately   around  him,  and  to  the  daily 
avocations  in  which  he  is  employed.    His  knowledge  of  society  is 
circumscribed  within  the  limits  of  his  parish,  and  his  views  of 
the  world  in  which  he  dwells  are  confined  within  the  range  of  the 
country   in  which  he  resides,  or  of  the   blue  hills  which  skirt 
his  horizon.     Of  the  aspect  of  the  globe  in  other  countries — 
of  the  various  tribes  with  which  they  are  peopled — of  the  seas 
and  rivers,  continents  and  islands  which  diversify  the  landscape 
of  the  earth — of  the  numerous  orders  of  animated  beings  which 
people  the  ocean,  the  atmosphere,  and  the  land, — of  the  revo- 
lutions of  nations,  and  the   events  which  have  taken  place  in 
the  history  of  the  world,  he  has  almost  as  little  conception  as  the 
animals  that  range  the  forest,  or  bound  through  the  lawns.     In 
regard  to  the  boundless  regions  that  lie  beyond  him  in  the  firma- 
ment, and  the  bodies  that  roll  there  in  magnificent  grandeur,  he 
has  the  most  confused  and  inaccurate  ideas ;  and  he  seldom  troubles 
himself  with  inquiries  in  relation  to  such  subjects.     Whether  the 
stars  be  great  or  small,  whether  they  be  near  us  or  at  a  distance, 
or  whether  they  move  or  stand  still,  is  to  him  a  matter  of  trivial 
importance.     If  the  sun  give  him  light  by  day,  and  the  moon  by 
night,  and  the  clouds  distil  their  watery  treasures  upon  his  parched 
fields,  he  is  contented,  and  leaves  all  such  inquiries  and  investiga- 
tions to  those  who  have  little  else  to  engage  their  attention.     He 
views  the  canopy  of  heaven  as  merely  a  ceiling  to  our  earthly 
habitation,  and  the  starry  orbs  as  only  so  many  luminous  studs  or  ta- 
pers to  diversify  its  aspect,  and  to  afford  a  glimmering  light  to  the 
benighted  traveller.     Of  the  discoveries  which  have  been  made  in 
the  physical  sciences  in  ages  past,  of  the  wonders  of  creation  which 
they  have  unfolded  to  view,  of  the  instruments  which  have  been 
invented  for  exploring  the  universe,  and  of  the  improvements 
which  are  now  going  forward  in  every  department  of  science  and 
art,  and  the  prospects  they  are  opening  to  our  view,  he  is  almost 
as  entirely  ignorant  as  if  he  had  been  fixed  under  the  frozen  pole, 


Pleasures  connected  with  science.  83 


Description  of  an  unenlightened  Mind. 


or  chained  to  the  surface  of  a  distant  planet.  He  considers  learn- 
ing as  consisting  chiefly  in  the  knowledge  of  grammar,  Greek, 
and  Latin  ;  and  philosophy  and  astronomy  as  the  arts  of  telling 
fortunes  and  predicting  the  state  of  the  weather ;  and  experimen- 
tal chemistry,  as  allied  to  the  arts  of  magic  and  necromancy.  He 
has  no  idea  of  the  manner  in  which  the  understanding  may  be  en- 
lightened and  expanded,  he  has  no  relish  for  intellectual  pursuits, 
and  no  conception  of  the  pleasures  they  afford  ;  and  he  sets  no 
value  on  knowledge  but  in  so  far  as  it  may  tend  to  increase  his 
riches  and  his  sensual  gratifications.  He  has  no  desire  for  making 
improvements  in  his  trade  or  domestic  arrangements,  and  gives 
no  countenance  to  those  useful  inventions  and  public  improve- 
ments which  are  devised  by  others.  He  sets  himself  against 
every  innovation,  whether  religious,  political,  mechanical,  or  agri- 
cultural, and  is  determined  to  abide  by  the  "  good  old  customs" 
of  his  forefathers,  however  irrational  and  absurd.  Were  it  depen- 
dent upon  him,  the  moral  world  would  stand  still,  as  the  material 
world  was  supposed  to  do  in  former  times  ;  all  useful  inventions 
and  improvements  would  cease,  existing  evils  would  never  be  re- 
medied, ignorance  and  superstition  would  universally  prevail,  the 
human  mind  would  be  arrested  in  its  progress  to  perfection,  and 
man  would  never  arrive  at  the  true  dignity  of  his  intellectual  nature. 
It  is  evident  that  such  an  individual  (and  the  world  contains 
thousands  and  millions  of  such  characters)  can  never  have  his 
mind  elevated  to  those  sublime  objects  and  contemplations  which 
enrapture  the  man  of  science,  nor  feel  those  pure  and  exquisite 
pleasures  which  cultivated  minds  so  frequently  experience ;  nor 
can  he  form  those  lofty  and  expansive  ideas  of  the  Deity  which 
the  grandeur  and  magnificence  of  his  works  are  calculated  to 
inspire.  He  is  left  as  a  prey  to  all  those  foolish  notions  and  vain 
alarms  which  are  engendered  by  ignorance  and  superstition  ;  and 
he  swallows,  without  the  least  hesitation,  all  the  absurdities  and 
childish  tales  respecting  witches,  hobgoblins,  spectres,  and  ap- 
paritions, which  have  been  handed  down  to  him  by  his  forefa- 
thers in  former  generations.  And  while  he  thus  gorges  his  mind 
with  fooleries  and  absurdities,  he  spurns  at  the  discoveries  of 
science,  as  impositions  on  the  credulity  of  mankind,  and  contrary 
to  reason  and  common  sense.  That  the  sun  is  a  million  of  times 
larger  than  the  earth,  that  light  flies  from  his  body  at  the  rate  of 
two  hundred  thousand  miles  in  a  moment  of  time,  and  that  the 
earth  is  whirling  round  its  axis  from  day  to  day,  with  a  velocity  of 
a  thousand  miles  every  hour,  are  regarded  by  him  as  notions  far 
more  improbable  and  extravagant  than  the  story  of  the  M  Won- 


84  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Description  of  an  enlightened  Mind. 


derful  Lamp,"  and  all  the  other  tales  of  the  "Arabian  Nights' 
Entertainments."  In  his  hours  of  leisure  from  his  daily  avoca- 
tions his  thoughts  either  run  wild  among  the  most  grovelling 
objects,  or  sink  into  sensuality  or  inanity,  and  solitude  and  retire- 
ment  present  no  charms  to  his  vacant  mind.  While  human 
beino-s  are  thus  immersed  in  ignorance,  destitute  of  rational  ideas, 
aad  of  a  solid  substratum  of  thought,  they  can  never  experience 
those  pleasures  and  enjoyments  which  flow  from  the  exercise  of 
the  understanding,  and  which  correspond  to  the  dignity  of  a  ra- 
tional and  immortal  nature.  •  ....      ,.  .    ,     ...., 

On  the  other  hand,  the  man  whose  mind  is  irradiated  with  the 
lio-htof  substantial  science  has  views,  and  feelings,  and  exquisite 
eniovments  to  which  the  former  is  an  entire  stranger.     In  conse- 
nuence  of  the  numerous  and  multifarious  ideas  he  has  acquired, 
he  is  introduced,  as  it  were,  into  a  new  world,  where  he  is  enter- 
tained with  scenes,  objects,  and  movements,  of  which  a  mind 
enveloped  in  ignorance  can  form  no  conception.     He  can  trace 
back  the  stream  of  time  to  its  commencement;  and,  gliding  along 
its  downward  course,  can  survey  the  most  memorable  events 
which  have   happened   in   every  part  of  its  progress  from   the 
primeval  ages  to  the  present  day-the  rise  of  empires,  the  fall  of 
kinss  the  revolutions  of  nations,  the  battles  of  warriors,  and  the 
important  events  which  have  followed  in  their  train-the  progress 
of  civilization,  and  of  arts  and  sciences-the  judgments  which 
have  been  inflicted  on  wicked  nations-the  dawmngs  of  Divine 
mercv  towards  our  fallen  race— the  manifestation  of  the  Son  of 
God  in  our  nature— the  physical  changes  and  revolutions  which 
have  taken  place  in  the  constitution  of  our  globe-m  short,  the 
whole  of  the  leading  events  in  the  chain  of  Divine  dispensation 
from  the  beginning  of  the  world  to  the  period  in  which  we  live 
With  his  mental  eye  he  can  survey  the  terraqueous  globe  in  al 
its  variety  of  aspects;  contemplate  the  continents,  islands,  and 
oceans  which  compose  its  exterior,  the  numerous  rivers  by  which 
it  is  indented,  the  lofty  ranges  of  mountains  which  diversity  its 
surface,  its  winding  caverns,  its  forests,  lakes,  sandy  deserts,  ice 
islands,  whirlpools,  boiling  springs,  glaciers,  sulphuric  mountains 
bituminous  lakes,  and  the  states  and  empires  into  which  it  is  dis 
tributed,  the  tides  and  currents  of  the  ocean,  the  icebergs  of  th< 
nolar  recions,  and  the  verdant  scenes  of  the  torrid  zone.     He  cai 
climb  in  imagination,  to  the  summit  of  the  flaming  volcano,  lis 
ten  to  its  subterraneous  bellowings,  behold  its  lava  bursting  fror 
its  mouth  and  rolling  down  its  sides  like  a  flaming  nver-descen 
into  the  subterranean  grotto— survey,  from  the  top  of  the  Andes 


PLEASURES    CONNECTED    WITH    SCIENCE.  85 


Description  of  an  enlightened  Mind. 


the  lio-htninsfs  flashing  and  the  thunders  rolling  far  beneath  him — 
stand  on  the  brink  of  the  dashing  cataract  and  listen  to  its  roar- 
ingS — contemplate  the  ocean  rearing  its  billows  in  a  storm,  and 
the  hurricane  and  tornado  tearing  up  forests  by  their  roots,  and 
tossing  them  about  as  stubble.  Sitting  at  his  fireside,  during  the 
blasts  o{  winter,  he  can  survey  the  numerous  tribes  of  mankind 
scattered  over  the  various  climates  of  the  earth,  and  entertain 
himself  with  views  of  their  manners,  customs,  religion,  laws,  trade, 
manufactures,  marriage  ceremonies,  civil  and  ecclesiastical  go- 
vernments, arts,  sciences,  cities,  towns  and  villages,  and  the  ani- 
mals peculiar  to  every  region.  In  his  rural  walks  he  cannot  only 
appreciate  the  beneficence  of  Nature,  and  the  beauties  and  har- 
monies of  the  vegetable  kingdom,  in  their  exterior  aspect,  but  can 
also  penetrate  into  the  hidden  processes  which  are  going  on  in  the 
roots,  trunks,  and  leaves  of  plants  and  flowers,  and  contemplate 
the  numerous  vessels  through  which  the  sap  is  flowing  from  their 
roots  through  the  trunks  and  branches,  the  millions  of  pores 
through  which  their  odoriferous  effluvia  exhale,  their  fine  and 
delicate  texture,  their  microscopical  beauties,  their  orders,  genera, 
and  species,  and  their  uses  in  the  economy  of  nature. 

With  the  help  of  his  microscope,  he  can  enter  into  a  world  un- 
known to  the  ignorant,  and  altogether  invisible  to  the  unassisted 
eve.     In  every  plant  and  flower  which  adorns  the  field,  in  every 
leaf  of  the  forest,  in  the  seeds,  prickles,  and  down  of  all  vegetables, 
he  perceives  beauties  and  harmonies,  and  exquisite  contrivances, 
hich,  without  this  instrument,  he  could  have  formed  no  concep- 
tion.    In  every  scale  of  a  haddock  he  perceives  a  beautiful  piece 
of  net-work,  admirably  contrived  and  arranged,  and  in  the  scale 
of  a  sole  a  still  more  diversified  structure,  which  no  art  could  imi- 
.  terminated  with  pointed  spikes,  and  formed  with  admirable 
laritv.     Where  nothing  but  a  speck  of  mouldiness  appears  to 
naked  eve.  he  beholds  a  forest  of  mushrooms  with  long  stalks, 
with  leaves  and  blossoms  distinctly  visible.     In  the  eyes  of 
a  common  fly, where  others  can  see  only  two  small  protuberances, 
he  perceives  several  thousands  of  beautiful  transparent  globes, 
uisitely  rounded  and  polished,  placed  with  the  utmost  regu- 
lantv  in  rows  )i  other  like  a  kind  of  lattice-work,  and 

forming  the  most  admirable  piece  of  mechanism  which  the  eye  can 
contemplate.  The  small  dust  that  covers  the  wings  of  moths 
and  butterflies  he  perceives  to  consist  of  an  infinite  multitude 
of  feathers  of  various  forms,  not  much  unlike  the  feathers  of 
birds,  and  adorned  with  the  most  bright  and  vivid  colours.  In  an 
animal  so  small  that  the  naked  eye  can  scarcely  distinguish  it  as 
a  visible  point,  he  perceives  a  head,  mouth,  eyes,  legs,  joints,  bris- 
S 


86  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 

Description  of  and  enlightened  Mind. 


ties,  hair,  and  other  animal  parts  and  functions,  as  nicely  formed 
and  adjusted,  and  endowed  with  as  much  vivacity,  agility  and  intel- 
ligence, as  the  larger  animals.  In  the  tail  of  a  small  fish,  or  the 
foot  of  a  frog,  he  can  perceive  the  variegated  branchings  of  the 
veins  and  arteries,  and  the  blood  circulating  through  them  with 
amazing  velocity.  In  a  drop  of  stagnant  water  he  perceives  thou- 
sands of  living  beings,  of  various  shapes  and  sizes,  beautifully 
formed,  and  swimming  with  wanton  vivacity  like  fishes  in  the 
midst  of  the  ocean.  In  short,  by  this  instrument  he  perceives  that 
the  whole  earth  is  full  of  animation,  and  that  there  is  not  a  single 
tree,  plant,  or  flower,  and  scarcely  a  drop  of  water,  that  is  not  teem- 
ing with  life,  and  peopled  with  its  peculiar  inhabitants.  He  thus 
enters,  as  it  were,  into  a  new  world,  invisible  to  other  eyes,  where 
every  object  in  the  animal,  vegetable,  and  mineral  kingdoms,  pre- 
sents a  new  and  interesting  aspect,  and  unfolds  beauties,  harmo- 
nies, contrasts,  and  exquisite  contrivances,  altogether  inconceivable 
by  the  ignorant  and  unreflecting  mind. 

In  the  invisible  atmosphere  which  surrounds  him,  where  other 
minds  discern  nothing  but  an  immense  blank,  he  beholds  an  as- 
semblage  of  wonders,  and  a  striking  scene  of  Divine  Wisdom  and 
Omnipotence.     He  views  this  invisible  agent  not  only  as  a  mate- 
rial but  as  a  compound  substance — compounded  of  two  opposite 
principles,  the  one  the  source  of  flame  and  animal  life,  and  the 
other  destructive  to  both,  and  producing  by  their  different  combi- 
nations, the  most  diversified  and  beneficent  effects.     He  perceives 
the  atmosphere,  as  the  agent  under  the  Almighty,  which  produces 
the  germination  and  growth  of  plants,  and  all  the  beauties  of  the 
vegetable  creation — which  preserves  water  in  a  liquid  state — sup- 
ports fire  and  flame,  and  produces  animal  heat,  which  sustains  the 
clouds,  and  gives  buoyancy  to  the  feathered  tribes — which  is  the 
cause  of  winds — the  vehicle  of  smells — the  medium  of  sounds — 
the  source  of  all  the  pleasures  we  derive  from  the  harmonies  of 
music — the  cause  of  that  universal  light  and  splendour  which  is 
diffused  around  us,  and  of  the  advantages  we  derive  from  the  morn- 
ing and  evening  twilight.    In  short,  he  contemplates  it  as  the  prime 
mover  in  a  variety  of  machines,  as  impelling  ships  across  the  ocean, 
blowing  our  furnaces,  grinding  our  corn,  raising  water  from  the 
deepest  pits,  extinguishing  fires,  setting  power-looms  in  motion, 
propelling  steamboats  along  rivers  and  canals,  raising  balloons  to 
the  region  of  the  clouds,  and  performing  a  thousand  other  bene- 
ficent agencies  without  which  our  globe  would  cease  to  be  a  habi- 
table  world.     All  which  views  and  contemplations  have  an  evident 
tendency  to  enlarge  the  capacity  of  the  mind,  to  stimulate  its  facul- 
ties, and  to  produce  rational  enjoyment. 


PLEASURES    CONNECTED    WITH    SCIENCE.        i  87 

Description  of  an  enlightened  Mind. 


Again, — the  man  of  knowledge,  even  when  shrouded  in  dark- 
ness, and  in  solitude,  where  other  minds  could  find  no  enjoyment, 
can  entertain  himself  with  the  most  sublime  contemplations.  He 
can  trace  the  huge  globe  on  which  we  stand  flying  through  the 
depths  of  space,  carrying  along  with  it  its  vast  population,  at  the 
rate  of  sixty  thousand  miles  every  hour,  and,  by  the  inclination  of 
its  axis,  bringing  about  the  alternate  succession  of  summer  and 
winter,  spring  and  harvest.  By  the  aid  of  his  telescope  he  can 
transport  himself  towards  the  moon,  and  survey  the  circular  plains, 
the  deep  caverns,  the  conical  hills,  the  lofty  peaks,  the  shadows  of 
the  hills  and  vales,  and  the  rugged  and  romantic  mountain  scenery 
which  diversify  the  surface  of  this  orb  of  night.  By  the  help  of 
the  same  instrument  he  can  range  through  the  planetary  system, 
Ming  his  way  through  the  regions  of  space  along  with  the  swiftest 
orbs,  and  trace  many  of  the  physical  aspects  and  revolutions  which 
have  a  relation  to  distant  worlds.  He  can  transport  himself  to  the 
planet  Saturn,  and  behold  a  stupendous  ring,  600,000  miles  in  cir- 
cumference, revolving  in  majestic  grandeur  every  ten  hours  around 
a  globe  nine  hundred  times  larger  than  the  earth,  while  seveu 
moons,  larger  than  ours,  along  with  an  innumerable  host  of  stars, 
display  their  radiance,  to  adorn  the  firmament  of  that  magnifi- 
cent world.  He  can  wing  his  flight  to  the  still  more  distant  regions 
of  the  universe,  leaving  the  sun  and  all  his  planets  behind  him,  till 
they  appear  like  a  scarcely  discernible  speck  in  creation,  and  con- 
template thousands  and  millions  of  stars  and  starry  systems,  beyond 
the  range  of  the  unassisted  eye,  and  wander  among  suns  and 
worlds  dispersed  throughout  the  boundless  dimensions  of  space* 
He  can  fill  up,  in  his  imagination,  those  blanks  which  astronomy 
has  never  directly  explored,  and  conceive  thousands  of  systems 
and  ten  thousands  of  worlds,  beyond  all  that  is  visible  by  the  optic 
tube,  stretching  out  to  infinity  on  every  hand, — new  creations  in- 
cessantly starting  into  existence — peopled  with  intelligences  of 
various  orders,  and  all  under  the  superintendence  and  govern- 
ment of  the  "King  Eternal,  Immortal,  and  Invisible,"  whose 
power  is  omnipotent,  and  the  limits  of  his  dominions  past  finding 
out. 

It  is  evident  that  a  mind  capable  of  such  excursions  and  con- 
templations as  I  have  now  supposed,  must  experience  enjoyments 
infinitely  superior  to  those  of  the  individual  whose  soul  is  envelo- 
ped in  intellectual  darkness.  If  substantial  happiness  is  chiefly 
seated  in  the  mind,  if  it  consists  in  the  vigorous  exercise  of  its 
faculties,  if  it  depends  on  the  multiplicity  of  objects  which  lie  with- 
in the  range  of  its  contemplation,  if  it  is  augmented  by  the  view 
of  scenes  of  beauty  and  sublimity,  and  displays  of  infinite  intelli- 


8S  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Intellectual  Gratifications. 


gence  and  power,  if  it  is  connected  with  tranquillity  of  mind,  which 
generally  accompanies  intellectual  pursuits,  and  with  the  subjuga- 
tion of  the  pleasures  of  sense  to  the  dictates  of  reason — the  en- 
lightened mind  must  enjoy  gratifications  as  far  superior  to  those 
of  the  ignorant,  as  man  is  superior  in  station  and  capacity  to  the 
worms  of  the  dust. 

In  order  to  illustrate  this  topic  a  little  farther,  I  shall  select  a 
few  facts  and  deductions  in  relation  to  science  which  demon- 
strate the  interesting  nature  and  delightful  tendency  of  scientific 
pursuits. 

Every  species  of  rational  information  has  a  tendency  to  produce 
pleasing  emotions.  There  is  a  certain  gratification  in  becoming 
acquainted  with  objects  and  operations  of  which  we  were  formerly 
ignorant,  and  that,  too,  altogether  independent  of  the  practical 
tendency  of  such  knowledge,  of  the  advantages  we  may  expect 
to  reap  from  it,  or  the  sensitive  enjoyments  with  which  it  may  be 
accompanied.  A  taste  for  knowledge,  a  capacity  to  acquire  it, 
and  a  pleasure  accompanying  its  acquisition,  form  a  part  of  the 
constitution  of  every  mind.  The  Creator  has  implanted  in  the 
human  mind  a  principle  of  curiosity,  and  annexed  a  pleasure  to  its 
gratification  to  excite  us  to  investigations  of  the  wonders  of  crea- 
tion he  has  presented  before  us,  to  lead  us  to  just  conceptions  of  his 
infinite  perfections,  and  of  the  relation  in  which  we  stand  to  him  as 
the  subjects  of  his  government.  We  all  know  with  what  a  lively 
interest  most  persons  peruse  novels  and  romances,  where  hair- 
breadth escapes,  mysterious  incidents,  and  tales  of  wonder,  are 
depicted  with  all  the  force  and  beauty  of  language.  But  the  scenes 
detailed  in  such  writings  produce  only  a  momentary  enjoyment. 
Being  retraced  as  only  the  fictions  of  a  lively  imagination,  they  pass 
away  like  a  dream  or  a  vision  of  the  night,  leaving  the  understanding 
bewildered  and  destitute  of  any  solid  improvement.  In  order  to 
improve  the  intellectual  faculties  while  we  gratify  the  principle  of 
curiosity,  it  is  only  requisite  that  we  direct  the  attention  to  facts 
instead  of  fictions  ;  and  when  the  real  scenes  of  the  universe  are 
presented  in  an  interesting  aspect,  they  are  calculated  to  produce 
emotions  of  wonder  and  delight  even  superior  to  those  excited  by 
the  most  highly-wrought  tales  of  fiction  and  romance.  The  fol- 
lowing facts  and  considerations  will  perhaps  tend  to  corroborate 
this  position. 

In  the  first  place,  the  number  of  effects  produced  by  a  single 
principle  in  nature  is  calculated  to  excite  emotions  of  admiration 
and  delight.  From  the  simple  principle  of  gravitation,  for  in- 
stance, proceed  all  the  beauties  and  sublimities  which  arise  from 
the  meandering  rills,  the  majestic  rivers,  and  the  roaring  cataracts 


PLEASURES    CONNECTED    WITH    SCIENCE.  89 


Wonders  of  Nature. 


— it  causes  the  mountains  to  rest  on  a  solid  basis,  and  confines 
the  ocean  to  its  appointed  channels — retains  the  inhabitants  of 
the  earth  to  its  surface,  and  prevents  them  from  flying  off  in  wild 
confusion  through  the  voids  of  space — it  produces  the  descent  of  the 
rains  and  dews,  and  the  alternate  flux  and  reflux  of  the  tides — re- 
gulates the  various  movements  of  all  animals — forms  mechanical 
powers — gives  impulsion  to  numerous  machines — rolls  the  moor 
round  the  earth,  and  prevents  her  from  flying  off  to  the  distant  re- 
gions of  space — extends  its  influence  from  the  moon  to  the  earth, 
from  the  earth  to  the  moon,  and  from  the  sun  to  the  remotest  planets 
preserving  surrounding  worlds  in  their  proper  courses,  and  connect- 
ing the  solar  system  with  other  worlds  and  systems  in  the  remote 
spaces  of  the  universe.  When  a  stick  of  sealing  wax  is  rubbec 
with  a  piece  of  flannel,  it  attracts  feathers  or  small  bits  of  paper  ; 
when  a  long  tube  of  glass,  or  a  cat's  back,  is  rubbed  in  the  dark, 
it  emits  flashes  of  fire,  accompanied  with  a  snapping  noise.  Now, 
is  it  not  delightful  to  a  rational  mind  to  know,  that  the  same  prin- 
ciple which  causes  wax  or  amber  to  attract  light  substances,  and 
glass  tubes  or  cylinders  to  emit  sparks  of  fire,  produces  the  light- 
nings of  heaven,  and  all  the  sublime  phenomena  which  accompany 
a  violent  thunder-storm,  and,  in  combination  with  other  agents, 
produces  also  the  fiery  meteor  which  sweeps  through  the  sky  with 
its  luminous  train,  and  the  beautiful  coruscations  of  the  aurora 
borealis  1  There  are  more  than  fifty  thousand  different  species 
of  plants  in  the  vegetable  kingdom,  all  differing  from  one  ano- 
ther in  their  size,  structure,  flowers,  leaves,  fruits,  mode  of  propa- 
gation, internal  vessels,  medicinal  virtues,  and  the  odours  they 
exhale.  Who  would  imagine  that  this  immense  assemblage  of 
vegetable  production  which  adorns  the  surface  of  the  earth  in 
every  clime,  with  such  a  diversity  of  forms,  fruits,  and  colours, 
are  the  result  of  the  combination  of  four  or  five  simple  substances 
variously  modified  by  the  hand  of  the  Creator  ]  Yet  it  is  an  un- 
doubted fact,  ascertained  from  chemical  analysis,  that  all  vege- 
table substances,  from  the  invisible  mushroom  which  adheres  to  a 
spot  of  mouldiness,  to  the  cedar  of  Lebanon  and  the  banian-tree, 
which  would  cover  with  its  shade  an  army  of  ten  thousand  men, 
— are  solely  composed  of  the  following  natural  principles — caloric, 
light,  water,  air,  and  carbon. 

Again,  is  it  not  wonderful  that  the  invisible  atmosphere  should 
compress  our  bodies  every  moment  with  a  weight  of  more  than 
30,000  pounds  without  our  feeling  it,  and  the  whole  earth  with  a 
weight  of  12,043,468,800,000,000,000  pounds,  or  five  thousand 
billions  of  tons ;  that  this  pressure  is  essentially  necessary  to  our 
existence,  and  that  a  small  quantity  of  air  within  us,  which  would 
8* 


90  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Wonders  of  Nature. 


not  weigh  above  a  single  ounce,  by  its  strong  elastic  force  coun- 
teracts the  effects  of  this  tremendous  pressure  upon  our  bodies, 
and  prevents  our  being  crushed  to  pieces — that  the  same  cause 
prevents  our  habitations  from  falling  upon  us  and  crushing  us  to 
death,  without  which   our  glass  windows  would  be  shattered  to 
atoms,  and  our  most  stately  edifices  tumbled  into  ruins  ! — that  this 
atmosphere  is  at  the  same  time  performing  an  immense  variety 
of  operations  in  nature  and  art — insinuating  itself  into  the  pores 
and  sap-vessels  of  plants  and  flowers — producing  respiration  in 
all  living  beings,  and  supporting  all  the  processes  of  life  and  vege- 
tation throughout  the  animal  and  vegetable  creation — that  its  pres- 
sure produces  the  process  of  what  is  called  suction  and  cupping 
— causes  snails  and  periwinkles  to  adhere  to  the  rocks  on  which 
they  are  found — gives  effect  to  the  adhesion  of  bodies  by  means 
of  morter  and  cements — raises  water  in  our  forcing-pumps  and 
fire-engines — supports  the  quicksilver  in  our  barometers — pre- 
vents the  water  of  our  seas  and  rivers  from  boiling  and  evapo- 
rating into  steam — and  promotes  the  action  of  our  steam-engines 
while  raising  water  from  deep  pits,  and  while  propelling  vessels 
along  seas  and  rivers  ! 

In  the  next  place,  science  contributes  to  the  gratification  of 
the  human  mind  by  enabling  us  to  trace,  in  many  objects  and  ope- 
rations, surprising  resemblances,  where  ive  should  least  of  all  have 
expected  them.     Who  could,  at  first  sight,  imagine,  that  the  process 
of  breathing  is  a  species  of  combustion,  or  burning — that  the  dia- 
mond is  nothing  else  than  carbon  in  a  crystallized  state,  and  differs 
only  in  a  very  slight  degree  from  a  piece  of  charcoal — that  water 
is  a  compound  of  two  invisible  airs  or  gases,  and  that  one  of  these 
ingredients  is  the  principle  of  flame  ! — mat  the  air  which  produces 
suffocation  and  death  in  coal-mines  and  subterraneous  grottos, 
is  the  same  substance  which  gives  briskness  to  ale,  beer,  and  soda 
water,  and  the  acid  flavour  to  many  mineral  springs — that  the  air 
we  breathe  is  composed  of  the  same  ingredients,  and  nearly  in  the 
same  proportions,  as  nitric  acid  or  aquafortis,  which  can  dissolve 
almost  all  the  metals,  and  a  single  draught  of  which  would  in- 
stantly destroy  the  human  frame — that  the  colour  of  white  is  a 
mixture  or  compound  of  all  the  other  colours,  red,  orange,  yelloio^ 
green,blue,  indigo, and  violet,  and  consequently,  that  the  white  light 
of  the  sun  produces  all  that  diversity  of  colouring  which  adorns 
the  face  of  nature — that  the  same  principle  which  causes  our  fires 
to  burn,  forms  acids,  produces  the  rust  of  metals,  and  promotes  the 
growth  of  plants  by  night — that  plants  breathe  and  perspire  as  well 
as  animals — that  carbonic  acid  gas,  or  fixed  air,  is  the  product 
both  of  vegetation,  of  burning,  of  fermentation,  and  of  breathing, 


'  PLEASURES    CONNECTED    WITH    SCIENCE.  91 


Operations  of  Nature  to  be  investigated. 


— that  it  remains  indestructible  by  age,  and,  in  all  its  diversified 
combinations,  still  preserves  its  identity — that  the  air  which  burns 
in  our  street-lamps  and  illuminates  our  shops  and  manufactories, 
is  the  same  which  causes  a  balloon  to  rise  above  the  clouds,  and 
likewise  extinguishes  flame  when  it  is  immersed  in  a  body  of  this 
gas — that  the  leaves  of  vegetables  which  rot  upon  the  ground, 
and  appear  to  be  lost  for  ever,  are  converted  by  the  oxygen  of  the 
atmosphere  into  carbonic  acid  gas,  and  this  very  same  carbon  is, 
in  process  of  time,  absorbed  by  a  new  race  of  vegetables,  which 
it  clothes  with  a  new  foliage,  and  again  renews  the  face  of  nature 
— and  that  the  same  principle  which  causes  the  sensation  of  heat 
is  the  cause  of  fluidity,  expands  bodies  in  every  direction,  enters 
into  every  operation  in  nature,  flies  from  the  sun  at  the  rate  of 
195,000  miles  in  a  second  of  time,  and,  by  its  powerful  influence, 
prevents  the  whole  matter  of  the  universe  from  being  converted 
into  a  solid  mass ! 

What,  then,  can  be  more  delightful  to  a  being  furnished  with 
such  powers  as  man,  than  to  trace  the  secret  machinery  by  which 
the  God  of  nature  accomplishes  his  designs  in  the  visible  world, 
and  displays  his  infinite  power  and  intelligence — to  enter  into  the 
hidden  springs  of  Nature's  operations,  to  follow  her  through  all  her 
winding  recesses,  and  to  perceive  from  what  simple  principles 
and  causes  the  most  sublime  and  diversified  phenomena  are  pro- 
duced !  It  is  with  this  view  that  the  Almighty  hath  set  before  us 
his  wondrous  works,  not  to  be  overlooked,  or  beheld  with  a  "  brute 
unconscious  gaze,"  but  to  be  investigated,  in  order  that  they  may 
be  admired,  and  that  in  such  investigations  we  may  enjoy  a  sa- 
cred pleasure  in  contemplating  the  results  of  his  wisdom  and  in- 
telligence. 

in  the  third  place,  science  contributes  to  our  enjoyment  by  the 
srand  and  sublime  objects  she  presents  before  us.  In  consequence 
of  the  investigations  which  have  been  made  to  determine  the  dis- 
tances and  magnitudes  of  the  heavenly  bodies,  objects  of  mag- 
nificence and  grandeur  are  now  presented  to  the  view  of  the 
enlightened  mind  of  which  former  ages  could  form  no  conception. 
These  objects  are  magnificent  in  respect  of  magnitude,  of  motion, 
of  the  vast  spaces  which  intervene  between  them,  and  of  the  noble 
purposes  for  which  they  are  destined. 

"What  a  sublime  idea,  for  example,  is  presented  to  the  view  by 
such  an  object  as  the  planet  Jupiter, — a  globe  fourteen  hundred 
times  larger  than  the  world  in  which  we  dwell,  and  whose  surface 
would  contain  a  population  a  hundred  times  more  numerous  than 
all  the  inhabitants  that  have  existed  on  our  globe  since  the  crea- 
tion !     And  how  is  the  sublimity  of  such  an  idea  augmented  wher* 


92  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Motions  of  the  Planets. 


we  consider,  that  this  immense  body  is  revolving  round  its  axis 
at  the  rate  of  twenty-eight  thousand  miles  in  an  hour,  and  is  flying, 
at  the  same  time,  through  the  regions  of  space,  twenty-nine  thou- 
sand miles  every  hour,  carrying  along  with  it  four  moons,  each  of 
them  larger  than  the  earth,  during  its  whole  course  round  the 
centre  of  its  motion  !  And  if  this  planet,  which  appears  only  like 
a  luminous  speck  on  the  nocturnal  sky,  presents  such  an  august 
idea,  when  its  magnitude  and  motions  are  investigated,  what  an 
astonishing  idea  is  presented  to  the  mind  when  it  contemplates  the 
size  and  splendour  of  the  sun — a  body  which  would  contain  with- 
in its  bowels  nine  hundred  globes  larger  than  Jupiter,  and  thirteen 
hundred  thousand  globes  of  the  bulk  of  the  earth, — which  darts  its 
rays  in  a  few  moments  to  the  remotest  bounds  of  the  planetary  sys- 
tem, producing  light  and  colour,  and  life  and  vegetation  through- 
out surrounding  worlds  !  And  how  must  our  astonishment  be  still 
increased,  when  we  consider  the  number  of  such  globes  which 
exist  throughout  the  universe  ;  that  within  the  range  of  our  teles- 
copes more  than  eighty  millions  of  globes,  similar  to  the  sun  in 
size  and  in  splendour,  are  arranged  at  immeasurable  distances 
from  each  other,  diffusing  their  radiance  through  the  immensity 
of  space,  and  enlivening  surrounding  worlds  with  their  benign 
influence,  besides  the  innumerable  multitudes  which,  our  reason 
tells  us,  must  exist  beyond  all  that  is  visible  to  the  eyes  of 
mortals. 

But  the  motions,  no  less  than  the  magnitudes,  of  such  bodies  pre- 
sent ideas  of  sublimity.  That  a  globe*  as  large  as  the  earth 
should  fly  through  the  celestial  regions  with  a  velocity  of  seventy- 
six  thousand  miles  an  hour, — that  another  globef  should  move  at 
the  rate  of  one  thousand  seven  hundred  and  fifty  miles  in  a  mi- 
nute, and  a  hundred  and  five  thousand  miles  an  hour, — that  even 
Saturn,  with  all  his  assemblage  of  rings  and  moons,  should  be  car- 
ried along  his  course  with  a  velocity  of  twenty-two  thousand  miles 
an  hour, — that  some  of  the  comets,  when  near  the  sun,  should  fly 
with  the  amazing  velocity  of  eight  hundred  thousand  miles  an 
hour, — that,  in  all  probability,  the  sun  himself,  with  all  his  attend- 
ing planets,  besides  their  own  proper  motions,  are  carried  around 
some  distant  centre  at  the  rate  of  more  than  sixty  thousand  miles 
every  hour  ;  and  that  thousands  and  millions  of  systems  are  mov- 
ing in  the  same  rapid  manner,  are  facts  so  astonishing,  and  so  far 
exceeding  every  thing  we  behold  around  us  on  the  surface  of  the 
earth,  that  the  imagination  is  overpowered  and  confounded  at  the 
idea  of  the  astonishing  forces  which  are  in  operation  throughout 

*  The  planet  Venus.  f  The  planet  Mercury. 


PLEASURES    CONNECTED    WITH    SCIENCE.  93 


Immensity  of  Space. 


the  universe,  and  of  the  power  and  energy  by  which  they  are  pro- 
duced ;  and  every  rational  being  feels  a  sublime  pleasure  in  the 
contemplation  of  such  objects  which  is  altogether  unknown  to  the 
ignorant  mind. 

The  vast  and  immeasurable  spaces  which  intervene  between  the 
great  bodies  of  the  universe  likewise  convey  august  and  sublime 
conceptions.  Between  the  earth  and  the  sun  there  intervenes  a 
space  so  vast,  that  a  cannon-ball,  flying  with  the  velocity  of  five 
hundred  miles  an  hour,  would  not  reach  that  luminary  in  twenty 
years  ;  and  a  mail-coach,  moving  at  its  utmost  speed,  would  not 
arrive  at  its  surface  in  less  than  twelve  hundred  years  ;  and,  were 
it  to  proceed  from  the  sun  towards  the  planet  Herschel,  it  would 
not  arrive  at  that  body  after  the  lapse  of  hventy-tivo  thousand 
years.  And  yet  the  sun,  at  that  immense  distance,  exerts  his  at- 
tractive energy,  retains  that  huge  planet  in  its  orbit,  and  dispenses 
light  and  colour,  life  and  animation,  over  every  part  of  its  surface. 
But  all  such  spaces,,  vast  as  at  first  sight  they  appear,  dwindle  as 
it  were  into  a  span,  when  compared  with  those  immeasurable 
spaces  which  are  interposed  between  us  and  the  regions  of  the 
stars.  Between  the  earth  and  the  nearest  fixed  star  a  space  inter- 
venes so  vast  and  incomprehensible,  that  a  ball  flying  with  the 
velocity  above  mentioned,  would  not  pass  through  it  in  four  mil- 
lions and  five  hundred  thousand  years  ;  and  as  there  are  stars,  visi- 
ble through  telescopes,  at  least  a  hundred  times  farther  distant  from 
our  globe,  it  wrould  require  such' a  body  four  hundred  millions 
of  years,  or  a  period  67,000  times  greater  than  that  which  has 
elapsed  since  the  Mosaic  creation,  before  it  could  arrive  at  those 
distant  regions  of  immensity. 

The  grand  and  noble  designs  for  which  the  great  bodies  to  which 
I  have  adverted  are  intended,  suggest  likewise  a  variety  of  inter- 
esting and  sublime  reflections.  These  designs  undoubtly  are,  to 
display  the  ineffable  glories  of  the  Eternal  Mind, — to  demonstrate 
the  immensity,  omnipotence,  and  wisdom  of  Him  who  formed  the 
universe, — and  to  serve  as  so  many  worlds  for  the  residence  of  in- 
calculable numbers  of  intelligent  beings  of  every  order.  And  what 
an  immense  variety  of  interesting  objects  is  presented  to  the  mind 
when  its  views  are  directed  to  the  numerous  orders  and  gradations 
of  intelligences  that  may  people  the  universe, — the  magnificent 
scenes  that  may  be  displayed  in  every  world, — their  moral  eco- 
nomy, and  the  important  transactions  that  may  have  taken  place 
in  their  history  under  the  arrangements  of  the  Divine  government ! 

Such  are  some  of  the  scenes  of  grandeur  which  science  unfolds 
to  every  enlightened  mind.  The  contemplation  of  such  objects  has 
an  evident  tendency  to  enlarge  the  capacity  of  the  soul,  to  raise 


94  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF  KNOWLEDGE. 


Science  of  Mechanics. 


the  affections  above  mean  and  grovelling  pursuits,  to  give  man  a 
more  impressive  idea  of  the  dignity  of  his  rational  and  immortal 
nature,  and  of  the  attributes  of  that  Almighty  Being  by  whom  he  is 
upheld,  and  to  make  him  rejoice  in  the  possession  of  faculties  capa- 
ble of  being  exercised  on  scenes  and  objects  so  magnificent  and 
sublime. 

In  the  fourth  place,  science  administers  to  our  enjoyment  by  the 
variety  of  novel  and  interesting  objects  it  exhibits.      Almostevery 
department  of  natural  science  presents  to  the  untutored  mind  an 
assemblage  of  objects,  new  and  strange,  which  tend  to  rouse  its 
faculties,  and  to  excite  to  important  inquiries  and  interesting  re- 
flections.    The  science    of  mechanics   presents  us   with   many 
curious  combinations  of  mechanical  powers,  which,  from  the  sim- 
plest principles,  produce  the  most  powerful  and  astonishing  effects. 
"  What  can  be  more  strange,"  says  a  profound  and  energetic 
writer,*  "  than  that  an  ounce  weight  should  balance  hundreds  of 
pounds  by  the  intervention  of  a  few  bars  of  thin  iron  VJ     And 
when  we  consider  that  all  the  mechanical  powers  may  be  reduced 
to  the  lever,  the  wheel  and  axle,  the  pully,  the  inclined  plane,  the 
wedge,  and  the  screw,  how  astonishing  are  the  forces  exerted,  and 
the  effects  produced,  by  their  various  combinations  in  wheel-car- 
riages, mills,  cranes,  thrashing-machines,  and  pile-engines  !     Hy- 
drostatics teaches  us  the  wonderful  fact,  that  a  few  pounds  of  water, 
without  the  aid  of  any  machinery,  will,  by  mere  pressure,  produce 
an  almost  irresistible  force  ;  or,  in  other  words,  that  any  quantity 
of  fluid,  however  small,  may  be  made  to  counterpoise  any  quantity, 
however  large  ;  and  hence  a  very  strong  hogshead  has  been  burst 
to  pieces,  and  the  water  scattered  about  with  incredible  force,  by 
means  of  water  conveyed  through  a  very  small  perpendicular  tube 
of  great  length.     On  the  same  principle,  and  by  the  same  means, 
the  foundations  of  a  large  building  might  be  shattered  and  the 
whole  structure  overthrown.     Magnetism  discloses  to  us  such 
singular  facts  as  the  following  : — that  a  small  piece  of  steel,  when 
rubbed  by  the  loadstone,  and  nicely  poised,  will  place  itself  in  a 
direction  nearly  north  and  south,  so  as  to  point  nearly  towards 
the  poles  of  the  world, — that  the  north  and  south  poles  of  two 
loadstones  will  attract,  and  two  north  or  two  south  poles  repel 
each  other ;  and  that  the  power  of  a  magnet  will  pass  through  a 
thick  board,  and  turn  round  a  compass  needle  with  great  velocity, 
though  placed  at  a  considerable  distance. 

The  science  of  optics  likewise  discloses  a  variety  of  astonishing 
tnths,  and  is  no  less  replete  with  wonders.     How  wonderful  the 


Lord  Brougham. 


PLEASURES    CONNECTED    WITH    SCIENCE.  95 


Science  of  Optics. 


fact,  that  light  proceeds  from  the  sun,  and  other  luminous  bodies, 
with  a  velocity  of  195,000  miles  in  a  moment  of  time  ;  that  my- 
riads of  myriads  of  rays  are  flying  off  from  visible  objects  towards 
every  point  of  the  compass,  crossing  each  other  in  all  directions, 
and  yet  accurately  depicting  the  same  images  of  external  objects 
in  thousands  of  eyes  at  the  same  moment, — that  the  thousands  of 
millions  of  rays  of  light  which  proceed  from  any  particular  object 
must  be  compressed  into  a  space  not  more  than  one-eighth  of  an 
inch  in  diameter,  before  they  can  enter  the  pupil  of  the  eye  and 
produce  vision, — that  the  images  of  all  the  objects  which  compose 
an  extensive  landscape  are  depicted  on  the  bottom  of  the  eye,  in 
all  their  colours  and  relative  proportions,  within  a  space  less  than 
half  an  inch  in  diameter, — that  the  eye  can  perceive  objects  dis- 
tinctly at  the  distance  of  six  inches,  and  likewise  at  the  distance 
of  ten,  fifty,  or  a  hundred  miles,  serving  the  purpose  both  of  a 
microscope  and  a  telescope,  and  can  be  instantaneously  adjusted 
to  serve  either  as  the  one  or  as  the  other, — and  that  the  variegated 
colouring  which  appears  in  the  scenery  of  nature  is  not  in  the 
objects  themselves,  but  in  the  light  which  falls  upon  them,  without 
which  all  the  scenes  of  creation  would  wear  a  uniform  aspect, 
and  one  object  would  be  undistinguishable  from  another ! 

The  instruments  which  the  science  of  optics  has  been  the  means 
of  constructing  are  also  admirable  in  their  effects,  and  productive 
of  rational  entertainment.  How  wonderful,  that,  by  means  of  an 
optic  lens,  an  image  is  depicted  in  a  dark  chamber,  on  an  white 
table,  in  which  we  may  perceive  the  objects  of  an  extensive  land- 
scape delineated  in  all  their  colours,  motions,  and  proportions, 
and  so  accurately  represented,  that  we  even  distinguish  the 
countenances  of  individuals  at  the  distance  of  a  mile, — that  we  can 
see  objects  distinctly  when  a  thick  board,  or  a  piece  of  metal,  is 
interposed  between  them  and  our  eye, — that  the  images  of  objects 
can  be  made  to  hang  in  the  air  either  upright  or  inverted,  and  that 
representations  either  of  the  living  or  of  the  dead  can  be  made  to 
start  up  instantly  before  the  view  of  a  spectator  in  a  darkened 
room, — that,  by  admitting  into  a  chamber  a  few  rays  of  white 
light  from  the  sun  through  a  prism,  all  the  colours  of  light  may  be 
seen  beautifully  painted  on  a  piece  of  paper, — that  a  single  object 
may  be  multiplied  to  an  indefinite  number,  and  that  a  few  coloured 
bits  of  glass  may  be  made  by  reflection  to  exhibit  an  infinite  di- 
versity of  beautiful  and  variegated  forms!  How  admirable  the 
effects  of  the  telescope,  by  which  we  may  see  objects  as  distinctly 
at  the  distance  of  two  or  three  miles  as  if  they  were  placed  within 
a  few  yards  of  us  ;  by  which  we  can  penetrate  into  the  celestial 
regions,  and  behold  the  distant  wonders  of  the  planetary  system, 


96 


ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Aerial  Reflecting  Telescope. 


and  the  millions  of  stars  dispersed  through  infinite  space,  as  distinctly 
as  if  we  were  actually  transported  by  a  supernatural  power  several 
hundreds  of  millions  of  miles  into  the  regions  of  the  firmament ! 
And  how  curious  the  circumstance,  that  we  can,  by  this  instrument, 
contemplate  such  objects  in  all  directions  and  positions, — that  we 
can  view  them  either  as  erect,  or  as  turned  upside  down, — that 
we  can  perceive  the  spires,  houses,  and  windows  of  a  distant  city, 
when  our  backs  are  turned  directly  opposite  to  it,  and  our  faces  in 
a  contrary  direction — the  rings  of  Saturn  and  the  moons  of  Jupiter, 
when  we  are  looking  downwards  with  our  backs  turned  to  these 
objects, — that  we  can  make  an  object  on  our  right-hand  or  our 
left  appear  as  if  directly  before  us,  and  can  cause  a  terrestrial 
landscape  to  appear  above  us,  as  if  it  were  suspended  in  the  sky.* 
By  the  help  of  the  microscope  we  can  exhibit  to  a  number  of  spec- 
tators at  the  same  moment  a  small  animal  scarcely  distinguishable 

*  This  is  effected  by  means  of  the  "  aerial  reflecting  telescope,"  lately  in- 
vented by  the  author.  The  following  is  a  general  representation  of  this  teles- 
cope in  profile : — 


AB  is  a  tube  of  mahogany  about  three  inches  long,  which  serves  as  a  socketl 
for  holding  the  speculum  ;  CD  an  arm  attached  to  the  tube,  about  the  length) 
of  the  focal  distance  of  the  mirror,  consisting  of  two  separate  pieces  C  and  D, 
the  latter  of  which  slides  under  the  former,  through  the  brass  sockets  EF 
To  the  under  part  of  the  socket  F  is  attached  a  brass  nut  with  a  female  screw, 
in  which  the  male  screw  ab  acts  by  applying  the  hand  to  the  knob  c,  whicl 


PLEASURES    CONNECTED    WITH    SCIENCE.  97 

Electricity  and  Galvanism. 


by  the  naked  eye,  magnified  to  the  size  of  ten  or  fifteen  inches  in 
ength,  and  distinguish,  not  only  its  limbs,  joints,  mouth,  and  eyes, 
but  even  the  motions  of  its  bowels,  and  other  internal  movements  ; 
and  in  every  department  of  nature  can  contemplate  an  assemblage 
of  beauties,  delicate  contextures,  and  exquisite  contrivances, 
which  excite  the  highest  admiration,  and  which  would  otherwise 
have  appeared  incredible  and  incomprehensible  to  the  human 
mind. 

The  sciences  of  electricity  and  galvanism  likewise  display  facts 
Doth  curious  and  astonishing.     How  wonderful  the  operations  of 
the  electric  fluid,  which  can  suddenly  contract  the  muscles  of 
animals,  and  give  a  violent  shock  to  a  hundred  or  a  thousand  per- 
sons at  the  same  moment — which  moves  with  such  amazing  rapi- 
ditv,  that  in  a  few  seconds  of  time,  it  might  be  made  to  fly  to  the 
remotest  regions  of  the  globe — which  melts  iron  wire,  sets  fire  to 
gunpowder  and  other  inflammable  substances,  destroys  the  polarity 
of  the  magnetic  needle,  and  promotes  the  vegetation  of  plants 
and  the  perspiration  of  animals — which  can  be  drawn  in  vivid 
sparks  from  different  parts  of  the  human  body,  and  made  to  de- 
scend from  the  clouds  in  streams  of  fire  !     And  how  powerful 
and  astonishing  the  effects  of  the  galvanic  agency — which  makes 
charcoal  burn  with  a  brilliant  white  flame,  decomposes  water  into 
its  elementary  parts,  and  causes  platina,  the  hardest  and  heaviest 
of  the  metals,  to  melt  as  readily  as  wax  in  the  flame  of  a  candle — 
which  produces  the  most  violent  convulsions  on  the  muscular  sys- 
tem, causes  a  hare  to  move  its  feet,  and  a  fowl  to  clap  its  wings, 
with  force  and  energy  after  life  is  extinct — -throws  the  countenance, 
even  of  a  dead  man,  into  appalling  grimaces  and  contortions,  and 
excites  the  most  rapid  movements  in  his  hands  and  limbs,  to  the 
hoiTor  and  astonishment  of  all  beholders  ! 

The  science  of  chemistry,  throughout  all  its  departments,  is  no 
less  replete  with  wonders.  How  astonishing  are  many  of  the  facts 
which  it  discloses,  of  which  the  following  are  merely  specimens ! 
— That  all  the  productions  of  nature  in  the  animal  and  vegetable 
kingdoms,  are  composed  of  a  very  few  simple  substances,  many 

serves  far  adjusting  the  instrument  to  distinct  vision.  G  is  the  brass  tube 
which  receives  the  eye-pieces.  In  looking  through  this  telescope,  i  he  riuht  eye 
is  applied  at  the  point  H,  the  back  is  directly  towards  the  object,  and  the  ob- 
server's head  is  understood  to  be  uncovered.  When  a  diagonal  eye-piece  is 
>jd,  the  object  may  be  ^een  either  to  the  right  or  to  the  left,  or  at  right  angles 
to  its  true  position  ;  or  it  may  be  made  to  appear  either  upwards,  as  if  hanging 
in  the  air,  or  downwards,  as  if  below  the  surface  of  the  earth.  A  particu- 
lar description  of  this  instrument  may  be  seen  in  "  The  Edinburgh  New 
Philosophical  Journal,"  for  July,  1826,  p.  41-52,  and  in  the  "  London  Ency- 
clopaedia." Art.  Telescope. 
9 


9S  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Chemistry. 


of  which  are  invisible  gases — that  water  is  chiefly  composed  of  an 
inflammable  principle — that  the  acids,  such  as  aquafortis  and  oil 
of  vitriol,  are  formed  of  different  kinds  of  air — that  an  invisible 
fluid,  one  of  the  ingredients  of  the  air  we  breathe,  will  cause  a  rod 
of  iron  to  burn  with  brilliancy,  and  phosphorus  to  produce  a  splen- 
dour which  dazzles  the  eyes  of  every  beholder — that  the  diamond, 
notwithstanding  its  value  and  brilliancy,  is  composed  of  the  same 
materials  as  coal — that  oxy muriatic  acid,  or  the  bleaching  gas, 
discharges  all  vegetable  colours,  and,  in  the  course  of  a  few  mi- 
nutes, will  change  a  piece  of  printed  calico  into  a  pure  ivhite ;  and 
likewise  burns  all  the  metals,  dissolves  gold  and  platina,  and  suf- 
focates ail  animals  that  breathe  it,  after  one  or  two  inspirations — 
that  there  are  metals  much  lighter  than  water,  which  swim  in  that 
fluid  and  burn  spontaneously  with  a  bright,  red  light,  and  when 
thrown  into  the  mineral  acids,  inflame  and  burn  on  the  surface,  and 
in  oxygen  and  oxymuriatic  acid  gas,  produce  a  white  flame,  and 
throw  out  numerous  bright  sparks  and  scintillations, — that  a  cer- 
kind  of  air,  called  the  nitrous  oxide,  when  inhaled  into  the  lungs, 
produces  an  extraordinary  elevation  of  the  animal  spirits,  an  irre- 
sistible propensity  to  laughter,  a  rapid  flow  of  vivid  ideas,  and  a 
thousand  delightful  emotions,  without  any  subsequent  feelings  of 
debility  or  exhaustion — and  that  it  is  not  altogether  improbable, 
according  to  the  deductions  of  some  modern  chemists,  that  "oxy- 
gen and  hydrogen,  with  the  assistance  of  the  solar  light,  are  the 
only  elementary  substances  employed  in  the  constitution  of  the 
whole  universe  ;"  so  that  Nature,  in  all  her  operations,  works  the 
most  infinitely  diversified  effects,  by  the  slightest  modifications  in 
the  means  she  employs. 

Such  are  only  a  few  specimens  of  the  curious  and  interesting 
subjects  which  the  physical  sciences  present  to  the  reflecting 
mind.  And  is  it  conceivable  that  a  rational  being  can  make  such 
objects  as  those  I  have  now  specified  the  subject  of  his  frequent 
study  and  contemplation,  and  not  feel  pleasures  and  enjoyments 
far  superior  to  those  of  the  mass  of  mankind,  who  are  either  im- 
mersed in  sensuality,  or  enveloped  with  the  mists  of  ignorance? 
The  man  who  has  such  subjects  to  study  and  investigate,  and  such 
objects  to  contemplate,  can  never  be  destitute  of  enjoyment.  If 
happiness  depends  on  the  activity  of  the  mind,  and  the  range  of 
objects  presented  before  it, — wherever  he  is  placed,  whether  at 
home  or  abroad,  in  the  city  or  in  the  country,  he  can  never  be  at  a 
loss  for  means  of  mental  gratification,  and  of  increasing  his  stock 
of  intellectual  wealth.  He  needs  not  envy  the  rich  and  the  noble5 
on  account  of  the  elegance  of  their  mansions  and  the  sp1  r 


PLEASURES    CONNECTED    WITH    SCIENCE, 


99 


Geometrical  Proposition  demonstrated. 


their  equipage  ;  for  the  magnificence  and  glories  of  the  universe, 
and  all  the  beauties  of  terrestrial  nature,  lie  before  him,  and  are  at 
all  times  ready  to  minister  to  his  enjoyment.  In  investigating  the 
admirable  arrangements  which  appear  in  the  economy  of  creation, 
in  tracing  throughout  that  economy  the  perfections  of  his  Creator, 
and  in  looking  forward  to  a  nobler  state  of  existence  where  his 
views  of  the  divine  empire  shall  be  expanded,  he  can  enjoy  a  satis- 
faction and  delight  which  the  wealth  of  this  world  cannot  bestow, 
and  which  its  frowns  and  calamities  cannot  destroy. 

Besides  the  pleasures  derived  from  a  contemplation  of  the  doc- 
trines and  the  facts  of  science, — there  is  a  positive  gratification  in 
tracing  the  steps  by  which  the  discoveries  of  science  have  been 
made, — the  reasonings  and  demonstrations  by  which  its  doctrines 
are  supported,  and  the  experiments  by  luhich  they  arc  proved  and 
illustrated.  In  this  point  of  view,  the  study  of  several  branches 
of  mathematical  science,  however  abstruse  they  may  at  first  sight 
appear,  will  afford  a  high  degree  of  gratification  to  the  mind. 
TVhen  it  is  announced  as  a  proposition  in  geometry,  "  that  the 
square  described  on  the  hypothenuse,  or  longest  side  of  a  right- 
angled  triangle,  is  equal  to  the  sum  of  the  squares  described  on 
the  other  sides,"* — it  is  pleasing  to  perceive  how  every  step  of  the 
demonstration  proceeds  with  unerring  certainty,  and  leads  the 
mind  to  perceive  the  truth  of  the  conclusion  to  which  it  leads,  with 

*  The  following  figure  will  convey  an  idea  to  the  unlearned  reader  of  the 
meaning  of  this  proposition. 


\ 


B, 

i 
■ 
i 

| 

1 

: 

i 

! 

F 

1 
1 

1 
( 

J 

i 
* 

— i 

ABC  is  a  right-angled  triangle,  having  the  right  angle  at  C,  and  AB  is  the 
hypothenuse,  or  longest  side.  By  geometrical  reasoning  it  can  be  demon- 
strated, that  the  square  D,  described  on  the  longest  side  AB,  is  exactly 
g  isum  of  the  squares  E  and  F,  described  on  the  other  two  sides.— 


100  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 

Utility  of  Geometry. 

as  high  a  degree  of  demonstrative  evidence  as  that  3  added  to  6 
make  9,  or  that  5  multiplied  by  4  make  20.  In  like  manner, 
when  it  is  clearly  demonstrated  by  mathematical  reasoning,  that 
M  the  three  angles  of  every  triangle,  whatever  be  its  size  or  the 
inclination  of  its  sides,  are  exactly  equal  to  two  right  angles,  or 
ISO  degrees,"  and  that  "the  sides  of  a  plane  triangle  are  to  one 
another  as  the  sines  of  the  angles  opposite  to  them,"  the  utility 
and  importance  of  these  truths  may  not  at  first  view  be  apprecia- 
ted, however  convincing  the  evidence  from  which  the  conclusions 
are  deduced.  But  when  the  student  comes  to  know  that  on  these 
demonstrated  properties  of  a  triangle  depends  the  mode  of  mea- 
suring the  height  of  mountains,  and  the  breadth  of  rivers, — of  de- 
termining the  circumference  of  the  earth,  the  distance  of  the  sun 
and  moon,  the  magnitudes  of  the  planets,  and  the  dimensions  of 
the  solar  system, — it  cannot  but  afford  a  positive  gratification 
to  perceive  the  important  bearings  of  such  truths,  and  that  the 
astronomer,  when  he  announces  his  sublime  deductions  respect- 
ing the  sizes  and  distances  of  the  heavenly  bodies,  does  not  rest 
on  vague  conceptions,  but  on  observations  conducted  with  the 
nicest  accuracy,  and  on  calculations  founded  on  principles  sus- 
ceptible of  the  strictest  demonstration. 

"  To  follow  a  demonstration  of  a  grand  mathematical  truth," 
says  a  powerful  and  enlightened  writer, — "  to  perceive  how  clearly 
and  how  inevitably  one  step  succeeds  another,  and  how  the 
whole  steps  lead  to  the  conclusion, — to  observe  how  certainly  and 
unerringly  the  reasoning  goes  on  from  things  perfectly  self-evident, 
and  by  the  smallest  addition  at  each  step,  every  one  being  as  easily 
taken  after  the  one  before  as  the  first  step  of  all  was,  and  yet 
the  result  being  something,  not  only  far  from  self-evident,  but  so 
general  and  strange,  that  you  can  hardly  believe  it  to  be  true,  and 
r.re  only  convinced  of  it  by  going  over  the  whole  reasoning, — this 
c  peration  of  the  understanding,  to  those  who  so  exercise  them- 
I  elves,  always  affords  the  highest  delight." 

It  is  likewise  a  source  of  enjoyment  to  contemplate  the  experi- 
ments by  which  the  doctrines  of  science  are  supported,  and  the 
reasonings  and  deductions  founded  on  experimental  investiga- 

C  ne  of  the  uses  of  this  proposition  will  appear  from  the  following  example. 
►c  uppose  AC  the  height  of  a  wall  =  24  feet,  BC  the  width  of  a  trench  =  18  feet; 
it  is  required  to  find  the  length  of  a  ladder  BA  which  will  reach  from  the  out- 
ride of  the  trench  to  the  top  of  the  wall.  The  square  of  18  is  324,  the  square 
ff24is576,  which  added  together  make  900,  equal  to  the  square  D  ;  the 
square  root  of  which  is  30  =  the  length  of  the  ladder.  On  this  principle  we 
can  find  the  height  of  the  mountains  in  the  moon,  when  the  length  of  their 
shadows  is  known. 


PLEASURES    CONNECTED    WITH    SCIENCE.  101 

Scientific  Experiments. 


tions.     When  a  person  is  told  that  the  atmosphere  presses  on 
every  part  of  the  surface  of  the  earth  with  a  force  equal  to  two 
thousand  one  hundred  and  sixty  pounds  on  every  square  foot,  it 
must  surely  be  gratifying  to  behold  a  column  of  water  supported 
in  a  glass  tube,  open  at  the  lower  end, — and  a  square  bottle  con- 
nected with  an  air-pump  broken  to  pieces  by  the  direct  pressure  of 
the    atmosphere, — and    from   a    comparison    of   the  weight   of 
mercury  suspended  in  a  tube  with  the  diameter  of  its  bore,  to  be 
able  to  calculate  the  atmospherical  pressure  on  the  body  of  a  man, 
or  even  on  the  whole  earth.     When  he  is  told  that  one  ingre- 
dient of  atmospheric  air  is  the  principle  of  flame,  is  it  not  curious 
and  highly  interesting  to  behold  a  piece  of  iron  burning  in  this 
gas,  throwing  out  brilliant  sparks  of  white  flame,  and  illuminating 
a  large  hall  with  a  dazzling  lustre  ? — and  when  he  is  informed 
that  fixed  air  is  the  heaviest  of  the  gases,  and  destructive  to  flame 
and  animal   life, — is  it  not  gratifying  to  perceive  this  invisible 
fluid   poured   from   one   vessel  to   another,   and    when   poured 
on  the  flame  of  a  candle  that  it  instantly  extinguishes  it?  Many 
of  the  deductions  of  natural  science  are  so  wonderful,  and  so 
unlike  every  thing  we  should  have  previously  conceived,  that 
to  the  untutored  mind  they  appear  almost  incredible,  and  little 
short  of  unfounded  and  extravagant  assertions.     When  such  a 
one  is  told  that  "  any  quantity  of  liquid,  however  small,  will  coun- 
terpoise any  quantity,  however  great," — that  the  rubbing  of  a  glass 
cylinder  against  a  cushion  will  produce  the  effect  of  setting  fire  to 
spirits  of  wine,  or  of  bursting  a  bladder  of  air  at  the  distance  of  a 
hundred  feet  from  the  machine — that  the  galvanic  agency  will 
produce  a  violent  and  uncommon  effect  upon  the  nervous  and  mus- 
cular system — and  that  in  certain  vegetable  infusions,  myriads  of 
animals,  of  various  forms,  may  be  seen  a  thousand  times  less  than 
the  smallest  visible  point — such  assertions  are  apt  to  stagger  his 
belief  as  improbable  and  extravagant.     But  when  he  actually 
sees,  in  the  first  case,  a  large  hogshead  that  would  hold  above  a 
hundred  gallons,  filled  with  water,  and  a  long  tube  whose  bore  is 
not  half  an  inch  in  diameter,  firmly  inserted  into  its  top,  and  a 
small  quantity  of  water,  scarcely  exceeding  a  quart,  poured  into  the 
tube — and  then  beholds  the  top  rapidly  swelling,  and  in  a  few  mo- 
ments the  whole  cask  burstto  pieces  and  the  water  scattered  in  every 
direction, — or,  in  the  second  case,  when  he  sees  alcohol  sudden- 
ly taking  fire,  and  a  bladder  filled  with  oxygen  and  hydrogen  gas 
exploding  with  a  tremendous  report,  merely  by  the  turning  of  the 
electrical  machine  at  the  other  end  of  a  long  hall,  and  the  inter- 
position of  a  wire, — or  when,  in  the  third  case,  he  sees  a  person 
drink  a  glass  of  porter  which  has  a  wire  around  it  connected  with 
9* 


102  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Scientific  Experiments. 


a  galvanic  battery,  and  at  a  certain  stage  of  the  operation  receive 
a  tremendous  concussion,  which  makes  him  start  and  roar  like  a 
madman, — or,  in  the  last  case,  when  he  looks  through  a  powerful 
microscope,  and  perceives  hundreds  of  mites  like  so  many  young 
pigs,  clambering  among  rocks  of  cheese,  and  thousands  of  fishes 
in  a  drop  of  water — such  experimental  illustrations  of  the  truths 
of  science  cannot  fail  to  prove  highly  satisfactory,  and  to  afford 
no  inconsiderable  degree  of  entertainment  and  delight. 

Tht  occasional  'performance  of  scientific  experiments,  as  oppor- 
tunity offers,  and  the  construction  of  philosophical  instruments, 
may  also  be  converted  into  a  source  of  enjoyment.  In  the  one 
case,  the  student  of  nature  may  derive  gratification,  in  being  the 
means  of  communicating  entertainment  and  instruction  toothers  ; 
and  in  the  other,  he  may  whet  his  ingenuity,  and  increase  his 
mental  vigour,  and  be  enabled,  at  a  small  expense,  to  gratify  his 
curiosity  in  contemplating  the  various  processes,  and  the  beau- 
ties and  sublimities  of  nature.  Many  of  the  instruments  of  sci- 
ence, when  elegantly  constructed,  are  beyond  the  reach  of  the 
general  mass  of  mankind,  on  account  of  their  expense ;  but  a 
person  of  moderate  reflection  and  ingenuity,  during  his  leisure 
hours,  can  easily  construct,  at  an  inconsiderable  expense,  many 
of  the  most  useful  instruments  which  illustrate  the  facts  of  science. 
For  example,  a  powerful  compound  microscope,  capable  of  ena- 
bling us  to  perceive  the  most  interesting  minute  objects  in  the 
animal,  vegetable,  and  mineral  kingdoms,  may  be  constructed  at 
an  expense  of  little  more  than  a  crown,  provided  the  individual 
constructs  the  tubes  and  other  apparatus  of  pasteboard,  wood,  or 
other  cheap  materials  ;  and  the  occasional  exercise  of  the  mental 
powers  in  such  devices,  so  far  from  being  irksome  or  fatiguing,  is 
generally  accompanied  with  satisfaction  and  pleasure. 

It  is  true,  indeed,  that  the  study  of  some  of  the  subjects  above 
mentioned,  particularly  the  first  principles  of  the  mathematics, 
may,  in  the  outset,  be  attended  with  some  difficulties,  and  to  some 
minds  may  wear  a  dry  and  uninteresting  aspect.  But  as  the 
mind  proceeds  onward  in  its  progress,  and  acquires  clearer  con- 
ceptions of  what  at  first  appeared  difficult  or  obscure — every  diffi- 
culty it  is  enabled  to  surmount  gives  anew  relish  to  the  subject  of 
investigation,  and  additional  vigour  to  the  intellect,  to  enable  it  to 
vanquish  the  difficulties  which  still  remain, — till  at  length  it  feels 
a  pleasure  and  an  interest  in  the  pursuit,  which  no  difficulties,  nor 
even  the  lapse  of  time,  can  ever  effectually  destroy.  "  Let  any 
man,"  says  Lord  Broughman,  "  pass  an  evening  in  vacant  idle- 
ness, or  even  in  reading  some  silly  tale,  and  compare  the  state  of 
his  mind  when  he  goes  to  sleep  or  gets  up  next  morning  with 


PLEASURES    CONNECTED    WITH    SCIENCE.  103 


Influence  of  Science  on  the  Heart. 


its  state  some  other  day  when  he  has  passed  a  few  hours  in  going 
through  the  proofs,  by  facts  and  reasonings,  of  some  of  the  great 
doctrines  in  Natural  Science,  learning  truths  wholly  new  to  him, 
and  satisfying  himself  by  careful  examination  of  the  grounds  on 
which  known  truths  rest,  so  as  to  be  not  only  acquainted  with  the 
doctrines  themselves,  but  able  to  show  why  he  believes  them,  and 
to  prove  before  others  that  they  are  true  :  he  will  find  as  great  a 
difference  as  can  exist  in  the  same  being, — the  difference  between 
looking  back  upon  time  unprofitably  wasted,  and  time  spent  in 
self-improvement;  he  will  feel  himself  in  the  one  case  listless  and 
dissatisfied,  in  the  other  comfortable  and  happy  ;  in  the  one  case, 
if  he  do  not  appear  to  himself  humbled,  at  least  he  will  not  have 
earned  any  claim  to  his  own  respect;  in  the  other  case,  he  will 
enjoy  a  proud  consciousness  of  having  by  his  own  exertions  be- 
come a  wiser,  and  therefore  a  more  exalted,  creature." 

The  subjects  to  which  I  have  now  adverted  may  be  considered, 
not  merely  in  reference  to  the  gratification  they  afford  to  the  un- 
derstanding, but  likewise  in  reference  to  the  beneficial  influence 
they  would  produce  on  the  heart,  and  on  social  and  domestic  en- 
joyment. 

All  the  truths  relative  to  the  Creator's  operations  in  the  uni- 
verse, when  properly  contemplated,  are  calculated  to  produce  a 
powerful  and  interesting  impression  upon  the  affections.  Is  a 
person  gratified  at  beholding  symmetry  and  beauty  as  displayed 
in  the  works  of  art, — what  a  high  degree  of  delightful  emotion 
must  be  felt  in  surveying  the  beautiful  arrangements  of  Infinite 
Wisdom,  in  the  variety  of  forms,  the  nice  proportions,  the  exqui- 
site delicacy  of  texture,  and  the  diversified  hues  which  adorn  the 
vegetable  kingdom, — in  the  colours  of  the  morning  and  evening 
clouds  of  a  summer  sky,  the  plumage  of  birds,  the  admirable 
workmanship  on  the  bodies  of  insects,  the  fine  polish  of  sea-shells, 
the  variegated  wavings  and  colouring  of  jaspers,  topazes,  and 
emeralds,  and  particularly  in  those  specimens  of  Divine  mechan- 
in  insects,  plants,  and  flowers,  which  the  unassisted  eye  can- 
not discern,  and  which  the  microscope  alone  can  unfold  to  view  ! 
Has  he  a  taste  for  the  sublime  ?  How  nobly  is  he  gratified  by  an 
enlightened  view  of  the  nocturnal  heavens,  where  suns  unnum- 
bered shine,  and  mighty  worlds  run  their  solemn  rounds  !  Such 
contemplations  have  a  natural  tendency,  in  combination  with 
Christian  principles  and  motives,  to  raise  the  affections  to  that  Al- 
mighty Being  who  is  the  uncreated  source  of  all  that  is  sublime 
and  beautiful  in  creation, — to  enkindle  the  fire  of  devotion, — to 
excite  adoration  of  his  infinite  excellences,  and  to  produce  pro- 
found humility  in  his  presence.     Such  studies  likewise  tend  to 


104  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Effects  of  Science  in  Social  Life. 


preserve  the  mind  in  calmness  and  serenity  under  the  moral  dis- 
pensations of  Him  whose  wisdom  is  displayed  in  all  his  arrange- 
ments, and  whose  "  tender  mercies  are  over  all  his  works," — and 
to  inspire  it  with  hope  and  confidence  in  relation  to  the  future 
scenes  of  eternity,  from  a  consideration  of  his  power,  benevo- 
lence, and  intelligence,  as  displayed  throughout  the  universe,  and 
of  the  inexhaustible  sources  of  felicity  he  has  it  in  his  power  to 
distribute  among  numerous  orders  of  beings  throughout  an  im- 
mortal existence.  Contemplating  the  numerous  displays  of  Di- 
vine munificence  around  us — the  diversified  orders  of  delighted 
existence  that  people  the  air,  the  waters,  and  the  earth,  the  nice 
adaptation  of  their  organs  and  faculties  to  their  different  situations 
and  modes  of  life,  the  ample  provision  made  for  their  wants  and 
enjoyments,  and  the  boundless  dimensions  of  the  Divine  empire, 
where  similar  instances  of  beneficence  are  displayed — the  heart 
is  disposed  to  rest  with  confidence  on  Him  who  made  it,  convin- 
ced that  his  Almighty  power  qualifies  him  to  make  us  happy  by 
a  variety  of  means  of  which  we  have  no  adequate  conception,  and 
that  his  faithfulness  and  benevolence  dispose  him  to  withhold  no 
real  good  "  from  them  that  walk  uprightly." 

Such  studies  would  likewise  tend  to  heighten  the  delights  of 
social  enjoyment.  There  is  nothing  more  grating  to  the  man  of 
intelligence  than  the  foolish  and  trifling  conversation  which  pre- 
vails in  the  various  intercourses  of  social  life,  even  among  the 
middling  and  the  higher  circles  of  society,  and  in  convivial  asso- 
ciations. The  ribaldry,  and  obscenity,  the  folly  and  nonsense, 
and  the  laughter  of  fools  which  too  frequently  distinguish  such 
associations,  are  a  disgrace  to  our  civilized  condition,  and  to  our 
moral  and  intellectual  nature.  Without  supposing  that  it  will 
ever  be  expedient  to  lay  aside  cheerfulness  and  rational  mirth, 
the  lively  smile,  or  even  the  loud  laugh,  it  is  surely  conceivable, 
that  a  more  rational  and  improving  turn  might  be  given  to  general 
conversation  than  what  is  frequently  exemplified  in  our  social  in- 
tercourses. And  what  can  we  suppose  better  calculated  to  ac- 
complish this  end  than  the  occasional  introduction  of  topics  con- 
nected with  science  and  general  knowledge,  when  all,  or  the 
greater  part,  are  qualified  to  take  a  share  in  the  general  conversa- 
tion? It  would  tend  to  stimulate  the  mental  faculties,  to  suggest 
useful  hints,  to  diffuse  general  information,  to  improve  science 
and  art,  to  excite  the  ignorant  to  increase  in  knowledge,  to  pre- 
sent interesting  objects  of  contemplation,  to  enliven  the  spirits, 
and  thus  to  afford  a  source  of  rational  enjoyment.  It  would  also 
have  a  tendency  to  prevent  those  shameful  excesses,  noisy  tu- 
mults, and  scenes  of  intemperance  which  so  frequently  terminate 


PLEASURES    CONNECTED    WITH    SCIENCE.  105 

Effects  of  Science  in  Social  Life. 


our  festive  entertainments.  For  want  of  qualifications  for  such 
conversation,  cards,  dice,  childish  questions  and  amusements, 
gossiping  chit-chat,  and  tales  of  scandal,  are  generally  resorted 
to,  in  order  to  consume  the  hours  allotted  to  social  enjoyment. 
And  how  melancholy  the  reflection,  that  rational  beings  capable 
of  investigating  the  laws  and  phenomena  of  the  universe,  and  of 
prosecuting  the  most  exalted  range  of  thought,  and  who  are  des- 
tined to  exist  in  other  worlds,  throughout  an  endless  duration — 
should  be  impelled  to  resort  to  such  degrading  expedients,  to 
wheel  away  the  social  hours ! 

Domestic  enjoyment  might  likewise  be  heightened  and  improved 
by  the  studies  to  which  we  have  adverted.  For  want  of  qualifi- 
cations for  rational  conversation,  a  spirit  of  listlessness  and  indif- 
ference frequently  insinuates  itself  into  the  intercourses  of  fami- 
lies, and  between  married  individuals,  which  sometimes  degene- 
rates into  fretfulness  and  impatience,  and  even  into  jars,  conten- 
tions, and  violent  altercations  ;  in  which  case  there  can  never 
exist  any  high  degree  of  affection  or  domestic  enjoyment.  It  is 
surely  not  unreasonable  to  suppose,  that  were  the  minds  of  per- 
sons in  a  married  state  possessed  of  a  certain  portion  of  know- 
ledge, and  endowed  with  a  relish  for  rational  investigations — not 
only  would  such  disagreeable  effects  be  prevented,  but  a  variety 
of  positive  enjoyments  would  be  introduced.  Substantial  know- 
ledge, which  leads  to  the  proper  exercise  of  the  mental  powers, 
has  a  tendency  to  meliorate  the  temper,  and  to  prevent  those 
ebullitions  of  passion,  which  are  the  results  of  vulgarity  and  ig- 
norance. By  invigorating  the  mind,  it  prevents  it  from  sinking 
into  peevishness  and  inanity.  It  affords  subjects  for  interesting 
conversation,  and  augments  affection  by  the  reciprocal  inter- 
changes of  sentiment  and  feeling,  and  the  mutual  communication 
of  instruction  and  entertainment.  And  in  cases  where  malignant 
passions  are  ready  to  burst  forth,  rational  arguments  will  have  a 
more  powerful  influence  in  arresting  their  progress,  in  cultivated 
minds,  than  in  those  individuals  in  whose  constitution  animal 
feeling  predominates,  and  reason  has  lost  its  ascendancy.  As 
an  enlightened  mind  is  generally  the  seat  of  noble  and  liberal 
sentiments — in  those  cases  where  the  parties  belong  to  different 
religious  sectaries,  there  is  more  probability  of  harmony  and  mu- 
tual forbearance  being  displayed,  when  persons  take  an  enlarged 
view  of  the  scenes  of  creation,  and  the  revelations  of  the  Creator, 
than  can  be  expected  in  the  case  of  those  whose  faculties  are 
immersed  in  the  mists  of  superstition  and  ignorance. 

How  delightful  an  enjoyment  is  it,  after  the  bustle  of  business 
and  the  labours  of  the  day  are  over, — when  a  married  couple 


106  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 

Prince  Leopold  and  Princess  Charlotte. 

11     ■  -  —  -      -        r 

can  sit  down  at  each  corner  of  the  fire,  and,  with  mutual  relish 
and  interest,  read  a  volume  of  history  or  of  popular  philosophy, 
and  talk  of  the  moral  government  of  God,  the  arrangements  of 
his  providence,  and  the  wonders  of  the  universe  !  Such  interest- 
ing conversations  and  exercises  beget  a  mutual  esteem,  enliven 
the  affections,  and  produce  a  friendship  lasting  as  our  existence, 
and  which  no  untoward  incidents  can  ever  effectually  impair.  A 
Christian  pastor,  in  giving  an  account  of  the  last  illness  of  his 
beloved  partner,  in  a  late  periodical  work,  when  alluding  to  a  book 
she  had  read  along  with  him  about  two  months  before  her  de- 
cease, says,  "  I  shall  never  forget  the  pleasure  with  which  she 
studied  the  illustrations  of  the  Divine  perfections  in  that  interest- 
ing book.  Rising  from  the  contemplation  of  the  variety,  beauty, 
immensity,  and  order  of  the  creation,  she  exulted  in  the  assurance 
of  having  the  Creator  for  her  father,  anticipated  with  great  joy 
the  vision  of  him  in  the  next  world,  and  calculated  with  unhesi- 
tating confidence  on  the  sufficiency  of  his  boundless  nature  to 
engage  her  most  intense  interest,  and  to  render  her  unspeakably 
happy  for  ever."  It  is  well  known  that  the  late  lamented  Princess 
Charlotte  and  her  -consort  Prince  Leopold  lived  together  in  the 
greatest  harmony  and  affection  ;  and  from  what  her  biographers 
have  stated  respecting  her  education  and  pursuits,  it  appears  that 
the  mutual  friendship  of  these  illustrious  individuals  was  height- 
ened and  cemented  by  the  rational  conversation  in  which  they 
indulged,  and  the  elevated  studies  to  which  they  were  devoted. 
Her  course  of  education  embraced  the  English,  classical,  French, 
German,  and  Italian  languages ;  arithmetic,  geography,  astro- 
nomy, the  first  six  books  of  Euclid,  algebra,  mechanics,  and  the 
principles  of  optics  and  perspective,  along  with  history,  the  policy 
of  governments,  and  particularly  the  principles  of  the  Christian 
religion.  She  was  a  skilful  musician,  had  a  fine  perception  of 
the  picturesque  in  nature,  and  was  fond  of  drawing.  She  took 
great  pleasure  in  strolling  on  the  beach,  in  marine  excursions,  in 
walking  in  the  country,  in  rural  scenery,  in  conversing  freely  with 
the  rustic  inhabitants,  and  in  investigating  every  object  that 
seemed  worthy  of  her  attention.  She  was  an  enthusiastic  ad- 
mirer of  the  grand  and  beautiful  in  nature,  and  the  ocean  was  to 
her  an  object  of  peculiar  interest.  After  her  union  with  the 
prince,  as  their  tastes  were  similar,  they  engaged  in  the  same 
studies.  Gardening,  drawing,  music,  and  rational  conversation 
diversified  their  leisure  hours.  They  took  great  pleasure  in  the 
culture  of  flowers — in  the  classification  of  them — and  in  the 
formation,  with  scientific  skill,  of  a  hortus  siccus.  But  the  li- 
brary, which  was  furnished  with  the  best  books  in  our  languaget 


PLEASURES    CONNECTED    WITH    SCIENCE.  107 


Effects  of  Science  in  Social  Life. 


was  their  favourite  place  of  resort ;  and  their  chief  daily  pleasure, 
mutual  instruction.  They  were  seldom  apart  either  in  their  oc- 
cupations or  in  their  amusements ;  nor  were  they  separated  in 
their  religious  duties.  "  They  took  sweet  counsel  together,  and 
walked  to  the  house  of  God  in  company  ;"  and  it  is  also  stated, 
on  good  authority,  that  they  had  established  the  worship  of  God 
in  their  family,  which  was  regularly  attended  by  every  branch  of 
their  household.  No  wonder,  then,  that  they  exhibited  an  au- 
spicious and  a  delightful  example  of  private  and  domestic  virtue, 
of  conjugal  attachment,  and  of  unobtrusive  charity  and  benevo- 
lence. In  the  higher  circles  of  society,  as  well  as  in  the  lower, 
it  would  be  of  immense  importance  to  the  interests  of  domestic 
happiness,  that  the  taste  of  the  Princess  Charlotte  was  more 
closely  imitated,  and  that  the  fashionable  frivolity  and  dissipa- 
tion which  so  generally  prevail  were  exchanged  for  the  pur- 
suits of  knowledge,  and  the  delights  of  rational  and  improving 
conversation.  Then  those  family  feuds,  contentions,  and  sepa- 
rations, and  those  prosecutions  for  matrimonial  infidelity  which 
are  now  so  common,  would  be  less  frequently  obtruded  on  public 
view ;  and  examples  of  virtue,  affection,  and  rational  conduct, 
would  be  set  before  the  subordinate  ranks  of  the  community, 
which  might  be  attended  with  the  most  beneficial  and  permanent 
results,  not  only  to  the  present,  but  to  future  generations. 

In  short,  the  possession  of  a  large  store  of  intellectual  wealth 
would  fortify  the  soul  in  the  prospect  of  every  evil  to  which  hu- 
manity is  subjected,  and  would  afford  consolation  and  solace 
when  fortune  is  diminished,  and  the  greater  portion  of  external 
comforts  is  withdrawn.  Under  the  frowns  of  adversity,  those 
worldly  losses  and  calamities  which  drive  unthinking  men  to 
desperation  and  despair  would  be  borne  wifh  a  becoming  magna- 
nimity ;  the  mind  having  within  itself  the  chief  resources  of  its 
happiness,  and  becoming  almost  independent  of  the  world  around 
it.  For  to  the  individual  whose  happiness  chiefly  depends  on 
intellectual  pleasures,  retirement  from  general  society  and  the 
bustle  of  the  world  is  often  the  state  of  his  highest  enjoyment. 

Thus  I  have  endeavoured  briefly  to  illustrate  the  enjoyments 
which  a  general  diffusion  of  knowledge  would  produce — from  a 
consideration  of  the  limited  conceptions  of  the  untutored  mind, 
contrasted  with  the  ample  and  diversified  range  of  view  presented 
to  the  enlightened  understanding — from  the  delightful  tendency 
of  scientific  pursuits,  in  enabling  us  to  trace,  from  a  single  prin- 
ciple, an  immense  variety  of  effects,  and  surprising  and  unex- 
pected resemblances,  where  we  least  expected  to  find  them, — 


10S  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


True  Happiness  dependent  on  the  Mind. 


from  the  grand  and  sublime  objects  it  presents  before  us — from 
the  variety  of  novel  and  interesting  scenes  which  the  different 
departments  of  physical  science  unfold — from  the  exercise  of 
tracing  the  steps  by  which  scientific  discoveries  have  been  made 
— and  from  the  influence  of  such  studies  on  the  affections  and  on 
social  and  domestic  enjoyment. 

For  want  of  the  knowledge  to  which  I  have  alluded,  it  happens 
that  few  persons  who  have  been  engaged  in  commercial  or  agri- 
cultural pursuits  feel  much  enjoyment,  when,  in  the  decline'  of 
life,  they  retire  from  the  active  labours  in  which  they  had  been 
previously  engaged.  Retirement  and  respite  from  the  cares  of 
business  afford  them  little  gratification,  and  they  feel  a  vacuity 
within  which  nothing  around  them  or  within  the  range  of  their 
conceptions  can  fill  up.  Being  destitute  of  a  taste  for  intellectual 
pursuits,  and  devoid  of  that  substratum  of  thought  which  is  the 
ground-work  of  mental  activity  and  of  rational  contemplation, 
they  enjoy  nothing  of  that  mental  liberty  and  expansion  of  soul 
which  the  retreats  of  solitude  afford  to  the  contemplative  mind  ; 
and,  when  not  engaged  in  festive  associations,  are  apt  to  sink 
into  a  species  of  listlessness  and  ennui.  They  stalk  about  from  one 
place  to  another  without  any  definite  object  in  view — look  at  every 
thing  around  with  a  kind  of  unconscious  gaze — are  glad  to  indulge 
in  trifling  talk  and  gossip  with  every  one  they  meet — and,  feeling 
how  little  enjoyment  they  derive  from  their  own  reflections,  not 
unfrequently  slide  into  habits  of  sensuality  and  intemperance. 

From  what  we  have  stated  on  this  topic,  it  evidently  appears 
that  the  pursuits  of  science  are  fitted  to  yield  a  positive  gratifica- 
tion to  every  rational  mind.  It  presents  to  view  processes,  com- 
binations, metamorphoses,  motions,  and  objects  of  various  de- 
scriptions calculated  to  arrest  the  attention  and  to  astonish  the 
mind,  far  more  than  all  the  romances  and  tales  of  wonder  that 
were  ever  invented  by  the  human  imagination.  When  the  plea- 
sures arising  from  such  studies  are  rendered  accessible  to  all, 
human  happiness  will  be  nearly  on  a  level,  and  the  different  ranks 
of  mankind  will  enjoy  it  nearly  in  an  equal  degree.  As  true  en- 
joyment depends  chiefly  on  the  state  of  the  mind,  and  the  train 
of  thought  that  passes  through  it,  it  follows,  that  when  a  man 
prosecutes  a  rational  train  of  thought,  and  finds  a  pleasure  in  the 
contemplation  of  intellectual  objects,  his  happiness  is  less  de- 
pendent on  mere  sensitive  enjoyments,  and  a  smaller  portion  of 
external  comforts  will  be  productive  of  enjoyment  than  in  the 
case  of  those  whose  chief  pleasure  consists  in  sensual  gratifica- 
tions. When  intellectual  pursuits,  therefore,  shall  occupy  the 
chief  attention  of  mankind,  we  may  indulge  the  hope,  that  those 


PRACTICAL    TENDENCIES    OF    SCIENCE.  109 


Arts  of  Dying  and  Calico  Printing. 


restless  and  insatiable  desires  which  avarice  and  ambition  never 
cease  to  create  will  seldom  torment  the  soul,  and  that  a  noble 
generosity  of  mind  in  relation  to  riches  will  distinguish  persons 
of  every  rank,  and  be  the  means  of  producing  enjoyment  where- 
ever  its  influence  extends. 


SECTION  V. 

On  the  Practical  Influence  of  Scientific  Knowledge,  and  its  len- 
dency  to  promote  the  external  comforts  of  general  society. 

In  the  preceding  section  I  have  considered  the  beneficial  ten- 
dency of  knowledge  and  the  pleasures  it  affords,  chiefly  in  reference 
to  the  understanding  and  the  affections.  In  the  present  section 
I  shall  consider  it  more  particularly,  in  regard  to  its  practical  ef- 
fects on  the  active  employments  and  the  external  comforts  of  the 
middling  and  lower  orders  of  the  community. — Every  art,  being 
founded  on  scientific  principles,  and  directed  in  its  operations  by 
the  experimental  deductions  of  philosophy,  it  follows,  that  a  know- 
ledge of  the  principles  of  science  must  be  conducive  to  a  skilful 
practice  of  the  aits,  and  must  have  a  tendency  to  direct  the  genius 
of  the  artist  to  carry  them  to  their  highest  pitch  of  improvement. 
In  allustrating  this  topic,  I  shall  endeavour  to  show  that  an  ac- 
quaintance with  science,  would  render  mechanics,  manufacturers, 
and  labourers,  more  expert  and  skilful  in  their  different  depart- 
ments— would  pave  the  way  for  future  discoveries  and  improve- 
ments— and  that  the  knowledge  and  spirit  which  produced  such 
improvements  would  promote  the  external  comforts  of  mankind. 

I.  A  knowledge  of  the  principles  of  science  would  render  ma- 
nufacturers, mechanics,  and  common  labourers  of  all  descriptions 
more  skilful  in  their  respective  professions  and  employments. 

In  the  arts  of  citing  and  calico  printing,  every  process  is  con- 
ducted on  the  principles  of  chemistry.  Not  a  colour  can  be  im- 
parted but  in  consequence  of  the  affinity  which  subsists  between 
the  cloth  and  the  die, — or  the  die  and  the  mordant  employed  as  a 
bond  of  union  between  them  ;  and  the  colours  will  be  liable  to 
vary,  unless  the  artist  take  into  account  the  changes  which  take 
place  in  them  by  the  absorption  of  oxygen  ; — a  knowledge  of 
i  which  and  of  the  different  degrees  of  oxydizement  which  the  seve- 
ral dies  undergo,  requires  a  considerable  portion  of  chemical  skill; 
and  such  knowledge  is  absolutely  necessary  to  enable  either  the 
dyer  or  the  calico  printer  to  produce  in  all  cases  permanent  colours 

i 


110  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 

Bleaching  and  Brewing. 


of  the  shade  he  intends.  To  chemistry,  too,  they  must  be  indebt- 
ed for  the  knowledge  they  may  acquire  of  the  nature  of  the  articles 
they  use  in  their  several  processes — for  the  artificial  production 
of  their  most  valuable  mordants — and  for  some  of  their  most  beau- 
tiful and  brilliant  colours.  As  an  evidence  of  this,  it  is  sufficient 
to  state,  that,  to  produce  such  colours  as  an  olive  ground  and  yel- 
low figures,  a  scarlet  pattern  on  a  black  ground,  or  a  brown  ground 
with  orange  figures,  formerly  required  a  period  of  many  weeks  ; 
but  by  means  of  chemical  preparations,  the  whole  of  this  work 
may  now  be  done  in  a  few  days,  and  patterns  more  delicate  than 
ever  produced,  with  a  degree  of  certainty  of  which  former  manu- 
facturers could  have  no  idea ;  and  all  this  is  effected  by  dying  the 
cloth  a  self-colour  in  the  first  instance,  and  afterwards  merely  print- 
ing the  pattern  with  a  chemical  preparation,  which  discharges  a 
part  of  the  original  die,  and  leaves  a  new  colour  in  its  stead. 

The  art  of  bleaching  has  likewise  received  so  many  important 
improvements  from  chemical  science,  that  no  one  is  now  capable 
of  conducting  its  processes  to  advantage  who  is  ignorant  of  the 
scientific  principles  on  which  the  present  practice  of  that  art  is 
founded.  Till  about  the  close  of  the  eighteenth  century,  the  old 
tedious  process  of  bleaching  continued  in  practice.  But,  about 
that  period  the  introduction  of  the  oxy muriatic  acid,  combined  with 
alkalis,  lime  and  other  ingredients,  in  bleaching  cottons  and  linens, 
has  given  an  entirely  new  turn  to  every  part  of  the  process,  so  that 
the  process  which  formerly  required  several  months  for  its  com- 
pletion can  now  be  accomplished  in  a  few  days,  and  with  a  degree 
of  perfection  which  could  not  previously  be  attained.  Even  in  a 
few  hours,  that  which  formerly  required  nearly  a  whole  summer, 
can  now  be  effected,  and  that,  too,  merely  by  the  action  of  an  al- 
most invisible  fluid.  As  the  whole  process  of  bleaching,  as  now 
practised,  consists  almost  entirely  of  chemical  agents  and  opera- 
tions, every  person  employed  in  this  art  ought  to  possess  a  certain 
portion  of  chemical  knowledge,  otherwise  many  of  its  processes 
would  run  the  risk  of  being  deranged,  and  the  texture  of  the  ma- 
terials undergoing  the  process  of  being  either  materially  injured 
or  completely  destroyed. 

The  operation  of  breiving  fermented  liquors  is  likewise  a  che- 
mical process.  The  student  of  chemistry  will  learn  how  the 
barley  in  the  first  instance  is  converted  into  a  saccharine  sub- 
stance by  malting ;  how  the  fermentative  process  converts  the 
saccharine  to  a  spirituous  substance  ;  and  how  the  latter,  by  con- 
tinuing the  process,  becomes  changed  into  vinegar.  He  will  also 
learn  the  means  of  promoting  and  encouraging  this  process,  and 
how  to  retard  and  check  it,  when  it  is  likely  to  be  carried  too  far, 


UTILITY    OF    CHEMICAL    KNOWLEDGE.  Ill 


Importance  of  Chemistry  in  various  Arts. 


so  as  to  be  sure  of  uniformly  obtaining  satisfactory  results.  In 
this  and  in  every  other  process,  it  must  therefore  be  of  importance 
to  acquire  some  knowledge  of  the  principles  of  natural  substances, 
and  of  the  nature  of  those  changes  which  take  place  in  the  mate- 
rials on  which  we  operate.  In  the  manufacture  of  soap,  it  is 
reckoned  by  those  intimately  acquainted  with  the  process,  that 
many  thousands  per  annum,  now  lost  to  the  community,  might 
be  saved,  were  the  trade  carried  on  upon  scientific  principles. 
When  a  soap-boiler  is  an  accomplished  chemist,  he  knows  how 
to  analyze  barilla,  kelp,  potass,  and  other  materials,  so  as  to  ascer- 
tain the  proportion  of  alkali  in  each  ;  and  when  these  articles  are 
at  an  exorbitant  price,  he  will  have  recourse  to  various  residuums, 
which  he  will  decompose  by  chemical  means,  and  use  as  substi- 
tutes. He  will  know  how  to  oxydize  the  common  oils  and  oil- 
dregs,  so  as  to  give  them  consistence,  and  render  them  good 
substitutes  for  tallow — and  how  to  apportion  his  lime  so  as  to 
make  his  alkali  perfectly  caustic,  without  using  an  unnecessary 
quantity  of  that  article.  The  manufacture  of  candles  might  also 
derive  advantage  from  chemical  science.  It  is  found  that  foreign 
tallows  frequently  contain  a  large  portion  of  acid  rendering  them 
inferior  to  the  English,  which  by  chemical  means  may  be  purified 
at  a  very  small  expense,  and  by  the  proper  application  of  chemi- 
cal agents,  other  brown  tallows  may  be  rendered  beautifully 
white,  and  fit  for  the  best  purposes.* 

The  tanning  of  hides  is  now  ascertained  to  consist  in  impreg- 
nating the  animal  matter  with  that  peculiar  principle  taken  from 
the  vegetable  kingdom,  called  tan,  the  effect  of  which  is  explain- 
ed entirely  on  chemical  principles.  It  is  now  known  that  many 
substances  besides  oak-bark,  contain  tan,  and  to  chemistry  we 
are  indebted  for  the  means  of  discovering  with  accuracy  the 
quantity  of  tan  which  the  several  astringent  vegetables  contain. 
It  is  supposed  not  to  be  improbable,  when  the  manufacturers 
shall  have  paid  proper  attention  to  chemical  science,  that  the 
article  in  question  may  be  prepared  in  chemical  laboratories,  so 
as  entirely  to  supersede  the  use  of  oak  bark,  since  the  principle 
of  tanning  has  already  been  formed  artificially  by  a  modern  che- 
mist, "j* — It  is  also  well  known,  that  to  chemical  research,  the 
manufacturers  of  earthenware  and  porcelain  are  indebted  for  the 
improved  state  in  which  they  are  now  found.  For,  the  success- 
ful management  of  all  their  branches,  from  the  mixture  of  the 
materials  which  form  the  body  of  the  ware,  to  the  production  of 

*  For  most  of  the  above  hints  the  author  is  indebted  to  Mr.  Parkes. 
f  Seguin,    See  NicolsorVs  Phil.  Journal,  4to.  vol.  i.  p.  271. 


112  ON    THE    CxENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Importance  of  Chemistry  in  various  Arts. 


those  brilliant  colours  with  which  such  articles  are  adorned — is 
dependant  on  the  principles  of  chemical  science.  The  celebrated 
Wedgwood,  to  whom  this  branch  of  manufacture  is  so  highly  in- 
debted, devoted  his  whole  attention  to  the  improvement  of  his  art 
by  the  application  of  his  chemical  knowledge,  of  which  few  men 
possessed  a  larger  share  ;  and  he  has  been  heard  to  declare, 
"  that  nearly  all  die  diversified  colours  applied  to  his  pottery  were 
produced  only  by  the  oxides  of  iron." 

There  are  few  persons  to  whom  a  knowledge  of  chemistry  is 
of  more  importance  than  to  the  agriculturist.  It  will  teach  him 
to  analyze  the  soils  on  the  different  parts  of  his  farm,  and  to  sub- 
ject to  experiment  the  peat,  the  marie,  the  lime,  and  other  manures, 
in  order  to  ascertain  the  advantages  to  be  derived  from  them,  and 
the  propriety  of  applying  them  in  particular  instances.  It  will 
teach  him  when  to  use  lime  hot  from  the  kiln,  and  when  slacked, 
how  to  promote  the  putrefactive  process  in  his  composts,  and  at 
what  period  to  check  it,  so  as  to  prevent  the  fertilizing  particles 
becoming  unprolific  and  of  little  value.  It  will  also  teach  him 
the  difference  in  the  properties  of  marie,  lime,  dung,  mud,  ashes, 
alkaline  salt,  soap- waste,  sea- water,  and  other  manures,  and, 
consequently,  which  to  prefer  in  all  varieties  of  soil.  It  is  said 
that  the  celebrated  Lavoisier  cultivated  240  acres  of  land  in  La 
Vendee,  on  chemical  principles,  in  order  to  set  a  good  example 
to  the  farmers  ;  and  his  mode  of  culture  was  attended  with  so 
much  success  that  he  obtained  a  third  more  of  crop  than  was  pro- 
cured by  the  usual  method,  and  in  nine  years  his  annual  produce 
was  doubled. 

I  might  also  have  illustrated  the  practical  advantages  of  che- 
mical science  in  relation  to  the  art  of  extracting  metals  from  their 
ores, — the  conversion  of  iron  into  steel,  and  the  metallic  ore  into 
malleable  iron — the  manufacture  of  glass,  alum,  copperas,  blue 
vitriol,  soda,  potash,  morocco  leather,  paper,  starch,  varnish,  and 
Prussian-blue — the  refining  of  sugar,  saltpetre,  gold  and  silver — • 
the  artificial  formation  of  ice — the  method  of  preserving  fish, 
meat,  and  other  articles  of  food,  and  various  other  processes  con- 
nected with  the  practical  departments  of  life,  all  of  which  are 
strictly  chemical  operations,  and  can  be  improved  and  brought 
to  perfection  chiefly  by  the  knowledge  and  application  of  the  doc- 
trines and  facts  of  chemical  science. 

With  regard  to  the  professions  of  the  physician,  surgeon,  and 
apothecary,  it  is  now  universally  admitted,  that  an  extensive  ac- 
quaintance with  the  principles  and  facts  of  chemistry  is  essen- 
tially requisite  to  the  successful  practice  of  these  arts.  The 
human  body  may  be  considered  as  a  species  of  laboratory,  in 


UTILITY    OF    CHEMICAL    KNOWLEDGE.  113 


Use  of  the  different  Branches  of  Mathematics. 


which  the  various  processes  of  absorption,  secretion,  fermenta- 
tion, composition,  and  decomposition,  are   incessantly  going  for- 
ward.    Every  article  of  food  and  drink  we  throw  into  the  sto- 
mach, every  portion  of  atmospheric  air  we  receive  into  the  lungs, 
every  impression  we  derive  from  the  surrounding  elements,  every 
motion   of  the  heart  and  lungs,  and  every  pulse  that  vibrates 
within  us,  may  be  considered  as  effecting  a  chemical  change  in 
the  vital  fluids,  and  in  every  part  of  the  animal  system ;  the  na- 
ture of  which  it  is  of  the  utmost  importance  to  the  medical  prac- 
titioner thoroughly  to  investigate  and  understand.     For,  how  can 
he  be  supposed  to  be  successful  in  his  attempts  to  counteract  the 
disorders  to  which  the  human  frame  is  incident,  and  to  produce  a 
chemical  effect  on  the  constitution  of  his  patient,  if  he  is  ignorant 
either  of  the  processes  which  are  going  on  in  the  system,  of  the 
chemical  properties  of  the  substances  which  he  throws  into  it,  or 
of  the  effects  which  they  will  certainly  produce  ?     IT  he  is  igno- 
rant of  the   chemical   affinities  that  subsist  between  the  various 
articles  of  the  materia  medica,  he  may  often  administer  prepara- 
tions which  are  not  only  inefficacious,  but  even  poisonous  and 
destructive  to  his  patient.     TV  hen  two  chemical  substances,  each 
of  which  might  be  administered  separately  with  safety,  are  com- 
bined, they  sometimes  produce  a  substance  which  is  highly  dele- 
terious to  the   animal  system.     For  example,  although  mercury 
and  oxygenized  muriatic  acid  have  both  been  administered,  and 
either  of  them  maybe  taken  separately  without  injury  to  the  ani- 
mal economy, — yet,  if  a  medical  practitioner,  ignorant  of  the 
chemical  affinities  of  such  substances,  and  of  the  quality  of  the 
compound,  should  give  both  of  them  in  conjunction,  the  most 
dreadful  consequences  might  ensue  ;  since  the  product  of  this 
mixture,  oxygenized  muriate  of  mercury,  is  known  to  be  a  most 
corrosive  poison  ;  and  there  can  be  little  doubt  that  hundreds  of 
lives   have   been   destroyed   by  ignorant  pretenders   to  medical 
science,  in  consequence  of  the  injudicious  administration  of  such 
deleterious  preparations. 

But  chemistry  is  not  the  only  science  which  is  of  utility  in  the 
arts  which  minister  to  the  comfort  and  pecuniary  interests  of  so- 
ciety. Geometry,  trignometry,  conic  sections,  and  other  branches 
of  mathematical  knowledge  ;  hydrostatics,  hydraulics,  mechanics, 
optics,  botany,  mineralogy  and  the  other  departments  of  the 
physical  sciences,  may  be  rendered  of  essential  service  to  ar- 
tisans and  mechanics  of  various  descriptions.  All  the  sci- 
ences are,  in  some  degree,  connected,  and  reflect  a  mutual 
light  upon  one  another ;  and  consequently  the  man  who  has 
the  most  extensive  acquaintance  with  science  is  best  quali- 
10* 


114  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Practical  Geometry. 


tied  lor  carrying  to  perfection  any  one  department  of  the  useful 
arts. 

Practical  geometry  is  highly  useful  to  almost  every  mechanic 
and  artisan,  particularly  to  millwrights,  bricklayers,  carpenters* 
and  masons.  It  teaches  them  to  form  angles  of  any  assigned 
number  of  degrees,  to  draw  parallel  and  perpendicular  lines,  to 
proportion  circumferences  to  diameters,  to  divide  circular  rims 
into  any  number  of  parts,  to  estimate  the  square  or  cubical  con- 
tents of  any  piece  of  workmanship,  and  to  calculate  the  price 
they  ought  to  receive  for  any  work  they  perform,  according  to  its 
solid  or  superficial  dimensions.  In  forming  estimates  of  the  ex- 
pense of  any  proposed  undertaking,  the  carpenter,  bricklayer, 
and  architect,  must  find  such  knowledge  essentially  requisite ; 
and  even  the  common  labourer,  who  undertakes  the  formation 
of  roads,  the  digging  of  pits,  and  the  clearing  away  of  rubbish, 
will  find  the  principles  of  arithmetic  and  geometry  of  important 
service  in  estimating  the  rate  at  which  he  can  perform  such  ope- 
rations. The  following  geometrical  theorems,  besides  many 
others,  are  capable  of  a  variety  of  practical  applications,  in  many 
departments  of  the  arts.  "  If,  from  the  two  ends  of  any  diameter 
of  the  circle  two  lines  be  drawn  to  meet  in  any  one  point  of  the 
circle  whatever,  such  lines  are  perpendicular  to  each  other,"  or, 
in  other  words,  they  form  a  right  angle  at  the  point  of  contact.* 

*  For  example,  if  from  the  two  ends  of  the  diameter  A  and  B,  the  lines 


AC  BC  be  drawn  to  the  point  C,  these  lines  will  be  perpendicular  to  each 


UTILITY    OF    MECHANICAL    PRINCIPLES.  115 

The  Physical  Sciences. 

*-  —  ,.■■■■! 

Again,  "  The  areas  of  all  circles  are  in  exact  proportion  to  the 
squares  of  their  radii,  or  half-diameters."  If,  for  example,  we 
draw  a  circle  with  a  pair  of  compasses  whose  points  are  stretched 
4  inches  asunder,  and  another  with  an  extent  of  eight  inches,  the 
large  circle  is  exactly  four  times  the  size  or  area  of  the  small  one. 
For  the  square  of  4  is  =  16,  and  the  square  of  8  is  =  64,  which 
is  four  times  16.  And  as  the  circumferences  of  the  circles  are 
in  proportion  to  the  radii,  it  will  follow,  that  the  length  of  a  string 
which  would  go  round  the  curve  of  the  larger  circle  is  exactly 
double  the  length  of  one  which  would  go  round  the  lesser.  Me- 
chanics, in  recognising  such  theorems,  will  meet  with  many  op- 
portunities of  reducing  them  to  practice.  Again,  there  is  a  figure 
which  geometricians  term  a  parabola,  which  is  formed  every 
time  we  pour  water  forcibly  from  the  mouth  of  a  tea-kettle,  or 
throw  a  stone  forward  from  the  hand.  One  property  of  the  para- 
bola is,  that  if  a  spout  of  water  be  directed  at  half  a  perpendicular 
from  the  ground,  or  at  an  angle  of  elevation  of  45  degrees,  it  will 
come  to  the  ground  at  a  greater  distance  than  if  any  other  di- 
rection had  been  given  it,  a  slight  allowance  being  made  for  the 
resistance  of  the  air.  Hence  the  man  who  guides  the  pipe  of  a 
fire-engine  may  be  directed  how  to  throw  the  water  to  the  greatest 
distance,  and  he  who  aims  at  a  mark,  to  give  the  projectile  its 
proper  direction.  To  surveyors,  navigators,  land-measurers, 
guagers,  and  engineers,  a  knowledge  of  the  mathematical  sciences 
is  so  indispensably  requisite,  that  without  it  such  arts  cannot  be 
skilfully  exercised. 

The  physical  sciences  are  also  of  the  greatest  utility  in  almost 
every  department  of  art.  To  masons,  architects,  ship-builders, 
carpenters,  and  every  other  class  employed  in  combining  mate- 
rials,  raising  weights,  quarrying  stones,  building  piers  and  bridges, 
splitting  rocks,  or  pumping  water  from  the  bowels  of  the  earth, — 
a  knowledge  of  the  principles  of  mechanics  and  dynamics  is  of 
the  first  importance.  By  means  of  these  sciences  the  nature  of 
the  lever  and  other  mechanical  powers  may  be  learned,  and  their 
forces  estimated — the  force  produced  by  any  particular  combina- 
tion of  these  powers  calculated — and  the  best  mode  of  applying 

other,  and  consequently  the  angle  at  C  will  be  a  right  angle.  In  like  manner 
the  lines  AD  and  BD,  AB  and  BE,  will  stand  at  right  angles  to  each  other  ; 
and  the  game  will  be  the  case  to  whatever  point  of  the  circle  such  lines  are 
drawn.  The  practical  application  of  this  principle,  in  various  operations, 
will  at  once  be  obvious  to  the  intelligent  mechanic,  especially  when  he  in- 
tends the  two  ends  or  sides  of  any  piece  of  machinery  to  stand  perpendicular 
to  each  other. 


116  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


The  Physical  Sciences. 


such  forces  to  accomplish  certain  effects  ascertained.  By  a 
combination  of  the  mechanical  powers  the  smallest  force  may  be 
multiplied  to  an  almost  indefinite  extent,  and  with  such  assistance 
man  has  been  enabled  to  rear  works  and  to  perform  operations 
which  excite  astonishment,  and  which  his  own  physical  strength, 
assisted  by  all  that  the  lowrer  animals  could  furnish,  would  have 
been  altogether  inadequate  to  accomplish.  An  acquaintance  with 
the  experiments  which  have  been  made  to  determine  the  strength 
of  materials,  and  the  results  which  have  been  deduced  from  them, 
is  of  immense  importance  to  every  class  of  mechanics  employed 
in  engineering  and  architectural  operations.  From  such  experi- 
ments (which  have  only  been  lately  attended  to  on  scientific 
principles)  many  useful  deductions  might  be  made  respecting  the 
best  form  of  mortises,  joints,  beams,  tenons,  scarphs,  &c.  ;  the 
art  of  mast-making,  and  the  manner  of  disposing  and  combining 
the  strength  of  different  substances  in  naval  architecture,  and  in 
the  rearing  of  our  buildings.  For  example, — from  the  experi- 
ments now  alluded  to  it  has  been  deduced,  that  the  strength  of 
any  piece  of  material  depends  chiefly  on  its  depth,  or  on  that 
dimension  which  is  in  the  direction  of  its  strain.  A  bar  of  timber 
of  one  inch  in  breadth  and  two  inches  in  depth  is  four  times  as 
strong  as  a  bar  of  only  one  inch  deep  :  and  it  is  twice  as  strong 
as  a  bar  two  inches  broad  and  one  deep,  that  is,  a  joint  or  lever 
is  always  strongest  when  laid  on  its  edge.  Hence  it  follows,  that 
the  strongest  joist  that  can  be  cut  out  of  a  round  tree  is  not  the 
one  which  has  the  greatest  quantity  of  timber  in  it,  but  such  that 
the  product  of  its  breadth  by  the  square  of  its  depth  shall  be  the 
greatest  possible.  Again,  from  the  same  experiments  it  is  found, 
that  a  hollow  tube  is  stronger  than  a  solid  rod  containing  the  same 
quantity  of  matter.  This  property  of  hollow  tubes  is  also  accom- 
panied with  greater  stiffness  ;  and  the  superiority  in  strength  and 
stiffness  is  so  much  the  greater  as  the  surrounding  shell  is  thinner 
in  proportion  to  its  diameter.  Hence  we  find  that  the  bones  of 
men  and  other  animals  are  formed  hollow,  which  renders  them 
incomparably  stronger  and  stiffer,  gives  more  room  for  the  inser- 
tion of  muscles,  and  makes  them  lighter  and  more  agile,  than  if 
they  were  constructed  of  solid  matter.  In  like  manner,  the  bones 
of  birds,  which  are  thinner  than  those  of  other  animals,  and  the 
quills  in  their  wings,  acquire  by  their  thinness  the  strength  which 
is  necessary,  while  they  are  so  light  as  to  give  sufficient  buoyancy 
to  the  animal  in  its  flight  through  the  aerial  regions.  Our  engi- 
neers and  carpenters  have  of  late  begun  to  imitate  nature  in  this 
respect,  and  now  make  their  axles  and  other  parts  of  machinery 


UTILITY    OF    MECHANICAL    PRINCIPLES. 


117 


Hydrostatics  and  Hydraulics. 


hollow,  which  both  saves  a  portion  of  materials,  and  renders  them 
stronger  than  if  they  were  solid.* 

The  departments  of  hydrostatics  and  hydraulics,  which  treat  of 
the  pressure  and  motion  of  fluids,  and  the  method  of  estimating 
their  velocity  and  force,  require  to  be  thoroughly  understood  by 
all  those  who  are  employed  in  the  construction  of  common  and 
forcing  pumps,  water-mills,  fountains,  fire-engines,  hydrostatical 
presses  ;  and  in  the  formation  of  canals,  wet-docks,  and  directing 
the  course  of  rivers  ;  otherwise  they  will  constantly  be  liable  to 
commit  egregious  blunders,  and  can  never  rise  to  eminence  in 
their  respective  professions.  Such  principles  as  the  following : 
— that  fluids  press  equally  in  all  directions, — that  they  press  as 
much  upwards  as  dowmvards, — that  water,  in  several  tubes  that 
communicate  with  each  other,  will  stand  at  the  same  height  in  all 
of  them,  whether  they  be  small  or  great,  perpendicular  or  oblique, 
— that  the  pressure  of  fluids  is  directly  as  their  perpendicular 
height,  without  any  regard  to  their  quantity, — and  that  the  quan- 
tities of  water  discharged  at  the  same  time  by  different  apertures, 
under  the  same  height  of  surface  in  the  reservoir,  are  to  each 
other  nearly  as  the  areas  of  their  apertures, — will  be  found  capable 
of  extensive  application  to  plumbers,  engineers,  pump-makers, 
and  all  who  are  employed  in  conducting  water  over  hills  or  val- 
leys, or  in  using  it  as  a  mechanical  power,  by  a  recognition  of 
which  they  will  be  enabled  to  foresee,  with  certainty,  the  results 
to  be  expected  from  their  plans  and  operations  ;  for  want  of 
which  knowledge  many  plausible  schemes  have  been  frustrated, 
and  sums  of  money  expended  to  no  purpose. 

The  following  figures  and  explanations  will  tend  to  illustrate 
some  of  the  principles  now  stated  : — 1.  Fluids  press  in  proportion 

1. 

E 


*  The  mechanical  reader  who  wishes  particular  information  on  this  subject 
is  referred  to  the  article  Strength  of  Materials  in  Ency.  Brit.  3d  edit,  which 
was  written  by  the  late  Professor  Robison. 


118 


ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Hydrostatics  and  Hydraulics. 


Fig.  3. 


to  their  perpendicular  heights,  and  the  base  of  the  vessel  contain- 
ing them,  without  regard  to  the  quantity.     Thus,  if  the  vessel 
ABC,  Fig.  2,  has  its  base  BC  equal  to  the  base  FG  of  the  cylin- 
drical vessel  DEFG,  Fig.  1,  but  is  much  smaller  at  the  top  A 
than  at  the  bottom,  and  of  the  same  height ;  the  pressure  upon  the 
bottom  BC  is  as  great  as  the  pressure  upon  the  bottom  of  the  ves- 
sel DEFG,  when  they  are  filled  with  water,  or  any  other  liquid, 
notwithstanding  that  there  will  be  a  much  greater  quantity  of  water 
in  the  cylindrical  than  in  the  conical  vessel ;  or,  in  other  words, 
the  bottom  BC  will  sustain  a  pressure  equal  to  what  it  would  be 
if  the  vessel  were  as  wide  at  the  top  as  at  the  bottom.     In  like 
manner,  the  bottom  of  the  vessel  HIKL,  Fig.  3,  sustains  a  pres 
sure  only  equal  to  the  column  whose  base  is  KL,  and  height 
KM,  and  not  as  the  whole  quantity  of  fluid  contained  in  the  ves- 
sel ;  all  the  rest  of  the  fluid  being  supported  by  the  sides.     The 
demonstration  of  these  positions  would  occupy  too  much  room, 
and  to  many  readers  would  appear  too  abstract  and  uninteresting ; 
but  they  will  be  found  satisfactorily  demonstrated  in  most  books 
which  treat  of  the  doctrines  of  hydrostatics. 

2.  The  positions  now  stated  form  the  foundation  of  the  hydro- 
statical  paradox,  namely,  "  that  a  quantity  of  fluid,  however  small, 
may  be  made  to  counterpoise  a  quantity  however  great."  Thus, 
if  to  a  wide  vessel  AB  we  attach  a  tube  CD,  communicating  with 
the  vessel,  and  pour  water  into  it,  the  water  will  run  into  the  larger 
vessel  AB,  arid  will  stand  at  the  same  height  C  and  G  in  both. 
If  we  affix  an  inclined  tube  EF,  likewise  communicating  with  the 
large  vessel,  the  water  will  also  stand  at  E  at  the  same  height  as 
in  the  other  two  ;  the  perpendicular  altitude  being  the  same  in  all 
the  three  tubes,  however  small  the  one  may  be  in  proportion  to 
the  other.  This  experiment  clearly  proves  that  the  small  column 
of  water  balances  and  supports  the  large  column,  which  it  could 
not  do  if  the  lateral  pressures  at  bottom  were  not  equal  to  each 


• 


4 


UTILITY    OF    HYDROSTATICS. 


119 


Mode  of  conveying  Water  across  Valleys. 


other.  Whatever  be  the  inclination  of  the  tube  EF,  still  the  per- 
pendicular altitude  will  be  the  same  as  that  of  the  other  tubes,  al- 
though the  column  of  water  must  be  much  longer  than  those  in  the 
upright  tubes.  Hence  it  is  evident,  that  a  small  quantity  of  a  fluid 
mayt  under  certain  circumstances,  counterbalance  any  quantity  of 
the  same  fluid.  Hence  also  the  truth  of  the  principle  in  hydro- 
statics, that  "  in  tubes  which  have  a  communication,  tohether  they 
be  equal  or  unequal,  short  or  oblique,  the  fluid  always  rises  to  the 
same  height."  From  these  facts  it  follows,  that  water  cannot  be 
conveyed  by  means  of  a  pipe  that  is  laid  in  a  reservoir  to  any 
place  that  is  higher  than  the  reservoir. 

Fig.  4. 
A 


These  principles  point  out  the  mode  of  conveying  water  across 
valleys  without  those  expensive  aqueducts  which  were  erected  by 
the  ancients  for  this  purpose.  A  pipe,  conforming  to  the  shape 
of  the  valley,  will  answer  every  purpose  of  an  aqueduct.  Sup- 
pose the  spring  at  A,  Fig.  5,  and  water  is  wanted  on  the  other  side 
of  the  valley  to  supply  the  house  H,  a  pipe  of  lead  or  iron  laid 
from  the  spring-head  across  the  valley  will  convey  the  water  up  to 
the  level  of  the  spring-head  ;  and  if  the  house  stand  a  little  lower 
than  the  spring-head,  a  constant  stream  will  pour  into  the  cisterns 
and  ponds  where  it  is  required,  as  if  the  house  had  stood  on  the 
other  side  of  the  valley  ;  and,  consequently,  will  save  the  expense 
of  the  arches  BB,  by  which  the  ancient  Romans  conducted 
water  from  one  hill  to  another.  But,  if  the  valley  be  very  deep, 
the  pipes  must  be  made  very  strong  near  its  bottom,  otherwise 
they  will  be  apt  to  burst ;  as  the  pressure  of  water  increases  in 


, 


120  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Pressure  of  Fluids. 


the  rapid  ratio  of  1,  3,  5,  7,  9,  &c.  and  is  always  in  proportion  to 
its  perpendicular  height. 

Fig.  5. 


3.  Fluids  press  in  all  directions,  laterally  and  upwards,  as  well 
as  downwards.  That  fluids  press  laterally  may  be  seen  by  boring 
a  hole  in  the  side  of  a  cask  containing  any  liquid,  when  the  liquid 
will  run  out  in  consequence  of  the  lateral  pressure.  The  upward 
pressure  is  not  so  obvious,  but  is  clearly  proved  by  the  following 
experiment,  with  an  instrument  generally  termed  the  hydrostatic 
bellows  : — This  machine  consists  of  two  thick  oval  boards,  about 
18  inches  long  and  16  inches  broad,  united  to  each  other  by 
leather,  so  as  to  open  and  shut  like  a  pair  of  common  bellows,  but 
without  valves.  Into  this  instrument  a  pipe  B,  several  feet  high, 
is  fixed  at  D.  If  we  pour  water  into  the  pipe  at  its  top  C,  it  will 
run  into  the  bellows  and  separate  the  boards  a  little.  If  we  then 
lay  three  weights,  each  weighing  100  pounds,  upon  the  upper 
board,  and  pour  more  water  into  the  pipe,  it  will  run  into  the  bel- 
lows, and  raise  up  the  board  with  all  the  weights  upon  it.  And 
though  the  water  in  the  tube  should  weigh  in  all  only  a  quarter  of 
a  pound,  yet  the  pressure  of  this  small  force  upon  the  water  below 
in  the  bellows  shall  support  the  weights,  which  are  300  pounds  ; 
nor  will  they  have  weight  enough  to  make  them  descend,  and 
conquer  the  weight  of  water,  by  forcing  it  out  of  the  mouth  of  the 
pipe.  The  reason  of  this  will  appear  from  what  has  been  already 
stated  respecting  the  pressure  of  fluids  of  equal  heights,  without 
any  regard  to  the  quantities.  For,  if  a  hole  be  made  in  the  upper 
board,  and  a  tube  be  put  into  it,  the  water  will  rise  in  the  tube  to 
the  same  height  that  it  does  in  the  pipe  ;  and  it  would  rise  as  high 
(by  supplying  the  pipe)  in  as  many  tubes  as  the  board  would  con- 
tain holes.  Hence,  if  a  man  stand  upon  the  upper  board,  and  blow 
into  the  bellows  through  the  pipe,  he  will  raise  himself  upward 
upon  the  board  ;  and  the  smaller  the  bore  of  the  pipe  is,  the  easier 


UTILITY    OF    HYDROSTATICS. 


121 


Hydrostatic  Bellows. 


Fig.  6 


will  he  be  able  to  raise  himself.  And  if  he  put  his  finder  on  the 
top  of  the  pipe,  he  may  support  himself  as  long  as  he  pleases. 

The  uses  to  which  this  power  may  be  applied  are  of  great  va- 
riety and  extent ;  and  the  branches  of  art  dependant  upon  it  ap- 
pear to  be  yet  in  their  infancy.  By  the  application  of  this  power, 
the  late  Mr.  Bramah  formed  what  is  called  the  Hydrostatic  Press, 
by  which  a  prodigious  force  is  obtained,  and  by  the  help  of  which, 
hay,  straw,  wool,  and  other  light  substances  maybe  forced  into  a 
very  small  bulk,  so  as  to  be  taken  in  large  quantities  on  board  a 
ship.  With  a  machine,  on  this  principle,  of  the  size  of  a  tea-pot, 
standing  before  him  on  a  table,  a  man  is  enabled  to  cut  through  a 
thick  bar  of  iron  as  easily  as  he  could  clip  a  piece  of  pasteboard 
with  a  pair  of  shears.  By  this  machine  a  pressure  of  500  or  600 
tons  may  be  brought  to  bear  upon  any  substances  which  it  is  wished 
to  press,  to  tear  up,  to  cut  in  pieces,  or  to  pull  asunder. 

Upon  the  same  principle,  the  tun  or  hogshead  HI,  Fig.  7,  when 
li 


122  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Illustration  of  Water-Powei 


filled  with  water,  may  be  burst,  by  pressing  it  with  some  pounds 
additional  weight  of  the  fluid  through  the  small  tube  KL,  which 
may  be  supposed  to  be  from  25  to  30  feet  in  height.  From  what 
has  been  already  stated,  it  necessarily  follows,  that  the  small  quan- 
tity of  water  which  the  tube  KL  contains  presses  upon  the  bottom 
of  the  tun  with  as  much  force  as  if  a  column  of  water  had  been 
added  as  wide  as  the  tun  itself,  and  as  long  as  the  tube,  which 
would  evidently  be  an  enormous  weight.  A  few  years  ago,  a 
friend  of  mine,  when  in  Ireland,  performed  this  experiment  to 
convince  an  English  gentleman,  who  called  in  question  the  princi- 
ple, and  who  laid  a  bet  of  fifty  pounds  that  it  would  not  succeed. 
A  hogshead,  above  3  feet  high,  and  above  2  feet  wide,  was  filled 
with  water  ;  a  leaden  tube,  with  a  narrow  bore,  between  20  and 
30  feet  long,  was  firmly  inserted  into  the  top  of  the  hogshead  ;  a 
person,  from  the  upper  window  of  a  house,  poured  in  a  decanter 
of  water  into  the  tube,  and,  before  the  decanter  was  quite  emptied, 
the  hogshead  began  to  swell,  and,  in  two  or  three  seconds,  burst 
into  pieces,  while  the  wTater  was  scattered  about  with  immense 
force. 

Hence,  we  may  easily  perceive  what  mischief  may  sometimes 
be  done  by  a  very  small  quantity  of  water,  when  it  happens  to  act 
according  to  its  perpendicular  height.  Suppose,  that  in  any  build- 
ing, near  the  foundation,  a  small  quantity  of  water,  only  of  the  ex- 
tent of  a  square  yard,  has  settled,  and  suppose  it  to  have  completely 
filled  up  the  whole  vacant  space,  if  a  tube  of  20  feet  long  were 
thrust  down  into  the  water,  and  filled  with  water  from  above,  a 
force  of  more  than  5  tons  would  be  applied  to  that  part  of  the 
building,  which  would  blow  it  up  with  the  same  force  as  gunpowT- 
der.*  The  same  effect  may  sometimes  be  produced  by  rain  fall- 
ing into  long  narrow  chinks,  that  may  have  inadvertently  been  left 
in  building  the  walls  of  a  house  ;  which  shows  the  importance  of 
filling  up  every  crevice  and  opening  of  a  building,  and  rendering 
the  walls  as  close  and  compact  as  possible.  Hence,  likewise, 
similar  processes  in  nature,  connected  with  pools  of  water  in  the 
bowels  of  the  earth,  may  occasionally  produce  the  most  dreadful 
devastations.  For,  should  it  happen  that,  in  the  interior  of  a 
mountain,  two  or  three  hundred  feet  below  the  surface,  a  pool  of 
water  thirty  or  forty  square  feet  in  extent,  and  only  an  inch  or  two 
in  depth,  was  collected,  and  a  small  crevice  or  opening  of  half  an 
inch  in  breadth  were  continued  from  the  surface  to  the  water  in 
the  pool  ;  and  were  this  crevice  to  be  filled  with  rain  or  melted 
snow,  the  parts  around  the  layer  of  water  would  sustain  a  pres- 
sure of  more  than  six  hundred  tons,,  which  might  shake  the  moun- 

*  See  Fig.  8,  p.  151. 


UTILITY    OF    HYDROSTATICS.  123 


Pressure  of  Fluids. 


tain  to  its  centre,  and  even  rend  it  with  the  greatest  violence.  In 
this  way,  there  is  every  reason  to  believe,  partial  earthquakes  have 
been  produced,  and  large  fragments  of  mountains  detached  from 
their  bases.  _ 

The  principles  now  illustrated  are  capable  of  the  most  exten- 
sive application,  particularly  in  all  engineering  and  hydraulic 
operations.  It  is  on  the  principle  of  the  lateral  and  upward  pres- 
sure of  fluids  that  the  water,  elevated  by  the  New  River  water- 
works, in  the  vicinity  of  London,  after  having  descended  from  a 
basin  in  a  vertical  pipe,  and  then,  after  having  flowed  horizontally 
in  a  succession  of  pipes  under  the  pavement,  is  raised  up  again 
through  another  pipe,  as  high  as  the  fountain  in  the  Temple  Gar- 
den. It  is  upon  the  same  principle  that  a  vessel  may  be  filled 
either  at  the  mouth  or  at  the  bottom  indifferently,  provided  that  it 
is  done  through  a  pipe,  the  top  of  which  is  as  high  as  the  top  of 
the  vessel  to  be  filled.  Hence,  likewise,  it  follows,  that  when 
I  piers,  aqueducts,  or  other  hydraulic  works  for  the  retention  of 
water,  are  to  be  constructed,  it  becomes  necessary  to  proportion 
their  strength  to  the  lateral  pressure  which  they  are  likely  to  sus- 
tain, which  becomes  greater  in  proportion  to  the  height  of  the 
water  to  be  sustained.  Walls,  likewise,  designed  to  support  ter- 
races, ought  to  be  sufficiently  strong  to  resist  the  lateral  pressure 
of  the  earth  and  rubbish  which  they  are  to  sustain,  since  this 
pressure  will  be  greater  as  the  particles  of  earth  of  which  the 
terraces  are  composed  are  less  bound  together,  and  in  proportion 
as  the  terraces  are  more  elevated.  The  increase  of  pressure  in 
proportion  to  the  depth  of  any  fluid  likewise  shows  the  necessity 
of  forming  the  sides  of  pipes  or  masonry  in  which  fluids  are  to 
be  retained,  stronger  toivards  the  bottom,  where  the  pressure  is 
greatest.  If  they  are  no  thicker  than  w7hat  is  sufficient  for  re- 
sisting the  pressure  near  the  top,  they  will  soon  give  way  by  the 
superior  pressure  near  the  bottom  ;  and  if  they  are  thick  enough 
in  every  part  to  resist  the  great  pressure  below,  they  will  be 
stronger  than  necessary  in  the  parts  above,  and,  consequently,  a 
superfluous  expense,  that  might  have  been  saved,  will  be  incurred 
in  the  additional  materials  and  labour  employed  in  their  con- 
struction. The  same  principle  is  applicable  to  the  construc- 
tion of  flood-gates,  dams,  and  banks  of  every  description, 
for  resisting  the  force  of  water.  When  the  strength  and 
thickness  requisite  for  resisting  the*  pressure  at  the  greatest 
depth  is  once  ascertained,  the  walls  or  banks  may  be  made 
to  taper  upwards,  according  to  a  certain  ratio  founded  on  the 
strength  of  the  materials,  and  the  gradual  decrease  of  pressure 
from  the  bottom  upwards  ;    or,  if  one  side   be  made  perpen- 


124 


ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Pressure  of  Fluids. 


dicular,  the  other  may  proceed  in  a  slanting  direction  towards 
the  top. 

From  the  principles  and  experiments  now  stated,  we  may  also 
learn  the  reason  why  the  banks  of  ponds,  rivers,  and  canals  bloio 
up,  as  it  is  termed.  It*  water  can  insinuate  itself  under  a  bank 
or  dam,  even  although  the  layer  of  water  were  no  thicker  than  a 
half-crown  piece,  the  pressure  of  the  water  in  the  canal  or  pond  will 
force  it  up.  In  Fig*  8,  let  A  represent  the  section  of  a  river  or 
canal,  and  BB  a  drain  running  under  one  of  its  banks;  it  is  evi- 
dent, that  if  the  bank  C  is  not  heavier  than  the  column  of  water 
DB,  that  part  of  the  bank  must  inevitably  give  way.  This  effect 
may  be  prevented  in  artificial  canals  by  making  the  sides  very 
tight  with  clay  heavily  rammed  down,  or  by  cutting  a  trench  EF, 


about  a  foot  and  a  half  wide,  along  the  bank  of  the  river  or  canal, 
and  a  little  deeper  than  the  bottom  of  the  canal,  which,  being 
filled  up  with  earth  or  clay  well  moistened  with  water,  forms, 
when  dry,  a  kind  of  wall  through  which  the  water  cannot  pene- 
trate. By  inattention  to  such  circumstances  many  disasters  have 
happened,  and  much  expense  needlessly  incurred  ;  and,  there- 
fore, the  scientific  principles  to  which  I  have  now  adverted  ought 
to  be  known,  even  by  labourers  of  the  lowest  rank  employed  in 
operations  carried  on  for  the  improvement  of  the  country. 

To  the  want  of  a  recognition  of  these  principles  may  be  attri- 
buted the  failure  of  the  following  scheme,  and  the  disaster  with 
which  it  was  attended  : — After  the  diving-bell  was  invented,  it 
was  considered  desirable  to  devise  some  means  of  remaining  for 
any  length  of  time  under  water,  and  rising  at  pleasure  without  as- 
sistance. "  Some  years  ago,  an  ingenious  individual  proposed 
a  project,  by  which  this  end  was  to  be  accomplished.  It  con- 
sisted in  sinking  the  hull  of  a  ship  made  quite  water-tight,  with 


PRACTICAL  UTILITY  OF  PNEUMATICS.  125 

Properties  of  Air. 

the  decks  and  sides1  strongly  supported  by  shores,  and  the  only . 
entry  secured  by  a  stout  trap-door,  in  such  a  manner,  that,  by 
disengaging  from  within  the  weights  employed  to  sink  it,  it  might 
rise  of  itself  to  the  surface.  To  render  the  trial  more  satisfactory 
and  the  result  more  striking,  the  projector  himself  made  the  first 
essay.  It  was  agreed  that  he  should  sink  in  twenty  fathoms  water, 
and  rise  again  without  assistance  at  the  expiration  of  twenty-four 
hours.  Accordingly,  making  all  secure,  fastening  down  his  trap- 
door, and  provided  with  all  necessaries,  as  well  as  with  the  means 
of  making  signals  to  indicate  his  situation,  this  unhappy  victim 
of  his  own  ingenuity  entered,  and  was  sunk.  No  signal  was 
made,  and  the  time  appointed  elapsed.  An  immense  concourse 
of  people  had  assembled  to  witness  his  rising,  but  in  vain  :  for  the 
vessel  was  never  seen  more.  The  pressure  of  the  water  at  so 
great  a  depth  had,  no  doubt,  been  completely  under-estimated, 
and  the  sides  of  the  vessel  being  at  once  crushed  in,  the  unfor- 
tunate projector  perished  before  he  could  even  make  the  signal 
concerted  to  indicate  his  distress."* 

Many  other  applications  of  the  principles  of  hydrostatics  might 
have  been  mentioned,  but  what  has  been  now  stated  may  serve 
to  exemplify  the  practical  utility  of  an  acquaintance  with  such 
principles,  not  only  to  engineers  and  superintendents  of  public 
works,  but  to  mechanics  and  artificers  of  every  description. 

The  science  of  Pneumatics,  which  treats  of  the  mechanical 
properties  of  the  atmosphere,  will  likewise  be  found  useful  to 
mechanics  and  artists  of  various  descriptions,  to  whom  it  is,  in 
many  cases,  of  importance  to  know  something  of  the  effects  of  the 
resistance,  the  pressure,  and  the  elasticity  of  air.  The  construc- 
tion of  barometers,  syphons,  syringes,  and  air-pumps,  depends 
upon  the  pressure  of  the  atmosphere,  and  likewise  water-pumps, 
fire-engines,  and  many  other  hydraulic  machines  ;  and,  conse- 
quently, the  constructors  of  such  instruments  and  engines  must 
frequently  act  at  random,  if  they  are  unacquainted  with  the  nature 
and  properties  of  the  atmosphere,  and  the  agency  it  exerts  in  such 
I  mechanical  contrivances. |     Even  the  carpenter  and  the  mason 

*  Hersche!'-  u  Discourse  on  the  Study  of  Nat.  Philosophy." 
t  As  an  illustration  of  the  importance  of  being  acquainted  with  the  atmos- 
pheric pressure,  the  following  anecdote  may  be  here  inserted:— A  respecta- 
ble gentleman  of  landed  property,  in  one  of  the  middle  counties  of  Scotland, 
applied  to  a  friend  of  mine,  a  lecturer  onChemistrv  and  Natural  Philosophy, 
in  order  to  obtain  his  advice  respecting  a  pump-well  which  he  had  lately  con- 
structed at  considerable  expense.  He  told  him,  that,  notwithstanding  every 
exertion,  he  could  not  obtain  a  drop  of  water  from  the  spout,  although  he  was 
quite  sure  there  was  plenty  of  water  in  the  well,  and  although  he  had  plastered 
italL  around  and  blocked  up  every  crevice.  When  my  friend  inspected  the  pump, 


126  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Construction  of  Chimneys. 


may  be  directed,  in  some  of  their  operations,  by  an  acquaintance 
with  the  doctrines  of  pneumatics.  When  two  pieces  of  wood  are 
to  be  glued  together,  they  are  first  made  as  even  and  smooth  as 
possible  ;  the  glue  is  then  applied  to  one  or  both  of  the  surfaces  ; 
they  are  then  pressed  together  till  the  glue  has  become  thoroughly 
dry.  The  use  of  the  glue  is  to  fill  up  every  crevice  in  the  pores 
of  the  wood,  so  as  to  prevent  the  admission  of  any  portion  of  air 
between  the  pieces  ;  and  then  the  atmosphere,  with  a  force  equal 
to  15  pounds  on  every  square  inch,  presses  the  pieces  firmly  to- 
gether. A  knowledge  of  this  principle  will  suggest  the  propriety 
of  filling  up  every  opening  or  crevice,  and  continuing  the  pressure 
for  some  time,  as  the  air,  wherever  it  gains  admission,  has  a 
tendency,  by  its  elastic  force,  to  loosen  every  species  of  cement. 
The  same  principle  might  direct  bricklayers  and  masons,  in  build- 
ing either  stone  or  brick- walls,  in  suggesting  the  propriety  of  filling 
up  every  crevice  with  the  most  tenacious  cements,  so  as  to  prevent 
the  access  of  the  external  air  to  the  interior  of  the  walls.  For 
there  can  be  no  question  that  the  firmness  and  stability  of  our 
houses  and  garden- walls  depend,  in  part,  upon  the  pressure  of  the 
atmosphere,  after  the  interior  crevices  are  thoroughly  filled  up. 
An  extensive  knowledge  of  this  science  would  likewise  direct  them 
to  the  proper  mode  of  constructing  the  flues  of  chimneys,  so  as  to 
prevent  that  most  disagreeable  of  all  circumstances  in  dwelling- 
houses,  smoky  chimneys.  From  ignorance  of  the  effects  of  heat, 
of  the  experiments  that  have  been  made  on  rarefied  air,  and  their 
relation  to  our  common  fires, — of  the  proper  dimensions  of  funnels, 
— of  the  effects  of  winds  and  currents  of  air, — of  the  proper  height 
and  width  of  chimneys, — of  the  method  of  promoting  a  good 
draught,  and  making  the  air  pass  as  near  the  fire  as  possible,  and 
various  other  particulars  requisite  to  be  attended  to  in  the  coa- 
struction  of  fireplaces  and  their  flues  ;  many  dwelling-houses 
have  been  bungled,  and  rendered  almost  uninhabitable.  The 
workmen,  in  such  operations,  without  any  rational  principle  to 

he  suspected  that  the  upper  part  of  the  well  was  air  tight,  and,  consequently, 
that  tile  atmospheric  pressure  could  not  act  on  the  surface  of  the  water  in  the 
well.  He  immediately  ordered  a  hole  to  be  bored  adjacent  to  the  pump, 
when  the  air  rushed  in  with  considerable  force  ;  and,  on  pumping-,  the  water 
flowed  copiously  from  the  spout.  The  gentleman  was  both  overjoyed  and 
astonished  ;  bur,  it  is  somewhat  astonishing  that  neither  he,  nor  his  neigh- 
bours, nor  any  of  the  workmen  who  had  been  employed  in  its  construction, 
should  have  been  able  to  point  out  the  cause  of  the  defect ;  but,  on  the  other 
hand,  should  have  taken  the  very  opposite  means  for  remedying  it,  namely,  by 
plastering  up  every  crevice,  so  as  to  produce  a  kind  of  vacuum  within  the  well. 
This  and  similar  facts  show  how  little  progress  scientific  knowledge  has  yet 
made,  even  among  the  middle  classes  of  the  community. 


PRACTICAL    UTILITY    OF    PNEUMATICS.  127 


Construction  of  Chimneys. 


guide  them,  carry  up  funnels  in  the  easiest  way  they  can,  accord- 
ing to  the  practice  of  "  use  and  wont,"  and  leave  the  tenants  or 
proprietors  of  the  houses  they  erect  to  get  rid  of  their  smoke  in  the 
best  way  their  fancy  can  contrive.  Whereas,  were  chimneys  and 
their  flues  constructed  according  to  the  principles  of  science,  they 
might  be  rendered,  almost  with  certainty,  completely  efficient  for 
the  purpose  intended. 

To  all  who  are  acquainted  with  the  nature  and  properties  of 
elastic  fluids,  it  must  be  obvious,  that  the  whole  mystery  of  curing 
smoky  chimneys  consists  in  finding  out  and  removing  the  acci- 
dental causes  which  prevent  the  heated  smoke  from  being  forced 
up  the  chimney  by  the  pressure  of  the  cool  or  heavier  air  of  the 
room.  These  causes  are  various  ;  but  that  which  will  be  found 
most  commonly  to  operate  is,  the  bad  construction  of  the  chim- 
ney in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  fireplace.  "  The  great  fault," 
says  Count  Rumford,  "  of  all  the  open  fireplaces  now  in  common 
use  is,  that  they  are  much  too  large,  or  rather  it  is  the  throat  oj 
the  chimney,  or  the  lower  part  of  its  open  canal,  in  the  neighbour- 
hood of  the  mantle,  and  immediately  over  the  fire,  which  is  too 
large."  The  following  is  a  condensed  view  of  some  of  the  rules 
given  on  this  subject,  by  this  ingenious  practical  philosopher,  and 
which  are  founded  on  the  principles  of  science,  and  on  numer- 
ous experiments  : — 1.  The  throat  of  the  chimney  should  be  per- 
pendicularly over  the  fire  ;  as  the  smoke  and  hot  vapour  which 
rise  from  a  fire  naturally  tend  upwards.  By  the  throat  of  a  chim- 
ney is  meant  the  lower  extremity  of  its  canal,  where  it  unites  with 
the  upper  part  of  its  open  fireplace.  2.  The  nearer  the  throat  of 
a  chimney  is  to  the  fire  the  stronger  will  be  its  draught,  and  the 
less  danger  of  its  smoking  ;  since  smoke  rises  in  consequence  of 
its  rarefaction  by  heat,  and  the  heat  is  greater  nearer  the  fire  than 
at  a  greater  distance  from  it.  But  the  draught  of  a  chimney  may 
be  too  strong,  so  as  to  consume  the  fuel  too  rapidly  ;  and,  there- 
fore, a  due  medium  must  be  fixed  upon,  according  to  circumstan- 
ces. 3.  That  four  inches  is  the  proper  width  to  be  given  to  the 
throat  of  a  chimney,  reckoning  across  from  the  top  of  the  breast 
of  the  chimney,  or  the  inside  of  the  mantle  to  the  back  of  the  chim- 
ney ;  and  even  in  large  halls,  where  great  fires  are  kept  up,  this 
width  should  never  be  increased  beyond  4|  or  5  inches.  4. 
The  width  given  to  the  back  of  the  chimney  should  be  about  one- 
third  of  the  width  of  the  opening  of  the  fireplace  in  front.  In  a 
room  of  a  middling  size,  thirteen  inches  is  a  good  size  for  the  width 
of  the  back,  and  3  times  13  or  39  inches  for  the  width  of  the 
opening  of  the  fireplace  in  front.  5.  The  angle  made  by  the  back 
of  the  fireplace  and  the  sides  of  it,  or  covings  should  be  135  de- 


128 


ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Construction  of  Chimneys. 


grees,  which  is  the  best  position  they  can  have  for  throwing  heat 
into  the  room.  6.  The  back  of  the  chimney  should  always  be 
built  perfectly  upright.  7.  Where  the  throat  of  the  chimney  has 
an  end,  that  is  to  say,  where  it  enters  into  the  lower  part  of  the 
open  canal  of  the  chimney,  there  the  three  walls  which  form  the 
two  covings  and  the  back  of  the  fireplace  should  all  end  abruptly, 
without  any  slope,  which  will  render  it  more  difficult  for  any  wind 
from  above  to  force  its  way  through  the  narrow  passage  of  the 
throat  of  the  chimney.  The  back  and  covings  should  rise  5  or  6 
inches  higher  than  the  breast  of  the  chimney.  8.  The  current  of 
air  which,  passing  under  the  mantle,  gets  into  the  chimney,  should 
be  made  gradually  to  bend  its  course  upwards ;  by  which  means 
it  will  unite  quietly  with  the  ascending  current  of  smoke.  This  is 
effected  with  the  greatest  ease  and  certainty,  merely  by  rounding 
off  the  breast  of  the  chimney,  or  back  part  of  the  mantle,  instead 
of  leaving  it  flat  or  full  of  holes  and  corners.  Fig.  1  shows  the 
section  of  a  chimney  on  the  common  construction,  in  which  d  e  is 
the  throat.  Fig.  2  shows  a  section  of  the  same  chimnev  altered 
and  improved,  in  which  d  i  is  the  reduced  throat,  four  inches  in 
the  direction  of  d  i,  and  thirteen  inches  in  a  line  parallel  to  the 
mantle. 


Fig.  L 


Fi<r.  2. 


Masons,  bricklayers,  and  others,  who  are  interested  in  this  sub- 
ject, would  do  well  to  procure  and  study  Count  Rumford's  "  Es- 
say," which  was  originally  sold  for  two  shillings.  His  directions 
have  seldom  been  accurately  attended  to  in  this  country  by  those 
who  have  pretended  to  improve  chimneys  on  the  principles  he  has 


APPLICATIONS    OF    OPTICAL    KNOWLEDGE.  129 

Telescopes  and  Miscroscopes. 


laid  down,  partly  from  carelesness,  and  partly  from  ignorance  of 
the  elements  of  science.  When  the  grate  is  not  set  in  its  proper 
place,  when  its  sloping  iron  back  is  retained, — when  no  pains  have 
been  taken  to  make  its  ends  coincide  with  the  covings  of  the  fire- 
place,— when  the  mantle,  instead  of  having  its  back  rounded  off, 
is  a  vertical  plane  of  iron,  cutting  a  column  of  smoke  which  rises 
beneath  it ;  and,  above  all,  when  the  throat  of  the  chimney,  instead 
of  four,  is  made,  as  we  often  see,  fourteen  inches  wide, — not  one 
of  the  Count's  directions  has  been  attended  to,  and  his  principles 
have  as  little  to  do  with  the  construction  of  such  a  chimney,  as 
with  the  building  of  the  dikes  of  Holland,  or  the  pyramids  of 
Egypt. 

A  knowledge  of  the  science  of  Optics,  which  explains  the  na- 
ture of  vision,  and  the  laws  by  which  light  is  refracted  and  reflect- 
ed, is  essentially  requisite  to  the  makers  of  telescopes,  microscopes, 
and  all  other  dioptric  and  catoptric  instruments,  in  order  to  carry 
them  forward  to  their  highest  pitch  of  improvement.  And  yet 
how  often  do  we  find  many  of  those  employed  in  the  construction 
and  manufacture  of  such  instruments  glaringly  deficient  in  the  first 
principles  of  optical  science.  One  maker  imitates  the  instru- 
ments of  another  without  discrimination,  and  while  he  sometimes 
imitates  the  excellences,  he  as  frequently  copies  the  defects. 
Hence  the  glaring  deficiencies  in  the  construction  of  the  eye- 
pieces of  most  of  our  pocket-telescopes,  and  the  narrow  field  of 
view  by  which  they  are  distinguished,  which  a  slight  acquaintance 
with  the  properties  of  lenses  would  teach  them  to  obviate.  By  a 
moderate  acquaintance  with  the  principles  of  this  science,  any  in- 
genious mechanic  might,  at  a  small  expense,  be  enabled  to  con- 
struct for  himself  many  of  those  optical  instruments  by  which  the 
beauties  of  the  animal  and  vegetable  kingdoms,  and  the  wonders 
of  distant  worlds,  have  been  explored. 

Although,  in  the  hands  of  mathematicians,  the  science  of  optics 
has  assumed  somewhat  of  a  forbidding  appearance  to  the  untu- 
tored mind,  by  the  apparently  complex  and  intricate  diagrams  by 
which  its  doctrines  have  been  illustrated,  yet  it  requires  only  the 
knowledge  of  a  few  simple  facts  and  principles  to  guide  an  in- 
telligent mechanic  in  his  experiments,  and  in  the  construction  of 
its  instruments.  In  order  to  the  construction  of  a  refracting 
telescope,  it  is  only  requisite  to  know,  that  the  rays  of  light 
passing  through  a  convex-glass  paint  an  image  of  any  object 
directly  before  it,  at  a  certain  point  behind  it,  called  its  focus ; 
and  that  this  image  may  be  viewed  and  magnified  by  another 
convex-glass,  placed  at  a  certain  distance  behind  it.  Thus,  let 
CD,  Fig.  1,  represent  a  convex-glass,  whose  focal  distance  CE 


130 


ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Astronomical  Telescope. 


is  12  inches ;  let  AB  represent  a  distant  object  directly  opposite  ; 
the  rays  of  light  passing  from  this  object,  and  crossing  each 
other,  will  form  an  image  of  the  object  AB,  at  EF,  in  an  inverted 
position.  Let  GH  represent  another  convex-glass,  whose  focal 
distance  is  only  one  inch.  If  this  glass  is  placed  at  one  inch  dis- 
tant from  the  image  EF,  or  13  inches  from  the  glass  CD,  and 
the  eye  applied  at  the  point  S,  the  object  AB  will  be  seen  turned 
upside  down,  and  magnified  in  the  proportion  of  1  to  12,  or  twelve 

Fig.  1. 


times  in  length  and  breadth.  This  forms  what  is  called  an 
Astronomical  telescope ;  but,  as  every  thing  seen  through  it  ap- 
pears inverted,  it  is  not  adapted  for  viewing  terrestrial  objects. 
In  order  to  fit  it  for  viewing  land  objects,  two  other  eye-glasses, 
of  the  same  focal  distance  (namely,  one  inch),  are  requisite  ;  the 
second  eye-glass  IK  is  placed  at  2  inches  from  GH,  or  double 
their  focal  distance,  and  the  glass  NO  at  the  same  distance  from 
IK.*  By  this  means  a  second  image  IM  is  formed  in  an  up- 
right position,  which  is  viewed  by  the  eye  at  P,  through  the  glass 
NO,  and  the  object  appears  magnified  in  the  same  proportion  as 
before.     The  magnifying  power  of  a  telescope  of  this  construc- 

*  This  is  not  the  best  form  of  a  terrestrial  eye-piece  ;  but  it  may  serve  for 
the  purpose  of  illustration.  The  eye-piece  now  most  generally  used  consists 
of  four  lenses,  combined  on  a  different  principle. 


APPLICATIONS    OF    OPTICAL   KNOWLEDGE. 


131 


Compound  Microscope. 


tion  is  found  by  dividing  the  focal  distance  of  the  object-glass  by 
the  focal  distance  of  the  eye-glass.  Thus,  if  the  object-glass  be 
36  inches  in  focal  distance,  and  the  eye-glass  1|  inch,  the  mag- 
nifying power  will  be  24  times  ;  if  the  focus  of  the  eye-glass  be 
2  inches,  the  magnifying  power  will  be  18  times,  &c. — LM  is  the 
telescope  fitted  up  for  use. 

A  compound  microscope  might  likewise  be  easily  constructed 

Fig.  2. 


by  any  ingenious  artisan  or  mechanic,  by  attending  to  the  follow- 
ing illustrations  and  directions.  Fig.  2.  represents  the  glasses  of 
a  compound  microscope.  AB  is  the  glass  next  the  object ;  CD 
is  the  amplifying  glass  for  enlarging  the  field  of  view ;  EF  is  the 
glass  next  the  eye.  When  a  small  object,  as  GH,  is  placed 
below  the  object-glass  AB,  at  a  little  more  than  its  focal  distance 
from  it,  a  magnified  image  of  this  object  is  formed  by  the  glass 
AB  at  GH,  which  is  magnified  in  proportion  as  the  distance  GG 
exceeds  the  distance  of  AG.    This  magnified  image  of  the  object 


132  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


How  to  construct  a  Compound  Microscope. 


is  magnified  a  second  time  by  the  glass  EF,  to  which  the  eye  is 
applied  at  K.     This  instrument,  when  fitted  up  for  use,  is  repre- 

Fig.  3. 


sented  in  Fig.  3,  where  LM  represents  a  box  or  pedestal  on 
which  it  stands,  NO  the  stage  on  which  the  objects  are  placed, 
over  the  opening  i,  which  is  supported  by  three  pillars  fixed  to 
the  top  of  the  box.  P  is  a  tube  which  is  supported  by  three 
pillars  fixed  into  the  stage.  Into  this  tube  the  tube  R  slides  up  and 
down  for  adjusting  the  focus.  The  small  tube  u,  which  carries 
the  object-glass,  is  connected  with  the  tube  R,  and  slides  up  and 
down  along  with  it.  S  is  the  tube  which  contains  the  two  eye- 
glasses, and  which  may  be  made  to  slide  up  and  down  into  the  tube 
R,  for  increasing  the  magnifying  power  when  occasion  requires. 
T  is  a  mirror,  fixed  on  the  pedestal,  capable  of  moving  up  and  down, 
and  to  the  rijrht  or  left,  for  throwing  light  upon  the  objectplaced  over 
the  hole  t,  which  may  be  laid  upon  a  slip  of  thin  glass.  The  ob- 
ject-glass AB,  Fig.  2,  is  placed  at  w,  Fig.  3.  The  glass  CD  is 
placed  opposite  W,  Fig*  3,  and  the  eye-glass  EF  opposite  V. 

Such  are  the  essential  parts  of  a  compound  miscroscope.  Any 
common  mechanic  may  construct  one  for  himself  by  attending  to 
the  following  directions  : — The  object-glass  AB,  Fig.  2,  may  be 


APPLICATIONS    OF    OPTICAL    KNOWLEDGE.  133 


Mirrors  and  Lenses. 


ibout  §,  |,  or  1  inch  focal  distance,  and  the  aperture,  or  hole  which 
lets  in  the  light  from  the  object,  should  not  exceed  1-1  Oth  of  an 
inch,  otherwise  it  will  cause  a  glare,  which  will  produce  an  indis- 
tinct image  of  the  object.     The  amplifying  glass  CD  may  be  2| 
inches  focal  distance,  and  lj  inch  in  diameter.     This  glass  is 
not  essen  t tally  necessary,  but  it  serves  to  enlarge  the  field  of  view, 
and  to  render  it  more  distinct  near  the  border.     The  eye-glass 
EF  should  be  about  1  inch  focus,  and  about  f  inch  in  diameter. 
With  respect  to  the  distances  at  which  they  should  be  placed  from 
each  other,  the  glass  CD  may  be  placed  at  about  5  or  6  inches 
from  AB,  and  the  glass  EF  about  2  inches,  or  1-J  inch  from  CD. 
The  object-glass  should  be  a  double  convex — the  eye-glasses  may 
be  plano-convex ;  that  is,  plane  on  the  one  side  and  convex  on  the 
other,  with  the  plane  sides  turned  next  the  eye  ;  but  double  con- 
vexes  will  do,  if  these  cannot  be  procured.     The  tubes  which 
contain  the  glasses  may  be  made  of  paste-board,  and  the  stage, 
pillars,  and  box,  of  wood.     The  glasses  may  be  procured  for  about 
4  shillings  ;  and  if  the  individual  fit  them  into  the  tubes,  and  per- 
form all  the  other  operations  requisite,  the  expense  of  all  the  other 
materials  will  not  exceed  other  four  shillings.     Suppose,  now,  that 
the  object-glass  AB  is  \  inch  focal  distance,  and  the  image  GH 
is  formed  at  the  distance  of  6  inches  from  it,  this  image  will  be 
larger  than  the  object,  nearly  in  the  proportion  of  6  to  |,  or  12 
times.     Suppose  the  glass  EF,  considered  in  connexion  with  CD, 
to  possess  a  magnifying  power  equal  to  5  times  ;  then  the  whole 
magnifying  power  will  be  5  X  1 2,  or  60  times.    The  object,  there- 
fore, will  be  magnified  60  times  in  length  and  in  breadth,  and, 
consequently,  the  surface  will  be  magnified  3600  times,  which 
is  the  square  of  60.     With  such  a  microscope,  the  animalculoe 
in  water,  the  circulation  of  the  blood  in  frogs  and  fishes,  the 
small  feathers  which  compose  the  dust  on  butterflies'  wings,  and 
all  the  most  interesting  appearances  of  the  minute  parts  of  ani- 
mals and  vegetables,  may  be  distinctly  perceived. 

Besides  the  discoveries  in  the  heavens  and  in  the  minute  parts 
of  creation  to  which  the  study  of  the  science  of  optics  has  led,  its 
principles  are  capable  of  being  directed  to  many  important  pur- 

,  poses  in  human  life  and  society.  By  means  of  large  burning 
mirrors  and  lenses  the  rays  of  the  sun  have  been  condensed,  so 
as  to  increase  their  intensity  more  than  seventeen  thousand  times, 
and  to  produce  a  heat  more  than  four  hundred  times  greater  than 
that  of  our  common  fires,  which  would  serve  for  the  combustion 

\  and  fusion  of  numerous  substances,   which  are  infusible  in  the 
greatest  heat  that  can  be  produced  in  our  common  furnaces.     The 
property  of  a  convex  lens,  by  which  rays  proceeding  from  its  focus 
12 


134 


ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Brewster's  Polyzonal  Lens. 


are  refracted  into  parallel  directions,  has  enabled  us  to  throw  from 
lighthouses,  a  strong  light  to  great  distances  at  sea.  The  large 
polyzonal,  or  built  up  lenses,  contrived  by  Sir  D.  Brewster,  which 
maybe  made  of  any  magnitude,  and  the  elegant  lamp  of  Lieuten- 
ant Drummond, — the  one  producing  the  most  intense  light  yet 
known,  and  the  other  conveying  it  undispersed  to  great  distances, 
— promise  to  introduce  improvements  hitherto  unthought  of,  and 
to  diversify  the  nocturnal  scenery  both  of  sea  and  land.  For, 
in  the  progress  of  extensive  national  improvements,  they  might 
be  made  subservient,  in  connexion  with  carburetted  hydrogen  gas, 
in  enlivening  and  decorating  the  rural  scene  in  the  absence  of  the 
sun,  and  in  guiding  the  benighted  traveller  in  all  his  journeyings. 
For,  when  we  consider  the  improvements,  in  almost  every  depart- 
ment of  the  social  state,  which  have  been  lately  carried  forward, 
it  is  surely  not  too  much  to  expect  that,  in  the  course  of  a  century 
hence,  our  highways,  villages,  hamlets,  and  even  some  of  our  moors 
and  mountains,  shall  be  lighted  up  with  gas  lamps,  connected  with 
mirrors  and  lenses,  analogous  to  those  which  illuminate  our  cities 
and  towns,  and  which  direct  the  mariner,  when  approaching  our 
shores.  The  following  figure  shows  the  manner  in  which  a  large 
lens  throws  a  light  to  great  distances.  Let  AB,  Fig.  4,  represent 
one  of  Sir  D.  Brewster's  polyzonal  lenses,  or  any  other  large  lens, 
and  GK  its  focal  distance  ;  if  a  luminous  body  CK,  as  the  flame 
of  a  lamp,  be  placed  at  the  focal  point  K,  the  rays  of  light,  diverging 
from  CK,  after  passing  through  the  lens  AB,  will  proceed  in  a 
parallel  direction,  AE,  GH,  BF,  and  may  illuminate  objects  at  very 
considerable  distances.   AB,  Fig.  4,  represents  a  section  of  the  po- 

Fig.  4. 

ft  A 


B  K 

1  vzonal  lens  built  often  different  pieces.  L,  Fig.  5,  exhibits  a  front 
view  of  the  same  lens.  Could  suchlensesbe  constructed  of  the  size 
of  6,  8, 10,  or  12  feet  diameter,  they  would  produce  a  degree  of  heat 
from  the  solar  rays  far  surpassing  what  has  hitherto  been  effected, 
and  be  capable  of  throwing  a  brilliant  light  to  immense  distances. 


UTILITY    OF    ELECTRICITY    AND    GALVANISM. 


135 


Electricity. 


Fig.  6  shows  the  manner  in  which  a  concave  mirror  TU  reflects 
the  light  of  a  lamp  VW,  placed  in  its  focus,  to  great  distances. 
It  is  in  this  way  that  the  light  of  the  Bell  Rock,  and  other  light- 
houses, is  reflected  to  more  than  thirty  or  forty  miles  distant. 

Fig.  5. 


Even  the  sciences  of  electricity  and  galvanism  might,  in  some 
instances,  be  rendered  subservient  to  the  operations  of  art.  By 
means  of  the  electrical  fluid,  models  of  corn-mills,  water-pumps, 
and  orreries,  showing  the  diurnal  motion  of  the  earth,  and  the 
age  and  phases  of  the  moon,  have  been  set  in  motion  ;  and  there 
can  be  no  question,  that,  in  the  hands  of  genius,  it  might  be 
directed  to  accomplish  much  more  important  effects.  Even  the 
lightning  of  the  clouds,  which  is  only  the  electrical  fluid  acting 
on  an  ample  scale,  has  been  guided  by  the  hand  of  art  to  perform 
mechanical  operations,  by  splitting  large  stones  into  shivers. 
This  has  been  effected  in  the  following  manner :  Suppose  AB 


136 


ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Electrical  Experiment. 


to  represent  a  stone  or  portion  of  a  rock,  which  is  intended  to  be 
split  into  a  number  of  pieces.  Into  the  midst  of  this  stone  a  long 
rod  of  iron,  or  conductor,  CD,  is  inserted,  which  terminates  in  a 
point.  When  a  thunder-cloud,  as  EF,  passes  over  the  stone, 
within  its  striking  distance  of  the  earth,  the  lightning  from  the 


cloud  strikes  the  upper  part  of  the  pointed  conductor,  and  is  con- 
ducted downwards  to  the  heart  of  the  stone,  which  either  rends 
it  in  different  places,  or  splits  it  at  once  into  a  multitude  of  frag- 
ments. This  experiment,  which  appears  to  have  been  first  made 
in  Prussia,  in  1811,  was  attended  with  complete  success,  during 
the  first  storm  that  passed  over  after  the  bar  of  iron  was  inserted 
in  the  stone. 

To  brasiers,  tinsmiths,  coppersmiths,  and  other  workers  in  me- 
tals, a  knowledge  of  galvanism  might  suggest  a  variety  of  useful 
hints,  especially  where  it  is  an  object  of  importance  to  secure  any 
piece  of  metallic  workmanship  from  rust.  It  is  found  that  when 
metals  are  pure  and  kept  separate  from  each  other,  they  remain  for  a 
long  time  untarnished  ;  but  when  alloyed,  or  placed  in  contact  with 


PRACTICAL    APPLICATIONS    OF    MAGNETISM.  137 


Utility  of  Magnetism. 


other  metals,  they  soon  undergo  oxidation.  Coins  composed  of 
one  metal  are  found  more  durable  than  those  composed  of  two ; 
and  the  copper  sheathing  of  ships  which  is  fastened  with  iron  nails 
soon  undergoes  corrosion.  These  effects  are  now  explained  on 
the  principFes  of  galvanism.  When  two  metallic  substances  of 
different  kinds  are  connected  by  moisture,  they  form  what  is  call- 
ed a  galvanic  circle ;  and,  therefore,  when  one  kind  of  metal  is 
placed  in  contact  with  another,  if  either  water  or  the  moisture  of 
the  atmosphere  adheres  to  them,  a  galvanic  circle  is  formed,  and 
oxidation  is  produced.  On  this  ground  the  late  Sir  Humphrey 
Davy  suggested  the  propriety  of  fastening  the  upper  sheathing  of 
ships  with  copper  instead  of  iron  nails.  The  same  principle  may 
be  rendered  of  extensive  application,  and  may  afford  many  useful 
hints  to  every  artisan  employed  in  working  and  combining  metals. 
A  knowledge  of  magnetism  might  also,  in  many  cases,  be  di- 
rected to  useful  practical  applications.  This  mysterious  power, 
in  connexion  with  its  polarity,  has  already  enabled  the  miner  and 
surveyor  to  traverse  the  remotest  corners  of  the  largest  mines,  and 
to  trace  their  wTay  back  in  safety  through  all  the  windings  of  those 
.subterraneous  apartments,  and  has  directed  the  navigator  to  steer 
his  course  with  certainty,  through  the  pathless  ocean,  to  his  "  de- 
sired haven."  Throughout  all  the  regions  of  the  globe  the  mag- 
netic power  extends  its  influence  ;  and  it  is  now  found  to  have  an 
intimate  connexion  with  heat,  electricity,  and  galvanism.  Of  late 
years,  it  has  been  ascertained  that  iron  with  its  oxides  and  alloys  are 
not  the  only  substances  susceptible  of  magnetic  influence.  The 
magnetism  01  nickel,  though  inferior  to  that  of  iron*  is  found  to  be 
considerable  ;  and  that  of  cobalt  and  titanium  is  quite  perceptible. 
Nay,  the  recent  discoveries  of  Arago  have  shown,  "  that  there  is 
no  substance  but  which,  under  proper  circumstances,  is  capable 
of  exhibiting  unequivocal  signs  of  the  magnetic  virtue."  In  con- 
sequence of  a  recent  discovery  of  JVL.  Oersted,  "  we  are  now  ena- 
bled to  communicate,  at  and  during  pleasure,  to  a  coiled  wire,  of 
any  metal  indifferently,  all  the  properties  of  a  magnet — its  attrac- 
tion, repulsion,  and  polarity,  and  that  even  in  a  more  intense  de- 
gree than  was  previously  thought  to  be  possible  in  the  best  natu- 
ral magnets."  This  discovery  tends  to  enlarge  our  views  of  the 
range  of  magnetic  influence,  and  to  lead  us  to  the  conclusion  that 
its  powers  may  hereafter  be  applied  to  purposes  of  which  at  present 
we  can  have  no  conception.  Although  the  polarity  of  the  mag- 
net has  been  of  incalculable  service  to  mankind,  particularly  in 
promoting  navigation  and  enlarging  our  knowledge  of  the  globe, 
yet  we  have  no  reason  to  believe  that  this  is  the  only  practical  pur- 
pose to  which  its  powers  may  be  applied,  or  the  only  reason  why 
12* 


138  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF  KNOWLEDGE, 

Utility  of  Magnetism. 


the  Creator  has  so  widely  diffused  its  influence  in  the  system  of 
nature  ;  since,  in  his  diversified  operations  in  the  material  world, 
he  so  frequently  produces  a  variety  of  effects  from  one  and  the 
same  cause.  It  remains  with  man  to  prosecute  his  observations 
still  more  extensively  on  this  subject,  and  his  industry  will,  doubt- 
less, be  rewarded  with  the  discovery  of  new  relations,  laws,  and 
combinations,  which  may  be  susceptible  of  the  most  important 
practical  applications  in  the  arts  which  minister  to  the  comfort  and 
convenience  of  mankind.  Even  in  its  present  state,  the  attrac- 
tive property  of  magnetism  is  capable  of  being  applied  as  a  me- 
chanical power,  in  certain  pieces  of  machinery,  although  its  appli- 
cation in  this  way  has  never  yet  been  attempted  on  an  extensive 
scale. 

The  following  fact  shows  how  its  attractive  power  has  lately 
been  applied  for  the  prolongation  of  life,  and  the  warding  off  of  in- 
curable disease,  in  the  case  of  a  useful  class  of  our  fellow-men. 
"  In  needle  manufactories  the  workmen  who  point  the  needles- 
are  constantly  exposed  to  excessively  minute  particles  of  steel 
which  fly  from  the  grindstones,  and  mix,  though  imperceptible  to 
the  eye,  as  the  finest  dust  in  the  air,  and  are  inhaled  with  their 
breath.     The  effect,  though  imperceptible  on  a  short  exposure, 
yet  being  constantly  repeated  from  day  to  day,  produces  a  consti- 
tutional irritation,  dependant  on  the  tonic  properties  of  the  steel, 
which  is  sure  to  terminate  in  pulmonary  consumption  ;  insomuch, 
that  persons  employed  in  this  kind  of  work  used  scarcely  ever  to 
attain  the  age  of  forty  years.     In  vain  was  it  attempted  to  purify 
the  air,  before  its  entry  into  the  lungs,  by  gauzes  or  linen  guards  ; 
the  dust  was  too  fine  and  penetrating  to  be  obstructed  by  such 
coarse  expedients,  till  some  ingenious  person  bethought  him  of 
that  wonderful  power  which  every  child  that  searches  for  its  mo- 
ther's needle  with  a  magnet,  sees  in  exercise.     Masks  of  magne- 
tized steel  wire  are  now  constructed  and  adapted  to  the  faces  of 
the  workmen.    By  these  the  air  is  not  merely  strained  but  searched 
in  its  passage  through  them,  and  each  obnoxious  atom  arrested 
and  removed.'** 

This  interesting  fact  affords  a  striking  proof  of  the  useful  pur- 
poses to  which  the  powers  and  properties  of  natural  substances 
may  be  applied,  when  the  mind  is  directed  to  contemplate  them  in 
all  their  bearings,  and  to  trace  them  to  all  their  legitimate  conse- 
quences. The  attractive  power  of  the  magnet,  considered  not 
only  in  its  relation  to  iron  and  steel,  but  to  all  other  substances  in 
which  magnetical  virtue  is  found  in  a  greater  or  less  degree  to  re- 

M - 

*  Herschel's  Prelim.  Dis.  on  Nat.  Philos. 


UTILITY    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY.  139 

Science  of  Geology. 

side,  might,  therefore,  in  the  hands  of  an  ingenious  mechanic,  lead 
to  many  interesting  experiments  which  might  pave  the  way  for 
the  most  important  practical  results. 

The  facts  connected  with  the  science  of  geology  may  likewise, 
in  many  instances,  be  directed  to  practical  purposes.  From  the 
researches  which,  of  late  years,  have  been  made  in  the  interior  of 
the  earth,  geologists  are  now  pretty  well  acquainted  with  the  posi- 
tion and  alternation  of  its  strata,  and  with  the  different  fossils  which 
may  be  expected  to  abound  in  any  particular  district.  Although 
these  researches  were  undertaken  chiefly  with  a  view  to  ascertain 
the  changes  which  have  happened  in  the  structure  of  our  globe, 
and  to  support  certain  theories  of  the  earth,  yet  they  may  frequent- 
ly be  of  use  to  landed  proprietors,  to  engineers,  and  to  specula- 
tors in  mining  operations,  so  as  to  direct  them  in  their  investiga- 
tions, and  prevent  them  from  embarking  in  schemes  that  may 
ultimately  blast  their  expectations,  exhaust  their  resources,  and 
lead  to  irretrievable  ruin.  The  ruinous  effects  sometimes  pro- 
duced by  ignorance  of  this  subject  are  strikingly  illustrated  by  the 
following  fact : — 

"  It  is  not  many  years  since  an  attempt  was  made  to  establish 
a  colliery  at  Bexhill,  in  Sussex.  The  appearance  of  thin  seams 
and  sheets  of  fossil  wood  and  wood-coal,  with  some  other  indi- 
cations similar  to  what  occur  in  the  neighbourhood  of  the  great 
coal-beds  in  the  north  of  England,  having  led  to  the  sinking  of  a 
shaft,  and  the  erection  of  machinery  on  a  scale  of  vast  extent, 
not  less  than  eight  thousand  pounds  are  said  to  have  been  laid  out 
on  this  project ;  which,  it  is  almost  needless  to  add,  proved  com- 
pletely abortive,  as  every  geologist  would  have  at  once  declared 
it  must,  the  whole  assemblage  of  geological  facts  being  adverse 
to  the  existence  of  a  regular  coal-bed  in  the  Hastings'  sand; 
while  tbjis  on  which  Bexhill  is  situated  is  separated  from  the  coal 
strata  by  a  series  of  interposed  beds  of  such  enormous  thickness 
as  to  render  all  idea  of  penetrating  through  them  absurd.  The 
history  of  mining  speculations  is  full  of  similar  cases,  where  a 
very  moderate  acquaintance  with  the  usual  order  of  nature,  to 
say  nothing  of  theoretical  views,  would  have  saved  many  a  san- 
guine adventurer  from  utter  ruin."* 

The  study  of  the  various  branches  of  JYatural  History  might 
also  be  rendered  productive  of  utility  in  different  departments  of 
the  arts.  It  is  quite  evident  that  a  scientific  knowledge  of  Botany 
must  be  highly  useful  to  gardeners  and  their  labourers,  and  to  all 
who  take  an  interest  in  horticultural  and  rural  operations.     Not 

*  Herschel's  Discourse,  &c. 


140  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Introduction  of  Navigation  by  Steam. 


only  a  knowledge  of  the  classification  and  arrangement  of  plants, 
but  also  of  their  physiological  structure  and  functions,  of  their 
medicinal  qualities,  and  of  the  chemical  properties  of  soils  and 
the  different  manures,  will  be  found  of  considerable  utility  to  such 
individuals.    Zoology  and  Comparative  Anatomy,  which  describe 
the  peculiar  structure  and  habits  of  animals,  both  foreign  and 
domestic,  will  convey  various  portions  of  interesting  information 
to  shepherds,  cattle-dealers,  and  agriculturists  of  every  descrip- 
tion.   An  acquaintance  with  Mineralogy,  which  treats  of  the  solid 
and  inanimate  materials  of  our  globe, — the  earthy,  saline,  inflam- 
mable, and  metallic  substances  of  which  it  is  composed,  must  be 
interesting  to  lapidaries,  jewellers,  iron-founders,  and  all  who  are 
employed  in  working  various  metals.     To  know  the  nature  of 
those  substances  on  which  they  are  operating,  the  materials  with 
which  they  are  united  in  their  native  ores,  their  combination  with 
phosphorus,  sulphur,  and  carbon,  the  changes  produced  upon  them 
by  oxygen  and  the  different  acids,  their  relations  to  heat,  and  the 
liquids  with  which  they  may  come  in  contact,  and  the  various 
compounds  into  which  they  may  be  formed,  will  have  a  direct 
tendency,  not  only  to  increase  their  stock  of  general  knowledge, 
but  to  render  them  more  skilful  and  intelligent  in  their  respective 
professions.     Meteorology,  which  treats  of  the  weather  and  the 
variable  phenomena  of  the  atmosphere,  will,  in  many  instances* 
be  found  a  useful  study  to  mariners,  fishermen,  travellers,  and 
farmers,  by  which  they  may  frequently  be  directed  in  their  move- 
ments, and  avoid  many  inconveniences  and  dangers.     By  care- 
fully attending  to  the  motions  of  the  barometer  and  therrriometer, 
and  comparing  them  with  the  electrical  state  of  the  atmosphere, 
the  direction  of  the  winds,  and  the  appearances  of  the  clouds,  the 
farmer  may  be  warned  of  the  continuance  of  rain  or  drought,  and 
direct  his  operations  accordingly,  so  as  to  protect  his  produce 
from  danger. 

There  is  no  application  of  science  to  the  arts  of  more  import- 
ance, and  more  extensive  in  its  effects,  than  that  of  the  employ- 
ment of  steam  for  driving  all  kinds  of  machinery,  and  for  propelling 
vessels  along  rivers  and  across  the  ocean.  "  It  has  armed,"  says 
Mr.  Jeffrey,  "  the  feeble  hand  of  man  with  a  power  to  which  no 
limits  can  be  assigned — completed  the  dominion  of  mind  over  the 
most  refractory  qualities  of  matter,  and  laid  a  sure  foundation  for 
all  those  future  miracles  of  mechanic  power  which  are  to  aid  and 
reward  the  labours  of  after  generations."  The  first  person  who 
appears  to  have  entertained  the  idea  of  employing  steam  for  pro- 
pelling vessels,  was  Mr.  J.  Hulls,  in  the  year  1736.  But  it  was 
not  till  1807,  when  Mr.  Fulton  launched,  at  New- York,  the  first 


GENERAL    UTILITY    OF    SCIENCE.  141 


Carburetted  Hydrogen  Gas. 


steamboat  he  had  constructed,  that  navigation  by  steam  was  intro- 
duced to  general  practice,  which  may  therefore  be  considered  as 
the  epoch  of  the  invention.     In  a  few  years  every  river  and  bay 
in  the  United  States  became  the  scene  of  steam  navigation.     In 
1822  there  were  more  than  350  steam  vessels  connected  with 
these  States,  some  of  them  eight  and  nine  hundred  tons  burden, 
and  by  this  time,  doubtless,  they  are  more  than  doubled.    In  IS  19 
an  expedition  left  Pittsburg,  descended  the  Ohio  in  steamboats  for 
1100  miles,  and  then,  ascending  the  rapid  Missouri,  proceeded  to 
the  distance  of  no  less  than  2500  miles.     They  have  now  been 
introduced  into  every  country  in  Europe.    On  the  principal  rivers 
and  seas  connected  with  the  British  isles,  and  even  in  the  Scottish 
lakes,  these  vessels  are  sweeping  along  in  majestic  pomp,  against 
wind  and  tide,  diversifying  the  scenery  through  which  they  pass, 
and  transporting  travellers  and  parties  of  pleasure  to  their  desti- 
nation, with  a  rapidity  unexampled  in  former  ages.    On  the  Clyde 
alone  more  than  fifty  or  sixty  steam-vessels  are  constantly  plying. 
The  scenery  of  the  Rhine,  the  Rhone,  the  Elbe,  the  Seine,  the 
Danube,  the  Wolga,  the  lakes  of  Constance  and  Geneva,  and 
of  many  other  rivers  and  inland  seas,  is  now  enlivened  by  these 
powerful  machines,  conveying  goods  and  passengers  in  every 
direction.     Even  the   Atlantic  Ocean,  an  extent  of  more  than 
3000  miles,  has  been  traversed  by  a  steamboat  m  twenty  days  ; 
and  the  period,  we  trust,  is  not  far  distant,  when  the  Red  Sea,  the 
Persian  Gulf,  the  Bay  of  Bengal,  the  Indian  Ocean,  the  Medi- 
terranean, the  Euxine,  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  even  the  wide 
Pacific,  will  be  traversed  by  these  rapid  vehicles,  conveying 
riches,   liberty,  religion,  and  intelligence  to  the  islands  of  the 
ocean,  and  forming  a  bond  of  union  among  all  nations. 

The  admirable  improvements  in  the  construction  of  sleam-car- 
riages  which  are  now  going  forward  are  no  less  worthy  of  atten- 
tion. The  rapid  movements  of  these  machines,  which  have  been 
lately  introduced  on  the  Liverpool  and  Manchester  railway,  and 
the  security  and  comfort  with  which  they  are  attended,  have  ex- 
cited the  astonishment  of  every  beholder.  And  no  wonder, — 
since  goods  and  passengers  are  now  conveyed  between  these 
cities  with  a  velocity  of  nearly  thirty  miles  an  hour  !  so  that  it 
may  be  said,  with  the  strictest  propriety,  that  the  steam-engine  is 
the  most  brilliant  present  ever  made  by  philosophy  to  mankind. 

The  discovery  of  carburetled  hydrogen  gas,  and  its  applica- 
tion to  the  purpose  of  illuminating  our  dwelling-houses,  streets, 
and  manufactories,  may  also  be  considered  in  reference  to  the 
arts.  Every  city,  and  every  town  of  a  moderate  size,  is  now  en- 
livened with  the  splendid  brilliancy  produced  from  this  invisible 


142  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Benefits  of  Scientific  Knowledge. 


substance  ;  pipes  for  its  conveyance  have  been  laid,  of  many 
hundred  miles  in  extent,  and  diverging  into  numerous  ramifica- 
tions, and  thousands  of  artists  are  employed  in  conducting  its  ma- 
nufacture, and  forming  tubes  and  other  devices  for  distributing  it 
in  all  directions. 

Now,  since  the  inventions  to  which  I  am  adverting  are  found. > 
on  chemical  and  mechanical  principles,  and  on  the  discoveries 
modern  science,  and  since  many  thousands  of  mechanics  are  now 
employed  in  constructing  the  machinery  connected  with  these 
inventions,  and  in  conducting  its  operations  both  by  sea  and 
land,  it  is  of  the  utmost  importance,  in  order  to  their  being  fully 
qualified  for  their  respective  departments,  that  they  understand 
the  scientific  principles  which  enter  into  the  construction  of  such 
machines  and  engines,  the  peculiar  uses  of  every  part,  the  man- 
ner in  which  the  chemical  agents  employed  operate,  and  the  ef- 
fects which,  in  any  given  circumstance,  they  must  necessarily 
produce.  In  particular,  it  is  indispensably  necessary,  that  en- 
gine-men, and  others  employed  for  directing  these  machines  when 
in  operation,  should  be  acquainted  with  every  part  of  their  struc- 
ture, and  the  principles  on  which  their  movements  depend :  for 
the  comfort  and  safety  of  the  public  are  dependant  on  the  caution 
and  skill  with  which  they  are  conducted.  How  could  any  man 
be  qualified  for  such  an  office  without  some  portion  of  scientific 
knowledge  ?  and  how  could  travellers  in  such  vehicles  consider 
their  lives  and  property  secure,  if  they  were  not  guided  by  men  of 
intelligence  and  prudence  1  To  the  want  of  such  caution  and 
skill  are  chiefly  to  be  attributed  most  of  the  disasters  and  fatal 
accidents,  connected  with  such  operations,  which  have  hitherto 
taken  place. 

Besides  the  agriculturists,  manufacturers,  mechanics,  and  arti- 
ficers alluded  to  above,  there  are  numerous  other  classes  to 
which  similar  remarks  will  apply.  In  short,  there  is  scarcely  an 
individual,  however  obscure,  in  any  department  of  society,  but 
may  derive  practical  benefit  from  an  acquaintance  with  science. 
"  The  farm  servant  or  day  labourer,"  says  Lord  Brougham, 
"  whether  in  his  master's  employ  or  tending  the  concerns  of  his 
own  cottage,  must  derive  great  practical  benefit, — must  be  both  a 
better  servant,  and  a  more  thrifty  and,  therefore,  comfortable  cot- 
tager, for  knowing  something  of  the  nature  of  soils  and  manures, 
which  chemistry  teaches,  and  something  of  the  habits  of  animals, 
and  the  qualities  and  growth  of  plants,  which  he  learns  from  na- 
tural history  and  chemistry  together.  In  truth,  though  a  man  is 
neither  a  mechanic  nor  a  peasant,  but  only  one  having  a  pot  to 
boil,  he  is  sure  to  learn  from  science  lessons  which  will  enable 


GENERAL  UTILITY    OF    SCIENCE.  143 

Benefits  of  Scientific  Knowledge. 


him  to  cook  his  morsel  better,  save  his  fuel,  and  both  vary  his 
dish  and  improve  it.  The  art  of  good  and  cheap  cookery  is  inti- 
mately connected  with  the  principles  of  chemical  philosophy,  and 
'has  received  much,  and  will  yet  receive  more,  improvement  from 
r*heir  application."  Nay,  even  the  kitchen  maid,  the  laundry 
9nid,  and  the  mistress  of  every  family,  may  derive  many  useful 
nts  from  the  researches  of  science.  The  whole  art  of  cookery 
is  a  chemical  operation,  and  so  are  the  arts  of  washing,  dressing, 
bleaching,  and  dyeing.  By  a  knowledge  of  the  nature  and  pro- 
perties of  the  acids  and  other  chemical  substances,  they  would 
learn  how  to  eradicate  stains  of  ink,  grease,  &c.  from  cotton, 
linen,  woollen,  and  silks,  in  the  safest  and  most  effectual  maimer, 
and  many  other  processes  of  great  utility  in  domestic  life.  Even 
the  art  of  kindling  a  fire,  and  of  stirring  it  when  kindled,  depends 
on  philosophical  principles.  For  example,  the  stirring  of  a  fire  is 
of  use,  because  it  makes  a  hollow,  where  the  air  being  rarefied  by 
the  adjacent  heat,  the  surrounding  air  rushes  into  the  partial  va- 
cuum, and  imparting  its  oxygen,  gives  life  to  the  fire,  and  carries 
the  flame  along  with  it.  On  this  principle  the  following  rules 
are  founded  : — 1.  Never  stir  a  fire  when  fresh  coals  are  laid  on, 
particularly  when  they  are  very  small,  because  they  immediately 
fall  into' the  vacuum,  and  prevent  the  access  of  the  oxygen  of  the 
atmosphere,  which  is  the  principle  of  combustion.  2.  Always 
keep  the  bottom  bar  clear,  because  it  is  there  chiefly  that  the  air 
rushes  in  to  nourish  the  fuel.  3.  Never  begin  to  stir  at  top, 
unless  when  the  bottom  is  quite  clear,  and  the  top  only  wants 
breaking,  otherwise  the  unkindled  fuel  may  be  pressed  down  in  a 
body  to  the  bottom,  and  the  access  of  atmospheric  air  prevented. 

Illustrations,  of  a  similar  kind,  of  the  practical  applications  of 
science,  might  have  been  given  to  an  almost  indefinite  extent ;  but 
the  above  specimens  may  suffice  as  corroborative  of  the  general 
position — that  scientific  knowledge  would  render  mechanics  and 
manufacturers  of  all  descriptions  more  skilful  in  the  prosecution 
of  their  respective  employments. 

Some,  however,  may  be  disposed  to  insinuate,  that  it  is  quite 
enough  for  philosophers  to  ascertain  principles,  and  to  lay  down 
rules  founded  upon  them,  for  the  direction  of  the  mechanic  or 
artisan  ;  or,  that  it  is  only  requisite  that  the  directors  and  super- 
intendents of  chemical  processes  and  mechanical  operations 
should  be  acquainted  with  that  portion  of  science  which  is  neces- 
sary for  their  peculiar  departments.  But  it  is  easy  to  perceive 
that  a  mechanic  who  works  merely  by  rules,  without  knowing  the 
foundation  or  reasons  of  them,  is  only  like  a  child  who  repeats  his 
catech:  m  by  rote,  without  attaching  a  single  idea  to  the  words  he 


144  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 

Advantages  of  Chemical  Knowledge. 


utters,    or   like   a  horse   driving   a  thrashing-machine,  without 
deviating  from  the  narrow  circle  to  which  he  is  necessarily  con- 
fined.    When  any  accident  occurs,  when  the  circumstances  of 
the  case  are  somewhat  changed,  when  the  same  principle  on  which 
he  generally  proceeds  requires  to  be  applied  to  a  new  object  or 
mode  of  operation,  he  either  blunders  his  work  or  feels  himself 
utterly  at  a  loss  how  to  proceed.     The  least  deviation  from  his 
accustomed  trammels  puts  him  out,  because  he  has  no  clear  and 
comprehensive  view  of  the   principles    on  which   his   practice 
depends.     Hence  we  uniformly  find  that  a  man   of  scientific 
acquirements  will  easily  comprehend  the  plan  of  any  new  machine 
or  architectural  operation,  and  be  able  to  execute  it,  while  he  who 
works  only  by  square  and  rule  will  hesitate  at  every  step,  and 
perceive  innumerable  difficulties  in  his  way.     To  confine  artists 
to  mere  rules,  without  a  knowledge  of  the  principles  on  which  they 
are  founded,  is  to  degrade  their  intellectual  nature,  to  reduce  them 
to  something  like  mere  machines,  to  render  them  less  useful  both 
to  themselves  and  to  their  employers,  and  to  prevent  the  improve- 
ment of  the  liberal  and  mechanical  arts. 

The  following  instance  may  be  stated  as  a  specimen  of  the 
advantages  of  chemical  knowledge,  and  of  the  practical  purposes 
to  which  it  may  be  applied  in  different  regions  of  the  globe. — A 
young  Parisian  of  the  name  of  Leger  went  on  a  commercial  ad- 
venture to  Egypt  in  the  year  1822  ;  but  during  some  of  the  con- 
vulsions of  that  unsettled  country,  he  lost  the  little  property  with 
which  he  was  intrusted,  and  was  forced  to  make  a  precipitate  re- 
treat from  Suez  to  Alexandria.     He  remained  sometime  at  Alex- 
andria, destitute  and  almost  hopeless.     But  the  talent  of  obser- 
vation, and  the  social  habits  characteristic  of  his  countrymen, 
came  to  his  aid  :  in  a  lucky  moment  he  formed  the  resolution  of 
retrieving  his  fortune  by  introducing  the  luxury  of  ice  into  the 
parched  land  of  the  Ptolemys.     This  common  product  of  wintry 
regions  is  known  to  be  as  grateful  to  the  languid  natives  of  tropical 
climates  as  ardent  spirits  are  to  the  benumbed  inhabitants  of  the 
Polar  Circle.     Having  succeeded  in  effecting  a  return  to  his 
family,   the   enterprising  Parisian  was   enabled  by  the  friendly 
assistance  of  Gay  Lussac  and  Thenard,  to  adopt  the  best  means 
that    chemistry  could  devise  for  the  preservation  of  ice,  both 
during  the  voyage,  and  after  its  arrival  in  a  sultry  latitude  ;  and  at 
length  set  out  from  Paris  with  his  inventions,  and  arrived  safely 
at  Alexandria,  in  April,   1823.     The  sovereign  of  Egypt,  Mo- 
hammed   Ali,    was  delighted  at  this  novel  addition  to  oriental 
luxuries ;  and,  besides  valuable  presents,  gave  the  inventor  the 
exclusive  right  for  five  years  of  importing  ice  into  his  dominions. 


INVENTIONS    OF    THE    ARTS.  145 

Discoveries  by  Chance. 

This  privilege  is  estimated  to  be  worth  one  million  of  francs,  or 
nearly  50,000/.  In  ancient  times  the  world  was  enlightened  by  the 
learning  of  Egypt ;  the  greatest  philosophers  travelled  thither,  as 
to  the  fountain-head  of  science  :  but  the  land  of  Sesostres  and 
Alexander  has  now  become  the  prey  of  the  ferocious  Moslem ; 
and  whatever  she  enjoys  of  art,  knowledge,  or  civilization,  she  is 
compelled  to  receive  from  the  once  barbarous  regions  of  the 
West.* 

II.  Scientific  knowledge  will  not  only  render  persons  more 
skilful  in  their  respective  employments,  but  will  enable  them  to 
make  improvements  in  the  arts,  and  in  the  'physical  sciences  ivith 
which  they  are  connected. 

It  has  frequently  been  affirmed,  that  many  useful  inventions 
have  been  owing  to  chance,  and  that  persons  ignorant  of  science 
have  stumbled  upon  them  without  any  previous  investigation.  It 
is  not  denied  that  several  inventions  have  originated  in  this  way, 
but  they  are  much  fewer  than  is  generally  imagined  ;  and,  in  almost 
every7  instance,  where  chance  suggested  the  first  hint  of  any  inven- 
tion, the  future  improvements  were  directed  by  the  hand  of  genius 
and  the  aids  of  science.  It  is  said  that  the  invention  of  the  telescope 
was  owing  to  a  spectacle-maker's  boy  having  accidentally  taken  up 
two  convex  glasses  of  different  focal  distances,  and  placed  the 
one  near  his  eye  and  the  other  at  a  considerable  distance,  when 
he  perceived,  on  looking  through  them,  the  spire  of  a  neighbour- 
ing church  turned  upside  down,  and  much  larger  than  its  usual  size. 
The  father  of  the  boy,  amazed  at  this  singular  appearance,  be- 
thought himself  of  adjusting  two  glasses  on  a  board,  supporting 
them  in  two  brass  or  wooden  circles,  which  might  be  removed 
nearer  to  or  farther  from  each  other  at  pleasure,  as  in  the  follow- 
ing figure,  where  A  represents  the  object,  B  the  lens  next  the  ob- 
ject, a  the  inverted  image  formed  by  it,  C  the  glass  next  the  eye, 
and  D  the  sliding  board  on  which  it  was  fixed,  for  adjusting  the 
focus.  Such  appears  to  have  been  the  first  rude  construction  of 
the  telescope.  But  so  long  as  the  invention  remained  in  this 
state  it  was  of  little  benefit  to  society.  It  was  not  before  Galileo, 
a  philosopher  of  Tuscany,  heard  of  the  circumstance,  and  entered 
into  investigations  on  the  refraction  of  light  and  the  properties  of 
lenses,  that  this  noble  instrument  was  improved  and  directed  to 
the  heavens  for  the  purpose  of  making  astronomical  discoveries  ; 
and  all  the  subsequent  improvements  it  has  received  have  been  the 
result  of  reasonings,  and  experimental  investigations,  conducted 
;by  men  of  science.     Sir  Isaac  Newton,  in  consequence  of  his  ex- 

*  Scots  Mechan.  Mag.  1825. 
13 


146 


ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


First  Construction  of  the  Telescope. 


Fig.  24. 


periments  and  discoveries  respecting  light  and  colours,  detected 
the  true  cause  of  the  imperfection  of  the  common  refracting  tele- 
scope, and  suggested  the  substitution  of  metalline  specula  instead 
of  lenses,  which  led  him  to  the  invention  of  the  reflecting  telescope  ; 
and  Mr.  Dollond,  in  consequence  of  his  investigations  and  experi- 
ments respecting  the  different  degrees  of  refraction  and  divergency 
of  colour  produced  by  different  kinds  of  glass,  effected  the  greatest 
improvement  that  had  ever  been  made  on  the  refracting  tele- 
scope, by  producing  an  image  free  of  the  imperfections  caused  by 
the  blending  of  the  prismatic  colours.  And  we  have  reason  to 
believe,  that  the  further  improvement  of  this  telescope  will  chiefly 
depend  on  ascertaining  the  true  chemical  composition  of  flint- 
glass  for  achromatic  purposes,  and  the  proper  mode  of  conduct- 
ing its  manufacture,  which  may  lead  to  the  construction  of  instru- 
ments of  this  kind  on  a  more  extensive  scale  than  has  ever  yet 
been  attempted,  and  to  discoveries  in  the  celestial  regions  far  be- 
yond those  which  have  hitherto  been  made.  But  such  improve- 
ments can  never  be  effected,  unless  by  numerous  experimental 
investigations,  conducted  by  those  whose  minds  are  thoroughly 
imbued  with  the  principles  of  chemical  and  optical  science.* 


*  One  of  the  latest  improvements  on  achromatic  object-glasses  was  made 
by  a  foreigner  of  the  name  of  Guinand,  who  was  originally  a  cabinet-maker. 
After  acquiring  a  knowledge  of  the  principles  of  optics,  and  of  the  mode  of 
constructing  telescopes,  he  applied  himself  particularly  to  ascertain  the  pro- 
per composition  of  flint-glass  for  achromatic  purposes ;  and,  after  spending 
twenty  or  thirty  years  in  making  experiments — casting  one  pot  of  glass  after 
another,  and  meeting  with  frequent  disappointments, — heat  length  succeeded 
in  obtaining  glass  for  achromatic  telescopes,  of  larger  dimensions  and  of  a 
quality  superior  to  what  could  formerly  be  procured.     Of  this  glass  was 


INVENTIONS    IN    THE    ARTS, 


147 


Achromatic  Object-Glass. 


With  regard  to  the  invention  and  improvement  of  the  steam- 
engine— a.  story  has  been  told  "  that  an  idle  boy  being  employed 
to  stop  and  open  a  valve,  saw  that  he  could  save  himself  the 
trouble  of  attending  and  watching  it,  by  fixing  a  plug  upon  a  part 
of  the  machine  which  came  to  the  place  at  the  proper  times,  in 
consequence  of  the  general  movement."  Whether  or  not  this 
story  has  any  foundation  in  truth — certain  it  is,  that  all  the  most 

formed  the  largest  triple  achromatic  telescope  ever  constructed,  which  was 
lately  erected  in  the  observatory  of  the  university  at  Dorpat,  under  the  di- 
rectum of  M.  Fraunhofer.  This  glass  is  perfectly  free  from  veins,  and  has  a 
greater  dispersive  power  than  any  obtained  before.  The  diameter  of  this  object- 
glass  is  almost  ten  inches,  and  its  focal  distance  fifteen  feet.  It  has  four 
eye-pieces,  the  lowest  magnifying  175  times,  and  the  highest  700  times.  Mr. 
Tulley  of  Islington  lately  constructed,  of  similar  materials,  manufactured  by 
the  same  artist,  a  telescope  whose  object-glass  is  about  seven  inches  diameter, 
and  its  focal  length  twelve  feet,  which  is  now  in  the  possession  of  Dr.  Pear- 
son. The  piece  of  flint-glass  of  which  the  concave  lens  was  formed  cost  Mr. 
Tulley  about  thirty  guineas.  Unfortunately  for  science,  the  ingenious 
artist  (Guin and)  is  now  dead,  and  it  is  uncertain  whether  he  has  left  any  par- 
ticular details  of  his  process  behind  him.  The  possibility,  however,  of  pro- 
curing glass  for  the  construction  of  very  large  achromatic  telescopes  is  now 
put  beyond  a  doubt. 

The  unscientific  reader  may  acquire  a  general  idea  of  an  achromatic  object- 
glass  from  the  following  figure, — where  AD  represents  a  double  unequally 

Wise.  25. 


convex  lens  of  crown-glass,  CB  a  double  concave  of 'flint-glass,  and  EF  another 
convex  lens  of  crown-glass.  These  are  placed  together  in  the  manner  repre- 
sented in  the  figure,  and  form  what  is  called  an  achromatic  object-glass, — the 
term  achromatic  signifying  free  of  colour.  Sometimes  only  two  lenses,  a  con- 
vex of  crown,  and  a  concave  of  flint-glass,  are  combined  for  the  same  purpose. 
In  the  case  of  a  single  convex  glass,  the  image  formed  is  blended  with  the 
prismatic  colours,  which  come  to  foci  at  different  distances  from  the  lens,  and 
consequently  produce  a  comparatively  indistinct  image,  which  will  not  admit  of 
a  high  magnifying  power.  But  the  achromatic  lens,  forming  an  image  with- 
out colour,  will  bear  a  larger  aperture,  and  a  higher  magnifying  power,  than 
a  common  refractor  of  the  same  length.  So  great  is  the  difference — that  an 
achromatic  telescope  of  Dollond,  only  three  feet  ten  inches  in  length,  was 
found  to  equal,  and  even  excel,  the  famous  aerial  telescope  of  Huygens  of  123 
feet  focal  length,  and  the  gentlemen  present  at  the  trial  agreed  that  "  the 
dwarf  was  fairly  a  match  for  the  giant."  The  principal  obstacle  to  their  con- 
struction on  a  large  scale  is,  the  difficulty  of  procuring  large  pieces  of  flint- 
glass  free  of  veins,  and  of  a  proper  dispersive  quality. 


14S  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


The  Mariner's  Compass. 


useful  improvements  in  this  engine  have  been  the  result  of  the 
most  elaborate  researches  and  investigations  of  scientific  truths. 
The  first  distinct  notion  of  the  structure  and  operation  of  this 
powerful  machine  appears  to  have  been  given  by  the  Marquis  of 
Worcester,  in  1663,  in  his  "  Century  of  Inventions."  Its  subse- 
quent improvements  by  Savary,  Blackey,  Newcomen,  Beighton, 
and  Fitzgerald  were  the  results  of  physical  knowledge,  of  mecha- 
nical skill,  and  of  the  most  laborious  investigations.  Its  latest 
and  most  important  improvements  by  Mr.  James  Watt  were  owing 
no  less  to  the  scientific  knowledge  which  adorned  his  mind,  than 
to  his  mechanical  ingenuity.  He  was  a  man  of  a  truly  philoso- 
phical mind,  eminently  conversant  in  all  branches  of  natural 
knowledge,  and  the  pupil  and  intimate  friend  of  Dr.  Black,  and 
had  attended  the  lectures  of  that  distinguished  philosopher  in  the 
university  of  Glasgow.  And  he  often  acknowledged  "  that  his 
first  ideas  on  this  subject  were  acquired  by  his  attendance  on  Dr. 
Black's  chemical  lectures,  and  from  the  consideration  of  his 
theory  of  latent  heat,  and  the  expansibility  of  steam."  We  may 
therefore  rest  assured,  that  all  the  future  improvements  and  new 
applications  of  this  noble  invention  will  be  the  result  of  physical 
and  chemical  knowledge  combined  with  mechanical  skill ;  and, 
consequently,  no  artisan  can  ever  expect  to  be  instrumental  in 
bringing  the  steam-engine  to  its  highest  pitch  of  improvement, 
and  in  directing  its  energies  to  all  the  purposes  to  which  they  may 
be  applied,  unless  the  pursuits  of  science  occupy  a  considerable 
share  of  his  attention. 

The  first  hint  of  the  Mariner's  compass  is  generally  supposed 
to  have  been  owing  to  chance.  Some  persons  may  have  acci- 
dentally observed,  that  when  a  small  loadstone  is  suspended  in 
water  on  a  piece  of  wood  or  cork,  its  ends  pointed  towards  the 
south  and  north.  Such  experiments  seem  to  have  been  applied 
at  first  for  mere  amusement,  and  to  excite  astonishment  in  the 
minds  of  the  ignorant  and  illiterate.  But  it  was  not  till  some 
genius  possessed  of  science  and  of  reflecting  powers  seized  the 
hint  thus  given,  that  it  was  applied  to  the  important  purpose  of 
directing  the  mariner  in  his  course  through  the  pathless  ocean. 
And  to  science  we  are  indebted  for  the  manner  of  determining 
the  declination  of  the  needle,  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  by  means 
of  the  azimuth  compass,  and  thus  rendering  it  an  accurate  guide 
to  the  navigator  in  every  region  through  which  he  moves.  The 
discovery  of  that  peculiar  principle  termed  galvanism  was  partly 
owing  to  accident.  Whilst  Galvani,  professor  of  anatomy  at  Bo- 
logno,  was  one  day  employed  in  dissecting  a  frog,  in  a  room 
where  some  of  his  friends  were  amusing  themselves  with  electri- 


ORIGIN    OF    USEFUL    INVENTIONS.  149 


Improvements  in  the  Arts. 


cal  experiments,  one  of  them  having  happened  to  draw  a  spark 
from  the  conductor,  at  the  same  time  that  the  professor  touched 
one  of  the  nerves  of  the  animal,  its  whole  body  was  instantly 
shaken  by  a  violent  convulsion.  Having  afterwards  suspended 
some  frogs  from  the  iron  palisades  which  surrounded  his  garden, 
by  means  of  metallic  hooks  fixed  in  the  spines  of  their  backs,  he 
observed  that  their  muscles  contracted  frequently  and  involun- 

:  tarily,  as  if  from  a  shock  of  electricity.  Such  facts,  presented  to 
the  view  of  unscientific  persons,  might  have  produced  nothing 

i   more  than  a  gaze  of  wonder  ;  perhaps  supernatural  powers  might 

-  have  been  resorted  to  in  order  to  account  for  the  phenomena,  and 
I  in  a  short  time  they  might  have  been  forgotten  as  a  vision  of  the 
I   night.    But  such  scientific  minds  as  those  of  Valli,  Volta,  Monro, 

Fowler,  Davy,  Humboldt,  and  Wollaston,  having  seized  upon 
these  facts,  having  contemplated  them  in  every  point  of  view,  and 
instituted  experiments  of  every  description  in  relation  to  them— 

-  most  astonishing  discoveries  in  science  have  been  brought  to 
light — the  whole  aspect  of  chemistry  has  been  changed,  and 
numerous  improvements  introduced  into  the  practice  of  the  use- 
ful arts.  Alkalis  have  been  decomposed,  new  metallic  substances 
discovered,  the  cause  of  the  corrosion  of  metals  ascertained,  and 
the  means  determined  by  which  it  may  be  effectually  prevented. 

It  is  a  truth  which  the  whole  history  of  science  fully  corrobo- 
rates, that  very  few  important  discoveries  have  been  made  by 
accident  or  by  ignorant  persons,  whose  minds  were  not  directed 
to  the  particular  object  of  research.    On  the  other  hand,  we  have 

I  every  reason  to  believe,  that  there  are  many  facts  and  circum- 
stances which  have  passed  under  the  inspection  of  untutored 

|  minds,  which,  had  they  come  within  the  range  of  men  of  science, 
would  have  led  to  many  useful  inventions  which  are  yet  hid  in 
the  womb  of  futurity,  and  which  will  reward  the  industry  of  more 

j  enlightened  generations.  The  inventions  to  which  we  have  now 
adverted,  and  many  others,  where  chance  suggested  the  first  rude 
hints,  would,  in  all  probability,  have  lain  for  ages  in  obscurity, 
without  any  real  utility  to  mankind,  had  not  the  genius  of  science 

;  seized  upon  them,  viewed  them  in  all  their  bearings,  and  traced 
them  to  all  their  legitimate  consequences  and  results.  Had  the 
telescope,  the  steam-engine,  and  the  mariner's  compass,  in  their 
first  embryo  state,  remained  solely  in  the  hands  of  ignorant  empi- 
rics, they  might  have  been  reserved  merely  as  playthings,  for  the 
purpose  of  vulgar  amusement,  or  exhibited  by  cunning  impostors 
to  aid  their  deceptions,  or  to  produce  a  belief  of  their  supernatural 
powers.  But  science  snatched  them  from  the  hands  of  the  igno- 
rant and  the  designing,  and  having  added  the  requisite  improve- 
13* 


1 


150  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 

Improvements  in  the  Arts. 


ments,  bequeathed  them  to  mankind  as  the  means  of  future 
advancement  in  the  paths  of  knowledge,  and  in  the  practice  of 
the  arts. 

It  may  be  laid  down  as  a  kind  of  axiom,  to  which  few  excep- 
tions will  occur,  that  great  discoveries  in  science  and  improve- 
ments in  art  are  never  to  be  expected  but  as  the  result  of  knowledge 
combined  with  unwearied  investigation.  This  axiom  might  be 
illustrated,  were  it  necessary,  from  what  we  know  of  the  past 
history  of  our  most  useful  inventions.  The  celebrated  M. 
Huygens — who  first  discovered  the  means  of  rendering  clocks 
exact  by  applying  the  pendulum,  and  rendering  all  its  vibrations 
equal  by  the  cycloid — was  one  of  the  fivst  mathematicians  and 
astronomers  of  his  age.  He  had  long  kept  the  object  of  his  pur- 
suit before  his  mind,  he  plied  his  mechanical  ingenuity  in  adapting 
the  machinery  of  a  clock  to  the  maintaining  of  the  vibrations  of  a 
pendulum,  and  by  his  mathematical  knowledge  investigated  the 
theory  of  its  motion.  By  the  aid  of  a  new  department  of  geome- 
trical science,  invented  by  himself,  he  showed  how  to  make  a 
pendulum  swing  in  a  cycloid,  and  that  its  vibrations  in  this  curve 
are  all  performed  in  equal  times,  whatever  be  their  extent.  The 
ingenious  Mr.  Robert  Hooke  who  was  the  inventor  of  spring  or 
pocket  watches,  and  of  several  astronomical  instruments  for 
making  observations  both  at  sea  and  land — was  eminently  dis- 
tinguished for  his  philosophical  and  mathematical  acquirements. 
From  his  earliest  years  he  discovered  a  genius  for  mechanics, 
and  all  his  other  knowledge  was  brought  to  bear  upon  his 
numerous  inventions  and  contrivances.  Otto  Guerieke,  who 
invented  the  air-pump,  was  one  of  the  first  mathematicians  of  his 
time ;  and  the  honourable  Robert  Boyle,  who  improved  this 
valuable  instrument,  was  one  of  the  most  illustrious  philosophers 
of  the  age  and  country  in  which  he  lived.  Mr.  Ferguson,  the 
inventor  of  several  orreries,  the  astronomical  rotula,  the  eclipsa- 
rian,  the  mechanical  paradox,  and  other  astronomical  machinery, 
had,  from  his  earliest  years,  devoted  the  greatest  part  of  his  time 
to  the  study  of  mechanics,  and  the  physical  and  mathematical 
sciences  with  which  it  is  connected,  as  appears  from  the  nume- 
rous popular  works  which  he  published  on  these  subjects  which 
are  still  in  extensive  circulation.  The  late  Mr.  Arkwright,  the 
inventor  of  the  spinning  jennies,  devoted  many  years  to  the  study 
of  mechanics  and  to  the  improvement  of  his  invention,  till  he  was 
perfectly  conversant  in  every  thing  that  relates  to  the  construc- 
tion of  machinery.  This  admirable  invention,  by  which  a  pound 
of  the  finest  cotton  has  been  spun  by  machinery  into  a  yarn 
extending  more  than  119  miles,  was  not  the  result  of  chance,  but 


ORIGIN    OF    USEFUL    INVENTIONS.  151 

The  Safety-Lamp. 

of  the  most  unwearied  study  and  attention  in  regard  to  every  cir- 
cumstance which  had  a  bearing  on  the  object  of  his  pursuit :  and 
as  he  had  not  originally  received  any  thing  like  a  regular  scien- 
tific education,  his  acquirements  were  the  result  of  his  own  appli- 
cation and  industry.  "  The  new  process  of  refining  sugar,  by 
which  more  money  has  been  made  in  a  shorter  time,  and  with 
less  risk  and  trouble,  than  was  ever  perhaps  gained  from  an 
invention,  was  discovered  by  an  accomplished  chemist,  E. 
Howard,  brother  of  the  Duke  of  Norfolk,  and  was  the  fruit  of  a 
long  course  of  experiments,  in  the  progress  of  which  known  phi- 
losophical principles  were  constantly  applied,  and  one  or  two  new 
principles  ascertained." 

There  are  few  inventions  of  modern  times  that  have  been  more 
directly  the  result  of  philosophical  knowledge  and  experiment  than 
the  safety-lamp,  invented  by  that  accomplished  chemist,  the  late 
Sir  Humphrey  Davy.     He  instituted  a  series   of  philosophical 
experiments,  with  the  express  purpose  of  constructing,  if  possible, 
a  lamp  by  which  the  miner  might  walk  through  a  body  of  fire- 
damp   in   his    subterraneous   apartments  without  danger  of  an 
explosion  ;  and  the  success  with  which  his  investigations  were 
attended  led  to  one  of  the  most  beautiful  and  useful  inventions 
which  distinguish  the  period  in  which  we  live.*     Had  this  inge- 
nious philosopher  been  ignorant  of  the  nature  and  properties  of 
carburetted  hydrogen  gas,  of  the  composition  of  atmospheric  air, 
of  the  nature  of  combustion,  and  of  the  general  principles  of 
chemical  science,  he  could  never  have  hit  upon  the  construction 
of  this  admirable  instrument,  and  the  useful  miner  would  still 
have  been  left  to  grapple  with  his  invisible   enemy   (the  fire- 
damp)   without    any   means   of   escaping  from   its    destructive 
agency.  | 

*  See  Appendix,  No.  IX. 

f  It  is  more  than  probable,  that  fatal  accidents  have  occurred  in  coal-mines 
where  these  lamps  have  been  used,  owing  to  the  ignorance  and  inattention  of 
some  of  those  artists  who  have  been  employed  in  forming  the  wire-gauze 
with  which  they  are  surrounded.  A  friend  of  mine,  who  performed  a  great 
variety  of  experiments  with  this  instrument,  with  every  combination  of  explo- 
sive gas,  informed  me,  that,  with  a  lamp  surrounded  with  wire-gauze,  man- 
ufactured by  an  artist  in  a  town  in  the  north  of  England,  and  10I10  supplied  it 
for  the  use  of  the  miners — an  explosion  uniformly  took  place  when  the  instru- 
ment was  placed  in  a  body  of  inflammable  gas.  He  suspected  that  the  aper- 
tures in  the  wire- gauze  were  too  large,  and  remonstrated  with  the  artist  on 
his  want  of  accuracy  ;  and  it  was  not  before  he  procured  gauze  with  smaller 
apertures,  that  his  experiments  succeeded :  and  they  were  attended  with 
complete  success  in  every  future  experiment  after  the  gauze  was  changed. 
So  small  was  the  difference  in  the  contexture  of  the  two  pieces  of  the  gauze, 
that,  to  a  common  eye,  it  was  scarcely  perceptible.  It  is  found  by  experi- 
ment, that  the  apertures  in  the  gauze  should  not  exceed  one- twentieth  of  an 


152  ON  THE  GENERAL  DIFFUSION  OF  KNOWLEDGE. 


Improvements  in  the  Arts. 


We  may  farther  remark,  that  the  mechanic  whose  mind  is  enlight- 
ened with  scientific  knowledge  hasamuch  greater  chance  of  being 
instrumented  in  improving  the  arts  than  the  mere  chemist  or  phi- 
losopher. While  the  mere  philosopher  is  demonstrating  principles 
and  forming  theories  in  his  closet,  and  sometimes  performing  ex- 
periments, only  on  a  small  scale, — the  workman,  in  certain  manu- 
factories, has  a  daily  opportunity  of  contemplating  chemical  pro- 
cesses and  mechanical  operations  on  an  extensive  scale,  and  of 
perceiving  numberless  modifications  and  contrivances,  which  re- 
quire to  be  attended  to,  of  which  the  mere  scientific  speculator 
can  form  but  a  very  faint  and  inadequate  conception.  Being 
familiar  with  the  most  minute  details  of  every  process  and  opera- 
tion, he  can  perceive  redundancies  and  defects  imperceptible  to 
other  observers;  and,  if  he  has  an  accurate  knowledge  of  the 
general  principles  on  which  his  operations  depend,  he  must  be  best 
qualified  for  suggesting  and  Contriving  the  requisite  improvements. 
As  the  mechanic  is  constantly  handling  the  tools  and  materials 
with  which  new  experiments  and  improvements  may  be  made, — 

inch  square,  and  that  wire  from  one-fortieth  to  one-sixtieth  of  an  inch  diame- 
ter is  the  most  convenient.  Had  the  artist  alluded  to  known  how  to  perform 
experiments  with  this  instrument,  and  tried  the  effects  of  his  gauze  before  he 
sold  it  for  the  purpose  intended,  such  serious  blunders  would  not  have  been 
committed.  Who  knows  but  the  deficiency  in  the  gauze  alluded  to  might 
have  been  the  cause  of  the  destruction  of  several  lives  in  the  pits  where  it  was 
used?  for  it  is  a  certain  fact  that  accidents  from  explosions  are  occasionally 
recurring,  even  in  mines  where  these  lamps  are  generally  in  use.  Hence  the 
necessity  of  chemical  knowledge  and  attention  to  scientific  accuracy  in  those 
who  are  the  manufacturers  of  instruments  of  this  description — on  the  accurate 
construction  of  which  the  lives  and  comforts  of  a  useful  body  of  the  commu- 
nity may  depend.  I  know  not  whether  it  be  customary  to  put  the  safety-lamp 
into  the  hands  of  the  miner,  without  first  trying  its  efficiency  for  resisting  the 
effects  of  explosive  gases.  If  it  is  not,  it  is  a  most  glaring  and  dangerous  over- 
sight ;  and  there  can  be  no  question,  that  to  the  neglect  of  this  precaution  are 
to  be  attributed  many  of  those  explosions  which  have  taken  place  in  the  mines 
where  this  lamp  has  been  introduced.  Besides,  such  neglects  have  a  direct 
tendency  to  detract  from  the  merits  of  this  noble  invention,  to  prevent  its  uni- 
versal adoption,  and  to  render  uncertain  its  efficiency  for  warding  off  destruc- 
tive explosions.  But  from  the  experiments  alluded  to  above,  which  were 
performed  with  the  greatest  care,  and  with  every  possible  combination  of 
explosive  gas,  and  frequently  exhibited  in  private,  and  before  large  public 
audiences — the  efficiency  of  this  lamp  for  resisting  the  effects  of  fire-damp  is 
put  beyond  the  shadow  of  a  doubt.  It  is  known  to  be  the  practice  of  some 
miners  occasionally  to  screw  off  the  top  of  their  lamp,  in  order  to  enjoy  the 
benefit  of  more  light  than  what  shines  through  the  wire-gauze.  Such  a  prac- 
tice ought  to  be  strictly  prohibited,  and  the  instrument,  if  possible,  rendered 
incapable  of  being  opened  at  top — a  practice  which  may  probably  have  been 
the  occasion  of  several  explosions.  If  the  workmen  in  mines  were  carefully 
instructed  in  the  general  principles  of  chemistry,  and  particularly  in  the 
nature  of  combustion,  explosions,  and  the  qualities  of  the  different  gases,  they 
would  not  dare  to  hazard  such  dangerous  experiments. 


ORIGIN    OF    USEFUL    INVENTIONS.  153 


Improvements  in  the  Arts. 


observing  the  effects  of  certain  contrivances,  and  of  deviations 
from  established  practice, — and  witnessing  the  chemical  and  me- 
chanical actions  of  bodies  on  each  other, — he  has  more  opportu- 
nities of  observation  in  these  respects,  and,  consequently,  is  more 
likely  than  any  other  class  of  society  to  strike  out  a  new  path 
which  may  lead  to  some  useful  invention  in  the  arts,  or  discovery 
in  the  sciences.*  But  if  his  mind  is  not  imbued  with  knowledge, 
he  trudges  on,  like  a  mill-horse,  in  the  same  beaten  track,  and 
may  overlook  a  thousand  opportunities  of  performing  expert 
ments,  and  a  thousand  circumstances  which  might  suggest  new 
improvements. 

In  short,  in  so  far  as  chance  is  concerned  in  new  discoveries 
and  improvements  in  the  arts,  the  scientific  mechanic  has  a  hun- 
dred chances  to  one,  compared  with  the  ignorant  artificer,  that,  in 
the  course  of  his  operations,  he  shall  hit  upon  a  new  principle  or 
improvement :  his  chances  of  such  results  are  even  superior  to 
those  of  the  most  profound  philosophers  who  never  engage  in 
practical  operations,  as  he  is  constantly  in  the  way  of  perceiving 
what  is  useless,  defective,  or  in  any  way  amiss  in  the  common 
methods  of  procedure.  To  use  a  common  expression,  "  he  is  in 
the  way  of  good  luck,  and  if  he  possesses  the  requisite  informa- 
tion, he  can  take  the  advantage  of  it  when  it  comes  to  him."  And 
should  he  be  so  fortunate  as  to  hit  on  a  new  invention,  he  will 
probably  enjoy,  not  merely  the  honour  which  is  attached  to  a  new 
discovery,  but  also  the  pecuniary  advantages  which  generally  re- 
sult from  it. 

We  have,  therefore,  every  reason  to  hope,  that,  were  scientific 
knowledge  universally  diffused  among  the  working  classes,  every 
department  of  the  useful  arts  would  proceed  with  a  rapid  progress 
to  perfection,  and  new  arts  and  inventions,  hitherto  unknown,  be 
introduced  on  the  theatre  of  the  world,  to  increase  the  enjoyments 
of  domestic  society,  and  to  embellish  the  face  of  nature.  ]N~o 
possible  limits  can  be  assigned  to  the  powers  of  genius,  to  the  re- 
sources of  science,  to  the  improvement  of  machinery,  to  the  aids 
to  be  derived  from  chemical  researches,  and  to  the  skill  and  indus- 
try of  mechanics  and  labourers  when  guided  by  the  light  which 
scientific  discoveries  have  diffused  around  them.  Almost  every 
new  discovery  in  nature  lays  the  foundation  of  a  new  art ;  and 
since  the  recent  discoveries  of  chemistry  lead  to  the  conviction, 
that  the  'properties  and  powers  of  material  substances  are  only  6e- 
ginning  to  be  discovered — the  resources  of  art  must  in  some  mea- 
sure keep  pace  with  our  knowledge  of  the  powers  of  nature.      It 


*  See  Appendix,  No.  X. 


154        ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Improvements  in  the  Arts. 


is  by  seizing  on  these  powers,  and  employing  them  in  subser- 
viency to  his  designs,  that  man  has  been  enabled  to  perform  ope- 
rations which  the  whole  united  force  of  mere  animal  strength  could 
never  have  accomplished.  Steam,  galvanism,  the  atmospheric 
pressure,  oxygen,  hydrogen,  and  other  natural  agents,  formerly 
unnoticed  or  unknown,  have  been  called  into  action  by  the  genius 
of  science  ;  and,  in  the  form  of  steamboats  and  carriages,Voltaic 
batteries,  gasometers,  and  air  balloons,  have  generated  forces,  ef- 
fected decompositions,  diffused  the  most  brilliant  illuminations, 
and  produced  a  celerity  of  motion  both  on  sea  and  land  which  have 
astonished  even  the  philosophical  world,  and  which  former  genera- 
tions would  have  been  disposed  to  ascribe  to  the  agencies  of  infer- 
nal demons.  And  who  shall  dare  to  set  boundaries  to  the  range 
of  scientific  discovery — or  to  say,  that  principles  and  powers  of  a 
still  more  wTonderful  and  energetic  nature,  shall  not  be  discovered 
in  the  system  of  nature,  calculated  to  perform  achievements  still 
more  striking  and  magnificent  1  Much  has,  of  late  years,  been 
performed  by  the  application  and  combination  of  chemical  and 
mechanical  powers,  but  much  more,  we  may  confidently  expect, 
will  be  achieved  in  generations  yet  to  come,  when  the  physical 
universe  shall  be  more  extensively  explored,  and  the  gates  of  the 
temple  of  knowledge  thrown  open  to  all.  Future  Watts,  Davys 
and  Arkwrights  will  doubtless  arise,  with  minds  still  more  bril- 
liantly illuminated  with  the  lights  of  science ;  and  the  splendid  inven- 
tions of  the  present  age  be  far  surpassed  in  the  "  future  miracles 
of  mechanic  power,"  which  will  distinguish  the  ages  which  are  yet 
to  come.  But,  in  order  to  this  "  wished-for  consummation,"  it  is 
indispensably  requisite  that  the  mass  of  mankind  be  aroused  from 
their  slumbers,  that  knowledge  be  universally  diffused,  and  that 
the  light  of  science  shed  its  influence  on  men  of  every  nation,  of 
every  profession,  and  of  every  rank.  And  if,  through  apathy  or 
avarice,  or  indulgence  in  sensual  propensities,  we  refuse  to  lend 
our  helping  hand  to  this  object,  now  that  a  spirit  of  inquiry  has 
gone  abroad  in  the  world — society  may  yet  relapse  into  the  dark- 
ness which  enveloped  the  human  mind  during  the  middle  ages,  and 
the  noble  inventions  of  the  past  and  present  age,  like  the  stately 
monuments  of  Grecian  and  Roman  art,  be  lost  amid  the  mists  of 
ignorance,  or  blended  with  the  ruins  of  empires. 

III.  The  knowledge  and  mental  activity  connected  with  the 
improvement  of  the  arts  would  promote  the  external  comforts  of 
mankind,  particularly  of  the  lower  orders  of  society. 

Since  the  period  when  the  arts  began  to  be  improved,  and  a 
spirit  of  inquiry  after  knowledge  was  excited  among  the  middling 


COMFORT    CONNECTED    WITH    SCIENCE.  155 


Benefits  of  Knowledge. 


and  lower  orders,  many  comforts  and  conveniences  have  been  in- 
troduced, and  a  new  lustre  appears  on  the  face  of  general  socie- 
ty.    In  many  places  the  aspect  of  the  country  has  been  entirely 
changed  ;  the  low  thatched  cottage  of  the  farmer  has  arisen  into 
a  stately  mansion,  the  noisome  dunghill,  which  stood  within  two 
yards  of  his  door,  has  been  thrown  into  a  spacious  court  at  a  dis- 
tance from  his  dwelling,  and  his  offices  display  a  neatness  and 
elegance  which  seem  to  vie  with  those  of  the  proprietor  of  the 
soil.     The  gloomy  parish  church,  with  its  narrow  aisle  and  tot- 
tering belfrey,  has  been  transformed  into  a  noble  lightsome  edi- 
fice, and  adorned  with  a  stately  spire  towering  above  all  sur- 
rounding objects  ;  and  the  village  school,  within  whose  narrow 
walls  a  hundred  little  urchins  were  crowded,  like  sheep  in  a  fold, 
has  now  expanded  into  a  spacious  hall.     Narrow  dirty  paths  have 
been  improved,  roads  formed  on  spacious  plans,  canals  and  rail- 
ways constructed,  streets  enlarged,  waste  lands  cultivated,  marshes 
drained,  and  the  interior  of  houses  decorated  and  rendered  more 
comfortable  and  commodious.     In  districts  where  nothing  former- 
ly appeared  but  a  dreary  waste,  print-fields  have  been  established, 
cotton-mills,  founderies,  and  other  manufactories  erected,  villages 
reared,  and  the  noise  of  machinery,  the  tolling  of  bells,  the  sound 
of  hammers,  the  buzz  of  reels,  and  the  hum  of  human  voices  and 
of  ceaseless  activity,  now  diversify  the  scene  where  nothing  was 
formerly  heard  but  the  purling  stream  or  the  howlings  of  the  tem- 
pest.    In  certain  parts  of  the  country  where  the  passing  of  a  cha- 
riot was  a  kind  of  phenomenon,  mails  and  stage-coaches  crowded 
with  travellers  of  all  descriptions,  within  and  without,  now  follow 
each  other  in  rapid  succession,  conveying  their  passengers  with 
uninterrupted  rapidity,  and  at  one-half  the  expense  formerly  incur- 
red.    Even  on  the  inland-lake,  where  scarcely  a  small  skiff  was 
k  formerly  seen,  steam-vessels  are  now  beheld  sweeping  along  in 
majestic  style,  and  landing  fashionable  parties,  heroes,  divines, 
and  philosophers,  to  enliven  the  rural  hamlet,  the  heath-clad  moun- 
tain, and  the  romantic  glen. 

Much,  however,  is  still  wanting  to  complete  the  enjoyments  of 
the  lower  ranks  of  society.  In  the  country,  many  of  them  live  in 
the  most  wretched  hovels,  open  to  the  wind  and  rain,  without  a 
separate  apartment  to  which  an  individual  may  retire  for  any  men- 
tal exercise  ;  in  towns,  a  whole  family  is  frequently  crowded  into 
a  single  apartment  in  a  narrow  lane,  surrounded  with  filth  and 
noxious  exhalations,  and  where  the  light  of  day  is  scarcely  visi- 
ble. In  such  habitations,  where  the  kitchen,  parlour,  and  bed- 
closet  are  all  comprised  in  one  narrow  apartment,  it  is  next  to 
impossible  for  a  man  to  improve  his  mind  by  reading  or  reflectionr 


156  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Benefits  of  Knowledge. 


amid  the  gloom  of  twilight,  the  noise  of  children,  and  the  prepa- 
ration of  victuals,  even  although  he  felt  an  ardent  desire  for  intel- 
lectual enjoyment.  Hence  the  temptation  to  which  such  persons 
are  exposed  to  seek  enjoyment  in  wandering  through  the  streets, 
in  frequenting  the  ale-house,  or  in  lounging  at  the  fireside  in  men- 
tal inactivity.  In  order  that  the  labourer  may  be  stimulated  to 
the  cultivation  of  his  mental  powers,  he  must  be  furnished  with 
those  domestic  conveniences  requisite  for  attaining  this  object. 
He  must  be  paid  such  wages  as  will  enable  him  to  procure  such 
conveniences,  and  the  means  of  instruction,  otherwise  it  is  next 
thing  to  an  insult  to  exhort  him  to  prosecute  the  path  of  science. 
The  long  hours  of  labour,  and  the  paltry  remuneration  which  the 
labourer  receives  in  many  of  our  spinning-mills  and  other  manufac- 
tories, so  long  as  such  domestic  slavery  and  avaricious  practices 
continue,  form  an  insurmountable  barrier  to  the  general  diffusion 
of  knowledge. 

But  were  the  minds  of  the  lower  orders  imbued  with  a  certain 
portion  of  useful  science,  and  did  they  possess  such  a  competen- 
cy as  every  human  being  ought  to  enjoy,  their  knowledge  would 
lead  them  to  habits  of  diligence  and  economy.  In  most  instances, 
it  will  be  found  that  ignorance  is  the  fruitful  source  of  indolence, 
waste,  and  extravagance,  and  that  abject  poverty  is  the  result  of 
a  want  of  discrimination  and  proper  arrangement  in  the  manage- 
ment of  domestic  affairs.  Now,  the  habits  of  application  which 
the  acquisition  of  knowledge  necessarily  produces  would  naturally 
be  carried  into  the  various  departments  of  labour  peculiar  to  their 
stations,  and  prevent  that  laziness  and  inattention  which  is  too 
common  among  the  working  classes,  and  which  not  unfrequently 
lead  to  poverty  and  disgrace.  Their  knowledge  of  the  nature  of 
heat,  combustion,  atmospheric  air,  and  combustible  substances, 
would  lead  them  to  a  proper  economy  in  the  use  of  fuel ;  and 
their  acquaintance  with  the  truths  of  chemistry,  on  which  the  art 
of  a  rational  cookery  is  founded,  would  lead  them  to  an  economi- 
cal practice  in  the  preparation  of  victuals,  and  teach  them  to  ex- 
tract from  every  substance  all  its  nutritious  qualities,  and  to  im- 
part a  proper  relish  to  every  dish  they  prepare  ;  for  want  of  which 
knowledge  and  attention,  the  natural  substances  intended  for  the 
sustenance  of  man  will  not  go  half  their  length  in  the  hands  of 
some  as  they  do  under  the  judicious  management  of  others. 
Their  knowledge  of  the  structure  and  functions  of  the  animal 
system,  of  the  regimen  which  ought  to  be  attended  to  in  order  to 
health  and  vigour,  of  the  causes  which  produce  obstructed  per- 
spiration, of  the  means  by  which  pestilential  effluvia  and  infectious 
diseases  are  propagated,  and  of  the  disasters  to  which  the  human 


COMFORT    CONNECTED    WITH    SCIENCE.  157 


Cleanliness  essential  to  Health. 


frame  is  liable  in  certain  situations,  ivould  tend  to  prevent  many  of 
those  diseases  and  fatal  accidents  to  which  ignorance  and  inatten- 
tion have  exposed  so  many  of  our  fellow-men.  For  want  of  at- 
tending to  such  precautions  in  these  respects  as  knowledge  would 
have  suggested,  thousands  of  families  have  been  plunged  into 
wretchedness  and  ruin,  which  all  their  future  exertions  were  ina- 
dequate to  remove.  As  the  son  of  Sirach  has  well  observed, 
"  Better  is  the  poor  being  sound  and  strong  in  constitution,  than 
a  rich  man  that  is  afflicted  in  his  body.  Health  and  good  estate 
of  body  are  above  all  gold  ;  there  are  no  riches  above  a  sound 
body,  and  no  joy  above  the  joy  of  the  heart." 

As  slovenliness  and  filth  are  generally  the  characteristics  of 
ignorance  and  vulgarity,  so  an  attention  to  cleanliness  is  one  of 

the  distinguishinp;  features  of  cultivated  minds.     Cleanliness  is 

... 
conducive  to  health  and  virtuous  activity,  but  uncleanliness  is 

prejudicial  to  both.  Keeping  the  body  clean  is  of  great  import- 
ance, since  more  than  the  one-half  of  what  we  eat  and  drink  is 
evacuated  by  perspiration  ;  and  if  the  skin  is  not  kept  clean  the 
pores  are  stopped,  and  perspiration  consequently  prevented,  to 
the  great  injury  of  health.  It  is  highly  necessary  to  the  health 
and  cheerfulness  of  children ;  for  where  it  is  neglected,  they  grow 
pale,  meagre,  and  squalid,  and  subject  to  several  loathsome  and 
troublesome  diseases.  Washing  the  hands,  face,  mouth,  and  feet, 
and  occasionally  the  whole  body,  conduces  to  health,  strength,  and 
ease,  and  tends  to  prevent  colds,  rheumatism,  cramps,  the  palsy, 
the  itch,  the  toothache,  and  many  other  maladies.  Attention  to 
cleanliness  of  body  would  also  lead  to  cleanliness  in  regard  to 
clothes,  victuals,  apartments,  beds,  and  furniture.  A  knowledge 
of  the  nature  of  the  mephitic  gases,  of  the  necessity  of  pure 
atmospheric  air  to  health  and  vigour,  and  of  the  means  by  which 
infection  is  produced  and  communicated,  would  lead  persons  to  see 
the  propriety  of  frequently  opening  doors  and  windows  to  dissipate 
corrupted  air,  and  to  admit  the  refreshing  breeze,  of  sweeping 

I  cobwebs  from  the  corners  and  ceiling  of  the  room,  and  of  remov- 
ing dust,  straw,  or  filth  of  any  kind  which  is  offensive  to  the 
smell,  and  in  which  infection  might  be  deposited.  By  such  at- 
tention, fevers  and  other  malignant  disorders  might  be  prevented, 
vigour,  health,  and  serenity  promoted,  and  the  whole  dwelling 
and  its  inmates  present  an  air  of  cheerfulness  and  comfort,  and 

I  become  the  seat  of  domestic  felicity. 
Again,  scientific  knowledge  would  display  itself  among  the 
lower  orders,  in  the  tasteful  decoration  of  their  houses  and  garden 
plots.  The  study  of  botany  and  horticulture  would  teach  them  to 
select  the  most  beautiful  flowers,  shrubs,  and  evergreens  ;  to 
i  14 


l.*;S  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 

Science  conducive  to  Happiness. 


arrange  their  plots  with  neatness  and  taste,  and  to  improve  their 
kitchen-garden  to  the  best  advantage,  so  as  to  render  it  productive 
for  the  pleasure  and  sustenance  of  their  families.  A  genius  for 
mechanical  operations,  which  almost  every  person  may  acquire, 
would  lead  them  to  invent  a  variety  of  decorations,  and  to  devise 
many  contrivances  for  the  purpose  of  conveniency,  and  for  keep- 
ing every  thing  in  its  proper  place  and  order — which  never  enter 
into  the  conceptions  of  rude  and  vulgar  minds.  Were  such  dis- 
positions and  mental  activity  generally  prevalent,  the  circum- 
stances which  lead  to  poverty,  beggary,  and  drunkenness,  would 
be  in  a  great  measure  removed,  and  home  would  always  be  re- 
sorted to  as  a  place  of  comfort  and  enjoyment. 

Again,  the  study  of  science  and  art  would  incline  the  lower 
classes  to  enter  into  the  spirit  of  every  new  improvement,  and  to 
give  their  assistance  in  carrying  it  forward.  The  want  of  taste 
and  of  mental  activity,  and  the  spirit  of  selfishness  which  at  pre- 
sent prevails  among  the  mass  of  mankind,  prevent  the  accomplish- 
ment of  a  variety  of  schemes  which  might  tend  to  promote  the 
conveniences  and  comforts  of  general  society.  For  example  : 
many  of  our  villages  which  might  otherwise  present  the  appear- 
ance of  neatness  and  comfort,  are  almost  impassable,  especially 
in  the  winter  season,  and  during  rainy  weather,  on  account  of  the 
badness  of  roads  and  the  want  of  footpaths.  At  almost  every 
step  you  encounter  a  pool,  a  heap  of  rubbish,  or  a  dunghill,  and 
in  many  places  feel  as  if  you  were  walking  in  a  quagmire.  In 
some  villages,  otherwise  well  planned,  the  streets  present  a  gro- 
tesque appearance,  of  sandy  hillocks  and  mounds,  and  pools  of 
stagnant  water  scattered  in  every  direction,  with  scarcely  the 
vestige  of  a  pathway  to  guide  the  steps  of  the  passenger.  In 
winter,  the  traveller,  in  passing  along,  is  bespattered  with  mire 
and  dirt ;  and  in  summer,  he  can  only  drag  heavily  on,  while  his 
feet  at  every  step  sink  into  soft  and  parched  sand.  Now,  such 
is  the  apathy  and  indifference  that  prevail  among  many  villagers 
as  to  improvement  in  these  respects,  that  although  the  contribu- 
tion of  a  single  shilling,  or  of  half  a  day's  labour,  might,  in  some 
instances,  accomplish  the  requisite  improvements,  they  will  stand 
aloof  from  such  operations  with  a  sullen  obstinacy,  and  even 
glory  in  being  the  means  of  preventing  them.  Nay,  such  is  the 
selfishness  of  many  individuals,  that  they  will  not  remove  nui- 
sances even  from  the  front  of  their  own  dwellings,  because  it 
might  at  the  same  time  promote  the  convenience  of  the  public  at 
large.  In  large  town-,  likewise,  many  narrow  lanes  are  rendered 
filthy,  gloomy,  and  unwholesome  by  the  avarice  of  landlords,  and 
the  obstinate  and  boorish  manners  of  their  tenants,  and  improve- 


COMFORT    CONNECTED    WITH    SCIENCE.  159 

i    i  ■  "j  - 

Science  conductive  to  Happiness. 

ments  prevented  which  would  tend  to  the  health  and  comfort  of 
the  inhabitants.  But  as  knowledge  tends  to  liberalize  the  mind, 
to  subdue  the  principle  of  selfishness,  and  to  produce  a  relish  for 
cleanliness  and  comfort,  when  it  is  more  generally  diffused,  we 
may  expect  that  such  improvements  as  those  to  which  I  allude 
will  be  carried  forward  w7ith  spirit  and  alacrity.  There  would  not 
be  the  smallest  difficulty  in  accomplishing  every  object  of  this 
kind,  and  every  other  improvement  conducive  to  the  pleasure  and 
comfort  of  the  social  state,  provided  the  majority  of  a  community 
were  cheerfully  to  come  forward  with  their  assistance  and  contri- 
butions, however  small,  and  to  act  with  concord  and  harmony. 
A  whole  community  or  nation  acting  in  unison,  and  every  one 
contributing  according  to  his  ability,  would  accomplish  wonders 
in  relation  to  the  improvement  of  towns,  villages,  and  hamlets,  and 
of  every  thing  that  regards  the  comfort  of  civil  and  domestic 
society. 

In  short,  were  knowledge  generally  diffused,  and  art  uniformly 
directed  by  the  principles  of  science,  new  and  interesting  plans 
would  be  formed,  new  improvements  set  on  foot,  new  comforts 
enjoyed,  and  a  new  lustre  would  appear  on  the  face  of  nature,  and 
on  the  state  of  general  society.  Numerous  conveniences,  deco- 
rations, and  usefuL  establishments  never  yet  attempted  would 
soon  be  realized.  Houses  on  neat  and  commodious  plans,  in 
airy  situations,  and  furnished  with  every  requisite  accommoda- 
tion, would  be  reared  for  the  use  of  the  peasant  and  mechanic  ; 
schools  on  spacious  plans  for  the  promotion  of  useful  knowledge 
would  be  erected  in  every  village  and  hamlet,  and  in  every  quarter 
of  a  city  where  they  were  found  expedient ;  asylums  would  be 
built  for  the  reception  of  the  friendless  poor,  whether  young  or 
old ;  manufactories  established  for  supplying  employment  to 
every  class  of  labourers  and  artisans,  and  lecture-rooms  prepared, 
furnished  with  requisite  apparatus,  to  which  they  might  resort  for 
improvement  in  science.  Roads  would  be  cut  in  all  convenient 
directions,  diversified  with  rural  decorations,  hedge-rows,  and 
shady  bowers, — foot-paths,  broad  and  smooth,  would  accompany 
them  in  all  their  windings, — and  gas-lamps,  erected  at  e\ery  half- 
mile's  distance,  would  variegate  the  rural  scene  and  cheer  the 
shades  of  night.  Narrow  lanes  in  cities  would  be  either  widened 
or  their  houses  demolished  ;  streets  on  broad  and  spacious  plans 
would  be  built,  the  smoke  of  steam-engines  consumed,  nuisances 
removed,  and  cleanliness  and  comfort  attended  to  in  every 
arrangement.  Cheerfulness  and  activity  would  every  where  pre- 
vail ;  and  the  idler,  the  vagrant,  and  the  beggar  would  disappear 
from  society.     All  these  operations  and  improvements,  and  hun- 


' 


160  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


The  Deity. 


drcds  more,  could  easily  be  accomplished,  were  the  minds  of  the 
great  body  of  the  community  thoroughly  enlightened  and  moral- 
ized, and  every  individual,  whether  rich  or  poor,  who  contributed 
to  bring  them  into  effect,  would  participate  in  the  general  enjoy- 
ment. And  what  an  interesting  picture  would  be  presented  to 
every  benevolent  mind,  to  behold  the  great  body  of  mankind 
raised  from  a  state  of  moral  and  physical  degradation  to  the  dig- 
nity of  their  rational  natures,  and  to  the  enjoyment  of  the  boun- 
ties of  their  Creator  ! — to  behold  the  country  diversified  with  the 
neat  and  cleanly  dwellings  of  the  industrious  labourer, — the  rural 
scene,  during  the  day,  adorned  with  seminaries,  manufactories, 
asylums,  stately  edifices,  gardens,  fruitful  fields,  and  romantic 
bowers  ;  and  during  night  bespangled  in  all  directions  with 
variegated  lamps,  forming  a  counterpart,  as  it  were,  to  the  lights 
which  adorn  the  canopy  of  heaven  !  Such  are  only  a  few  speci- 
mens of  the  improvements  which  art,  directed  by  science  and 
morality,  could  easily  accomplish. 


SECTION  VI. 

On  the  Influence  of  Knowledge  in  promoting  enlarged  Conceptions 
of  the  Character  and  Perfections  of  the  Deity. 

All  the  works  of  God  speak  of  their  Author  in  silent  but  em- 
phatic language,  and  declare  the  glory  of  his  perfections  to  all  the 
inhabitants  of  the  earth.  But,  although  "  there  is  no  speech  nor 
language"  where  the  voice  of  Deity  is  not  heard,  how  gross  are 
the  conceptions  generally  entertained  of  the  character  of  Him  "  in 
whom  we  live  and  move,"  and  by  whose  superintending  provi- 
dence all  events  are  directed  !  Among  the  great  number  of  pagan 
nations,  the  most  absurd  and  grovelling  notions  are  entertained 
respecting  the  Supreme  Intelligence,  and  the  nature  of  that  wor- 
ship which  his  perfections  demand.  They  have  formed  the  most 
foolish  and  degrading  representations  of  this  august  Being,  and 
have  "  changed  the  glory  of  the  incorruptible  God  into  an  image 
made  like  to  corruptible  man,  and  to  four-footed  beasts  and  creep- 
ing things."  Temples  have  been  erected,  and  filled  with  idols  the 
most  hideous  and  obscene  ;  bulls  and  crocodiles,  dogs  and  ser- 
pents, goats  and  lions,  have  been  exhibited  to  adumbrate  the  cha- 
racter of  the  Ruler  of  the  universe.  The  most  cruel  and  unhal- 
lowed rites  have  been  performed  to  procure  his  favour,  and  human 
victims  sacrificed  to  appease  his  indignation.     All  such  grovelling 


ATTRIBUTES    OF    THE    DEITY.  161 


Omnipotence  and  Wisdom  of  the  Deity  in  Creation. 


conceptions  and  vile  abominations  have  their  origin  in  the  dark- 
ness which  overspreads  the  human  understanding,  and  the  de- 
praved passions  which  ignorance  has  a  tendency  to  produce. 
Even  in  those  countries  where  revelation  sheds  its  influence,  and 
the  knowledge  of  the  true  God  is  promulgated,  how  mean  and 
contracted  are  the  conceptions  which  the  great  bulk  of  the  popu- 
lation entertain  of  the  attributes  of  that  incomprehensible  Being 
whose  presence  pervades  the  immensity  of  space,  "  who  metes 
out  the  heavens  with  a  span,"  and  superintends  the  affairs  of  ten 
thousand  worlds."     The  views  which  many  have  acquired  of  the 
perfections  of  the  Deity  do  not  rise  much  higher  than  those  which 
we  ought  to  entertain  of  the  powers  of  an  archangel,  or  of  one  of 
the  seraphim ;  and  some  have  been  known,  even  in  our  own 
country,  whose  conceptions  have  been  so  abject  and  grovelling, 
as  to  represent  to  themselves  "  the  King  eternal,  immortal,  and 
invisible,"  under  the  idea  of  a  "  venerable  old  man."     Even  the 
more  intelligent  class  of  the  community  fall  far  short  of  the  ideas 
they  ought  to  form  of  the  God  of  heaven,  owing  to  the  limited 
views  they  have  been  accustomed  to  take  of  the  displays  of  his 
wisdom  and  benevolence,  and  the  boundless  range  of  his  operations. 
We  can  acquire  a  knowledge  of  the  Deity  only  by  the  visible 
effects  he  has  produced,  or  the  external  manifestations  he  has 
given  of  himself  to  his  creatures ;  for  the  Divine  Essence  must 
remain  for  ever  inscrutable  to  finite  minds.     These  manifesta- 
tions are  made  in  the  Revelations  contained  in  the  Bible,  and  in 
the  scene  of  the  material  universe  around  us.     The  moral  perfec- 
tions of  God,  such  as  his  justice,  mercy,  and  faithfulness,  are  more 
particularly  delineated  in  his  Word ;  for  of  these  the  system  of 
nature  can  afford  us  only  some  slight  hints  and  obscure  intimations. 
His  natural  attributes,  such  as  his  immensity,  omnipotence,  wis- 
dom, and  goodness,  are  chiefly  displayed  in  the  works  of  creation; 
and  to  this  source  of  information  the  inspired  writers  uniformly 
direct  our  attention,  in  order  that  we  may  acquire  the  most  ample 
and  impressive  views  of  the  grandeur  of  the  Divinity,  and  the  mag- 
nificence of  his  operations.     "  Lift  up  your  eyes  on  high  and  be- 
hold !  who  hath  created  these  orbs  ?  who  bringeth  forth  their  host 
by  number  ?     The  everlasting  God  the  Lord,  by  the  greatness  of 
his  might,  for  that  he  is  strong  in  power.     He  measureth  the  ocean 
in  the  hollow  of  his  hand,  he  comprehends  the  dust  of  the  earth 
in  a  measure,  he  weigheth  the  mountains  in  scales,  and  hath 
stretched  out  the  heavens  by  his  understanding.     All  nations  be- 
fore him  are  as  the  drop  of  a  bucket,  and  are  counted  to  him  less 
than  nothing,  and  vanity.     Thine,  O  Lord,  is  the  greatness,  and 
the  glory,  and  the  majesty,  for  all  that  is  in  heaven  and  earth  is 
*14 


162  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 

The  Sacred  Oracles. 


thine."  The  pointed  interrogatories  proposed  to  Job,*  and  the 
numerous  exhortations  in  reference  to  this  subject,  contained  in 
the  book  of  Psalms  and  other  parts  of  Scripture,  plainly  evince, 
that  the  character  of  God  is  to  be  contemplated  through  the 
medium  of  his  visible  works.  In  order  to  acquire  a  just  and 
comprehensive  conception  of  the  perfections  of  Deity,  we  must 
contemplate  his  character  as  displayed  both  in  the  system  of 
Revelation  and  in  the  system  of  nature,  otherwise  we  can  acquire 
only  a  partial  and  distorted  view  of  the  attributes  of  Jehovah.  The 
Scriptures  alone,  without  the  medium  of  his  works,  cannot  convey 
to  us  the  most  sublime  conceptions  of  the  magnificence  of  his  em- 
pire and  his  eternal  power  and  Godhead  ;  and  the  works  of  nature, 
without  the  revelations  of  his  Word,  leave  us  in  profound  darkness 
with  regard  to  the  most  interesting  parts  of  his  character — the  plan 
of  his  moral  government,  and  the  ultimate  destination  of  man. 

Would  we,  then,  acquire  the  most  sublime  and  comprehensive 
views  of  that  invisible  Being,  who  created  the  universe,  and  by 
whom  all  things  are  upheld,  we  must,  in  the  first  place,  apply 
ourselves,  with  profound  humility  and  reverence,  to  the  study  of  the 
Sacred  Oracles ;  and,  in  the  next  place,  direct  our  attention  to 
the  material  works  of  God  as  illustrative  of  his  Scriptural  charac- 
ter, and  of  the  declarations  of  his  Word.  And,  since  the  sacred 
writers  direct  our  views  to  the  operations  of  the  Almighty  in  the 
visible  universe,  in  ivhat  manner  are  we  to  contemplate  these 
operations  ?  Are  we  to  view  them  in  a  careless,  cursory  manner, 
or  with  fixed  attention  ?  Are  we  to  gaze  on  them  with  the  vacant 
stare  of  a  savage,  or  with  the  penetrating  eye  of  a  Christian  phi- 
losopher ?  Are  we  to  view  them  through  the  mists  of  ignorance 
and  vulgar  prejudice,  or  through  the  light  which  science  has  dif- 
fused over  the  wonders  of  creation?  There  can  be  no  difficulty  to 
any  reflecting  mind  in  determining  which  of  these  modes  ought  to 
be  adopted.  The  Scriptures  declare,  that  as  "  the  works  of  Jeho- 
vah are  great ,"  they  must  be  "  sought  out ,"  or  thoroughly  investi- 
gated, "  by  all  those  who  have  pleasure  therein  ;"  and  a  threatening 
is  denounced  against  every  one  who  "  disregards  the  works  of  the 
Lord,'7  and  "  neglects  to  consider  the  operations  of  his  hand." 

Such  declarations  evidently  imply,  that  we  ought  to  make  the 
visible  works  of  God  the  subject  of  our  serious  study  and  investi- 
gation, and  exercise  the  rational  powers  he  has  given  us  for  this 
purpose  ;  otherwise  we  cannot  expect  to  derive  from  them  a  true 
and  faithful  exhibition  of  his  character  and  purposes.  For,  as  the 
character  of  God  is  impressed  upon  his  works,  that  character 

Job  ch.  xxxviii.  &c. 


ATTRIBUTES    OF    THE    DIVINE    BEING.  163 

Power  of  the  Deity. 


cannot  be  distinctly  traced  unless  those  works  be  viewed  in  their 
true  light  and  actual  relations — not  as  they  may  appear  to  a 
rude  and  inattentive  spectator,  but  as  they  are  actually  found  to 
exist,  when  thoroughly  examined  by  the  light  of  science   and  of 
revelation.     For  example,  a  person  unaccustomed  to  investigate 
the  system  of  nature  imagines  that  the  earth  is  a  fixed  mass  of 
land  and  water  in  the  midst  of  creation,  and  one  of  the  largest 
bodies  in  nature,  and,  consequently,  that  the  sun,  moon,  and  stars, 
and  the  whole  material  universe,  revolve  around  it  every  twenty- 
four  hours.     Such  a  conception  of  the  material  system  might,  in- 
deed, convey  to  the  mind  an  astonishing  idea  of  the  power  of  the 
Deity  in   causing  such  an  immense  number  of  orbs  to  revolve 
around  our  world  with  so  prodigious  a  velocity  as  behooved  to 
take  place,  were  the  earth  in  reality  a  quiescent  body  in  the  cen- 
tre of  the  universe.     But  it  would  give  us  a  most  strange  and  dis- 
torted idea  of  his  intelligence.     While  it  tended  to  magnify  his 
omnipotence,   it  would,  in  effect,  deprive  him  of  the  attribute  of 
wisdom.     For,  in  the  first  place,  such  a  conception  would  repre- 
sent the  Almighty  as  having  devised  a  system  of  means  altogether 
superfluous  and  preposterous,  in  order  to  accomplish  the  end  in- 
tended ;  for  it  is  the  characteristic  of  wisdom  to  proportionate  the 
means  to  the  nature  of  the  design  which  is  to  be  accomplished. 
The  design,  in  the  case  under  consideration,  is  to  produce  the  al- 
ternate succession  of  day  and  night.     This  can  be  effected  by 
giving  the  earth  itself  a  rotation  round  its  axis,  as  is  the  case  in 
other  globes  of  much  larger  dimensions.     But  according  to  the 
conceotion  to  which  we  are  now  adverting  the  whole  material  crea- 
Hon  is  considered  as  daily  revolving  around  this  comparatively 
little  globe  of  earth,  an  idea  altogether  extravagant  and  absurd, 
and  inconsistent  with  every  notion  we  ought  to  entertain  of  infi- 
nite wisdom.     In  the  next  place,  were  the  earth  considered  a3  at 
rest,  the  motions  of  the  planets  would  present  a  series  of  looped 
curves  without  any  marks  of  design,  a  scene  of  inextricable  con- 
fusion, and  the  whole  of  the  solar  system  would  appear  devoid  of 
order  and  harmony,  and,  consequently,  without  the  marks  of  wis- 
dom and  intelligence.     So  that  when  the  arrangements  of  nature 
are  contemplated  through  the  mists  of  ignorance,  they  tend  to  ob- 
scure the  glory  of  the  Divinity,  and  to  convey  a  distorted  idea  of 
his  character.     Whereas,   when  the  system  of  the  universe   is 
contemplated  in  its  true  light,  all  appears  arranged  with  the  most 
admirable  harmony,  simplicity,  and  order,  and  every  mean  propor- 
tionate to  the  end  it  is  intended  to  accomplish.    Again,  in  so  far  as 
we  consider  the  earth  as  the  principal  body,  or  among  the  largest 
bodies  of  the  universe,  in  so  far  do  we  narrow  our  conceptions  of 


164  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Revelation  illustrated  by  Science. 


the  extent  and  magnificence  of  creation,  and,  consequently,  limit 
our  views  of  the  plans  and  perfections  of  the  Creator.  For  our 
conceptions  of  his  attributes  must,  in  some  measure,  correspond 
to  the  views  we  have  acquired  of  the  amplitude  and  grandeur  of 
his  empire. 

Now,  what  is  it  that  enables  us  to  investigate  the  works  of  God, 
and  to  contemplate  the  system  of  nature  in  its  true  light  ?  It  is 
Science  combined  with  observation  and  experiment.     And  what  is 
science,  considered  in  a  theological  point  of  view  ?  It  is  nothing 
else  than  a  rational  inquiry  into  the  arrangements  and  operations 
of  the  Almighty,  in  order  to  trace  the  perfections  therein  display- 
ed.    And  what  are  the  truths  which  science  has  discovered  ? 
They  may  be  regarded  as  so  many  rays  of  celestial  light  descend- 
ing from  the  Great  Source  of  Intelligence  to  illuminate  the  hu- 
man mind  in  the  knowledge  of  the  Divine  character  and  govern- 
ment, and  to  stimulate  it  to  still  more  vigorous  exertions  in  simi- 
lar investigations,  just  as  the  truths  of  revelation  are   so  many 
emanations  from  the  "  Father  of  lights,"  to  enlighten  the  dark- 
ness and  to  counteract  the  disorders   of  the  moral  world ;  ano} 
both  these  lights  must  be  resorted  to  to  direct  our  inquiries,  if  we 
wish  to  attain  the  clearest  and  most  comprehensive  views  of  the 
attributes  of  the  Divine  mind.     Revelation  declares,  in  so  many 
distinct  propositions,  the  character  of  God,  and  the  plans  of  his 
moral  government.      Science  explains  and  illustrates  many  of 
those  subjects  to  which  revelation  refers.     It  removes  the  veil 
from  the  works  of  the  Creator  ;  it  dispels  the  mists  which  igno- 
rance and  superstition  have  thrown  around  them  ;  it  conducts  us 
into  the  secret  chambers  of  nature,  and  discloses  to  us  many  of 
those  hidden  springs  which  produce  the  diversified  phenomena  of 
the  material  world  ;  it  throws  a  light  on  those  delicate  and  minute 
objects  which  lie  concealed  from  the  vulgar  eye,  and  brings  with- 
in the  range  of  our  contemplation  the  distant  glories  of  the  sky ; 
it  unveils  the  laws  by  wrhich  the  Almighty  directs  the  movements 
of  his  vast  empire,  and  exhibits  his  operations  in  a  thousand  as- 
pects, of  which  the  unenlightened  mind  can  form  no  conception.  If, 
then,  science  throws  a  light  on  the  works  and  the  ways  of  God, 
the  acquisition  of  scientific  knowledge,  when  properly  directed, 
must  have  a  tendency  to  direct  our  conceptions  and  to  amplify  our 
views  of  his  adorable  attributes,  and  of  his  providential  arrange- 
ments. 

Here  it  will  naturally  be  inquired, — What  are  some  of  those 
views  of  the  Divine  character  which  scientific  investigation  has  a 
tendency  to  unfold  ?  Our  limits  will  not  permit  a  full  and  explicit 
answer  to  this  inquiry,  the  illustration  of  which  would  require  a 


UNITY    OF    THE  DIVINE    BEING.  165 


Harmony  of  Creation. 


volume  of  no  inconsiderable  size  ;  and  therefore  we  shall  attempt 
nothing  more  than  the  statement  of  a  few  general  hints. 

1.  The  phenomena  of  the  material  world,  as  investigated  by 
science,  evince  the  unity  of  the  Divine  Being.  There  is  such  a 
harmony  that,  prevails  through  the  whole  visible  universe,  as  plain- 
ly shows  it  to  be  under  the  government  of  one  Intelligence.  Amid 
the  immense  complication  that  surrounds  us  we  perceive  one  set  of 
laws  uniformly  operating,  in  accordance  with  which  all  things  pro- 
ceed in  their  regular  courses.  The  same  causes  uniformly  pro- 
duce the  same  effects  in  every  region  of  the  world,  and  in  every 
period  of  time.  "Vegetables  spring  from  the  same  seed,  germi- 
nate by  the  same  means,  assume  the  same  form,  sustain  the  same 
qualities,  exist  through  the  same  duration,  and  come  to  the  same 
end."  Animals,  too,  of  the  same  species,  are  brought  into  exist- 
ence  in  the  same  manner,  exhibit  the  same  life  and  vital  func- 
tions, display  the  same  active  powers  and  instinct,  and  hasten  to 
the  same  dissolution.  Man  has  one  origin,  one  general  form,  the 
same  corporeal  structure,  the  same  vital  functions,  the  same  sys- 
tem of  intellectual  faculties,  and  comes  to  the  same  termination. 
All  the  elements  around  him,  and  every  arrangement  in  this  sub- 
lunary sphere,  are  made,  in  one  regular  manner,  subservient  to  his 
sensitive  enjoyment,  and  are  evidently  fitted,  by  one  design,  and 
directed  by  one  agency,  to  promote  his  happiness.  The  connex- 
ion and  harmony  which  subsist  between  the  animal  and  vegetable 
kingdoms,  plainly  evince  that  one  and  the  same  Being  is  the  for- 
mer of  both  ;  and  that  in  his  contrivances  with  respect  to  the  one, 
he  had  in  view  the  necessities  of  the  other.  We  know,  that  differ- 
ent sorts  of  plants,  herbs,  and  flowers,  are  appointed  for  food 
to  the  several  tribes  of  animals.  That  which  is  hurtful  to  one 
species  is  salutary  to  another.  One  creature  climbs  the  highest 
rocks  for  herbs,  another  digs  in  the  earth  for  roots,  and  we  scarcely 
know  a  plant  or  leaf  but  what  affords  nourishment  and  a  place  of 
nativity  to  some  species  or  other  of  the  insect  tribes.  This  is  the 
foundation  of  innumerable  relations  and  connexions  between  these 
two  departments  of  creation,  which  show  the  work  to  be  one, 
and  the  result  of  the  same  Power  and  Intelligence.  In  like  man- 
ner, day  and  night  uniformly  return  with  the  utmost  regularity,  and 
by  the  operation  of  the  same  cause  ;  and  with  the  same  regulari- 
ty and  harmony  the  seasons  revolve  and  appear  in  constant  suc- 
cession. The  composition  of  the  atmosphere  is  the  same  under 
every  latitude,  and  light  and  heat  are  diffused  by  the  same  law  in 
every  region  of  the  earth.  One  law  causes  a  stone  to  fall  to  the 
ground  ;  and  by  the  operation  of  the  same  law,  the  moon  is  retain- 
ed in  her  orbit  around  the  earth,  the  planets  directed  in  their  revo- 


166  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Wisdom  of  the  Deity. 


hitions  around  the  sun,  and  the  whole  universe  compacted  L 
one   harmonious  system.       In  short,   all  the   arrangements  ? 
operations  of  nature,  so  far  as  our  knowledge  extends,  preseni 
our  view  a  single  design,  regularly  executed  by  a  single  agen 
The  fair  inference,  therefore,  is,  that  every  part  of  the  worlo 
which  we  dwell,  and  every  department  of  the  solar  system, 
under  the  government  of  one  Intelligence,  which  directs  everv 
movement  throughout  the  universal  system.     And  the  more  e 
tensively  our  views  of  the  universe  are  enlarged,  the  marks 
unity  in  operation  and  design  become  more  strikingly  apparent. 
Now,  if  two  or  more   intelligences  had  the  government  of  tr 
universe  in  their  hands,  and  if  they  had  equal  power  and  contrary 
designs,  their  purposes  would  clash,  and  they  could  never  become 
the  parents  of  that  harmony  which  we  clearly  perceive  throughout 
the  system  of  nature.     Thus  the  operations  of  the  visible  world 
confirm  and  illustrate  the  declaration  of  the  inspired  oracles,  that 
"  there  is  none  other  God  but  erne." 

2.  A  scientific  investigation  of  the  material  world  opens  to  us 
innumerable  evidences  of  Divine  Wisdom. 

Wherever  we  turn  our  eyes  in  the  visible  world  around  us,  and 
survey  with  attention  the  various  processes  of  nature,  we  perceive 
at  every  step  the  most  striking  marks  of  intelligence  and  design. 
We  perceive  the  wisdom  of  the  great  Author  of  nature,  in  the 
admirable  constitution  of  the  atmosphere,  and  the  wonderful  pro- 
perties of  the  constituent  principles  of  which  it  is  comp« 
the  motions  of  light,  the  inconceivable  smallness  of  its 
its  adaptation  to  the  eye,  and  the  admirable  manner 
vision  is  performed, — in  the  nature  of  sound,  the  laws  *vnich 
it  is  propagated,  and  the  various  modifications  of  which  it  is  sus- 
ceptible,— in  the  process  of  evaporation,  and  the  rains,  dews,  and 
fertility,  which  are  the  results  of  this  admirable  part  of  tjhe  dco- 
nomy  of  nature, — in  the  utility  of  the  mountains  and  valleys  with 
which  the  earth  is  diversified,  and  the  beautiful  colouring  v.  1 
is  spread  over  the  face  of  nature, — in  the  morning  and  eve>  :ng 
tivilight  and  the  gradual  approaches  of  light  and  darkness, — in 
the  vast  expanse  of  the  ocean  and  its  numerous  productions.  In 
the  grand,  and  picturesque,  and  beautiful  landscapes  with  which 
our  globe  is  adorned,  in  the  composition  and  specific  gravity  of 
water,  and  in  the  peculiar  structure  and  density  of  the  solid  Darts 
of  the  earth, — in  the  expansion  of  water  in  the  act  of  fre» 
and  the  nature  and  properties  of  heat  and  flame, — in  the 
of  steam,  the  properties  of  the  gases,  the  qualities  of  the  i 
and  the  agencies  of  the  galvanic  and  electric  fluids, — in  tf 
ture  of  vegetables,  the  adaptation  of  their  seeds,  root? 


WISDOM    OF    THE    DEITY.  167 


As  displayed  throughout  Nature. 


*teels  and  leaves,  to  the  purpose  of  vegetative  life, — the  curious 
^cesses  which  are  continually  going  on  in  their  internal  parts, 
r  Ir  delicate  contexture  and  diversified  hues,  and  the  important 
ooses  they  serve  in  the  system  of  nature, — in  the  structure  of 
'various  animated  beings  which  traverse  the  air,  the  waters, 
-,  the  earth, — the  provision  made  for  the  continuance  of  the 
Sqpfecies,  their  architective  faculties,  their  wonderful  instincts,  and 
infinite  diversity  of  organization  which  appears  among  them, 
Jed  to  their  various  wants  and  modes  of  existence, — in  the 
admirable  organization  of  the  human  frame,  the  numerous  bones, 
uscles,  ligaments,  membranes,  arteries,  and  veins,  which  enter 
iiAo  its  construction,  the  apt  disposition  of  all  its  parts,  the  means 
contrived  for  the  reception  and  distribution  of  nutriment,  the 
effect  which  this  nutriment  produces  in  bringing  the  body  to  its 
full  growth  and  expansion, — its  self-restoring  power  when  dis- 
eased or  wounded,  the  provision  made  against  evil  accidents  and 
inconveniences,  the  variety  of  muscular  movements  of  which  it 
is  susceptible,  the  process  of  respiration,  the  circulation  of  the 
blood,  the  separation  of  the  chyle,  the  exquisite  structure  of  the 
different  senses,  and  the  nice  adaptation  of  every  organ  and 
movement  to  the  ends  it  was  intended  to  subserve.     The  same 
wisdom  is  perceptible  in  the  position  which  the  sun  holds  in  the 
solar  system,  in  order  to  a  due  distribution  of  light  and  heat  to 
surrounding  worlds  ;  in  the  distance  at  which  the  earth  is  placed 
luminary, — in  the  order  and  harmony  of  all  the  celestial 
md  in  the  wonderful  and  beautiful  scenery,  invisible  to 
k  "sted  eye,  which  the  microscope  displays,  both  in  the 

animL.  ,  id  vegetable  world.  In  short,  there  is  not  an  object 
within  us  or  around  us,  in  the  mountains  or  the  plains,  in  the 
air,  the  ocean,  or  the  sky, — among  the  animal  or  the  vegetable 
tribe  ;,  when  steadily  contemplated  in  all  its  aspects  and  relations, 
but  displays  to  the  eye  of  reason  and  devotion  the  consummate 
•igence  and  skill  of  its  almighty  Author,  and  calls  upon  every 
intelligent  agent,  in  silent  but  emphatic  language,  to  praise  him 
44  who  made  the  earth,  the  sea,  the  fountains  of  water,  and  all  that 
lis     ci  them,  for  whose  pleasure  they  are  and  were  created." 

lifl  us  just  select  one  example  out  of  the  many  thousands 

which  might  be  brought  forward  on  this  subject.     This  example 

shall,  be  taken  from  an  invisible  department  of  nature.    In  conse- 

of  modern  scientific  discovery,  it  has  been  ascertained 

'  3  atmosphere,  or  the  air  we  breathe,  is  compounded  of  two 

substances,  termed  oxygen  gas  and  nitrogen  gas.    Oxy- 

g*  brmerly  stated,  is  the  principle  of  vitality  and  combustion ; 

ed  i  is  destructive  both  to  flame  and  animal  life.     Were  we 


168  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Infinite  Knowledge  of  the  Divine  Mind. 


to  breathe  oxygen  by  itself,  it  would  cause  our  blood  to  circulate 
with  greater  rapidity,  but  it  would  soon  waste  and  destroy  the 
human  frame  by  the  rapid  accumulation  of  heat.  Were  the 
nitrogen  to  be  extracted  from  the  atmosphere,  and  the  oxygen 
left  to  exert  its  native  energies,  it  would  melt  the  hardest  sub- 
stances, and  set  the  earth  on  flames.  If  the  oxygen  were  extracted 
and  the  nitrogen  only  remained,  every  species  of  fire  and  flame 
would  be  extinguished,  and  all  the  tribes  of  animated  nature 
instantly  destroyed.  The  proportion  of  these  two  gases  to  each 
other  is  nearly  as  one  to  four.  Were  this  proportion  materially 
altered,  a  fluid  might  be  produced  which  would  cause  a  burning 
pain  and  instaneous  suffocation.  The  specific  gravity  of  these 
two  substances  is  nearly  as  37  to  33  ;  that  is,  the  nitrogen  is  a 
small  degree  lighter  than  the  oxygen.  Were  this  proportion 
reversed,  or,  in  other  words,  were  the  oxygen  of  the  atmosphere 
a  small  degree  lighter  than  the  nitrogen,  so  that  the  nitrogen 
might  become  a  little  heavier  than  common  air, — -as  this  gas  is 
thrown  off  continually  by  the  breathing  of  men  and  other  animals, 
— it  would  perpetually  occupy  the  lower  regions  of  the  atmosphere, 
and  be  productive  of  universal  pestilence  and  death.  Again, 
oxygen  gas  is  separated  from  the  nitrogen  in  the  lungs  ;  it  is 
absorbed  by  the  blood,  and  gives  it  its  red  colour,  and  is  the 
source  of  animal  heat  throughout  the  whole  system.  It  forms 
the  basis  of  all  the  acids  ;  it  pervades  the  substance  of  the  vege- 
table tribes,  and  enables  them  to  perform  their  functions,  and  it 
forms  a  constituent  part  of  the  water  which  fills  our  rivers,  seas, 
and  oceans.  And  as  the  atmosphere  is  daily  liable  to  be  deprived 
of  this  fluid  by  combustion,  respiration,  and  other  processes,  the 
leaves  of  trees  and  other  vegetables  give  out  a  large  portion  of  it 
during  the  day,  which,  uniting  with  the  nitrogen  gas  thrown  off 
by  the  breathing  of  animals,  keeps  up  the  equilibrium,  and  pre- 
serves the  salubrity  of  the  air  in  which  we  move  and  breathe. 

These  facts  demonstrate  the  infinite  knowledge  and  the  con- 
summate wisdom  of  the  Contriver  of  the  universe, — in  the  exqui- 
sitely nice  adjustment  of  every  minute  circumstance,  so  as  to  pre- 
serve the  balance  of  nature  and  secure  the  happiness  of  his  sen- 
sitive and  intelligent  offspring.  What  an  all-comprehensive  intel- 
ligence does  it  indicate  in  the  Divine  Mind,  to  cause  one  single 
principle  in  different  combinations  to  produce  so  immense  a  va- 
riety of  important  effects  !  What  dreadful  havoc  would  be  pro- 
duced throughout  the  whole  of  our  sublunary  system,  if  a  substance 
like  oxygen  gas,  which  pervades  every  part  of  nature,  were  not 
nicely  balanced  and  proportioned!  All  nature  might  soon  be 
thrown  into  confusion,  and  all  the  tribes  of  the  living  world  either 


- 


BENEVOLENCE    OF    THE    DEITY.  169 


Adjustment  of  Means  to  Ends. 


j    be  reduced  to  misery  or  swept  into  the  tomb.     A  material  differ- 

jl  ence  in  the  proportion  of  the  two  airs  which  compose  the  atmos- 

5    phere  might  be  productive  of  the  most  dreadful  and  destructive  effects. 

!    One  of  the  most  corrosive  acids,  aquafortis,  is  composed  of  75parts 

oxygen  and  25  parts  nitrogen.     Were  this  the  proportion  of  these 

fluids  in  the  atmosphere,  every  breath  we  drew  would  produce  the 

,  most  excruciating  pain,  and,  after  two  or  three  inspirations,  the 

vital  powers  would  be  overcome,  and  life  extinguished.     Here 

i   then  we  perceive  an  admirable  adjustment  of  means  to  ends,  and  an 

j   evidence  of  that  comprehensive  knowledge  which  penetrates  into 

I  .  the  energies  of  all  substances,  and  foresees  all  the  consequences 

!   which  can  follow  from  the  principles  and  laws  of  nature,  in  every 

i   combination  and  in  every  mode  of  their  operation.     This  is  only 

,   one  instance  out  of  a  thousand  which  the  researches  of  science 

j  |j  afford  us  of  the  admirable  economy  of  the  wisdom  of  God.     From 

i |i ignorance  of  such  facts,  the  bulk  of  mankind  are  incapable  of 

i  i]  appreciating  the  blessings  they  enjoy,  under  the  arrangements  of 

Infinite  Wisdom  and  unqualified  for  rendering  a  grateful  homage 

to  Him  "  in  whom  they  live,  and  move,  and  have  their  being." 

3.   The  contemplation  of  nature  through  the  medium  of  science 
; affords   innumerable  displays  of  the  benevolence  of   the  Deity. 
Benevolence,  or  goodness,  is  that  perfection  of  God  which  leads 
him,  in  all  his  arrangements,  to  communicate  happiness  to  every 
order  of  his  creatures.     This  attribute,  though  frequently  over- 
looked, is  so  extensively  displayed  throughout  the  scene  of  crea- 
tion, that  we  feel  at  a  loss  to  determine  from  what  quarter  we  should 
select  instances  for  its  illustration.     Wherever  we  find  evidences 
of  wisdom  and  design,  we  also  find  instances  of  benevolence ; 
for  ali  the  admirable  contrivances  we  perceive  in  the  system  of 
nature  have  it  as  their  ultimate  end  to  convey  pleasure,  in  one 
shape  or  another,  to  sensitive  beings.     If  there  are  more  than  240 
bones  in  the  human  body,  variously  articulated,  and  more  than 
,440  muscles,  of  different  forms  and  contextures,  such  a  structure 
.is  intended  to  produce  a  thousand  modifications  of  motion  in  the 
'several  members  of  which  it  is  composed,  and  to  facilitate  every 
operation  we  have  occasion  to  perform.     If  the  ear  is  formed  with 
an  external  porch,  a  hammer,  an  anvil,  a  tympanum,  a  stirrup,  and 
a  labyrinth,  this  apparatus  is  intended  to  convey  pleasure  to  the 
soul  by  communicating  to  it  all  the  modifications  of  sound.     If 
the  eye  is  composed  of  three  coats,  some  of  them  opaque  and 
transparent,  with  three  humours  of  different  forms  and  re- 
fractive powers,  and  a  numerous  assemblage  of  minute  veins, 
arteries,  muscles,  nerves,  glands,  and  lymphatics,  it  is  in  order  that 
the  images  of  objects  may  be  accurately  depicted  on  the  retina, 
15 


170 


ON    THE    GENERAL  DIFFUSION    OF.  KNOWLEDGE, 


The  Divine  Benevolence. 


that  the  ball  of  the  eye  may  be  easily  turned  in  every  direction, 
and  that  we  may  enjoy  all  the  entertainments  of  vision.*  If  an 
atmosphere  is  thrown  around  the  earth,  it  is  for  the  purpose  of  at- 
tempering the  rays  of  the  sun,  giving  a  lucid  brightness  to  every 
part  of  the  heavens,  producing  the  morning  and  evening  twilight, 
promoting  evaporation  and  the  respiration  of  animals,  and  causing 
the  earth  to  bring  forth  abundance  of  food,  by  means  of  the  rains 
and  dews  ;  all  which  effects  produce  happiness  in  a  thousand  dif- 
ferent ways  to  every  sentient  being.  If  this  atmosphere  presses 
our  bodies  with  a  weight  of  thirty  thousand  pounds,  it  is  in  order 
to  counterpoise  the  internal  pressure  of  the  circulating  fluids,  and 
to  preserve  the  vessels  and  animal  functions  in  due  tone  and 
vigour,  without  which  pressure  the  elastic  fluids  in  the  finer  vessels 
would  inevitably  burst  them,  and  the  spark  of  life  be  quickly  ex- 
tinguished. Thousands  of  examples  of  this  description,  illustra- 
tive of  Divine  benevolence,  might  be  selected  from  every  part  of 
the  material  system  connected  with  our  world,  all  of  which  would 
demonstrate,  that  the  communication  of  enjoyment  is  the  great 
end  of  all  the  contrivances  of  Infinite  Wisdom. 


*  As  an  evidence  of  the  care  of  the  Creator  to  promote  our  enjoyment,  the 
following  instance  may  be  selected  in  regard  to  the  muscles  of  the  eye.  No- 
thing can  be  more  manifestly  an  evidence  of  contrivance  and  design,  and  at 
the  same  time  of  benevolent  intention,  than  these  muscles,  which  are  admirably 
adapted  to  move  the  ball  of  the  eye  in  every  direction,  upwards,  downwards, 
to  the  right-hand,  to  the  left,  and  in  whatever  direction  we  please,  so  as  to 
preserve  that  parallelism  of  the  eye  which  is  necessary  to  distinct  vision.  In 
Fig.  1  is  exhibited  the  eyeball  with  its  muscles  ;a,  is  the  optic  nerve  :  b,  the 
musculus  trochlearis,  which  turns  the  pupil  downwards  and  outwards,  and 
enables  the  ball  of  the  eye  to  roll  about  at  pleasure  ;  c,  is  part  ofthe  osfrontis. 

Fig.  1.  Fig.  2. 


BENEVOLENCE    OF    THE    DEITY.  171 


Gratification  of  the  Senses. 


There  is  a  striking  display  of  benevolence  in  the  gratification 
afforded  to  our  different  senses.  As  the  eye  is  constructed  of  the 
most  delicate  substances,  and  is  one  of  the  most  admirable 
pieces  of  mechanism  connected  with  our  frame,  so  the  Creator 
has  arranged  the  world  in  such  a  manner  as  to  afford  it  the  most 
varied  and  delightful  gratification.  By  means  of  the  solar  light, 
which  is  exactly  adapted  to  the  structure  of  this  organ,  thousands 
of  objects  of  diversified  beauty  and  sublimity  are  presented  to 
the  view.  It  opens  before  us  the  mountains,  the  vales,  the 
woods,  the  lawns,  the  brooks,  and  rivers,  the  fertile  plains,  and 
flowery  fields,  adorned  with  every  hue, — the  expanse  of  the  ocean 
and  the  glories  of  the  firmament.  And  as  the  eye  would  be  daz- 
zled were  a  deep  red  colour  or  a  brilliant  white  to  be  spread  over 
the  face  of  nature,  the  Divine  goodness  has  clothed  the  heavens 
with  blue  and  the  earth  with  green,  the  two  colours  which  are  the 
least  fatiguing  and  the  most  pleasing  to  the  organs  of  sight,  and 
at  the  same  time  one  of  these  colours  is  diversified  by  a  thousand 
delicate  shades  which  produce  a  delightful  variety  upon  the  land- 
scape of  the  world.  The  ear  is  curiously  constructed  for  the 
perception  of  sounds,  which  the  atmosphere  is  fitted  to  convey ; 
and  what  a  variety  of  pleasing  sensations  are  produced  by  the  ob- 
jects of  external  nature  intended  to  affect  this  organ !  The  mur- 
murings  of  the  brooks,  the  whisperings  of  the  gentle  breeze,  the 
hum  of  bees,  the  chirping  of  birds,  the  lowing  of  the  herds,  the 
melody  of  the  feathered  songsters,  the  roarings  of  a  stormy  ocean, 
the  dashings  of  a  mighty  cataract,  and,  above  all,  the  numerous 
modulations  of  the  human  voice  and  the  harmonies  of  music, 
produce  a  variety  of  delightful  emotions  which  increase  the  sum 
of  human  enjoyment.  To  gratify  the  sense  of  smelling,  the  air 
is  perfumed  with  a  variety  of  delicious  odours,  exhaled  from  in- 
to which  the  trochlea  or  pully  is  fixed,  through  which  d,  the  tendon  of  the 
trochlearis  passes  ;  e,  is  the  attolens  oculi,  for  raising  up  the  globe  of  the  eye  ; 
n  the  depressor  oculi,  for  pulling  the  globe  of  the  eye  down  ;  /,  adductor  oculi, 
for  turning  the  eye  towards  the  nose  ;  g,  abductor  oculi,  for  moving  the  globe 
of  the  eye  outwards,  to  the  right  or  left  ;  h,  obliquus  inferior,  for  drawing  the 
globe  of  the  eye  forwards,  inwards,  and  downwards  ;  i,  part  of  the  superior 
maxillary  bone,  to  which  it  is  fixed  ;  k,  the  eyeball.  Fig.  2  represents  the 
same  muscles  in  a  different  point  of  view,  where  the  same  letters  refer  to  the 
same  muscles. 

All  these  opposite  and  antagonist  muscles  preserve  a  nice  equilibrium,  which 
is  effected  partly  by  their  equality  of  strength,  partly  by  their  peculiar  origin, 
and  partly  by  the  natural  posture  of  the  body  and  the  eye,  by  which  means 
the  eve  can  be  turned  instantaneously  towards  any  object,preserved  in  perfect 
steadiness,  and  prevented  from  rolling  about  in  hideous  contortions.  This  is 
only  one,  out  of  a  hundred  instances  in  relation  to  the  eye,  in  which  the  same 
benevolent  design  is  displayed. 


172  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Remedies  against  Evils. 


numerable  plants  and  flowers.  To  gratify  the  feeling,  pleasing 
Dsations  of  various  descriptions  are  connected  almost  with 
every  thing  we  have  occasion  to  touch  ;  and  to  gratify  the  sense 
of  taste,  the  earth  is  covered  with  an  admirable  profusion  of 
plants,  herbs,  roots,  and  delicious  fruits  of  thousands  of  different 
qualities  and  flavours,  calculated  to  convey  an  agreeable  relish  to 
the  inhabitants  of  every  clime.  Now,  it  is  easy  to  conceive  that 
these  gratifications  were  not  necessary  to  our  existence.  The 
purposes  of  vision,  as  a  mere  animal  sensation  for  the  use  of 
self-preservation,  might  have  been  answered,  although  every  trace 
of  beauty  and  sublimity  had  been  swept  from  the  universe,  and 
nothing  but  a  vast  assemblage  of  dismal  and  haggard  objects  had 
appeared  on  the  face  of  nature.  The  purpose  of  hearing  might 
have  been  effected  although  every  sound  had  been  grating  and 
discordant,  and  the  voice  of  melody  for  ever  unknown.  We 
might  have  had  smell  without  fragrance  or  perfume  ;  taste  with- 
out variety  of  flavour ;  and  feeling,  not  only  without  the  least 
pleasing  sensation,  but  accompanied  with  incessant  pain.  But, 
in  this  case,  the  system  of  nature  would  have  afforded  no  direct 
proofs,  as  it  now  does,  of  Divine  benevolence. 

The  remedies  which  the  Deity  has  provided  against  the  evils  to 
which  we  are  exposed  are  likewise  a  proof  of  his  benevolence. 
Medicines    are  provided  for  the  cure  of  the  diseases  to  which 
we  are  liable  ;  heat  is  furnished  to  deliver  us  from  the  effects  of 
cold;  rest  from  the  fatigues  of  labour ;  sleep  from  the  languors 
of  watching  ;  artificial  light  to  preserve  us  from  the  gloom  of  ab- 
solute darkness,  and  shade  from  the  injuries  of  scorching  heat. 
Goodness  is  also  displayed  in  the  power  of  self-restoration  which 
our  bodies  possess  in  recovering  us  from  sickness  and  disease, 
in  healing  wounds  and  bruises,  and  in  recovering  our  decayed 
organs  of  sensation,  without  which  power  almost  every  human 
being  would  present  a  picture  of  deformity  and  a  body  full  of  scars 
and  putrefying  sores.     The  pupil  of  the  eye  is  so  constructed, 
that  it  is  capable  of  contracting  and  dilating  by  a  sort  of  instinctive 
power.     By  tliis  means  the  organ  of  vision  defends  itself  from 
the  blindness  which  might  ensue  from  the  admission  of  too  great 
a  quantity  of  light ;  while,  on  the  other  hand,  its  capacity  of  ex- 
pansion, so  as  to  take  in  a  greater  quantity  of  rays,  prevents  us 
from  being  in  absolute  darkness  even  in  the  deepest  gloom,  with-  i 
out  which  we  could  scarcely  take  a  step  with  safety  during  a  cloudy 
night.     Again,  in  the  construction  of  the  human  body,  and  of  the 
various  tribes  of  animated  beings,  however  numerous  and  com- 
plicated their  organs,  there  is  no  instance  can  be  produced  that 
any   one   muscle,   nerve,    joint,    limb,    or   other   part   is   con- 


BENEVOLENCE    OF    THE    DEITY,  173 

Provision  for  all  Creation. 


trived  for  the  purpose  of  producing  pain.  When  pain  is  felt,  it  is 
uniformly  owing  to  some  derangement  of  the  corporeal  organs, 
but  is  never  the  necessary  result  of  the  original  contrivance.  On 
the  other  hand,  every  part  of  the  construction  of  living  beings, 
every  organ  and  function,  and  every  contrivance,  however  deli- 
cate and  minute,  in  so  far  as  its  use  is  known,  is  found  to  contri- 
bute to  the  enjoyment  of  the  individual  to  which  it  belongs,  either 
by  facilitating  its  movements,  by  enabling  it  to  ward  off  dangers, 
or  in  some  way  or  another  to  produce  agreeable  sensations. 

In  short,  the  immense  multitude  of  animated  beings  which  people 
the  earth,  and  the  ample  provision  which  is  made  for  their  necessities, 
furnish  irresistible  evidence  of  Divine  goodness.     It  has  been 
ascertained  that  more  than  sixty  thousand  species  of  animals  in- 
habit the  air,  the  earth,  and  the  waters,  besides  many  thousands 
which  have  not  yet  come  within  the  observation  of  the  naturalist. 
On  the  surface  of  the  earth  there  is  not  a  patch  of  ground  or  a 
portion  of  water,  a  single  shrub,  tree,  or  herb,  and  scarcely  a 
single  leaf  in  the  forest,  but  what  teems  with  animated  beings. 
How  many  hundreds  of  millions  have  their  dwellings  in  caves,  in 
the  clefts  of  rocks,  in  the  bark  of  trees,  in  ditches,  in  marshes, 
\  in  the  forests,  the  mountains  and  the  valleys  !  What  innumerable 
(  shoals  of  fishes  inhabit  the  ocean  and  sport  in  the  seas  and  rivers  ! 
What  millions  on  millions  of  birds  and  flying  insects,  in  endless 
1  variety,  wing  their  flight  through  the  atmosphere  above  and  around 
us  !    Were  we  to  suppose  that  each  species,  at  an  average,  con- 
tains   four    hundred    millions    of   individuals,   there    would  be 
24,000,000,000,000,  or  24  billions  of  living  creatures  belonging 
i  to  all  the  known  species  which  inhabit  the  different  regions  of  the 
I  world — besides  the  multitudes  of  unknown  species  yet  undiscov- 
ered,— which  is  thirty  thousand  times  the  number  of  all  the  human 
i  beings  that  people  the  globe.*     Besides  these,  there  are  multi- 
\  tudes  of  animated  beings  which  no  man  can  number,  invisible  to 
!  the  unassisted  eye,  and  dispersed  through  every  region  of  the 
earth,  air,  and  seas.     In  a  small  stagnant  pool  which  in  summer 
i  appears  covered  with  a  green  scum,  there  are  more  microscopic 
!  animalcules  than  would  outnumber  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth. 
How  immense  then  must  be  the  collective  number  of  these  crea- 
tures throughout  every  region  of  the  earth  and  atmosphere  !  It 
surpasses  all  our  conceptions.     Now,  it  is  a  fact  that,  from  the 

*  As  an  instance  of  the  immense  number  of  animated  beings,  the  following 
facts  in  relation  to  two  species  of  birds  may  be  stated.  Captain  Flinders,  in 
his  voyage  to  Australasia,  saw  a  compact  stream  of  stormy  petrels,  which  was 
from  50  to  SO  yards  deep  and  300  yards  or  more  broad.  This  stream,  for  a 
full  hour  and  a  half,  continued  to  pass  without  interruption  with  nearly  the 
15* 


174  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Provision  for  all  Creation. 


elephant  to  the  mite,  from  the  whale  to  the  oyster,  and  from  the 
eagle  to  the  gnat,  or  the  mieroscopic  animaleula,  no  animal  can 
subsist  without  nourishment.  Every  species,  too,  requires  a  differ- 
ent kind  of  food.  Some  live  on  grass,  some  on  shrubs,  some  on 
flowers,  and  some  on  trees.  Some  feed  only  on  the  roots  of 
vegetables,  some  on  the  stalk,  some  on  the  leaves,  some  on  the 
fruit,  some  on  the  seed,  some  on  the  whole  plant ;  some  prefer 
one  species  of  grass,  some  another.  Linnaeus  has  remarked, 
that  the  cow  eats  276  species  of  plants,  and  rejects  218  ;  the  goat 
eats  449,  and  rejects  126  ;  the  sheep  eats  387,  and  rejects  141  ; 
the  horse  eats  262,  and  rejects  212  ;  and  the  hog,  more  nice  in 
its  taste  than  any  of  these,  eats  but  72  plants  and  rejects  all  the 
rest.  Yet  such  is  the  unbounded  munificence  of  the  Creator,  that 
all  these  countless  myriads  of  sentient  beings  are  amply  provided 

swiftness  of  the  pigeon.     Now,  taking  the  column  at  50  yards  deep  by  300 
in  breadth,  and  that  it  moved  30  miles  an  hour,  and  allowing  nine  cubic  inches 
of  space  to  each  bird,  the  number  would  amount  to  151  millions  and  a  half. 
The  migratory  pigeon  of  the  United  States  flies  in  more  still  amazing  multitudes. 
Wilson,  in  his  "  American  Ornithology,"  says,  "  Of  one  of  these  immense 
flocks,  let  us  attempt  to  calculate  the  numbers,  as  seen  in  passing  between 
Frankfort  on  the  Kentucky  and  the  Indian  territory.     If  we  suppose  this 
column  to  have  been  one  mile  in  breadth,  and  I  believe  it  to  have  been  much 
more,  and  that  it  moved  four  hours  at  the  rate  of  one  mile  a  minute,  the  time 
it  continued  in  passing  would  make  the  whole  length  240  miles.  Again,  sup- 
posing  that  each  square  yard   of  this  moving  body  comprehended  three 
pigeons,  the  square  yards  multiplied  by  3  would  give  2,230,272,000,"  that  is, 
two  thousand  two  hundred  and  thirty  millions  and  two  hundred  and  seventy- 
two  thousand,  nearly  three  times  the  number  of  all  the  human  inhabitants  of 
the  globe,  but  which  Mr.  Wilson  reckons  to  be  far  below  the  actual  amount. 
Were  we  to  estimate  the  number  of  animals  by  the  scale  here  afforded,  it 
would  amount  to  several  hundreds  or  thousands  of  times  more  than  what 
I  have  stated  in  the  text.     For  if  a  single  flock  of  the  pigeons  now  alluded  to 
in  only  one  district  of  the  earth,  amounts  to  so  prodigious  a  number,  how 
many  thousand  times  more  must  be  the  amount  of  the  same  species  in  all  the 
regions  of  the  globe  !  In  the  above  calculations,  it  is  taken  for  granted  that 
pigeons  fly  at  the  rate  of  from  30  to  60  miles  an  hour,  and  it  is  found  by  actual 
experiment  that  this  is  the  case.     In  1830,  110  pigeons  were  brought  from 
Brussels  to  London,  and  were  let  fly  on  the  19th  July,  at  a  quarter  before 
nine  A.  M.     One  reached  Antwerp,  186  miles'  distance,  at  18  minutes  past 
2,  or  in  5  1-2  hours,  being  at  the  rate  of  34  miles  an  hour.  Five  more  reached 
the  same  place  within  eight  minutes  afterward,  and  thirteen    others  in  the 
course  of  eight  hours  after  leaving  London.     Another  went  from  London  to 
Maestricht,  260  miles,  in  tix  hours  and  a  quarter,  being  at  the  rate  of  nearly 
42  miles  an  hour.     The  golden  eagle  sweeps  through  the  atmosphere  at  the 
rate  of  40  miles  an  hour,  and  it  has  been  computed  that  the  Swift  flies,  at  an 
average,  500  miles  a  day,  and  yet  finds  time  to  feed,  to  clean  itself,  and  to 
collect  materials  for  its  nest  with  apparent  leisure.    Such  are  the  numbers  of 
this  species  of  animated  beings,  and  such  the  powers  of  rapid  motion  which 
the  Creator  has  conferred  upon  them, — powers  which  man,  with  all  his  intel-  ' 
iectual  faculties  and  inventions,  has  never  yet  been  able  to  attain. 


BEx^EVOLENCE    OF    THE    DEITY.  175 


Multiplicity  of  Ideas  in  the  Divine  Mind. 


for  and  nourished  by  his  bounty  !  "  The  eyes  of  all  these  look 
unto  Him,  and  he  openeth  his  hand  and  satisfieth  the  desire  of 
every  living  being."  He  has  so  arranged  the  world,  that  every 
place  affords  the  proper  food  for  all  the  living  creatures  with 
which  it  abounds.  He  has  furnished  them  with  every  organ  and 
apparatus  of  instruments  for  the  gathering,  preparing,  and  digest- 
ing of  their  food,  and  has  endowed  them  with  admirable  sagacity 
in  finding  out  and  providing  their  nourishment,  and  in  enabling 
them  to  distinguish  between  what  is  salutary  and  what  is  per- 
nicious. In  the  exercise  of  these  faculties,  and  in  all  their  move- 
ments, they  appear  to  experience  a  happiness  suitable  to  their 
nature.  The  young  of  all  animals  in  the  exercise  of  their  newly- 
acquired  faculties — the  fishes  sporting  in  the  waters,  the  birds 
skimming  beneath  the  sky  and  warbling  in  the  thickets,  the  game- 
some cattle  browsing  in  the  pastures,  the  wild  deer  bounding 
through  the  forests,  the  insects  gliding  through  the  air  and  along 
the  ground,  and  even  the  earth-worms  wriggling  in  the  dust, — 
proclaim,  by  the  vivacity  of  their  movements  and  their  various 
tones  and  gesticulations,  that  the  exercise  of  their  powers  is  con- 
nected with  enjoyment.  In  this  boundless  scene  of  beneficence 
we  behold  a  striking  illustration  of  the  declarations  of  the  inspired 
writers,  that  "  the  Lord  is  good  to  all," — that  "  the  earth  is  full  of 
his  riches," — and  that  "his  tender  mercies  are  over  all  his 
works." 

Such  are  a  few  evidences  of  the  benevolence  of  the  Deity  as 
displayed  in  the  arrangements  of  the  material  world.  However 
plain  and  obvious  they  may  appear  to  a  reflecting  mind,  they  are 
almost  entirely  overlooked  by  the  bulk  of  mankind,  owing  to  their 
ignorance  of  the  facts  of  natural  history  and  science,  and  the  con- 
sequent inattention  and  apathy  with  which  they  are  accustomed 
to  view  the  objects  of  the  visible  creation.  Hence  they  are  inca- 
pacitated for  appreciating  the  beneficent  character  of  the  Creator, 
and  the  riches  of  his  munificence  ;  and  incapable  of  feeling  those 
emotions  of  admiration  and  gratitude  which  an  enlightened  con- 
templation of  the  scene  of  nature  is  calculated  to  inspire. 

4.  An  enlightened  and  comprehensive  survey  of  the  universe 
presents  to  us  a  view  of  the  vast  multiplicity  of  conceptions  and 
the  infinitely  diversified  ideas  which  have  been  formed  in  the  Divine 
Mind. 

As  the  conceptions  existing  in  the  mind  of  an  artificer  are 
known  by  the  instruments  he  constructs,  or  the  operations  he 
performs,  so  the  ideas  which  have  existed  from  eternity  in  the 
mind  of  the  Creator  are  ascertained  from  the  objects  he  has 
created,  the  events  he  has  produced,  and  the  operations  he  is 


176  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Variety  of  Nature. 


incessantly  conducting.  The  formation  of  a  single  object  is  an 
exhibition  of  the  idea  existing  in  the  Creating  Mind,  of  which  it 
is  a  copy.  The  formation  of  a  second  or  a  third  object  exactly 
resembling  the  first  would  barely  exhibit  the  same  ideas  a  second 
or  a  third  time,  without  disclosing  any  thing  new  concerning  the 
Creator  ;  and,  consequently,  our  conceptions  of  his  intelligence 
would  not  be  enlarged,  even  although  thousands  and  millions  of 
such  objects  were  presented  to  our  view, — just  as  a  hundred 
clocks  and  watches,  exactly  of  the  same  kind,  constructed  by  the 
same  artist,  give  us  no  higher  idea  of  his  skill  and  ingenuity  than 
the  construction  of  one.  But  every  variety  in  objects  and  arrange- 
ments exhibits  a  new  discovery  of  the  plans,  contrivances,  and 
intelligence  of  the  Creator. 

Now  in  the  universe  we  find  all  things  constructed  and  arranged 
on  the  plan  of  boundless  and  universal  variety.     In  the  animal 
kingdom  there  have  been  actually  ascertained,  as  already  noticed, 
about  sixty  thousand  different  species  of  living  creatures.     There 
are  about  600  species  of  mammalia,  or  animals  that  suckle  their 
young,  most  of  which  are  quadrupeds — 4000  species  of  birds, 
3000  species  of  fishes,  700  species  of  reptiles,  and  44,000  species 
of  insects.*     Besides  these,  there  are   about  3000  species  of 
shellfish,  and  perhaps  not  less  than  eighty  or  a  hundred  thousand 
species  of  animalcules  invisible  to  the  naked  eye  ;  and  new  spe- 
cies are  daily  discovering,  in  consequence  of  the  zeal  and  industry 
of  the  lovers  of  natural  history.     As  the  system  of  animated 
nature  has  never  yet  been  thoroughly  explored,  we  might  safely 
reckon  the  number  of  species  of  animals  of  all  kinds  as  amount- 
ing to  at  least  three  hundred  thousand.     We  are  next  to  consider 
that  the  organical  structure  of  each  species  consists  of  an  immense 
multitude  of  parts,  and  that  all  the  species  are  infinitely  diversi- 
fied— differing  from  each  other  in  their  forms,  organs,  members, 
faculties,  and  motions.     They  are  of  all  shapes  and  sizes,  from 
the  microscopic  animalculum,  ten  thousand  times  less  than  a  mite, 
to  the  elephant  and  the  whale.     They  are  different  in  respect  of 
the  construction  of  their  sensitive  organs.     In  regard  to  the  eye, 
some  have  this  organ  placed  in  the  front,  so  as  to  look  directly 
forward,  as  in  man  ;  others  have  it  so  placed  as  to  take  in  nearly 
a  whole  hemisphere,  as  in  birds,  hares,  and  conies  ;  some  have  it 
fixed,  and  others  moveable  ;  some  have  two  globes  or  balls,  as 
quadrupeds  ;  some  have  jour,  as  snails,  which  are  fixed  in  their 
horns  ;  some  have  eight,  set  like  a  locket  of  diamonds,  as  spi- 
ders ;  some  have  several  hundreds,  as  flies  and  beetles,  and  others 


*  Six  i  of  all  these  species  are  to  be  seen  in  the  magnificent  collec- 

tions in  the  museum  of  Natural  History  at.  Paris. 


VARIETY   OF    ANIMAL    FUNCTIONS.  177 

Respiration. 


above  twenty  thousand,  as  the  dragon-fly  and  several  species  of 
butterflies.  In  regard  to  the  ear, — some  have  it  large,  erect,  and 
open,  as  in  the  hare,  to  hear  the  least  approach  of  danger;  in 
some  it  is  covered  to  keep  out  noxious  bodies ;  and  in  others,  as 
in  the  mole,  it  is  lodged  deep  and  backward  in  the  head,  and 
fenced  and  guarded  from  external  injuries.  With  regard  to  their 
clothing, — some  have  their  bodies  covered  with  hair,  as  quadru- 
peds ;  some  with  feathers,  as  birds  ;  some  with  scales,  as  fishes  ; 
some  with  shells,  as  the  tortoise  ;  some  only  with  skin  ;  some 
with  stout  and  firm  armour,  as  the  rhinoceros  ;  and  others  with 
prickles,  as  the  hedgehog  and  porcupine — all  nicely  accommo- 
dated to  the  nature  of  the  animal  and  the  element  in  which  it 
lives.  These  coverings,  too,  are  adorned  with  diversified  beau- 
ties ;  as  appears  in  the  plumage  of  birds,  the  feathers  of  the  pea- 
cock, the  scales  of  the  finny  tribes,  the  hair  of  quadrupeds,  and 
the  variegated  polish  and  colouring  of  the  tropical  shellfish — 
beauties  which,  in  point  of  symmetry,  polish,  texture,  variety,  and 
exquisite  colouring,  mock  every  attempt  of  human  art  to  copy  or 
to  imitate. 

In  regard  to  respiration — some  breathe  through  the  mouth  by 
means  of  lungs,  as  men  and  quadrupeds  ;  some  by  means  of 
gills,  as  fishes;  and  some  by  organs  placed  in  other  parts  of  their 
bodies,  as  insects.     In  regard  to  the  circulation  of  the  blood, 
some  have  but  one  ventricle  in  the  heart,  some  two,  and  others 
three.     In  some  animals  the  heart  throws  its  blood  to  the  re- 
motest parts  of  the  system  ;  in  some  it  throws  it  only  into  the  re- 
spiratory organs;  in  others,  the  blood  from  the  respiratory  organs 
is  carried  by  the  veins  to  another  heart,  and  this  second  heart 
distributes  the  blood  by  the  channel  of  its  arteries  to  the  several 
parts.     In  many  insects,  a  number  of  hearts  are  placed  at  inter- 
vals on  the  circulating  course,  and  each  renews  the  impulse  of 
the  former  where  the  momentum  of  the  blood  fails.     In  regard  to 
the  movements  of  their  bodies — some  are  endowed  with  swift  mo- 
tions, and  others  with  slow;  some  walk  on  two  legs,  as  fowls; 
some  on  four,  as  dogs  ;  some  on  eight,  as  caterpillars  ;  some  on  a 
hundred,  as  scolopendrse  or  millepedes  ;  some  on  fifteen  hundred 
and  twenty  feet,  as  one  species  of  sea-star  ;  and  some  on  two 
thousand  feet,  as  a  certain  species  of  echinus.*     Some  glide 
along  with  a  sinuous  motion  on  scales,  as  snakes  and  serpents  ; 
some  skim  through  the  air,  one  species  on  two  wings,  another  on 
four  ;  and  some  convey  themselves  with  speed  and  safety  by  the 

*  See  Lyonet's  notes  to  Lesser's  Insecto-theology,  who  also  mentions  that 
these  echini  have  1300  horns,  similar  to  those  of  snails,  which  they  can  put 
out  and  draw  in  at  pleasure. 


178  OX    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Various  Components  of  the  Human  System. 


help  of  their  webs,  as  spiders  ;  while  others  glide  with  agility 
through  the  waters  by  means  of  their  tails  and  fins.  But  it  would 
require  volumes  to  enumerate  and  explain  all  the  known  varieties 
which  distinguish  the  different  species  of  animated  beings.  Be- 
sides the  varieties  of  the  species,  there  are  not,  perhaps,  of  all 
the  hundreds  of  millions  which  compose  any  one  species,  two 
individuals  precisely  alike  in  every  point  of  view  in  which  they 
may  be  contemplated. 

As  an  example  of  the  numerous  parts  and  functions  which  en- 
ter into  the  construction  of  an  animal  frame,  it  may  be  stated  that 
in  the  human  body  there  are  445  bones,  each  of  them  having  forty 
distinct  scopes  or  intentions ;  and  246  muscles,  each  having  ten 
several  intentions  ;  so  that  the  system  of  bones  and  muscles  alone 
includes  above  14,200  varieties,  or  different  intentions  and  adap- 
tations.   But,  besides  the  bones  and  muscles,  there  are  hundreds 
of  tendons  and  ligaments  for  the  purpose  of  connecting  them  to- 
gether ;  hundreds  of  nerves  ramified  over  the  whole  body  to  con- 
vey sensation  to  all  its  parts;  thousands  of  arteries  to  convey 
the  blood  to  the  remotest  extremities,  and  thousands  of  veins  to 
bring  it  back  to  the  heart ;  thousands  of  lacteal  and  lymphatic 
vessels  to  absorb  nutriment  from  the  food ;  thousands  of  glands 
to  secrete  humours  from  the  blood,  and  of  emunctories  to  throw 
them  off  from  the  system — and,  besides  many  other  parts  of  this 
variegated  system,  and  functions  with  which  we  are  unacquainted, 
there  are  more  than  sixteen  hundred  millions  of  membraneous 
cells  or  vesicles  connected  with  the  lungs,  more  than  two  hundred 
thousand  millions  of  pores  in  the  skin,  through  which  the  perspi- 
ration is  incessantly  flowing,  and  above  a  thousand  millions  of 
scales,   which  according  to  Leeuwenhoek,  Baker,  and  others, 
compose  the  cuticle  or  outward  covering  of  the  body.     We  have 
also  to  take  into  the  account  the  compound  organs  of  life,  the 
numerous  parts  of  which  they  consist,  and  the  diversified  func- 
tions they  perform  ;  such  as  the  brain,  with  its  infinite  number  of 
fibres  and  numerous  functions ;  the  heart,  with  its  auricles  and 
ventricles  ;  the  stomach,  with  its  juices  and  muscular  coats  ;  the 
liver,  with  its  lobes  and  glands;  the  spleen,  with  its  infinity  of 
cells  and  membranes  ;  the  pancreas,  with  its  juice  and  numerous 
glands  ;  the  kidneys,  with  their  fine  capillary  tubes ;  the  intes- 
tines, with  all  their  turnings  and  convolutions ;  the  organs  of 
sense,  with  their  multifarious  connexions  ;    the  mesentery,  the 
gall-bladder,  the  ureters,  the  pylorus,  the  duodenum,  the  blood, 
the  bile,  the  lymph,  the  saliva,  the  chyle,  the  hairs,  the  nails,  and 
numerous  other  parts  and  substances,  every  one  of  which  has 
diversified  functions  to  perform.     We  have  also  to  take  into  con- 


VARIETY    OF    ANIMAL    FUNCTIONS.  179 

Complication  of  the  Human  System. 

sideration  the  number  of  ideas  included  in  the  arrangement  and 
connexion  of  all  these  parts,  and  in  the  manner  in  which  they  are 
compacted  into  one  system  of  small  dimensions,  so  as  to  afford 
free  scope  for  all  the  intended  functions.     If,  then,  for  the  sake 
of  a  rude   calculation,  we  were  to  suppose,  in  addition  to  the 
14,200  adaptations  stated  above,  that  there  are  10,000  veins  great 
and  small,  10,000  arteries,  10,000  nerves,*  1000  ligaments,  4000 
lacteals  and  lymphatics,  100,000  glands,  1,600,000,000  vesicles 
in  the  lungs,  1,000,000,000  scales,  and  200,000,000,000  of  pores, 
the  amount  would  be  202,600,149,200  different  parts  and  adap- 
tations in  the  human  body ;  and  if  all  the  other  species  were 
supposed  to  be  differently  organized,  and   to   consist  of  a  si- 
milar number  of  parts,  this  number  multiplied  by  300,000,  the 
supposed    number  of  species — the   product  would   amount  to 
€0,780,044,760,000,000,  or  above  sixty  thousand  billions,— the 
number  of  distinct  ideas,  conceptions,  or  contrivances,  in  rela- 
tion to  the  animal  world — a  number  of  which  we  can  have  no 
precise  conception,  and  which,  to  limited  minds  like  ours,  seems 
to  approximate  to  something  like  infinity ;  but  it  may  tend  to  con- 
vey a  rude  idea  of  the  endless  multiplicity  of  conceptions  which 
pervade  the  Eternal  Mind. 

That  many  other  tribes  of  animated  nature  have  an  organiza- 
tion no  less  complicated  and  diversified  than  that  of  man,  will 
appear  from  the  following  statements  of  M.  Lyonet.     This  cele- 
brated naturalist  wrote  a  treatise  on  one  single  insect,  the  cossus 
caterpillar,  which  lives  on  the  leaves  of  the  willow, — in  which  he 
has  shown,  from  the  anatomy  of  that  minute  animal,  that  its  struc- 
ture is  almost  as  complicated  as  that  of  the  human  body,  and 
many  of  the  parts  which  enter  into  its  organization  even  more 
numerous.     He  has  found  it  necessary  to  employ  tiventy  figures 
to  explain  the  organization  of  the  head,  which  contains  228  differ- 
ent muscles.     There  are  1647  muscles  in  the  body,  and  2066  in 
the  intestinal  tube  ;  making  in  all  3941  muscles,  or  nearly  nine 
times  the  number  of  muscles  in  the  human  body.     There  are 
94  principal   nerves  which  divide  into  innumerable  ramifications. 
There  are  two  large  tracheal  arteries,  one  at  the  right  and  the  other 
at  the  leftside  of  the  insect,  each  of  them  communicating  with  the 
air  by  means  of  nine  spiracula.     Round  each  spiraculum  the 

*  The  amazing  extent  of  the  ramification  of  the  veins  and  nerves  may  be 
judged  of  from  this  circumstance,  that  neither  the  point  of  the  smallest  needle 
nor  the  infinitely  finer  lance  of  a  gnat  can  pierce  any  part  without  drawing 
blood,  and  causing  an  uneasy  sensation,  consequently  without  wounding,  by 
bo  small  a  puncture,  both  a  nerve  and  a  vein  ;  and  therefore  the  number  of 
these  vessels  here  assumed  may  be  considered  as  far  below  the  truth. 


ISO  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


The  Vegetable  Kingdom. 


trachea  pushes  forth  a  great  number  of  branches,  which  are  again 
divided  into  smaller  ones,  and  these  further  subdivide  and  spread 
through  the  whole  body  of  the  caterpillar  :  they  are  naturally  of  a 
silver  colour,  and  make  a  beautiful  appearance.  The  principal 
tracheal  vessels  divide  into  1326  different  branches.  All  this 
complication  of  delicate  machinery,  with  numerous  other  parts  and 
organs,  are  compressed  into  a  body  only  about  two  inches  in  length. 

Were  we  to  direct  our  attention  to  the  vegetable  kingdom,  we 
might  contemplate  a  scene  no  less  variegated  and  astonishing  than 
what  appears  in  the  animal  world.  There  have  already  been  dis- 
covered more  than  fifty-six  thousand  species  of  plants,  specimens 
of  all  which  may  be  seen  in  the  Museum  of  JNJatural  History  at 
Paris.  But  we  cannot  reckon  the  actual  number  of  species  in  the 
earth  and  seas  at  less  than  jour  or  five  hundred  thousand.  They 
are  of  all  sizes,  from  the  invisible  forests  which  are  seen  in  apiece 
of  mouldiness,  by  the  help  of  the  microscope,  to  the  cocoas  of 
Malabar  fifty  feet  in  circumference,  and  the  banians,  whose  shoots 
cover  a  circumference  of  five  acres  of  ground.  Each  of  them  is 
furnished  with  a  complicated  system  of  vessels  for  the  circulation 
of  its  juices,  the  secretion  of  its  odours,  and  other  important  func- 
tions somewhat  analogous  to  those  of  animals.  Almost  every 
vegetable  consists  of  a  root,  trunk,  branches,  leaves,  skin,  bark, 
pith,  sap-vessels,  or  system  of  arteries  and  veins,  glands  for  per- 
spiration, flowers,  petals,  stamina,  farina,  seed-case,  seed,  fruit, 
and  various  other  parts  ;  and  these  are  different  in  their  construc- 
tion and  appearance  in  the  different  species.  Some  plants,  as  the 
oak,  are  distinguished  for  their  strength  and  hardiness  ;  others,  as 
the  elm  and  fir,  are  tall  and  slender ;  some  are  tall,  like  the  cedar 
of  Lebanon,  while  others  never  attain  to  any  considerable  height : 
some  have  a  rough  and  uneven  bark,  while  others  are  smooth  and 
fine,  as  the  birch,  the  maple,  and  the  poplar ;  some  are  so  slight 
and  delicate  that  the  least  wind  may  overturn  them,  while  others 
can  resist  the  violence  of  the  northern  blasts  ;  some  acquire  their 
full  growth  in  a  few  years,  while  others  grow  to  a  prodigious 
height  and  size,  and  stand  unshaken  amid  the  lapse  of  centuries; 
some  drop  their  leaves  in  autumn,  and  remain  for  months  like 
blighted  trunks,  while  others  retain  their  verdure  amid  the  most 
furious  blasts  of  winter;  some  have  leaves  scarcely  an  inch  in 
length  or  breadth,  while  cmers,  as  the  tallipot  of  Ceylon,  have 
leaves  so  large  that  one  cithern,  it  is  said,  will  shelter  fifteen  or 
twenty  men  from  the  rain. 

The  variety  in  the  vegetable  kingdom  in  respect  of  flowers  is  ap- 
parent even  to  the  least  attentive  observer.  Every  species  is  differ- 
ent from  another  in  the  form  and  hues  which  it  exhibits.     The 


VARIETY  IN  THE  MINERAL  KINGDOM.  181 


Wisdom  of  God  in  the  Mineral  Kingdom. 


carnation  differs  from  the  rose,  the  rose  from  the  tulip,  the  tulip 
from  the  auricula,  the  auricula  from  the  lily,  the  lily  from  the  nar- 
cissus, and  the  rununculus  from  the  daisy.  At  the  same  time, 
each  rununculus,  daisy,  rose  or  tulip,  has  its  own  particular  cha- 
racter and  beauty,  something  that  is  peculiar  to  itself,  and  in 
which  it  is  distinguished  from  its  fellows.  In  a  bed  of  rununcu- 
luses  or  tulips,  for  example,  we  shall  scarcely  find  two  individuals 
that  have  precisely  the  same  aspect,  or  present  the  same  assem- 
blage of  colours.  Some  flowers  are  of  a  stately  size,  and  seem 
to  reign  over  their  fellows  in  the  same  parterre,  others  are  lowly 
or  creep  along  the  ground  ;  some  exhibit  the  most  dazzling  co- 
lours, others  are  simple  and  blush  almost  unseen  ;  some  perfume 
the  air  with  exquisite  odours,  while  others  only  please  the  sight 
with  their  beautiful  tints.  Not  only  the  forms  and  colours  of 
flowers,  but  their  perfumes,  are  different.  The  odour  of  southern- 
wood differs  from  that  of  thyme,  that  of  peppermint  from  balm, 
and  that  of  the  daisy  from  the  rose,  which  indicates  a  variety  in 
their  internal  structure,  and  in  the  juices  that  circulate  within  them. 
The  leaves  of  all  vegetables,  like  the  skin  of  the  human  body,  are 
diversified  with  a  multitude  of  extremely  fine  vessels,  and  an  as- 
tonishing number  of  pores.  In  a  kind  of  box-tree  called  Talma 
Cereres,  it  has  been  observed  that  there  are  above  a  hundred  and 
seventy-two  thousand  pores  on  one  single  side  of  the  leaf.  In 
short,  the  whole  earth  is  covered  with  vegetable  life  in  such  pro- 
fusion and  variety  as  astonishes  the  contemplative  mind.  Not 
only  the  fertile  plains,  but  the  rugged  mountains,  the  hardest 
stones,  the  most  barren  spots,  and  even  the  caverns  of  the  ocean, 
are  diversified  with  plants  of  various  kinds  ;  and,  from  the  torrid 
to  the  frigid  zone,  every  soil  and  every  climate  has  plants  and 
flowers  peculiar  to  itself.  To  attempt  to  estimate  their  number 
and  variety  would  be  to  attempt  to  dive  into  the  depths  of  infinity. 
Yet  every  diversity  in  the  species,  every  variety  in  the  form  of 
the  individuals,  and  even  every  difference  in  the  shade  and  com- 
bination of  colour  in  flowers  of  the  same  species,  exhibits  a  dis- 
tinct conception  which  must  have  existed  in  the  Divine  Mind  be- 
fore the  vegetable  kingdom  was  created. 

Were  we  to  take  a  survey  of  the  mineral  kingdom,  we  should 
also  behold  a  striking  exhibition  of  the  "manifold  wisdom  of  God." 
It  is  true,  indeed,  that  we  cannot  penetrate  into  the  interior  re- 
cesses of  the  globe,  so  as  to  ascertain  the  substances  which  exist, 
and  the  processes  which  are  going  on  near  its  central  regions. 
But,  within  a  few  hundreds  of  fathoms  of  its  surface,  we  find  such 
an  astonishing  diversity  of  mineral  substances,  as  clearly  shows 
that  its  internal  parts  have  been  constructed  on  the  same  plan  of 
16 


1S2  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Different  Classes  of  Minerals. 


variety  as  that  of  the  animal  and  vegetable  kingdoms.     In  the 
classes  of  earthy,  saline,  inflammable,  and  metallic  fossils,  under 
which  mineralogists  have  arranged  the  substances  of  the  mineral 
kingdom,  are  contained  an  immense  number  of  genera  and  spe- 
cies.    Under  the  earthy  class  of  fossils  are  comprehended  dia- 
monds, chrysolites,  menilites,  garnets,  zeolites,  corundums,  agates, 
jaspers,  opals,  pearl-stones,  tripoli,  clay-slate,  basalt,  lava,  chalk, 
limestone,  ceylanite,  strontian,  barytes,celestine,  and  various  other 
substances.     The  saline  class  comprehends  such  substances  as 
the  following, — natron  or  natural  soda,  rock-salt,  nitre,  alum,  sal- 
ammoniac,  Epsom  salt,  &c.     The   class  of  inflammable  sub- 
stances comprehends  sulphur,  carbon,  bitumen,  coal,  amber,  char- 
coal, naphtha,  petroleum,  asphalt,  caoutchouc,  mineral  tar,  &c. 
The  metallic  class  comprehends  platina,  gold,  silver,  mercury, 
copper,  iron,  lead,  tin,  bismuth,  zinc,  antimony,  cobalt,  nickel, 
manganese,  molybdenum,  arsenic,  scheele,  menachanite,  uran, 
silvan  chromium,  tungsten,  uranium,  titanium,  tellurium,  sodium, 
potassium,  &c.     All  these  mineral  substances  are  distinguished 
by  many  varieties  of  species.     There  are  eight  genera  of  earthy 
fossils.     One  of  these  genera,  the  flint,  contains  34  species,  be- 
sides numerous  varieties,  such  a3  chrysoberyls,  topazes,  agates, 
beryls,  quartz,  emery,  diamond  spar,  &c.     Another   genus,  the 
clay,  contains  32  species,  such  as  opal,  pitch-stone,  felspar,  black 
chalk,  mica,  hornblende,  &c. ;  and  another,  the  calc,  contains  20 
species,  as  limestone,  chalk,  slate,  spar,  fluor,  marie,  boracite, 
loam,  &c.     There  are  ten  species  of  silver,  five  of  mercury,  se- 
venteen of  copper,  fourteen  of  iron,  ten  of  lead,  six  of  antimony, 
three  of  bismuth,  &c.  All  the  bodies  of  the  mineral  kingdom  differ 
from  one  another  as  to  figure,  transparency,  hardness,  lustre,  ducti- 
lity, texture,  structure,  feel,  sound,  smell,  taste,  gravity,  and  their 
magnetical  and  electrical  properties ;    and   they  exhibit  almost 
every  variety  of  colour.     Some  of  those  substances  are  soft  and 
pulverable,  and  serve  as  a  bed  for  the  nourishment  of  vegetables, 
as  black  earth,  chalk,  clay,  and  marl.     Some  are  solid,  as  lead 
and  iron  ;  and  some  are  fluid,  as  mercury,  sodium,  and  potassium. 
Some  are  brittle,  as  antimony  and  bismuth,  and  some  are  mallea- 
ble, as  silver  and  tin.     Some  are  subject  to  the  attraction  of  the 
magnet,  others  are  conductors  of  the  electric  fire  ;  some  are  ea- 
sily fusible  by  heat,  others  will  resist  the  strongest  heat  of  our 
common  fires.     Some  are  extremely  ductile,  as  platina,  the  hea- 
viest of  the  metals,  which  has  been  drawn  into  wires  less  than 
the  two  thousandth  part  of  an  inch  in  diameter, — and  gold,  the 
parts  of  which  are  so  fine  and  expansible,  that  an  ounce  of  it  is 
sufficient  to  gild  a  silver  wire  more  than  1300  miles  long. 


VARIETY    IN    THE    MINERAL    KINGDOM.  183 


Beauties  of  Minerals. 


In  order  to  acquire  the  most  impressive  idea  of  the  mineral 
kingdom,  we  must  visit  an  extensive  mineralogical  museum, 
where  the  spectator  will  be  astonished  both  at  the  beauty  and  the 
infinite  diversity  which  the  Creator  has  exhibited  in  this  depart- 
ment of  nature.  Here  it  may  be  also  noticed,  that  not  only  the 
external  aspect  of  minerals,  but  also  the  interior  configuration  of 
many  of  them,  displays  innumerable  beauties  and  varieties.  A 
rough  dark-looking  pebble,  which  to  an  incurious  eye  appears 
only  like  a  fragment  of  common  rock,  when  cut  asunder  and 
polished,  presents  an  assemblage  of  the  finest  veins  and  most 
brilliant  colours.  If  we  go  into  a  lapidary's  shop,  and  take  a 
leisurely  survey  of  his  jaspers,  topazes,  cornelians,  agates, 
garnets,  and  other  stones,  we  cannot  fail  to  be  struck  with  admi- 
ration, not  only  at  the  exquisite  polish  and  the  delicate  wavings 
which  their  surfaces  present,  but  at  the  variety  of  design  and 
colouring  exhibited  even  by  individuals  of  the  same  species,  the 
latent  beauties  and  diversities  of  which  require  the  assistance  of  a 
microscope  to  discern,  and  are  beyond  the  efforts  of  the  most 
exquisite  pencil  fully  to  imitate. 

Not  only  in  the  objects  which  are  visible  to  the  unassisted  eye, 
but  also  in  those  which  can  only  be  perceived  by  the  help  of  micro- 
scopes,  is  the  characteristic  of  variety  to  be  seen.  In  the  scales  of 
fishes,  for  example,  we  perceive  an  infinite  number  of  diversified 
specimens  of  the  most  curious  workmanship.  Some  of  these  are 
of  a  longish  form,  some  round,  some  triangular,  some  square  ;  in 
short,  of  all  imaginable  variety  of  shapes.  Some  are  armed  with 
sharp  prickles,  as  in  the  perch  and  sole;  some  have  smooth 
edges,  as  in  the  tench  and  codfish ;  and  even  in  the  same  fish 
there  is  a  considerable  variety ;  for  the  scales  taken  from  the 
belly,  the  back,  the  sides,  the  head,  and  other  parts,  are  all  differ- 
ent from  each  other.  In  the  scale  of  a  perch  we  perceive  one 
piece  of  delicate  mechanism,  in  the  scale  of  a  haddock  another, 
and  in  the  scale  of  a  sole  beauties  different  from  both.  We  find 
some  of  them  ornamented  with  a  prodigious  number  of  concen- 
tric flutings,  too  near  each  other  and  too  fine  to  be  easily  enume- 
rated. These  flutings  are  frequently  traversed  by  others  diverging 
from  the  centre  of  the  scale,  and  proceeding  from  thence  in  a 
straight  line  to  the  circumference.  On  every  fish  there  are  many 
thousands  of  these  variegated  pieces  of  mechanism.  The  hairs 
on  the  bodies  of  all  animals  are  found,  by  the  microscope,  to  be 
composed  of  a  number  of  extremely  minute  tubes,  each  of  which 
has  a  round  bulbous  root,  by  which  it  imbibes  its  proper  nourish- 
ment from  the  adjacent  humours,  and  these  are  all  different  in 
different  animals.     Hairs  taken  from  the  head,  the  eyebrows,  the 


184  ON     THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 

Ramifications  of  Leaves. 

nostrils,  the  beard,  the  hand,  and  other  parts  of  the  body,  are 
unlike  to  each  other,  both  in  the  construction  of  the  roots  and 
the  hairs  themselves — and  appear  as  varied  as  plants  of  the  same 
genus  but  of  different  species.  The  parts  of  which  the  feathers 
of  birds  are  composed  afford  a  beautiful  variety  of  the  most 
exquisite  workmanship.  There  is  scarcely  a  feather  but  contains 
a  million  of  distinct  parts,  every  one  of  them  regularly  shaped. 
In  a  small  fibre  of  a  goose-quill,  more  than  1200  downy  branches 
or  small  leaves  have  been  counted  on  each  side,  and  each 
appeared  divided  into  16  or  18  small  joints.  A  small  part  of  the 
feather  of  a  peacock,  one-thirtieth  of  an  inch  in  length,  appears 
no  less  beautiful  than  the  whole  feather  does  to  the  naked  eye, 
exhibiting  a  multitude  of  bright  shining  parts,  reflecting  first  one 
colour  and  then  another  in  the  most  vivid  manner.  The  ivings 
of  all  kind  of  insects,  too,  present  an  infinite  variety,  no  less  cap- 
tivating to  the  mind  than  pleasing  to  the  eye.  They  appear 
strengthened  and  distended  by  the  finest  bones,  and  covered  with 
the  lightest  membranes.  Some  of  them  are  adorned  with  neat 
and  beautiful  feathers,  and  many  of  them  provided  with  the  finest 
articulations  and  foldings  for  the  wings,  when  they  are  withdrawn 
and  about  to  be  folded  up  in  their  cases.  The  thin  membranes 
of  the  wings  appear  beautifully  divaricated  with  thousands  of  little 
points,  like  silver  studs.  The  wings  of  some  flies  are  filmy,  as 
the  dragon-fly ;  others  have  them  stuck  over  with  short  bristles, 
as  the  flesh-fly  ;  some  have  rows  of  feathers  along  their  ridges, 
and  borders  round  their  edge,  as  in  gnats  ;  some  have  hairs,  and 
others  have  hooks  placed  with  the  greatest  regularity  and  order. 
In  the  wings  of  moths  and  butterflies  there  are  millions  of  small 
feathers  of  different  shapes,  diversified  with  the  greatest  variety  of 
bright  and  vivid  colours,  each  of  them  so  small  as  to  be  altoge- 
ther invisible  to  the  naked  eye. 

The  leaves  of  all  plants  and  flowrers,  when  examined  by  the 
microscope,  are  found  to  be  full  of  innumerable  ramifications  that 
convey  the  perspirable  juices  to  the  pores,  and  to  consist  of 
parenchymous  and  ligneous  fibres,  interwoven  in  a  curious  and 
admirable  manner.  The  smallest  leaf,  even  one  which  is  little 
more  than  visible  to  the  naked  eye,  is  found  to  be  thus  divari- 
cated, and  the  variegations  are  different  in  the  leaves  of  different 
vegetables. — A  transverse  section  of  a  plant  not  more  than  one- 
fourth  of  an  inch  in  diameter  displays  such  beauties  and  varieties, 
through  a  powerful  microscope,  as  cannot  be  conceived  without 
ocular  inspection.  The  number  of  pores,  of  all  sizes,  amounting 
to  hundreds  of  thousands  (which  appear  to  be  the  vessels  of  the 
plant  cut  asunder),  the  beautiful  curves  they  assume,  and  the 


VARIETY    IN    MICROSCOPICAL    OBJECTS.  1S5 

Microscopic  Animalculae. 


radial  and  circular  configurations  they  present,  are  truly  astonish- 
ing ;  and  every  distinct  species  of  plants  exhibits  a  different  con- 
figuration. I  have  counted  in  a  small  section  of  a  plant,  of  the 
size  now  stated,  5000  radial  lines,  each  containing  about  250 
pores,  great  and  small,  which  amounts  to  one  million  hvo  hundred 
and  fifty  thousand  of  these  variegated  apertures. — Even  the 
particles  of  sand  on  the  seashore,  and  on  the  banks  of  rivers, 
differ  in  size  form,  and  colour  of  their  grains ;  some  being  trans- 
parent, others  opaque — some  having  rough  and  others  smooth 
surfaces  ;  some  are  spherical  or  oval,  and  some  pyramidal,  conical, 
or  prismatical.  Mr.  Hook,  happening  to  view  some  grains  of  white 
sand  through  his  microscope,  hit  upon  one  of  the  grains  which 
was  exactly  shaped  and  wreathed  like  a  shell,  though  it  was  no 
larger  than  the  point  of  a  pin.  "  It  resembled  the  shell  of  a  small 
water-snail,  and  had  twelve  wreathings,  all  growing  proportionably 
one  less  than  the  other  towards  the  middle  or  centre  of  the  shell, 
where  there  was  a  very  small  round  white  spot."  This  gives 
us  an  idea  of  the  existence  of  shellfish  which  are  invisible  to  the 
naked  eye,  and  consequently  smaller  than  a  mite. 

The  variety  of  forms  in  which  animal  life  appears,  in  those 
invisible  departments  of  creation  which  the  microscope  has  enabled 
us  to  explore,  is  truly  wonderful  and  astonishing.     Microscopic 
animals  are  so  different  from  those  of  the  larger  kinds,  that  scarcely 
any  analogy  seems  to  exist  between  them  ;   and  one  would  be 
almost  tempted  to  suppose  that  they  lived  in  consequence  of  laws 
directly  opposite  to  those  which  preserve  man  and  the  other  larger 
animals  in  existence.    When  we  endeavour  to  explore  this  region 
of  animated  nature,  we  feel  as  if  we  were  entering  on  the  confines 
of  a  new  world,  and  surveying  a  new  race  of  sentient  existence. 
The  number  of  these  creatures  exceeds  all  human  calculation. 
Many  hundreds  of  species,  all  differing  in  their  forms,  habits,  and 
motions,  have  already  been  detected  and  described,  but  we  have 
reason  to  believe,  that  by  far  the  greater  part  is  unexplored,  and 
perhaps  for  ever  hid  from  the  view  of  man.     They  are  of  ah1 
shapes  and  forms  :  some  of  them  appear  like  minute  atoms,  some 
like  globes  and  spheroids,  some  like  hand-bells,  some  like  wheels 
turning  on  an  axis,  some  like  double-headed  monsters,  some  like 
cylinders,  some  have  a  worm-like  appearance,  some  have  horns, 
some  resemble  eels,  some  are  like  long  hairs,  150  times  as  long 
a3  they  are  broad,  some  like  spires  and  cupolas,  some  like  fishes, 
and  some  like  animated  vegetables.     Some  of  them  are  almost 
visible  to  the  naked  eye,  and  some  so  small  that  the  breadth  of  a 
human  hair  would  cover  fifty  or  a  hundred  of  them,  and  others 
so  minute  that  millions  of  millions  of  them  might  be  contained 
16* 


1S6  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 

Microscopic  Animalculae. 


within  the  compass  of  a  square  inch.  In  every  pond  and  ditch, 
and  almost  in  every  puddle,  in  the  infusions  of  pepper,  straw, 
grass,  oats,  hay,  and  other  vegetables,  in  paste  and  vinegar,  and 
in  the  water  found  in  oysters,  on  almost  every  plant  and  flower, 
and  in  the  rivers,  seas,  and  oceans,  these  creatures  are  found  in 
such  numbers  and  variety  as  almost  to  exceed  our  conception  or 
belief.  A  class  of  these  animals,  called  Medusoz,  has  been  found 
so  numerous  as  to  discolour  the  ocean  itself.  Captain  Scoresby 
found  the  number  in  the  olive-green  sea  to  be  immense.  A  cubic 
inch  contained  sixty-four,  and  consequently  a  cubic  mile  would 
contain  23,S88,000,000,000,000  ;  so  that,  if  one  person  should 
count  a  million  in  seven  days,  it  would  have  required  that  80,000 
persons  should  have  started  at  the  creation  of  the  world  to  have 
completed  the  enumeration  at  the  present  time.  Yet,  all  the 
minute  animals  to  which  we  now  allude  are  furnished  with  nu- 
merous organs  of  life  as  well  as  the  larger  kind,  some  of  their 
internal  movements  are  distinctly  visible,  their  motions  are  evi- 
dently voluntary,  and  some  of  them  appear  to  be  possessed  of  a 
considerable  degree  of  sagacity,  and  to  be  fond  of  each  other's 
society.* 

In  short,  it  may  be  affirmed  without  the  least  hesitation,  that  the 
beauties  and  varieties  which  exist  in  those  regions  of  creation 
which  are  invisible  to  the  unassisted  eye,  are  far  more  numerous 
than  all  that  appears  to  a  common  observer  in  the  visible  econo- 
my of  nature.  How  far  this  scene  of  creating  power  and  intelli- 
gence may  extend  beyond  the  range  of  our  microscopic  instru- 
ments, it  is  impossible  for  mortals  to  determine  ;  for  the  finer  our 
glasses  are,  and  the  higher  the  magnifying  powers  we  apply,  the 
more  numerous  and  varied  are  the  objects  which  they  exhibit  to 

our  view.     And  as  the  largest  telescope  is  insufficient  to  convey 

. 

*  The  following  extract  from  Mr.  Baker's  description  of  the  hair-like  ani- 
malcule will  illustrate  some  of  these  positions.     A  small  quantity  of  the  mat- 
ter containing  these  animalcules  having  been  put  into  a  jar  of  water,  it  so 
happened  that  one  part  went  down  immediately  to  the  bottom,  while  the  other 
continued  floating  on  the  top.     When  things  had  remained  for  some  time  in 
this  condition,  each  of  these  swarms  of  animalcules  began  to  grow  weary  of 
its  situation,  and  had  a  mind  to  change  its  quarters.    Both  armies,  therefore, 
set  out  at  the  same  time,  the  one  proceeding  upwards  and  the  other  down-    i 
wards ;  so  that  after  some  time  they  met  in  the  middle.   A  desire  of  knowing 
how  they  would  behave  on  this  occasion  engaged  the  observer  to  watch  them    | 
carefully  ;  and  to  his  surprise,  he  saw  the  army  that  was  marching  upwards 
open  to  the  right  and   Left,  to  make  room  for  those  that  were  descending.    I 
Thus,  without  confusion  or  intermixture,  each  held  on  its  way ;  the  army 
that  was  going  up  marching  in  two  columns  to  the  top,  and  the  other  proceed- 
ing  in  one  column  to  the  bottom,  as  if  each  had  been  under  the  direction  of  i 
wise  leaders. 


VARIETY    IN    THE    SYSTEM    OF    NATURE.  1S9 


Whale  and  Animalcule. 


our  views  to  the  boundaries  of  the  great  universe,  so  we  may 
justly  conclude  that  the  most  powerful  microscope  that  has  been 
or  ever  will  be  constructed,  will  be  altogether  insufficient  to  guide 
our  views  to  the  utmost  limits  of  the  descending  scale  of  crea- 
tion.  But  what  we  already  know  of  these  unexplored  and  in- 
explorable  regions,  gives  us  an  amazing  conception  of  the  intel- 
ligence and  wisdom  of  the  Creator,  of  the  immensity  of  his  nature, 
and  of  the  infinity  of  ideas  which,  during  every  portion  of  past 
duration,  must  have  been  present  before  his  all-comprehensive 
mind.  What  an  immense  space  in  the  scale  of  animal  life  inter- 
venes between  an  animalcule,  which  appears  only  the  size  of  a 
visible  point,  when  magnified  500,000  times,  and  a  whale,  a  hun- 
dred feet  long  and  twenty  broad !  The  proportion  of  bulk  be- 
tween the  one  of  these  beings  and  the  other  is  nearly  as  34,560- 
000,000,000,000,000  to  1.  Yet  all  the  intermediate  space  is  filled 
up  with  animated  beings  of  every  form  and  order  !  A  similar  va- 
riety obtains  in  the  vegetable  kingdom.  It  has  been  calculated, 
that  some  plants  which  grow  on  rose  leaves,  and  other  shrubs,  are 
so  small  that  it  would  require  more  than  a  thousand  of  them  to  equal 
in  bulk  a  single  plant  of  moss ;  and  if  we  compare  a  stem  of  moss, 

1  which  is  generally  not  above  one-sixtieth  of  an  inch,  with  some 
of  the  large  trees  in  Guinea  and  Brazil  of  twenty  feet  diameter, 
we  shall  find  the  bulk  of  the  one  will  exceed  that  of  the  other,  no 
less  than  2,985,984,000,000  times,  which  multiplied  by  1000  will 

j  produce  2,985,984,000,000,000,  the  number  of  times  which  the 

v  large  tree  exceeds  the  rose-leaf  plant.     Yet  this  immense  interval 
j  is  filled  up  with  plants  and  trees  of  every  size  !     With  good  reason, 

L  then,  may  we  adopt  the  language  of  the  inspired  writers, — "  How 
manifold  are  thy  works,  O  Lord  !  In  wisdom  hast  thou  made 
them  all.  O  the  depth  of  the  riches  both  of  the  wisdom  and  the 
knowledge  of  God !  Marvellous  things  doth  He  which  we  cannot 
comprehend."* 

*  The  figures  of  microscopical  objects  contained  in  the  engravings  Nos.  I. 
and  II.  will  convey  a  rude  idea  of  some  of  the  objects  to  which  I  have  now 
alluded. 

No.  I.  Fig.  1,  represents  the  scale  of  a  sole-fish  as  it  appears  through  a  good 
microscope.  CDEF  represents  that  part  of  the  scale  which  appears  on  the 
outside  of  the  fish,  and  ABCD  the  part  which  adheres  to  the  skin,  heing  fur- 
rowed, that  it  may  hold  the  faster.  It  is  terminated  by  pointed  spikes,  every 
alternate  one  being  longer  than  the  interjacent  ones.  Fig.  2  is  the  scale  of  a 
haddock,  which  appears  divaricated  like  a  piece  of  network.  Fig.  3  repre- 
sents a  small  portion  or  fibre  of  the  feather  of  a  peacock,  only  one-thirtieth  of 
an  inch  in  extent,  as  it  appears  in  the  microscope.  The  small  fihres  of  these 
feathers  appear,  through  this  instrument,  no  less  beautiful  than  the  whole 
feather  does  to  the  naked  eye.  Each  of  the  sprigs  or  hairs  on  each  side  of  the 
fibre,  as  CD,  DC,  appears  to  consist  of  a  multitude  of  bright  shining  parts, 


190  ON   THE  GENERAL  DIFFUSION  OF  KNOWLEDGE. 

-  ■     — -  ■  -^ 

Explanation  of  the  Figures. 

Even  the  external  aspect  of  nature,  as  it  appears  to  a  superfi- 
cial observer,  presents  a  scene  of  variety.     The  ranges  of  moun- 

which  arc  a  congeries  of  small  plates,  as  eee,  &c.  The  under  sides  of  each  of 
these  plates  are  very  dark  and  opaque,  reflecting  all  the  rays  thrown  upon 
them  like  the  foil  of  a  looking-glass  ;  but  their  upper  sides  seem  to  consist  of 
a  multitude  of  exceedingly  thin  plated  bodies,  lying  close  together,  which,  by 
various  positions  of  the  light,  reflect  first  one  colour  and  then  another,  in  a 
most  vivid  and  surprising  manner.  Fig.  4,  5,  6,  7,  represent  some  of  the  differ- 
ent kinds  of  feathers  which  constitute  the  dust  which  adheres  to  the. wings  of 
moths  and  butterflies,  and  which,  in  the  microscope,  appear  tinged  with  a  va- 
riety of  colours.  Each  of  these  feathers  is  an  object  so  small  as  to  be  scarcely 
perceptible  to  the  naked  eye. 

Explanation  of  the  figures  on  No.  II. — Fig.  1  represents  a  mite,  which  has  eight 
legs,  with  five  or  six  joints  on  each,  two  feelers,  a  small  head  in  proportion  to 
its  body,  a  sharp  snout  and  mouth  like  that  of  a  mole,  and  two  little  eyes. 
The  body  is  of  an  oval  form,  with  a  number  of  hairs  like  bristles  issuing  from 
it,  and  the  legs  terminate  in  two  hooked  claws.  Fig.  2  represents  a  micros- 
copic animal  which  was  found  in  an  infusion  of  anemony.  The  surface  of  its 
back  is  covered  with  a  fine  mask,  in  the  form  of  a  human  face  ;  it  has 
three  feet  on  each  side,  and  a  tail  which  comes  out  from  under  the 
mask.  Fig.  3  is  an  animalcula  found  in  an  infusion  of  old  hay.  A 
shows  the  head,  with  the  mouth  opened  wTide,  and  its  lips  furnished 
with  numerous  hairs  ;  B  is  its  forked  tail,  D  its  intestines,  and  C  its 
heart,  which  may  be  seen  in  regular  motion.  The  circumference  of  the 
body  appears  indented  like  the  teeth  of  a  saw.  Fig.  4  shows  the  Wheel-ani- 
mal or  Vorticella.  It  is  found  in  rain-water  that  has  stood  some  days  in 
leaden  gutters,  or  in  hollows  of  lead  on  the  tops  of  houses.  The  most  remark- 
able part  of  this  animalcula  is  its  wheel-work,  which  consists  of  two  semicir- 
cular instruments,  round  the  edges  of  which  many  little  fibrillae  move  them- 
selves very  briskly,  sometimes  with  a  kind  of  rotation,  and  sometimes  in  a 
trembling  or  vibratory  manner.  Sometimes  the  wheels  seem  to  be  entire  cir- 
cles, with  teeth  like  those  of  the  balance-wheel  of  a  watch;  but  their  figure 
varies  according  to  the  degree  of  their  protrusion,  and  seems  to  depend  upon 
the  will  of  the  animal  itself;  a  is  the  head  and  wheels,  b  is  the  heart,  where 
its  systole  and  diastole  are  plainly  visible,  and  the  alternate  motions  of  con- 
traction and  dilation  are  performed  with  great  strength  and  vigour,  in  about 
the  same  time  as  the  pulsation  of  a  man's  artery.  This  animal  assumes  va- 
rious shapes,  one  of  which  is  represented  in  Fig.  5,  and  becomes  occasionally 
a  case  for  all  the  other  parts  of  the  body. 

Fig.  6  represents  an  insect  xoith  net-like  arms.  It  is  found  in  cascades, 
where  the  water  runs  very  swift.  Its  body  appears  curiously  turned  as  on  a 
lathe,  and  at  the  tail  are  three  sharp  spines,  by  which  it  raises  itself  and 
stands  upright  in  the  water  ;  but  the  most  curious  apparatus  is  about  its 
head,  where  it  is  furnished  with  two  instruments,  like  fans,  or  nets,  which 
serve  to  provide  its  food.  These  it  frequently  spreads  out  and  draws  in  again, 
and,  when  drawn  up,  they  are  folded  together  with  the  utmost  nicety  and 
exactness.  When  this  creature  does  not  employ  its  nets,  it  thrusts  out  a  pair 
of  sharp  horns,  and  puts  on  a  different  appearance,  as  in  Fig.  7,  where  it  is 
shown  magnified  at  about  400  times.  Fig.  8  is  the  representation  of  an  ani- 
malcula found  in  the  infusion  of  the  bark  of  an  oak.  Its  body  is  composed  of 
several  ringlets,  that  enter  one  into  another,  as  the  animal  contracts  itself. 
At  ab,  are  two  lips  furnished,  with  moveable  hairs  ;  it  pushes  out  of  its  mouth 
a  snout  composed  of  several  pieces  sheathed  in  each  other,  as  at  e.  A  kind 
of  horn  d  is  sometimes  protruded  from  the  breast,  composed  of  furbelows. 


VARIETY    IN    THE    SYSTEM    OF    NATURE.  193 


Beauty  and  Sublimity  of  Nature. 


tains  with  summits  of  different  heights  and  shapes,  the  hills  and 
plains,  the  glens  and  dells,  the  waving  curves  which  appear  on  the 
face  of  every  landscape,  the  dark  hues  of  the  forests,  the  verdure 
of  the  fields,  the  towering  cliffs,  the  rugged  precipices,  the  rills,  the 
rivers,  the  cataracts,  the  lakes  and  seas ;  the  gulfs,  the  bays,  the 
peninsulas ;  the  numerous  islands  of  every  form  and  size  which 
diversify  the  surface  of  the  ocean,  and  the  thousands  of  shades  of 
colouring  which  appear  on  every  part  of  sublunary  nature,  pre- 
sent a  scene  of  diversified  beauty  and  sublimity  to  the  eye  of 
every  beholder. — And  if  we  lift  our  eyes  to  the  regions  of  the 


which  slide  into  one  another  like  the  drawers  of  a  pocket  telescope.     Fig. 
9  is  another  animalcula,  found  in  the  same  infusion,  called  a  tortoise,  with  an 
umbilical  tail.     It  stretches  out  and  contracts  itself  very  easily,  sometimes 
assuming  a  round  figure,  which  it  retains  only  for  a  moment,  then  opens  its 
mouth  to  a  surprising  width,  forming  nearly  the  circumference  of  a  circle.  Its 
motion  is  very  surprising  and  singular.     Fig.  10  is  an  animalcula,  called  great 
mouth,  which  is  found  in  several  infusions.    Its  mouth  takes  up  half  the  length 
of  its  body  ;  its  inside  is  filled  with  darkish  spots,  and  its  hinder  part  termi- 
nated with  a  singular  tail.     Fig.  11  represents  the  proteus,  so  named  on  ac- 
count of  its  assuming  a  great  number  of  different  shapes.     Its  most  common 
shape  bears  a  resemblance  to  that  of  a  swan,  and  it  swims  to  and  fro  with 
great  vivacity.     When  it  is  alarmed,  it  suddenly  draws  in  its  long  neck, 
transforming  itself  into  the  shape  represented  at  m,  and  at  other  times  it  puts 
forth  a  new  head  and  neck  witli  a  kind  of  wheel-machinery,  as  at  n.     Fig. 
12  exhibits  a  species  of  animalcula  shaped  like  bells  with  long  tails,  by  which 
they  fasten  themselves  to  the  roots  of  duck-iveed,  in  which  they  were  found. 
They  dwell  in  colonies,  from  ten  to  fifteen  in  number.     Fig.  13  is  the  globe 
animal,  which  appears  exactly  globular,  having  no  appearance  of  either  head, 
tail,  or  fins.     It  moves  in  all  directions,  forwards  or  backwards,  up  or  down, 
either  rolling  over  and  over  like  a  bowl,  spinning  horizontally  like  a  top,  or 
gliding  along  smoothly  without  turning  itself  at  all.     When  it  pleases,  it  can 
turn  round,  as  it  were,  upon  an  axis,  very  nimbly,  without  removing  out  of  its 
place.     It  is  transparent,  except  where  the  circular  black  spots  are  shown  ;  it 
sometimes  appears  as  if  dotted  with  points,  and  beset  with  short  moveable 
hairs  or  bristles,  wrhich  are  probably  the  instruments  by  which  its  motions  are 
performed.     Fig.  14  shows  a  species  of  animalcula  called  soles,  found  in  in- 
fusions of  straw  and  the  ears  of  wheat ;  o  is  the  mouth,  which  is  sometimes  ex- 
tended to  a  great  width,  p  is  the  tail.     Fig.  15  represents  an  animal  found  in 
an  infusion  of  citron  flowers.     Its  head  is  very  short,  and  adorned  with  two 
horns  like  those  of  a  deer;  its  body  appears  to  be  covered  with  scales,  and 
its  tail  long,  and  swift  in  motion.     Fig.  16  represents  the  eels  which  are  found 
in  paste  and  stale  vinegar.    The  most  remarkable  property  of  these  animals 
is,  that  they  are  viviparous.     If  one  of  them  is  cut  through  near  the  middle, 
several  oval  bodies  of  different  sizes  issue  forth,  which  are  young  anguillae, 
each  coiled  up   in  its  proper  membrane.     A  hundred  and  upwards  of  the 
young  ones  have  been  seen  to  issue  from  the  body  of  the  single  eel,  which  ac- 
counts for  their  prodigious  increase. 

It  may  not  be  improper  to  remark,  that  no  engraving  can  give  an  adequate 
idea  of  the  objects  referred  to  above  ;  and,  therefore,  whoever  wishes  to  in- 
spect nature  in  all  her  minute  beauties  and  varieties  must  have  recourse  to  the 
microsccope  itself, 
17 


194        ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Beauty  and  Sublimity  of  Nature. 


firmament,  we  likewise  behold  a  scene  of  sublimity  and  grandeur, 
mingled  with  variety.     The  sun  himself  appears  diversified  with 
spots  of  various  shapes  and  sizes,  some  a  hundred,  some  a  thou- 
sand, and  some  ten  thousand  miles  in  diameter — indicating  ope- 
rations and  changes  of  amazing  extent — and  almost  every  new 
revolution  on  his  axis  presents  us  with  new  and  varied  clusters. 
Every  planet  in  the  solar  system  differs  from  another  in  its  size, 
in  its  spheroidal  shape,  in  its  diurnal  rotation,  in  the  aspect  of  its 
surface,  in  the  constitution  of  its  atmosphere,  in  the  number  of 
moons  with  which  it  is  surrounded,  in  the  nature  of  its  seasons, 
in  its  distance  from  the  sun,  in  the  eccentricity  of  its  orbit,  in  the 
period  of  its  annual  revolution,  and  in  the  proportion  it  receives 
light  and  heat.     Every  comet,  too,  differs  from«another  in  its 
form  and  magnitude,  in  the  extent  of  its  nucleus  and  tail,  in  the 
period  of  its  revolution,  in  the  swiftness  of  its  motion,  and  in  the 
figure  of  the  curve  it  describes  around  the  sun  ;  and  "  one  star 
dwereth  from  another  star  in  glory."     But  could  we  transport 
ourselves  to  the  surfaces  of  these  distant  orbs,  and  survey  every 
part  of  their  constitution  and  arrangements,  we  should,  doubtless, 
behold  beauties  and  varieties  of  Divine  workmanship  far  more 
numerous,  and  surpassing  every  thing  that  appears  in  our  sublu- 
nary system.     We  have  every  reason  to  believe,  from  the  infi- 
nite nature  of  the  Divinity,  and  from  what  we  actually  behold, 
that  the  mechanism  and  arrangements  of  eveiy  world  in  the  uni- 
verse are  all  different  from  each  other  ;  and  we  find  that  this  is 
actually  the  case,  in  so  far  as  our  observations  extend.     The 
moan  is  the  principal  orb  on  whose  surface  particular  observa- 
tions can  be  made  ;  and  we  find  that  its  arrangements  are  mate- 
rially different  from  those  of  the  earth.     It  has  no  large  rivers, 
seas,  or  oceans,  nor  clouds  such  as  ours  to  diversify  its  atmos- 
phere.    It  has  mountains  and  plains,  hills  and  vales,  insulated 
rocks  and  caverns  of  every  size  and  shape  ;  but  the  form  and 
arrangement    of    all    these     objects     are    altogether    different 
from   what  it  obtains  in  our  terrestrial  sphere. — While,  on  our 
globe,  the  ranges  of  mountains  run  nearly  in  a  line  from  east  to 
west,  or  from  north  to  south, — on  the  surface  of  the  moon  they 
are  formed  for  the  most  part  into  circular  ridges,  enclosing,  like 
ramparts,  plains  of  all  dimensions,  from  half  a  mile  to  forty  miles 
in  diameter.     While,  on  earth,  the  large  plains  are  nearly  level, 
and  diversified  merely  with  gentle  wavings, — in  the  moon,  there 
are  hundreds  of  plains  of  various  dimensions,  sank,  as  it  were, 
nearly  two  miles  below  the  general  level  of  its  surface.     On  this 
orb  we  behold  insulated  mountains,  more  than  two  miles  in  ele- 
vation, standing  alone,  like  monuments,  in  the  midst  of  plains, — 


VARIETY    IN    THE    HEAVENS*  195 

Power  of  the  Creator. 


circular  basins  or  caverns,  both  in  the  valleys  and  on  the  summits 
and  declivities  of  mountains,  and  these  caverns,  again,  indented 
with  similar  ones  of  a  similar  form  ;  at  the  same  time,  there  are 
plains  far  more  level  and  extensive  than  on  the  earth.  On  the 
whole,  the  mountain-scenery  on  the  lunar  surface  is  far  more  di- 
versified and  magnificent  than  on  our  globe,  and  differs  as  much 
from  terrestrial  landscapes  as  the  wastes  and  wilds  of  America 
from  the  cultivated  plains  of  Europe.  In  short,  while  on  the 
earth  the  highest  mountains  are  little  more  than  four  miles  in 
height,  on  some  of  the  planets  mountains  have  been  discovered, 
which  astronomers  have  reckoned  to  be  twenty-two  miles  in 
elevation. 

If,  then,  it  is  reasonable  to  believe,  that  all  the  worlds  in  the 
universe  are  different  in  their  construction  and  arrangements,  and 
peopled  with  beings  of  diversified  ranks  and  orders — could  we 
survey  only  a  small  portion  of  the  universal  system — what  an 
amazing  scene  would  it  display  of  the  conceptions  of  the  Divine 
Mind  and  of  "  the  manifold  Wisdom  of  God!"  Such  views,  there- 
fore, of  the  variety  of  nature  are  evidently  calculated  to  expand 
our  conceptions  of  the  Divine  character,  to  excite  us  to  admiration 
and  reverence,  to  extend  our  views  of  the  riches  of  Divine  Bene- 
ficence, and  to  enlarge  our  hopes  of  the  glories  and  felicities  of 
that  future  "  inheritance  which  is  incorruptible,  and  which  fadeth 
not  away." 

5.  The  contemplation  of  nature,  through  the  medium  of  science, 
is  calculated  to  expand  our  conceptions  of  the  power  of  the  Deity , 
and  the  magnificence  of  his  empire.  The  power  of  God  is  mani- 
fested by  its  effects  ;  and  in  proportion  as  our  knowledge  of  these 
effects  is  enlarged,  will  our  conceptions  of  this  attribute  of  the 
Divinity  be  expanded.  To  create  a  single  object  implies  an  ex- 
ertion of  Power  which  surpasses  finite  comprehension  :  how 
much  more  the  creation  and  arrangement  of  such  a  vast  multipli- 
city of  objects  as  those  to  which  we  have  just  now  adverted  !  For, 
all  that  immense  variety  of  beings  which  exists  in  the  animal, 
vegetable,  and  mineral  kingdoms,  and  in  the  invisible  regions 
which  the  microscope  has  explored,  evinces  the  Omnipotence  of 
the  Deity,  no  less  than  his  Wisdom  and  Intelligence.  But  the 
magnitude,  as  well  as  the  number  and  variety,  of  the  objects  of 
Creation  displays  the  Almighty  Power  of  the  Creator.  In  this 
point  of  view,  the  discoveries  of  modern  astronomy  tend  to  aid  our 
conceptions  of  the  grandeur  of  this  Perfection,  and  to  extend  our 
views  of  the  range  of  its  operations  far  beyond  what  former  ages 
could  have  imagined.  When  we  take  a  leisurely  survey  of  the 
globe  on  which  we  dwell,  and  consider  the  enormous  masses  of 


196  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


The  Sun. 


its  continents  and  islands,  the  quantity  of  water  in  its  seas  and 
oceans,  the  lofty  ranges  of  mountains  which  rise  from  its  surface, 
the  hundreds  of  majestic  rivers  which  roll  their  waters  into  the 
ocean,  the  numerous  orders  of  animated  beings  with  which  it  is 
peopled,  and  the  vast  quantity  of  matter  enclosed  in  its  bowels  from 
every  part  of  its  circumference  to  its  centre,  amounting  to  more 
than  two  hundred  and  sixty  thousand  millions  of  cubical  miles — we 
cannot  but  be  astonished  at  the  greatness  of  that  Being  who  first 
launched  it  into  existence,  who  "  measures  its  waters  in  the  hollow 
of  his  hand,  who  weighs  its  mountains  in  scales,  and  its  hills  in  a 
balance  ;"  and  who  has  supported  it  in  its  rapid  movements,  from 
age  to  age.     But  how  must  our  conceptions  of  Divine  Power  be 
enlarged  when  we  consider,  that  this  earth,  which  appears  so  great 
to  the  frail  beings  which  inhabit  it,  is  only  like  a  small  speck  in 
creation,  or  like  an  atom  in  the  immensity  of  space,  when  com- 
pared with  the  myriads  of  worlds  of  superior  magnitude  which  ex- 
ist within  the  boundaries  of  creation !     When  we  direct  our  views 
to  the  planetary  system,  we  behold  three  or  four  globes,  which 
appear  only  like  small  studs  on  the  vault  of  heaven,  yet  contain 
a  quantity  of  matter  more  than  two  thousand  four  hundred  times 
greater  than  that  of  the  earth,  besides  more  than  twenty  lesser  globes, 
most  of  them  larger  than  our  world,*  and  several  hundreds  of 
comets,  of  various  magnitudes,  moving  in  every  direction  through 
the  depths  of  space.     The  Sun  is  a  body  of  such  a  magnitude  as 
overpowers  our  feeble  conceptions,  and  fills  us  with  astonishment. 
Within  the  wide  circumference  of  this  luminary  moro  than  a  mil- 
lion of  worlds  as  large  as  ours  could  be  contained.  His  body  fills 
a  cubical  space  equal  to  681,472,000,000,000,000  miles,  and  his 
surface  more  than  40,000,000,000,  or  forty  thousand  millions  of 
square  miles.     At  the  rate  of  sixty  miles  a  day,  it  would  require 
more  than  a  hundred  millions  of  years  to  pass  over  every  square 
mile  on  his  surface.     His  attractive  energy  extends  to  several 
thousands  of  millions  of  miles   from  his  surface,  retaining  in  their 
orbits  the  most  distant  planets  and  comets,  and  dispensing  light  and 
heat,  and  fructifying  influence,  to  more  than  a  hundred  worlds. "f* 
What  an  astonishing  idea,  then,  does  it  give  us  of  the  power  of 
Omnipotence,  when  we  consider  that  the  universe  is  replenished 
with  innumerable  globes  of  a  similar  size  and  splendour !  For  every 
star  which  the  naked  eye  perceives  twinkling  on  the  vault  of  hea- 
ven, and  those  more  distant  orbs  which  the  telescope  brings  to  view 


*  The  satellites  of  Jupiter,  Saturn,  and  Herschel  are  all  reckoned  to  be 
Larger  than  the  earth. 

f  The  planetary  system,  including  the  comets,  contains  more  than  a  hundred 
bodies  dependent  on  the  sun. 


EXTENT    OF    THE    UNIVERSE.  197 


Velocity  of  the  Planets. 


throughout  the  depths  of  immensity,  are,  doubtless,  suns,  no  less 
in  magnitude  than  that  which  "  enlightens  our  day,"  and  surround- 
ed by  a  retinue  of  revolving  worlds.  Some  of  them  have  been 
reckoned  by  astronomers  to  be  even  much  larger  than  our  sun. 
The  star  Lyra,  for  example,  is  supposed,  by  Sir  W.  Herschel,  to 
be  33,275,000  miles  in  diameter,  or  thirty-eight  times  the  diame- 
ter of  the  sun ;  and,  if  so,  its  cubical  contents  will  be  36,S42,932, 
671,875,000,000,000  miles,  that  is,  more  than  fifty-four  thousand 
times  larger  than  the  sun.  The  number  of  such  bodies  exceeds  all 
calculation.  Sir  W.  Herschel  perceived,  in  that  portion  of  the 
Milky-way  which  lies  near  the  constellation  Orion,  no  less  than 
50,000  stars  large  enough  to  be  distinctly  numbered,  pass  before 
his  telescope  in  an  hour's  time  ;  besides  twice  as  many  more 
which  could  be  seen  only  now  and  then  by  faint  glimpses.     It 

been  reckoned  that  nearly  a  hundred  millions  of  stars  lie 
within  the  range  of  our  telescopes.  And,  if  we  suppose,  as  we  justly 
may,  that  each  of  these  suns  has  a  hundred  worlds  connected  with 
it,  there  will  be  found  ten  thousand  millions  of  worlds  in  that  por- 
tion of  the  universe  which  comes  within  the  ranjre  of  human  obser- 
vation,  besides  those  which  lie  concealed  from  mortal  eyes  in  the 
unexplored  regions  of  space,  which  may  as  far  exceed  all  that  are 
visible,  as  the  waters  in  the  caverns  of  the  ocean  exceed  in  mag- 
nitude a  single  particle  of  vapour  1 

Of  such  numbers  and  magnitudes  we  can  form  no  adequate  con- 
ception. The  mind  is  bewildered,  confounded,  and  utterly  over- 
whelmed, when  it  attempts  to  grasp  the  magnitude  of  the  universe, 
or  to  form  an  idea  of  the  Omnipotent  energy  which  brought  it  into 
existence.  The  amplitude  of  the  scale  on  which  the  systems  of  the 
universe  are  constructed  tends  likewise  to  elevate  our  conceptions 
of  the  grandeur  of  the  Deity.     Between  every  one  of  the  planetary 

ies  there  intervenes  a  space  of  many  millions  of  miles  in  ex- 
Between  the  sun  and  the  nearest  star  there  is  an  interval, 

riding  in  every  direction,  of  more  than  twenty  billions  of  miles  ; 

it  is  highly  probable  that  a  similar  space  surrounds  every 
other  system.  And  if  we  take  into  consideration  the  immense 
forces  that  are  in  operation  throughout  the  universe — that  one 
globe,  a  thousand  times  larger  than  the  earth,  is  flying  through  the 

>ns  of  immensity  at  the  rate  of  thirty  thousand  miles  an  hour, 
another  at  the  rate  of  seventy  thousand,  and  another  at  a  hundred 
thousand  miles  an  hour,  and  that  millions  of  mighty  worlds  are  thus 
traversing  the  illimitable  spaces  of  the  firmament — can  we  refrain 
from  exclaiming,  in  the  language  of  inspiration,  "  Great  and  mar- 
vellous are  thy  works,  Lord  God  Almighty !  Who  can  by  search- 
ing find  out  God  ?  Who  can  find  out  the  Almighty  to  perfection  1 
17* 


198  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF  KNOWLEDGE. 


The  Divine  Empire. 


Who  can  utter  the  mighty  operations  of  Jehovah  1  Who  can  show 
forth  all  his  praise  V* 

Such  a  scene  displays,  beyond  any  other  view  we  can  take  of 
creation,  the  magnificence  and  extent  of  the  Divine  empire.  Those 
countless  worlds  to  which  we  have  now  adverted  are  not  to  be 
considered  as  scenes  of  sterility  and  desolation,  or  as  merely 
diffusing  a  useless  splendour  over  the  wilds  of  immensity,  nor 
are  they  to  be  viewed  as  so  many  splendid  toys  to  amuse  a  few 
astronomers  in  our  diminutive  world.  Such  an  idea  would  be 
altogether  inconsistent  with  every  notion  we  ofcght  to  form  of 
the  wisdom  and  intelligence  of  the  Deity,  and  with  every  arrange- 
ment we  perceive  in  the  scenes  of  nature  immediately  around  us, 
where  we  behold  every  portion  of  matter  teeming  with  inhabit- 
ants. These  luminous  and  opaque  globes,  dispersed  through- 
out the  regions  of  infinite  space,  must,  therefore,  be  considered 
as  the  abodes  of  sensitive  and  intellectual  existence,  where  in- 
telligences of  various  ranks  and  orders  contemplate  the  glory 
and  enjoy  the  bounty  of  their  Creator.  And  what  scenes  of  di- 
versified grandeur  must  we  suppose  those  innumerable  worlds  to 
display  !  What  numerous  orders  and  gradations  of  intellectual 
natures  must  the  universe  contain,  since  so  much  variety  is  dis- 
played in  every  department  of  our  sublunary  system !  What 
boundless  intelligence  is  implied  in  the  superintendence  of  such 
vast  dominions  !  On  such  subjects  the  human  mind  can  form 
no  definite  conceptions.  The  most  vigorous  imagination,  in  its 
loftiest  flights,drops  its  wing  and  sinks  into  inanity  before  the  splen- 
dours of  the  "  King  eternal,  immortal,  and  invisible,  who  dwells 
in  the  light  unapproachable,"  when  it  attempts  to  form  a  picture  of 
the  magnificence  of  the  universe  which  he  has  created.  But  of  this 
we  are  certain,  that  over  all  this  boundless  scene  of  creation, 
and  over  all  the  ranks  of  beings  with  which  it  is  replenished,  his 
moral  government  extends.  Every  motion  of  the  material  sys- 
tem, every  movementamong  the  rational  andsentient  beings  it  con- 
tains, and  every  thought  and  perception  that  passes  through  the 
minds  of  the  unnumbered  intelligences  which  people  all  worlds,  are 
intimately  known,  and  for  ever  present  to  his  omniscient  eye,  and 
all  directed  to  accomplish  the  designs  of  his  universal  provi- 
dence and  the  eternal  purposes  of  his  will.  "  He  hath  prepared 
his  throne  in  the  heavens,  his  kingdom  ruleth  over  all,"  and  "  he 
doth  according  to  his  will  among  the  armies  of  heaven,"  as  well 
as  "  among  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth."  "  The  host  of  heaven 
worshippeth  him, — all  his  works,  in  all  places  of  his  dominions, 
praise  him.  His  kingdom  is  an  everlasting  kingdom,  and  of  his 
government  there  shall  be  no  end."     At  the  same  moment  he  is 


PERFECTION    OF    THE    DEITY,  193 


Demonstrated  by  the  Works  of  Nature. 


displaying  the  glory  of  his  power  and  intelligence  to  worlds  far 
beyond  the  reach  of  mortal  eyes, — presiding  over  the  councils  of 
nations  on  earth,  and  supporting  the  invisible  animalculse  in  a 
drop  of  water.  "  In  him'7  all  beings,  from  the  archangel  to  the 
worm,  "  live  and  move,"  and  on  him  they  depend  for  all  that  hap- 
piness they  now  possess,  or  ever  will  enjoy,  while  eternal  ages 
are  rolling  on. 

Such  views  of  the  omnipotence  of  the  Deity  and  of  the  gran- 
deur of  his  empire,  are  calculated  not  only  to  expand  our  con- 
ceptions of  his  attributes,  but  to  enliven  our  hopes  in  relation  to 
the  enjoyments  of  the  future  world.  For  we  behold  a  prospect 
boundless  as  immensity,  in  which  the  human  soul  may  for  ever 
expatiate,  and  contemplate  new  scenes  of  glory  and  felicity  con- 
tinually bursting  on  the  view,  "  world  without  end." 

Such  are  some  of  the  views  of  the  Deity  which  the  works  of 
nature,  when  contemplated  through  the  medium  of  science,  are 
calculated  to  unfold.  They  demonstrate  the  unity  of  God,  his 
wisdom  and  intelligence, — his  boundless  benevolence, — the  vast 
multiplicity  of  ideas  which  have  existed  in  his  mind  from  eternity, 
his  Almighty  power,  and  the  magnificence  of  his  empire.  These 
views  are  in  perfect  unison  with  the  declarations  of  the  sacred 
oracles  ;  they  illustrate  many  of  the  sublime  sentiments  of  the 
inspired  writers  ;  they  throw  a  light  on  the  moral  government  of 
God,  and  elevate  our  conceptions  of  the  extent  of  his  dominions  ; 
they  afford  a  sensible  representation  of  the  infinity  and  immensity 
of  the  Divine  nature,  in  so  far  as  finite  minds  are  capable  of  con- 
templating such  perfections  ;  and  when  considered  in  connexion 
with  the  scriptural  character  of  Deity  and  the  other  truths  of  re- 
velation, are  calculated  "  to  make  the  man  of  God  perfect  and 
thoroughly  furnished  unto  every  good  work."  As  the  works  of  God, 
without  the  assistance  of  his  word,  are  insufficient  to  give  us  a  com- 
plete view  of  his  character  and  the  principles  of  his  moral  govern- 
ment, so  the  bare  reading  of  the  Scriptures  is  insufficient  to  convey 
to  our  minds  those  diversified  and  expansive  conceptions  of  the 
Divinity  to  which  we  have  adverted,  unless  we  comply  with  the 
requisitions  of  the  sacred  writers,  to  "  meditate  on  all  his  works, 
to  consider  the  operations  of  his  hands,  to  speak  of  the  glory  of 
his  kingdom,"  and  to  talk  of  his  "  power"  in  order  that  we  may 
be  qualified  "  to  make  known  to  the  sons  of  men  his  mighty  ope- 
rations, and  the  glorious  majesty  of  his  kingdom." 

How  very  different,  then,  from  the  views  now  stated,  must 
be  the  conceptions  formed  of  the  Divinity  by  those  whose  range 
of  thought  is  chiefly  confined  to  the  objects  that  lie  within  a 
few  mile3  of  their  habitation,  and  how  limited  ideas  must  they 


200  ON    THE    GENERAL  DIFFUSION    OF  KNOWLEDGE, 


Knowledge  of  God  the  Foundation  of  Religion. 


■ 


entertain  of  Divine  perfection !     For  the  view  that  any  one  enter- 
tains of  the  nature  and  attributes  of  God,  must,  in  some  degree, 
correspond  to  the  knowledge  he  has  acquired  of  the  visible  effects 
of  his  power,  wisdom,  and  benevolence  ;  since  it  is  only  by  the 
sensible  manifestations  of  Deity,  either  through  the  medium  of 
nature  or  revelation,  that  we  know  any  thing  at  all  about  his 
nature  and   perfections.      And,  therefore,  if  our   views  of  the 
manifestations  of  the  Divinity  be  limited  and  obscure,  such  will 
likewise  be  our  views  of  the  Divinity  himself.     It  is  owing  to  the 
want  of  attention  to  such  considerations  that  many  worthy  Chris- 
tians are  found  to  entertain  very  confused  and  distorted  ideas 
of  the  character  of  the  Deity,  of  the  requisitions  of  his  word, 
and  of  the  arrangements  of  his  universal  providence.     And  is  it 
not  an  object  much  to  be  desired,  that  the  great  body  of  mankind 
should  be  more  fullv  enlightened  in  the  knowledge  of  their  Crea- 
tor  ?  The  knowledge  of  God  lies  at  the  foundation  of  all  religion, 
and  of  all  our  prospects  in  reference  to  the  eternal  world,  and 
it  must  surely  be  a  highly  desirable  attainment  to  acquire  as  glo- 
rious and  expansive  an  idea  of  the  object  of  our  adoration,  as  the 
finite  capacity  of  our  intellects  is  capable  of  comprehending. 
Such  views  as  we  have  now  exhibited  of  the  wisdom,  power, 
and  beneficence  of  the  Deity,  and  of  the  magnificence  and  variety 
of  his  works,  were  they  communicated  to  the  generality  of  man- 
kind and  duly  appreciated,  would  not  only  interest  their  affections 
and  increase  their  intellectual  enjoyment,  but  would  enable  them 
to  understand  the  meaning  and  references  of  many  sublime  pas- 
sages in  the  volume  of  inspiration  which  they  are  apt  either  to 
overlook  or  to  misinterpret.     Such  views,  likewise,  would  natu- 
rally inspire  them  with  reverence  and  adoration  of  the  Divine  Ma- 
jesty, with  gratitude  for  his  wise  and  benevolent  arrangements, — 
mth  complacency  in  his  administration  as  the  moral  Governor  of 
the  world, — with  a  firm  reliance  on  his  providential  care  for  every 
thing  requisite  to  their  happiness,  and  with  an  earnest  desire  to 
yield  a  cordial  obedience  to  his  righteous  laws.  At  the  same  time, 
they  would  be  qualified  to  declare  to  others  "  the  glorious  honour 
of  his  Majesty,  to  utter  abundantly  the  memory  of  his  great  good- 
ness, and  to  speak  of  all  his  wonderful  works." 


INFLUENCE    OF    KNOWLEDGE    ON    MORALS.  201 


Value  of  Knowledge. 


SECTION  VII. 

On  the  Beneficial  Effects  of  Knowledge  on  Moral  Principle  and 

Conduct. 

Knowledge  is  valuable  chiefly  in  proportion  as  it  is  practical 
and  useful.  It  dispels  the  darkness  which  naturally  broods  over 
the  human  understanding,  and  dissipates  a  thousand  superstitious 
notions  and  idle  terrors  by  which  it  has  been  frequently  held  in 
cruel  bondage.  It  invigorates  and  expands  the  intellectual  facul- 
ties, and  directs  them  to  their  proper  objects.  It  elevates  the 
mind  in  the  scale  of  rational  existence,  by  enlarging  its  views 
and  refining  its  pleasures.  It  gratifies  the  desire  of  the  soul 
for  perpetual  activity,  and  renders  its  activities  subservient  to  the 
embellishment  of  life  and  the  improvement  of  society.  It  unveils 
the  beauties  and  sublimities  of  nature,  with  which  the  heavens 
and  the  earth  are  adorned,  and  sets  before  us  the  "  Book  of  God," 
in  which  we  may  trace  the  lineaments  of  his  character  and  the 
ways  of  his  providence.  It  aggrandizes  our  ideas  of  the  Omni- 
potence of  Deity,  and  unfolds  to  us  the  riches  of  his  beneficence, 
and  the  depths  of  his  wisdom  and  intelligence.  And,  in  the  ex- 
ercise of  our  powers  on  such  objects,  we  experience  a  thousand 
delightful  emotions  and  enjoyments  to  which  the  unenlightened 
multitude  are  entire  strangers.  All  such  activities  and  enjoy- 
ments may  be  reckoned  among  the  practical  advantages  of  know- 
ledge. 

But  there  is  no  application  of  knowledge  more  interesting  and 
important  than  its  practical  bearings  on  moral  principle  and  action. 
If  it  were  not  calculated  to  produce  a  beneficial  effect  on  the  state 
of  morals  and  the  intercourses  of  general  society,  the  utility  of 
its  general  diffusion  might,  with  some  show  of  reason,  be  called 
in  question.  But  there  cannot  be  the  slightest  doubt,  that  an  in- 
crease of  knowledge  would  be  productive  of  an  increase  of  mo- 
ral order,  and  an  improvement  in  moral  conduct.  For  truth,  in 
thought  and  sentiment,  leads  to  truth  in  action.  The  man  who  is 
in  the  habit  of  investigating  truth,  and  who  rejoices  in  it  when 
ascertained,  cannot  be  indifferent  to  its  application  to  conduct. 
There  must  be  truth  in  his  actions  ;  they  must  be  the  expression, 
the  proof,  and  the  effect  of  his  sentiments  and  affections,  in  order 
that  he  may  approve  of  them,  and  be  satisfied  that  they  are  vir- 
tuous, or  accordant  with  the  relations  which  subsist  among  moral 
agents.      There  must  likewise  be  a  truth  or  harmony  between  his 


202  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Ignorance  the  Source  of  Error. 


actions,  so  that  none  of  them  be  incoherent  with  the  rest.  They 
must  811  be  performed  on  the  same  principles,  with  the  same  de- 
signs and  by  the  same  rule.  To  a  man  who  perceives  truth  end 
loves  it,  every  incongruity  and  every  want  of  consistency  between 
sentiment  and  action,  produces  a  disagreeable  and  painful  sensa- 
tion ;  and,  consequently,  he  who  clearly  perceives  the  rule  of 
right,  and  acts  in  direct  opposition  to  it,  does  violence  to  his  na- 
ture, and  must  be  subjected  to  feelings  and  remorses  of  con- 
science far  more  painful  than  those  of  the  man  whose  mind  is 
shrouded  in  ignorance.  It  is  true,  indeed,  that  proficiency  in 
knowledge  and  in  the  practice  of  true  morality,  do  not  always 
proceed  with  equal  pace.  But  it  is  nevertheless  true,  that  every 
action  that  is  truly  virtuous  is  founded  on  knowledge,  and  is  the 
result  of  scrutiny  and  choice  directed  by  truth  ;  otherwise,  what 
is  termed  virtue  would  be  only  the  effect  of  necessity,  of  con- 
straint, or  of  mechanical  habits.  We  need  not,  therefore,  fear 
that  the  dominion  of  virtue*  will  be  contracted,  or  her  influence 
diminished,  by  an  enlargement  of  the  kingdom  of  light  and  know- 
ledge. They  are  inseparably  connected,  their  empire  is  one  and 
the  same,  and  the  true  votaries  of  the  one  will  also  be  the  true 
votaries  of  the  other.  And,  therefore,  every  one  that  sincerely 
loves  mankind,  and  desires  their  moral  improvement,  will  diffuse 
light  around  him  as  extensively  as  he  can,  without  the  least  fear 
of  its  ultimate  consequences  ;  since  he  knows  for  certain,  that  in 
all  cases  whatever,  wisdom  excels  folly,  and  light  is  better  than 
darkness.  The  following  observations  will  perhaps  tend  more 
particularly  to  confirm  and  elucidate  these  positions  : 

1.  Ignorance  is  one  principal  cause  of  the  want  of  virtue,  and 
of  the  immoralities  which  abound  in  the  world.  Were  we  to  take 
a  survey  of  the  moral  state  of  the  world,  as  delineated  in  the 
history  of  nations,  or  as  depicted  by  modern  voyagers  and  tra- 
vellers, we  should  find  abundant  illustration  of  the  truth  of  this 
remark.  We  should  find,  in  almost  every  instance,  that  igno- 
rance of  the  character  of  the  true  God,  and  false  conceptions  of 
the  nature  of  the  worship  and  service  he  requires,  have  led,  not 
only  to  the  most  obscene  practices  and  immoral  abominations, 
but  to  the  perpetration  of  the  most  horrid  cruelties.  We  have 
only  to  turn  our  eyes  to  Hindostan,  to  Tartary,  Dahomy,  Benin, 
Ashantee,  and  other  petty  states  in  Africa ;  to  New-Zealand,  the 
Marquesas,  the  Sandwich  Islands,  and  to  the  Society  Isles  in  the 

*  By  virtue,  in  this  place,  and  wherever  the  term  occurs,  I  understand,  con- 
duct regulated  by  the  law  of  God,  including  both  the  external  action  and  the 
principle  whence  it  flows  ;  in  other  words,  Christian  morality,  or  that  holiness 
which  the  Scriptures  enjom. 


INFLUENCE  OF  KNOWLEDGE  ON  MORALS.  203 


Ignorance  the  chief  Cause  of  Vice. 


Southern  Pacific,  prior  to  their  late  moral  transformation,  in  order 
to  be  convinced  of  this  melancholy  truth.  The  destruction  of 
new-born  infants, — the  burning  of  living  women  upon  the  dead 
bodies  of  their  husbands, — the  drowning  of  aged  parents, — the 
offering  of  human  victims  in  sacrifice, — the  torturing  to  death  of 
prisoners  taken  in  battle, — the  murder  of  infants,  and  the  obscene 
abominations  of  the  societies  of  Arreoy  in  Otaheite  and  other 
islands,  and  the  dreadful  effects  of  ambition,  treachery,  and  re- 
venge which  so  frequently  accompany  such  practices,  are  only  a 
few  specimens  of  the  consequences  of  ignorance  combined  with 
human  depravity.  It  is  likewise  to  ignorance  chiefly  that  the  vices 
of  the  ancient  pagan  world  are  to  be  attributed.  To  this  cause 
the  apostle  of  the  gentiles  ascribes  the  immoralities  of  the  hea- 
then nations.  "  The  gentiles,"  says  Paul,  "  having  the  under- 
standing darkened  through  the  ignorance  that  is  in  them,  have 
given  themselves  over  unto  lasciviousness,  to  work  all  manner  of 
uncle anness  with  greediness."*  And,  in  another  part  of  his  wri- 
tings, he  declares,  "  Because  they  did  not  like  to  retain  God  in 
their  knowledge,  they  were  given  up  to  a  reprobate  mind,"  or  a 
•  mind  void  of  judgment ;  and  the  consequence  was,  "  they  were 
filled  with  all  unrighteousness,  fornication,  wickedness,  covetous- 
ness,  maliciousness,  envy,  murder,  deceit,  and  malignity  ;"  they 
were  "  backbiters,  haters  of  God,  proud,  boasters,  inventors  of 
evil  things,  disobedient  to  parents,  without  understanding,  without 
natural  affection,  implacable,  and  unmerciful.  "|  And  if  we  turn 
our  eyes  to  the  state  of  society  around  us,  we  shall  find  that  the 
same  cause  has  produced  the  same  effects.  Among  what  class  do 
we  find  sobriety,  temperance,  rectitude  of  conduct,  honesty,  ac- 
tive beneficence,  and  abstinence  from  the  grosser  vices  most  fre- 
quently to  prevail  1  Is  it  among  ignorant  and  grovelling  minds  ? 
Is  it  not  among  the  wise  and  intelligent,  those  who  have  been 
properly  instructed  in  their  duty,  and  in  the  principles  of  moral 
action  ]  And  who  are  those  that  are  found  most  frequently  en- 
gaged in  fighting,  brawling,  and  debauchery,  in  the  commission  of 
theft  and  other  petty  crimes,  and  in  rioting  in  low  houses  of  dis- 
sipation i  Are  they  not,  for  the  most  part,  the  rude,  the  ignorant, 
and  untutored, — those  whose  instruction  has  been  neglected  by 
their  parents  or  guardians,  or  whose  wayward  tempers  have  led 
them  to  turn  a  deaf  ear  to  the  reproofs  of  wisdom  ?  From  all  the 
investigations  which  of  late  have  been  made  into  the  state  of  im- 
morality and  crime,  it  is  found,  that  gross  ignorance,  and  its  ne- 
cessary concomitant,  grovelling  affections,  are  the  general  cha- 

*  Ephes.  to.  18,  19.  f  Rom.  i.  28,  31. 


204  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Fundamental  Principles  of  Moral  Action. 


racteristica  of  those  who  are  engaged  in  criminal  pursuits,  and 
most  deeply  sunk  in  vicious  indulgence.  Now,  if  it  be  a  fact 
that  ignorance  is  one  principal  source  of  immorality  and  crime, 
it  appears  a  natural  and  necessary  inference,  that  the  general  dif- 
fusion of  knowledge  would  tend  to  counteract  its  influence  and 
operations.  For  when  we  remove  the  cause  of  any  evil,  we,  of 
course,  prevent  the  effects ;  and  not  only  so,  but  at  the  same  time 
bring  into  operation  all  those  virtues  which  knowledge  has  a  ten- 
dency to  produce. 

2.  Knowledge  is  requisite  for  ascertaining  the  true  principles  of 
moral  action,  and  the  duties  we  ought  to  perform.  Numerous  are 
the  treatises  which  have  been  written,  and  various  the  opinions 
which  have  been  entertained,  both  in  ancient  and  modern  times, 
respecting  the  foundation  of  virtue  and  the  rules  of  human  conduct. 
And,  were  we  to  investigate  the  different  theories  which  have  been 
formed  on  this  subject,  to  weigh  the  arguments  which  have  been 
brought  forward  in  support  of  each  hypothesis,  and  to  balance  the 
various  conflicting  opinions  which  different  philosophers  have 
maintained,  a  considerable  portion  of  human  life  would  be  wasted 
before  we  arrived  at  any  satisfactory  conclusions.  But  if  we  take 
the  system  of  revelation  for  our  guide  in  the  science  of  morals,  we 
shall  be  enabled  to  arrive,  by  a  short  process,  at  the  most  impor- 
tant and  satisfactory  results.  We  shall  find,  that,  after  all  the 
theories  which  have  been  proposed,  and  the  systems  which 
have  been  reared  by  ethical  philosophers,  the  Supreme  Lawgiver 
has  comprised  the  essence  of  true  morality  under  two  commands 
or  fundamental  principles,  "  Thou  shalt  love  the  Lord  thy  God 
with  all  thy  heart,"  and  "  Thou  shalt  love  thy  neighbour  as  thy- 
self." On  these  two  commandments  rests  the  whole  duty  of 
man. 

Now,  although  the  leading  ideas  contained  in  these  commands 
are  simple  and  obvious  to  every  one  who  considers  them  atten- 
tively, yet  it  requires  certain  habits  of  reflection  and  a  considera- 
ble portion  of  knowledge  to  be  enabled  to  trace  these  laws  or  prin- 
ciples to  all  their  legitimate  consequences,  and  to  follow  them  in 
all  their  ramifications,  and  their  bearings  on  human  conduct, 
and  on  the  actions  of  all  moral  intelligences.  For  it  can  easily  be 
shown,  that  these  laws  are  so  comprehensive  as  to  reach  every 
possible  moral  action,  to  prevent  every  moral  evil,  and  to  secure 
the  happiness  of  every  moral  agent, — that  all  the  duties  inculcated 
in  the  Bible,  which  we  owe  to  God,  to  our  fellow-creatures,  and 
to  ourselves,  are  comprehended  in  them,  and  are  only  so  many 
ramifications  of  these  general  and  fundamental  principles, — that 
they  are  equally  adapted   to   men  on   earth  and  to  angels   in 


INFLUENCE    OF    KNOWLEDGE    ON    MORALS.  205 


Immutability  of  Moral  Law. 


heaven, — that  their  control  extends  to  the  inhabitants  of  all 
worlds, — that  they  form  the  basis  of  the  order  and  happiness  of  the 
whole  intelligent  system, — and  that  their  authority  and  influence 
will  extend  not  only  through  all  the  revolutions  of  time,  but  through 
all  the  ages  of  eternity.  Here,  then,  we  have  a  subject  calculated 
to  exercise  the  highest  powers  of  intelligence  ;  and  the  more  we 
investigate  it  the  more  shall  we  admire  the  comprehensive  nature 
of  that  "  law  which  is  exceeding  broad,"  and  the  more  shall  we 
be  disposed  to  comply  with  its  divine  requisitions.  But  unless  we 
be,  in  some  measure,  acquainted  with  the  first  principles  of  moral 
action,  and  their  numerous  bearings  upon  life  and  conduct,  we 
cannot  expect  to  make  rapid  advances  in  the  path  of  virtue,  or  to 
reach  the  sublimer  heights  of  moral  improvement. 

3.  Knowledge,  combined  with  habits  of  thinking,  would  lead  to 
inquiries  into  the  reasons  of  those  moral  laws  which  the  Creator 
has  promulgated,  and  the  foundations  on  which  they  rest.  It  is 
an  opinion  which  very  generally  prevails,  even  among  the  more 
respectable  portion  of  mankind,  that  the  moral  laws  given  forth 
to  men  are  the  mere  dictates  of  Sovereignty,  and  depend  solely 
on  the  will  of  the  Deity,  and,  consequently,  that  they  might  be 
modified,  or  even  entirely  superseded,  were  it  the  pleasure  of  the 
Supreme  Legislator  to  alter  them  or  to  suspend  their  authority. 
But  this  is  a  most  absurd  and  dangerous  position.  It  would  take 
away  from  the  inherent  excellence  of  virtue,  and  would  represent 
the  Divine  Being  as  acting  on  principles  similar  to  those  of  an 
Eastern  despot.  If  such  a  position  were  true,  it  would  follow, 
that  all  the  immoralities,  cruelties,  oppressions,  wars,  and  but- 
cheries that  have  taken  place  in  the  world,  are  equally  excellent 
and  amiable  as  truth,  justice,  virtue,  and  benevolence,  and  that 
the  character  of  infernal  fiends  is  just  as  lovely  and  praiseworthy 
as  that  of  angels  and  archangels,  provided  the  Deity  willed  that 
such  a  change  should  take  place.  Were  such  a  change  possible, 
it  would  not  only  overturn  all  the  notions  we  are  accustomed  to 
entertain  respecting  the  moral  attributes  of  God,  but  might  ulti- 
mately destroy  our  hopes  of  future  enjoyment,  and  endanger  the 
happiness  of  the  whole  moral  universe.  But  there  is  an  inherent 
excellence  in  moral  virtue,  and  the  Deity  has  willed  it  to  exist, 
because  it  is  essential  to  the  happiness  and  order  of  the  intelligent 
system.  It  might  be  shown,  that  not  only  the  two  fundamental 
principles  of  religion  and  morality  stated  above,  but  all  the  moral 
precepts  which  flow  from  them,  are  founded  on  the  nature  of 
God,  and  on  the  relations  which  subsist  among  intelligent  agents, 
and  that,  were  they  reversed,  or  their  influence  suspended,  misery 
would  reign  uncontrolled  through  the  universe,  and  in  the  course 
18 


I 


206  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Consequences  of  a  Change  in  Moral  Law. 


of  ages  the  whole  moral  and  intelligent  system  would  be  anni- 
hilated.* 

Now,  if  men  were  accustomed  to  investigate  the  foundations 
of  morality,  and  the  reasons  of  those  moral  precepts  which  are 
laid  before  them  as  the  rule  of  their  conduct,  they  would  perceive 
a  most  powerful  motive  to  universal  obedience.  They  would 
plainly  see,  that  all  the  laws  of  God  are  calculated  to  secure  the 
happiness  of  every  moral  agent  who  yields  obedience  to  them, — 
that  it  is  their  interest  to  yield  a  voluntary  submission  to  these 
laws, — and  that  misery,  both  here  and  hereafter,  is  the  certain 
and  necessary  consequence  of  their  violation.  It  is  a  common 
feeling  with  a  considerable  portion  of  mankind,  though  seldom 
expressed  in  words,  that  the  laws  of  heaven  are  too  strict  and 
unbending, — that  they  interfere  with  what  they  consider  their 
pleasures  and  enjoyments,  and  that  if  one  or  more  of  them  could 
be  a  little  modified  or  relaxed,  they  would  have  no  objections  to 
attempt  a  compliance  with  the  rest.  But  such  feelings  and  sen- 
timents are  altogether  preposterous  and  absurd.  It  would  be 
inconsistent,  not  only  with  the  rectitude,  but  with  the  benevolence, 
of  the  Deity,  to  set  aside  or  to  relax  a  single  requisition  of  that 
law  which  is  "  perfect,"  and  which,  as  it  now  stands,  is  calculated 
to  promote  the  happiness  of  all  worlds.  Were  he  to  do  so,  and 
to  permit  moral  agents  to  act  accordingly,  it  would  be  nothing 
less  than  to  shut  up  the  path  to  happiness,  and  to  open  the  flood- 
gates of  misery  upon  the  intelligent  universe.  Hence  we  are 
told  by  Him  who  came  to  fulfil  the  law,  that,  sooner  may  "  heaven 
and  earth  pass  away,"  or  the  whole  frame  of  nature  be  dissolved, 
than  that  "  one  jot  or  one  tittle  can  pass  from  this  law."  For, 
as  it  is  founded  on  the  nature  of  God,  and  on  the  relations  which 
subsist  between  Him  and  created  beings,  it  must  be  absolutely 
perfect,  and  of  eternal  obligation  ;  and,  consequently,  nothing 
could  be  taken  from  it  without  destroying  its  perfection,  nor  any 
thing  added  to  it  without  supposing  that  it  was  originally  imper- 
fect. Were  the  bulk  of  mankind,  therefore,  capable  of  entering 
into  the  spirit  of  such  investigations,  and  qualified  to  perceive  the 
true  foundations  of  moral  actions  ;  were  they,  for  example,  clearly 
to  perceive  that  truth  is  the  bond  of  society,  and  the  foundation 
of  all  delightful  intercourse  among  intelligent  beings  in  every 
world,  and  that,  were  the  law  which  enjoins  it  to  be  reversed,  and 
rational  creatures  to  act  accordingly,  all  confidence  would  be 

*  For  a  full  illustration  of  these  positions,  and  a  variety  of  topics  connected 
with  them,  the  author  begs  to  refer  his  readers  to  a  work  which  he  lately 
published,  entitled,  "  The  Philosophy  of  Religion,  or  an  Illustration  of  the 
Moral  Laws  of  the  Universe." 


INFLUENCE    OF    KNOWLEDGE    ON    MORALS.  207 

Necessity  of  Self-Examination. 

completey  destroyed, — the  inhabitants  of  all  worlds  thrown  into 
a  state  of  universal  anarchy,  and  creation  transformed  into  a 
chaos, — such  views  and  sentiments  could  not  fail  of  producing  a 
powerful  and  beneficial  influence  on  the  state  of  morals,  and  a 
profound  reverence  and  respect  for  that  law  "  which  is  holy,  just, 
and  good." 

4.  Knowledge,  in  combination  with  habits  of  reflection,  icould 
lead  to  self-examination  and  self -inspection.  The  indolent  and 
untutored  mind  shuns  all  exertion  of  its  intellectual  faculties,  and 
all  serious  reflection  on  what  passes  within  it,  or  has  a  relation  to 
moral  character  and  conduct.  It  is  incapable  of  investigating  its 
own  powers,  of  determining  the  manner  in  which  they  should 
operate,  or  of  ascertaining  the  secret  springs  of  its  actions.  Yet, 
without  a  habit  of  reflection  and  self-examination,  we  cannot 
attain  a  knowledge  of  ourselves,  and,  without  self-knowledge,  we 
cannot  apply  aright  our  powers  and  capacities,  correct  our  fail- 
ings and  defects,  or  advance  to  higher  degrees  of  improvement 
in  knowledge  and  virtue.  In  order  to  ascertain  our  state,  our 
character,  and  our  duty,  such  inquiries  as  the  following  must  fre- 
quently and  seriously  be  the  subject  of  consideration.  What  rank 
do  I  hold  in  the  scale  of  being,  and  what  place  do  I  occupy  in  the 
empire  of  God  ?  Am  I  merely  a  sensitive  creature,  or  am  I  also 
endowed  with  moral  and  intellectual  powers  ?  In  what  relation 
do  I  stand  to  my  fellow-creatures,  and  what  duties  do  I  owe 
them  ?  What  is  my  ultimate  destination  ?  Is  it  merely  to  pass 
a  few  years  in  eating  and  drinking,  in  motion  and  rest,  like  the 
lower  animals,  or  am  I  designed  for  another  and  a  higher  sphere 
of  existence  ?  In  wThat  relation  do  I  stand  to  my  Creator,  and 
what  homage,  submission,  and  obedience  ought  I  to  yield  to  him'? 
What  are  the  talents  and  capacities  with  which  I  am  endowed,  and 
how  shall  I  apply  them  to  the  purposes  for  which  they  were  given 
me  ?  What  are  the  weaknesses  and  deficiencies  to  which  I  am 
subject,  and  how  are  they  to  be  remedied  ?  What  are  the  vices 
and  follies  to  which  I  am  inclined,  and  by  what  means  may  they 
be  counteracted?  What  are  the  temptations  to  which  I  am 
exposed,  and  how  shall  they  be  withstood  ?  What  are  the  se- 
cret springs  of  my  actions,  and  by  what  laws  and  motives  are 
they  regulated?  What  are  the  tempers  and  dispositions  which 
I  most  frequently  indulge,  and  are  they  accordant  with  the  rules 
of  rectitude  and  virtue  ?  What  are  the  prejudices  I  am  apt  to 
entertain,  and  by  what  means  may  they  be  subdued  ?  What  are 
the  affections  and  appetites  in  which  I  indulge,  and  are  they  regu- 
lated by  the  dictates  of  reason  and  the  law  of  God  ?  What  are 
my  great  and  governing  views  in  life  ?     Are  they  correspondent 


208  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Evil  Effects  of  Self-Ignorance. 


to  the  will  of  my  Creator,  and  to  the  eternal  destination  that 
awaits  me  ?  AVherein  do  I  place  my  highest  happiness  ?  In  the 
pleasures  of  sense,  or  in  the  pleasures  of  intellect  and  religion, — 
in  the  creature  or  in  the  Creator  ?  How  have  I  hitherto  employed 
my  moral  powers  and  capacities?  How  do  I  stand  affected 
towards  my  brethren  of  mankind  ?  Do  I  hate,  or  envy,  or  despise 
any  of  them  ?  Do  I  grudge  them  prosperity,  wish  them  evil,  or 
purposely  injure  and  affront  them  ?  Or  do  I  love  them  as  bre- 
thren of  the  same  family,  do  them  all  the  good  in  my  power, 
acknowledge  their  excellencies,  and  rejoice  in  their  happiness 
and  prosperity  ? 

Such  inquiries  and  self-examinations,  when  seriously  con- 
ducted, would  necessarily  lead  to  the  most  beneficial  moral 
results.  In  leading  us  to  a  knowledge  of  our  errors  and  defects, 
they  would  teach  us  the  excellence  of  humility,  the  reasonable- 
ness of  this  virtue,  and  the  foundation  on  which  it  rests,  and  of 
course,  the  folly  of  pride,  and  of  all  those  haughty  and  superci- 
lious tempers  which  are  productive  of  so  much  mischief  and  un- 
happiness,  both  in  the  higher  and  the  lower  spheres  of  life.  Pride 
is  uniformly  the  offspring  of  self-ignorance.  For,  if  a  man  will 
but  turn  his  eyes  within,  and  thoroughly  scrutinize  himself,  so  as 
to  perceive  his  errors  and  follies,  and  the  germs  of  vice  which 
lodge  in  his  heart,  as  well  as  the  low  rank  he  holds  in  the  scale  of 
creation,  he  would  see  enough  to  teach  him  humbleness  of  mind, 
and  to  render  a  proud  disposition  odious  and  detestable,  and 
inconsistent  with  the  relations  in  which  he  stands  to  his  Creator, 
to  his  fellow-creatures,  and  to  the  universe  at  large.  Such  men- 
tal investigations  would  also  lead  to  self-possession  under  affronts 
and  injuries,  and  amid  the  hurry  and  disorder  of  the  passions, — 
to  charity,  candour,  meekness,  and  moderation,  in  regard  to  the 
sentiments  and  conduct  of  others,  to  the  exercise  of  self-denial, 
to  decorum  and  consistency  of  character,  to  a  wise  and  steady 
conduct  in  life,  and  to  an  intelligent  performance  of  the  offices  of 
piety  and  the  duties  of  religion.  But  how  can  we  ever  expect  that 
an  ignorant  uncultivated  mind,  unaccustomed  to  a  regular  train 
of  rational  thought,  can  enter,  with  spirit  and  intelligence,  on  the 
process  of  self-examination?  It  requires  a  certain  portion,  at 
least,  of  information,  and  a  habit  of  reflection,  before  a  man  can 
be  qualified  to  engage  in  such  an  exercise  ;  and  these  qualifica- 
tions can  only  be  attained  by  the  exercise  which  the  mind  receives 
in  the  acquisition  of  general  knowledge. — If,  then,  it  be  admitted, 
that  self-ignorance  is  the  original  spring  of  all  the  follies  and 
incongruities  we  behold  in  the  characters  of  men,  and  the  cause 
of  all  that  vanity,  censoriousness,  malignancy,  and  vice,  which 


KNOWLEDGE    THE    SPRING    OF   MORAL    ACTION.  209 

P~~  -  ■  ■  ■■!...  ■ 

Practical  Effects  of  Knowledge. 

abound  in  the  world ;  and  if  self-knowledge  would  tend  to  coun- 
teract such  immoral  dispositions,  we  must  endeavour  to  commu- 
nicate a  certain  portion  of  knowledge  to  mankind,  to  fit  them  for 
the  exercise  of  self-examination  and  self-inspection,  before  we 
can  expect  that  the  moral  world  will  be  renovated,  and  "  all  ini- 
quity, as  ashamed,  hide  its  head,  and  stop  its  mouth." 

5.  Knowledge,  by  expanding  the  mind,  will  enable  it  to  take  a 
clear  and  comprehensive  view  of  the  motives,  bearings,  tenden- 
cies, and  consequences  of  moral  actions.     A  man  possessed  of 
a  truly  enlightened  mind  must  have  his  moral  sense,  or  conscience, 
much  more  sensible  and  tender,  and  more  judiciously  directed, 
than  that  of  a  person  whose  understanding  is  beclouded  with 
ignorance.     When  he  has  to  choose  between  good  and  evil,  or 
between  good  and  better,  or  between  any  two  actions  he  has  to 
perform,  he  is  enabled  to  bring  before  his  mind  many  more  argu- 
ments, and  much  higher  and  nobler  arguments  and  motives,  to 
determine  the  choice  he  ought  to  make.     When  he  is  about  to 
perform  any  particular  action,  his  mental  eye  is  enabled  to  pierce 
into  the  remote  consequences  which  may  result  from  it.     He  can, 
in  some  measure,  trace  its  bearings,  not  only  on  his  friends  and 
neighbours,  and  the  community  to  which  he  belongs,  but  also  on 
surrounding  nations,  on  the  world  at  large,  on  future  generations, 
and  even  on  the  scenes  of  a  future  eternity.     For  an  action,  whe- 
ther good  or  bad,  performed  by  an  individual  in  a  certain  station 
in  society,  may  have  a  powerful  moral  influence  on  tribes  and  na- 
tions far  beyond  the  sphere  in  which  it  was  performed,  and  on 
millions  who  may  people  the  world  in  the  future  ages  of  time. 
We  know  that  actions,  both  of  a  virtuous  and  vicious  nature,  per- 
formed several  thousands  of  years  ago,  and  in  distant  places  of 
the  world,  have  had  an  influence  upon  the  men  of  the  present 
generation,  which  will  redound  either  to  the  honour  or  the  disgrace 
of  the  actors,  "  in  that  day  when  God  shall  judge  the  world  in 
righteousness,  and  reward  every  man  according  to  his  works." 
We  also  know,  that  there  are  certain  actions  which  to  some 
minds  may  appear  either  trivial  or  indifferent,  and  to  other  minds 
beneficial,  which  nevertheless  involve  a  principle  which,  if  traced 
to  its  remoter  consequences,  would  lead  to  the  destruction  of  the 
intelligent  creation.     Now,  it  is  the  man  of  knowledge  and  of 
moral  perception  alone  who  can  recognise  such  actions  and  prin- 
ciples, and  trace  them  to  all  their  natural  and  legitimate  results. 
He  alone  can  apply,  with  judgment  and  accuracy,  the  general 
laws  of  moral  action  to  every  particular  circumstance,  connect 
the  present  with  the  future,  and  clearly  discern  the  mere  sem- 
blance of  truth  and  moral  rectitude  from  the  reality. 
18* 


210  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Benefits  resulting  from  the  Study  of  the  Scriptures. 


In  short,  the  knowledge  of  divine  Revelation,  and  a  serious 
study  of  its  doctrines  and  precepts,  must  accompany  every  other 
species  of  information,  if  we  wish  to  behold  mankind  reformed 
and  moralized.     It  is  in  the  sacred  oracles  alone  that  the  will  of 
God,  the  natural  character  of  man,  the  remedy  of  moral  evil,  the 
rules  of  moral  conduct,  and  the  means  of  moral  improvement, 
are  clearly  and  fully  unfolded.     And  the  man  who  either  rejects 
the  revelations  of  Heaven,  or  refuses  to  study  and  investigate  the 
truths  and  moral  requisitions  they  contain,  can  never  expect  to 
rise  to  the  sublime  heights  of  virtue,  and  to  the  moral  dignity  of 
his  nature.     But  were  the  study  of  the  Scriptures  uniformly  con- 
joined with  the  study  of  every  other  branch  of  useful  knowledge, 
we  should,  ere  long,  behold  a  wonderful  transformation  upon 
the  face  of  the  moral  world.     Pride,  selfishness,  malice,  envy, 
ambition,  and  revenge  would   gradually  be   subdued;    rioting, 
drunkenness,  and  debauchery  would  be  held  in  abhorrence  by  all 
ranks  ;  kindness  and  affection  would  unite  the  whole  brotherhood 
of  mankind ;  peace,  harmony,  and  subordination  would  be  dis- 
played in  every  department  of  social  life  ;  "  our  judges  would  be 
just,  and  our  exactors  righteous  ;  wars  would  be  turned   into 
peace  to  the  ends  of  the  earth,  and  righteousness  and  praise 
spring  forth  before  all  the  nations."     Were  moral  principle  thus 
diffused  among  the  different  classes  of  society,  it  could  not  fail 
of  producing  a  beneficial  influence  on  the  progress  of  the  arts 
and  sciences,  and  on  every  thing  that  might  tend  to  meliorate 
the  condition  of  our  fellow-creatures,  and  to  promote  the  general 
improvement  of  mankind.    For,  in  endeavouring  to  promote  such 
objects,  we  meet  with  as  great  a  difficulty  in  the  moral  as  in  the 
intellectual  condition  of  mankind.     The  principles  of  selfishness, 
pride,  ambition,  and  envy,  and  similar  dispositions,  create  obsta- 
cles in  the  way  of  scientific  and  philanthropic  improvements, 
tenfold  greater  than  any  which  arise  from  pecuniary  resources  or 
physical  impediments.     But  were  such  principles  undermined, 
and  a  spirit  of  good-will  and  affection  pervading  the  mass  of 
society,  the  machinery  of  the  moral  world  would  move  onward 
with  smoothness  and  harmony ;  and  mankind,  acting  in  unison, 
and  every  one  cheerfully  contributing  to  the  good  of  the  whole, 
would  accomplish  objects,  and  beneficial  transformations  on  the 
physical  and  moral  condition  of  society,  far  superior  to  any  thing 
that  has  hitherto  been  realized. 

To  what  has  been  now  stated,  with  regard  to  the  influence  of 
knowledge  on  moral  conduct,  it  may,  perhaps,  be  objected,  that 
many  instances  occur  of  men  of  genius  and  learning  indulging 
in  dissolute  and  immoral  habits,  and  that  the  higher  classes  of 


OBJECTIONS    ANSWERED.  211 

Knowledge  and  Morality  not  necessarily  connected. 

society,  who  have  received  a  better  education  than  the  lower,  are 
nearly  as  immoral  in  their  conduct.     In  replying  to  such  an  ob- 
jection, we  have  to  consider,  in  the  first  place,  ichat  is  the  nature 
of  the  education  such  persons  have  received.     Most  of  the  higher 
classes  have  received  a  grammar-school  education,  and,  perhaps, 
attended  a  few  sessions  at  an  academy  or  a  university.  There  can- 
not, however,  be  reckoned  above  one  in  ten  who  pursues  his  studies 
with  avidity,  and  enters  into  the  spirit  of  the  instructions  commu- 
nicated at  such  seminaries ;  as  it  is  well  known  to  every  one  ac- 
quainted with  the  general  practice  of  such  students  in  colleges  and 
academies,  that  a  goodly  number  of  them  spend  their  time  as  much 
in  folly  and  dissipation,  as  in  serious  study.     But,  although  they 
had  acquired  a  competent  acquaintance  with  the  different  branches 
to  which  their  attention  was  directed,  what  is  the  amount  of  their 
acquisitions?  A  knowledge  of  the  Greek  and  Latin  Classics,  and 
of  pagan  mythology,  in  the  acquisition  of  which  five  years  are  gene- 
rally spent  at  the  grammar-school,  and  two  at  the  university — 
and  the  elements  of  logic,  ethics,  and  mathematical  philosophy. 
But  such  departments  of  knowledge,  in  the  waij  in  ivhich  they  have 
been  generally  taught,  have  no  necessary  connexion  with  religion 
and  moral  conduct.     On  the  contrary,  by  keeping  the  principles 
of  Christianity  carefully  out  of  view,  and  even  insinuating  objec- 
tions against  them,  some  professors  of  these  sciences  have  pro- 
moted the  cause  of  infidelity,  and  consequently  impeded  the  pro- 
gress of  genuine  morality.    What  aid  can  be  expected  to  morality 
from  a  mere  grammar-school  education,  when  the  acquisition  of 
words  and  phrases,  and  the  absurd  notions  and  impure  practices 
connected  with  Roman  and  Grecian  idolatry,  form  the  prominent 
objects  of  attention ;  and  when,  as  too  frequently  happens,  no  in- 
structions in  Christianity  are  communicated,  and  not  even  the  forms 
of  religion  attended  to  in  many  of  those  seminaries  1     The  mere 
acquisition  of  languages  is  not  the  acquisition  of  useful  know- 
ledge :  they  are,  at  best,  but  the  means  of  knowledge ;  and  al- 
though we  would  not  discourage  any  one,  who  has  it  in  his  power, 
from  prosecuting  such  studies,  yet  it  is  from  other  and  more  im- 
portant branches  of  study  that  we  expect  assistance  in  the  cause 
of  moral  improvement, 

With  regard  to  men  of  learning  and  genius,  we  have  likewise 
to  inquire  into  the  nature  and  tendency  of  their  literary  pursuits, 
before  we  can  ascertain  that  they  are  calculated  to  prevent  the  in- 
fluence of  immoral  propensities  and  passions.  Persons  are  de- 
signated men  of  learning,  who  have  made  proficiency  in  the 
knowledge  of  the  Greek,  Latin,  French,  German  and  other  lan- 
guages,— who  are  skilled  in  mythology,  antiquities,  criticism, 


212  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Kinds  of  Knowledge  proper  to  be  taught. 


and  metaphysics,  or  who  are  profound  students  in  geometry,  alge- 
bra, fluxions,  and  other  branches  of  the  mathematics.  But  it  is 
easy  to  perceive,  that  a  man  may  be  a  profound  linguist,  gram- 
marian, politician,  or  antiquarian,  and  yet  not  distinguished  for 
virtuous  conduct;  for  such  departments  of  learning  have  no  direct 
bearing  upon  moral  principle  or  conduct.  On  the  contrary,  when 
prosecuted  exclusively,  to  the  neglect  of  the  more  substantial  parts 
of  knowledge,  and  under  the  influence  of  certain  opinions  and  preju- 
dices, they  have  a  tendency  to  withdraw  the  attention  from  the 
great  objects  of  religion,  and  consequently  from  the  most  power- 
ful motives  which  excite  to  moral  action. — We  have  likewise  to 
inquire  whether  such  persons  have  made  the  Christian  revelation 
one  great  object  of  their  study  and  attention,  and  whether  they  are 
frequently  employed  in  serious  contemplations  of  the  perfections  of 
the  Creator,  as  displayed  in  the  economy  of  the  universe.  If  such 
studies  be  altogether  overlooked,  we  need  not  wonder  that  such 
characters  should  frequently  slide  into  the  paths  of  infidelity  and 
dissipation;  since  they  neglect  an  attention  to  those  departments  of 
knowledge  which  alone  can  guide  them  in  the  paths  of  rectitude. 
We  may  as  soon  expect  to  gather  "  grapes  from  thorns,  or  figs 
from  thistles,"  as  to  expect  pure  morality  from  those,  however  high 
they  may  stand  in  literary  acquirements,  who  either  neglect  or 
oppose  the  great  truths  of  religion. — We  do  not  mean,  however, 
to  insinuate,  that  the  subjects  alluded  to  above  are  either  trivial  or 
unworthy  of  being  prosecuted.  On  the  contrary,  we  are  fully 
persuaded,  that  there  is  not  a  subject  which  has  ever  come  under 
human  investigation,  when  prosecuted  with  proper  views,  and  in 
connexion  with  other  parts  of  knowledge,  but  may  be  rendered 
subservient,  in  some  way  or  another,  both  to  the  intellectual  and 
the  moral  improvement  of  man.  But  when  we  speak  of  diffusing 
useful  knowledge  among  the  mass  of  mankind,  we  do  not  so  much 
allude  to  the  capacity  of  being  able  to  translate  from  one  language 
into  another,  of  knowing  the  sentiments  of  the  ancient  Greeks 
and  Romans,  and  the  characters  and  squabbles  of  their  gods  and 
goddesses,  or  to  the  faculty  of  distinguishing  ancient  coins,  frag- 
ments of  vases,  or  pieces  of  armour — as  to  the  facts  of  history, 
science,  and  revelation,  particularly  in  their  bearing  upon  the  reli- 
gious views  and  the  moral  conduct  of  mankind.  And  if  the  at- 
tention of  the  great  body  of  the  people  were  directed  to  such  sub- 
jects, from  proper  principles  and  motives,  and  were  they  exhibited 
to  their  view  in  a  lucid  and  interesting  manner,  there  cannot  be 
the  smallest  doubt,  that  the  interests  of  virtue  and  of  pure  and 
undefiled  religion  would  be  thereby  promoted  to  an  extent  far 
beyond  what  has  ever  yet  been  realized. 


KNOWLEDGE    OF    A    FUTURE    STATE.  213 


Present  Knowledge  not  to  be  lost  in  Future  Existence. 


SECTION  VIII 

On  the  Utility  of  Knowledge  in  relation  to  a  Future  World. 

Man  is  a  being  destined  for  eternity.    The  present  world  through 
which  he  is  travelling  is  only  a  transitory  scene,  introductory  to  a 
future  and  an  immortal  existence.     When  his  corporeal  frame 
sinks  into  the  grave,  and  is  resolved  into  its  primitive  elements, 
the  intellectual  principle  by  which  it  was  animated  shall  pass  into 
another  region,  and  be  happy  or  miserable,  according  to  the  go- 
verning principle  by  which  it  was  actuated  in  the  present  life. 
The  world  in  which  we  now  reside  may  be  considered  as  the  great 
nursery  of  our  future  and  eternal  existence,  as  a  state  of  proba- 
tion in  which  we  are  educating  for  an  immortal  life,  and  as  prepa- 
ratory to  our  entering  on  higher  scenes  of  contemplation  and  en- 
joyment.    In  this  point  of  view,  it  is  of  importance  to  consider, 
that  our  present  views  and  recollections  will  be  carried  along  with 
us  into  that  future  world,  that  our  virtues  or  vices  will  be  as  im- 
mortal  as  ourselves,  and  influence  our  future  as  well  as  our  present 
happiness,  and,  consequently,  that  every  study  in  which  we  en- 
gage, every  disposition  we  now  cultivate,  and  every  action  we 
perform,  is  to  be  regarded  as  pointing  beyond  the  present  to  an 
unseen  and  eternal  existence. 

If,  then,  we  admit  that  the  present  state  is  connected  with  the 
future,  and  that  the  hour  of  death  is  not  the  termination  of  our 
existence,  it  must  be  a  matter  of  the  utmost  importance  that  the 
mind  of  every  candidate  for  immortality  be  tutored  in  those  de- 
partments of  knowledge  which  have  a  relation  to  the  future  world, 
and  which  will  tend  to  qualify  him  for  engaging  in  the  employments, 
and  for  relishing  the  pleasures  and  enjoyments,  of  that  state.  The 
following  remarks  are  intended  to  illustrate  this  position  : — 

We  may  remark,  in  the  first  place,  in  general,  that  the  know- 
ledge acquired  in  the  present  state,  whatever  be  its  nature,  will  be 
carried  along  with  us  when  we  wing  our  flight  to  the  eternal  ivorld. 
In  passing  into  that  world  we  shall  not  lose  any  of  the  mental 
faculties  we  now  possess,  nor  shall  we  lose  our  identity,  or  con- 
sciousness of  being  the  same  persons  we  now  feel  ourselves  to 
be  ;  otherwise,  we  behooved  to  be  a  different  order  of  creatures, 
and  consequently  could  not  be  the  subjects  either  of  reward  or  of 
punishment  for  any  thing  done  in  the  present  state.  A  destruc- 
tion of  our  faculties,  or  a  total  change  of  them,  or  the  loss  of 
consciousness,  would  be   equivalent  to  an  annihilation  of  our 


214  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Human  Science  connected  with  a  Future  State. 


existence.  But  if  we  carry  into  the  future  state  all  our  moral 
and  intellectual  powers,  we  must  also,  of  necessity,  carry  along 
with  them  all  the  recollections  of  the  present  life,  and  all  the 
knowledge,  both  physical  and  moral,  which  these  faculties  ena- 
bled us  to  acquire.  We  have  an  exemplification  of  this  in  the 
parable  of  our  Saviour  respecting  the  rich  man  and  Lazarus, 
where  Abraham  is  represented  as  addressing  the  former  in  these 
words — "  Son,  remember  that  thou  in  thy  lifetime  receivedst  thy 
good  things,  and  likewise  Lazarus  evil  things ;"  evidently  imply- 
ing, that  the  rich  man  retained  the  power  of  memory,  that  he  pos- 
sessed a  consciousness  that  he  was  the  same  thinking  being  that 
existed  in  a  former  state,  and  that  he  had  a  perfect  recollection  of 
the  conduct  he  pursued,  and  the  scenes  in  which  he  was  placed 
in  this  sublunary  world.  If,  then,  it  be  admitted,  that  we  shall 
be,  substantially,  the  same  intellectual  beings  as  at  present, 
though  placed  in  different  circumstances,  and  that  the  ideas  and 
moral  principles  we  now  acquire  will  pass  along  with  us  into 
futurity,  and  influence  our  conduct  and  happiness  in  that  state, — 
it  cannot  be  a  matter  of  indifference  whether  the  mind  of  an  im- 
mortal being  be  left  to  grope  amid  the  mists  of  ignorance,  and  to 
sink  into  immortality,  or  be  trained  up  in  the  knowledge  of  every 
thing  that  has  a  bearing  on  its  eternal  destination.  On  the  con- 
trary, nothing  can  be  of  higher  value  and  importance  to  every 
human  being,  considered  as  immortal,  than  to  be  trained  to  habits 
of  reasoning  and  reflection,  and  to  acquire  that  knowledge  of  his 
Creator,  of  himself,  of  his  duty,  and  of  the  relations  in  which  he 
stands  to  this  world  and  to  the  next,  which  will  qualify  him  for 
the  society  in  which  he  is  hereafter  to  mingle,  and  the  part  he  has 
to  act  in  a  higher  scene  of  action  and  enjoyment.  For,  as  gross 
ignorance  is  the  source  of  immoral  action,  and  as  immoral  prin- 
ciples and  habits  unfit  the  soul  for  the  pleasures  and  employments 
of  an  immortal  state,  the  man  who  is  allowed  to  remain  amid  the 
natural  darkness  of  his  understanding  can  have  little  hope  of 
happiness  in  the  future  world,  since  he  is  destitute  of  those  qua- 
lifications which  are  requisite  in  order  to  his  relishing  its  en- 
joyments. 

Scientific  knowledge,  as  well  as  that  which  is  commonly  desig- 
nated theological,  is  to  be  considered  as  having  a  relation  to  the 
future  world.  Science,  as  I  have  already  had  occasion  to  notice, 
is  nothing  else  than  an  investigation  of  the  Divine  perfections 
and  operations  as  displayed  in  the  economy  of  the  universe  ;  and 
we  have  every  ground  to  conclude,  both  from  reason  and  revela- 
tion, that  such  investigations  will  be  carried  forward,  on  a  more 
enlarged  scale,  in  the  future  wrorld,  where  the  intellectual  powers, 


KNOWLEDGE  OF  A  FUTURE  STATE.  215 


Present  Knowledge  the  Ground-work  of  Future. 


freed  from  the  obstructions  which  now  impede  their  operation, 
will  become  more  vigorous  and  expansive,  and  a  more  extensive 
scene  of  Divine  operation  be  presented  to  the  view.  There  are 
certain  applications  of  scientific  principles,  indeed,  which  may 
have  a  reference  solely  to  the  condition  of  society  in  the  present 
life,  such  as,  in  the  construction  of  cranes,  diving-bells,  speaking- 
trumpets,  steam-carriages,  and  fire-engines  ;  but  the  general  prin- 
ciples on  which  such  machines  are  constructed  may  be  applicable 
to  thousands  of  objects  and  operations  in  other  worlds  with  which 
we  are  at  present  unacquainted.  The  views,  however,  which 
science  has  opened  of  the  wisdom  and  benevolence  of  the  Deity, 
of  the  multiplicity  of  ideas  and  conceptions  which  have  existed 
in  his  infinite  mind,  of  his  almighty  power,  and  of  the  boundless 
range  of  his  operations — will  not  be  lost  when  we  enter  into  the 
eternal  world.  They  will  prepare  the  soul  for  higher  scenes  of 
contemplation,  for  acquiring  more   expansive  views  of  Divine 

,  perfection,  and  for  taking  more  extensive  and  sublime  excursions 
through  the  boundless  empire  of  Omnipotence.  The  same  may 
be  affirmed  of  the  principles  of  arithmetic,  algebra,  geometry, 
conic  sections,  and  other  departments  of  the  mathematics,  which 
contain  truths  that  are  eternal  and  unchangeable,  and  that  are 
applicable  in  every  mode  of  existence,  and  to  the  circumstances 

1  of  all  worlds.  Such  knowledge  may  form  the  groundwork  of  all 
our  future  improvements  in  the  world  beyond  the  grave,  and  give 
to  those  who  have  acquired  it,  in  conjunction  with  the  cultivation 
of  moral  principle,  a  superiority  over  others  in  the  employments 
and  investigations  peculiar  to  that  higher  sphere  of  existence  ; 
and,  consequently,  a  more  favourable  and  advantageous  outset 
into  the  new  and  unknown  regions  of  the  invisible  state.  To 
suppose  that  the  leading  principles  of  scientific  knowledge  are  of 

J  utility  only  in  the  present  world,  is  not  only  contrary  to  every 

I  enlightened  idea  we  can  form  of  the  future  state,  either  from 
reason  or  revelation,  but  would  remove  some  of  the  strongest 
motives  which  should  induce  us  to  engage  in  the  prosecution  of 
useful  knowledge.  If  science  is  to  be  considered  as  altogether 
confined  in  its  views  and  effects  to  the  transitory  scene  of  this 
mortal  state,  its  attainment  becomes  a  matter  of  comparatively 
trivial  importance.  To  a  man  hastening  to  the  verge  of  life, 
there  could  be  no  strong  inducement  to  listen  to  its  deductions 

ior  to  engage  in  its  pursuits.  But  if  the  principles  of  science, 
when  combined  with  the  truths  of  revelation,  extend  to  higher 
objects  than  the  construction  of  machinery  and  the  embellishment 
of  human  life, — if  they  point  beyond  the  present  to  a  future  world, — 
if  they  tend  to  expand  our  views  of  the  attributes  of  the  Divinity, , 


216  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 

Importance  of  Enquiry  concerning  a  Future  Existence. 

and  of  the  grandeur  of  his  kingdom, — and  if  they  prepare  the 
mind  for  entering  into  more  ample  views  and  profound  investiga- 
tions of  his  plans  and  operations,  in  that  state  of  immortality  to 
which  we  are  destined, — it  must  be  a  matter  of  importance  to 
every  human  being,  that  his  mind  be  imbued  with  such  know- 
ledge, as  is  introductory  to  the  employments  of  that  eternal  world 
which  lies  before  him. — But  we  may  remark  more  particularly, 

In  the  second  place,  that  the  acquisition  of  general  knowledge^ 
and  habits  of  mental  activity,  would  induce  persons  to  serious  in- 
quiries into  the  evidences  of  a  future  state.  Although  there  are 
few  persons,  in  a  Christian  country,  who  deny  the  existence  of  a 
future  world,  yet  we  have  too  much  reason  to  believe  that  the 
great  majority  of  the  population  in  every  country  are  not  thoroughly 
convinced  of  this  important  truth,  and  that  they  pass  their  lives 
just  as  if  the  present  were  the  ultimate  scene  of  their  destination. 
Notwithstanding  all  the  "  church-going"  which  is  so  common 
among  us,  both  among  the  higher  and  the  lower  classes,  and  the 
numerous  sermons  which  are  preached  in  relation  to  this  subject, 
it  does  not  appear  that  the  one-half  of  our  population  have  any 
fixed  and  impressive  belief  of  the  reality  of  an  eternal  world.  If 
it  were  otherwise,  it  would  be  more  frequently  manifested  in  their 
general  temper,  conversation,  and  conduct.  But  we  find  the 
great  mass  of  society  as  keenly  engaged  in  the  all-engrossing 
pursuits  of  wealth  and  honours,  as  if  the  enjoyments  of  this  world 
were  to  last  forever.  In  general  conversation  in  the  social  circle, 
the  topic  of  a  future  world,  and  our  relation  to  it,  is  studiously 
avoided.  While  a  person  may  talk  with  the  utmost  ease  about  a 
projected  voyage  to  America,  the  East  Indies,  or  Van  Diemen's 
Land,  and  the  geographical  peculiarities  of  these  regions,  and  be 
listened  to  with  pleasure, — were  he  to  talk,  in  certain  respectable 
companies,  of  his  departure  to  another  world,  and  of  the  important 
realities  to  which  he  will  be  introduced  in  that  state, — were  he 
even  to  suggest  a  hint  that  the  scene  of  our  eternal  destination 
ought  occasionally  to  form  the  subject  of  conversation, — either  a 
sarcastic  sneer  or  a  solemn  gloom  would  appear  on  every  face, 
and  he  would  be  regarded  us  a  wild  enthusiast  or  a  sanctimonious 
hypocrite.  But  why  should  men  manifest  such  a  degree  of  apathy 
in  regard  to  this  topic,  and  even  an  aversion  to  the  very  idea  of 
it,  if  they  live  under  solemn  impressions  of  their  connexion  with 
an  immortal  existence  ?  Every  one  who  admits  the  idea  of  a 
future  world,  must  also  admit  that  it  is  one  of  the  most  interesting 
and  momentous  subjects  that  can  occupy  his  attention,  and  that 
it  as  far  exceeds  in  importance  the  concerns  of  this  life,  as  the 
ages  of  eternity  exceed  the  fleeting  periods  of  time.     And  if  so, 


KNOWLEDGE    PREPARATORY    TO    A    FUTURE    STATE.         217 


Evidences  of  Man's  Immortality, 


why  should  we  not  appear  as  eager  and  interested  in  conversa- 
tion on  this  subject,  as  we  sometimes  are  in  relation  to  a  voyage 
to  some  distant  land  ?  Yet,  among  the  majority  of  our  fellow-men, 
there  is  scarcely  any  thing  to  which  their  attention  is  less  direct- 
ed, and  the  very  idea  of  it  is  almost  lost  amid  the  bustle  of  busi- 
ness, the  acquisition  of  wealth,  the  dissipations  of  society,  and  the 
vain  pageantry  of  fashionable  life. 

Among  many  other  causes  of  the  indifference  which  prevails 
on  this  subject,  ignorance  and  mental  inactivity  are  none  of  the 
least.  Immersed  in  sensual  gratifications  and  pursuits,  unac- 
quainted with  the  pleasures  of  intellect,  and  unaccustomed  to 
rational  trains  of  reflection,  multitudes  pass  through  life  without 
any  serious  consideration  of  the  future  scene  of  another  world, 
resolved,  at  the  hour  of  dissolution,  to  take  their  chance  with  the 
generations  that  have  gone  before  them.  But  were  men  once 
aroused  to  mental  activity,  and  to  the  exercise  of  their  reasoning 
powers  on  important  objects,  they  would  be  qualified  for  investi- 
gating the  evidences  which  demonstrate  the  immortality  of  man, 
which  could  not  fail  to  impress  their  minds  with  a  strong  convic- 
tion of  the  dignity  of  their  intellectual  natures,  and  of  their  high 
destination.  Those  evidences  are  to  be  found  in  the  Christian 
revelation,  which  has  "  brought  life  and  immortality  to  light,"  and 
thrown  a  radiance  on  the  scenes  beyond  the  grave.  But,  even 
independently  of  revelation,  the  evidences  which  prove  the 
immortal  destiny  of  man,  from  the  light  of  nature,  are  so  strong 
and  powerful,  that,  when  weighed  with  seriousness  and  impar- 
tiality, they  must  appear  satisfactory  to  every  candid  and  inquir- 
ing mind.  When  we  consider  the  universal  belief  of  the  doctrine 
of  man's  immortality  which  has  prevailed  in  all  ages  and  nations-— 
when  we  consider  the  desire  of  future  existence  implanted  in  the 
human  breast — the  noble  intellectual  faculties  with  which  man  is 
endowed,  and  the  strong  desire  of  knoivledge  which  forms  a  part 
of  his  constitution — the  capacity  of  making  perpetual  progress 
towards  intellectual  and  moral  perfection — the  unlimited  range 
of  view  which  is  opened  to  the  human  faculties  throughout  the 
immensity  of  space  and  duration — the  moral  powers  of  action  with 
which  man  is  endowed,  and  their  capacity  of  perpetual  expansion 
and  activity — the  apprehensions  and  forebodings  of  the  mind, 
when  under  the  influence  of  remorse — the  disordered  state  of  the 
moral  world  when  contrasted  with  the  systematic  order  of  the 
material — the  unequal  distribution  of  reiuards  and  punishments 
when  viewed  in  connexion  with  the  justice  of  God — the  absurdity 
of  admitting  that  the  thinking  principle  in  man  xvill  ever  be  anni- 
hilated— and  the  blasphemous  and  absurd  consequences  which 
19 


21S  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Present  Knowledge  introductory  to  Future. 


would  follow,  if  the  idea  of  a  future  state  of  retribution  were 
rejected  ;  when  we  attend  to  these  and  similar  considerations, 
we  perceive  an  assemblage  of  arguments,  which,  when  taken  in 
combination  with  each  other,  carry  irresistible  evidence  to  the 
mind  of  every  unbiassed  inquirer,  that  man  is  destined  to  an 
immortal  existence — an  evidence  amounting  to  a  moral  demon- 
stration, and  no  less  satisfactory  than  that  on  which  we  rest  our 
belief  of  the  existence  of  the  Eternal  Mind.*  But  the  greater 
part  of  mankind,  in  their  present  untutored  state,  are  incapable  of 
entering  into  such  inquiries  and  investigations.  For  want  of 
moral  and  intellectual  instruction,  they  may  be  said  to  "  have 
eyes,  but  see  not,  ears,  but  hear  not,  neither  do  they  understand," 
and  hence,  they  pass  through  the  scenes  of  mortality,  almost 
unconscious  of  their  relation  to  the  eternal  world,  and  altogether 
unprepared  for  its  exercises  and  enjoyments. 

In  the  next  place,  the  acquisition  of  knoivledge,  in  connexion 
with  the  cultivation  of  moral  principles  and  Christian  affections, 
would  tend  to  prepare  the  mind  for  the  intercourses  and  employ- 
ments of  the  future  world.  From  divine  revelation  we  are  assured, 
that  in  the  future  state  of  happiness  the  righteous  shall  not  only 
join  the  company  of  "  the  spirits  of  just  men  made  perfect,"  but 
shall  also  be  admitted  into  "  the  general  assembly  of  angels." 
With  these  pure  and  superior  intelligences,  and,  doubtless,  too, 
with  the  inhabitants  of  other  worlds,  shall  the  redeemed  inhabit- 
ants of  our  globe  hold  delightful  intercourse,  and  join  in  their 
sublime  conversation  on  the  most  exalted  subjects.  One  of  the 
employments  in  which  they  will  be  incessantly  engaged  will  be, 
to  contemplate  the  divine  works  and  administration,  and  to 
investigate  the  wonders  of  creating  power,  wisdom,  and  good- 
ness, as  displayed  throughout  the  universe.  For  such  are  the 
representations  given  in  Scripture  of  the  exercises  of  the 
heavenly  world.  Its  inhabitants  are  represented  as  raising  the 
following  song  of  praise  to  their  Creator, — "  Great  and  marvel- 
lous are  thy  works,  Lord  God  Almighty !  Just  and  true  are  thy 
ways,  thou  King  of  saints ;"  which  evidently  implies  that  both 
the  wonders  of  his  creation  and  the  plan  of  his  moral  govern- 
ment are  the  subjects  of  their  intense  study  and  investigation. 
And  in  another  scene  exhibited  in  the  book  of  Revelation,  they 
are  represented  in  the  sublime  adorations  they  offer  to  "  Him  who 
liveth  for  ever  and  ever,"  as  exclaiming,    "  Thou  art  worthy, 

*  For  a  full  illustration  of  these  and  other  evidences  of  a  future  state,  along 
with  various  topics  connected  with  this  subject,  the  author  respectfully  refers 
his  readers  to  a  work  which  he  lately  published,  entitled  u  The  Philosophy  of 
a  Future  State." 


KNOWLEDGE    PREPARATORY    TO    A   FUTURE    STATE.      219 

Present  Acquaintance  with  God  and  his  Works  necessary. 

O  Lord,  to  receive  glory,  and  honour,  and  power  ;  for  thou  hast 
created  all  things,  and  for  thy  pleasure  they  are  and  were  created ;" 
plainly  indicating  that  the  scenes  of  the  material  universe,  and 
the  divine  perfections  as  displayed  in  them,  are  the  objects  of 
their  incessant  contemplation. 

Now,  in  order  to  our  being  prepared  for  such  intercourses  and 
employments,  two  grand  qualifications  are  indispensably  requisite. 
In  the  first  place,  the  cultivation  of  moral  principle  and  conduct, 
or,  in  other  words,  the  attainment  of  that  holiness  which  the  Scrip- 
tures enjoin,  "  without  which,"  we  are  assured,  "  no  man  can  see 
the  Lord ;"  that  is,  can  hold  no  delightful  intercourse  with  him 
through  the  medium  of  his  works  and  providential  dispensations. 
1  Without  this  qualification  we  are  altogether  unfit  for  being  intro- 
duced into  the  assembly  of  angels  and  other  pure  intelligences,  and 
for  joining  with  them  in  their  holy  services  and  sublime  adorations 
;  — as  unfit  as  an  ignorant  Hottentot,  a  wild  Bosheman,  or  the  low- 
1  est  dregs  of  society  would  be  to  take  a  part  in  an  assembly  of 
learned  divines,  statesmen,  or  philosophers.     In  order  to  a  de- 
lightful association  with  any  rank  of  intelligences,  there  must  exist 
a  certain  congeniality  of  disposition  and  sentiment,  without  which 
an  intimate  intercourse  would  be  productive  of  happiness  to  neither 
party.     Persons  of  proud  and  revengeful  dispositions,  and  ad- 
dicted to  vicious  indulgence,  could  find  no  enjoyment  in  a  society 
where  all  is  humility  and  affection,  harmony  and  love  ;  nor  could 
pure  and  holy  beings  delight  in  associating  with  them,  without  sup- 
posing the  moral  laws  of  the  Creator  and  the  constitution  of  the 
intelligent  universe  entirely  subverted.     Such  characters  are  as 
opposite  to  each  other  as  light  and  darkness  ;  and,  therefore,  we 
may  as  soon  expect  to  make  the  east  and  west  points  to  meet  to- 
gether, or  to  stop  the  planets  in  their  career,  as  to  form  an  harmo- 
nious union  between  the  ignorant  and  vicious,  and  the  enlightened 
and  virtuous  inhabitants  of  the  celestial  world.     In  the  next  place, 
a  knowledge  of  the  character  of  God,  of  his  moral  dispensations, 
and  of  his  works  of  creation,  must  form  a  preparation  for  the  ex- 
ercises of  the  heavenly  state  ;  since  these  are  some  of  the  subjects 
which  occupy  the  attention  of  the  "  the  innumerable  company  of 
els,  and  the  spirits  of  just  men  made  perfect."     But  how  could 
e  be  supposed  to  engage  in  such  studies,  and  to  relish  such 
mployments,  if  we  remain  altogether  unacquainted  with  them  till 
our  spirits  take  their  flight  from  these  tabernacles  of  clay  ?     How 
could  a  man  whose  mind  is  continually  grovelling  among  the 
^meanest  and  the  most  trivial  objects,  whose  soul  never  rises  above 
the  level  of  his  daily  labours,  which  necessity  compels  him  to 
perform,  whose  highest  gratification  is  to  carouse  with  his  fellows, 


( 


220  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Pleasures  of  a  Future  Existence. 


to  rattle  a  set  of  dice,  or  to  shuffle  a  pack  of  cards,  and  who  is 
incapable  of  prosecuting  a  train  of  rational  thought — how  could 
such  a  one  be  supposed  qualified  for  entering,  with  intelligence 
and  delight,  into  the  sublime  investigations  and  the  lofty  contem- 
plations which  arrest  the  attention,  and  form  the  chief  exercises 
11  of  the  saints  in  light  V*  There  is  an  utter  incongruity  in  the  idea, 
that  a  rude  and  ignorant  mind  could  relish  the  enjoyments  of  the 
heavenly  world,  unless  it  be  enlightened  and  transformed  into  the 
image  of  its  Creator  ;  and  we  have  no  warrant  from  revelation  to 
conclude  that  such  a  transformation  will  be  effected  after  the 
spirit  has  taken  its  flight  to  the  invisible  state. 

But  it  is  easy  to  conceive  what  transporting  pleasures  will  be 
felt  by  an  enlightened  and  virtuous  individual,  when  he  is  ushered 
into  a  scene  where  his  prospects  will  be  enlarged,  his  faculties 
expanded,  and  the  causes  which  now  obstruct  their  energies  for 
ever  removed.  He  will  feel  himself  in  his  native  element,  will 
resume  his  former  investigations  on  a  more  enlarged  scale,  and 
with  more  vigour  and  activity,  and  enjoy  the  prospect  of  perpe- 
tually advancing  from  one  degree  of  knowledge  and  felicity  to 
another  throughout  an  interminable  succession  of  existence. 
Having  studied  the  moral  character  of  God  as  displayed  in  his 
word  and  in  the  dispensations  of  his  providence  ;  having  acquir- 
ed, after  all  his  researches,  only  a  faint  and  imperfect  glimpse  of 
his  moral  attributes  ;  having  met  with  many  difficulties  and  laby- 
rinths in  the  movements  of  the  divine  government  which  he  was 
altogether  unable  to  unravel,  which  produced  an  ardent  longing 
after  a  more  enlarged  sphere  of  vision — how  gratifying  to  such  a 
mind  must  it  be  to  contemplate  the  divine  character  in  the  fulness 
of  its  glory,  to  behold  the  apparent  inconsistencies  of  the  divine 
government  reconciled,  its  intricate  mazes  unravelled,  its  wisdom 
and  rectitude  displayed,  and  the  veil  which  concealed  from  mor- 
tals the  reasons  of  its  procedure  for  ever  withdrawn  !  Having 
taken  a  cursory  survey  of  the  displays  of  divine  wisdom  and 
goodness  in  the  arrangement  of  our  sublunary  system,  and  in  the 
construction  of  the  animal  and  vegetable  tribes  with  which  it  is 
furnished  ;  having  directed  his  views  by  the  light  of  science  to 
the  celestial  regions  ;  having  caught  a  glimpse  of  the  astonishing 
operations  of  Almighty  Power  in  the  distant  spaces  of  the  firma- 
ment ;  having  been  overwhelmed  with  wonder  and  amazement  at 
the  extent  and  grandeur  of  the  divine  empire  ;  having  cast  many 
a  longing  look  towards  distant  worlds,  mingled  with  many  anxious 
inquiries  into  their  nature  and  destination  which  he  was  unable  to 
resolve,  and  having  felt  an  ardent  desire  to  learn  the  history  of 
their  population,  and  to  behold  the  scene  of  the  universe  a  little 


KNOWLEDGE    PREPARATORY    TO   A   FUTURE    STATE.       221 

Necessity  of  Fitness  for  a  Future  State. 

more  unfolded — what  transporting  joys  must  be  felt  by  such  an 
individual,  when  he  shall  enter  into  a  world  where  "  he  shall  know 
even  as  also  he  is  known  ;"  where  the  veil  which  intercepted  his 
view  of  the  wonders  of  creating  power  shall  be  removed  ;  where 
the  cherubim  and  the  seraphim,  who  have  winged  their  flight 
through  regions  of  immensity  impassable  by  mortals,  shall  re- 
hearse the  history  of  other  worlds  ;  where  the  sphere  of  vision 
will  be  enlarged,  the  faculties  invigorated,  and  the  glories  of  Di- 
vine goodness,  wisdom,  and  omnipotence  displayed  in  all  their 
effulgence !  Having  familiarized  such  objects  to  his  mind  during 
the  first  stage  of  his  existence,  he  will  enter  on  the  prosecution  of 
new  discoveries  of  Divine  perfection  with  a  renovated  holy  ardour, 
of  which  rude  and  grovelling  minds  are  incapable,  which  will  fill 
his  soul  with  ecstatic  rapture— even  "  with  joy  unspeakable  and 
full  of  glory." 

Let  us  suppose,  for  the  sake  of  illustration,  two  individuals  of 
opposite  characters  entering  the  future  world  at  the  same  time — 
the  one  rude,  ignorant,  and  vicious  ;  and  the  other  "  renewed  in 
the  spirit  of  his  mind,"  and  enlightened  with  all  the  knowledge 
which  science  and  revelation  can  furnish — it  is  evident  that, 
although  they  were  both  ushered  into  the  same  locality,  their  state 
and  enjoyments  would  be  altogether  different.     The  one  would 
sink,  as  it  were,  to  his  natural  level,  following  the  principles,  pro- 
pensities, and  passions  which  he  previously  indulged ;  and,  although 
he  were  admitted  into  the  society  of  pure  and  enlightened  spirits, 
he  would  remain  as  a  cheerless,  insulated  wretch,  without  intel- 
lectual activity,  and  destitute  of  enjoyment.    Finding  no  pleasures 
suited  to  his  benighted  mind  and  his  grovelling  affections,  he 
would  be  fain  to  flee  to  other  regions  and  to  more  congenial 
associates,  as  the  owl  flies  from  the  vocal  grove  and  the  society 
of  the  feathered  choir,  and  prefers  the  shades  of  night  to  the  beams 
of  day.    Like  this  gloomy  bird,  which  delights  in  obscure  retreats 
and  rugged  ruins,  and  has  no  relish  for  blooming  gardens  and 
fiowery  meads — the  unenlightened  and  unsanctified  soul  would 
feel  itself  unhappy  and  imprisoned,  as  it  were,  even  amid  triumph- 
ant spirits  and  the  splendours  of  immortal  day.     Whereas  the 
other,  having  ardently  longed  for  such  a  state,  and  having  pre- 
viously undergone  the  requisite  preparation  for  its  enjoyments, 
feels  himself  in  a  region  suited  to  his  taste,  mingles  with  associates 
congenial  to  his  disposition,  engages  in  exercises  to  which  he 
was  formerly  accustomed,  and  in  which  he  delighted,  beholds  a 
prospect,  boundless  as  the  universe,  rising  before  him,  on  which 
his  faculties  may  be  exercised  with  everlasting  improvement  and 
everlasting  delight,  and,  consequently,  experiences  a  "  fulness  of 
19* 


222  OX    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Future  Condition  determined  by  Present  Conduct. 


joy"  which  can  never  be  interrupted,  but  will  be  always  increas- 
ing k'  world  without  end." 

Such  arc  the  views  we  must  necessarily  adopt  respecting  the 
state  and  enjoyments  of  these  two  characters  in  the  life  to  come  ; 
and  there  is  no  resisting  of  the  conclusion  we  have  deduced 
respecting  the  ignorant  and  vicious  individual,  without  supposing 
that  something  equivalent  to  a  miracle  will  be  performed  in  his 
behalf,  immediately  after  his  entrance  into  the  invisible  world,  to 
fit  him  for  the  employments  of  a  state  of  happiness.  But  for  such 
an  opinion  we  have  no  evidence  either  from  Scripture  or  from 
reason.  It  would  be  contrary  to  every  thing  we  know  of  the 
moral  government  of  God  ;  it  would  strike  at  the  foundation  of 
all  religion  and  morality ;  it  would  give  encouragement  to  igno- 
rance and  vice;  it  would  render  nugatory  all  the  efforts  of  a 
virtuous  character  to  increase  in  knowledge  and  holiness  during 
the  present  life,  and  it  would  give  the  ignorant  and  the  licentious 
an  equal  reason  for  expecting  eternal  happiness  in  the  world  to 
come,  as  the  most  profound  Christian  philosophers,  or  the  most 
enlightened  or  pious  divines.  Besides,  we  are  assured  by  the 
44  Faithful  and  True  Witness,"  that,  as  in  the  future  world,  "  he 
who  is  righteous  shall  remain  righteous  still,"  so  "  he  who  is 
unjust  shall  remain  unjust  still,  and  he  who  is  filthy  shall  remain 
filthy  still ;"  which  expressions  seem  evidently  to  imply,  that  no 
more  opportunities  will  be  granted  for  reforming  what  had  been 
amiss,  and  recovering  the  polluted  and  unrighteous  soul  to  purity 
and  rectitude.* 

If,  then,  it  appears,  that  we  shall  carry  the  knowledge  and  moral 
habits  we  acquire  in  this  life  along  with  us  into  the  other  world, — 
and  if  a  certain  portion  of  rational  and  religious  information  and 
moral  principle  is  essentially  requisite  to  prepare  us  for  the  em- 
ployments and  felicities  of  that  state — by  refusing  to  patronise 
every  scheme  by  which  a  general  diffusion  of  knowledge  may  be 
promoted,  we  not  only  allow  our  fellow-men  to  wander  amid  the 
mists  of  superstition,  and  to  run  heedlessly  into  numerous  dangers, 

*  Whatever  opinion  we  may  form  as  to  the  doctrine  of  Universal  Restoration, 
— it  will  be  admitted,  even  by  the  abetters  of  that  doctrine,  that  an  unholy 
and  unenlightened  soul  is  unfit  for  celestial  happiness  on  its  first  entrance  into 
the  future  world,  and  thousands  or  millions  of  years,  or  a  period  equivalent  to 
what  is  included  in  the  phrase  "  ages  of  ages,"  may  elapse  before  it  is  fit  for 
being  restored  to  the  dignity  of  its  nature  and  the  joys  of  heaven.  Even  on 
this  supposition  (although  it  were  warranted  by  Scripture),  the  preparation 
of  human  beings  in  the  present  life  for  a  state  of  future  happiness  must  be  a 
matter  of  the  highest  importance,  since  it  prevents  the  sufferings  denoted  by 
"  devouring  fire,  weeping,  wailing,  and  gnashing  of  teeth,"  during  theindefi- 
finite  and  long-conunued  period  of  "  ages  of  ages." 


KNOWLEDGE    OF    REVELATION.  223 

■■-■■■■  ■■-  ■  ■  ■  .-.,  t|     — r 

Importance  of  a  Knowledge  of  Revelation. 

f  ■       ■  ■■.  .... 

both  physical  and  moral,  we  not  only  deprive  them  of  exquisite  in- 
tellectual enjoyments,  and  prevent  the  improvement  of  the  arts  and 
sciences,  but  we  deprive  them,  in  a  certain  degree,  of  the  chance  of 
obtaining  happiness  in  a  state  of  immortality.  For  as  ignorance  is 
the  parent  of  vice,  and  as  vicious  propensities  and  indulgences  ne- 
cessarily lead  to  misery  both  here  and  hereafter,  the  man  whose  mind 
is  left  to  grope  amid  intellectual  darkness  can  enjoy  no  well-found- 
ed hope  of  felicity  in  the  life  to  come,  since  he  is  unqualified  for  the 
associations,  the  contemplations,  and  the  employments  of  that 
future  existence.  As  in  the  material  creation  light  was  the  first 
substance  created  before  the  chaos  was  reduced  to  beauty  and 
order,  so,  in  the  intellectual  world,  knowledge,  or  light  in  the  un- 
derstanding, is  the  first  thing  which  restores  the  moral  system  to 
harmony  and  order.  It  is  the  commencement  of  every  process 
that  leads  to  improvement,  comfort,  and  moral  order  in  this  life, 
and  that  prepares  us  for  the  enjoyments  of  the  life  to  come.  But 
ignorance  is  both  the  emblem  and  the  prelude  of  M  the  blackness 
of  darkness  for  ever."  This  is  one  of  the  most  powerful  considera- 
tions which  should  induce  every  philanthropist  to  exert  every  nerve, 
and  to  further  every  scheme  which  has  for  its  object  to  diffuse 
liberty,  knowledge,  and  moral  principle  among  all  the  inhabitants 
of  the  earth. 


SECTION  IX. 

On  the  Utility  of  General  Knowledge  in  relation  to  the  Study  of 

Divine  Revelation. 

Of  all  the  departments  of  knowledge  to  which  the  human  mind 
can  be  directed,  there  is  none  of  greater  importance  than  that 
which  exhibits  the  real  character  and  condition  of  man  as  a  moral 
agent — his  relation  to  the  Deity — his  eternal  destiny — the  way  in 
which  he  may  be  delivered  from  the  effects  of  moral  evil — and 
the  worship  and  service  he  owes  to  his  Almighty  Creator.  On 
these  and  kindred  topics  the  Christian  revelation  affords  the  most 
clear  and  satisfactory  information,  and  the  details  which  it  fur- 
nishes on  these  subjects  are  of  the  highest  moment,  and  deeply  in- 
teresting to  every  inhabitant  of  the  globe.  But  ignorance,  leagued 
with  depravity  and  folly,  has  been  the  cause  that  the  sacred  oracj^s 
have  so  frequently  been  treated  with  indifference  and  contempt ; 
and  that  those  who  have  professed  to  recognize  them  as  the  inti- 
mations of  the  will  of  the  Deity  have  been  prevented  from  study- 


224  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 

Evidences  of  Christianity. 


ing  them  with  intelligence,  and  contemplating  the  facts  they  ex- 
hibit in  all  their  consequences  and  relations. 

In  order  to  a  profitable  study  of  the  doctrines,  facts,  and  prophe- 
cies contained  in  the  Bible,  it  is  requisite,  in  the  first  place,  that 
a  deep  and  thorough  conviction  be  produced  in  the  mind  that  they 
are  indeed  the  revelations  of  Heaven,  addressed  to  man  on  earth 
to  direct  his  views  and  conduct  as  an  accountable  agent,  and  a 
candidate  for  immortality.     From  ignorance  of  the  evidences  on 
which  the  truth  of  Christianity  rests,  multitudes  of  thoughtless 
mortals  have  been  induced  to  reject  its  authority,  and  have  glided 
down  the  stream  of  licentious  pleasure,  "sporting  themselves  with 
their  own  deceivings,"  till  they  landed  in  wretchedness  and  ruin. 
The  religion  of  the  Bible  requires  only  to  be  examined  with  care, 
and  studied  with  humility  and  reverence,  in  order  to  produce  a 
full  conviction  of  its  celestial  origin  ;  and  wherever  such  disposi- 
tions are  brought  into  contact  with  a  calm  and  intelligent  investi- 
gation of  the  evidences  of  revelation,  and  of  the  facts  and  doc- 
trines it  discloses,  the  mind  will  not  only  discern  its  superiority  to 
every  other  system  of  religion  but  will  perceive  the  beauty  and 
excellence  of  its  discoveries,  and  the  absolute  necessity  of  their 
being  studied  and  promulgated  in  order  to  raise  the  human  race 
from  that  degradation  into  which  they  have  been  so  long  im- 
mersed, and  to  promote  the  renovation  of  the  moral  world.     And 
those  objections  and  difficulties  which  previously  perplexed  and 
harassed  the  inquirer  will  gradually  evanish,  as  the  mists  of  the 
morning  before  the  orb  of  day. 

The  evidences  of  Christianity  have  been  generally  distributed 
into  the  external  and  the  internal.  The  external  may  again  be 
divided  into  direct  and  collateral.  The  direct  evidences  are  such 
as  arise  from  the  nature,  consistency,  and  probability  of  the  facts  ; 
and  from  the  simplicity,  uniformity,  competency,  and  fidelity  of 
the  testimonies  by  which  they  are  supported.  The  collateral 
evidences  are  those  which  arise  from  the  concurrent  testimonies 
of  heathen  writers,  or  others,  which  corroborate  the  history  of 
Christianity,  and  establish  its  leading  facts.  The  internal  evi- 
dences arise,  either  from  the  conformity  of  the  announcements  of 
revelation  to  the  known  character  of  God,  from  their  aptitude  to 
the  frame  and  circumstances  of  man,  or  from  those  convictions 
impressed  upon  the  mind  by  the  agency  of  the  Divine  Spirit. 

In  regard  to  the  external  evidences,  the  following  propositions 
can  be  supported  both  from  the  testimonies  of  profane  writers,  the 
Scriptures  of  the  New  Testament,  and  other  ancient  Christian  wri- 
tings :  viz.  1 .  "  That  there  is  satisfactory  evidence  that  many  profess- 
ing to  be  original  witnesses  of  the  ChristiuK  miracles  passed  their 


EVIDENCES    OF    THE    TRUTH    OF    REVELATION.  225 

Authenticity  of  the  Scriptures. 


lives  in  labours,  dangers,  and  sufferings,  voluntarily  undergone  in 
attestation  of  the  accounts  which  they  delivered,  and  solely  in  con- 
sequence of  their  belief  of  those  accounts  ;  and  that  they  also 
submitted,  from  the  same  motives,  to  new  rules  of  conduct." 
And,  2.  "  That  there  is  not  satisfactory  evidence,  that  persons 
pretending  to  be  original  witnesses  of  any  other  miracles  have 
acted  in  the  same  manner,  in  attestation  of  the  accounts  which 
they  delivered,  and  solely  in  consequence  of  their  belief  of  the 
truth  of  these  accounts.  These  propositions  can  be  substan- 
tiated to  the  conviction  of  every  serious  and  unbiassed  inquirer  ; 
they  form  the  basis  of  the  external  evidence  of  the  Christian  re- 
ligion; and  when  their  truth  is  clearly  discerned,  the  mind  is  irre- 
sistibly led  to  the  conclusion,  that  the  doctrines  and  facts  promul- 
gated by  the  first  propagators  of  Christianity  are  true. 

The  following  propositions  can  also  be  satisfactorily  proved : 
viz.  That  the  Jewish  religion  is  of  great  antiquity,  and  that  Moses 
was  its  founder, — that  the  books  of  the  Old  Testament  were  ex- 
tant long  before  the  Christian  era;    a  Greek  translation  of  them 
having  been  laid  up  in  the  Alexandrian  library  in  the   days  of 
Ptolemy  Philadelphus, — that  these  books  are  in  the  main  genuinep 
and  the  histories  they  contain  wTorthy  of  credit, — that  many  ma- 
terial facts  which  are  recorded  in  the  Old  Testament  are   also 
mentioned  by  very  ancient  heathen  writers, — that  Christianity  is 
not  a  modern  religion,  but  was  professed  by  great  multitudes 
nearly  1800  years  ago, — that  Jesus  Christ,  the  founder  of  this 
religion,  was  crucified  at  Jerusalem  during  the  reign  of  Tiberius 
Caesar, — that  the  first  publishers  of  this  religion  wrote  books 
containing  an  account  of  the  life  and  doctrines  of  their  Master, 
several  of  which  bore  the  names  of  those  books  which  now  make 
up  the  JVew  Testament, — that  these  books  were  frequently  quoted 
and   referred   to  by   numerous   writers,   from   the  days  of  the 
apostles  to  the  fourth  century  and  downwards, — that   they  are 
genuine,  or  written  by  the  authors  w7hose  names  they  bear, — that 
the  histories  they  contain  are  in  the  main  agreeable  to  those  facts 
which  were   asserted  by  the  first  preachers,  and  received   by 
the  first  converts  to  Christianity, — that  the  facts,  whether  natural 
or  supernatural,  which  they  record,  are  transmitted  to  us  with 
as   great  a  degree  of  evidence  (if  not  greater)  as  any  histori- 
cal fact  recorded   by  historians   of  allowed  character  and  repu- 
tation,— and  that  these  books  were  written  under  a  superintend- 
ing inspiration.      These  and   a  variety  of  similar  propositions 
intimately  connected  with  them  can   be  fully  substantiated  ;  and 
the  necessary  conclusion  of  the  whole   is,   that   Christianity  is 
a  revelation  from  God  to  man,   and  that  its  truths  are  to  be 


226  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Evidence  of  Miracles. 


believed,  and  its  precepts  practised  by  all  to   whom  they  are 
addressed. 

Miracles  form  one  part  of  the  external  evidence  by  which  re- 
vealed religion  is  supported.  If  God,  in  compassion  to  our  be- 
nighted and  bewildered  race,  has  thought  fit  to  communicate  a 
revelation  of  his  will,  there  is  no  conceivable  mode  by  which  that 
revelation  could  be  more  powerfully  attested,  than  by  empowering/ 
the  messengers  whom  he  inspired  to  work  miracles,  as  attesta- 
tions of  the  truth  of  the  doctrines  they  declared.  Accordingly 
we  rind,  that  at  the  introduction  of  both  the  Jewish  and  the 
Christian  dispensations,  a  series  of  uncontrolled  miracles  was 
exhibited  to  those  to  whom  the  messengers  of  revelation  were 
sent,  as  evidences  that  they  acted  under  the  authority  of  the  Cre- 
ator of  the  universe.  Under  the  administration  of  Moses,  who 
founded  the  Jewish  economy,  the  waters  of  Egypt  were  turned 
into  blood,  darkness  covered  all  that  country  for  three  days, 
thunders  and  hail  terrified  its  inhabitants  and  destroyed  the  fruits 
of  their  ground,  and  all  their  first-born  were  slain  by  a  celestial 
messenger  in  one  night ;  the  Red  Sea  was  parted  asunder,  the 
tribes  of  Israel  passed  in  safety  through  its  waves,  while  their 
enemies  "  sank  as  lead  in  the  mighty  waters  ;"  water  was 
brought  from  the  flinty  rock,  manna  from  heaven  was  rained 
down  to  supply  the  wants  of  two  millions  of  human  beings  in  a 
barren  wilderness  ;  Mount  Sinai  was  made  to  tremble  to  its  cen- 
tre, and  was  surrounded  with  flames  and  smoke  ;  Korah,  Dathan, 
and  Abiram,  with  all  the  thousands  that  joined  their  conspiracy, 
were  by  a  miraculous  earthquake  swallowed  up  in  a  moment ; 
Jordan  was  divided  when  its  waters  overflowed  its  banks,  and  at 
the  sound  of  horns  the  strong  walls  of  Jericho  fell  prostrate  to 
the  ground.  When  Jesus  Christ  introduced  the  Gospel  dispen- 
sation, he  gave  incontrovertible  proofs  of  his  divine  mission,  by 
curing  diseases  of  every  description  merely  by  his  word,  causing 
the  lame  to  walk,  the  deaf  to  hear,  the  dumb  to  speak,  and  the 
blind  to  see  ;  raising  the  dead  to  life,  stilling  the  tempestuous 
waves  and  the  stormy  wind  ;  turning  water  into  wine,  feeding 
five  thousand  men  in  a  wilderness  on  a  few  loaves  and  fishes  ; 
and  particularly  by  his  own  resurrection  from  the  dead,  after  he 
had  been  "  crucified  and  slain."  These,  as  well  as  the  miracles 
wrought  by  Moses,  were  demonstrative  evidences  of  the  agency 
and  interference  of  the  Most  High  ;  they  were  completely  be- 
yond the  power  of  mere  human  agency,  and  were  altogether  dif- 
ferent from  the  tricks  of  jugglers  and  impostors.  They  were  per- 
formed in  the  open  face  of  day,  in  the  presence  of  multitudes 
of  persons  of  eveiy  description ;  they  were  level  to  the  compre- 


EVIDENCE  OP  MIRACLES.  227 

Resurrection  of  Christ. 

hension  of  every  man  whose  faculties  and  senses  were  in  a  sound 
state  ;  and  the  conclusion  which  every  unbiassed  mind  behooved 
to  draw  from  them  was,  that  "  no  man  could  do  such  miracles 
unless  God  was  with  him ;"  and  consequently,  that  the  truths 
declared  by  those  who  were  empowered  to  perform  them  are  the 
revelations  of  heaven ;  for  it  would  be  inconsistent  with  the  na- 
ture of  the  Divine  Being  to  suppose  that  he  would  interpose  his 
almighty  power  to  control  the  laws  of  nature,  for  the  purpose  of 
giving  his  sanction  to  falsehood  or  imposture. 

Of  the  reality  of  the  miraculous  events  to  which  I  have  alluded, 
we  have  as  high  a  degree  of  evidence  as  we  have  for  the  reality 
of  any  other  fact  recorded  in  the  Scriptures  or  in  the  history  of 
the  world.     The  single  fact  of  the  Resurrection  of  Christ, — a 
fact  so  important  in  the  Christian  system,  and  with  which  all 
its  other  facts  and  doctrines  are  essentially  connected, — rests 
upon  a  weight  of  evidence  so  great,  that  the  rejection  of  it  would 
be  almost  equivalent  to  the  adoption  of  universal  skepticism. 
This  fact  does  not  rest  upon  the  testimony  of  an  unknown  indi- 
vidual, or  even  of  an  unknown  multitude,  but  on  the  twelve 
apostles  who  had  been  previously  chosen  for  this  purpose,  who 
had  accompanied  their  Master  in  all  his  journeys,  who  had  been 
the  witnesses  of  his  miracles,  sufferings,  and  crucifixion,  and 
who  affirmed,  without  the  least  hesitation,  and  in  the  face  of  every 
threatening  and  persecution,  that  they  had  seen  him  alive  at  dif- 
ferent times,  and  held  intimate  converse  with  him,  after  he  had 
risen  from  the  dead.     It  rests  likewise  on  the  testimony  of  the 
seventy  disciples,  and  on  that  of  the  five  hundred  brethren  who 
had  seen  the  Lord  after  his  resurrection.     These  persons  had 
full  opportunity  of  information  as  to  the  fact  they  asserted  ;  they 
could  not  be  deceived,  for  it  was  brought  within  the  evidence  of 
their  senses.     They  saw  the  body  of  the  Lord  Jesus  after  he 
had  been  crucified  and  laid  in  the  tomb — not  with  a  passing 
glance,  but  at  different  times  and  in  divers  places  ;  they  had  an 
opportunity  of  handling  it  to  convince  them  it  was  no  phantom  ; 
they  heard  him  speak,  and  entered  into  intimate  conversation 
with  him  on  the  subject  of  their  future  ministry.     They  saw  him, 
not  only  separately,  but  together  ;  not  only  by  night,  but  by  day  ; 
not  at  a  distance,  but  immediately  before  them.     And  as  they 
could  not  be  deceived  themselves,  they  could  have  no  motive  for 
deceiving  others  ;  for  they  were  aware,  that  by  so  doing  they  ex- 
posed themselves  to  scorn,  persecution,  sufferings,  and  death  it- 
self, without  the  most  distant  hope  of  recompense  either  in  this 
world  or  in  another.     Their  character  and  conduct  were  strictly 
watched  and  scrutinized.     Their  enemies  had  taken  every  pre- 


22S  ON    TIIF,    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 

Evidence  of  Prophecy. 


caution  which  human  wisdom  could  devise,  to  prevent  the  dead 
body  of  their  Master  from  being  removed  from  the  sepulchre, 
cither  by  fraud  or  by  violence,  and  to  secure  the  public  from  being 
deluded  by  any  attempt  at  imposture.  And  yet,  only  a  few  days 
after  he  was  buried,  and  in  the  very  place  where  he  was  crucified, 
his  resurrection  was  publicly  asserted  and  proclaimed ;  and  no 
attempt  was  made  on  the  part  of  the  Jewish  rulers  to  invalidate 
the  testimony  of  the  apostles,  by  producing  the  dead  body  of  him 
whom  they  had  crucified — on  whose  tomb  they  had  set  a  seal 
and  a  guard  of  Roman  soldiers.  For  it  is  evident,  that  if  his 
body  could  have  been  found,  they  would  have  produced  it  as  the 
shortest  and  most  decisive  confutation  of  the  story  of  the  resur- 
rection. All  these  circumstances  being  considered,  to  suppose 
that  the  apostles  either  were  deceived,  or  attempted  to  deceive 
the  world,  would  be  to  admit  a  miracle  as  great  as  that  of  the  re- 
surrection itself.  But  if  the  fact  of  Christ's  resurrection  be  ad- 
mitted, the  truth  of  the  evangelical  history  and  of  the  doctrines 
of  Christianity  follows  as  a  necessary  consequence. 

Prophecy  forms  another  branch  of  the  external  evidences  of 
religion.  As  God  alone  can  perceive  with  certainty  the  future 
actions  of  free  agents,,  and  the  remote  consequences  of  those 
laws  of  nature  which  he  himself  established — prophecy,  when 
clearly  fulfilled,  affords  the  most  convincing  evidence  of  an  inti- 
mate and  supernatural  communion  between  God  and  the  person 
who  uttered  the  prediction.  It  is  evident,  however,  that  prophecy 
was  never  intended  as  an  evidence  of  an  original  revelation. 
From  its  very  nature  it  is  totally  unfit  for  such  a  purpose,  because 
it  is  impossible,  without  some  extrinsic  proof  of  its  divine  origin, 
to  ascertain  whether  any  prophecy  be  true  or  false,  till  the  period 
arrive  when  it  ought  to  be  accomplished.  But  when  it  is  ful- 
filled, it  affords  complete  evidence  that  he  who  uttered  it  spake 
by  the  Spirit  of  God,  and  that  the  doctrines  he  taught  were  dic- 
tated by  the  same  Spirit,  and  consequently  true.  To  us,  there- 
fore, who  live  in  an  age  posterior  to  the  fulfilment  of  many  of 
the  ancient  prophecies,  and  while  some  of  them  are  actually  ac- 
complishing, the  fulfilment  of  these  predictions  forms  a  powerful 
and  striking  evidence  of  the  divine  authority  of  the  writers  both 
of  the  Old  and  the  New  Testament. 

The  first  prophecy  which  was  given  forth  in  the  garden  of 
Eden,  that  "  the  seed  of  the  woman  should  bruise  the  head  of 
the  serpent,"  and  the  predictions  of  the  Jewish  prophets  respecting 
the  appearance,  the  miracles,  the  sufferings,  the  death,  resurrec- 
tion, and  subsequent  glory  of  Messiah,  and  the  opposition  he 
was  to  endure  from  the  people  to  whom  he  was  sent,  were  lite- 


EVIDENCE    OF    PROPHECY.  229 


The  Arabs. 


rally  accomplished,  when  Jesus  Christ  appeared  in  the  world  ; 
and  the  narrations  of  the  evangelists  may  be  considered  as  a 
commentary  upon  these  ancient  prophecies.     The  deliverance  of 
the  Jews  from  the  Babylonish  captivity,  and  its  accomplishment 
by  Cyrus, — the  conquest  of  Egypt  by  Nebuchadnezzar,  fore- 
told by  Jeremiah, — the   succession  of  the  Assyrian,   Persian, 
Grecian,  and  Roman  monarchies, — th«  persecution  of  the  Jews 
I  under  Antiochus  Epiphanes,  and  the  erection  of  the  papal  king- 
i  dom  foretold  by  Daniel, — and  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem,  and 
I  the  dreadful  miseries  which  should  befall  its  inhabitants,  foretold 
!  by  Jesus  Christ,  have  all  received  their  accomplishment,  accord- 

■  ing  to  the  spirit  and  import  of  the  original  predictions,  and  this 
accomplishment  is  imbodied  in  the  history  of  nations. 

|      But  there  are  prophecies  which  were  uttered  several  thousands 
.  of  years  ago,  of  the  accomplishment  of  which  we  have  sensible 

<  evidence  at  the  present  moment,  if  we  look  around  us  and  con- 
!  sider  the  state  of  the  nations  and  empires  of  the  world.     For  ex- 
ample, it  was  prophesied  respecting  Ishmael,  the  son  of  Abraham, 

1  "  that  he  should  be  a  wild  man  ;  that  his  hand  should  be  against 
I  every  man,  and  every  man's  hand  against  him  ;  that  he  should 
I  dwell  in  the  presence  of  all  his  brethren  ;  that  he  should  be  mul- 
[  tiplied  exceedingly,  beget  twelve  princes,  and  become  a  great 
>  nation."  This  prediction  has  been  literally  accomplished  in  the 
[  Arabs,  the  undoubted  descendants  of  Ishmae],  who,  for  time  im- 
«  memorial,  have  been  robbers  by  land  and  pirates  by  sea ;  and 
|  though  their  hands  have  been  against  every  man,  and  every  man's 
i  hand  against  them,  they  have  always  dwelt,  and  at  this  day  still 
dwell,  in  "  the  presence  of  their  brethren,"  a  free  and  independent 
i  people.  The  greatest  conquerors  in  the  world  have  attempted 
I  to  subdue  them,  but  their  attempts  uniformly  failed  of  success. 
i  When  they  appeared  on  the  brink  of  ruin,  they  were  singnally  and 
1  providentially  delivered.  Alexander  was  preparing  an  expedi- 
tion against  them,  when  he  was  cut  off  in  the  flower  of  his  age. 
:  Pompey  was  in  the  career  of  his  conquest,  when  urgent  affairs 
I  called  him  to  another  quarter.     Gallius  had  penetrated  far  into 

<  their  country,  when  a  fatal  disease  destroyed  great  numbers  of 
j  his  men,  and  obliged  him  to  return.    Trajan  besieged  their  capital 

city  ;  but  was  defeated  by  thunder,  and  lightning,  and  whirlwinds. 
i  Severus  besieged  the  same  city  twice,  and  was  twice  repelled 
I  from  before  it.  Even  the  Turks  have  been  unable  to  subdue  the 
|  Arabs,  or  even  to  restrain  their  depredations  ;  and  they  are 
i  obliged  to  pay  them  a  sort  of  annual  tribute  for  the  safe  passage 
]  of  the  pilgrims  who  go  to  Mecca  to  pay  their  devotions.     The 

■  curse  pronounced  upon  Ham,  the  father  of  Canaan,  could  also  be 

20 


230  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 

The  Jews. 

shown  to  have  been  signally  accomplished  in  the  case  of  the 
Canaanites,  and  the  Africans,  their  descendants,  who  have  been 
literally  "  a  servant  of  servants  to  their  brethren."  They  were 
under  the  dominion,  first  of  the  Romans,  then  of  the  Saracens, 
and  now  of  the  Turks.  And  in  what  ignorance,  barbarity,  slavery, 
and  misery  do  most  of  them  remain !  Many  thousands  of  them 
are  every  year  bought  and  sold,  like  beasts  in  the  market,  and 
conveyed  from  one  quarter  of  the  world  to  do  the  work  of  beasts 
in  another.  The  present  state  of  Babylon  is  also  a  striking  ac- 
complishment of  the  denunciations  of  ancient  prophecy.  When 
we  consider  the  vast  extent  and  magnificence  of  that  ancient  city, 
"  the  glory  of  kingdoms  and  the  beauty  of  the  Chaldee's  excel- 
lency," we  should  have  thought  it  almost  impossible  that  it  should 
have  become  "  an  utter  desolation,"  that  "  the  wild  beasts  should 
cry  in  its  desolate  houses,  and  dragons  in  its  pleasant  palaces," 
and  that  "  it  should  never  be  inhabited  nor  dwelt  in  from  genera- 
tion to  generation,"  as  the  prophet  Isaiah  had  foretold,  several 
hundreds  of  years  prior  to  its  destruction,  and  when  it  was  flourish- 
ing in  the  height  of  its  glory.*  Yet  we  know  for  certain,  that  this 
once  magnificent  metropolis,  whose  hanging  gardens  were  reck- 
oned one  of  the  seven  wonders  of  the  world,  has  become  so  com- 
plete a  desolation,  that  the  besom  of  destruction  has  left  scarcely 
a  single  trace  of  its  former  grandeur  ;  and  it  is  a  subject  of  dis- 
pute among  travellers,  whether  the  exact  site  on  which  it  was  built 
be  yet  ascertained. 

In  short,  the  present  state  of  the  Jews,  compared  with  ancient 
predictions,  is  one  of  the  most  striking  and  convincing  proofs  of 
the  literal  fulfilment  of  the  Old  Testament  prophecies.     The  fol- 
lowing prediction  respecting  them  was  uttered  more  than  1700 
years  before  the  commencement  of  the  Christian  era  :    *'  The 
Lord  shall  scatter  thee  among  all  people,  from  the  one  end  of  the 
earth  even  unto  the  other.     And  among  those  nations  shalt  thou 
find  no  ease,  neither  shall  the  sole  of  thy  foot  have  rest ;  but  the 
Lord  shall  give  thee  a  trembling  heart,  and  failing  of  eyes,  and 
sorrow  of  mind." — "  And  thou  shalt  become  an  astonishment,  a 
proverb,  and  a  by-word,  among  all  the  nations  whither  the  Lord 
shall  lead  you."j*     The  whole  history  of  the  Jewish  nation  since 
the  destruction  of  Jerusalem,  as  well  as  the  present  state  of  that 
singular  people,  forms  a  striking  commentary  upon  these  ancient 
predictions,  and  shows  that  they  have  been  fully  and  literally  ac- 
complished.    The  Jews,  it  is  well  known,  have  been  dispersed 
almost  over  the  whole  face  of  the  globe  for  more  than  seventeen 

*  Isaiah  xiii.  19—22.  f  Deut.  ch.  xxviii. 


EVIDENCE    OF    PROPHECY.  231 


The  Jews. 


hundred  years  ;  they  have  been  despised  and  hated  by  all  nations  ; 
they  have  suffered  the  most  cruel  persecutions  ;  "  their  life  has 
hung  in  doubt  before  them,  and  they  have  feared  day  and  night," 
both  for  their  property  and  their  lives  ;  they  have  been  sold  in 
multitudes,  like  cattle  in  the  market ;  they  have  been  exposed  on 
public  theatres,  to  exhibit  fights,  or  be  devoured  by  wild  beasts. 
So  strong  were  popular  prejudices  and  suspicions  against  them, 
that  in  the  year  1348,  on  suspicion  of  their  having  poisoned  the 
springs  and  wells,  a  million  and  a  half  of  them  were  cruelly  mas- 
sacred. In  1492,  500,000  of  them  were  driven  out  of  Spain, 
and  150,000  from  Portugal,  and  even  at  the  present  moment  they 
are,  inmost  places,  subject  to  both  civil  incapacities  and  unchris- 
tian severities.  Yet,  notwithstanding  the  hatred  and  contempt  in 
which  they  are  held,  wherever  they  appear,  they  are  most  obsti- 
nately tenacious  of  the  religion  of  their  fathers,  although  their  an- 
cestors were  so  prone  to  apostatize  from  it ;  and  although  most 
of  them  seem  to  be  utter  strangers  to  piety,  and  pour  contempt 
on  the  moral  precepts  of  their  own  law,  they  are  most  obstinately 
attached  to  the  ceremonial  institutions  of  it,  burdensome  and  in- 
convenient as  they  are.  They  have  never  been  amalgamated 
with  any  of  the  nations  among  which  they  dwelt ;  they  remain  a 
distinct  people,  notwithstanding  their  numerous  dispersions ;  their 
numbers  are  not  diminished  ;  and,  were  they  collected  into  one 
body,  they  would  form  a  nation  as  numerous  and  powerful  as  in 
the  most  flourishing  periods  of  the  Jewish  commonwealth.  The 
existence  of  the  Jews  in  such  circumstances,  as  a  distinct  nation, 

<  so  contrary  to  the  history  of  every  other  nation,  and  to  the  course 
of  human  affairs  in  similar  cases,  may  justly  be  considered  as  a 
standing  miracle  for  the  truth  of  Divine  revelation.  Such  a  scene 
in  the  conduct  of  the  Divine  government  cannot  be  paralleled  in 
the  history  of  any  other  people  on  the  face  of  the  earth ;  and  their 

1  being  permitted  so  long  to  survive  the  dissolution  of  their  own 
state,  and  to  continue  a  distinct  nation,  is  doubtless  intended  for 
the  accomplishment  of  another  important  prediction,  viz.  that 
"  they  may  return  and  seek  the  Lord  their  God,  and  David  their 
king,  and  fear  the  Lord  and  his  goodness  in  the  latter  days."  In 
the  present  day,  we  perceive  a  tendency  towards  this  wished-for 
consummation.  Within  these  last  thirty  years,  a  greater  number 
of  Jews  has  been  converted  to  the  profession  of  the  Christian 
faith  than  had  happened  for  a  thousand  years  before.    And  when 

i  they  shall  be  collected  from  all  the  regions  in  which  they  are  now 

<  scattered,  and  brought  to  the  acknowledgment  of  Jesus  Christ  as 
the  true  Messiah,  and  to  submission  to  his  laws,  and  reinstated 
either  in  their  own  land  or  in  some  other  portion  of  the  globe, 


232  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 

Majesty  of  the  Scriptures. 


such  an  event  will  form  a  sensible  demonstration  of  the  divinity 
of  our  religion,  level  to  the  comprehension  of  all  nations,  and 
which  all  the  sneers  and  sophisms  of  skeptics  and  infidels  will 
never  be  able  to  withstand. 

The  internal  evidences  of  Christianity  are  those  which  are  de- 
duced from  the  nature  of  the  facts,  doctrines,  and  moral  precepts 
which  it  reveals,  and  from  the  harmony  and  consistency  of  all 
its  parts.  The  following  is  a  brief  summary  of  the  leading  views 
which  may  be  taken  of  this  subject. 

1.  The  dignity  and  majesty  of  the  style  in  which  many  portions 
of  the  Scriptures  are  written,  and  the  sublimity  of  many  of  the 
ideas  and  sentiments  they  contain,  are  strong  presumptions  of  their 
divine  original.  This  is  strikingly  exhibited  in  all  those  cases  in 
which  the  perfections  and  operations  of  the  Deity  are  brought 
into  view,  as  in  such  passages  as  the  following, — "  He  hangeth 
the  earth  upon  nothing  ;  he  bindeth  up  the  waters  in  his  thick 
clouds  ;  he  hath  compassed  the  waters  with  bounds,  until  the  day 
and  night  come  to  an  end  ;  the  pillars  of  heaven  tremble  and  are 
astonished  at  his  reproof.  He  divideth  the  sea  by  his  great  power ; 
by  his  spirit  he  hath  garnished  the  heavens.  Lo,  these  are  only 
parts  of  his  ways,  but  how  little  a  portion  is  heard  of  him,  and 
the  thunder  of  his  power  who  can  comprehend  V — "  By  the  word 
of  the  Lord  were  the  heavens  made  ;  he  spake  and  it  was  done, 
he  commanded  and  it  stood  fast." — "  Great  is  Jehovah,  and  of 
great  power :  his  greatness  is  unsearchable,  his  understanding  is 
infinite  ;  marvellous  things  doth  he,  which  we  cannot  compre- 
hend."— "  The  heaven,  even  the  heaven  of  heavens  cannot  con- 
tain him  ;  he  hath  prepared  his  throne  in  the  heavens,  and  his 
kingdom  ruleth  over  all.  He  doth  according  to  his  will  in  the  army 
of  heaven,  and  among  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth,  and  none  can 
stay  his  hand,  or  say  unto  him,  What  dost  thou?' — "Who  hath 
measured  the  ocean  in  the  hollow  of  his  hand,  and  meted  out 
heaven  with  the  span,  and  comprehended  the  dust  of  the  earth  in 
a  measure,  and  weighed  the  mountains  in  scales  and  the  hills  in 
a  balance.  Who  hath  directed  the  Spirit  of  the  Lord,  or,  being 
his  counsellor,  hath  taught  him  ?  Behold,  the  nations  are  as  a  drop 
of  a  bucket,  and  are  counted  as  the  small  dust  of  the  balance. 
Behold,  he  taketh  up  the  isles  as  a  very  little  thing.  All  na- 
tions before  him  are  as  nothing,  and  they  are  counted  to  him  less 
than  nothing,  and  vanity."  These  and  many  similar  passages  to 
be  found  in  the  sacred  writings,  far  surpass,  in  dignity  of  language 
and  sublimity  of  sentiment,  every  thing  that  is  to  be  found  in  the 
writings  of  the  most  celebrated  poets  and  philosophers  of  Greece 
and  Rome.     If  we  take  the  most  animated  poems  of  Homer, 


INTERNAL    EVIDENCES    OP    REVELATION.  233 

Majesty  of  Jehovah. 


Virgil,  or  Horace,  and  read  them  in  a  prose  translation,  as  we  do 
the  Scriptures,  they  appear  flat  and  jejune,  and  their  spirit  is  al- 
most evaporated  ;  and  the  words  they  put  into  the  mouths  of  their 
deities,  and  the  actions  they  ascribe  to  them,  are  frequently  both 
ridiculous  and  absurd,  calculated  to  excite  hatred  and  contempt, 
instead  of  adoration  and  reverence.  But  the  Scriptures  preserve 
their  sublimity  and  glory  even  in  the  most  literal  translation,  and  such 
a  translation  into  any  language  is  always  found  to  be  the  best ; 
and  it  has  uniformly  happened,  that  those  who  have  presumed  to 
heighten  the  expressions  by  a  poetical  translation  or  paraphrase 
have  failed  in  the  attempt.  It  indicates  an  utter  want  of  true  taste 
in  any  man  to  despise  or  undervalue  these  writings.  Were  it  not 
that  the  sacred  penmen  lay  claim  to  the  inspiration  of  the  Al- 
mighty, and  consequently,  set  themselves  in  direct  opposition  to 
pride,  lasciviousness,  revenge,  and  every  other  unholy  principle 
and  passion,  the  Bible,  in  point  of  the  beauty  and  sublimity  of  its 
sentiments,  and  the  variety  of  interesting  information  it  conveys, 
would  be  prized  more  highly  by  every  man  of  taste  than  all  the 
other  writings  either  of  poets,  philosophers,  or  historians  which 
have  descended  to  us  from  the  remotest  ages  of  antiquity. 

2.  The  Christian  religion  exhibits  the  most  rational,  sublime,  and 
consistent  views  of  the  Divine  Being.     It  represents  him  as  self- 
existent  and  independent,  and  as  "  the  high  and  lofty  One  who 
inhabited  eternity,"  before  the  universe  was  brought  into  exist- 
ence, in  whose  sight  "  a  thousand  years  are  as  one  day,  and  one 
day  as  a  thousand  years."     It  represents  him  as  filling  the  im- 
mensity of  space  with  his  presence,  as  having  the  most  intimate 
knowledge  of  all  creatures  and  events  throughout  the  vast  crea- 
tion, as  the  Creator  of  heaven  and  earth,  as  possessed  of  un- 
controllable power,  infinite  wisdom  and  intelligence,  boundless 
benevolence  and  mercy,  perfect  rectitude  and  holiness,  and  invio- 
lable faithfulness  and  truth.     It  represents  his  providential  care 
as  extending  to  all  the  creatures  he  has  formed,  and  to  all  their 
movements,  however  numerous  or  minute  ;  animating  the  vege- 
table and  animal  tribes,  setting  bounds  to  the  raging  billows, 
"  thundering  marvellously  with  his  voice,  sending  lightnings  with 
rain,"  having  "  his  way  in  the  whirlwind  and  the  storm,"  making 
"  the  earth  to  quake  at  his  presence,"  shining  in  the  stars,  glow- 
ing in  the  sun,  and  moving  with  his  hands  the  mighty  worlds 
which  compose  the  universe.   It  represents  him  as  governing  the 
universe  of  minds  which  he  has  formed,  as  having  the  "  hearts" 
and  purposes  "  of  all  men  in  his  hand,"  and  as  directing  all  the 
mysterious  and  wonderful  powers  of  knowledge  and  moral  action 
to  fulfil  his  purposes  throughout  the  whole  extent  of  his  immense 
20* 


234  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Assurance  of  a  Future  Existence. 


and  eternal  empire.  Such  a  Being,  when  properly  contemplated, 
is  calculated  to  draw  forth  the  love  and  adoration  of  all  rational 
beings  ;  and  wherever  Christianity  has  imparted  a  knowledge  of 
these  attributes  of  the  Divinity,  idolatry  and  superstition,  with  all 
their  absurdities,  abominations,  and  horrid  cruelties,  have  gradu- 
ally disappeared. 

3.  Christianity  has  given  us  full  assurance  of  the  immortality 
of  man,  and  of  a  future  state  of  punishments  and  rewards.  No- 
thing can  be  of  more  importance  to  every  human  being  than  to 
be  assured  of  his  eternal  destination.  Without  the  discoveries  of 
Christianity,  we  can  attain  to  no  absolute  certainty  on  this  mo- 
mentous subject.  The  greatest  philosophers  of  the  heathen  world 
considered  the  arguments  in  favour  of  man's  immortal  destiny  as 
amounting  only  to  a  certain  degree  of  probability,  and  their  minds 
were  continually  hanging  in  doubt  and  uncertainty,  as  to  what 
might  befall  them  at  the  hour  of  dissolution.  The  most  powerful 
arguments  in  proof  of  a  future  retribution  are  founded  on  the 
justice,  the  benevolence,  and  the  wisdom  of  the  Deity  ;  but  it  is 
questionable  whether  we  should  ever  have  acquired  clear  concep- 
tions of  these  attributes  of  the  Divinity  without  the  aid  of  the 
revelations  of  the  Bible.  On  this  most  important  point,  however, 
Christianity  dissipates  every  obscurity,  dispels  every  doubt,  and 
sets  the  doctrine  of  "  life  and  immortality"  beyond  the  grave,  in 
the  clearest  light,  not  by  metaphysical  reasonings,  unintelligible  to 
the  bulk  of  mankind,  but  by  the  positive  declarations  of  him  who 
hath  "  all  power  in  heaven  and  on  earth."  It  gives  full  assurance 
to  all  who  devote  themselves  to  the  service  of  God,  and  conform 
to  his  will,  that  "  when  their  earthly  tabernacles  are  dissolved, 
they  have  a  building  of  God,  an  house  not  made  with  hands,  eter- 
nal in  the  heavens  ;"  and  that  "  the  afflictions"  to  which  they  are 
now  exposed  "  work  out  for  them  an  eternal  weight  of  glory." 
And  to  console  them  in  the  prospect  of  dropping  their  bodies  into 
the  grave,  they  are  assured,  that  the  period  is  approaching  when 
their  mental  frame  "  shall  put  on  immortality,"  and  when  "  all  who 
are  in  their  graves  shall  hear  the  voice  of  the  Son  of  God,  and 
shall  come  forth,  they  that  have  done  good  to  the  resurrection 
of  life,  and  they  that  have  done  evil  to  the  resurrection  of  con- 
demnation." 

4.  Christianity  clearly  points  oat  the  way  by  which  pardon  of  sin 
may  be  obtained  by  the  guilty.  Reason  discovers  that  man  is 
guilty,  and  at  the  same  time  perceives  that  a  sinner  deserves  pu- 
nishment. Hence,  the  remorse  and  the  fears  with  which  the  con- 
sciences of  sinners  in  (very  age  have  been  tormented.  "  Where- 
withal shall  I  come  before  the  Lord  ?  Shalll  come  with  thousands 


INTERNAL    EVIDENCES    OF    REVELATION.  235 

Christianity  the  best  System  of  ^Morality. 

of  burnt- offerings  1  Shall  I  offer  my  first-born  for  my  transgres- 
sions, the  fruit  of  my  body  for  the  sin  of  my  soul  ?"  are  the  anxious 
inquiries  of  every  sinner  who  feels  conscious  that  he  has  violated 
the  laws  of  Heaven.  Hence  the  numerous  modes  by  which  pagan 
nations  have  attempted  to  appease  the  wrath  of  their  deities  ;  hence 
their  sacrifices,  their  burnt-offerings,  their  bodily  tortures,  their 
human  victims,  and  the  rivers  of  blood  which  have  flowed  in  their 
temples  and  upon  their  altars.  But  reason  could  never  prove 
that  by  any  of  these  modes  sin  could  be  expiated,  and  the  Deity 
rendered  propitious.  Christianity  alone  unfolds  the  plan  of  re- 
demption, and  the  way  by  which  guilty  men  may  obtain  forgiveness 
and  acceptance  in  the  sight  of  him  whose  laws  they  have  violated. 
It  declares,  "that  Christ  Jesus  died  for  our  offences,  and  rose  again 
for  our  justification  ;"  that "  God  hath  set  him  forth  as  a  propitiation 
to  declare  his  righteousness  in  the  remission  of  sins,"  and  that, 
having  made  so  costly  a  sacrifice  for  the  sins  of  the  world,  he  will 
refuse  nothing  that  can  contribute  to  the  present  and  everlasting 
happiness  of  the  believer  in  Jesus.  "  He  who  spared  not  his  own 
Son,  but  delivered  him  up  for  us  all,  how  shall  he  not  with  him  also 
freely  give  us  all  things  V9  Such  declarations,  when  cordially 
received,  are  sufficient  to  allay  all  the  fears  of  a  guilty  conscience, 
to  inspire  the  soul  with  holy  love  and  gratitude,  and  to  produce 
"  a  peace  of  mind  that  passeth  all  understanding." 

5.  Christianity  inculcates  the  purest  and  most  comprehensive 
system  of  morality.  Its  moral  requisitions  are  all  comprehended 
under  the  two  following  rules  or  principles,  "  Thou  shalt  love  the 
Lord  thy  God  with  all  thy  heart,"  and  "  Thou  shalt  love  thy  neigh- 
bour as  thyself,"  which  diverge  into  numberless  ramifications.  It 
could  easily  be  shown,  that  these  principles  are  sufficient  to 
form  the  basis  of  a  moral  code  for  the  whole  intelligent  creation, 
that  they  are  calculated  to  unite  the  creature  to  the  Creator,  and 
all  rational  beings  with  one  another,  wherever  they  may  exist 
throughout  the  boundless  empire  of  the  Almighty ;  and  that  peace, 
order,  and  happiness  whould  be  the  invariable  and  necessary  results 
wherever  their  influence  extended.  If  the  love  of  God  reigned 
supreme  in  every  heart,  there  would  be  no  superstition  or  idolatry 
in  the  universe,  nor  any  of  the  crimes  and  abominations  with  which 
they  have  been  accompanied  in  our  world, — no  blasphemy  or  pro- 
fanation of  the  name  of  Jehovah, — no  perjury,  hypocrisy,  arro- 
gance, pride,  ingratitude,  nor  mumurings  under  the  allotments  of 
Divine  Providence.  And  if  every  moral  intelligence  loved  his 
fellow-creatures  as  himself,  there  would  be  no  rivalships  and  an- 
tipathies between  nations,  and,  consequently,  no  wars,  devastation, 
nor  carnage, — no  tyranny,  haughtiness,  or  oppression  among  the 


236  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Superiority  of  the  Precepts  of  Christianity. 


great,  nor  envy,  discontent,  or  insubordination  among  the  lower 
classes  of  society, — no  systems  of  slavery,  nor  persecutions  on 
account  of  religious  opinions, — no  murders,  thefts,  robberies,  or 
assassinations, — no  treacherous  frendships,  nor  fraud  and  deceit 
in  commercial  transactions, — no  implacable  resentments  among 
friends  and  relatives,  and  no  ingratitude  or  disobedience  among 
children  or  servants.  On  the  other  hand,  meekness,  long-suffer- 
ing,  gentleness,  humility,  temperance,  fidelity,  brotherly-kindness, 
and  sacred  joy,  would  pervade  every  heart,  and  transform  our 
world  from  a  scene  of  contention  and  misery  to  a  moral  paradise. 
The  comprehensive  nature  of  these  laws  or  principles,  and  their 
tendency  to  produce  universal  order  and  happiness  among  all  in- 
telligences, form,  therefore,  a  strong  presumptive  argument  of 
their  divine  original. 

There  are  certain  Christian  precepts,  different  from  all  that 
were  ever  taught  by  the  sages  of  the  pagan  world,  and  in  direct 
opposition  to  their  most  favourite  maxims,  which  might  be  shown 
to  have  the  same  beneficial  tendency.     For  example,  it  is  one  of 
the  precepts  laid  down  by  the  Founder  of  our  religion,  "  Resist 
not  evil,  but  whosoever  shall  smite  thee  on  the  right  cheek,  turn 
to  him  the  other  also, "  &c;   and  in  accordance  with  this  precept 
he  propounds  the  following :  "  Love  your  enemies,  do  good  to 
them  that  hate  you,  and  pray  for  them  who  despitefully  use  you 
and  persecute  you."     And  he  enforces  it  by  one  of  the  most 
sublime  and  beautiful  motives,  "  That  ye  may  be  the  children  of 
your  Father  who  is  in  heaven,  for  he  maketh  his  sun  to  rise  on 
the  evil  and  on  the  good,  and  sendeth  rain  on  the  just  and  on  the 
unjust."     Now,  these  precepts  of  morality  are  not  only  original, 
and  peculiar  to  the  Christian  system,  but  they  are  in  direct  op- 
position to  all  the  virtues  generally  denominated  heroic,  and  which 
are  so  much  celebrated  by  the  poets,  philosophers,  and  historians 
of  antiquity.     While  the  annals  of  history  proclaim  that  the  exer- 
cise of  the  heroic  virtues  (among  which  are  classed  implacability 
and  revenge)  has  banished  peace  from  the  world,  and  covered  the 
earth  with  devastation  and  bloodshed,  it  could  easily  be  shown, 
that  were  the  virtues    inculcated  by    our  Saviour    universally 
practised,  there  would  not  be  an  enemy  on  the  face  of  the  globe, 
wars  would  cease  to  the  ends  of  the  earth,  and  the  whole  world 
would  form  one  vast  community  of  friends  and  brethren.    Where- 
as, were  the  opposite  dispositions  universal,  and  uncontrolled  by 
any  counteracting  principle,  they  would  produce  a  scene  of  uni- 
\<:stl   contention  and  misery   throughout  the   moral  universe. 
Another  disposition  peculiar  to  the  Christian  system,  and  which 
is  enforce  d  throughout  both  the  Old  and  n.e  New  Testament,  is 


MORAL    LAWS    OF    REVELATION. 


23? 


Christian  Virtues  truly  Heroic. 


humility.  So  little  was  this  disposition  regardecTby  the  ancient 
heathen  world,  that  in  the  classical  languages  of  Greece  and 
Rome  there  is  no  word  to  denote  the  virtue  of  humility.  It  is 
a  quality,  however,  which  results  so  naturally  out  of  the  relation 
in  which  man  stands  to  his  Maker,  and  is  so  correspondent  to  the 
low  rank  which  he  holds  in  the  scale  of  universal  being,  that  the 
religion  which  so  powerfully  enjoins  it  may  be  said  to  have  "  a 
sign  from  heaven"  that  it  proceeds  from  God.  And  in  his  inter'* 
courses  in  society,  a  man  will  always  find  that  there  is  a  far 
higher  degree  of  quiet  and  satisfaction  to  be  enjoyed  by  hum- 
bling himself,  than  by  endeavouring  to  humble  others ;  for  every 
arrogant  and  haughty  spirit  will  uniformly  smart  under  the  feel- 
ings of  wounded  pride  and  disappointed  ambition. 

The  Christian  virtues  to  which  I  have  now  adverted  ought  not 
to  be  considered  as  the  characteristics  of  a  mean  and  unmanly  spi- 
rit, or  as  contrary  to  the  dignity  and  energy  of  the  human  cha- 
racter.     The  apostles  and  first  Christians,  who  uniformly  prac- 
tised these  virtues,  were  distinguished  by  undaunted  fortitude  and 
almost  unparalleled  intrepidity.      They  advocated  their  cause, 
before  princes  and  rulers,  with  the  utmost  dignity  and  composure  ; 
they  were  ready  to  suffer  the  greatest  persecutions,  and  even  the 
most  excruciating  torments,  rather  than  betray  the  sacred  cause 
in  which  they  had  embarked  ;  and  one  of  them  had  the  boldness, 
when  brought  before  the  Roman  governor  as  a  prisoner,  to  ar- 
raign the  very  vices  for  which  he  was  notorious,  and  to  make  the 
profligate  judge  tremble  in  bis  presence.*  So  far  from  these  virtues 
being  mean  or  unmanly,  they  We  the  principal  qualities  that  are 
justly  entitled  to  the  epithet  heroic ;  for  they  are  the  most  difficult  to 
be  acquired  and  sustained,  as  they  run  counter  to  the  general  cur- 
rent of  human  passion  and  feeling,  and  to  all  the*  corrupt  propen- 
sities of  the  nature  of  man.  A  man  may  have  sufficient  heroism  to 
bombard  a  town,  or  to  conquer  an  army,  and  yet  be  altogether  un- 
able to  regulate  his  temper,  or  subdue  his  boisterous   passions. 
But  "  he  that  is  slow  to  anger  is  better  than  the  mighty,  and  he  that 
ruleth  his  spirit  than  he  that  taketh  a  city."     In  the  one  case,  we 
strive  against  the  corrupt  affections  of  our  nature  ;  in  the  other 
(as  in  giving  vent  to  implacability  and  revenge),  we  give  loose 
reins  to  our  malignant  passions.     In  the  one  case,  we  struggle 
against  the  stream,  in  order  to  obtain  safety  and  repose ;  in  the 
other,  we  allow  ourselves  to  be  hurried  along  with  the  current, 
regardless  of  the  rocks  against  which  we  may  be  dashed,  or  the  whirl- 
pools in  which  we  may  be  ingulfed.     In  proportion,  then,  as  the 


*  Acts  xxiv.  25, 


' 


23S  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Christianity  the  true  Source  of  present  Happiness. 


Christian  virtues  prevail  in  any  community,  will  quarrels  and  con- 
tentions, and  every  thing  destructive  of  human  enjoyment,  be  effec- 
tually prevented,  and  happiness  diffused  among  all  ranks  of  society. 

In  short,  Christianity,  in  its  moral  requisitions,  enjoins  every 
relative  and  reciprocal  duty  between  parents  and  children,  mas- 
ters and  servants,  husbands  and  wives,  governors  and  subjects ; 
and  not  only  enforces  the  practice  of  justice  and  equity  in  all  such 
relations,  but  inspires  the  most  sublime  and  extensive  charity, — 
a  boundless  and  disinterested  effusion  of  tenderness  for  the 
whole  species,  which  feels  for  their  distress,  and  operates  for  their 
relief  and  improvement.  It  prescribes  no  self-denial,  except 
with  regard  to  sinful  lusts  and  depraved  passions  ;  no  mortifica- 
tion, except  of  evil  affections  ;  it  gives  full  scope  to  every  feeling 
that  contributes  to  the  real  enjoyment  of  life,  while  it  guards,  by 
the  most  awful  sanctions,  every  duty  the  observance  of  which  is 
necessary  for  our  present  and  future  happiness.  It  extends  our 
views  beyond  the  limits  of  the  present  state,  and  shows  us  that 
the  future  happiness  of  man  is  connected  with  his  present  con- 
duct, and  that  every  action  of  our  lives  should  have  a  reference 
to  that  immortal  existence  to  which  we  are  destined.  But  it 
never  insinuates,  that  earth  and  heaven  are  opposed  to  each  other 
as  to  their  duties  and  enjoyments,  or  that  we  must  be  miserable 
here,  in  order  to  be  happy  hereafter.  For  while  it  prescribes 
rules  which  have  for  their  ultimate  object  our  happiness  in  a  future 
world,  the  observance  of  these  rules  is  calculated  to  secure  our 
highest  enjoyment  even  in  the  present  life  ;  and  every  one  who 
has  devoted  himself  to  the  practice  of  genuine  Christianity  has 
uniformly  found,  that  "  godliness  is  profitable  unto  all  things, 
having  the  promise  both  of  the  life  that  now  is,  and  of  that  which 
is  to  come."  On  the  characteristics  of  the  moral  code  of  Chris- 
tianity, then,  I  should  scarcely  hesitate  to  rest  almost  the  whole 
of  the  internal  evidence  of  its  divine  original.  For  laws  which 
have  a  tendency  to  unite  in  a  bond  of  affectionate  union  the  whole 
intelligent  creation, — which,  if  practised,  would  undermine  every 
species  of  moral  evil,  and  promote  peace  and  happiness  over 
all  the  earth,  and  which  are  equally  calculated  to  produce  true  en- 
joyment in  this  world,  and  to  prepare  us  for  the  higher  felicities 
of  the  world  to  come, — must  have  had  their  origin  in  the  mind 
of  that  Almighty  Being  whose  omniscient  eye  perceives  all  the 
effects  of  every  principle  of  action,  and  all  the  relations  which  sub- 
sist throughout  the  moral  universe. 

6.  Christianity  explains  certain  moral  phenomena  which  would 
otherwise  have  been  inexplicable,  and  affords  strong  consolation 
under  the  evils  of  life.     It  throws  a  light  on  the  origin  of  evil, 


INFORMATION    DERIVED    FROM    REVELATION.  239 


Evanescence  of  Mundane  Afflictions. 


and  the  disorders  both  of  the  physical  and  moral  world,  by  in- 
forming us  that  man  has  lost  his  original  happiness  and  integrity, 
that  the  earth  has  been  defiled  by  his  sin  and  rebellion,  and  that 
it  is  no  longer  the  beautiful  and  magnificent  fabric  which  it  ap- 
peared during  the  period  of  primeval  innocence.  On  the  same 
ground,  it  discovers  the  reason  why  death  has  been  permitted  to 
enter  our  terrestrial  system,  and  the  cause  of  all  those  afflictions 
and  calamities  to  which  mankind  are  subjected.  It  presents  be- 
fore us  principles  sufficient  to  explain  most  of  the  apparent  irre- 
gularities and  mysterious  operations  which  appear  in  the  moral 
government  of  the  Almighty, — why  storms  and  tempests,  earth- 
quakes and  volcanoes,  are  permitted  to  produce  their  ravages, — 
why  the  wicked  so  frequently  enjoy  prosperity,  while  the  virtuous 
groan  under  the  pressure  of  adversity, — why  tyranny  is  establish- 
ed and  vice  enthroned,  while  virtue  is  despised,  and  love  to  truth 
and  righteousness  sometimes  exposes  its  votary  to  intolerable 
calamities.  All  such  occurrences,  under  the  government  of  God, 
are  accounted  for  on  these  general  principles, — that  they  fulfil  his 
counsel, — that  they  are  subservient  to  the  accomplishment  of 
some  higher  designs  of  which  we  are  partly  ignorant, — and  that 
the  justice  and  equity  of  his  procedure  will  be  fully  displayed 
and  vindicated  in  the  future  world,  where  "  every  man  will  be  re- 
warded according  to  his  works."  And  as  Christianity  explains 
the  cause  of  the  physical  and  moral  evils  which  exist  in  our 
world,  so  it  affords  strong  consolation  to  the  minds  of  its  vota- 
ries under  the  afflictions  to  which  they  are  now  exposed.  For, 
what  is  death  to  that  mind  which  considers  immortality  as  the 
career  of  its  existence  ?  What  are  the  frowns  of  fortune  to  him 
who  claims  an  eternal  world  as  his  inheritance  ?  What  is  the 
loss  of  friends  to  that  heart  which  feels  that  it  shall  quickly  rejoin 
thern  in  a  more  intimate  and  permanent  intercourse  than  any  of 
which  the  present  life  is  susceptible  ?  What  are  the  changes  and 
revolutions  of  earthly  things  to  a  mind  which  uniformly  antici- 
pates a  state  of  unchangeable  felicity  ?  As  earth  is  but  a  point 
in  the  universe,  and  time  but  a  moment  in  infinite  duration,  such 
are  the  hopes  of  the  Christian  in  comparison  of  every  sublunary 
misfortune. 

7.  Revelation  communicates  to  us  a  knowledge  of  facts  and 
doctrines  which  we  could  not  otherwise  have  acquired.  It  in- 
forms us,  that  the  Deity  existed  alone  innumerable  ages  before 
time  began, — that  the  material  universe  was  brought  into  existence 
at  his  command,  and  by  the  exertion  of  his  Almighty  power, — and 
that  the  earth,  in  its  present  form,  had  no  existence  at  a  period  seven 
thousand  years  beyond  the  present.     It  informs  us  of  the  man- 


240  ON    THE    CENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Beneficial  Effects  of  Christianity. 


ner  in  which  this  glohc  was  first  peopled,  of  the  primeval  state  of 
its  first  inhabitants,  of  their  fall  from  the  state  of  innocence  and 
purity  in  which  they  were  at  first  created,  of  the  increase  of  wick- 
edness which  followed  the  entrance  of  sin  into  the  world,  of  the 
deluge  which  swept  away  its  inhabitants,  and  of  which  the  most 
evident  traces  are  still  visible  on  the  surface  and  in  the  bowels  of 
the  earth, — and  of  the  manner  in  w  hich  Noah  and  his  family  were 
preserved  from  this  universal  destruction,  for  the  repeopling  of  the 
world.  It  informs  us  of  the  time,  manner,  and  circumstances  in 
which  the  various  languages  which  now  exist  had  their  origin — a 
subject  which  completely  puzzled  all  the  ancient  philosophers, 
which  they  could  never  explain,  and  on  which  no  other  history  nor 
tradition  could  throw  the  least  degree  of  light.  It  unfolds  to  us 
views  of  the  state  of  society  in  the  ages  which  succeeded  the  de- 
luge, of  the  countries  into  which  mankind  were  dispersed,  and  of 
the  empires  which  they  founded.  It  records  the  history  of  Abra- 
ham, the  legislation  of  Moses,  the  deliverance  of  the  tribes  of 
Israel  from  Egypt,  their  passage  through  the  Red  Sea,  their  jour- 
neyings  through  the  deserts  of  Arabia,  under  the  guidance  of  the 
pillar  of  cloud  and  of  fire,  and  their  conquest  of  the  land  of 
Canaan.  It  informs  us  of  a  succession  of  prophets  that  were 
raised  up  to  announce  the  coming  of  Messiah,  and  to  foretel  the  most 
remarkable  events  that  w7ere  to  take  place  in  the  future  ages  of 
the  world, — of  the  appearance  of  Jesus  Christ,  of  the  promulga- 
tion of  his  gospel,  and  the  miraculous  effects  with  which  it  was 
accompanied.  All  which  events,  as  explained  and  illustrated  in 
the  Sacred  History,  form  one  grand  series  of  dispensations,  which 
is,  in  the  highest  degree,  illustrative  of  the  power,  wisdom,  good- 
ness, and  rectitude  of  the  Supreme  Being, — and  of  which  no  other 
records  can  give  us  any  certain  information. 

8.  The  beneficial  effects  which  Christianity  has  produced  in  the 
uorld  constitute  a  most  powerful  evidence  of  its  divinity.  One 
striking  effect  it  has  produced  is,  the  superior  light  it  has  thrown 
on  the  great  objects  of  religion,  and  the  knowledge  it  has  commu- 
nicated respecting  its  moral  requisitions.  Wherever  it  has  been 
received,  it  has  completely  banished  the  absurd  systems  of  poly- 
theism and  pagan  idolatry,  with  all  the  cruel  and  obscene  rites  with 
which  they  were  accompanied  ;  and,  in  their  place,  has  substituted 
a  system  of  doctrine  and  practice,  not  only  pure  and  rational,  but 
level  to  the  comprehension  of  the  lowest  class  of  society.  A 
mechanic  or  peasant,  instructed  in  the  leading  principles  of  reve- 
lation, now  entertains  more  just  and  consistent  notions  of  God,  of 
his  perfections,  his  laws,  and  the  plan  of  his  universal  providence, 
than  the  most  renowned  philosophers  of  ancient  times  ever  ac- 


BENEFICIAL    EFFECTS    OF    CHRISTIANITY.  241 

Inhumanity  of  Paganism. 


quired.  Christianity  has  produced  an  influence  even  on  the  progress 
of  the  arts  and  of  rational  science  ;  for  wherever  it  has  been  esta- 
blished, they  have  uniformly  followed  in  its  train ;  and  the  latest 
discoveries  in  philosophy,  so  far  from  being  repugnant  to  its  doc- 
trines and  facts,  are  in  perfect  consistency  with  all  its  revelations, 
and  tend  to  illustrate  many  of  its  sublime  annunciations.  With 
regard  to  practice — it  has  introduced  many  virtues  which  were 
altogether  unknown  in  the  heathen  world.  Instead  of  sottish 
idolatry,  lasciviousness,  unnatural  lusts,  pride,  ostentation,  and 
ambition,  it  has  introduced,  among  all  who  submit  to  its  authority, 
rational  piety,  humility,  moderation,  self-denial,  charity,  meekness, 
patience  under  affronts  and  injuries,  resignation  to  the  will  of  God, 
brotherly  kindness,  and  active  beneficence.  In  the  first  ages  of 
Christianity,  such  virtues  were  eminently  conspicuous.  "  See," 
said  the  heathen,  "  how  these  Christians,  love  one  another." 
Lactantius,  one  of  the  early  apologists,  was  able  to  say,  in  the 
face  of  his  antagonists,  "  Give  me  a  man  who  is  wrathful,  mali- 
cious, revengeful,  and,  with  a  few  words  of  God,  I  will  make  him 
calm  as  a  lamb  ;  give  me  one  that  is  a  covetous,  niggardly  miser, 
and  I  will  give  you  him  again  liberal,  bountiful,  and  dealing  out 
of  his  money  by  handfuls  ;  give  me  one  that  is  fearful  of  pain  and 
death,  and  immediately  he  shall  despise  racks  and  crosses,  and 
the  most  dreadful  punishments  you  can  invent." 

Its  influence  on  communities  and  nations  is  no  less  evident,  in 
the  changes  it  has  introduced  in  the  circumstances  of  domestic 
life,  and  the  barbarous  practices  it  has  completely  abolished. 
When  it  made  its  way  through  the  Roman  empire,  it  abolished 
the  unnatural  practice  of  polygamy  and  concubinage,  reduced  the 
number  of  divorces,  and  mitigated  the  rigour  of  servitude,  which, 
among  the  Romans,  was  cruel  and  severe — masters  being  often 
so  inhuman  as  to  remove  aged,  sick,  or  infirm  slaves  into  an 

'  island  in  the  Tiber,  where  they  suffered  them  to  perish  without 
pity  or  assistance.  Polished  and  polite  as  the  Romans  have  been 
generally  considered,  they  indulged  in  the  most  barbarous  enter- 
tainments.    They  delighted  to  behold  men  combating  with  wild 

.  beasts  and  with  one  another  ;  and  we  are  informed  by  respectable 
historians,  that  the  fights  of  gladiators  sometimes  deprived  Europe 
of  twenty  thousand  lives  in  one  month.  Neither  the  humanity  of 
Titus,  nor  the  wisdom  and  virtue  of  Trajan,  could  abolish  these 
barbarous  spectacles,  till  the  gentle  and  humane  spirit  of  the 

,  gospel  put  a  final  period  to  such  savage  practices,  and  they  can 

I  never  again  be  resumed  in  any  nation  where  its  light  is  diffused, 
and  its  authority  acknowledged.     It  humanized  the  barbarous 
hordes  that  overturned  the  Roman  empire,  and  softened  their 
21 


212  ON   THE  GENERAL  DIFFUSION  OF  KNOWLEDGE, 


South  Sea  Islanders. 


ferocious  tempers,  as  soon  as  they  embraced  its  principles  and 
yielded  to  its  influence.  It  civilized,  and  raised  from  moral  and 
intellectual  degradation,  the  wild  Irish,  and  our  forefathers  the 
ancient  Britons,  who  were  classed  among  the  rudest  of  barba- 
rians till  the  time  when  they  were  converted  to  the  religion  of 
Jesus ;  so  that  the  knowledge  we  now  see  diffused  around  us, 
the  civilization  to  which  we  have  advanced,  the  moral  order  which 
prevails,  the  beauties  which  adorn  our  cultivated  fields,  the  com- 
forts and  decorations  connected  with  our  cities  and  towns,  and 
the  recent  improved  state  of  the  arts  and  sciences,  may  all  be 
considered  as  so  many  of  the  beneficial  effects  which  the  Christian 
religion  has  produced  among  us. 

In  our  own  times,  we  have  beheld  effects  no  less  powerful  and 
astonishing,  in  the  moral  revolution  which  Christianity  has  lately 
produced  in  Tahiti,  and  the  adjacent  islands  in  the  Southern 
ocean.     In  this  instance,  we  behold  a  people  who,  a  few  years 
ago,  were  among  the  most  degraded  of  the  human  race — who 
were  under  the  influence  of  the  most  cruel  superstitions  and 
idolatries — who  adored  the  most  despicable  idols — who  sacrificed 
on  their  altars  multitudes  of  human  victims,  and  were  plunged 
into  all  the  vices  and  debaucheries  and  vile  abominations  which 
can  debase  the  character  of  man — we  behold  them  now  trans- 
formed into  civilized  and  Christian  societies — their  minds  enlight- 
ened in  the  knowledge  of  the  true  God,  their  tempers  moulded 
into  the  spirit  of  the  religion  of  Jesus, — their  savage  practices 
abolished, — industry,  peace,  and  moral  order  spreading   their 
benign  influence  on  all  around,  and  multitudes  rejoicing  in  the 
prospect  of  a  blessed  immortality.     Where  barrenness  and  deso- 
lation formerly  prevailed,  and  where  only  a  few  savage  huts 
appeared,  open  to  the  wind  and  rain,  beautiful  villages  are  now 
arising,  furnished  with  all  the  comforts  and  accommodations  of 
civilized  life.    Where  pagan  altars  lately  stood,  and  human  victims 
were  cruelly  butchered,  spacious  temples  are  now  erected  for  the 
worship  of  "  the  God  and  Father  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,"  and 
seminaries  for  the  literary  and  religious  instruction  of  the  young. 
Where  sanguinary  battles  were  fought,  amid  the  furious  yells  of 
savage  combatants,  who  cruelly  massacred  every  prisoner  of  war, 
the  voice  of  rejoicing  and  of  thanksgiving  is  now  heard  ascending 
to  Heaven  from  the  peaceable  "  dwellings  of  the  righteous," — 
all  which  effects  have  been  produced,  within  less  than  twenty 
years,  by  the  powerful  and  benign  agency  of  the  gospel  of  peace.* 


*  For  a  particular  account  of  this  moral  revolution  which  has  recently  taken 
plaee  in  the  Society  and  other  islands  of  the  Pacific,  the  reader  is  referred  to 
"  Ellis's  Polynesian  Researches,"  4  vols.  12mo. 


BENEFICIAL    EFFECTS    OF    CHRISTIANITY.  243 

Extracts  from  Montesquieu. 

Even  war  itself — the  most  disgraceful  and  diabolical  practice 
in  which  mankind  have  indulged,  and  which  will  affix  an  eternal 
stigma  on  the  human  character — -even  war  has  assumed  some- 
thing of  the  spirit  of  mildness  and  humanity,  compared  with  the 
savage  ferocity  with  which  it  was  conducted  during  the  reign  of 
heathenism.  Prisoners  are  no  longer  massacred  in  cold  blood  ; 
the  conquered  are  spared,  and  their  liberty  frequently  restored  ; 
and,  were  the  principles  of  Christianity  recognised,  and  univer- 
sally acted  upon  by  professing  Christian  nations,  the  spirit  of 
warfare  would  soon  be  wholly  terminated,  and  peace  would  extend 
its  benign  influence  over  all  the  kingdoms  and  families  of  the 
earth.  The  celebrated  Montesquieu,  in  his  "  Spirit  of  Laws," 
has  observed,  "  The  mildness  so  frequently  recommended  in  the 
gospel  is  incompatible  with  the  despotic  rage  with  which  an  arbi- 
trary tyrant  punishes  his  subjects  and  exercises  himself  in  cruelty. 
It  is  the  Christian  religion  which,  in  spite  of  the  extent  of  empire 
and  the  influence  of  climate,  has  rendered  despotism  from  being 
established  in  Ethiopia,  and  has  carried  into  Africa  the  manners 
of  Europe.  The  heir  to  the  throne  of  Ethiopia  enjoys  a  princi- 
pality, and  gives  to  other  subjects  an  example  of  love  and  obedi- 
ence. Not  far  from  hence  may  be  seen  the  Mohammedan  shutting 
up  the  children  of  the  king  of  Senaar,  at  whose  death  the  council 
sends  to  murder  them  in  favour  of  the  prince  who  ascends  the 
throne." — "  Let  us  set  before  our  eyes,  on  the  one  hand,  the 
continual  massacres  of  the  kings  and  generals  of  the  Greeks  and 
Romans,  and  on  the  other  the  destruction  of  people  and  cities 
by  the  famous  conquerors  Timur  Beg  and  Jenghis  Khan,  who 
ravaged  Asia,  and  we  shall  perceive,  that  we  owe  to  Christianity 
in  government  a  certain  political  law,  and  in  war  a  certain  law 
of  nations,  which  allows  to  the  conquered  the  great  advantages 
of  liberty,  laws,  wealth,  and  always  religion,  when  the  conqueror 
is  not  blind  to  his  own  interest." 

But  Christianity  has  not  only  abolished  many  barbarous  prac- 
tices ;  it  has  likewise  given  birth  to  numerous  benevolent  institu- 
tions and  establishments  altogether  unknown  in  pagan  countries. 
Let  us  consider  the  numerous  schools  for  the  instruction  of  youth 
in  useful  knowledge  and  in  the  principles  of  religion,  which  are 
erected  in  all  towns  and  villages  in  Christian  countries,  the  nume- 

1  rous  churches  and  chapels  devoted  to  the  worship  of  God,  and  to 
the  instruction  and  comfort  of  individuals  of  every  condition,  age, 

s  and  sex, — the  colleges  and  academies  which  have  been  founded 
for  imparting  knowledge  in  literature,  and  in  arts  and  sciences, — 
the  numerous  philanthropic  societies  which  have  been  formed  for 
the  relief  of  the  aged,  the  infirm,  and  the  destitute  sick, — the  edu- 


244  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Christianity  of  Universal  Adaptation. 


cation  o(  the  deaf  and  dumb, — the  reformation  of  the  criminal 
code, — the  improvement  of  prison  discipline, — the  reformation  of 
juvenile  offenders, — the  aiding  of  the  friendless,  the  orphan,  and 
the  widow, — the  literary  and  moral  instruction  of  the  children  of 
the  poor, — the  relief  of  destitute  imprisoned  dehtors, — the  im- 
provement of  the  destitute  condition  of  the  labouring  classes, — 
the  promotion  of  permanent  and  universal  peace, — the  diffusion 
of  the  knowledge  of  the  Christian  religion  throughout  every  region 
of  the  globe,  and  for  various  other  benevolent  purposes,  all  cal- 
culated to  alleviate  the  distresses  of  suffering  humanity,  to  extend 
the  blessings  of  knowledge,  and  to  communicate  enjoyment  to  all 
ranks  of  mankind  ;  and  we  may  challenge  the  enemies  of  our  re- 
ligion to  point  out  similar  institutions  in  any  pagan  country  under 
heaven  that  has  never  felt  the  influence  of  Christianity.  And  if 
such  beneficent  effects  are  the  native  result  of  the  benevolent  and 
expansive  spirit  of  Christianity,  they  form  a  strong  presumptive 
evidence,  independently  of  any  other  consideration,  that  it  derived 
its  origin  from  that  Almighty  Being  who  is  good  to  all,  and  whose 
"  tender  mercies  are  over  all  his  works." 

In  fine,   Christianity  is  adapted  to  every  country  and  every 
clime.     Its  doctrines  and  precepts  are  equally  calculated  to  pro- 
mote the  happiness  of  princes  and  subjects,  statesmen  and  phi- 
losophers, the  high  and  the  low,  the  rich  and  the  poor.     It  is  com- 
pletely adapted  to  the  nature  and  necessities  of  man ;  its  rites  are 
few  and  simple,  and  may  be  observed  in  every  region  of  the  globe. 
It  forbids  the  use  of  nothing  but  what  is  injurious  to  health  of  body 
or  peace  of  mind,  and  it  has  a  tendency  to  promote  a  friendly  and 
affectionate  intercourse  among  men  of  all  nations.     And,  as  it  is 
calculated  for  being  universally  extended,  so  its  prophets  have 
foretold  that  its  blessings  shall  ultimately  be  enjoyed  by  all  nations. 
In  the  period  in  which  we  live,  we  behold  such  predictions  more 
rapidly  accomplishing  than  in  former  times,  in  consequence  of  the 
spirit  of  missionary  enterprise  which  now  pervades  the  religious 
world.     And  when  it  shall  have  extended  a  little  farther  in  its 
progress,  and  shall  have  brought  a  few  more  kingdoms  and  islands 
under  its  authority,  its  beneficent  effects  will  be  more  clearly  dis- 
cerned, and  the  evidences  of  its  celestial  origin  will  appear  with  a 
force  and  power  which  its  most  determined  adversaries  will  not 
be  able  to  gainsay  or  resist. 

In  proportion  as  the  physical  sciences  advance,  and  the  sys- 
tem of  nature  is  explored,  will  the  harmony  between  the  opera- 
tions of  the  Creator  in  the  material  world  and  the  revelations  of 
his  word  become  more  strikingly  apparent.  Ever  since  philo- 
sophy  began  to  throw  aside  its  hypothetical  assumptions  and! 


CHARACTERISTICS  OF  CHRISTIANITY.  245 


Summary  of  its  Evidences. 


theoretical  reasonings,  and  to  investigate  nature  on  the  broad 
basis  of  induction,  its  discoveries  have  been  found  completely 
accordant  with  the  Scriptures  of  truth,  and  illustrative  of  many  of 
the  sublime  sentiments   they  contain.     Geology,  when  in    its 
infancy,  was  eagerly  brought  forward  by  a  few  skeptical  and 
superficial  minds,  to  subserve  the  cause  of  infidelity.     A  few 
pretended  facts,  of  an  insulated  nature,  were  triumphantly  exhi- 
bited, as  insuperable  objections  to  the  truth  of  the  Mosaic  history 
and  chronology.     But  later  and  more  accurate  researches  have 
completely  disproved  the  allegations  of  such  skeptical  philoso- 
phers, and  were  they  now  alive,  they  would  feel  ashamed  of  their 
ignorance,   and    of  the   fallacious   statements    by   which    they 
attempted  to  impose  on  the  credulity  of  mankind.     As  geology 
advances  in  its  investigations,  along  with  its  kindred  sciences,  the 
facts  which  it  is  daily  disclosing  appear  more  and  more  corrobo- 
.  rative  of  the  description  given  in  the  Bible  of  the  original  forma- 
,  tion  and  arrangement  of  our  globe,  and  of  the  universal  deluge. 
:  And,  therefore,  we  have  every  reason  to  conclude,  that  when  sci- 
ence and  art  shall  have  arrived  at  a  still  higher  point  of  perfection, 
and   our   terrestrial   system  shall  have  been  more    thoroughly 
I  explored  throughout  all  its  departments,  arguments  will  be  derived 
I  from  philosophy  itself  in  support  of  the  divinity  of  our  religion, 
which  will  carry  irresistible  conviction  to  every  mind. 

Such  is  a  very  brief  summary  of  the  internal  evidences  of  the 
Christian  religion.     It  is  distinguished  by  the  dignity  and  subli- 
mity of  the  style  and  sentiments  of  the  writings  which  contain  its 
1  revelations, — it  exhibits  the  most  rational  and  consistent  views 
:  of  the  attributes  of  the  Divine  Being, — it  gives  us  full  assurance 
of  a  future  state  of  immortality, — it  points  out  the  way  by  which 
I  pardon  of  sin  and  deliverance  from  moral  evil  may  be  obtained, — 
i  it  exhibits  the  purest  and  most  comprehensive  system  of  moral- 
iity, — it  explains  certain  moral  phenomena  which  would  otherwise 
have  been  inexplicable, — it  affords  strong  consolation  under  the 
.evils  of  life, — it  communicates  the  knowledge  of  interesting  facts 
and  doctrines  which  can  be  found  in  no  other  record, — it  has  pro- 
duced the  most  beneficial  effects  on  the  state  of  society  wherever 
it  has  been  received, — it  is  completely  adapted  to  the  necessities 
of  man,  and  calculated  for  being  universally  extended  over  the 
world  :  to  which  we  might  have  added,  that  it  is  consistent  in  all 
its  parts,  when  viewed  through  the  medium  of  enlightened  criti- 
cism, and  harmonizes  with  the  principles  of  sound  reason,  and 
{the  dictates  of  an  enlightened  conscience.     These  are  charac- 
teristics which  will  apply  to  no  other  system  of  religion  that  was 
ever  proposed  to  the  world  ;  and  if  Christianity,  accompanied 
21* 


246        OX    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 
Difference  between  Sectarianism  and  Christianity. 


with  such  evidences,  is  not  divine  in  its  original,  we  may  boldly 
affirm  that  there  is  no  other  religion  known  among  men  that  can 
lay  claim  to  this  high  prerogative.     But  we  do  not  think  it  possi- 
ble that  the  mind  of  man  can  receive  a  more  convincing  demon- 
st  rat  ion  of  the  truth  of  Christianity  than  is  set  before  us  in  the 
authentic  facts  on  which  it  rests,  in  its  tendency  to  produce  uni- 
versal happiness,  and  in  the  intrinsic  excellence  for  which  it  is 
distinguished.     That  man,  therefore,  by  whatever  appellation  he 
may  be  distinguished,  who  sets  himself  in  opposition  to  the  spirit 
of  this  religion,  and  endeavours  to  counteract  its  progress,  must 
be  considered  as  not  only  destitute  of  true  taste  and  moral  excel- 
lence, but  as  an  enemy  to  the  happiness  of  his  species.     If  the 
religion  of  the  Bible  is  discarded,  we  are  left  completely  in  the 
dark  with  regard  to  every  thing  that  is  most  interesting  to  man  as 
an  intellectual  being,  and  as  a  moral  and  accountable  agent.  We 
should,  in  this  case,  have  the  most  imperfect  conceptions  of  the 
attributes  of  Deity,  and  should  know  nothing  of  his  designs  in 
giving  us  existence  and  placing  us  in  this  part  of  his  empire, — 
we  should  remain  in  ignorance  whether  the  world  had  a  begin- 
ning or  had  existed  from  eternity,  or  whether  we  shall  ever  have 
an  opportunity  of  beholding  the  grand  system  of  the  universe  a 
little  more  unfolded, — we  should  be  destitute  of  any  fixed  moral 
laws  to  direct  us  in  our  social  transactions  and  intercourses, — we 
should  be  entirely  ignorant  of  the  principles  and  objects  of  the 
moral  government  of  the  Almighty, — we  should  be  destitute  of 
any  consolation  under  the  afflictions  and  calamities  of  life, — we 
should  hang  continually  in  doubt  whether  death  is  to  put  a  final 
termination  to  our  being,  or  convey  us  to  another  and  an  eternal 
state  of  existence  ;  and,  at  length,  we  should  be  plunged  into  the 
if  of  universal  skepticism,  into  which  every  rejecter  of  revela- 
tion ultimately  sinks. 

It  may  not  be  improper  to  remark,  that  the  religion  to  whose 
cL  tics  I  have  now  adverted  is  not  to  be  considered  as 

precisely  that  form  of  Christianity  which  has  been  established  in 
Italy,  in  ( .Vnnany,  in  Russia,  or  in  Britain  ;  or  as  it  is  professed  by 
Episcopalians,  Presbyterians,  Independents,  or  any  other  sectary ; 
or  expounded  in  the  catechisms,  confessions,  or  systems 

of  divinity,  which  have  been  published  by  the  different  denomi- 
nations of  the  Christian  world.  In  all  these  cases,  its  true  glory 
has  been  obscured,  its  beauty  defaced,  and  its  purity  contaminated, 
by  passing  through  the  atmosphere  of  human  folly  and  corruption ; 
and  opinions  and  practices  have  been  incorporated  with  its  leading 
principles  altogether  repugnant  to  the  liberal  and  expansive  spirit 
for  which  it  is  distinguished.     It  is  the  Christianity  of  the  Bible 


EVIDENCES    OF    CHRISTIANITY    INCREASING.  247 


Nature  of  the  Evidences. 


alone  to  which  I  refer.     It  is  there  alone  that  it  is  to  be  seen  in 
its  native  purity,  simplicity,  and  glory ;  and  he  who  neglects  to 
study  the  Scriptures,  unfettered  by  the  trammels  of  human  sys- 
tems, will  never  be  able  fully  to  perceive  or  to  appreciate  the 
true  excellence  of  that  religion,  which  is  "  pure  and  peaceable, 
full  of  mercy  and  good  fruits,"  and  which  breathes  "  good-will 
towards  men."     For  in  some  of  the  forms  which  Christianity 
has  assumed  in  certain  countries,  it  has  been  so  much  blended 
with  human  inventions  as  to  be  scarcely  distinguishable  from  hea- 
thenism ;  and  consequently,  in  such  cases,  it  has  seldom  been 
accompanied  with  those  beneficial  effects  which  it  is  calculated 
to  produce.       And,    among   almost   all  the    sectaries    in  every 
countrv,   either  some  of  its  distinguishing  features   have  been 
overlooked,  or  its  doctrines  mixed  up  with  metaphysical  dogmas, 
or  its  practical  bearings  disregarded,  or  opinions  respecting  its 
forms  and  circumstantials  set  in  competition  with  its  fundamental 
truths  and  moral  requisitions.     "  Nevertheless,  the  foundation 
of  God  standeth  sure,"— -and  the  Divine  fabric  of  Christianity 
will  remain  unshaken  and  unimpaired,  so  long  as  the  Scriptures 
are  preserved  uncontaminated  and  entire. 

The  evidences  to  which  I  have  now  adverted  are  continually 
increasing  in  their  clearness  and  force.  Time,  which  is  gradually 
undermining  the  foundations  of  error,  is  enlarging  the  bulwarks 
of  truth,  and  adding  to  their  strength  and  stability.  Opposition 
has  tended  only  to  clear  away  the  rubbish  which  has  been  thrown 
around  the  Christian  fabric,  but  it  has  shown  its  foundations  to 
be  firm  and  impregnable.  The  historical  evidence  has  been 
gaining  strength  ever  since  the  days  of  the  apostles,  and  since 
the  time  when  Herbert,  Chubb,  Tindal,  Morgan,  and  other  infidel 
writers  attempted  to  undermine  the  cause  of  revealed  religion. 
The  defences  which  were  published  by  Grotius,  Stillingfleet, 
Butler,  Leland,  Watson,  Paley,  and  others,  have  shown,  that  the 
more  the  arguments  for  Christianity  have  been  opposed,  sifted, 
and  examined,  the  more  irresistible  have  they  appeared,  and  the 
more  have  they  shone  with  increasing  brightness ;  so  that  no 
infidel  has  ever  attempted  to  meet  them  on  fair  grounds. — The 
evidence  from  'prophecy,  from  its  very  nature,  is  continually  pro- 
gressive ;  and,  in  proportion  as  Scripture  predictions  are  studied 
with  judgment  and  intelligence,  and  compared  with  the  history  of 
past  ages  and  the  present  state  of  the  nations,  will  a  new  light  be 
thrown  on  the  prophetical  writings,  which  will  cause  the  evidence 
of  their  divinity  to  shine  forth  with  a  brighter  lustre,  and  enable 
every  intelligent  observer  to  read,  in  passing  events  and  in  the 
revolutions  of  empires,  the  faithfulness  of  the  Almighty  in  ac- 


24S  OX     THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Intention  of  the  preceding  Summary. 


complishing  those  declarations  which,  "  at  sundry  times  and  in 
divers  manners,  he  spake  to  the  lathers  by  the  prophets."  The 
internal  evidence,  which  has  been  more  overlooked  than  it  ought 
to  have  been,  is  likewise  increasing,  and  will  continue  to  increase, 
in  proportion  as  the  Scriptures  are  perused  with  judgment  and 
care,  as  nature  is  contemplated  with  humility  and  reverence,  and 
as  useful  knowledge  is  diffused  over  the  world.  When  the  holy 
principles  of  our  religion  shall  have  acquired  a  greater  influence 
over  the  tempers  and  conduct  of  its  professors ;  when  the  de- 
liberations of  statesmen  and  the  conduct  of  states  and  empires 
shall  be  directed  by  its  maxims  and  laws ;  when  Christianity 
shall  be  divested  of  the  false  drapety  with  which  its  pretended 
friends  have  attempted  to  adorn  it,  and  freed  from  the  corruptions 
which  human  folly  has  incorporated  with  its  institutions  ;  when 
all  who  recognise  its  leading  doctrines,  throwing  aside  party  dis- 
putes and  animosities,  shall  form  themselves  into  one  grand  and 
harmonious  association ;  when  a  few  more  portions  of  the  hea- 
then world  shall  have  been  brought  into  subjection  to  the  Prince 
of  Peace,  and  when  the  general  happiness  resulting  from  such 
events  shall  be  felt  and  acknowledged, — then  all  who  behold 
such  blessed  transformations  will  be  enabled  to  read,  in  charac- 
ters that  cannot  be  mistaken,  that  the  Creator  of  the  Universe  is 
the  original  Author  of  Christianity,  and  that  the  promotion  of  the 
best  interests  of  mankind  is  the  great  end  of  all  its  revelations. 


My  intention  in  giving  the  preceding  summary  of  the  evidences 
of  Christianity  is  to  show,  that,  without  habits  of  rational  thinking 
and  a  certain  portion  of  general  information,  these  evidences  can- 
not be  thoroughly  investigated,  nor  their  weight  and  importance  duly 
appreciated.  For,  how  can  a  mind  unaccustomed  to  reading  and 
i  be  supposed  capable  of  entering  into  all  the  topics  and 
■i  derations  requisite  to  be  attended  to  in  such  investigations — 
of  balancing  arguments, — of  comparing  prophecies  with  their  ac- 
complishment  in  the  history  of  nations, — of  detecting  sophisms — 
or  of  feeling  the  force  of  reasonings,  however  clear  or  powerful? 
it  is  those  fundamental  principles  and  general  ideas  on 

which  all  moral  ratiocinations  are  grounded.    On  such  a  mind,  the 
most  w<  ighty  arguments  and  the  most  cogent  reasonings  make  no 
.It  may  be  susceptible  of  being  biassed  against 
religion  by  the  ;ad  sarcasms  of  jovial  companions,  and  the 

ridicule  with  which  they  may  treat  the  truths  of  revelation ;  but  it 
is  unqualified  either  to  rebut  such  impertinences,  or  to  appreciate 


KNOWLEDGE    OP    REVELATION.  249 

Remarks  on  Prophecy. 


the  excellences  of  Christianity,  the  foundation  on  which  it  rests, 
and  the  benignant  tendency  of  its  doctrines  and  precepts.  And 
if,  in  the  present  day,  a  man  has  no  acquaintance  with  the  grounds 
and  reasons  of  revealed  religion,  and  the  evidences  on  which  its 
truth  and  divinity  rest,  he  will  not  only  be  indifferent  to  the  obser- 
vance of  its  precepts,  and  destitute  of  its  supports  and  consola- 
tions, but  will  be  constantly  liable  to  be  turned  aside  to  the  paths 
of  folly  and  intemperance,  and  to  become  the  prey  of  unthinking 
fools  and  scoffing  infidels.  Whereas,  when  a  man  can  give  a 
reason  of  the  hope  that  is  in  him,  his  religion  becomes  a  delightful 
and  a  rational  service,  and  he  is  enabled  to  put  to  silence  the  scoffs 
and  vain  cavillings  of  foolish  and  unreasonable  men. 

Besides  assisting  us  in  investigating  the  evidences  of  religion — 
a  certain  portion  of  general  information  is  highly  useful,  and  even 
necessary,  for  enabling  us  to  understand  the  sacred  ivritings. 
It  is  true,  indeed,  that  the  leading  doctrines  of  revelation,  respect- 
ing the  attributes  of  God,  the  mediation  of  Christ,  the  way  in 
which  salvation  is  to  be  obtained,  the  grand  principles  of  moral 
action,  and  the  duties  connected  with  the  several  relations  of  life, 
are  detailed  with  such  plainness  and  perspicuity  as  to  be  level  to  the 
comprehension  of  every  reflecting  mind,  however  unskilled  in 
literature  or  science.  But  there  are  certain  portions  of  Revela- 
tion, necessary  "  to  make  the  man  of  God  perfect,"  the  study  of 
which  requires  the  exertion  of  all  our  faculties,  and  the  application 
of  every  branch  of  human  knowledge  we  can  possibly  acquire. 
This  arises  from  the  very  nature  of  the  subjects  treated  of,  and 
from  the  limited  faculties  of  the  human  mind.  To  illustrate  this 
idea  is  the  object  of  the  following  remarks. 

1.  A  considerable  portion  of  Scripture  is  occupied  with  prophe- 
tical declarations, — in  reference  to  events  which  have  long  since 
taken  place,  to  those  which  are  now  happening,  and  to  those  which 
will  hereafter  happen  in  the  future  ages  of  the  world.  It  contains 
a  series  of  predictions  which  embrace  the  leading  outlines  of  the 
history  of  the  world,  from  its  commencement  to  its  final  consum- 
mation. Now,  in  order  to  trace  the  accomplishment  of  these  pre- 
dictions, and  to  perceive  clearly  the  events  to  which  they  refer,  a 
minute  acquaintance  with  ancient  and  modern  history  is  indispens- 
ably requisite  ;  for  it  is  in  history,  either  sacred  or  civil,  that  their 
accomplishment  is  recorded.  And  could  we,  with  one  compre- 
hensive glance,  take  a  survey  of  all  the  leading  events  which  the 
history  of  the  world  records,  we  should  be  enabled,  when  reading 
the  prophetical  writings,  to  perceive  at  every  step  the  ideas  and 
purposes  of  that  All-comprehensive  Mind  that  "  knoweth  the  end 
from  the  beginning,"  and  his  faithfulness  in  accomplishing  the 


250  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Allegory  and  Metaphor. 


promises,  and  executing  the  threatenings,  of  his  word.     A  know- 

of  chronology  is  also  requisite,  in  order  to  ascertain  the  time 

in  which predu  tionswere  uttered,  and  (he  periods  to  which  they 

— and  of  ancient  geography,  to  determine  the  localities  of 
those  tribes  or  nations  to  which  the  prophecies  have  a  reference, 
and  their  relative  positions  with  regard  to  each  other.  Ln  particu- 
lar, it  is  necessary  to  be  acquainted  with  the  figurative  style  in 
which  prophecy  is  conveyed,  in  order  to  understand  the  writings 
ancient  prophets.  These  writings,  in  common  with  those 
of  most  of  the  Eastern  nations,  are  highly  poetical,  and  abound 
in  allegories,  parables,  and  metaphors.  The  allegory  is  that  mode 
of  sp<  vii  in  which  the  writer  or  speaker  means  to  convey  a  differ- 
ent idea  from  what  the  words  in  their  primary  signification  bear. 
Thus,  "  Break  up  your  fallow-ground,  and  sow  not  among 
thorns,"  *  is  to  be  understood,  not  of  tillage,  but  of  repent- 
ance ;  and  these  words,  "  Thy  rowers  have  brought  thee  into 
great  waters,  the  east  wind  hath  broken  thee  in  the  midst  of  the 
seas,"']'  allude,  not  to  the  fate  of  a  ship,  but  to  the  fate  of  a  city. 
Of  all  the  figures  used  by  the  prophets,  the  most  frequent  is  the 
metaphor,  by  which  words  are  transferred  from  their  plain  and 
primary  to  their  figurative  and  secondary  meaning.  One  of  the 
most  copious  sources  of  those  metaphors  to  which  the  sacred 
writers  resort  is  the  scenery  of  nature.  The  sun,  moon,  and  stars, 
the  highest  and  most  splendid  objects  in  the  natural  world,  figura- 
tively represent  kings,  queens,  and  princes  or  rulers,  the  highest 
in  the  political  world,  as  in  the  following  passages,  "  The  moon 
shall  be  confounded,  and  the  sun  ashained."J  "I  will  cover  the 
heavens,  and  make  the  stars  thereof  dark ;  I  will  cover  the  sun 
with  a  cloud,  and  the  moon  shall  not  give  her  light. "§  Light  and 
darkness  are  used  figuratively  for  joy  and  sorrow,  prosperity  and 
adversity  ;  as,  "  We  wait  for  light,  but  behold  obscurity  ;  for 
brightness,  but  we  walk  in  darkness  ;"|| — and  likewise  for  know- 

e  and  ignorance, — "The  people  that  walked  in  darkness  have 
a  great  light,"  &c.  Immoderate  rains,  hails,  floods,  torrents, 
inundations,  fire,  and  storms,  denote  judgments  and  destruction  ; 
Lebanon,  remarkable  for  its  height  and  its  stately  cedars,  is  used 
majesty  and  strength  ;  Carmel,  which  abounded  in 
vines  and  olives,  as  an  image  of  fertility  and  beauty;  and  bul- 
lock -ban,  rams,  lions,  eagles,  and  sea-monsters,  as  images 
of  cruel  and  oppressive  conquerors  and  tyrants.  Metaphors  are 
likewise  borrowed  from  history,  from  the  scenery  of  the  temple 

*  Jer.  iv.  ?,.  j  Ezek.  xxvii.  26.  J  Isaiah  xxiv.  23. 

§  Ezek.  xxxii.  7.  jj  Isaiah  lis.  D. 


KNOWLEDGE    OF    SCRIPTURE    HISTORY.  251 

Testimony  of  ancient  Writers. 


and  its  various  utensils  and  services,  and  from  the  ordinary  customs 
and  occupations  of  life — the  meaning  and  application  of  which 
require  to  be  distinctly  understood,  in  order  to  perceive  the  spirit 
and  references  of  ancient  prophecy.  Those  who  would  wish  to 
study  this  subject  with  intelligence,  would  do  well  to  consult  the 
works  of  Lowth,  Hui'd,  Sherlock,  Kennicot,  Newcome,  and  par- 
ticulary  "  Newton's  Dissertations  on  the  Prophecies." 

2.  In  studying  the  historical  parts  of  Scripture — a  knowledge 
of  ancient  history,  and  even  of  pagan  mythology,  tends,  in  many 
instances,  to  throw  light  on  the  narratives  of  the  sacred  writers. 
We  find,  from  heathen  writers,  who  were  strangers  to  the  Jewish 
religion,  that  the  most  ancient  tradition  of  all  nations,  respecting 
the  early  history  of  the  world,  is  exactly  agreeable  to  the  relation 
of  Moses,  though  expressed  in  a  more  abstruse,  doubtful,  and  im- 
perfect manner.     The  description  of  the  origin  of  the  world  in  the 
ancient  Phenician  history,  translated  by  Philo  Biblius  from  San- 
choniathon's   collection,  and  transmitted  to  us  by  Eusebius,  is 
materially  the  same  with  that  which  is  recorded  in  the  book  of 
Genesis,  when  separated  from  the  fabulous  notions  with  which  it  is 
blended.     The  Egyptians,  according  to  Laertius,  acknowledged, 
"  that  originally  the  world  was  a  confused  chaos,  from  whence 
the  four  elements  were  separated,  and  living  creatures  made  ;  and 
that  the  world  had  a  beginning,  and  consequently  would  have  an 
end."     Hesiod,  the  most  ancient  writer  wrhose  works  have  reach- 
ed us,  says,  that  "  all  things  had  their  origin  from  a  rude  chaos ;" 
and  Ovid,  in  the  first  book  of  his  "  Metamorphoses,"  tells  us, "  that 
before  the  seas,  and  the  land,  and  the  canopy  of  heaven  existed, 
there  was  one  appearance  throughout  the  whole  of  nature,  which 
they  called  chaos — a  rude  and  indigested  mass,  in  which  earth 
and  air,   fire  and  water,  were  indiscriminately  mixed."     In  short, 
Thales,  Anaxagoras,  Aratus,  Virgil,  and  Homer,  speak  of  the 
original  of  all  things,  conformable  to  the  account  given  by  Moses, 
though  in  a  different  phraseology  ;  and  we  learn  from  Josephus, 
PhilOjTibullus,  Clemens  Alexandrinus,  and  Lucian,that  the  memo- 
i  ry  of  the  six  days'  work  was  preserved,  not  only  among  the  Greeks 
i  and  Italians,  by  honouring  the  seventh  day,  but  also  among  the 
Celtae  and  Indians,  who  all  measured  their  time  by  weeks.    Ma- 
netho,  who  wrote  the  history  of  the  Egyptians,  Berosus,  who 
wrote  the  Chaldean  history,  Hierom,  who  wrote  the  history  of 
Phenicia,  and  Hecataeus,  Hillanicus,  and  Ephorus,  who  wrote  the 
!  history  of  Greece,  all  agree  in  asserting,  that  those  who  descend- 
i  ed  from  the  first  men,  in  the  first  ages  of  the  world,  lived  many 
of  them  nearly  a  thousand   years."      With  regard  to   the   de- 
luge, we  find  most  of  the  Greek  and  Roman  writers,  Ovid,  Lu- 


552         ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Modern  Writers  on  Ancient  History. 


cian,  Berosus  the  Chaldean,  Abydenus  the  Assyrian,  and  many 
others,  referring  to  that  great  event,  and  detailing  the  particular 
circumstances  connected  with  it,  in  language  nearly  similar  to 
that  of  the  Bacred  historian;  such  as  the  preservation  of  Noah, 
the  ark  in  which  he  was  preserved,  the  mountain  on  which  it  rest- 
ed, the  dove  and  the  raven  which  he  is  said  to  have  sent  out,  and 
the  wickedness  of  the  antediluvians,  as  the  cause  of  that  dismal 
catastrophe.  We  find,  also,  that  the  whole  mythology  of  India  is 
full  of  allusions  to  the  general  deluge,  which  appears  to  be  the 
commencement  of  their  present  era  ;  and  that  accounts  of  the 
same  event  are  to  be  met  with  in  China  and  Japan.* 

An  acquaintance  with  ancient  history  is  necessary  for  enabling 
us  to  fill  up  the  blanks  left  by  the  sacred  historians.  From  the 
time  of  Ezra  and  Nehemiah  to  the  birth  of  Christ,  there  is  an  in- 
terval of  about  four  hundred  and  fifty  years,  of  the  events  which 
happened  during  which  we  have  no  account  in  any  part  of  the 
inspired  writings.  A  knowledge  of  the  events  which  happened 
during  this  interval  is  necessary,  in  order  to  complete  our  views 
of  the  scheme  of  Divine  Providence,  and  to  unfold  to  us  the  series 
of  God's  dispensations  in  relation  both  to  the  Jewrs  and  the  sur- 
rounding nations.  During  this  period,  too,  many  of  the  predic- 
tions of  Daniel  and  the  other  prophets  received  their  accomplish- 
ment,— particularly  those  which  relate  to  the  Medes  and  Persians, 
the  times  of  Alexander  the  Great,  Ptolemy  Philadelphus,  Anti- 
ochus  Epiphanes,  Philip  of  Macedon,  and  the  persecutions  in  the 
days  of  the  Maccabees.  In  order,  therefore,  to  obtain  a  clear 
and  comprehensive  view  of  the  ways  of  Providence  during  this 
interval,  such  works  as  Shuckford's  "  Connexion  of  Sacred 
and  Profane  History,"  and  Prideaux's  "  Connexions  of  the 
Old  and  New  Testament,"  require  to  be  studied  with  care  ;  in 
many  parts  of  which  will  be  seen  a  running  commentary  on 
Daniel's  vision  of  the  "  Ram  and  He-goat,"  and  of  "  the  things 
noted  in  the  Scripture  of  truth,"  which  have  a  reference,  among 
other  things,  to  the  kings  of  Persia,  to  Alexander  and  his  succes- 
sors, and  the  warlike  exp2ditions  in  which  they  were  engaged. 
For  an  elucidation  of  the  general  train  of  events  from  the  Mosaic 
creation  to  the  establishment  of  Christianity,  "  Stackhouse's  His- 
tory of  the  Bible,"  in  six  volumes  Svo,  or  in  three  volumes  4to, 
with  the  additional  notes  and  dissertations  of  Bishop  Gleig,  will 
be  found  an  invaluable  tredsure,  and  will  amply  repay  the  reader 
who  gives  it  adiligenl  perusal. f 

*  See  Maurice's  "Indian  Antiquities,1'  and  Bryant's   "System  of  My- 
thology." 

t  In  Bishop  Gleig's  edition  of  Stackhouse's  history,  a  long  and  useful  dis» 


XNOWLEDGE    OF    EASTERN    CUSTOMS.  253 

Incongruities  reconciled. 

3.  A  knowledge  of  the  manners  and  customs,  climate  and  sea- 
sons, arts  and  sciences  of  the  Eastern  nations,  is  essentially  re- 
quisite, in  many  instances,  in  order  to  understand  the  allusions  of 
the  sacred  writers,  and  the  meaning  of  various  portions  of  Scrip- 
ture.    For  example,  when  an  untutored  reader  peruses  the  ac- 
count given  in  the  Evangelists  of  the  cure  of  the  paralytic  who 
was  carried  by  four  men  on  a  bed,  and  who,  finding  it  impossible 
to  pass  through  the  throng,  ascended  to  the  top  of  the  house  in 
which  Jesus  was,  and  let  him  down,  bed  and  all,  "  through  the 
tiling,"  into  the  very  room  where  he  was  sitting — he  is  apt  to  en- 
tertain a  very  confused  and  erroneous  idea  of  the  circumstances 
of  the  case,  when  his  attention  is  directed  solely  to  the  mode  of 
building  in  this  country.  But  when  he  is  informed  that  the  houses 
in  the  country  of  Judea  were  low-built  and  flat-roofed,  and  sur- 
rounded with  a  parapet  breast-high,  that  there  was  a  ladder  or  pair 
of  stairs  which  led  to  the  top  of  the  house  from  the  outside,  and  a 
trap-door  or  hatchway  in  the  middle  of  the  roof — he  will  soon  ac- 
quire a  clear  idea  of  the  circumstances  stated  in  this  and  other 
parts  of  the  evangelical  history,  and  of  the  ease  with  which  the 
paralytic  man  might  be  conveyed  to  the  top  of  the  building,  and 
let  down  through  the  roof.      The  same  facts  likewise  illustrate 
the  circumstance  of  Peter's  going  to  the  top  of  the  house  to  pray, 
and  the  custom  of  making  proclamations  from  the  house-tops,  to 
which  there  are  several  allusions  in  Scripture.     A  knowledge  of 
the  weather  and  seasons  of  Judea  is  frequently  of  use  to  illustrate 
the  force  of  certain  expressions  of  the   sacred  writers.     It  may 
,  seem  to  us  nothing  extraordinary  that  there  should  be  "  thunder 
and  rain  in  harvest,"  or  in  the  months  of  June  and  July,  when 
Samuel  said,  "  Is  it  not  tvheat  harvest  to  day?    I  will  call  unto 
the  Lord,  and  he  shall  send  thunder  and  rain."*    But  Jerome,  who 
lived  in  Judea  many  years,  says,  it  never  rained  there  at  that  sea- 
|  son ;  so  that  the  thunder  and  rain  which  happened  at  the  interces- 
i  sion  of  Samuel  were  truly  miraculous,  and  as  such,  "  the  people 
greatly  feared  the  Lord  and   Samuel."     Again,  in  Luke  xii.  55, 
it  is  said,  "  When  ye  see  the  south  wind  blow,  ye  say  there  will  be 
heat,  and  it  cometh  to  pass."     In  our  climate,  where  the  south 

sertation,  entitled  "An  Apparatus  to  the  History  of  the  Bible,"  has  been  left 
out  without  any  reason  being  assigned  for  the  omission.  In  other  respects 
the  original  works  appears  to  be  complete.  Bishop  Gleig's  improvements 
consist  chiefly  in  bringing  forward  the  discoveries  of  modern  science  for  the 
purpose  of  elucidating  certain  scriptural  facts,  and  repelling  the  objections  of 
infidels — and  in  various  dissertations  on  some  of  the  leading  doctrines  and 
historical  facts  of  revelation,  which  form  valuable  additions  to  the  original 
work  of  Stackhouse.  See  also  Home's  Introduction,  &c. 
*  1  Samuel  xii.  17. 
22 


ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Ancient  Geography, 


wind  seldom  blows,  this  may  not  be  always  the  case.  But  in 
Syria,  Egypt,  Judea,  and  the  adjacent  countries,  the  effect  here 
mentioned  is  striking  and  uniform.  When  the  south  wind  begins 
to  blow,  the  sky  becomes  dark  and  heavy,  the  air  gray  and  thick, 
and  the  whole  atmosphere  assumes  a  most  alarming  aspect. 
The  heat  produced  by  these  southern  winds  has  been  compared 
to  that  of  a  huge  oven  at  the  moment  of  drawing  out  the  bread, 
and  to  that  of  a  flame  blown  upon  the  face  of  a  person  standing 
near  the  fire  that  excites  it. 

Thousands  of  illustrations  of  Sacred  Scripture  may  be  derived 
from  such  sources ;  and  he  who  is  unacquainted  with  them  must 
remain  a  stranger  to  the  beauties  of  the  style  of  the  inspired 
writers,  and  to  the  precise  meaning  of  many  portions  both  of  the 
historical  and  the  prophetical  writings.  The  manners  and  cus- 
toms of  the  Eastern  nations  have  remained  nearly  the  same  for 
several  thousand  years  ;  so  that  those  which  are  found  existing 
in  the  present  day  are  exactly  or  nearly  the  same,  as  those  which 
prevailed  in  the  times  when  the  books  of  the  Old  and  New  Tes- 
taments were  written.  Modern  oriental  travellers,  in  their  de- 
scriptions of  the  arts,  sciences,  and  manners  of  the  East,  have  fur- 
nished us  with  a  mass  of  invaluable  materials  for  the  elucidation 
of  holy  writ,  and  they  have  proved,  in  many  cases,  unintention- 
ally, better  commentators  than  the  most  profound  critics  and  philo- 
logists. Many  of  their  insulated  remarks  of  this  kind  have  lately 
been  classified  and  arranged  by  various  writers,  particularly  by 
Harmer,  in  his  "  Observations,"  Burder  in  his  "  Oriental  Cus- 
toms," Paxton  in  his  "  Illustrations,"  and  Taylor,  the  late  learned 
editor  of  the  new  editions  of  Calmet's  Dictionary,  in  his  Frag- 
ment a,  appended  to  that  work,  which  contains  an  immense  num- 
ber of  such  observations,  illustrated  with  a  great  variety  of  engrav- 
ings. 

4.  An  acquaintance  with  Ancient  Geography, especially  that  part 
of  it  which  relates  to  the  eastern  countries,  would  enable  a  person 
to  peruse  many  portions  of  Scripture  with  much  greater  interest 
and  intelligence,  than  if  he  were  altogether  ignorant  of  this  branch 
of  knowledge.  In  the  history  of  the  Old  Testament,  and  in  the 
prophetical  writings,  there  are  frequent  references  and  allusions 
to  Mesopotamia,  Idumea,  Egypt,  Assyria,  Chaldea,  Arabia-, 
Ethiopia,  Lybia,  Parthia,  Scythia,  Persia,  and  other  countries — 
to  the  cities  of  Jerusalem,  Babylon,  Nineveh,  Damascus,  Tad- 
mor,  Tyre,  Sidon,  &c. — to  the  Great  Sea,  or  the  Mediterranean, 
the  Dead  Ski,  the  Sea  of  Tiberias,  the  Red  Sea — the  isles  of 
Chittim,  Cyprus,  Crete,  Melita — the  rivers  Jordan,  Kishon,  Jab- 
bok,  Euphrates,  Iliddekel,  Pison,  Ulai,  Abana,  Pharpar,  &c. — 


ANCIENT    GEOGRAPHY NATURAL    HISTORY.  255 


Illustrations  of  Scripture. 


Now,  a  knowledge  of  the  positions  of  such  places  with  respect 
to  the  country  of  Judea,  their  relative  situations  with  regard  to 
each  other,  and  of  the  outlines  of  their  history,  and  of  the  warlike 
achievements  and  commerce  of  their  inhabitants — is  frequently 
necessary,  in  order  to  attain  a  clear  and  comprehensive  view  of 
the  passages  in  which  there  are  allusions  to  such  localities. — In 
reading  the  Evangelists,  it  is  highly  expedient  to  know,  for  ex- 
ample, the  position  of  Samaria,  Galilee,  the  lake  of  Gennesareth, 
and  the  river  Jordan,  with  respect  to  that  portion  of  the  Holy 
Land  denominated  Judea — the  situations  of  Bethlehem,  Naza- 
reth, Jericho,  Nain,  Sychar,  Bethsaida,  Cana,  Tyre,  and  Sidon, 
with  respect  to  Jerusalem,  and  their  respective  distances  from  that 
metropolis — and  the  characteristics  of  the  inhabitants  of  these 
places  ;  for,  upon  a  knowledge  of  such  circumstances,  our  per- 
ception of  the  beauty  and  appropriateness  of  our  Saviour's  dis- 
!  courses,  and  of  the  propriety  of  his  actions,  will,  in  a  great  mea- 
sure, depend. — In  reading  the  history  of  the  journeyings  of  the 
I  apostles,  it  is  no  less  expedient  that  we  have  lying  before  us  maps 
of  Asia  Minor,  of  Ancient  Greece,  of  Palestine,  of  the  Eastern 
parts  of  Africa,  and  of  the  islands  of  the  Mediterranean,  and  that 
we  have  some  acquaintance  with  the  history  and  character  of  the 
tribes  which  inhabited  these  countries  in  the  days  of  the  apostles. 
Without  such  knowledge  and  assistances,  we  must,  in  many  in- 
stances, read  their  narratives  without  ideas — and  shall  be  unable 
to  appreciate  their  labours,  the  long  journeys  they  undertook,  the 
■  fatigues  they  endured,  the  dangers  to  which  they  were  exposed 
'  by  sea  and  land,  and  the  allusions  made  to  such  circumstances 
in  the  apostolic  epistles.* 

5.  An  acquaintance  with  the  facts  of  Natural  History  and 

Science,  and  with  the  general  phenomena  of  Nature,  would  tend  to 

throw  a  light  on  many  passages  of  Scripture,  and  would  enable  per- 

;  sons  to  perceive  a  beauty  and  an  emphasis  in  certain  expressions, 

which  they  would  otherwise  be  apt  to  overlook.     For  example, 

;  in  the  beginning  of  the  hundred  and  thirty-fifth  psalm,  the  servants 

!  of  God  are  exhorted  to  "  praise  the  name  of  Jehovah ;"  and  in  the 

i  sequel  of  the  psalm  various  reasons  are  assigned  why  we  should  en- 

\  gage  in  this  exercise.   One  of  these  reasons  is,  that  "He  caaseth  the 

'  vapours  to  ascend  from  the  ends  of  the  earth"     Many  persons 

who  read  or  who  may  sing  this  portion  of  sacred  poetry,  would  be 

I*  The  student  of  ancient  sreography  will  be  assisted  in  his  researches  by  a 
perusal  of  Wells'  "Set  of  Maps  of  Ancient  Geography,"  twenty-three  in 
1  number — and  Wells'  "  Sacred  Geography,"  modernized  by  the  Editor  of 
Calmct's  Dictionary,  which  is  one  of  the  most  accurate  and  complete  works 
of  the  kind. 

1 


256  05    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Evaporation— Rivers. 


apt  to  overlook  the  circumstance  now  stated  as  an  argument  of  very 
inferior  importance.  But  if  we  examine  the  subject  attentively, 
we  shall  find,  that  this  physical  operation  of  the  Almighty  is  not 
only  very  wonderful  in  its  nature,  but  that  upon  it  most  of  our 
comforts,  and  even  our  very  existence,  depend.  Evaporation  is  a 
process  by  which  water  and  other  liquids  are  converted  into  va- 
pour. The  matter  of  heat,  combining  with  water,  renders  it  spe- 
cifically lighter,  by  which  means  it  rises  and  mixes  with  the 
atmosphere,  where  it  nana  ins  either  invisible,  or  assumes  the  ap- 
pearance of  clouds.  In  this  state  it  occupies  a  space  fourteen 
hundred  times  greater  than  in  its  ordinary  liquid  state,  and  con- 
sequently is  much  lighter  than  the  atmospheric  air  into  which  it 
rises.  It  has  been  calculated,  that,  from  an  acre  of  ground, 
during  twelve  hours  of  a  summer's  day,  more  than  1600  gallons 
of  wrater  have  been  drawn  up  into  the  air  in  the  form  of  vapour. 
From  the  whole  surface  of  the  ocean  there  arise,  every  twelve 
hours,  no  less  than  30,320,500,000,000,  or  more  than  thirty  mil- 
lions of  millions  of  cubic  feet  of  water,  which  is  more  than  suffi- 
cient to  supply  all  the  rivers  that  intersect  the  four  quarters  of  the 
globe.  This  immense  body  of  vapour  is  formed  into  clouds, 
wrhich  are  carried  by  the  winds  over  every  part  of  the  continents  ; 
and,  by  a  process  with  which  we  are  still  unacquainted,  is  again 
condensed  into  rain,  snow,  or  dews,  which  water  and  fertilize  the 
earth.  Now,  if  this  wonderful  and  extensive  process  of  nature 
were  to  cease — we  might  wash  our  clothes,  but  centuries  would 
not  dry  them,  for  it  is  evaporation  alone  that  produces  this  effect 
— there  would  be  no  rains  nor  dews  to  fertilize  our  fields,  and  the 
consequence  would  be,  the  earth  would  be  parched,  and  the  vege- 
table productions  which  afford  us  subsistence  would  wither  and 
decay, — the  rivers  would  swell  the  ocean,  and  cause  it  to  over- 
flow a  portion  of  the  land,  while,  at  the  same  time,  their  sources 
would  soon  be  completely  exhausted,  and  their  channels  dried  up. 
In  such  a  state  of  things,  the  whole  system  of  terrestrial  nature 
would  be  deranged,  and  man,  and  all  the  other  tribes  of  animated 
nature — deprived  of  those  comforts  which  are  essential  to  their 
existence — would,  in  a  short  time,  perish  from  the  earth.  So 
that  it  forma  a  powerful  and  impressive  motive  to  excite  us  to 
praise  the  came  of  Jehovah,  when  we  call  to  remembrance,  that 
it  is  lie  "  who  causeth  the  vapours  to  ascend  from  the  ends  of 
the  earth, "  and  thus  preserves  the  harmony  of  nature,  and  secures 
to  all  living  creatures  the  blessings  they  now  enjoy. 

Again,  we  arc  informed  by  Solomon  (Eccles.  i.  7),  that  "  all 

the  rivers  run  into  the  sen  ;  yet  the  sea  is  not  full ;  unto  the  place 

whence  the  rivers  come,  thither  they  return  again."     It  ap- 


SCIENCE    ILLUSTRATIVE    OF    SCRIPTURE.  257 

Rivers — The  Ocean. 


pears,  at  first  sight,  somewhat  unaccountable,  that  the  ocean  has 
not  long  ere  now  overflown  all  its  banks,  when  we  consider  that 
so  many  majestic  streams  are  incessantly  rolling  into  its  abyss, 
carrying  along  with  them  into  its  caverns  no  less  than  thirteen 
thousand  six  hundred  cubical  miles  of  water  every  year.     Solo- 
mon partly  solves  the  difficulty,  by  informing  us,  that  "  to  the 
place  whence  the  rivers  come,  thither  they  return  again."     But 
how  do  they  return  ]    Many  expositors  of  Scripture  attempt  to 
1  explain  this  circumstance,  by  telling  us  that  the  waters  of  the 
q  ocean  percolate  through  the  earth,  and  in  some  way  or  another 
arrive   near   the   tops   of  mountains,   where    springs    generally 
.  abound.     But  such  a  supposition  is  not  only  highly  improbable, 
when  we   consider  the  vast  mass  of  earth  and  rocks,  several 
.  hundreds  of  miles  in  thickness,  through  which  the  waters  would 
,  have  to  percolate,  but  directly  contrary  to  the  known  laws  of 
j  nature  ;  for  no  fluid  can  rise  in  a  tube  above  the  level  of  its  source, 
<  which  in  this  case  it  behooved  to  do.     Modern  experiments  and 
\  discoveries,  however,  have  satisfactorily  accounted  for  this  fact, 
on  the  principle  of  evaporation,  to  which  I  have  just  now  adverted. 
From  the  surface  of  the  ocean  and  of  the  rivers  themselves,  there 
]  is  carried  up  into  the  atmosphere,  in  the  form  of  vapour,  nearly 
■  three  times  the  quantity  of  water  sufficient  to  replenish  the  sources 
of  all  the  rivers  in  the  world.     The  vapour  thus  raised  is  carried 
-  by  the  winds,  in  the  form  of  clouds,  over  every  region  of  the 
globe,  and  falls  down  in  rains  to  carry  on  the  various  processes 
of  nature.     One  part  falls  into  the  sea,  another  on  the  lowlands, 
J  and  the  remaining  part  is  sufficient  to  replenish  the  sources  of  all 
]  the  rivers.     So  that  the  assertion  of  Solomon  is  strictly  and  phi- 
^  losophically  correct,  that  "  to  the  place  whence  the  rivers  come, 
"thither  they  return  again."     They  first  fall  into  the  ocean;  a 
j  portion  of  their  waters  is  then  raised  by  evaporation  into  the 
1  atmosphere  ;  this  portion  of  vapour,  after  traversing  the  regions 
of  the  air,  falls  down  in  rain,  mists,  and  dews,  and  supplies  the 

I  numerous  springs  "  which  run  among  the  hills." 
Such  illustrations,  which  might  be  indefinitely  extended,  not 
I  only  throw  a  light  on  the  meaning  of  the  sacred  writers,  but  tend 
'likewise  to  show  the  harmony  that  subsists  between  the  dis- 
coveries of  science  and  the  truths  of  revelation,     As  the  author 
I  of  Christianity  and  the  author  of  the  system  of  nature  is  one  and 
the  same  Being,  there  must  exist  a  harmonious  correspondence 
; between  truth  in  the  one,  and  fact  in  the  other  ;  and  the  more 
they  are  studied  with  intelligence,  and  in  connexion  with  each 
other,  the  more  will  their  harmony  be  apparent. 

It  is  a  circumstance  that  has  frequently  forced  itself  upon  my 
22* 


25S  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Adequateoess  of  Scriptural  Expressions. 


attention,  that  whatever  scene  of  nature  we  contemplate,  and 
however  brilliant  and  unexpected  the  discoveries  which  modem 
science  has  brought  to  light, — however  far  they  have  carried  our 
views  into  the  wonders  of  the  minute  parts  of  creation,  and 
into  the  immeasurable  regions  of  space,  where  myriads  of  suns 
are  lighted  up, — and  however  much  the  mind  may  be  lost  in 
astonishment  and  wonder,  at  the  magnificent  scenes  which  they 
disclose, — we  shall  find  sentiments  and  expressions  in  Scripture 
adequate  to  express  every  emotion  of  the  soul  when  engaged  in 
such  contemplations. — Are  we  contemplating  the  expanse  of  the 
ocean,  and  the  vast  mass  of  waters  which  fill  its  mighty  caverns  ? 
and  do  we  wish  to  raise  our  thoughts  in  adoration  of  the  power 
of  that  Almighty  Being  who  formed  it  by  his  word  ?  We  are 
presented  by  the  inspired  penmen  with  expressions  in  which  to 
vent  our  emotions.  "  He  holds  its  waters  in  the  hollow  of  his 
hand  ;  he  taketh  up  its  isles  as  a  very  little  thing." — "  He 
gathereth  the  waters  of  the  sea  together  as  a  mass  ;  he  layeth  up 
the  depths  as  in  storehouses." — "  He  divideth  the  sea  by  his 
power  ;  he  hath  compassed  the  waters  with  bounds,  until  the  day 
and  night  come  to  an  end." — "  Thou  coveredst  the  earth  with 
the  deep  as  with  a  garment ;  the  waters  stood  above  the  moun- 
tains :*  At  thy  rebuke  they  fled  ;  at  the  voice  of  thy  thunder  they 
hasted  away.  Thou  hast  set  a  boundary  that  they  may  not  pass 
over,  that  they  turn  not  again  to  cover  the  earth." — "  He  hath 
placed  the  sand  for  the  bounds  of  the  sea,  by  a  perpetual  decree, 
that  it  cannot  pass  it ;  and  though  the  waves  thereof  toss  them- 
selves,  yet  can  they  not  prevail ;  though  they  roar,  yet  can  they 
not  pass  over  it."  He  hath  said  to  its  rolling  billows,  "  Hitherto 
shalt  thou  come,  and  no  farther  ;  and  here  shall  thy  proud  waves 
-1." — Are  we  spectators  of  storms  and  tempests,  espe- 
cially in  the  terrific  grandeur  they  display  in  southern  climes? 
Our  emotions  will  be  expressed  with  the  greatest  emphasis  in  the 
juration,  in  which  we  are  uniformly  directed  to 
gency  of  God  in  such  phenomena.  "  Clouds  and 
darkness  are  round  about  him:  He  hath  his  way  in  the  whirl- 
wind and  the  storm,  and  the  clouds  are  the  dust  of  his  feet." 
— "  When  he  uttereth  his  voice,  there  is  a  sound  of  waters  in 
the  heavens  ;  he  causeth  the  vapours  to  ascend  from  the  ends  of 
earth  ;  b  th  lightnings  with  rain,  and  bringeth  forth  the 

winds  out  of  his  treasuries." — "  The  God  of  glory  thundereth; 
the  voice  of  the  Lord  is  full  of  majesty  ;  the  voice  of  the  Lord 
divideth  the  flames  of  fire  ;  yea,  the  Lord  breaketh  the  cedars  of 


Preferring  to  the  deluge. 


HARMONY    OF    SCIENCE    AND    REVELATION.  259 

Structure  of  the  Human  Body. 


Lebanon." — "  Who  can  stand  before  his  indignation?  The 
mountains  quake  before  him,  the  hills  melt,  and  rocks  are  shivered 
at  his  presence." 

Again,  when  we  contemplate  the  immense  number  and  variety 
of  animated  beings  which  glide  through  the  waters,  move  along 
the  earth,  and  wing  their  flight  through  the  air  ;  together  with  the 
ample  provision  which  is  made  for  their  accommodation  and  sub- 
sistence,— where  can  we  find  language  more  appropriate  to 
express  our  feelings  than  in  these  words  of  the  Psalmist  ?  "  How 
manifold  are  thy  works,  0  Lord  !  In  wisdom  hast  thou  made 
them  all ;  the  earth  is  full  of  thy  riches  ;  so  is  the  great  and 
wide  sea,  wherein  are  things  creeping  innumerable,  both  small 
and  great  beasts.  These  all  wait  upon  thee,  that  thou  mayest 
give  them  their  meat  in  due  season.  Thou  givest  them — they 
gather  ;  thou  openest  thine  hand — they  are  filled  with  good." — 
TVhen  we  survey  the  structure  of  the  human  frame,  and  consider 
the  vast  number  of  bones,  muscles,  veins,  arteries,  lacteals,  lym- 
phatics, and  other  parts,  all  curiously  combined,  and  calculated 
to  facilitate  every  motion  of  our  bodies,  and  to  produce  sensitive 
enjoyment, — along  with  the  organs  of  sense,  the  process  of  respi- 
ration, and  the  circulation  of  the  blood  through  the  whole  frame 
every  four  minutes, — can  wTe  refrain  from  adopting  the  expressive 
language  of  the  Psalmist  ?  "  I  will  praise  thee,  for  I  am  fearfully 
and  wonderfully  made!  marvellous  are  thy  works.  My  sub- 
stance was  not  hid  from  thee  when  I  was  made  in  secret,  and 
curiously  wrought," — or  variegated  like  needlework, — "in  my 
mother's  womb.*     Thine  eyes  did  see  my  substance  when  it  was 

*  In  our  translation,  the  beauty  and  emphasis  of  this  passage  are  partly 
lost.  The  expression,  "curiously  wrought,"  literally  translated,  signifies 
"  flowered  with  a  needle."  The  process  of  the  formation  of  the  human  body 
in  the  womb  is  compared  to  that  in  a  piece  of  delicate  work  wrought  with  a 
fine  needle,  or  fashioned  with  peculiar  art  in  the  loom  ;  which,  with  all  its 
beautiful  proportion  of  figure  and  variety  of  colouring,  rises  by  degrees  to  per- 
fection under  the  hand  of  the  artist,  from  a  rude  mass  of  silk  or  other  mate- 
rials, and  according  to  a  pattern  lying  before  him.  In  accordance  with  this 
idea,  the  Divine  Being  is  here  represented  as  working  a  shapeless  mass,  after 
a  plan  delineated  in  his  book,  into  the  most  curious  texture  of  muscles,  bones, 
Teins,  ligaments,  membranes,  lymphatics,  &c.  most  skilfully  interwoven  and 
connected  with  each  other,  till  it  becomes  a  structure  with  all  the  parts, 
lineaments,  and  functions  of  a  man, — no  one  of  which  is  to  be  seen  at  first, 
any  more  than  the  figures  in  a  ball  of  silk,  before  it  is  fashioned  with  the 
needle.  The  wonders  of  this  workmanship  are  farther  enhanced  from  the 
consideration,  that,  while  human  artificers  require  the  clearest  light  for 
!  accomplishing  their  work,  the  Divine  Artist  performs  it  "  in  secret,"  within 
i  the  dark  and  narrow  recess  of  the  womb.  The  expression,  "How  precious  are 
thy  thoughts  to  me,"  should  be  rendered,  "How  precious  are  thy  contrivances 
respecting  me,"  namely,  in  reference  to  the  exquisite  structure  and  organization 
of  the  corporeal  frame,  on  which  the  Psalmist  had  fixed  his  meditations- 


2G0  ON    THE    G  .h    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Structure  of  the  Heavens. 


\(  i  imperfect  ;  and  in  thy  book  all  my  members  were  written, 
which  in  continuance  were  fashioned  when  as  yet  there  was  none 
of  them.  How  precious  are  thy  thoughts  (or,  thy  wonderful 
contrivances)  concerning  me,  0  God!  How  great  is  the  sum 
of  them  !  If  I  should  count  them,  they  are  more  in  number  than 
the  Band."  To  which  may  be  added  the  words  of  Job,  "Thine 
hands  have  made  and  fashioned  me  ;  thou  hast  clothed  me  with 
skin  and  flesh,  and  hast  fenced  me  with  bones  and  sinews  ;  and 
thy  visitation  preserveth  my  spirit." — When  we  contemplate  the 
minute  wonders  of  creation,  and  are  struck  with  astonishment  at 
the  inconceivable  smallness  of  certain  animated  beings, — how 
can  we  more  appropriately  express  our  feelings  than  in  the  lan- 
guage of  Scripture,  "  He  is  wonderful  in  counsel,  and  excellent 
in  working ;  his  wisdom  is  unsearchable,  his  understanding  is 
infinite  ;  marvellous  things  doth  he  which  we  cannot  compre- 
hend. There  is  none  like  unto  thee,  0  Lord,  neither  are  there 
any  works  like  unto  thy  works.  Thou  art  great,  and  dost  won- 
drous things  ;  thou  art  God  alone." 

When  we  contemplate  the  amazing  structure  of  the  heavens — 
the  magnitude  of  the  bodies  which  compose  the  planetary  system, 
and  the  numerous  orbs  which  adorn  the  nocturnal  sky— when  we 
penetrate  with  the  telescope  into  the  more  distant  regions  of  space, 
and  behold  ten  thousand  times  ten  thousand  more  of  these  bright 
luminaries  rising  to  view  from  every  region  of  the  firmament — 
when  we  consider  that  each  of  these  twinkling  luminaries  is  a 
sun,  equal  or  superior  to  our  own  in  size  and  in  splendour,  and 
rounded  with  a  system  of  revolving  worlds — when  we  reflect, 
that  all  this  vast  assemblage  of  suns  and  worlds  forms,  in  all 
I ,  but  a  very  small  portion  of  Jehovah's  empire,  and 
when  our  minds  are  bewildered  and  astonished  at  the  incompre- 
:audeur  of  the  scene — where  shall  we  find  language  to 
ir  emotions  more  energetic  and  appropriate  than  in  such 
these?   "Canst  thou  by  searching  find  out  God? 
thou  find  out  the  Almighty  to  perfection  ?  He  is  glorious 
in  |  understanding  is  infinite,  his  greatness  is  unsearch- 

.     The  h<  declare  the  glory  of  Jehovah,  and  the  firma- 

ment showeth  his  handy-work.     All  nations  before  him  are  as  j 
d  they  are  counted  to  him  as  less  than  nothing  and  j 
out  the  heavens  with  a  span,  and  compre-  \ 
hendeth  the  dust  of  the  earth  in  a  measure.     Behold  !   the  hea- 
ftnd  the  heaven  of  heavens  cannot  contain  him.   By  the  word 
of  the  Lord  were  the  heavens  made,  and  all  the  host  of  them  by 
the  spirit  of  his  mouth.     He  spake  and  it  was  done;  he  com- 
manded, and  it  stood  fast.  He  doth  great  things  past  finding  out, 


HARMONY    OF    SCIENCE    AND    REVELATION.  261 

:  Plurality  of  Worlds. 

*■  •    -  ...... 

and  wonders  without  number.  Great  and  marvellous  are  thy 
works,  Lord  God  Almighty  !  Touching  the  Almighty  we  cannot 
find  him  out ;  he  is  excellent  in  power,  and  his  glory  is  above  the 
earth  and  the  heavens.  Who  can  utter  the  mighty  operations  of 
Jehovah?  Who  can  show  forth  all  his  praise?" 

Are  we  led,  from  the  discoveries  of  modern  astronomy,  to  infer, 
that  numerous  worlds  besides  our  own  exist  throughout  the  uni- 
verse ?  This  idea  will  be  found  imbodied  in  numerous  passages 
of  Scripture,  such  as  the  following  : — "  Through  faith  we  under- 
stand that  the  worlds  were  framed  by  the  word  of  God." — "In 
these  last  days  he  hath  spoken  to  us  by  his  Son,  whom  he  hath 
,  appointed  heir  of  all  things,  by  whom  also  he  made  the  worlds." 
— "  Thou  hast  made  heaven,  the  heaven  of  heavens,  with  all  their 
host,  and  thou  preservest  them  all,  and  the  host  of  heaven  wor- 
shipped thee." — "He  sitteth  upon  the  circle  of  the  earth,  and  the 
inhabitants  thereof  are  as  grasshoppers.  All  the  inhabitants  of 
the  earth  are  reputed  as  nothing  in  his  sight  The  nations  are  as 
the  drop  of  a  bucket ;  and  he  doth  according  to  his  will  in  the 
armies  of  hear  en,  and  among  the  inhabitants  of  the  earth." — "  He 
hath  prepared  his  throne  in  the  heavens,  and  his  kingdom  ruleth 
over  all." — "  When  I  consider  thy  heavens — what  is  man,  that 
thou  art  mindful  of  him  V*  It  would  be  easy  to  show,  were  it  ex- 
pedient in  the  present  case,  that  all  such  expressions  and  repre- 
sentations imbody  in  them  the  idea  of  a  plurality  of  worlds, 
without  which  they  would  appear  either  inexplicable,  or  as  a  spe- 
cies of  bombast,  unworthy  of  the  character  of  inspired  writers. 
So  that,  to  whatever  department  of  nature  we  direct  our  contem- 
plations, we  perceive  its  correspondence  with  the  sentiments  ex- 
pressed in  the  sacred  writings,  and  find  in  these  writings  the  most 
sublime  and  appropriate  language  in  which  to  express  those  emo- 
tions which  the  diversified  scenes  of  the  material  world  are  cal- 
culated to  inspire. 

We  may  now  ask,  if  such  an  assertion  can  be  made,  in  truth, 
with  regard  to  any  other  writings,  ancient  or  modern,  whose  sen- 
timents have  not  been  derived  from  the  sacred  oracles  ?  Can  we 
find  in  the  writings  of  all  the  poets,  philosophers,  and  orators  of 
Greece  and  Rome,  sentiments  so  dignified,  appropriate,  and  sub- 
lime, in  relation  to  the  objects  to  which  we  have  alluded?  Do  not 
such  writers  frequently  misrepresent  and  even  caricature  the  sys- 
,  tern  of  nature  ?  Are  not  their  descriptions  of  the  gods,  and  the 
:  actions  they  attribute  to  them,  in  many  instances,  mean,  ridicu- 
lous,  unworthy  of  the  character  of  superior  beings,  and  even  in 
the  highest  degree  immoral  and  profane  ?  And,  if  we  turn  to  the 
literature  and  the  sacred  books  of  the  Chinese,  the  Persians,  the 


262  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Advantage!  i  :"  an  intel  ig<  nl  Study  of  the  Scriptures. 


Hindoos,  or  the  Japanese,  shall  we  find  anything  superior?  And 
is  n<>t  the  circumstance  to  which  we  have  adverted,  a  strong  pre- 
sumptive evidence  that  the  Scriptures  of  the  Old  and  New  Testa- 
ment were  written  under  the  inspiration  of  the  Almighty  ;  and 
consequently,  that  they  are  "profitable  for  doctrine,  for  reproof, 
and  for  instruction  in  righteousness,  that  the  the  man  of  God  mav 
be  made  perfect,  and  thoroughly  furnished  unto  all  good  works?" 

Such  is  a  brief  view  of  some  of  the  advantages  which  may  be 
derived  from  history  and  general  science  in  the  study  of  the  Scrip- 
tures. There  is,  indeed,  scarcely  a  branch  of  useful  knowledge, 
of  whatever  description,  but  may  be  rendered  in  some  way  or 
another  subservient  to  the  elucidation  of  the  sacred  oracles,  and 
in  enabling  us  to  take  a  wide  and  comprehensive  view  of  the 
facts  and  doctrines  they  declare.  Were  the  great  body  of  man- 
kind, therefore,  instructed  in  general  knowledge,  and  accustomed 
to  rational  investigations,  they  would  be  enabled  to  study  the  Scrip- 
tures with  much  greater  interest  and  intelligence  than  they  can 
now  be  supposed  to  do.  They  would  perceive  the  beauty  and 
sublimity  of  their  language,  the  dignity  and  excellence  of  the 
sentiments  they  contain,  the  purity  of  their  doctrines,  and  the 
beneficent  tendency  of  their  moral  precepts  ;  and,  by  familiariz- 
ing their  minds  with  the  numerous  and  multifarious  facts  they 
exhibit,  and  comparing  them  with  the  history  of  nations,  and  with 
passing  events,  they  would  gradually  acquire  an  enlightened  and 
comprehensive  view  of  God's  superintending  providence.  The 
study  of  the  Scriptures,  in  their  native  simplicity,  with  the  helps 
now  alluded  to,  and  without  the  intermixture  of  the  technical 
language  of  theologians,  and  of  party  opinions,  would  be  of  vast 
importance  in  religion.  It  would  convince  the  unbiassed  inquirer 
how  little  foundation  there  is  in  the  Scriptures  themselves  for 

ay  of  those  numerous  disputes  about  metaphysical  dogmas, 
which  have  rent  the  Christian  world  into  a  number  of  shreds  and 
patches,  and  produced  jealousy  and  animosity,  where  love  and 
affection  should  have  appeared  predominant.  He  would  soon 
be  enabled  to  perceive,  that  the  system  of  Revelation  chiefly 
Consists  of  a  series  of  important  facts,  connected  with  the  dis- 
pensations of  God  towards  our  race,  and  interwoven  with  a 
variety  of  practical  and  interesting  truths;  and  that  the  grand 
design  of  the  whole  is  to  counteract  the  effects  of  moral  evil,  to 
display  the  true  character  of  Deity,  to  promote  love  to  God  and 
man,  to  inculcate  the  practice  of  every  heavenly  virtue,  and  to 
form  mankind  into  one  harmonious  and  affectionate  society. 
He  would  find  none  of  the  technical  terms  and  phraseology 
which  the  schoolmen  and  others  have  introduced  into  their  sys- 


I 


STUDY    OF    THE    SCRIPTURES.  263 


Effects  of  practical  Scriptural  Knowledge. 


terns  of  theology  ;  nor  any  of  those  anathemas,  which  one  sec- 
tary has  so  frequently  levelled  at  another,  applied  to  any  one, 
excepting  to  those  "who  love  not  our  Lord  Jesus  in  sincerity." 
He  would  naturally  be  led  to  the  conclusion,  that  what  is  not 
clearly  and  explicitly  stated  in  the  Scriptures,  or  but  obscurely 
hinted  at,  in  reference  to  the  external  government  of  the  church 
or  anv  other  subject,  cannot  be  a  matter  of  primary  importance, 
and,  consequently,  ought  never  to  be  the  subject  of  virulent  dis- 
pute, or  the  cause  of  dissension  or  separation  among  Christians 
— and  that  those  things  only  are  to  be  considered  as  the  promi- 
nent and  distinguishing  truths  of  religion  which  are  the  most 
frequently  reiterated,  and  expressed  with  such  emphasis  and  per- 
spicuity, that  "  he  who  runs  may  read  them." 

Again,  such  an  intelligent  study  of  the  Scriptures  as  would 
accompany  the  acquisition  of  general  knowledge,  would  have  a 
tendency  to  promote  the  union  of  the  Christian  church.  Igno- 
rance and  distorted  views  of  the  truths  of  revelation  are  almost 
uniformly  accompanied  with  illiberality  and  self-conceit ;  and 
where  these  prevail,  silly  prejudices  are  fostered,  and  party 
opinions  tenaciously  adhered  to,  and  magnified  into  undue  im- 
portance. But  an  enlightened  mind, — the  farther  it  advances  in 
the  path  of  knowledge  and  in  the  study  of  the  Sacred  Oracles, 
the  more  will  it  perceive  the  limited  nature  of  its  faculties,  and 
the  difficulty  of  deciding  on  certain  mysterious  doctrines ;  and 
consequently,  the  more  will  it  be  disposed  to  grant  to  every  other 
mind  a  liberty  of  thought  on  subordinate  religious  subjects,  and 
to  make  every  allowance  for  those  educational  prejudices  and 
other  causes  which  have  a  tendency  to  warp  the  mind  to  certain 
favourite  opinions.  And,  when  such  a  disposition  more  generally 
prevails,  and  is  accompanied  with  the  exercise  of  Christian  love 
and  moderation — the  spirit  of  party  will  be  gradually  undermined, 
and  all  who  recognise  the  grand  and  essential  features  of  genuine 
Christianity  will  unite  in  one  lovely  and  harmonious  society.  But 
so  long  as  ignorance  and  habits  of  mental  inactivity  prevail  among 
the  great  body  of  the  population,  such  a  happy  consummation 
cannot  be  expected.* 

In  short,  were  the  sacred  writings  studied  with  reverence  and 
attention,  and  those  departments  of  knowledge  to  which  I  have 
alluded  brought  forward  to  assist  in  their  investigation,  infidelity 
would  soon  feel  ashamed  of  its  ignorance  and  impertinence,  and 
hide  its  head  in  retirement  and  obscurity.  It  is  owing,  in  a  great 
measure,  to  ignorance  of  the   Scriptures,  that  so  many  avowed 

*  For  a  more  full  illustration  of  this  topic,  see  Section  V. 


264  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Folly  of  Infidelity. 


infidels  are  to  be  found  in  society.  "  They  speak  evil  of  the 
things  which  they  know  not ;"  "  their  mouth  speaketh  great 
swelling  words"  of  vanity  against  truths  which  they  never  inves- 
tigated, and  which,  of  course,  they  do  not  understand.  Even 
some  of  those  who  attempted  to  write  against  revelation  are  not 
ashamed  to  avow,  that  they  have  never  either  read  or  studied  the 
writings  it  contains.  Paine,  one  of  the  most  virulent  adversaries 
of  Christianity,  had  the  effrontery  to  affirm,  that,  when  he  wrote 
the  first  part  of  his  "Age  of  Reason,"  he  was  without  a  Bible, 
"Afterward,"  he  tells  us,  in  school-boy  language,  "I  procured  a 
Bible  and  a  Testament."  Who  but  an  arrant  fool  would  have 
made  such  a  declaration,  and  thus  have  proclaimed  his  own  im- 
pertinence and  folly?  and  who  would  have  listened  with  patience 
to  such  an  impudent  avowal,  had  it  been  made  in  relation  to  any 
other  subject  ?  For,  to  attempt  to  answer  a  book,  which  one  had 
not  read,  is  surely  the  height  of  presumption  and  impudence,  and 
plainly  indicates  that  the  mind  was  previously  prejudiced  against 
it,  and  determined  to  oppose  its  sentiments.  Others  have  looked 
into  the  Bible,  and  skimmed  over  its  contents,  with  the  express 
purpose  of  finding  faults  and  contradictions.  Emerson  the  ma- 
thematician, having  imbibed  a  disrelish  for  the  Scriptures,  endea- 
voured to  satisfy  his  mind  that  they  were  not  divine,  by  picking 
out  a  number  of  insulated  passages,  which  he  conceived  to  be 
contradictions,  and  set  them,  one  opposite  to  another,  in  two  se- 
parate columns,  and  then  was  bold  enough  to  aver  that  he  had 
proved  the  Bible  to  be  an  imposture.  Is  it  any  wonder  that  men 
who  presume  to  act  in  this  manner  should  never  come  to  the 
knowledge  of  the  truth  ?  What  book  in  the  world  would  stand  such 
an  ordeal?  There  is  no  treatise  on  any  subject  whatever,  which, 
if  treated  in  this  manner,  might  not  be  made  to  appear  a  mass  of 
absurdities  and  contradictions.  If  the  Bible  is  to  be  read  at  all, 
it  must  be  perused  both  with  reverence  and  with  intelligence  ; 
and  there  is  no  one  who  enters  on  the  study  of  it,  in  such  a  state 
of  mind,  but  will  soon  perceive  that  it  contains  "  the  witness  in 
itself,"  that  it  is  from  God,  and  will  feel  that  it  is  "  quick  and 
powerful"  in  its  appeals  to  the  conscience,  and  a  "  searcher  of 
the  thoughts  and  intents  of  the  heart."  But  he  who  reads  it  either 
with  scorn,  with  neg  •-,  or  with  prejudice,  needs  not  wonder 

if  he  shall  find  himself  only  confirmed  in  his  folly  and  unbelief. 
"  For  a  Bcorner  seeketh  wisdom  and  findeth  it  not;  but  know- 
ledge is  i  asy  unto  him  that  hath  understanding." 

I  have  dwelt  at  considerable  length  on  the  topic  of  Christian- 
ity, because  it  is  a  subject  of  peculiar  interest  and  importance  to 
every  individual.     If,  in  systems  of  education,  and  in  the  means 


ESTIMATE    OF    HUMAN    CHARACTER.  265 

Character  often  estimated  by  Wealth. 


by  which  mankind  at  large  may  be  enlightened  and  improved,  the 
knowledge  of  religion  be  overlooked,  and  its  moral  requisitions 
disregarded,  more  evil  than  good  may  be  the  result  of  the  disse- 
mination of  general  and  scientific  knowledge.  We  have  a  proof 
of  this,  in  the  scenes  of  anarchy,  licentiousness,  and  horror  which 
succeeded  the  first  French  revolution,  when  revealed  religion 
was  publicly  discarded,  and  atheism,  infidelity,  and  fatalism,  ac- 
companied with  legalized  plundering,  became  "  the  order  of  the 
day."  If  knowledge  is  not  consecrated  to  a  moral  purpose,  and 
prosecuted  with  a  reference  to  that  immortal  existence  to  which 
we  are  destined,  the  utility  of  its  general  diffusion  might  be  justly 
called  in  question.  But,  when  prosecuted  in  connexion  with  the 
important  discoveries  of  revelation,  it  has  a  tendency  to  raise 
man  to  the  highest  dignity  of  which  his  nature  is  susceptible,  and 
to  prepare  him  for  more  exalted  pursuits  and  enjoyments  in  the 
life  to  come. 


SECTION  X. 

Miscellaneous  Advantages  of  Knowledge  briefly  stated. 

In  this  section,  I  shall  briefly  advert  to  several  advantages 
which  would  flow  from  a  general  diffusion  of  knowledge,  not 
directly  included  in  those  which  have  already  been  stated. 

I.  Minds  tutored  in  knowledge  and  habits  of  reflection,  ivould 
be  led  to  form  just  estimates  of  human  character  and  enjoyment. 

The  bulk  of  mankind  are  apt  to  form  a  false  estimate  of  the 
characters  of  men,  from  considering  only  those  adventitious  cir- 
cumstances in  which  they  are  placed,  and  those  external  trap- 
pings with  which  they  are  adorned.  Wherever  wealth  and  splen- 
dour, and  high-sounding  titles  have  taken  up  their  residence,  the 
multitude  fall  down  and  worship  at  their  shrine.  The  natural 
and  acquired  endowments  of  the  mind  are  seldom  appreciated 
and  respected,  unless  they  are  clothed  with  a  dazzling  exterior. 
A  man  of  genius,  of  virtue,  and  of  piety,  is  not  distinguished  from 
the  common  herd  of  mankind,  unless  he  can  afford  to  live  in  an 
elegant  mansion,  to  entertain  convivial  parties,  and  to  mingle 
with  the  fashionable  and  polite.  The  poor  and  ignorant  peasant 
looks  up  with  a  kind  of  veneration  to  my  lord  and  my  lady,  as  if 
they  were  a  species  of  superior  beings,  though,  perhaps,  with  the 
exception  of  a  few  trifling  accomplishments,  they  are  scarcely 
raised  above  the  level  of  the  vulgar  whom  they  despise,  in  respect 
23 


2G6  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


False  Estimate  of  Happiness. 


to  intellectual  attainments  ;  and  they  are  often  far  beneath  them 
in  those  moral  accomplishments  which  constitute  the  true  glory 
of  man, — being  too  frequently  the  slaves  of  many  foolish  caprices 
and  unhallowed  passions.  To  pay  homage  to  mere  titles,  rank, 
or  riches,  has  a  tendency  to  degrade  the  human  mind,  and  has 
been  the  source  of  all  that  vassalage,  slavery,  and  despotism 
which  have  prevailed  in  the  world.  On  the  other  hand,  the  man 
of  rank  and  fashion  looks  down  with  a  species  of  disdain,  and 
considers  as  unworthy  of  his  notice,  the  man  of  talent,  or  the 
rational  inquirer  after  truth,  if  he  is  clad  in  a  homely  dress,  and 
possessed  of  only  a  small  share  of  wealth ;  because,  forsooth,  he 
is  unqualified  to  accompany  him  to  horse-races,  assemblies,  mas- 
querades, and  other  fashionable  entertainments.  Many  an  indi- 
vidual of  superlative  worth  and  merit  has  been  thus  overlooked 
by  his  superiors  in  rank,  and  even  by  the  great  body  of  his  fellow- 
men,  and  has  passed  through  the  world  almost  unnoticed  and 
unknown,  except  by  a  few  minds  congenial  to  his  own.  For  the 
beauties  and  excellences  of  mind  can  only  be  perceived  and 
appreciated  by  those  whose  mental  faculties  have  been,  in  some 
degree,  enlightened  and  improved,  and  who  are  qualified  to  esti- 
mate the  value  of  a  jewel,  although  its  casket  may  be  formed  of 
coarse  materials,  and  besmeared  with  sand  and  mud. 

The  multitude  form  no  less  erroneous  estimates  in  regard  to 
human  happiness.  Having  felt  little  other  misery  than  that  which 
arises  from  poverty,  want,  or  excessive  labour,  they  are  apt  to 
imagine,  that  where  riches  abound,  and  the  avenues  to  every  sen- 
sitive enjoyment  are  free  and  unobstructed,  there  misery  can 
scarcely  gain  admittance,  and  the  greatest  share  of  human  hap- 
piness must  be  found  ;  that  where  there  is  wealth  there  can  be 
little  sorrow,  and  that  those  who  glide  along  in  splendour  and 
affluence  can  scarcely  be  acquainted  with  the  cares  and  anxieties 
which  press  so  heavily  upon  the  rest  of  mankind.  Hence  the 
ruling  passion,  wrhich  distinguishes  the  majority  of  mankind,  to 
aspire  after  elevated  station  and  rank,  and  to  accumulate  riches, 
although  it  should  be  at  the  expense  of  trampling  under  foot  every 
social  duty,  and  every  moral  principle,  and  even  at  the  risk  of 
endangering  life  itself.  Hence,  the  idle  and  the  vicious  are  led 
to  imagine,  that  if  they  can  but  lay  hold  of  wealth,  whether  by 
fraud,  by  deceit,  or  by  open  violence,  they  will  be  able  to  admi- 
nister nutriment  to  those  desires  which,  when  gratified,  will  com- 
plete their  happiness. 

It  is  evident,  that,  nothing  can  be  supposed  more  effectual  for 
counteracting  such  fallacious  tendencies  of  the  human  mind  than 
the  cultivation  of  reason,  the  expanding  of  the  intellectual  facul- 


ESTIMATE    OF    HUMAN    ENJOYMENT.  267 


Insufficiency  of  Wealth. 


ties,  and  the  habit  of  applying  the  principles  of  knowledge  to  the 
diversified  phenomena  of  human  character  and  conduct.     The 
man  whose  mind  is  accustomed  to  investigation,  and  to  take  an 
extensive  range  through  the  regions  of  science,  and  who  consi- 
ders his  mental  powers  as  the  chief  characteristic  by  which  he  is 
distinguished  in  the  scale  of  animal  existence,  will  naturally  be 
guided  in  his  estimates  of  human  character  by  moral  and  intel- 
lectual considerations.     His  eye  will  easily  penetrate  through  the 
thin  veil  of  exterior  and  adventitious  accompaniments,  and  appre- 
ciate what  alone  is  worthy  of  regard  in  the  characters  of  men, 
whether  they  be  surrounded  by  wealth  and  splendour,  or  immersed 
in  poverty  or  obscurity.     And  with  respect  to  human  happiness, 
a  person  of  this  description  will  easily  enter  into  such  a  train  of 
reasoning  as  the  following,  and  feel  its  force  : — That,  in  respect 
of  wealth,  what  we  cannot  reach  may  very  well  be  forborne  ;  that 
the  inequality  of  happiness  on  this  account  is,  for  the  most  part, 
much  less  than  it  seems  ;  that  the  greatness  which  we  admire  at 
a  distance,  has  much  fewer  advantages  and  much  less  splendour, 
when  we  are  suffered  to  approach  it ;  that  the  happiness  which 
we  imagine  to  be  found  in  high  life,  is  much  alloyed  and  dimi- 
nished by  a  variety  of  foolish  passions  and  domestic  cares  and 
anxieties,  of  which  we  are  generally  ignorant ;  and  that  the  appa- 
rent infelicity  of  the  lower  stations  in  society  is  frequently  mode- 
rated by  various  moral  and  domestic  comforts,  unknown  to  many 
of  those  who  occupy  the  highest  ranks  of  social  life.     There  is  a 
certain  portion  of  external  enjoyment  without  which  no  man  can 
be  happy  ;  and  there  is  a  certain  portion  of  wealth  to  procure 
this  enjoyment  which  every  rank  of  society  ought  to  possess,  and 
which  even  the  lowest  ranks  would  obtain,  were  the  movements 
of  the  social  machine  properly  conducted.     But  to  pursue  riches 
with  all  the  violence  of  passion,  as  the  chief  end  of  our  being,  is 
not  only  degrading  to  our  intellectual  natures,  and  tends  to  block 
up  the  avenues  to  tranquil  enjoyment,  but  is  fraught  with  toil  and 
anxiety,  and  innumerable  hazards.     "Wealth,"  says  a  certain 
moral  writer,  "is  nothing  in  itself;  it  is  not  useful  but  when  it 
departs  from  us  ;  its  value  is  found  only  in  that  which  it  can  pur- 
chase, which,  if  we  suppose  it  put  to  its  best  use  by  those  that 
possess  it,  seems  not  much  to  deserve  the  desire  or  envy  of  a 
wise  man.     It  is  certain,  that  with  regard  to  corporeal  enjoyment, 
money  can  neither  open  new  avenues  to  pleasure,  nor  block  up 
the  passages  of  anguish.     Disease  and  infirmity  still  continue  to 
torture  and  enfeeble,  perhaps  exasperated  by  luxury,  or  promoted 
by  softness.  With  respect  to  the  mind,  it  has  rarely  been  observed, 
that  wealth  contributes  much  to  quicken  the  discernment,  enlarge 


268  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    ON    KNOWLEDGE. 


Proper  Use  of  Riches. 


Ihe   capacity,  or  elevate  the  imagination;    but  may,  by  hiring 
Battery,    or  laying  diligence  asleep,   confirm  error  and  harden 

stupidity.'' 

Such  are  some  of  the  views  and  principles  by  which  an  en- 
lightened mind  will  naturally  estimate  the  characters  and  enjoy- 
ments of  mankind.  Were  the  great  body  of  the  population  in 
every  country  qualified  to  enter  into  such  reasonings,  and  to  feel 
the  force  of  such  considerations,  it  could  not  fail  of  being  accom- 
panied with  many  beneficial  effects.  It  would  temper  that  fool- 
ish adulation  which  ignorance  and  imbecility  so  frequently  offer 
at  the  shrine  of  wealth  and  splendour  ;  and  would  undermine 
those  envious  and  discontented  dispositions  with  which  the  lower 
ranks  are  apt  to  view  the  riches  and  possessions  of  the  great. 
As  moral  principle  and  conduct,  associated  with  intelligence,  are 
the  only  proper  objects  of  respect  in  the  human  character,  it 
would  lead  persons  to  form  a  judgment  of  the  true  dignity  of  man, 
not  by  the  glitter  of  affluence,  or  the  splendour  of  equipage,  but 
by  those  moral  and  intellectual  qualities  and  endowments,  which, 
in  every  station,  demand  our  regard,  and  which  constitute  the  real 
glory  of  the  human  character.  It  would  tend  to  counteract  the 
principle  of  avarice,  which  has  produced  so  many  miseries  and 
mischiefs  in  society,  and  to  promote  that  contentment  under  the 
allotments  of  Divine  Providence  in  which  consists  the  chief  part 
of  the  happiness  of  mankind.  And  while  it  would  counteract 
the  tendency  to  foolish  and  immoral  pursuits,  it  would  direct  to 
those  rational  pursuits  and  enjoyments  which  are  pure  and  per- 
manent, and  congenial  to  the  high  dignity  and  destination  of  man. 
In  short,  were  the  attention  of  the  higher  and  influential  classes 
turned  away  from  hounding  and  horce-racing,  masquerades,  gam- 
bling, and  such  like  frivolous  amusements,  and  directed  to  the  study 
of  useful  science,  we  might  expect  to  behold  them  patronizing 
philanthropic  and  scientific  characters  in  their  plans  and  investi- 
gations, and  devoting  a  portion  of  their  wealth  to  carry  forward 
those  improvements  by  which  the  comforts  of  mankind  would  be 
increased,  and  science  and  art  carried  nearer  to  perfection.  The 
twentieth  part  of  that  wealth  which  is  too  frequently  spent  in  fash- 
ionable follies,  \\(  re  it  devoted  to  such  purposes,  would  be  of  incal- 
culable service  to  the  interests  both  of  humanity  and  of  science. 

II.  The  acquisition  of  general  knowledge  would  enable  persons 
to  profit  by  their  attendance  on  public  instructions. 

In  the  present  day,  lectures  on  popular  philosophy,  astronomy, 
chymistry,  geology,  and  political  economy,  are  occasionally  de- 
livered in  the  principal  cities  and  towns  of  Great  Britain  ;  but, 
out  of  a  population  of  thirty  or  forty  thousand,  it  frequently  hap- 


PUBLIC    INSTRUCTIONS,  269 


Ignorance  the  Source  of  Inattention. 


pens,  that  scarcely  thirty  or  forty  individuals  can  be  collected  to 
listen  to  instructions  on  such  subjects.  This,  no  doubt,  is  partly 
owing  to  the  fee  demanded  for  admission,  which  is  sometimes 
beyond  the  reach  of  many  intelligent  persons  in  the  lowTer  walks 
of  life.  But  it  is  chiefly  owing  to,  the  want  of  taste  for  such 
branches  of  knowledge — to  ignorance  of  the  elements  of  general 
science — and  to  unaquaintance  with  the  terms  which  require  to 
be  used  in  the  explanation  of  such  subjects,  arising  from  the  want 
of  intellectual  instruction  in  early  life.  Even  of  the  few  who 
generally  attend  such  lectures,  there  is  not  perhaps  the  one-half 
who  can  enter  with  intelligence  into  the  train  of  reasoning  and 
illustration  brought  forward  by  the  lecturer,  or  feel  much  interest 
in  the  discussions,  excepting  when  their  eyes  are  dazzled  with 
some  flashy  experiment.  Hence  it  follows,  that  very  little  know- 
ledge comparatively  can  be  communicated  in  this  way  to  the 
population  at  large,  owing  to  the  deficiency  of  previous  instruc- 
tion,— and  that  systems  of  intellectual  education,  more  extensive 
and  efficient  than  those  which  have  hitherto  been  in  operation,, 
require  to  be  adopted,  before  the  great  body  of  the  people  can  be 
supposed  to  profit  by  attendance  on  courses  of  lectures  on  any 
department  of  knowledge. 

The  same  remark  will  apply,  with  a  few  modifications,  to  the 
instructions  delivered  by  the  teachers  of  religion.  For  w7ant  of 
a  proper  foundation  being  previously  laid,  in  the  exercise  of  the 
rational  faculty,  and  the  acquisition  of  general  information,  com- 
paratively little  advantage  is  derived  fror#  the  sermons  and  ex- 
pository lectures  delivered  by  the  ministers  of  the  gospel.  Of  a 
thousand  individuals  which  may  compose  a  worshipping  assembly 
where  religious  instructions  are  imparted,  there  are  seldom  above 
two  hundred  (and  most  frequently  much  fewer)  than  can  give  any 
intelligent  account  of  the  train  of  thought  which  has  been  pursued, 
or  the  topics  which  have  been  illustrated,  in  the  discourses  to 
which  they  have  professed  to  listen.  This  may  be  owing,  in 
many  instances,  to  the  dry  and  abstract  method  by  which  certain 
preachers  construct  their  discourses,  and  to  the  want  of  energy, 
and  the  dull  and  monotonous  manner  in  which  they  are  delivered. 
But,  in  the  majority  of  instances,  it  is  obviously  owing  to  habits 
of  inattention  to  subjects  of  an  intellectual  nature — to  an  inca- 
pacity for  following  a  train  of  illustration  or  reasoning — and  to 
the  want  of  acquaintance  with  the  meaning  of  many  terms  which 
theological  instructers  find  it  expedient  to  use  in  the  construction 
of  their  discourses — and  such  deficiencies  are  to  be  ascribed  to 
the  mental  faculties  not  having  been  exercised  from  infancy  in 
die  pursuit  of  knowledge  and  in  rational  investigations. 
23* 


270  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 

General  Deficiency  of  Knowledge. 


This  deficiency  of  knowledge  and  intellectual  culture  seems  to 
be  virtually  acknowledged  by  the  ministers  of  religion  ;  since,  in 
their  general  discourses,  they  confine  themselves,  for  the  most 
part,  to  the  elucidation  of  the  first  principles  of  religion.     Instead 
of  exhibiting  a  luminous  and  comprehensive  view  of  the  whole 
scenery  of  divine  revelation,  and  illustrating  its  various  parts  from 
the  history  of  nations,  the  system  of  nature,  and  the  scenes  of 
human  life — they  generally  confine  their  discussions   to  a  few 
topics  connected  with  what  are  termed  the  fundamental  doctrines 
of  the  gospel.     Instead  of  "  going  on  to  perfection,"  as  the  apos- 
tle Paul  exhorts,  by  tracing  the  elements  of  Christianity  in  all 
their  bearings  on  moral  conduct  and  Christian  contemplation,  and 
endeavouring  to  carry  forward  the  mind  to  the  most  enlarged 
views  of  the  perfections  of  God  and  the  "  glory  of  his  kingdom" 
— they  feel  themselves  under  the  necessity  of  recurring  again  and 
again  to  "  the  first  principles  of  the  doctrine  of  Christ" — feeding 
their  hearers  "  with  milk"  instead  of  "  strong  meat."     And  the 
reason  assigned  for  waiving  the  consideration  of  the  more  sub- 
lime  topics  of  natural  and  revealed  religion,  and  thus  limiting 
the  subject  of  their  discussions,  is,  that  their  hearers  are  unquali- 
fied to  follow  them  in  the  arguments  and  illustrations  which  be- 
hooved to  be  brought  forward  on  such  subjects — that  such  an 
attempt  would  be  like  speaking  to  the  winds  or  beating  the  air, 
and  would  infallibly  mar  their  edification.    If  this  reason  be  valid 
(and  that  it  is  partly  so  there  can  be  little  doubt),  it  implies  that 
some  glaring  deficiency  must  exist  in  the  mental  culture  of  the 
great  body  of  professing  Christians,  and  that  it  ought  to  be  reme- 
died by  every  proper  mean,  in  order  that  they  may  be  qualified  to 
advance  in  the  knowledge  of  the  attributes,  the  works,  and  the 
ways  of  God,  and  to  "  go  on  unto  perfection." 

It  is  foretold  in  the  sacred  oracles,  that  "  men  shall  speak  of 
the  might  of  God's  terrible  acts,"  that  "  his  saints  shall  speak  of 
Ike  ^lonj  of  his  kingdom,  and  talk  of  his  jioicer,  to  make  known 
to  the  sons  of  men  his  mighty  operations  and  the  glorious  ma- 
jesty of  his  kingdom."  This  prediction  has  never  yet  been  ful- 
filled in  reference  to  the  great  body  of  the  Christian  church.  For, 
where  do  we  find  one  out  of  twenty  among  the  hearers  of  the 
gospel  capable  of  rehearsing  the  "  terrible  acts"  of  God,  either  in 
his  moral  or  his  physical  operations — of  tracing  the  dispensations 
of  his  providence  towards  nations  and  communities,  in  a  con- 
,  from  the  commencement  of  time,  through  the  suc- 
ive  periods  of  history — and  of  comparing  the  desolations  of 
cities  and  the  ruins  of  empires  with  the  declarations  of  ancient 
prophecy  ?     "Where  do  we  find  one  out  of  a  hundred  capable  of 


PUBLIC  THEOLOGICAL  INSTRUCTIONS.  271 


Acquisition  of  Knowledge  the  Duty  and  Interest  of  All. 

expatiating  on  the  "  power"  of  Jehovah,  and  on  the  most  striking 
displays  of  this  perfection  which  are  exhibited  throughout  the  vast 
creation  1  Or  where  shall  we  find  those  who  are  qualified  to  dis- 
play the  magnificence  of  that  empire  which  is  "  established  in 
the  heavens,"  embracing  within  its  boundaries  thousands  of  suns 
and  ten  thousands  of  worlds — or  ?  to  speak,"  with  intelligence, 
"  of  the  glory  of  that  kingdom  which  ruleth  over  all,"  and  thus 
11  to  make  known  to  others  the  mighty  operations"  carried  on  by 
Jehovah,  "  and  the  glorious  majesty  of  his  kingdom  V  It  is  ob- 
vious that  no  such  qualifications  yet  exist  among  the  majority  of 
members  which  compose  the  visible  church.  And  yet  the  pre- 
dictions to  which  we  refer  must  be  realized,  at  some  period  or 
another,  in  the  history  of  the  divine  dispensations.  And,  is  it  not 
desirable  that  they  should,  in  some  degree,  be  realized  in  our  own 
times  ?  And,  if  so,  ought  we  not  to  exert  all  our  influence  and 
energies  in  endeavouring  to  accomplish  so  important  and  desirable 
an  object  ?  And,  in  what  manner  are  our  energies  in  this  respect 
to  be  exerted,  but  in  concerting  and  executing,  without  delay, 
plans  for  the  universal  intellectual  instruction  of  mankind  ?  For, 
without  the  communication  of  knowledge  to  a  far  greater  extent, 
and  much  more  diversified,  than  what  has  ever  jet  been  consi- 
dered necessary  for  ordinary  Christians,  we  can  never  expect  to 
behold  in  the  visible  church  "  saints"  endowed  with  such  sublime 
qualifications  as  those  to  which  we  have  alluded,  or  the  approach 
of  that  auspicious  era  when  "  all  shall  know  the  Lord,"  in  the 
highest  sense  of  the  expression,  "  from  the  least  even  to  the 
greatest." 

To  obtain  a  comprehensive,  and  as  far  as  possible  a  complete 
view  of  the  system  of  revelation  in  all  its  parts  and  bearings,  and 
to  be  enabled  to  comply  with  all  its  requirements,  is  both  the  duty 
and  the  interest  of  every  man.     But,  in  order  to  this  attainment, 
1  there  must  be  acquired  a  certain  habit  of  thinking  and  of  meditat- 
ing.    In  vain  does  a  person  turn  over  whole  volumes,  and  attempt 
to  peruse  catechisms,  bodies  of  divinity,  or  even  the  Scriptures 
,  themselves, — he  can  never  comprehend  the  dependencies,  con- 
,  nexions,  and  bearings  of  divine  truth,  and  the  facts  they  explain 
,  and  illustrate,  unless  he  acquire  a  habit  of  arranging  ideas,  of 
laying  down  principles,  and  deducing  conclusions.     But  this  habit 
cannot  be  acquired  without  a  continued  series  of  instructions, 
especially  in  the  early  part  of  life,  accompanied  with  serious  atten- 
;  tion  and  profound  application.  For  want  of  such  prerequisites  the 
I  great  body  of  Christians  do  not  reap  half  the  benefit  they  other- 
wise might  from  the  preaching  of  the  gospel ;  and,  "  when  for  the 
time  they  ought  to  be  teachers  of  others,  they  have  still  need  that 


278  PHB  GENERAL  diffusion  of  knowledge. 


Consequences  of  its  Diffusion. 


one  teach  them  again,  which  be  the  first  principles  of  the  oracles 
of  God."  "  Hence  it  is,"  says  a  celebrated  preacher,  "  that  the 
greatest  part  of  our  sermons  produce  so  little  fruit,  because  ser- 
mons are,  at  least  they  ought  to  be,  connected  discourses,  in 
which  the  principle  founds  the  consequence, and  the  consequence 
follows  the  principle  ;  all  which  supposes  in  the  hearers  a  habit 
of  meditation  and  attention.  For  the  same  reason,  we  are  apt  to 
be  offended  when  any  body  attempts  to  draw  us  out  of  the  sphere 
of  our  prejudices,  and  are  not  only  ignorant,  but  ignorant  from 
gravity,  and  derive  I  know  not  what  glory  from  our  own  stupid- 
ity. Hence  it  is,  that  a  preacher  is  seldom  or  never  allowed  to 
Boar  in  his  sermons,  to  rise  into  the  contemplation  of  some  lofty 
mid  rapturous  objects,  but  must  always  descend  to  the  first  prin- 
ciples of  religion,  as  if  he  preached  for  the  first  time,  or  as  if  his 
auditors  for  the  first  time  heard.  Hence  our  preachers  seem  to 
lead  us  into  obscure  paths,  and  to  lose  us  in  abstract  speculations, 
whed  they  treat  of  some  of  the  attributes  of  God,  such  as  his 
faithfulness,  his  love  of  order,  his  regard  for  his  intelligent  crea- 
tures. It  is  owing  to  this  that  we  are,  in  some  sense,  well  ac- 
quainted with  some  truths  of  religion,  while  we  remain  entirely 
ignorant  of  others.  Hence  also  it  is,  that  some  doctrines  which 
are  true  in  themselves,  demonstrated  in  our  Scriptures,  and  essen- 
tial to  religion,  become  errors,  yea,  sources  of  many  errors  in  our 
mouths,  because  we  consider  them  only  in  themselves,  and  not  in 
connexion  with  other  doctrines,  or  in  the  proper  places  to  which 
they  belong  in  the  system  of  religion." 

Were  we  then,  without  delay,  to  set  on  foot  plans  of  universal 
instruction,  on  a  rational  principle — where  the  young  generation 
to  be  universally  trained  up  in  rational  exercises  and  habits  of 
reflection,  first  at  infant  schools,  and  afterwards  at  seminaries  of 
a  higher  order,  conducted  on  the  same  intellectual  principle,  and 
this  system  of  tuition  continued  to  the  age  of  manhood,  we  should, 
ere  long,  behold  a  wonderful  change  in  the  state  of  society,  in  the 
intelligence  of  the  Christian  people,  and  in  the  illustrations  of  re- 
i  which  would  be  introduced  into  the  pulpit.     We  should 
behold  thousands  of  intelligent  worshippers  crowding  our  reli- 
blies,  with  minds  prepared  for  receiving  instruction, 
irly  listening  to  arguments  and  illustrations  in  reference  to 
the  most  sublime  and  important  subjects.     We  should  behold  our 
prea<  \  plaining  the  first  principles  of  religion  with  such 

clearness  an  y,  that  they  should  seldom  need  to  recur  to 

abject,  M  soaring  in  their  sermons,"  rising  into  u  the  con- 
templation of  some  lofty  and  rapturous  objects" — displaying  the 
majesty  and  supremacy  of  God  in  the  operations  of  his  moral 


PERSECUTIONS    ON    ACCOUNT    OP    RELIGION.  273 

Public  Instructions. 


government  among  the  nations,  descanting  on  his  glorious  attri- 
butes, exhibiting  his  wisdom  in  the  arrangements  of  nature  and 
the  movements  of  his  providence,  illustrating  his  omnipotence 
and  grandeur  from  the  glories  of  the  firmament,  and  the  magni- 
tude of  the  universe — directing  their  hearers  to  the  contemplation 
of  the  works  of  his  hand  as  illustrations  of  the  declarations  of  his 
word — demonstrating  the  truth  of  revelation  from  its  powerful 
and  beneficent  effects — enforcing  the  holy  tempers  and  the  duties 
which  religion  requires  from  every  rational  and  scriptural  motive 
— illustrating  the  effects  of  moral  evil  from  the  history  of  nations 
and  the  miseries  in  which  it  has  involved  individuals  and  societies 
— expatiating  on  schemes  of  philanthropy  for  the  improvement  of 
mankind,  and  the  conversion  of  the  heathen,  and  displaying  the 
love  and  mercy  of  God  towards  our  race,  and  the  connexions 
and  bearings  of  the  work  of  redemption,  in  its  relation  to  the 
angelic  tribes  and  other  beings,  and  in  its  glorious  and  happy 
consequences  on  unnumbered  multitudes  of  mankind,  throughout 
the  ages  of  eternity.  In  such  a  state  of  Christian  society  we 
should  have  no  dull  monotonous  preachers,  skimming  over  the 
surface  of  an  abstract  subject,  in  a  twenty  minutes'  sermon,  and 
leaving  their  hearers  as  dull,  and  lifeless,  and  uninformed,  as  they 
found  them  ;  but  all  our  public  services  would  be  conducted  with 
life,  and  energy,  and  pathos,  and  by  men  of  sanctified  dispositions 
and  enlightened  understandings,  "not  given  to"  idleness  and 
"  filthy  lucre,"  but  having  their  whole  faculties  absorbed  in  the 
study  of  the  word,  the  ways,  and  the  works  of  God.  And,  in 
order  to  expand  the  minds  of  the  Christian  people,  and  to  prepare 
them  for  listening  with  intelligence  to  such  instructions,  we  should 
have  Courses  of  Lectures  on  Natural  History,  Philosophy, 
Astronomy,  and  General  History,  attended  by  thousands  of 
anxious  inquires,  instead  of  the  tens  which  can  be  now  induced  to 
attend  on  such  means  of  instruction.  For  knowledge,  when  it  is 
clearly  exhibited,  and  where  a  previous  desire  has  been  excited 
for  its  acquisition,  is  a  source  of  enjoyment  to  the  human  mind 
in  every  stage  of  its  progress,  from  the  years  of  infancy  to  the 
latest  period  of  mortal  existence. 

III.  Such  a  diffusion  of  knowledge  as  that  to  which  we  have 
now  adverted,  ivould  introduce  a  spirit  of  tolerance  and  modera- 
tion, and  prevent  the  recurrence  of  those  persecutions  for  conscience* 
sake,  which  have  so  much  disgraced  the  world. 

It  is  a  striking  and  most  melancholy  fact  in  the  history  of  man, 
that  the  most  dreadful  sufferings  and  tortures  ever  felt  by  human 
beings,  have  been  inflicted  on  account  of  differences  of  opinion 


1271  ON    TIIF.    GBNERAL    D1FFU8ION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 

■  ■  ■  -  •      — 

Cruelty  and  Polly  of  Persecution. 


respecting  the  dogmas  and  the  ceremonies  of  religion.  Men 
have  been  suffered  to  remain  villains,  cheats,  and  robbers,  de- 
ceitful,  profligate,  and  profane,  to  invade  the  territories  of  their  un- 
offending neighbours,  to  burn  cities  and  towns,  to  lay  waste  pro- 
vinces, and  slaughter  thousands  of  their  fellow-creatures,  and  to 
pass  with  impunity;  while,  in  numerous  instances,  the  most  pious, 
upright,  and  philanthropic  characters  have  been  hurried  like 
criminals  to  stakes,  gibbets,  racks,  and  flames,  merely  for  hold- 
ing an  opinion  different  from  their  superiors  respecting  a  doctrine 
in  religion,  or  the  manner  in  which  the  Divine  Being  ought  to  be 
worshipped.  In  the  early  ages  of  Christianity,  under  the  emperor 
Nero,  the  Christians  were  wrapped  up  in  the  skins  of  wild  beasts, 
and  some  of  them  in  this  state  worried  and  devoured  by  dogs  ; 
others  were  crucified,  and  others  dressed  in  shirts  made  stiff  with 
wax,  fixed  to  axle-trees,  and  set  on  fire,  and  consumed  in  the 
gardens  at  Rome.  Such  dreadful  persecutions  continued  under 
the  heathen  emperors,  with  a  few  intervals,  to  the  time  of  Con- 
stantine,  a  period  of  more  than  two  hundred  and  thirty  years.  It 
might  not  be  so  much  to  be  wondered  at  that  pagans  should  per- 
secute the  followers  of  Christ ;  but  it  was  not  long  before  pre- 
tended Christians  began  to  persecute  one  another  on  account  of 
certain  shades  of  difference  in  their  religious  opinions.  The 
persecutions  to  which  the  Waldenses  and  Albigenses  were  sub- 
jected by  the  popish  church,  the  strangling  and  burning  of  sup- 
■d  heretics,  and  the  tortures  inflicted  on  those  suspected  of 
favouring  the  doctrines  of  Protestantism  by  the  Spanish  Inquisi- 
tion— a  court  whose  history  is  written  in  flames,  and  in  characters 
of  blood — exhibit  a  series  of  diabolic  cruelties,  the  recital  of 
which  is  enough  to  make  "  the  ears  of  every  one  to  tingle,"  and 
to  make  him  feel  as  if  he  were  degraded  in  belonging  to  a  race  of 
intelligences  capable  of  perpetrating  such  dreadful  enormities. 

Even  in  the  British  isles  such  persecutions  have  raged,  and 
such  cruelties  have  been  perpetrated,  and  that  too,  in  the  name 
of  the  benevolent  religion  of  Jesus  Christ.  In  our  times,  the 
more  appalling  and  horrific  forms  which  persecution  formerly 
assumed  have  been  set  aside  by  the  civil  laws  of  our  country,  but 
its  spirit  still  remains,  and  manifests  itself  in  a  variety  of  different 
shapes.  W  hat  other  name  can  be  given  to  a  power  which  pre- 
vents a  numerous  and  respectable  body  of  men  from  holding 
certain  civil  offices  and  emoluments,  because  they  do  not  belong 
to  an  established  church,  and  yet  compels  them  to  contribute  to 
the  maintenance  of  the  ministers  of  that  church,  although  they 
do  not  recognise  them  as  their  religious  instructers  !  that  denies 
(0  a  diss<  nter,  or  his  children,  the  privilege  of  being  interred  in 


PERSECUTIONS    ON    ACCOUNT   OF    RELIGION.  275 


Absurdity  of  Persecution. 


what  is  called  consecrated  ground,  and  refuses  to  allow  a  bell  to 
be  tolled  at  their  funerals  1 — that,  in  Scotland,  prevents  a  person, 
however  distinguished  for  moral  qualifications  and  intellectual 
acquirements,  from  being  eligible  as  teacher  of  a  parochial  school, 
if  he  is  not  connected  with  the  established  church  1  and  in  many 
other  ways  attempts  to  degrade  thousands  of  individuals  on  ac- 
count of  their  thinking  and  acting  according  to  the  dictates  of 
their  conscience  ?  It  is  true,  indeed,  that  fires,  and  racks,  and 
tortures,  and  gibbets,  and  thumb- screws  are  no  longer  applied  as 
punishments  for  differences  of  opinion  in  religion,  for  the  strong 
hand  of  the  civil  law  interposes  to  prevent  them.  But,  were  no 
such  power  interposed,  the  principle  which  sanctions  such  depri- 
vations as  those  now  mentioned,  if  carried  out  to  all  its  legitimate 
consequences,  might  soon  lead  to  as  dreadful  persecutions  as 
those  which  have  already  entailed  indelible  disgrace  on  the  race 
of  man. 

Such  a  spirit  of  intolerance  and  persecution  is  directly  opposed 
to  every  rational  principle,  to  every  generous  and  humane  feeling, 
to  every  precept  of  Christianity,  and  to  every  disposition  incul- 
cated by  the  religion  of  Jesus.  It  is  the  height  of  absurdity  to 
enforce  belief  in  any  doctrine  or  tenet,  by  the  application  of  phy- 
sical power,  for  it  never  can  produce  the  intended  effect ;  it  may 
harden  and  render  persons  more  obstinate  in  their  opinions,  but 
it  can  never  convey  conviction  to  the  understanding.  And  if 
men  had  not  acted  like  fools  and  idiots,  as  well  as  like  demons, 
such  a  force,  in  such  cases,  wrould  never  have  been  applied. 
And,  as  such  an  attempt  is  irrational,  so  it  is  criminal  in  the 
highest  degree,  to  aim  at  producing  conviction  by  the  application 
of  flames,  or  by  the  point  of  the  sword  ;  being  at  direct  variance 
both  with  the  precepts  and  the  practice  of  the  Benevolent  Foun- 
der of  our  holy  religion. 

We  have,  therefore,  the  strongest  reason  to  conclude,  that  were 
the  light  of  science  and  of  Christianity  universally  diffused,  the 
hydra  of  persecution  would  never  dare,  in  any  shape,  to  lift  up  its 
heads  again  in  the  world.  As  it  was  during  the  dark  ages  that  it 
raged  in  its  most  horrific  forms,  so  the  light  of  intelligence  would 
force  it  back  to  the  infernal  regions  whence  it  arose,  as  the  wild 
beasts  of  the  forests  betake  themselves  to  their  dens  and  thickets 
at  the  approach  of  the  rising  sun.  Wherever  reason  holds  its 
ascendancy  in  the  mind,  and  the  benevolence  of  Christianity  is  the 
great  principle  of  human  action,  persecution  will  never  be  re- 
sorted to,  either  for  extirpating  error  or  enforcing  belief  in  any 
opinions.  An  enlightened  mind  will  at  once  perceive,  that  in 
punishing  erroneous  opinions  by  fines,  imprisonment,  racks,  and 


276  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Promotion  of  a  Spirit  of  Toleration. 


flames,  there  is  no  fitness  between  the  punishment  and  the  sup- 
posed  crime.  The  came  is  a  mental  error,  but  penal  laws  have 
no  internal  operation  on  the  mind,  except  to  exasperate  its  feel- 
ings against  the  power  that  enforces  them,  and  to  confirm  it  more 
strongly  in  the  opinions  it  has  embraced.  Errors  of  judgment, 
whether  religious  or  political,  can  only  be  overturned  by  argu- 
ments and  calm  reasoning,  and  all  the  civil  and  ecclesiastical 
despots  on  earth,  with  all  their  edicts,  and  bulls,  and  tortures, 
will  never  be  able  to  extirpate  them  in  any  other  way.  For  the 
more  that  force  is  resorted  to,  to  compel  belief  in  any  system  of 
opinions,  the  more  will  the  mind  revolt  at  such  an  attempt,  and 
the  more  will  it  he  convinced,  that  such  a  system  is  worthless  and 
untenable,  since  it  requires  such  irrational  measures  for  its  sup- 
port. It  can  only  tend  to  produce  dissimulation  and  to  increase 
the  number  of  hypocrites  and  deceivers.  An  enlightened  mind 
will  also  perceive,  that  such  conduct  is  no  less  irreligious  than  it 
is  irrational;  for  where  persecution  begins  religion  ends.  Re- 
ligion proclaims  "peace  on  earth  and  good-will  to  men;"  all  its 
doctrines,  laws,  and  ordinances  are  intended  to  promote  the  hap- 
piness of  mankind,  both  in  "  the  life  that  now  is  and  that  whicfy 
is  to  come."  But  actions  which  tend  to  injure  men  in  their  per- 
sons, liberty,  or  property,  under  the  pretence  of  converting  them 
from  error,  must  be  directly  repugnant  to  the  spirit  of  that  religion 
which  is  "  pure  and  peaceable,  gentle,  and  easy  to  be  entreated,"  , 
and  to  the  character  of  that  benevolent  Being  whose  "  tender 
mercies  are  over  all  his  works."  If  our  religion  required  for  its 
establishment  in  the  world  the  infliction  of  civil  pains  and  penal- 
ties on  those  who  oppose  it,  it  would  be  unworthy  of  being  sup- 
ported by  any  rational  being  ;  and  it  is  a  sure  evidence  that  it  is 
not  the  genuine  religion  of  the  Bible,  but  error  and  human  inven- 
tions, under  the  mask  of  Christianity,  that  are  intended  to  be 

tablished,  when  such  means  are  employed  for  its  propagation 
and  support  It  requires  very  little  reflection  to  perceive,  that 
religion  <i<><>  not  consist  in  mere  opinions  or  ceremonial  observ- 
3,  hut  in  the  cultivation  and  exercise  of  those  heavenly  vir- 
tuesand  dispositions  which  tend  to  cement  the  family  of  mankind 
in  brotherly  affection,  and  to  prepare  them  for  the  intercourses 
and  employments  of  the  celestial  world;  and  if  these  are  wanting 
or  disregarded,  religion  becomes  a  mere  inanity,  and  it  is  of  little 
consequence  what  opinions  men  profess  to  entertain  respecting  it. 

In  short,  in  an  enlightened  state  of  society,  men  would  be  dis- 
poned to  allow  the  utmost  freedom  of  thought  on  every  subject 
not  inconsistent  with  the  good  order  of  society,  and  would  never- 
theless hold  the  most  friendly  intercourse  with  each  other.    They 


CONTENTIONS    AMONG    MANKIND.  277 

Promotion  of  a  Spirit  of  Toleration. 


would  clearly  discern  that  the  best  way  to  reclaim  the  vicious, 
and  to  convert  the  erroneous,  is,  not  to  rail  and  to  threaten,  but 
to  be  affable  and  gentle,  to  bring  forward  cogent  arguments,  and 
"  in  meekness  to  instruct  those  who  oppose  themselves  to  the 
truth."    They  would  see  that  many  of  those  opinions  and  dogmas, 
in  regard  to  religion,  which  have  created  heart-burnings  and  dis- 
sensions, are  comparatively  of  trivial  importance, — that  the  doc- 
trines in  which  all  Christians  agree  are  much  more  numerous,  and 
of  far  greater  importance,  than  those  about  which  they  differ, — that 
there  are  subjects  on  which  the  limited  faculties  of  human  beings 
are  unable  to  form  any  clear  or  decisive  opinions, — that  the  mind 
must  form  its  opinions  in  accordance  with  the  limited  or  the 
expansive  range  of  its  intellectual  vision, — that  where  its  mental 
view  is  narrow  and  confined,  its  conclusions  must  be  somewhat 
different  from  those  which  are  deduced  by  a  mind  qualified  to 
take  in  a  more  extensive  field  of  vision, — that  the  philosopher 
whose  mind  takes  in  at  a  grasp  the  general  system  of  the  world, 
and  the  diversified  phenomena  of  the  universe,  must  have  ideas 
and  modes  of  thinking  materially  different  from  those  of  the  pea- 
sant, whose  views  are  limited  chiefly  to  the  confines  of  his  parish, 
and  the  objects  immediately  around  him, — that  there  are  few 
men  wilfully  erroneous,   and  that  ignorance  and  vice  are  the 
principal  causes  of  false  and  untenable  opinions, — that  due  allow- 
ance ought  always  to  be  made  for  educational  biasses,  local 
prejudices,  social  influence,  and  the  range  of  thought  to  which 
individuals  have  been  accustomed, — that  the  exercise   of  love 
towards  God  and  man  is  of  infinitely  greater  importance  than  mere 
coincidence  in  opinion,  and  that  a  complete  unanimity  of  opinion 
on  every  subject  is  not  to  be  expected  in  the  present  state,  perhaps 
not  even  in  the  future  world.     Were  such  considerations  taken 
into  account  (and  they  would  all  be  recognized  in  an  enlightened 
state  of  society),  those  contentions  and  animosities  which  now 
rankle  in  the  Christian  church,  and  separate  the  different  sectaries, 
would  be  laid  to  rest,  persecution  in  every  shape  would  be  held  in 
universal  abhorrence,  and  peace,  moderation,  and  candour  .would 
distinguish  the  friends  of  religion  and  all  classes  of  society. 

IV. — A  universal  diffusion  of  knowledge  would  vanquish  the 
antipathies  of  nations,  and  tend  to  produce  union  and  harmony 
among  mankind. 

"  God  hath  made  of  one  blood  all  nations  of  men,  for  to  dwell 
I  on  all  the  face  of  the  earth."     But  although  they  are  all  the  off- 
spring of  one  Almighty  Being,  and  descended  from  one  original 
human  pair,  they  have  hitherto  lived,  for  the  most  part,  in  a  state 
24 


27s-  ON    THE    GENERAL  DIFFUSION    OF  KNOWLEDGE. 


A  Contentious  Spirit  universally  prevalent. 


of  Strife  and  variance,  of  contention  and  warfare.  The  history 
of  the  world  contains  little  else  than  details  of  the  dissensions  of 
nations,  the  tends  of  chieftains,  "  the  tumults  of  the  people,"  the 
revolutions  of  empires,  and  the  scenes  of  devastation  and  carnage 
which  have  followed  in  their  train.  If  we  go  as  far  back  in  our 
researches  as  the  earliest  historical  records  can  carry  us,  we  shall 
find  that  wars  have  prevailed,  almost  without  intermission,  in 
every  age,  in  every  country,  and  among  every  tribe.  No  sooner 
has  one  series  of  battles  terminated  than  preparations  have  been 
made  for  another  ;  and  in  such  contests  magnificent  cities  have 
been  tumbled  into  ruins,  provinces  desolated,  kingdoms  rent 
asunder,  and  thousands  of  thousands  of  human  beings  slaughtered 
with  all  the  ferocity  of  infernal  demons.  It  is  not  beyond  the 
bounds  of  probability  to  suppose  that,  in  those  scenes  of  warfare, 
the  eighth  part  of  the  human  race,  in  every  age,  has  been  destroy- 
ed, or  a  number  of  mankind  amounting  to  nearly  twenty  thousand 
millions,  which  is  equal  to  twenty-five  times  the  number  of  in- 
habitants at  present  existing  in  the  world.  And  the  leaders  in 
such  diabolical  exploits,  so  far  from  repenting  of  their  atrocities, 
have  generally  been  disposed  to  glory  in  their  crimes. 

Hence  the  jealousies,  the  antipathies,  and  the  hatred  which 
subsisted,  and  which  still  subsist,  between  neighbouring  nations. 
The  Turks  hate  the  Greeks,  and,  as  far  as  in  their  power,  inflict 
upon  them  every  species  of  cruelty  and  injustice.  The  Chinese 
hate  the  Europeans,  cheat  them  if  they  can,  and  pride  themselves 
in  their  fancied  superiority  over  all  other  nations.  The  Moors 
of  Africa  hate  the  Negroes,  plunder  their  villages,  and  reduce 
them  to  slavery  :  the  King  of  Dahomey  wages  almost  continual 
war  with  neighbouring  tribes,  and  adorns  the  walls  of  his  palace 
with  the  skulls  of  prisoners  taken  in  battle.  The  Algerines  and 
the  Emperors  of  Morocco  live  in  a  state  of  continual  warfare 
with  Christian  nations,  seize  upon  their  ships,  and  reduce  their 
crews  to  slavery.  The  Monucaboes,  who  inhabit  the  inland 
parts  of  Malacca,  live  at  variance  with  all  around  them,  and  never 
fail  to  set  fire  to  the  ripening  grain  in  every  field  that  is  unpro- 
tected and  unenclosed.  The  Arabians  are  set  against  every 
other  nation,  and  roam  through  their  deserts,  attacking  caravans 
and  travellers  of  every  description.  The  inhabitants  of  one  part 
of  New-Zealand  are  almost  in  a  continual  state  of  enmity  against 
those  of  another,  and  the  natives  of  almost  every  island  in  the 
Indian  and  Pacific  Oceans,  if  not  engaged  in  actual  contests,  are 
in  a  state  of  warlike  attitude  with  regard  to  each  other.  Even 
nations  advanced  to  high  degrees  of  civilization  are  found  indulg- 
ing the  meanest  and  most  unreasonable  jealousies  and  antipathies 


KNOWLEDGE    CONDUCIVE    TO    UNION.  279 


Establishment  of  Universal  Peace. 


in  relation  to  one  another.  The  French  and  the  English,  whom 
nature  has  separated  only  by  a  narrow  channel  of  the  sea,  and 
who  are  distinguished  above  all  other  nations  for  their  discoveries 
and  improvements  in  the  arts,  have,  for  centuries,  fostered  a 
spirit  of  jealousy  and  rivalship,  which  has  produced  political  ani- 
mosities, hatred,  wars,  and  ruin  to  the  financial  and  commercial 
interests  of  both  nations.  During  the  wars  which  succeeded  the 
French  revolution,  this  spirit  of  hatred  and  enmity  rose  to  such  a 
pitch,  that  a  large  proportion  of  each  nation  would  have,  with 
pleasure,  beheld  the  other  hurled  with  fury  into  the  infernal 
regions.* 

Is  there  no  prospect,  then,  that  such  antipathies  shall  ever  be 
extirpated,  and  harmony  restored  to  the  distracted  nations?  Shall 
the  earth  be  for  ever  swept  with  the  besom  of  destruction  ?  Shall 
war  continue  its  ravages  without  intermission  ?  Shall  hatred  still 
rankle  among  all  nations,  and  peace  never  wave  its  olive-branch 
over  the  world  ?  Are  we  to  sit  down  in  hopeless  despair  that  a 
union  among  the  nations  will  ever  be  effected,  because  wars  have 
continued  since  the  beginning  of  the  world?  No:  we  have  no 
reason  to  despair  of  ultimate  success,  when  the  moral  machinery 
calculated  to  effectuate  the  object  shall  be  set  in  motion.  As  ig- 
norance is  the  parent  of  vice,  the  nurse  of  pride,  avarice,  ambi- 
tion, and  other  unhallowed  passions,  from  which  wars  derive  their 
origin,  so,  when  the  strong  holds  of  ignorance  shall  be  demo- 
lished, and  the  light  of  intelligence  shall  shed  its  influence  over 
the  world,  and  the  opposite  principles  of  humility,  moderation, 
and  benevolence  shall  pervade  the  minds  of  men,  the  founda- 
tions of  the  system  of  warfare  will  be  shaken,  and  a  basis  laid 
for  the  establishment  of  universal  peace.  However  long  the 
ravages  of  war  have  desolated  and  convulsed  the  world,  it  is  an- 
nounced in  the  decree  of  heaven,  that  a  period  shall  arrive  u  when 
wars  shall  cease  unto  the  ends  of  the  earth ;"  and  the  era  when 
warriors  "  shall  beat  their  swords  into  plough-shares,  and  their 
spears  into  pruning-hooks,  and  learn  the  art  of  war  no  more,"  is 
coeval  with  the  period  foretold  in  ancient  prophecy,  when  "  the 
knowledge  of  the  Lord  shall  cover  the  earth,  and  when  all  shall 
know  him  from  the  least  to  the  greatest." 

Knowledge  has  a  tendency  to  unite  the  hearts  of  all  who  are 

*  During  the  wars  alluded  to,  a  gentleman  (conversing  with  the  author  on 
the  subject),  who  was  uttering  the  most  virulent  invectives  against  the  French, 
concluded  by  saying,  "  After  all,  I  wish  no  great  evil  to  the  French  ;  I  only 
wish  they  were  all  safely  landed  in  heaven,"  plainly  intimating  that  he  consider- 
ed them  unworthy  to  live  upon  the  earth,  and  that  the  sooner  they  were  cut 
off  from  it,  and  sent  to  the  other  world,  so  much  the  better,  whether  their  fate 
should  be  to  dwell  in  the  shades  of  Tartarus  or  the  abodes  of  Elysium, 


280  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


French  uid  English  Philosophers* 


engaged  in  its  pursuit:  it  forms  a  bond  of  union  among  its  vota- 
ries more  firm  and  permanent  than  that  which  unites  princes  and 
statesmen, — especially  if  his  conjoined  with  Christian  principles 
and  virtuous  dispositions.  Congeniality  of  sentiments  and  simi- 
larity of  pursuits  gradually  weaken  the  force  of  vulgar  prejudices) 
and  tend  to  demolish  those  harriers  which  the  jealousies  of  na- 
tions have  thrown  around  each  other.  True  philosophers,  whe- 
ther English,  Swedish)  Russian,  Swiss,  German,  or  Italian, 
maintain  an  intimate  and  affectionate  correspondence  with  each 
other  on  every  subject  of  literature  and  science,  notwithstanding 
the  antipathies  of  their  respective  nations.  During  the  late 
long-continued  and  destructive  warfare  between  the  French  and 
English,  which  was  carried  on  with  unprecedented  hostility  and 
rancour,  the  naturalists,  mathematicians,  astronomers,  and  che- 
mists of  the  two  countries  held  the  most  friendly  correspondence 
in  relation  to  the  subjects  connected  with  their  respective  depart- 
ments, in  so  far  as  the  jealousies  of  their  political  rulers  would 
permit.  In  the  communications  of  the  French  and  English  phi- 
losophers respecting  the  progress  of  scientific  discovery,  we  find 
few  traces  of  nationality,  and  should  scarcely  be  able  to  learn 
from  such  communications  that  their  respective  nations  were  en- 
d  in  warfare,  unless  when  they  lament  the  obstructions  which 
interrupted  their  regular  correspondence,  and  their  injurious  ef- 
fects on  the  interests  of  science.  It  is  a  well-known  fact,  that, 
during  the  late  war,  when  political  animosities  ran  so  high,  the 
National  Institute  of  France  announced  prizes  for  the  discussion 
of  scientific  questions,  and  invited  the  learned  in  other  nations, 
not  even  excepting  the  English,  to  engage  in  the  competition  ;  and 
one  of  our  countrymen,  Sir  Humphrey  Davy,  actually  obtained  one 
of  the  most  valuable  and  distinguished  of  these  honorary  awards. 
When  knowledge  is  conjoined  with  a  recognition  of  the  Chris- 
tian precept,  "  Thou  shalt  love  thy  neighbour  as  thyself,"  its  pos- 
r  will  <  asily  be  made  to  enter  into  such  considerations  as  the 
following,and  to  feel  their  force: — That  all  men,  to  whatever  nation 
or  tribe;  they  b<  long,  are  the  children  of  one  Almighty  Parent,  en- 
dowed with  the  same  corporeal  organs,  the  same  intellectual  powers, 
and  the  same  lineaments  of  the  Divine  image — that  theyare  subject 
to  the  same  animal  and  intellectual  wants,  exposed  to  the  same 
accidents  and  calamities,  and  susceptible  of  the  same  pleasures  and 
enjoyments — that  they  have  the  same  capacities  for  attaining  to 
higher  d<  of  knowledge  and  felicity,  and   enjoy  the   same 

hopes  and  prospects  of  a  blessed  immortality — that  God  distri- 
butes among  them  all  thousands  of  benefits,  embellishing  their 
habitations  with  the  same  rural  beauties,  causing  the   same  sun 


TENDENCY    OF    KNOWLEDGE    TO    UNION.  281 

*         ■«   ■     -    ■  -  ■  ■■  ■  i  r 

The  Human  Race  all  Members  of  one  great  Family. 

to  enlighten  them,  the  same  vital  air  to  make  their  lungs  play, 
and  the  same  rain  and  dews  to  irrigate  their  ground  and  ripen 
their  fields  to  harvest — that  they  are  all  capable  of  performing 
noble  achievements,  heroic  exploits,  vast  enterprises ;  of  dis- 
playing illustrious  virtues,  and  of  making  important  discoveries 
and  improvements — that  they  are  all  connected  together  by  nu- 
merous ties  and  relations,  preparing  for  each  other  the  bounties 
of  Nature,  and  the  productions  of  art,  and  conveying  them  by  sea 
and  land  from  one  country  to  another  ;  one  nation  furnishing  tea, 
another  sugar,  another  wine,  another  silk,  another  cotton,  and 
another  distributing  its  manufactures  in  both  hemispheres  of 
the  globe — in  short,  that  they  are  all  under  the  moral  govern- 
ment of  the  same  Omnipotent  Being,  who  "  hath  made  of  one 
blood  all  nations  of  men  to  dwell  on  the  face  of  all  the  earth, 
who  hath  determined  the  boundaries  of  their  habitations,"  who 
carries  them  yearly  around  the  centre  of  light  and  heat,  and  wh© 
44  gives  them  rain  from  heaven,  and  fruitful  seasons,  filling  their 
hearts  with  food  and  gladness."  How  various,  then,  the  ties, 
how  sacred  and  indissoluble  the  bonds,  which  should  unite  men 
of  all  nations  !  Every  man,  whether  he  be  a  Jew  or  a  Greek,  a 
Barbarian  or  a  Scythian,  a  Turk  or  a  Frenchman,  a  German  or 
a  Swede,  a  Hottentot  or  an  Indian,  an  Englishman  or  a  Chinese, 
is  to  be  considered  as  our  kinsman  and  our  brother,  and,  as  such, 
ought  to  be  embraced  with  benevolence  and  affection.  In  what- 
ever region  of  the  globe  he  resides,  whatever  customs  or  man- 
ners he  adopts,  and  to  whatever  religious  system  he  adheres,  he 
is  a  member  of  the  same  family  to  which  we  all  belong.  And 
shall  we  feel  indifferent  to  our  brethren,  shall  we  indulge  resent- 
ment and  hostility  towards  them,  because  they  are  separated  from 
us  by  a  river,  by  a  channel,  by  an  arm  of  the  sea,  by  a  range  of 
mountains,  or  by  an  arbitrary  line  drawn  by  the  jealousy  of  des- 
pots, or  because  their  government  and  policy  are  different  from 
ours  ?  Ought  we  not,  on  the  contrary,  to  take  a  cordial  interest 
in  every  thing  that  concerns  them — to  rejoice  in  their  prosperity, 
to  feel  compassion  on  account  of  the  ravages,  desolation,  and 
misery  which  error  and  folly,  vice  and  tyranny  may  have  produced 
among  them  ;  and  to  alleviate,  to  the  utmost  of  our  power,  the 
misfortunes  and  oppressions  under  which  they  groan  ?  Reason, 
as  well  as  Christianity,  spurns  at  the  narrow-minded  patriotism 
which  confines  its  regards  to  a  particular  country,  and  would  pro- 
mote its  interests  by  any  means,  although  it  should  prove  injuri- 
ous to  every  other  nation.  Whatever  tends  to  the  general  good 
of  the  whole  human  family  will  ultimately  be  found  conducive  to 
the  prosperity  and  happiness  of  every  particular  nation  and  tribe ; 
24* 


2^2  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Antipathies  of  Nations  removed. 


while,  oo  the  other  hand,  a  selfish  and  ungenerous  conduct  to- 
wards other  communities,  and  an  utt( m[>t  to  injure  or  degrade 
them,  will  seldom  fail  to  deprive  us  of  the  benefits  we  wished  to 

aire,  and  to  expose  us  to  the  evils  we  intended  to  avert.  Such 
appear  in  fact  to  be  the  principles  of  God's  moral  government 
among  the  nations,  and  such  the  sanctions  by  which  the  laws  of 
natural  justice  are  enforced. 

Were  such  sentiments  universally  recognised  and  appreciated, 
the  antipathies  of  nations  would  speedily  be  vanquished,  and  union 
and  harmony  prevail  among  all  the  kindreds  of  the  earth.  And 
what  a  multitude  of  advantages  would  ensue — what  a  variety  of 
interesting  scenes  would  be  presented — what  an  immense  num- 
ber of  delightful  associations  would  be  produced,  were  such  a 
union  c fleeted  among  mankind  !  Were  men  over  all  the  globe 
living  in  peace  and  harmony,  every  sea  would  be  navigated,  every 
region  explored,  its  scenery  described,  its  productions  collected, 
its  botanical  peculiarities  ascertained,  and  its  geological  structure 
investigated.  The  geography  of  the  globe  would  be  brought  to 
perfection  ;  its  beauties,  harmonies,  and  sublimities  displayed, 
and  the  useful  productions  of  every  clime  transported  to  every 
country,  and  cultivated  in  every  land.  Science  would,  of  course, 
be  improved,  and  its  boundaries  enlarged ;  new  physical  facts 
would  be  discovered  for  confirming  and  illustrating  its  principles, 
and  a  broad  foundation  laid  for  carrying  it  to  perfection.  While,  at 
present,  every  traveller  in  quest  of  scientific  knowledge  in  foreign 
lands  is  limited  in  his  excursions,  and  even  exposed  to  imminent 
danger, by  the  rancour  of  savage  tribes  and  the  jealousy  of  despotic 

( Tuments — in  such  a  state  of  things,  every  facility  would  be 
given  to  his  researches,  and  all  the  documents  of  history,  and  the 
i"  nature  and  art,  laid  open  to  his  inspection.    He  would 
lucted,  as  a  friend  and  brother,  through  every  city  and  rural 
:   the  pr  of  arts  and  manufactures,  the  curiosities  of 

nature,  and  the  archives  of  literature  and  science,  would  be  laid 
open  to  his  view ;  and  he  would  return  to  his  native  land  loaded 
wiih  whatever  is  curious  and  useful  in  nature  and  art,  and  enriched 
with DOfl  ft  &  -ions  to  his  treasures  of  knowledge.  The  know- 
ledge and  arts  of  one  country  would  thus  be  quickly  transported 
to  another;  agricultural,  manufacturing,  and  mechanical  improve- 
-  would  be  gradually  introduced  into  every  region ;  barren 
wastes  would  be  cultivated,  forests  cut  down,  marshes  drained, 

-  tounded,  temples,  schools,  and  academies  erected,  modes 
of  rapid  communication  between  distant  countries  established, 
mutual  interchanges  of  affection  promoted,  and  "  the  once  barren 
deserts  made  to  rejoice  and  blossom  as  the  rose." 


EFFECTS    OF    UNION    AMONG    NATIONS.  2S3 


Mutual  Intercommunication. 


We  should  then  behold  the  inhabitants  of  distant  countries  ar- 
riving on  our  shores — not  with  tomahawks,  clubs,  spears,  muskets, 
and  other  hostile  weapons,  but  with  the  symbols  of  peace  and  the 
productions  of  their  respective  climes.     We  should  behold  the 
Malayans,  the  Chinese,  the  Cambodians,  the  Burmese,  the  Per- 
sians, and  the  Japanese,  unfurling  their  banners  on  our  coasts 
and  rivers,  unloading  their  cargoes  of  tea,  coffee,  siiks,  nankeens, 
embroideries,  carpets,  pearls,  diamonds,  and  gold  and  silver  orna- 
ments and  utensils — traversing  our  streets  and  squares  in  the 
costume  of  their  respective   countries,  gazing  at  our  shops  and 
edifices,  wondering  at  our  manners  and  customs,  mingling  in  our 
assemblies,  holding  intercourse  with  our  artists  and  philosophers, 
attending  our  scientific  lectures  and   experiments,    acquiring  a 
knowledge  of  our  arts  and  sciences,  and  returning  to  their  native 
climes  to  report  to  their  countrymen  the  information  they  had  re- 
ceived, and  to  introduce  among  them  our  discoveries  and  improve- 
ments.    "We  should  behold  the  tawny  Indians  of  Southern  Asia 
forcing  their  way  up  its  mighty  rivers  in  their  leathern  canoes,  to  the 
extremities  of  the  north,  and  displaying  on  the  frozen  shores  of  the 
icy  sea  the  riches  of  the  Ganges ;  the  Laplander  covered  with  warm 
fur  arriving  in  southern  markets,  in  his  sledge  drawn  by  rein-deer, 
and  exposing  for  sale  the  sable  skins  and  furs  of  Siberia  ;  and  the 
copper-coloured  American  Indian  traversing  the  Antilles,  and 
conveying  from  isle  to  isle  his  gold  and  emeralds."     We  should 
occasionally  behold  numerous  caravans  of  Arabians,  mounted  on 
their  dromedaries  and  camels,  and  tribes  of  Tartars,  Bedouins, 
and  Moors,  visiting  the  civilized  countries  of  Europe,  laden  with 
the  rarities  and  riches  of  their  respective  countries,  admiring  the 
splendour  of  our  cities  and  public  edifices,  learning  our  arts  and 
manufactures,  acquiring  a  knowledge  of  our  literature  and  sci- 
ences, purchasing  our  commodities,  procuring  specimens  of  our 
philosophical  instruments,  steam-engines,  and  mechanical  powers 
— inviting  agriculturists,  artists,  mechanics,  teachers,  ministers  of 
religion,  mathematicians,  and  philosophers,  to  settle  among  them, 
for  the  purpose  of  improving  their  system  of  husbandry,  rearing 
cities,  towns,  and  villages,  disseminating  useful  knowledge,  and 
introducing  the  arts  and  enjoyments  of  civilized  society — at  the 
same  time  inviting  them  to  contract  marriages  with  their  sisters 
and  daughters,  and  thus,  by  new  alliances,  to  reunite  the  branches 
of  the  human  family,  which,  though  descended  from  one  common 
parent,  have  been  so  long  disunited, — and  which  disunion,  national 
prejudices  and  antipathies,  as  well  as  climate  and  complexion, 
have  tended  to  perpetuate.  And,  while  we  were  thus  instrumental 
in  imparting  knowledge  and  improvements  to  other  nations,  we 


2S-4  ON     THt    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


[ncrease  of  Historical  Information. 


ourselves  should  reap  innumerable  advantages.  Our  travellers 
and  navigators,  into  whatever  regions  they  might  wish  to  pene- 
trate, would  feel  secure  from  every  hostile  attack,  and  would  re- 
cognise in  every  one  they  met  a  friend  and  a  brother,  ready  to 
relieve  their  necessities,  to  contribute  to  their  comfort,  and  to  di- 
rect them  in  their  mercantile  arrangements  and  scientific  re- 
searches. Our  merchants  and  manufacturers  would  find  nume- 
rous emporiums  for  their  goods,  and  new  openings  for  com- 
mercial enterprise,  and  wrould  import  from  other  countries  new 
conveniences  and  comforts  for  the  use  of  their  countrymen  at 
home. 

From  such  friendly  intercourses  we  should  learn,  more  parti- 
cularly than  we  have  yet  done,  the  history  of  other  nations,  and 
the  peculiar  circumstances  in  which  they  have  existed,  particularly 
of  those  tribes  which  have  been  considered  as  moving  beyond  the 
range  of  civilized  society.    All  that  we  at  present  know  of  the  his- 
tory of  many  foreign  nations  consists  of  a  few  insulated  sketches 
and  anecdotes,  picked  up  at  random  by  travellers  who  passed  only 
a  few  days  or  weeks  in  the  countries  they  describe,  who  were  be- 
held with  suspicion,  and  were  imperfectly  acquainted  with  the 
languages  of  the  inhabitants.  But,  from  a  familiar  and  confiden- 
tial  intercourse,  we  should  become  acquainted  with  the  whole  se- 
ries of  their  history,  so  far  as  it  is  known,  which  might  not  only 
be  curious  and  interesting  in  itself,  but  might  throw  a  light  on  the 
records  of  other  nations,  on  the  facts  of  sacred  history,  and  on  the 
oeral  history  of  the  world.  We  might  thus  know  something  of 
the  circumstances  which  attended  the  early  diversion  of  man- 
kind,— the  motives  which  determined  each  tribe  to  choose  its  se- 
parate, habitation  in  an  unknown  region,  and  which  induced  them 
to  cross  unknown  arms  of  the  sea,  to  traverse  mountains  which 
presented  no  path,  and  rivers  which  had  not  yet  received  a  name, 
<<1  whose  commencement  and  termination  were  alike  unknown. 
The  information  which  distant  tribes  refuse  us,  when  we  approach 
them  like  warlike  adventurers  or  ambitious  merchants,  would  be 
freely  communicated,  when  we  mingled  with  them  as  friends  and 
benefactors,  and   especially,  after  we  had  been  instrumental  in 
melioratiiiLr  their  physical  and  moral  condition,  and  in  communi- 
cating to  them  our  improvements. 

And,  in  the  name  of  all  that  is  sacred  and  benevolent,  what 
should  hinder  such  harmonious  and  affectionate  intercourses  be- 
tween nations  from  being  universally  realized?  Are  we  not  all 
brethren  of  one  family?  Have  we  not  all  one  Father?  Has 
not  one  Grod  created  us  ?  Does  not  the  same  planet  support  us, 
and  the  same  atmosphere  surround  us?     Does  not  the  same  sun 


EFFECTS    OF    UNION    AMONG    NATIONS.  285 

Change  of  Conduct  necessary. 

■  -  — 

cheer  and  enlighten  us  ?  Have  we  not  the  same  physical  organi- 
zation, the  same  mental  powers,  and  the  same  immortal  destina- 
tion 1  And  is  it  not  the  interest  of  every  individual  of  the  human 
family  that  such  a  friendly  intercourse  should  he  established?  Are 
there  any  insuperable  obstructions,  any  impassable  barriers,  any 
natural  impossibilities,  that  prevent  such  a  union  among  the  na- 
tions ?  JVo, — knowledge,  combined  with  moral  principle  and  true 
religion,  if  universally  diffused,  would  speedily  effectuate  this  won- 
derful transformation.  Enlighten  the  understandings,  direct  the 
moral  powers  of  man,  extend  the  knowledge  of  Christianity 
through  the  world,  and  a  broad  foundation  will  be  laid  for  univer- 
sal improvement,  and  universal  friendship  among  all  nations. 

But,  in  order  that  we  may  be  instrumental  in  preparing  the  way 
for  so  desirable  an  event,  our  conduct  towards  other  nations,  and 
particularly  towards  uncivilized  tribes,  must  be  very  different  from 
what  it  has  generally  been  in  the  ages  that  are  past.  We  must 
become,  not  the  plunderers  and  destroyers,  but  the  instructers  and 
benefactors  of  mankind.  Instead  of  sending  forth  the  artillery  of 
war,  for  the  subjugation  of  distant  nations,  we  must  uniformly 
display  the  banner  of  love  and  the  branch  of  peace  ;  instead  of 
despatching  crowds  of  needy  adventurers,  fired  with  the  cursed 
love  of  gold,  to  plunder  and  to  kill,  like  the  Spaniards  in  their  con- 
quest of  Mexico  and  Peru, — we  must  send  forth  armies  of  en- 
lightened benefactors,  to  traverse  the  benighted  nations,  to  carry 
the  knowledge  of  divine  truth  within  the  region  of  pagan  darkness, 
to  impart  to  them  the  blessings  of  instruction,  and  the  comforts 
and  conveniences  of  civilized  life.  Instead  of  landing  on  their 
shores  swords  and  spears  and  musketry, — ploughshares,  pruning 
hooks,  and  every  other  agricultural  implement,  must  be  plentifully 
supplied  to  all  the  inhabitants.  Instead  of  carrying  into  slavery 
their  children  and  relatives,  and  imbittering  their  lives  with  cruel 
treatment,  like  the  Spaniards  and  the  Portuguese,  in  reference  to 
the  African  negroes,  we  must  proclaim  "  liberty  to  the  captives, 
and  the  opening  of  the  prison-doors  to  them  that  are  bouud."  In 
short,  our  conduct  must  be  almost  diametrically  opposite  to  that 
which  political  intriguers  have  generally  pursued  towards  other 
states,  if  we  would  promote  union  among  the  nations.  Our  sel- 
fishness must  be  changed  into  beneficence,  our  pride  into  humili- 
ty, our  avarice  into  generosity,  and  our  malignity  into  kindness 
and  benevolence.  Kindness  and  benevolent  attentions  will  some- 
times subdue  even  the  most  ferocious  animals,  and  will  seldom 
fail  to  soften  the  breasts  of  the  most  savage  people,  and  to  win 
their  affections.  There  is  scarcely  an  individual  within  the  range 
of  the  human  species,  or  even  within  the  range  of  animated  na- 


2SG  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Diversity  <>f  Christian  Denominations, 


tare,  but  is  susceptible  of  the  impressions  of  love  ;  and  if  such 
principles  and  affections  were  to  direct  the  future  intercourses  of 
nations,  we  might  expect,  ere  long, to  behold  the  commencement 
of  thai  happy  era,  when  M  the  wilderness  and  solitary  place  shall 
be  glad,  when  nation  shall  no  longer  lift  up  sword  against  nation, 
when  righteousness  and  praise  shall  spring  forth  before  all  the 
nations,  and  when  there  shall  be  nothing  to  hurt  or  destroy" 
among  all  the  families  of  the  earth. 

V. — A  general  diffusion  of  knowledge  would  be  one  general 
mean  of  promoting  union  in  the  Christian  Church. 

It  is  a  lamentable  fact,  that  throughout  the  whole  world,  there 
is  no  system  of  religion  the  votaries  of  which  are  subdivided  into  so 
many  sectaries  as  those  who  profess  an  adherence  to  the  Christian 
faith.  Within  the  limits  of  Great  Britain  there  are  perhaps  not  much 
fewer  than  a  hundred  different  denominations  of  Christians  belong- 
ing to  the  Protestant  church.  We  have  Calvinists,  Arminians, 
Baxterians,  Antinomians,  Arians,  and  Unitarians,  Episcopalians, 
Presbyterians,  Methodists,  Baptists,  and  Independents, — Seced- 
ers,  Brownists,  Sandemanians,  Quakers,  Moravians,  Swedenbor- 
gians,  Millenarians,  Sabbatarians,  Universalists,  Sublapsarians, 
Supralapsarians,  Dunkers,  Kilhamites,  Shakers,  &c.  Of  some  of 
these  there  are  several  subdivisions.  Thus,  there  are  three  or  four 
denominations  of  Seccders,  four  or  five  of  Baptists,  three  or  four 
of  Methodists,  and  two  or  three  of  Glassites  or  Sandemanians. 
Most  of  these  denominations  recognise  the  leading  truths  of 
divine  revelation, — the  natural  and  moral  attributes  of  the  Deity, — 
the  tall  of  man, — the  necessity  of  a  Saviour, — the  incarnation  of 
Christ, — the  indispensable  duty  of  faith  in  him  for  the  remission 
of  sins, — the  necessity  of  regeneration,  and  of  holiness  in  princi- 
ple and  practice, — the  obligation  of  the  moral  law, — the  doctrine 
of  a  resurrection  from  the  dead,  and  of  a  future  state  of  rewards 
and  punishments, — in  short,  every  thing  by  which  Christianity  is 
distinguished  from  Mohammedanism,  pagan  idolatry,  and  all  the 
other  systems  of  religion  that  prevail  in  the  world.  Yet,  while 
agreeing  in  the  leading  doctrines  of  the  Christian  faith,  they  con- 
tinue in  ;i  state  of  separation  from  each  other,  as  if  they  had  no 
common  bond  of  union,  and,  as  rival  sects,  arc  too  frequently  in 
a  state  of  alienation,  and  even  of  open  hostility.  The  points  in 
which  they  differ  are  frequently  so  minute  as  to  be  incapable  of 
being  accurately  defined,  or  rendered  palpable  to  an  impartial 
inquirer  Where  the  difference  is  most  apparent,  it  consists 
chiefly  in  a  diversity  of  opinion  respecting  such  questions  as  the 
following  : — Whether  the  election  of  man  to  eternal  life  be  abso- 


EVILS    ARISING    FROM    DISUNION".  287 

Sectarianism  productive  of  many  Evils. 


lute  or  conditional, — whether  Christ  died  for  the  sins  of  the  whole 
world,  or  only  for  a  limited  number, — whether  there  be  a  grada- 
tion or  an  equality  among  the  ministers  of  the  Christian  church, — 
whether  every  particular  society  of  Christians  has  power  to  regu- 
late its  own  affairs,  or  ought  to  be  in  subjection  to  higher  courts 
of  judicature, — whether  the  ordinance  of  the  Lord's  Supper  should 
be  received  in  the  posture  of  sitting  or  of  kneeling, — whether 
baptism  should  be  administered  to  infants  or  adults,  or  be  per- 
formed by  dipping  or  sprinkling,  &c.  Such  are  some  of  the 
points  of  dispute  which  have  torn  the  Christian  church  into  a 
number  of  shreds,  and  produced  among  the  different  sectaries 
mutual  jealousies,  recriminations,  and  contentions.  When  we 
consider  the  number  and  the  importance  of  the  leading  facts  and 
doctrines  in  which  they  all  agree,  it  appears  somewhat  strange, 
and  even  absurd,  that  they  should  stand  aloof  from  each  other,  and 

|  even  assume  a  hostile  attitude,  on  account  of  such  comparatively 
trivial  differences  of  opinion,  especially  when  they  all  profess  to 

|  be  promoting  the  same  grand  object,  travelling  to  the  same  hea- 
venly country,  and  expect,  ere  long,  to  sit  down  in  harmony  in  the 
mansions  above.  The  grand  principles  of  human  action,  which 
it  is  the  chief  object  of  Revelation  to  establish,  and  the  precepts 
of  morality,  which  ought  to  govern  the  affections  and  conduct  of 
every  Christian,  are  recognised  by  all ;  and  why  then  should  they 
separate  from  each  other,  and  remain  at  variance  on  account  of 
matters  of  "  doubtful  disputation  V 

The  evils  which  flow  from  such  a  divided  state  of  Christian 
society  are  numerous,  and  much  to  be  deplored.  A  sectarian 
spirit  has  burst  asunder  the  bonds  of  Christian  love,  and  prevented 
that  harmonious  and  affectionate  intercourse  among  Christians 
which  is  one  of  the  chief  enjoyments  of  social  religion.  It  has 
infused  jealousies,  fanned  the  flame  of  animosity  and  discord,  set 
friends,  brethren,  and  families  at  variance,  and  shattered  even 
civil  communities  into  factions  and  parties.  It  has  kindled  con- 
tentions and  heart-burnings,  produced  envyings,  animosities,  and 
hatred  of  brethren,  burst  asunder  the  strongest  ties  of  natural 
affection,  and  has  led  professed  Christians  to  violate  the  plainest 
dictates  of  humanity  and  of  natural  justice.  It  has  excited  a 
feverish  zeal  for  the  peculiarities  of  a  sectary,  while  the  distinguish- 
ing features  of  Christianity  have  either  been  overlooked  or  tram- 
pled under  foot.  It  has  wasted  money  unnecessarily  in  erecting 
separate  places  of  worship,  which  might  have  been  devoted  to 
the  promotion  of  the  interests  of  our  common  Christianity.  It 
has  even  corrupted  our  very  prayers,  infused  into  them  human 
passions,  and  a  spirit  of  party,  and  confined  them  to  the  narrow 


28S         OR    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Progress  of  Christianity  retarded. 


limits  ofoui  own  sectary,  as  if  the  Omnipotent,  whom  we  profess 
to  adore,  were  biassed  by  the  same  prejudices  as  ourselves,  and 
dispensed  his  favours  according  to  our  contracted  views.  Could 
we  fly  with  the  swiftness  of  an  angelic  messenger  through  the 
various  assemblies  convened  on  the  Christian  Sabbath,  while  they 
are  offering  up  their  prayers  to  heaven,  what  a  repulsive  and  dis- 
cordant scene  would  present  itself,  when  we  beheld  the  leaders 
of  certain  sectaries  confining  their  petitions  to  their  own  votaries, 
imploring  a  special  blessing  upon  themselves,  as  if  they  were  the 
chief  favourites  of  heaven,  lamenting  the  errors  of  others,  throwing 
out  innuendoes  against  rival  sectaries,  taking  credit  to  themselves 
as  the  chief  depositories  of  gospel  truth,  and  thanking  God  for 
their  superior  attainments  in  Christian  perfection  !  How  unlike 
the  noble,  benevolent,  and  expansive  spirit  which  Christianity 
inculcates  ! — Nay,  the  intolerance  which  the  divisions  of  the 
Christian  church  have  engendered  has  established  Inquisitions 
for  the  purpose  of  torturing  and  burning  supposed  heretics, — has 
banished,  imprisoned,  plundered,  hanged,  and  committed  to  the 
flames,  thousands  and  ten  thousands,  on  account  of  their  religious 
opinions;  and  many  eminent  characters,  illustrious  for  piety  and 
virtue,  have  fallen  victims  to  such  unchristian  barbarities. 

In  particular,  the  divisions  and  contentions  of  Christians  have 
been  one  of  the  chief  causes  of  the  progi^ess  of  infidelity.  The 
truth  and  excellence  of  our  religion  can  only  be  exhibited  to  the 
world  by  its  effects.  And  when,  instead  of  love,  union,  and  har- 
mony among  its  professors,  we  behold  bitter  envyings,  schisms, 
contentions,  and  animosities,  there  appears  nothing  to  allure 
vicious  and  unthinking  minds  to  examine  its  evidences,  and  to 
give  it  an  impartial  hearing,  "  First  agree  among  yourselves," 
infidels  reply,  "  and  then  we  will  consider  the  truth  and  impor- 
tance of  your  opinions. "  Such  a  mode  of  reasoning  and  conduct 
is  indeed  both  absurd  and  unfair,  when  the  genuine  doctrines  and 
requisitions  of  Christianity  are  clearly  stated  in  its  original  re- 

.  and  which  they  ought  to  examine  for  themselves  ;  but  it  is 
a  circumstance  much  to  be  deplored,  that  Christians,  by  their 

riaii  animosities,  should  throw  a  stumbling-block  in  the  way 
of  rational  investigation  into  the  truths  and  foundations  of  religion, 
and   <  Is  to  stumble  and  fall  to  their   destruction. 

But  what  is  perhaps  worst  of  all,  it  has  greatly  retarded,  and  still 
retard-,  the  universal  propagation  of  Christianity  through  the 
world.  Something  has  indeed  been  effected,  of  late  years,  by 
various  sections  of  the  Christian  church,  in  the  different  mission- 
ary enterprises  which  have  been  conducted,  in  their  separate 
capacities  ;   but  it  is  not  too  much  to  affirm,  that,  had  they  acted 


EVILS    OF    SECTARIANISM.  289 

Sectarianism  unattended  with  any  beneficial  Consequence 

in  combination  and  in  harmony,  in  the  missionary  cause,  ten  times 
more  good  would  have  been  effected  than  has  ever  yet  been  ac- 
complished. Besides,  in  our  present  mode  of  propagating  the 
gospel  among  the  heathen,  we  are,  to  a  certain  extent,  sowing 
the  seeds  of  those  unhappy  dissensions  which  have  so  long  pre- 
vailed among  ourselves.  And,  therefore,  till  the  different  religious 
denominations  in  this  and  other  Christian  lands  be  brought  to  a 
more  general  and  harmonious  union,  we  cannot  expect  to  behold 
a  rapid  and  extensive  propagation  of  primitive  Christianity 
throughout  the  pagan  world. 

Such  are  some  of  the  evils  which  a  sectarian  spirit  has  pro- 
duced in  the  Christian  Church.     It  is  almost  needless  to  say  that 
they  do  not  originate  in  the  genius  of  the  gospel,  which  is  directly 
opposed  to  such  a  spirit,  but  in  the  corruption  of  human  nature, 
and  the  perversion  of  true  religion.     They  have  their  rise  in 
ignorance, — in  ignorance  both  of  the  revelations  of  the  Bible, 
considered  as  one  whole,  and  of  those  truths  of  history,  philoso- 
phy, and  general  science,  which  have  a  tendency  to  liberalize  and 
to  enlarge  the  capacity  of  the  human  mind.     This  ignorance 
naturally  leads  to  self-conceit,  and  an  obstinate  attachment  to  pre- 
conceived opinions  and  party  prejudices,  to  attaching  an  undue 
importance  to  certain  subordinate  and  favourite  opinions,  and 
overlooking  the  grand  essentials  of  the  Christian  scheme ;  and 
thus  prevents  the  mind  from  expanding  its  views,  and  taking  a 
luminous  and  comprehensive  survey  of  the  general  bearings  and 
distinguishing  features  of  the  religion  of  the  Bible.     And  if  such 
numerous  and  serious  evils  have  followed  from  the  divisions  of 
Christians,  it  becomes  an  important  inquiry,  whether  they  have 
ever  been  productive  of  advantages  sufficient  to  counterbalance 
such  pernicious  effects.     Is  an  obscure  question,  in  relation  to 
church  government,  to  be  set  in  competition  with  Christian  union  ? 
Is  a  metaphysical  opinion  about  the  sovereignty  of  God,  and  his 
counsels    during   eternity   past,   to   be    obstinately   maintained, 
although  the  strongest  bonds  of  Christian  love  should  thereby  be 
burst  asunder  1     Is  the  rigid  adherence  to  an  opinion  respecting 
dipping  or  sprinkling  in  baptism,  or  the  maintenance  of  a  dogma 
in  reference  to  the  extent  of  Christ's  redemption,  under  pretence 
of  bearing  testimony  in  behalf  of  divine  truth,  to  be  considered 
as  sufficient  to  counterbalance  the  numerous  evils  which  have 
flowed  from  a  sectarian  spirit?    Can  we  suppose,  that  He  whose 
I  law  is  /ore,  who  has  commanded  us  to  "  keep  the  unity  of  the 
•  Spirit  in  the  bond  of  peace,"  and  who  hath  declared,  again  and 
again,  in  the  most  explicit  terms,  "  By  this  shall  all  men  know 
that  ye  are  my  disciples,  if  ye  love  one  another ;"  are  we  to  sup- 
25 


' 


200  OS    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Inconsistency  ofmanj  Sectaries. 


thai  lit  will  consider  the  maintenance  of  such  opinions,  under 
such  pretences,  as  a  warrant  for  the  infringement  of  tne  law  of 
charity,  or  the  breach  of  Christian  union,  or  that  lie  sets  a  higher 
value  on  intellectual  subtleties  and  speculative  opinions,  than  on 
tlie  practical  requisitions  of  his  word,  and  the  manifestations  of 
Christian  temper  and  conduct?  To  answer  these  questions  in 
the  affirmative  would  be  little  short  of  offering  an  insult  to  the 
King  of  Zion.  "Whatever  is  not  so  clearly  revealed  in  Scripture 
that  every  rational  and  serious  inquirer  does  not  plainly  perceive 
it  to  be  truth  or  duty,  can  scarcely  be  supposed  to  be  of  such  im- 
portance as  to  warrant  the  breach  of  the  unity  of  the  church.  For 
the  inspired  writers,  who  were  the  vehicles  of  a  revelation  from 
heaven,  can  never  be  supposed  to  have  used  vague  or  ambiguous 
language  in  explaining  and  enforcing  matters  of  the  first  impor- 
tance. 

If  we  consider  the  temper  and  conduct  of  many  of  those  who 
are  sticklers  upon  phrases,  and  zealous  about  matters  of  mere 
form,  we  shall  be  convinced  how  few  beneficial  practical  effects 
are  the  result  of  a  narrow  sectarian  spirit.  While  they  appear 
fired  with  a  holy  zeal  lest  the  purity  of  divine  ordinances  should 
be  tainted  by  unwashen  hands,  you  will  sometimes  find  them  im- 
mersed in  the  grossest  sensualities  and  immoralities  of  conduct. 
While  they  are  severe  sticklers  for  what  they  conceive  to  be  the 
primitive  form  and  order  of  a  Christian  church,  you  will  not  un- 
frequently  find  disorder  reigning  in  their  families,  the  instruction 
of  their  children  and  servants  neglected,  and  a  sour  and  boister- 
ous spirit  manifested  in  all  their  intercourses  with  their  domestics. 
Yea,  you  will  find,  in  numerous  instances,  that  they  scruple  not 
to  practice  frauds  in  the  course  of  their  business,  and  that  you 
can  have  less  dependence  on  their  promises  than  on  those  of  the 
men  of  the  world,  who  make  no  pretences  to  religion.  As  an 
excellent  writer  has  well  observed,  "  An  ardent  temperament  con- 
verts the  enthusiast  into  a  zealot,  who,  while  he  is  laborious  in 
Winning  proselytes,  discharges  common  duties  very  remissly,  and 
is  found  to  be  a  more  punctilious  observer  of  his  creed  than  of  his 
word.  Or,  it'  his  imagination  is  fertile,  he  becomes  a  visionary, 
who  lives  on  better  terms  with  angels  and  with  seraphs,  than  with 
his  childn  a,  servants,  and  neighbours  ;  or,  he  is  one,  who,  while 
he  reverences  the  '  thrones,  dominions,  and  powers'  of  the  invisi- 
ble world,  vents  his  spleen  in  railing  on  all  *  dignities  and  powers 
on  earth.'  "  * 

What  are  the  remedies,  then,  which  may  be  applied  for  healing 


Natural  Hist,  of  Enthusiasm,  p.  14. 


REMEDIES    FOR    SECTARIANISM.  291 

Cultivation  of  Christian  Affection. 


the  unhappy  divisions  which  have  arisen  in  the  Christian  church  ? 
It  is  evident,  in  the  first  place,  that  we  must  discard  the  greater 
part  of  those  human  systems  of  Divinity,  and  those  polemical 
writings  and  controversies,  which  have  fanned  the  flame  of  ani- 
mositv,  and  which  have  so  frequently  been  substituted  in  the  room 
of  the  oracles  of  God.  We  must  revert  to  the  Scriptures  as  the 
sole  standard  of  every  religious  opinion,  and  fix  our  attention 
chieflv  on  those  matters  of  paramount  importance  which  are 
clearlv  revealed,  which  are  obvious  to  every  attentive  reader,  and 
which  enter  into  the  essence  of  the  Christian  system.  For,  to 
maintain  that  the  Scriptures  are  not  sufficiently  clear  and  explicit 
in  regard  to  every  thing  that  has  a  bearing  on  the  present  com- 
fort and  the  everlasting  happiness  of  mankind,  is  nothing  short  of 
a  libel  on  the  character  of  the  sacred  writers,  and  an  indignity 
offered  to  Him  by  whose  spirit  they  were  inspired.  We  must 
also  endeavour  to  discard  the  "  vain  janglings,"  the  sophistical 
reasonings,  and  the  metaphysical  refinements  of  the  schools,  and 
the  technical  terms  of  polemical  theology,  such  as  trinity,  hypo- 
statical  union,  sacraments,  &c,  and,  in  our  discussions,  especially 
on  mvsterious  or  doubtful  subjects,  adhere  as  nearly  as  possible 
to  the  language  of  the  inspired  writers.  In  particular,  more  atten- 
tion ought  to  be  paid  to  the  manifestation  of  Christian  love,  and 
the  practice  of  religion,  than  to  a  mere  coincidence  of  view  with 
regard  to  certain  theological  dogmas.  For  it  is  easy  to  conceive, 
that  a  man  may  be  animated  by  holy  principles  and  dispositions, 
although  he  may  have  an  obscure  conception,  or  may  even  enter- 
tain an  erroneous  opinion,  of  some  of  the  doctrines  of  religion  ; 
and  we  know  by  experience,  that  men  may  contend  zealously 
for  what  are  considered  orthodox  doctrines,  and  yet  be  destitute  of 
the  spirit  of  religion,  and  trample  on  its  most  important  practical 
requirements.  And  were  the  spirit  of  our  holy  religion  thoroughly 
to  pervade  the  different  sections  of  the  church — were  Christian 
affection  more  generally  manifested  among  all  who  bear  the  Chris- 
tian name,  and  the  practical  injunctions  of  Christianity  uniformly 
exemplified  in  their  conduct,  we  should  soon  behold  a  general 
coincidence  of  opinion  on  every  thing  that  can  be  deemed  import- 
ant in  religion,  and  a  mutual  candour  and  forbearance,  in  regard 
to  all  subordinate  opinions,  that  do  not  enter  into  the  essence  of 
religion,  and  which  ought  to  be  left  to  the  private  judgment  of 
every  inquirer. 

But  I  entertain  little  hope  that  such  measures  will  be  adopted, 
and  an  object  so  desirable  accomplished,  while  so  much  ignorance 
still  pervades  the  minds  of  the  majority  of  Christians,  and  while 
the  range  of  their  intellectual  views  is  so  much  contracted.     It  is 


292  OS    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Comparison  of  Ignorance  and  Knowledge. 


only  when  the  effects  of  a  general  diffusion  of  knowledge  shall  be 
more  extensively  felt,  thai  a  more  general  and  cordial  union  of 
the  Christian  world  is  to  be  expected.     Light  in  the  understand- 
ing is  the  source  of  all  reformations,  the  detecter  of  all  evils  and 
■buses,  the  corrector  of  all  errors  and  misconceptions,  and  the 
stimulus  to  every  improvement     It  dispels  the  mists  which  pre- 
vented our  distinct  vision  of  the  objects  of  our  contemplation,  dis- 
covers the  stumbling-blocks  over  which  we  had  fallen,  points  out 
the  devious  ways  into  which  we  had  wandered,  and  presents  before 
US  every   object   in  its  just  magnitude  and  proportions.     The 
knowledge  to  which  I  allude  consists,  in  the  first  place,  in  a  clear 
and  comprehensive  view  of  the  whole  system  of  divine  revela- 
tion, in  all  its  connexions  and  bearings, — and,  in  the  next  place, 
in  an  acquaintance  with  all  those  historical,  geographical,  and 
scientific  facts  which  have  a  tendency  to  expand  the  capacity  of 
the  mind,  and  to  enlarge  our  conceptions  of  the  attributes  of 
God,  and  of  the  ways  of  his  providence.     Wherever  the  mind  is 
thoroughly  enlightened  in  the  knowledge  of  such  subjects,  the  ten- 
dency to  bigotry  and  sectarianism  will  quickly  be  destroyed,  and 
the  partition  walls  which  now  separate  the  different  sections  of 
the  church  will  gradually  be  undermined  and  crumble  into  dust. 
This  might  be  illustrated  from  the  very  nature  of  the  thing.     A 
man  whose  mind  is  shrouded  in  comparative  ignorance  is  like  a 
person  who  lands  on  an  unknown  country  in  the  dusk  of  the  even- 
ing, and  forms  his  opinion  of  its  scenery  and  inhabitants  from  the 
Obscure  and  limited  view  he  is  obliged  to  take  of  them  during  the 
course  of  a  few  hours, — while  he  whose  mind  is  enlightened  in 
every  department  of  human  and  divine  knowledge,  is  like  one 
who  has  taken  a  minute  and  comprehensive  survey  of  the  same 
country,  traversed  its  length  and  breadth,  mingled  with  every  class 
of  its  inhabitants,  visited  its  cities,  towns,  and  villages,  and  studied 
its  arts  and  sciences,  its  laws,  customs,  and  antiquities.     The  one 
can  form  but  a  very  imperfect  and  inaccurate  conception  of  the 
country  he  has  visited,  and  could  convey  only  a  similar  concep- 
tion to  others, — the  other  has  acquired  a  correct  idea  of  the  scene 
he  has   surveyed,   and   can  form  an  accurate  judgment  of  the 
nature,  the  tendency,  and  bearings  of  the  laws,  institutions,  and 
political  economy  which  have  been  the  subject  of  his  investiga- 
tions.    So  that  the  accounts  given  by  these  two  visiters,  of  the 
same  country,  behooved  to  be  materially  different.     The  sectarian 
bigol  is  one   who  has  taken  a  partial   and  limited  view  of  one  or 
two  departments  of  the  field  of  revelation,  who  fixes  his  attention 
on   i  few  <>t*  its  minute  objects,  and  who  overlooks  the  sublimity 
and  the  grand  bearings  of  its  more  magnificent  scenery.     The 


REMEDIES    FOR    SECTARIANISM.  293 

Comparison  of  Ignorance  and  Knowledge. 

man  of  knowledge  explores  it  throughout  its  length  and  breadth, 
fixes  his  eye  upon  its  distinguishing  features,  and  brings  all  the 
information  he  has  acquired  from  other  quarters  to  assist  his  con- 
ceptions of  the  nature,  the  bearings,  and  relations  of  the  multifa- 
rious objects  presented  to  his  view.  The  luminous  views  he  has 
taken  of  the  leading  objects  and  design  of  revelation,  and  the  ex- 
pansive conceptions  he  has  acquired  of  the  perfections  of  Him  by 
whom  it  was  imparted,  will  never  suffer  him  to  believe  that  it  is 
agreeable  to  the  will  of  God  that  a  Christian  society  should  be 
rent  asunder  in  the  spirit  of  animosity,  because  one  party  main- 
tains, for  example,  that  dipping  is  the  true  mode  of  performing 
baptism,  and  the  other,  that  it  should  be  administered  by  sprin- 
kling, while  they  both  recognize  it  as  a  divine  ordinance,  and  sym- 
bolical of  spiritual  blessings, — or  that  such  conduct  can  have  a 
tendency  to  promote  the  glory  of  God,  and  the  best  interests  of 
men.  He  can  never  believe  that  that  incomprehensible  Being 
who  inhabiteth  eternity,  who  superintends  the  affairs  of  ten 
thousand  worlds,  and  who  hath  exhibited  in  his  word  the  way  to 
eternal  life  in  the  clearest  light, — should  attach  so  great  a  degree 
of  importance  to  such  questions,  that  either  the  one  party  or  the 
other  should  be  considered  as  exclusive  supporters  of  divine  truth, 
while  they  infringe  the  law  of  Christian  love,  and  forbear  "  to  keep 
the  unity  of  the  spirit  in  the  bond  of  peace."  For,  in  reference 
to  the  example  now  stated,  a  few  drops  of  water  are  equally  a  sym- 
bol or  emblem  as  the  mass  of  liquid  in  a  mighty  river ;  and  to  con- 
sider the  Almighty  as  beholding  with  approbation  such  specula- 
tions, and  their  consequent  effects,  would  be  but  little  short  of 
affixing  a  libel  on  his  moral  character.  The  man  of  knowledge 
is  disposed  to  view  in  the  same  light  almost  all  the  minute  ques- 
tions and  circumstantial  opinions,  which  have  been  the  cause  of 
separating  the  church'  of  Christ  into  its  numerous  compartments. 
If  we  attend  to  facts,  we  shall  find,  that  in  ninety-nine  cases 
out  of  a  hundred,  the  man  who  is  a  violent  party  partisan  is  one 
whose  ideas  run  in  one  narrow  track,  and  who  has  taken  a  very 
limited  and  partial  survey  of  the  great  objects  of  religion.  He 
is  generally  unacquainted  with  the  range  of  history,  the  facts  of 
science,  the  philosophy  of  nature,  and  the  physical  and  moral  state 
of  distant  nations.  His  mind  never  ranges  over  the  globe,  nor 
contemplates  the  remote  wonders  of  the  Creator's  empire.  His 
reading  is  chiefly  confined  to  the  volumes  and  pamphlets  publish- 
ed by  the  partisans  of  his  own  sect;  he  can  run  over  the  scrip- 
jtures  and  arguments  which  support  his  opinions,  like  a  racer  in 
his  course,  but,  if  you  break  in  upon  his  train  of  thought,  and  re- 
quire him  to  prove  his  positions  as  he  goes  along,  he  is  at  a  stand, 
2b* 


I 


204  OH    THE    GENERAL   DIFFUSION   of   knowledge, 


Tendency  of  Knowledge  to  Christian  Union. 

and  knows  not  how  to  proceed.  While  he  magnifies,  with  ami- 
croscopic  eye,  the  importance  of  his  own  peculiar  views,  he  almost 
overlooks  the  grand  and  distinguishing  truths  of  the  Bible,  in 
which  all  true  Christians  are  agreed.  On  the  other  hand,  there  is 
scarcely  one  instance  out  of  a  hundred,  of  men  whose  minds  are 
thoroughly  imbued  with  the  truths  of  science  and  revelations  being 
the  violent  abetters  of  sectarian  opinions,  or  indulging  in  party 
animosities  ;  for,  knowledge  and  liberality  of  sentiments  almost 
uniformly  go  hand  in  hand.  While  we  ought  to  recognise  and 
appreciate  every  portion  of  divine  truth,  in  so  far  as  we  perceive  its 
evidence, — it  is  nevertheless  the  dictate  of  an  enlightened  under- 
standing, that  those  truths  which  are  of  the  first  importance  demand 
our  first  and  chief  attention.  Every  controversy  agitated  among 
Christians  on  subjects  of  inferior  importance,  has  a  direct  tendency 
to  withdraw  the  attention  from  the  great  objects  which  distinguish 
the  revelations  of  the  Bible  ;  and  there  cannot  be  a  more  absurd 
or  fatal  delusion,  than  to  acquire  correct  notions  on  matters  com- 
paratively unimportant,  while  we  throw  into  the  shade,  or  but 
faintly  apprehend,  those  truths  which  are  essential  to  religion, 
and  of  everlasting  moment.  Every  enlightened  Christian  per- 
ceives the  truth  and  importance  of  this  position  ;  and  were  it  to 
be  universally  acted  upon,  sectarian  divisions  and  contentions 
would  soon  cease  to  exist ;  for  they  have  almost  uniformly  taken 
place  in  consequence  of  attaching  too  great  a  degree  of  impor- 
tance to  matters  of  inferior  moment. 

Were  the  minds  of  the  members  of  the  Christian  church,  there- 
fore, thoroughly  enlightened,  and  imbued  with  the  moral  princi- 
ples of  the  religion  of  Jesus,  we  should  soon  behold,  among  all 
denominations,  a  tendency  to  union,  on  the  broad  basis  of  recog- 
nising  the  grand  essential  truths  of  Christianity,  which  formed  the 
principal  subjects  of  discussion  in  the  sermons  of  our  Saviour 
and  his  apostles — and  a  spirit  of  forbearance  manifested  in  re- 
gard to  all  opinions  on  matters  of  inferior  importance.  Were  this 
period  arrived — and,  from  the  signs  of  our  times,  its  approach 
cannot  be  very  distant — it  would  be  attended  with  a  train  of  the 
most  glorious  and  auspicious  effects.  A  merging  of  party  differ- 
ences, and  a  consequent  union  of  enlightened  Christians,  would 
dissipate  that  spirit  of  trifling  in  religion  by  which  so  much  time 
has  been  absorbed  in  discussing  sectarian  opinions,  to  the  neglect 
of  the  great  objects  of  the  Christian  faith  ;  for  when  trivial  contro- 
versies  are  quashed,  the  time  and  attention  they  absorbed  would 
be  devoted  to  more  sublime  and  important  investigations.  It 
would  have  a  powerful  influence  on  the  propagation  of  Christian- 
ity throughout  the  heathen  world  ;  for  the  whole  Christian  world 


BENEFICIAL    EFFECTS    OF    CHRISTIAN    UNION.  295 


Effects  upon  the  Catholics  and  the  Jews. 


would  then  become  one  grand  missionary  society,  whose  opera- 
tions would  be  conducted  with  more  efficiency  and  skill,  whose 
funds  would  be  much  more  ample,  and  whose  missionaries  would 
be  better  educated,  than  they  now  are — and  those  sectarian  differ- 
ences of  opinion,  which  now  produce  so  many  unhappy  dissen- 
sions, for  ever  prevented  from  disturbing  the  harmony  of  converts 
in  distant  lands.  It  would  cherish  the  principle  of  Christian 
love,  detach  it  from  every  unholy  jealousy,  and  render  it  more  ar- 
dent and  expansive  in  its  philanthropic  operations.  It  would  pro- 
duce a  powerful  and  beneficial  influence  upon  the  men  of  the  world, 
and  even  upon  infidels  themselves ;  it  would  snatch  from  them 
one  of  their  most  powerful  arguments  against  the  religion  of  the 
Bible,  and  would  allure  them  to  the  investigation  of  its  evidences, 
by  the  exhibition  it  gave  of  its  harmonious  and  happy  effects.  It 
would  have  an  influence  on  the  minds  of  the  Roman  Catholics, 
in  leading  them  to  an  unbiassed  inquiry  into  the  grounds  on  which 
the  Protestant  church  is  established.  At  present,  when  called' 
upon  to  examine  the  doctrines  of  Protestanism,  they  retort  upoji 
us — "  You  are  divided  into  a  hundred  different  sectaries,  and  are 
at  variance  among  yourselves  ;  show  us  which  of  these  sects  is 
in  possession  of  the  truth,  and  we  will  then  examine  your  pre- 
tensions, and  perhaps  come  over  to  your  standard."  It  would 
have  an  influence  on  the  Jewish  people,  in  removing  their  preju- 
dices against  the  religion  of  Jesus  of  Nazareth,  especially  were 
it  followed,  as  it  likely  would  be,  with  a  repeal  of  all  those  statutes 
which  have  imposed  upon  them  disabilities,  deprived  them  of  the 
rights  of  citizenship,  and  subjected  them  to  unchristian  severities. 
In  short — in  connexion  with  the  general  manifestation  of  Chris- 
tian principle — it  would  produce  a  benign  influence  on  surround- 
ing nations,  and  on  the  world  at  large.  For  a  body  of  Chris- 
tians, in  such  a  country  as  ours,  formed  into  one  grand  associa- 
tion, and  acting  in  harmony,  must  exert  a  powerful  influence  on 
the  councils  of  the  nation  ;  and  our  political  intercourses  with 
other  states,  being  conducted  on  the  basis  of  Christian  principles 
and  laws,  would  invite  their  attention  to  a  religion  productive  of  so 
much  harmony  and  so  many  beneficial  effects.  Peace  and  unity 
in  the  church  would  have  a  tendency  to  promote  peace  and  friend- 
ship among  nations  ;  the  cause  of  universal  education  would  be 
promoted,  without  those  obstructions  which  now  arise  from  sec- 
tarian prejudices  ;  and  a  general  diffusion  of  useful  knowledge 
would  soon  be  effected  throughout  every  quarter  of  the  civilized 
world,  till  the  knowledge  of  Jehovah  should  cover  the  earth  as  the 
waters  cover  the  channels  of  the  seas. 

The  disunion  of  the  Christian  Church  is  not  to  be  perpetual. 


29G  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


The  pre  enl  A  re  auspicious  to  Union. 


We  are  c<  rtain,  dial  a  period  is  hastening  on  when  its  divisions 
shall  be  healed,  when  its  boundaries  shall  be  enlarged,  and  when 
of  Jehovah  shall  be  our  throughout  all  the  earth."    At 
some  pi  riod  or  other,  therefore,  in  the  lapse  of  time,  a  movement 
towards  such  a  union  must  commence.     \t  cannot  take  place  be- 
for<  the  attention  of  the  religious  world  is  directed  to  this  object 
And  why  should  not  such  a  movement  commence  at  the  present 
moment  I   Why  should   we   lose   another  year,   or  even   another 
month,  before  we  attempt  to  concert  measures,  in  order  to  bring 
about  a  consummation  so  devoutly  to  be  wished?    The  present 
eventful  period  is  peculiarly  auspicious  for  this  purpose  ;    when 
the  foundations  of  tyranny,  injustice,  and  error  are  beginning  to 
be  shaken;    when  knowledge  is  making  progress  among  every 
order  of  society  ;   when  reforms  in  the  state,  and  in  every  subor- 
dinate department  of  the  community,  are   loudly  demanded  by 
persons  of  every  character  and  of  every  rank  ;  when  the  evils  at- 
tached to   our  ecclesiastical  institutions  are  publicly  denounced  ; 
when  the  Scriptures  are  translating  into  the  languages  of  every 
tribe ;   and   when  missionary  enterprises  are  carrying  forward  in 
every  quarter  of  the  habitable  globe.     To  attempt  a  union  of  all 
true  Christians  at  the  present  crisis,  would,  therefore,  be  nothing 
more  than  falling  in  with  the  spirit  of  the  age,  and  acting  in  harmo- 
ny with  those  multifarious  movements  which  are  destined  to  be 
the  means  of  enlightening  and  renovating  the  human  race  ;  and 
at  no  period  since  the  Reformation  could  such  an  attempt  have 
!   made  with  more  sanguine  expectations,  and  greater  pros- 
pects  of  success.     All  eyes  are  now  turned  towards  some  event- 
ful and  auspicious  era,  when  the  light  of  science  shall  shine  reful- 
gent,   when  abuses  shall  be  corrected,   evils  remedied,   society 
meliorated,  and  its  various  ranks  brought  into  more  harmonious 
:iafion.     And  shall  Christians  alone  remain  shut  up  in  their 
little  homesteads,  apart  from  each  other,  stickling  about  phrases, 
and  conl  Hiding  about  forms,  without  ever  coming  forth  to  salute 
each  Other  in  the  spirit  of  union,   and  to  give  an  impulse  to  the 
moral  machinery  that  is  hastening  forward  the  world's  improve- 
ment and  regeneration?   Such  a  surmise  cannot  be  indulged :  it 
would  be  a  libel  on  the  Christian  world,  and  a  reproach  on  the  reli- 
gion of  which  they  profess  themselves  the  votaries.     I  trust  there 
are  thousands  in  every  department  of  the  Church  who  are  ardently 
longing  to  break  down  the  walls  of  partition  which  separate  them 
from  their   brethren,    and  anxiously  wailing  for  an  opportunity  of 
expressing  their  sentiments,  and  of  giving  the  right  hand  of  fellow- 
ship MtO  all  who  love  our  Lord  Jesus  in  sincerity." 

in  any  attempts  that  may  be  made  to  promote  this  great  object, 


BENEFICIAL    EFFECTS    OF    UNION.  297 

Folly  of  Disunion. 

muiual  concessions  behoove  to  be  made  by  all  parties.     One  gene- 
ral principle,  that  requires  to  be  recognised,  is  this  : — that  every 
opinion  and  practice  be  set  aside  which  is  acknowledged  on  all 
hands  to  have  no  direct  foundation  in  Scripture,  but  is  a  mere  hu- 
man fabrication,  introduced  by  accident  or  whim  ;  such  as  the 
observance  of  fast  and  preparation  days  previous  to  the  participa- 
tion of  the  Lord's  Supper,  kneeling  in  the  act  of  partaking  of 
that  ordinance,  repeating  the  Athanasian  Creed  in  the  regular 
services  of  the  church,  &c.  &c.     It  is  a  striking  and  remarkable 
fact,  that  the  chief  points  about  which  Christians  are  divided  are 
points  on  which  the  volume  of  inspiration  is  silent,  and  which 
the  presumption   and  perversity  of  men  have  attached  to  the 
Christian  system,  and  interwoven  with  the  truths  and  ordinances 
of  religion  ;  and,  therefore,  were  the  line  of  distinction  clearly 
drawn  between  mere  human  opinions  and  ceremonials,  and  the 
positive  dictates  of  revelation,  and  the  one  separated  from  the 
other,  the  way  would  be  prepared  for  a  more  intimate  and  har- 
monious union  in  the  Church  of  Christ.     As  a  preparative  mea- 
sure to  such  a  union,  a  friendly  intercourse  between  the  different 
sectaries*  should  be  solicited  and  cherished.     Enlightened  minis- 
ters of  different  denominations  should  occasionally  exchange  pul- 
pits, and  officiate  for  each  other  in  the  public  exercises  of  divine 
worship.    This  would  tend  to  show  to  the  world,  and  to  each  other, 
that  there  is  no  unholy  jealousy  or  hostile  animosity  subsisting 
between  them,  which  their  present  conduct  and  attitude  too  fre- 
quently indicate.     It  would  also  be  productive  of  many  conve- 
niences, in  the  case  of  a  minister  being  indisposed,  or  absent 
from  home,  as  his  place  could  frequently  be  supplied,  without  the 
least  expense  or  inconvenience,  by  his  brethren  of  other  deno- 
minations.    It  would  likewise  show  to  the  mass  of  professing 
Christians,  that  the  doctrines  promulgated,  and  the   duties  en- 
forced, by  ministers  of  different  denominations,  are  substantially 
the  same.     What  a  disgrace  to  the  Christian  name,  that  such  a 
friendly  intercourse  has  never  yet  been  established ;  or,  when  it 
occasionally  happens,  that  it  should  be  considered  as  an  extraor- 
dinary and  unlooked-for  phenomenon  !   -  What  a  strange  and  un- 
expected report  must  be  received  by  Christian  converts  in  heathen 
lands,  when  they  are  told  that  Christian  ministers  in  this  country, 
wrho  were  instrumental  in  sending  missionaries  to  communicate 
to  them  the  knowledge  of  salvation,  are  actuated  by  so  much  jea- 

*  By  sectaries,  in  this  place,  and  elsewhere,  I  understand,  not  only  the  dif- 
ferent denominations  of  Dissenters,  but  the  Church  of  England,  the  Church  of 
Scotland,  and  all  other  national  churches,  which  are  all  so  many  sectaries,  or 
different  compartments  of  the  universal  Christian  church. 


I 


29^  ON     TIIK    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Friendly  Intercourse  of  Sectaries. 


lousy,  and  stand  bo  much  aloof  from  each  other,  that  even  at  the 
\rr\  time  they  are  planning  missionary  enterprises,  they  will  re- 
fuse their  pulpits  to  each  other,  for  the  purpose  of  addressing 
their  fellow-men  on  subjects  connected  with  their  everlasting  in- 

ts,  and  refrain  from  joining  in  unison  in  the  ordinances  of 
religion,  although  many  of  them  expect,  erelong,  to  join  in  har- 
mony in  the  services  of  the  sanctuary  above  !  It  is  to  be  hoped, 
that  Buch  a  disgrace  to  the  Christian  cause  will  soon  be  wiped 
away,  and  its  inconsistency  clearly  perceived  by  all  who  are  in- 
t<  1       ',t  and  kk  right-heaiied  men." 

Such  a  friendly  intercourse  and  correspondence  as  now  sug- 
gested w«»uld  be  far  more  efficient  in  preparing  the  way  for  a  cor- 
dial union  of  Christians,  than  the  deliberations  and  discussions  of  j 
a  thousand  doctors  of  divinity,  delegated  to  meet  in  councils  to 
settle  the  points  in  dispute  between  the  different  sectaries.  This 
object,  I  presume,  will  never  be  accomplished  by  theological  con- 
trovt  rsy,  or  by  any  attempt  to  convince  the  respective  parties  of 
the  futility  or  erroneousness  of  their  peculiar  opinions  ;  but,  on 
the  ground  of  their  being  brought  nearer  to  each  other,  and  more 
firmly  united  in  the  mutual  exercise  of  the  Christian  virtues,  and 
in  the  bonds  of  Christian  affection.  And  when  such  a  harmo- 
nious intercourse  shall  be  fully  effected,  it  will  form  a  more  glo- 
ri  nis  and  auspicious  era  in  the  history  of  the  Christian  church, 
than  has  ever  occurred  since  the  "  good  tidings  of  great  joy" 
were  proclaimed  in  the  plains  of  Bethlehem,  or  since  the  day  of 
Pentecost,  when  "  the  whole  multitude  of  them  that  believed  were 
of  one  heart,  and  of  one  soul,  and  had  all  things  common."* 


SECTION  XL 

On  the  Importance  of  connecting  Science  with  Religion. 

In  m  wen  1  ofthe  preceding  sections,  I  have  exhibited  sketches 
of  the  outlines  of  some  of  the  branches  of  pcience,  and  of  the 
ohjeet<  towards  which  it-  investigations  are  directed.  I  have  all 
aJoiiir  taken  it  for  granted  that  such  knowledge  and  investigations 
OUght  to  he  con;!. iik  d  with  just  views  of  religion,  and  an  atten- 
tion to  its  practical  acquirements,  and  have  occasionally  inter- 
.  some  remarks  on  this  topic.  But  as  the  subject  is  of 
1 1  culi  ir  importance,  ii  may  not  he  inexpedient  to  devote  a  section 
ore  particular  i  lucidation. 

*  .  •  ndix,  rs'oic  XI. 


CONNEXION    OF    SCIENCE    AND    RELIGION.  299 


Diffusion  of  Knowledge  among  the  lower  Classes. 


Of  late  years,  knowledge  has  increased,  among  the  middle  and 
lower  ranks  of  society,  with  greater  rapidity  than  in  any  preceding 
age,  and  Mechanics'  Institutions,  and  other  associations,  have 
been  formed,  to  give  an  impulse  to  the  renewed  vigour  of  the  hu- 
man mind,  and  to  gratify  the  Sesires  which  are  now  excited  for 
intellectual  pleasures    and  acquirements.      Reason   is    arousing 
from  the  slumber  of  ages,  and  appears  determined  to  make  ag- 
gressions on  the  world  of  science,  and  to  employ  its  faculties  on 
every  object  which  comes  within  the  range  of  human  investiga- 
tion.    The  labourer,  the  mechanic,  and  artisan, — no  longer  con- 
fined to  trudge  in  the  same  beaten  track  in  their  respective  pro- 
fessions, and  to  the  limited  range  of  thought  which  distinguished 
their  predecessors  in  former  generations — aspire  after  a  know- 
ledge of  the  principles  on  which  their  respective  arts  are  founded, 
and  an  acquaintance  with  those  scientific  subjects  which  were 
formerly  confined  to  the  cloisters  of  colleges  and  the  higher  orders 
of  society.     Lectures  have  been  delivered  in  most  of  our  towns, 
(and  even  villages,  on  the  practice   of  the  arts  and  the  principles 
of  the  physical  sciences,  which,  have  extended  their  intellectual 
views,  and  given  them  a  higher  idea  of  the  nobleness  and  subli- 
mity of  the  mental  faculties  with  which  they  are  endowed.     This 
excitement  to  rational  inquiry  has  partly  arisen  from  the  spirit  of 
the  age,  and  the  political  movements  which  have  distinguished 
our  times  ;  but  it  has  also  been  produced  by  the  exertions  of  men 
of  erudition,  in  concerting  plans  for  the  diffusion  of  knowledge, 
in  giving  a  popular  form  to  works  of  science,  and  divesting  it  of 
that  air  of  mystery  which  it  formerly  assumed.     And  should  such 
excitement  be  properly  directed,  it  cannot  fail  to  raise  the  lower 
ranks  of  the   community  from   intellectual    degradation,  and  to 
prevent  them  from  indulging  in  intemperance  and  other  sensual 
vices,  which  have  so  long  debased  our  rational  nature.     At  no 
former  period  has  the  spirit  of  science  been  so  fully  awakened, 
and  so  generally  disseminated.     On  every  side  the  boundaries  of 
knowledge  have  been  extended,  the  system  of  nature  explored, 
the  labours  of  philosophy  withdrawn  from  hypothetical  specula- 
tions to  the  investigation  of  facts,  and  the  liberal  and  mechanical 
arts  carried  to  a  pitch  of  perfection  hitherto  unattained. 

But  amid  all  the  intellectual  movements  around  us,  it  is  matter 
of  deep  regret  that  the  knowledge  of  true  religion,  and  the  prac- 
tice of  its  moral  precepts,  have  not  kept  pace  with  the  improve- 
ments and  the  diffusion  of  science.  Not  a  few  of  those  who 
jhave  lately  entered  on  the  prosecution  of  scientific  pursuits, — be- 
cause their  ideas  have  been  expanded  a  little  beyond  the  limited 
range  of  thought  to  which  they  were  formerly  confined — seem 


300  ON   THE  GENERAL  DIFFUSION  OF  KNOWLEDGE, 

Tendency  to  Irreligion  in  Education. 


now  to  regard  revealed  religion  as  little  else  than  a  vulgar  super- 
stition, or,  at  most,  as  a  matter  of  inferior  moment.  Because 
their  forefathers  thought  that  the  earth  was  the  largest  body  in 
nature,  and  placed  in  a  quiescent  state  in  the  centre  of  the  uni- 
verse, and  that  the  stars  were  merely  brilliant  spangles  fixed  in 
the  concave  of  the  sky,  to  diversify  the  firmament — which  no- 
tions are  now  proved  to  be  erroneous — therefore  they  are  apt  to 
surmise  that  the  religion  they  professed  rested  on  no  better  a 
foundation.  Because  their  notions  of  that  religion  were  blended 
with  erroneous  opinions  and  foolish  superstitions,  they  would  be 
disposed  to  throw  aside  the  whole,  as  unworthy  of  the  attention  of 
men  of  enlightened  understandings,  whose  minds  have  been 
emancipated  from  the  shackles  of  vulgar  prejudice  and  priestly 
domination.  Such  irreligious  propensities  have  their  origin,  for 
the  most  part,  in  a  principle  of  vanity  and  self-conceit,  in  that  spi- 
rit of  pride  congenial  to  human  nature,  which  leads  the  person  in 
whom  it  predominates  to  vaunt;  himself  on  his  superiority  to  vulgar 
opinions  and  fears — and  in  the  want  of  discriminating  between 
what  is  of  essential  importance  in  religion,  and  the  false  and  dis- 
torted notions  which  have  been  incorporated  with  it  by  the  igno- 
rance and  perversity  of  men. 

This  tendency  to  irreligion  has  likewise  been  promoted  by  the 
modes  in  which  scientific  knowledge  has  been  generally  commu- 
nicated. In  the  greater  part  of  the  best  elementary  treatises  on 
science,  there  seldom  occurs  any  distinct  reference  to  the  perfec- 
tions and  the  agency  of  that  Omnipotent  Being  under  whose 
superintendence  all  the  processes  of  nature  are  conducted.  In- 
stead of  directing  the  young  and  untutored  mind  to  rise  "from 
nature  up  to  nature's  God" — it  is  considered  by  many  as  unphi- 
losophical,  when  explaining  natural  phenomena,  to  advert  to  any 
but  proximate  causes,  which  reason  or  the  senses  can  ascertain  ; 
and  thus  a  veil  is  attempted  to  be  drawn  between  the  Deity  and 
his  visible  operations,  so  as  to  conceal  the  agency  of  Him  whose 
laws  hi  aven  and  earth  obey.  In  the  academical  prelections  on 
physical  science,  in  most  of  our  colleges  and  universities,  there 
appears  a  studied  anxiety  to  avoid  every  reflection  that  wears  the 
semblance  of  religion.  From  the  first  announcement  of  the  pro- 
perties of  matter  and  the  laws  of  motion,  through  all  their  com- 
binations in  the  system  of  nature,  and  their  applications  to  dyna- 
mics, hydrostatics,  pneumatics,  optics,  electricity,  and  magnetism, 
the  attention  of  the  student  is  kept  constantly  fixed  on  secondary 
causes  and  physical  laws,  as  if  the  universe  were  a  self-existent 
and  independent  piece  of  mechanism  ;  and  it  is  seldom  that  the 
least  reference  is  made  to  that  Almighty  Being  who  brought  it 


FOLLY    OF    OVERLOOKING    RELIGION.  301 

Mechanics1  Institutions. 

into  existence,  and  whose  laws  and  operations  are  the  subject  of 
investigation.  It  is  almost  needless  to  add,  that  the  harmony 
which  subsists  between  the  works  of  God  and  the  revelations  of 
his  word — the  mutual  light  which  they  reflect  upon  each  other — 
the  views  which  they  open  of  the  plan  of  the  divine  government 
— and  the  moral  effects  which  the  contemplation  of  nature  ought 
to  produce  upon  the  heart — are  never,  so  far  as  we  have  learned, 
introduced,  in  such  seminaries,  as  subjects  which  demand  particu- 
lar attention.  Thus  the  Deity  is  carefully  kept  out  of  view,  and 
banished,  as  it  were,  from  his  own  creation  ;  and  the  susceptible 
mind  of  the  youthful  student  prevented  from  feeling  those  impres- 
sions of  awe  and  reverence,  of  love  and  gratitude,  which  the  study 
of  the  material  world,  when  properly  conducted,  is  calculated  to 
produce. 

The  same  principles  and  defects  are  perceptible  in  the  instruc- 
tions communicated  in  most  of  the  Mechanics'  Institutions,  which 
have  been  lately  formed  for  the  improvement  of  the  middle  and 
lower  classes  of  society.     It  has  been  publicly  announced,  in  the 
speeches  of  gentlemen  of  science  and  erudition,  who,  with  a  laud- 
able zeal,  took  a  part  in  the  organization  of  these  institutions, — 
and  the  announcement  has  been  re-echoed  in  every  similar  asso- 
ciation, and  transcribed  into  every  literary  journal, — that,  "Hence- 
forward the  discussions  of  science  are  to  be  completely  separated 
from  religion."     I  do  not  mean  to  accuse  the  highly  respectable 
characters  alluded  to  as  being  hostile  either  to  natural  or  revealed 
religion,  from  the  circumstance  of  their  having  made  this  announce- 
ment ;  as  I  presume  they  only  intended  by  it  to  get  rid  of  those 
sectarian  disputes  about  unimportant  points  in  theology  which 
have  so  long  disturbed  the  peace  of  the  church  and  of  the  world. 
But  when  I  consider  the  use  that  will  be  made  of  it  by  certain 
characters  and  societies,  and  the  bearing  it  may  have  on  the  mode 
of  communicating  scientific  knowledge,  I  am  constrained  to  pro- 
nounce the  declaration  as  no  less  unphilosophical  than  it  is  im- 
pious and  immoral  in  its  general  tendency.     It  is  unphilosophi- 
cal ;  for  science,  when  properly  considered  in  relation  to  its  higher 
i  and  ultimate  objects,  is  nothing  else  than  an  investigation  of  the 
power,  wisdom,  benevolence,  and  superintending  providence  of 
the  Almighty,  as  displayed  in  the  structure  and  movements  of  the 
universe, — of  the  relation  in  which  we  stand  to  this  Great  Being, 
— and  of  the  duties  which  we  owe  him.    To  overlook  such  objects 
,  is  evidently  contrary  to  the  plainest  dictates  of  reason  and  philo- 
i  sophy.    Is  it  possible  that  an  intelligent  mind  can  contemplate  the 
admirable  and  astonishing  displays  of  divine  perfection  and  mu- 
nificence, throughout  every  part  of  creation,  and  not  be  excited 
26 


:><  2 


ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


of  God  i  f  to  Philosophy, 


of  love,  and  gratitude,  and  reverential  adoration? 
i  reelings  and  emotions  lie  at  the  foundation  pf  all  true  reli- 
gion,— and  the  man  who  can  walk  through  the  magnificent  scene 
of  the  universe  without  feeling  the  least  emotion  of  reverence  and 
adoration,  or  of  gratitude  for  the  wise  and  benevolent  arrangements 
of  nature  may  be  pronounced  unworthy  of  enjoying  the  beneii- 
cence  o(  his  Creator.  It  was  donbtless  for  this  end,  among 
others,  that  the  Almighty  opened  to  our  view  such  a  magnificent 
the  universe  displays,  and  bestowed  upon  us  facul- 
ties capable  of  investigating  its  structure, — that  we  might  acquire, 
from  the  contemplation  of  it,  enlarged  conceptions  of  the  attributes 
of  his  nature,  and  the  arrangements  of  his  providence,  and  be  ex- 
cited to  "give  unto  him  the  glory  due  to  his  name."  And  if  we 
derive  such  impressions  from  our  investigations  of  the  material 
system,  shall  it  be  considered  as  inconsistent  with  the  spirit  of 
true  philosophy  to  endeavour  to  communicate  the  same  impres- 
sions to  the  minds  of  those  whom  we  are  appointed  to  instruct  ? 
There  can  be  little  doubt,  that  the  practice  of  setting  aside  all 

rences  to  the  character  and  perfections  of  the  Deity  in  physi- 
cal discussions  has  tended  to  foster  a  spirit  of  irreligion  in  youth- 
ful minds,  and  to  accelerate  their  progress  towards  the  gulf  of  in- 
fidelity and  skepticism. 

Again,  philosophy,  as  wrell  as  religion,  requires  that  the  phe- 
nomena of  nature  be  traced  up  to  their  first  cause.  There  are  no 
causes  cognizable  by  the  senses  which  will  account  for  the  origin 
of  the  universe,  and  the  multifarious  phemonena  it  exhibits  ;  and 
therefore  we  must  ascend  in  our  investigations  to  the  existence 
of  an  invisible  and  eternal  Cause,  altogether  impalpable  to  the  or- 
gans  of  sense,  in  order  to  account  for  the  existence  and  move- 
ments of  the  material  world.  To  attempt  to  account  for  the  har- 
mony and  order,  and  the  nice  adaptations  which  appear  through- 
out creation,  merely  from  the  physical  properties  of  matter  and 

laws  of  motion,  is  to  act  on  the  principles  of  atheism;  and  is 

clearly  repugnant  to  every  dictate  of  reason,  which  declares,  that 

«tv  (  Beet  we  must  assign  an  adequate  cause.     And  if  in  our 

physical  inve  itigations  we  are  necessarily  led  to  the  admission  of 

f-existent  and  eternal   Being,  the  original  source  of  life  and 

JT37  D 

motion,  it  must  be  deeply  interesting  to  every  one  of  us  to  ac- 
quire as  much  information  as  possible  respecting  his  perfections, 
and  the  character  of  his  moral  government.  From  Him  we  de- 
rived our  existence, — on  Ilim  we  depend  every  moment  "for 
life,  and  breath,  and  all  things."  Our  happiness  or  misery  is  in 
his  hands,  and  our  eternal  destiny,  whether  connected  with  anni- 
hilation or  with  a  -late  of  conscious  existence,  must  be  the  result 


IMPORTANCE    OF    CHRISTIANITY.  303 


Christianity  set  aside. 


of  his  sovereign  and  eternal  arrangements.  Our  comfort  in  the 
present  life,  and  our  hopes  and  prospects  in  relation  to  futurity, 
are  therefore  essentially  connected  with  the  conceptions  we  form 
of  the  attributes  of  Him  who  made  and  who  governs  the  universe ; 
and,  consequently,  that  philosophy  which  either  overlooks  or  dis- 
cards such  views  and  considerations  is  unworthy  of  the  name — 
is  inconsistent  with  the  plainest  deductions  of  reason,  and  wher- 
ever it  is  promulgated  must  prove  inimical  to  the  best  interests  of 
mankind.  To  regard  science  merely  in  its  applications  to  the  arts 
of  life,  and  to  overlook  its  deductions  in  reference  to  the  Supreme 
Disposer  of  events,  is  preposterous  and  absurd,  and  unworthy  of 
the  character  of  the  man  who  assumes  to  himself  the  name  of  a 
philosopher ;  for,  in  doing  so,  he  violates  the  rules  which  guide  him 
in  all  his  other  researches,  and  acts  inconsistently  with  the  maxim, 
that  the  most  interesting  and  important  objects  demand  our  first 
and  chief  attention. 

But  the  evil  to  which  I  have  now  adverted  is  not  the  only  one 
of  which  we  have  reason  to  complain.  While  the  deductions  of 
natural  religion  are  but  slightly  adverted  to  in  physical  discus- 
sions, and  in  many  instances  altogether  overlooked, — the  truths 
of  Christianity  are  virtually  set  aside ;  and  it  seems  to  be  con- 
sidered by  some  as  inconsistent  with  the  dignity  of  science,  to 
make  the  slio-htest  reference  to  the  declarations  of  the  sacred  ora- 
cles.  In  many  of  our  grammar  schools,  academies,  and  colleges, 
where  the  foolish  and  immoral  rites  of  pagan  mythology  are  often 
detailed,  no  instructions  are  imparted  to  counteract  the  baneful 
influence  which  heathen  maxims  and  idolatry  may  produce  on  the 
youthful  mind.  The  superior  excellence  of  the  Christian  reli- 
gion, and  the  tendency  of  its  principles  and  precepts  to  produce 
happiness,  both  here  and  hereafter,  are  seldom  exhibited  ;  and  in 
too  many  instances  the  recognition  of  a  Supreme  Being,  and  of 
our  continual  dependence  upon  him,  and  the  duty  of  imploring 
his  direction  and  assistance,  are  set  aside,  as  inconsistent  with 
the  spirit  of  the  age,  and  with  the  mode  of  conducting  a  fashion- 
able education.  The  superintendents  of  mechanics'  institutions, 
following  the  prevailing  mode,  have  likewise  agreed  to  banish 
from  their  institutions  and  discussions  all  references  to  religion, 
and  to  the  peculiarities  of  the  Christian  system. 

Now,  we  maintain  that  Christianity,  in  every  point  of  view  in 
which  its  revelations  may  be  considered,  is  a  subject  of  paramount 
importance.  It  is  every  thing,  or  it  is  nothing.  It  must  reign 
supreme  over  every  human  pursuit,  over  every  department  of 
science,  over  every  passion  and  affection,  or  be  discarded  alto- 
gether, as  to  its  authority  over  man.     It  will  admit  of  no  compro- 


I       OX    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 
Important  Considerations. 


mises  ;  For  the  authority  with  which  it  professes  to  be  invested  is 
nothing  less  than  the  will  of  the  Eternal,  whose  sovereign  in- 
junctions the  inhabitants  of  earth  and  the  hosts  of  heaven  are 
bound  to  obey.  If  its  claims  to  a  divine  origin  can  be  disproved, 
then  it  may  be  set  aside  as  unworthy  of  our  regard,  and  ranked 
along  with  the  other  religions  which  have  prevailed  in  the  world. 
But,  if  it  is  admitted  to  be  a  revelation  from  the  Creator  of  the 
universe  to  man  on  earth,  its  claims  are  irresistible,  it  cannot  be 
rejected  with  impunity,  and  its  divine  principles  and  maxims  ought 
to  be  interwoven  with  all  our  pursuits  and  associations. 

The  importance  of  Christianity  may  be  evinced  by  such  consi- 
derations as  the  following :  It  communicates  to  us  the  only 
certain  information  we  possess  of  the  character,  attributes,  and 
purposes  of  the  Creator,  to  whose  laws  and  moral  government  we 
are  all  amenable.  It  discloses  to  us  our  state  and  condition,  as 
depraved  creatures  and  violators  of  his  righteous  laws,  and  the 
doom  which  awaits  the  finally  impenitent  in  the  world  to  come. 
It  informs  us  of  the  only  method  by  which  wre  may  obtain  for- 
giveness of  sin,  and  complete  deliverance  from  all  the  miseries 
and  moral  evils  to  wdiich  we  are  exposed.  It  inculcates  those 
divine  principles  and  moral  precepts  which  are  calculated  to 
unite  the  whole  human  race  in  one  harmonious  and  affectionate 
society,  and  to  promote  the  happiness  of  every  individual,  both  in 
tw  the  life  that  now  is  and  in  that  which  is  to  come."  It  presents 
before  us  sources  of  consolation,  to  cheer  and  support  the  mind 
amid  the  calamities  and  afflictions  to  which  we  are  subjected  in 
this  mortal  state.  It  unfolds  to  us,  in  part,  the  plan  of  God's 
moral  government  of  the  world,  and  the  reasons  of  certain  dis- 
pensations and  moral  phenomena,  which  would  otherwise  have 
remained  inexplicable.  In  short,  it  proclaims  the  doctrine  of  a 
rection  from  the  dead,  and  sets  in  the  clearest  light  the  cer- 
ofa  future  state  of  punishments  and  rewards,  subjects  in 
which  every  individual  of  the  human  race  is  deeply  interested — 
giving  lull  assurance  to  all  who  comply  with  its  requisitions,  that 
when  their  corporeal  frames  are  dissolved,  they  "  shall  have  a 
building  of  God,  an  house  not  made  with  hands,  eternal  in  the 
heavens,"  where  they  shall  inherit  "  fulness  of  joy  and  pleasures 
for  evermore." 

These  arc  only  some  of  the  important  revelations  which  Chris- 
tianity unfolds.      And,  if  it  be  a  truth  which  cannot  be   denied, 
that,  we  arc  naturally  ignorant  of  God,  can  we  be  happy  without 
being  acquainted  with  his  moral  attributes;  purposes,  and  laws? 
lihy  and  depraved — which  the  whole  history  of  our 
demonstrates — can  we  feel  true  enjoyment,  if  our 


EFFECTS    OF    DISCARDING    RELIGION.  305 


Separation  of  Science  and  Religion. 


guilt  is  not  cancelled,  and  our  depravity  not  counteracted  ?     Is  it 
a  matter  of  indifference,  whether  we  acquire  a  knowledge  of  those 
moral  principles  which  will  guide  us  in  the  path  to  wisdom  and 
felicity,  or  be  hurried  along  by  heedless  passions,  in  the  devious 
ways  of  vice  and  folly  1     Is  it  of  no  importance,  whether  we 
obtain  information  respecting  our  eternal  destiny,  or  remain  in 
uncertainty  whether  death  shall  transport  us  toanother  world,  or 
finally  terminate  our  existence  ?     Can  any  man,  who  calls  him- 
self a  philosopher,  maintain,  with  any  show  of  reason,  that  it  is 
unphilosophical,  or  contrary  to  the   dictates  of  an  enlightened 
understanding,  that  such  subjects  should  form  one  great  object 
of  our  attention — that  they  should  be  interwoven  with  all  our 
studies  and  active  employments — and  that  they  should  constitute 
the  basis  of  all  those  instructions  which  are  intended  for  the  me- 
lioration and  improvement  of  mankind?     To  maintain  such  a 
position  would  be  to  degrade  philosophy  in  the  eyes  of  every 
intelligent  inquirer,  and  to  render  it  unworthy  of  the  patronage 
of  every  one  who  has  a  regard  to  the  happiness  of  his  species. 
That  philosophy  which  truly  deserves  the  name  will  at  once 
admit,  that  concerns  of  the  highest  moment  ought  not  to  be  set 
aside  for  matters  of  inferior  consideration ;  but  that  every  thing 
should  be  attended  to  in  its  proper  order,  and  according  to  its 
relative   importance.     If  such  considerations  have  any  weight, 
they  prove,  beyond  dispute,  that  there  is  a  glaring  deficiency  in 
our  methods  of  education,  where  a  foundation  is  not  laid  in  the 
truths  of  Christianity,  and  where  its  authority  is  overlooked,  and 
its  claims  disregarded. 

Let  us  consider  for  a  moment  what  would  be  the  natural  effects 
of  a  complete  separation  between  science  and  religion — between 
the  general  diffusion  of  knowledge  and  the  great  objects  of  the 
Christian  faith.  Science  might  still  continue  to  prosecute  dis- 
coveries, to  enlarge  its  boundaries,  and  to  apply  its  principles  to 
the  cultivation  of  new  arts,  and  to  the  improvement  of  those 
which  have  hitherto  been  practised.  Its  studies  might  give  a 
certain  degree  of  polish  to  the  mind,  might  prevent  certain  cha- 
racters from  running  the  rounds  of  fashionable  dissipation,  and  in 
every  gradation  in  society  might  counteract,  to  a  certain  degree, 
the  tendency  to  indulgence  in  those  mean  and  ignoble  vices  to 
which  the  lower  ranks  in  every  age  have  been  addicted.  But 
although  the  standard  of  morals  would  be  somewhat  raised,  and 
the  exterior  of  life  polished  and  improved,  the  latent  principles  of 
1  moral  evil  might  still  remain  rankling  in  the  breast.  Pride, 
ambition,  avarice,  and  revenge,  receiving  no  counteraction  from 
religious  principle,  might  be  secretly  harboured  and  nourished  in 
26* 


306  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Renunciation  of  Revealed  Religion. 


the  h<  art,  and  ready  to  hurst  forth  on  every  excitement  in  all  the 
diabolical  energies  in  which  they  have  so  frequently  appeared 
amidst  die  contests  of  communities  and  nations.  The  recogni- 
tion of  a  Supreme  intelligence,  to  whom  we  are  accountable, 

would  soon  he  considered  as  unnecessary  in  scientific  investiga- 
tions, and  his  natural  perfections  Overlooked  ;  and,  consequently, 
all  the  delightful1  affections  of  loves  gratitude,  admiration,  and 
reverence,  which  are  inspired  by  the  view  of  his  moral  attributes 
and  the  transcendent  excellence  of  his  nature,  would  be  under- 
mined and  annihilated.  There  would  be  no  reliance  on  the 
superintending  care  of  an  unerring  Providence,  ordaining  and 
directing  every  event  to  the  most  beneficial  purposes,  and  no  con- 
solation derived,  amid  the  ills  of  life,  from  a  view  of  the  rectitude 
and  benevolence  of  the  Divine  government.  The  present  world 
would  be  considered  as  the  only  scene  of  action  and  enjoyment  [ 
the  hope  of  immortality,  which  supports  and  gladdens  the  pious 
mind,  would  be  exterminated,  and  every  thing  beyond  the  shadow 
of  death  involved  in  gloom  and  uncertainty.  The  only  true  prin- 
ciples of  moral  action,  which  revealed  religion  inculcates,  being 
overlooked  or  discarded,  every  one  would  consider  himself  as  at 
liberty  to  act  according  as  his  humour  and  passions  might  dic- 
tate ;  and,  in  such  a  case,  a  scene  of  selfishness,  rapacity,  and 
horror,  would  quickly  ensue,  which  would  sap  the  foundations  of 
social  order,  and  banish  happiness  from  the  abodes  of  men. 

Such  would  be  the  necessary  effects  of  a  complete  renuncia- 
tion of  revealed  religion,  and  such  a  state  of  things  our  literary 
and  scientific  mode  of  education  has  a  natural  tendency  to  pro- 
duce, in  so  far  as  the  truths  of  Christianity  are  set  aside,  or  over- 
looked, in  our  plans  of  instruction.  Where  should  our  youths 
receive  impressions  of  the  Deity,  and  of  the  truths  of  religion, 
unless  in  those  seminaries  where  they  are  taught  the  elements  of 
gem  ral  knowledge  ?  Shall  they  be  left  to  infer  that  religion  is  a 
matter  of  trivial  importance,  from  the  circumstance  that  it  is  com- 
pletely overlooked  throughout  the  whole  range  of  their  instruc- 
tion- I  It  may  be  said  that  they  have  opportunities  of  receiving 
Christian  instruction  elsewhere,  particularly  from  the  ministers  of 
religion  J  but  will  their  minds  be  better  prepared  for  relishing  such 
instructions  because  the  religion  of  the  Bible  has  been  carefully 
kept  out  of  view  in  the  other  departments  of  tuition?  Will  they 
not  rather  come  to  such  instructions  with  their  minds  biassed 
against  the  truths  of  revelation  ;  especially  when  we  consider,  that 
m  almost  every  instance  where  religion  is  discarded  in  the  process 
Qf  secular  instruction,  pagan  maxims  are  introduced,  and  insinu- 
ations occasionally  thrown  out  hostile  to  the  interests  of  genuine 


EFFECTS    OF    DISCARDING    RELIGION.  307 


French  Revolution. 


Christianity  ?  Notwithstanding  all  that  I  have  stated  in  the  pre- 
ceding pages  respecting  the  beneficial  effects  of  a  universal  diffu- 
sion of  knowledge,  I  am  fully  persuaded  that,  unless  it  be  accom- 
panied with  a  diffusion  of  the  spirit  of  the  Christian  religion  and 
a  corresponding  practice,  it  will  completely  fail  in  promoting  the 
best  interests  of  mankind.  If  scriptural  views  of  the  character 
of  the  Deity — if  the  promotion  of  love  to  God  and  to  man — if  the 
cultivation  of  heavenly  tempers  and  dispositions,  and  the  practice 
of  Christian  morality,  be  entirely  overlooked  in  seminaries 
devoted  to  the  instruction  of  the  great  body  of  the  community — 
such  institutions,  instead  of  being  a  blessing,  would  ultimately 
become  a  curse  to  the  human  species  ;  and  we  should  soon  behold 
a  vast  assemblage  of  intelligent  demons  furnished  with  powers 
and  instruments  of  mischief  superior  to  any  that  have  hitherto 
been  wielded,  and  which  might  ere  long  produce  anarchy,  injus- 
tice, and  horror,  throughout  every  department  of  the  moral  world. 
That  these  are  not  mere  imaginary  forebodings  might  be  illus- 
trated from  the  scenes  which  were  lately  exhibited  in  a  neighbour- 
ing nation.  The  first  revolution  in  France,  in  1789,  was  a  re- 
volution, not  merely  in  politics  and  government,  but  in  religion,  in 
manners,  in  moral  principle,  and  in  the  common  feelings  of  human 
nature.  The  way  for  such  a  revolution  was  prepared  by  the  wri- 
tings of  Voltaire,  Mirabeau,  Diderot,  Helvetius,  D'Alembert,  Con- 
dorcet,  Rousseau,  and  others  of  the  same  stamp — in  which,  along 
with  some  useful  discussions  on  the  subject  of  civil  and  religious 
liberty,  they  endeavoured  to  disseminate  principles  subversive  both 
of  natural  and  revealed  religion.  Revelation  was  not  only  im- 
pugned, but  entirely  set  aside ;  the  Deity  was  banished  from  the 
universe,  and  an  imaginary  phantom,  under  the  name  of  the  God- 
dess of  Reason,  substituted  in  his  place.  Every  thing  was  reduced 
to  a  system  of  pure  materialism  ;  the  celestial  spark  of  intelligence 
within  us  was  assimilated  to  a  piece  of  rude  matter,  and  the  fair 
prospects  of  immortality  which  Christianity  presents  transformed 
into  the  gloom  of  an  eternal  night.  Every  previous  standard  of  morals 
was  discarded  ;  every  one  was  left  to  act  as  selfishness,  avarice, 
and  revenge  might  dictate  ;  religion  of  every  description  fled  from 
the  torch  of  the  prevailing  philosophy ;  and  while  "justice  and  mo- 
rality" were  proclaimed  as  "  the  order  of  the  day,"  every  moral- 
principle  and  every  humane  feeling  was  trampled  under  foot  It 
is  stated,  on  good  authority,  that,  a  little  before  the  revolution,  a 
numerous  assembly  of  French  literati  being  asked,  in  turn,  at  one 
of  their  meetings,  by  their  president,  "Whether  there  was  any  such 
thing  as  moral  obligation,"  answered,  in  every  instance,  that 
there  was  not.     Soon  after  that  revolution,  the  great  body  of  French 


308        ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Banishment  of  Christianity. 


infidels,  who  then  ruled  the  nation, not  only  denied  all  the  obliga- 
tions which  bind  us  to  truth,  justice,  and  kindness,  hut  pitied  and 
despised,  as  a  contemptible  wretch,  the  man  who  believed  in  their 
existence.     Atheism  was  publicly  preaohed,  and  its  monstrous 

doctrines  disseminated  among  the  mass  of  the  people,  an  occur- 
rence altogether  novel  in  the  history  of  man.  A  professor  was 
even  named  by  Chaumette,  to  instruct  the  children  of  the  state 
in  the  mysteries  of  Atheism.  De  la  Metherie,  the  author  of  a 
philosophical  journal,  when  discussing  the  doctrine  of  crystalliza- 
tion, made  the  wild  and  hideous  assertion,  "that  the  highest  and 
most  perfect  form  of  crystallization  is  that  which  is  vulgarly  called 
God."  In  the  National  Convention,  Gobct,  archbishop  of  Paris, 
the  rector  Yangirard,  and  several  other  priests,  abjured  the 
Christian  religion  ;  and  for  this  abjuration  theij  received  applauses 
and  the  fraternal  kiss.  A  priest  from  Melun  stated,  that  there  is 
no  true  religion  but  that  of  nature,  and  that  all  this  mummery  with 
which  they  had  hitherto  been  amused  is  only  old  wives'  fables ; 
and  he  was  heard  with  loud  applause.  The  Convention  decreed, 
that  "  all  the  churches  and  temples  of  religious  worship  known  to 
be  in  Paris  should  be  instantly  shut  up,  and  that  every  person  re- 
quiring the  opening  of  a  church  or  temple  should  be  put  under 
arrest,  as  a  suspected  person,  and  an  enemy  to  the  state."  The 
carved  work  of  all  religious  belief  and  moral  practice  was  boldly 
cut  down  by  Carnot,  Robespierre,  and  their  atheistical  associates, 
and  the  following  inscription  was  ordered  to  be  displayed  in  all 
the  public  burying-grounds — "  Death  is  only  an  eternal  sleep  ;" 
so  that  the  dying  need  no  longer  be  afraid  to  step  out  of  existence. 
ure  was  investigated  by  these  pretended  philosophers  only  with 
w  to  darken  the  mind,  to  prevent  mankind  from  considering 
any  thing  as  real  but  what  the  hand  could  grasp  or  the  corporeal 
perceive,  and  to  subvert  the  established  order  of  society. 
The  consequences  of  the  operation  of  such  principles  were  such 
ight  have  been  expected.  They  are  written  in  characters  of 
blood,  and  in  crimes  almost  unparalleled  in  the  history  of  nations. 
A  scene  of  inhumanity,  cruelty,  cold-blooded  malignity,  daring 
impiety,  and  insatiable  rapacity,  was  presented  to  the  world,  which 
excited  in  the  mind  of  every  virtuous  spectator  amazement  and 
horror.  Savage  atrocities  were  perpetrated,  which  would  have 
ing  in  the  most  barbarous  and  unenlightened  age; 
and,  perhaps,  at  no  era  has  there  been  more  wretchedness  occa- 
sioned  by  licentious  principles  and  moral  degeneracy.  The  ties 
of  friendship  were  em  asunder,  the  claims  of  consanguinity  disre- 
garded, and  a  cold-blooded  selfishness  pervaded  the  great  mass 
of  society.     a  The  kingdom  appeared  to  be  changed  into  one 


FRENCH    REVOLUTION.  309 


Massacre  of  Romish  Priests. 


great  prison  ;  the  inhabitants  converted  into  felons,  and  the  com- 
mon doom  of  man  commuted  for  the  violence  of  the  sword,  and 
the  bayonet,  and  the  stroke  of  the  guillotine."  Such  was  the  ra- 
pidity with  which  the  work  of  destruction  was  carried  on,  that,  with- 
in the  short  space  often  years,  not  less  than  three  millions  of  hu- 
man beings  (one-half  more  than  the  whole  population  of  Scotland) 
are  supposed  to  have  perished  in  that  country  alone,  chiefly 
through  the  influence  of  immoral  principles,  and  the  seductions  of 
a  false  philosophy.  The  following  is  a  brief  sketch  of  some  of 
the  scenes  to  which  we  allude,  drawn  by  one  who  was  an  eye-wit- 
ness of  the  whole,  and  an  actor  in  several  parts  of  that  horrid  dra- 
ma. "  There  were,"  says  this  writer,  "  multiplied  cases  of  sui- 
cide ;  prisons  crowded  with  innocent  persons  ;  permanent  guillo- 
tines ;  perjuries  of  all  classes  ;  parental  authority  set  at  naught ; 
debauchery  encouraged  by  an  allowance  to  those  called  unmarried 
mothers  ;  nearly  six  thousand  divorces  in  the  city  of  Paris  within 
|  a  little  more  than  two  years  ;  in  a  word,  whatever  is  most  obscene 
in  vice  and  most  dreadful  in  ferocity."  * 

Notwithstanding  the  incessant  shouts  of  "  Liberty  and  equal- 
ity," and  the  boasted  illuminations  of  philosophy,  the  most  barba- 
rous persecutions  were  carried  on  against  those  whose  religious 
opinions  differed  from  the  system  adopted  by  the  state.  While 
infidelity  was  enthroned  in  power,  it  wielded  the  sword  of  power 
with  infernal  ferocity  against  the  priests  of  the  Romish  church, 
who  were  butchered  wherever  found — hunted  as  wild  beasts — 
frequently  roasted  alive,  or  drowned  in  hundreds  together,  with- 
out either  accusation  or  trial.  At  Nantz,  no  less  than  360  priests 
were  shot,  and  460  drowned.  In  one  night,  58  were  shut  up  in 
a  barge,  and  drowned  in  the  Loire.  Two  hundred  and  ninety- 
two  priests  were  massacred  during  the  bloody  scenes  of  the  10th 
August  and  2d  September,  1792  ;  and  1135  were  guillotined 
under  the  government  of  the  National  Convention,  from  the 
month  of  September,  1792,  till  the  end  of  1795,  besides  vast 
numbers,  hunted  by  the  infidel  republicans,  like  owls  and  par- 
tridges, who  perished  in  different  ways,  throughout  the  provinces 
of  France. 

Such  were  some  of  the  dismal  effects  which  flowed  from  the 
attempt  to  banish  religion  from  science,  from  government,  and 
from  the  intercourses  and  employments  of  society.  Were  such 
principles  universally  to  prevail,  the  world  would  soon  become  one 
vast  theatre  of  mischief  and  of  misery — an  immense  den  of 
thieves   and  robbers — a  sink   of  moral    pollution — a  scene  of 

*Gregoire. 


310  DM    THB    GENERAL    niriTSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


I'.'],  cts  of  [rreligion*. 


impiety]  injustice,  rapine,  and  devastation  ;  a  Golgotha,  strewed 
with  carcasses  and  " dead  men's  bones."  All  confidence  and 
friendship  between  intelligent  boings  would  be  destroyed;  the  dear- 
and  most  venerable  relations  would  be  violated  by  incestuous 
pollutions;  appetite  would  change  every  man  into  a  swine,  and 
sion  into  a  tiger;  jealousy,  distrust,  revenge,  murder,  war, 
and  rapine  would  overspread  the  earth,  and  a  picture  of  hell  would 
be  presented  wherever  the  eye  roamed  over  the  haunts  of  men. 
During  the  period  when  the  atrocities  to  which  we  are  advert- 
ing  were  perpetrating,  the  ruffians  who  bore  rule  in  France  were 
continually  imputing  to  the  illumination  of  philosophy  the  ardour 
which  animated  them  in  the  cause  of  liberty  ;  and  it  is  a  truth, 
that  science  was  enlarging  its  boundaries  even  amid  the  horrors 
with  which  it  was  surrounded.  Chymistry  was  advancing  in  its 
rapid  career  of  discovery,  and  the  celebrated  Lavoisier,  one  of  its 
most  successful  cultivators,  was  interrupted  in  the  midst  of  some 
interesting  experiments,  and  dragged  to  the  guillotine,  where  he 
suffered  in  company  with  28  farmers-general,  merely  because  he 
was  rich.  Physical  astronomy  and  the  higher  branches  of  mathe- 
matics were  advancing  under  the  investigations  of  La  Place ; 
geodctical  operations  were  carrying  forward,  on  an  extensive 
scale  ;  and  the  physical  sciences,  in  general,  under  the  hands  of 
numerous  cultivators,  were  going  on  towards  perfection.  But 
while  this  circumstance  shows  that  science  may  advance  in  the 
midst  of  irreligion — it  proves,  at  the  same  time,  that,  without 
being  combined  with  religion,  it  cannot,  of  itself,  meliorate  the 
morals  of  mankind,  or  counteract  the  licentiousness  of  society. 
Though  it  may  be  considered  as  a  ray  of  celestial  light  proceed- 
ing  from  the  original  Source  of  intelligence,  yet  it  will  fail  in  pro- 
ducing  its  most  beneficial  effects,  unless  it  be  combined  with 
"  the  light  of  the  knowledge  of  the  glory  of  God,"  as  it  shines  in 
the  word  of  Divine  Revelation.  Had  such  connexion  been  formed 
between  science  and  religion,  certain  it  is  that  the  bonds  which 
unite  the  social  system  would  never  have  been  burst  asunder, 
nor  the  foundations  of  morality  overturned  by  such  a  violent 
explosion  as  happened  at  the  French  revolution.     And  although 

I  am  aware  that  a  variety  of  political  causes  combined  to  produce 
that  l  tnvulsion,  and  the  effects  which  flowed  from  it,  yet  it 
cannot  be  d<  nied,  that  the  principles  of  atheism,  and  a  false 
philosophy  which  had  thrown  off  its  allegiance  to  Christianity, 

the  chief  causes  which  produced  the  licentiousness  and  im- 
pi<  ty  w  Inch  chai  acterized  the  rulers  and  citizens  of  France,  under 

II  the  r<  ign  of  terror." 

It  is  therefore  to  be  hoped,  that  those  who  now  patronise  the 


EFFECTS  OF  IRRELIGION  IN  FRANCE.  311 


Connexion  of  Science  with  Revelation. 


intellectual  improvement  of  mankind,  and  who  wish  to  promote 
.   the  best  interests  of  society,  will  take  warning  from  the  occur- 
,   rences  which   so  lately  happened  in  the  French  nation,  during 
the  reign  of  infidel  philosophy  and  impiety,  and  not  suffer  reli- 
gion to  be  dissevered  from  those  pursuits  which  should  lead  the 
|  mind  to  the  contemplation  of  a  Supreme  Intelligence,  and  of  the 
glories  of  an  immortal  existence.     The  moral  Governor  of  the 
'  world  has  set  before  us  the  horrid  scenes  to  which   we  have 
alluded,  as   a  beacon  to  guard  us  from  similar  dangers,   that 
society  might  not  again  be  exposed  to  a  shipwreck  so  dread- 
,  ful  and  appalling.     We  have,  surely,  no  reason  to  repeat  the  ex- 
periment in  order  to  ascertain  the  result.     It  is  written  in  cha- 
:  racters  conspicuous  to  every  eye,  and  legible  even  to  the  least 
attentive  observer,  and  may  serve  as  a  warning  both  to  the  pre- 
sent age  and  to  every  future  generation.     Its  effects  are  felt  even 
at  the  present  moment,  in  the  country  where  the  experiment  was 
tried,  in  the  irreligion  and  profligacy  which,  in  its  populous  cities, 
still  abound,  especially  among  the  middle  and  higher  ranks  of 
I  society.     Its  effects  are  apparent  even  in  our  own  country  ;  for 
the  skeptical  principles  and  immoral  maxims  of  the  continental 
I  philosophy  were  imported  into  Britain,  at  an  early  period  of  the 
French  revolution,  when  the  the  Bible  was  discarded  by  multi- 
tudes, as  an  antiquated  imposture,  and  committed  to  the  flames  ; 
and  it  is,  doubtless,  owing  in  part  to  the  influence  of  these  prin- 
ciples that,  in  organizing  institutions  for  the  diffusion  of  know- 
ledge among  the  lower  ranks,  attempts  have  been  made  to  sepa- 
rate science  from  its  references  to  the  Creator,  and  from  all  its 
connexions  with  revealed  religion.     It  is,  therefore,  the  duty  of 
every  man  who  loves  his  species,  and  who  has  a  regard  for  the 
,  welfare  and  prosperity  of  his  country,  to  use  his  influence  in 
\  endeavouring  to  establish  the  literary  and  scientific  instruction  of 
i  the  community  on  the  broad  basis  of  the  doctrines  of  revelation, 
and  of  those  moral  laws  which  have  been  promulgated  by  the 
authority  of  the  Governor  of  the  universe,  which  are  calculated 
to  secure  the  moral  order  and  to  promote  the  happiness  of  intelli- 
!  gent  agents,  throughout  every  province  of  the  Divine  empire. 
u  When  we  look  at  plans  of  education,"  says  an  intelligent 
writer,  "  matured,  or  in  progress,  which  are  likely  to  concentrate 
the  national  intellect,  and  form  the  national  taste,  and  engross  the 
(  daily  leisure  of  the  peasant  or  artisan,  on  principles  of  virtual 
I  exclusion  to  every  thing  specifically  Christian,  when  we  see  this 
grievous  and  deadly  deficiency  attaching  to  schemes  "  of  bene- 
volence, which  are  otherwise  pure  and  splendid,  receiving  the 
sanction  of  public  recognition,  countenanced  or  winked  at  by  the 


' 


312  OK    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Banishment  of  Sectarian  <  Opinions. 


titiest  ofscbolara  aud  most  illustrious  of  statesmen,  and  thus  put 
u\  condition  lor  traversing  the  land,  from  the  one  end  to  the  other, 
we  do  feel  alarmed,  in  no  ordinary  degree,  at  the  effects  that  are 
likely  to  follow  it ;  and  could  we  influence  the  consultations  in 
in  which  the  whole  originates,  would  entreat  its  projectors  to 
pause  and  deliberate,  lest  they  stir  the  elements  of  a  latent  im- 
piety, instead  of  dispensing  a  national  blessing.  We  dread  not 
the  light  of  science,  nor  any  light  of  any  kind  which  emanates 
from  God  to  man.  On  the  contrary,  we  hail  it  as  a  precious 
acquisition,  provided  it  be  mingled  and  seasoned  with  that  which 
is  revealed  as  k*  the  true  light  which  lighteth  every  man  that  cometh 
into  the  world  ;"  but,  in  a  state  of  separation  from  this  better  light, 
and  unattempered  by  its  restoring  influence,  we  are  constrained 
to  dread  it,  by  all  the  concern  we  ever  felt  for  the  eternal  well- 
being  of  our  human  kindred."* 

To  prevent  any  misconceptions  that  may  arise  respecting  our 
views  of  the  connexion  of  science  and  religion,  it  may  be  proper 
to  remark,  in  the  first  place,  that  we  would  consider  it  preposte- 
rous in  the  highest  degree  to  attempt  the  introduction  of  sectarian 
opinions  in  religion  into  the  discussions  connected  with  science  and 
philosophy.  It  would  be  altogether  irrelevant  to  the  objects  of 
scientific  associations  to  introduce  the  subjects  of  dispute  between 
Calvinists  and  Arminians,  Presbyterians,  Episcopalians,  and  In- 
dependents ;  and  we  are  of  opinion,  that  the  sooner  such  contro- 
versies are  banished,  even  from  theology,  and  from  the  Christian 
world  at  large,  so  much  the  better  ;  for  they  have  withdrawn  the 
minds  of  thousands  from  the  essentials  to  the  mere  circumstan- 
tials of  religion  ;  and,  in  too  many  instances,  have  exposed  the 
Christian  world  to  the  sneers  of  infidels,  and  the  scoffs  of  the 
profane. — Nor,  in  the  next  place,  would  we  consider  it  as  either 
judicious  or  expedient  to  attempt  to  foist  in  even  the  essential 
doctrines  of  Christianity,  on  every  occasion,  when  the  subject  of 
>n  did  not  naturally  and  directly  lead  to  their  introduc- 
tion, or  to  some  allusions  to  them.  Such  attempts  generally 
the  end  intended,  and  arc  equally  displeasing  to  the  man 
of  taste,  and  to  the  enlightened  Christian. — What  we  understand 
by  connecting  science  with  religion  will  appear  in  the  following 

serrations  :  — 

I.   As  Bcience  has  it  for  one  of  its  highest  objects  to  investi- 
gate the  works  of  the  Creator, — an  opportunity  should  be  taken, 
n  imparting  scientific  instructions,  of  adverting  to  the  ailri- 

*  Rev.  D.  Young— Introductory  Essay  to  Sir  M.  llalcs's  Contemplations* 


SCIENCE    AS    CONNECTED    WITH    RELIGION.  313 


Extracts  from  Philosophical  Writers. 


bates  of  the  Deity  as  displayed  in  his  operations.  The  character 
of  the  Divine  Being,  and  the  perfections  he  displays,  are,  in  every 
point  of  view,  the  most  interesting  of  all  human  investigations. 
The  system  of  nature,  in  all  its  parts  and  processes,  exhibits  them 
to  our  view,  and  forces  them,  as  it  were,  upon  our  attention,  if 
we  do  not  wilfully  shut  our  eyes  on  the  light  which  emanates  from 
an  invisible  Divinity  through  his  visible  operations.  The  con- 
templation of  this  system,  even  in  its  most  prominent  and  obvious 
appearances,  has  a  natural  tendency  to  inspire  the  most  profound 
emotions  of  awe  and  reverence,  of  gratitude  and  admiration,  at 
the  astonishing  displays  it  exhibits  of  omnipotent  energy,  un- 
searchable wisdom,  and  boundless  beneficence.  Such  studies, 
when  properly  directed,  are  calculated  to  make  a  powerful  and 
interesting  impression  on  the  minds  of  the  young ;  and  it  is  doing 
them  an  incalculable  injury,  when  their  views  are  never  elevated 
above  proximate  causes  and  physical  laws,  to  the  agency  of  Him 
who  sits  on  the  throne  of  the  universe. — "  If  one  train  of  think- 
ing," says  Paley,  "  be  more  desirable  than  another,  it  is  that  which 
regards  the  phenomena  of  nature,  with  a  constant  reference  to  a 
supreme  intelligent  Author.  To  have  made  this  the  ruling,  the 
habitual  sentiment  of  our  minds,  is  to  have  laid  the  foundation  of 
every  thing  which  is  religious.  The  world  from  henceforth  be- 
comes a  temple,  and  life  itself  one  continued  act  of  adoration. 
The  change  is  no  less  than  this,  that  whereas  formerly  God  was 
seldom  in  our  thoughts,  we  can  scarcely  look  upon  any  thing 
without  perceiving  its  relation  to  him."  And  is  such  a  train  of 
thinking  to  be  considered  as  unphilosophical  1  Is  it  not,  on  the 
contrary,  the  perfection  of  philosophy  to  ascend  to  a  cause  that 
will  account  for  every  phenomenon — to  trace  its  incessant  agency, 
and  to  acknowledge  the  perfections  it  displays  ?  Bishop  Watson 
has  well  observed,  "  We  feel  the  interference  of  the  Deity  every- 
1  where,  but  we  cannot  apprehend  the  nature  of  his  agency  any- 
where. A  blade  of  grass  cannot  spring  up,  a  drop  of  rain  cannot 
fall,  a  ray  of  light  cannot  be  emitted  from  the  sun,  nor  a  particle 
of  salt  be  united  with  a  never-failing  sympathy  to  its  fellow,  with- 
out him  ;  every  secondary  cause  we  discover  is  but  a  new  proof 
of  the  necessity  we  are  under  of  ultimately  recurring  to  him,  as 
the  one  primary  cause  of  every  thing." 

Illustrations  of  the  position  for  which  we  are  now  contending 

will  be  found  in  such  works  as  the  following  : — Ray's  "  Wisdom 

|  of  God  in  the  Creation," — Boyle's  "  Philosophical  and  Theolo- 

'  gical  Works," — Derham's  "  Astro  and  Physico-Theology,"  * — 

*  An  edition  of  Derham's  Physico-Theology,  in  two  vols.  8vo.  (which  is  not 
very  generally  known),  was  published  in  London  in  1798,  which  contains 
i  27 


314  ON     THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION   OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Physico-Theplogical  Authors. 


Nieuwentyt's  k*  Religious  Philosopher," — T>e  Pluche's  "  Naturo 
Displayed," — Baxter's  "  Matho,"  or  the  principles  of  natural  reli- 
gion deduced  from  the  phenomena  of  the  material  world, — Lesser's 
?<  cto-tTheology,  or  a  demonstration  of  the  Being  and  Attributes 
of  God,  from  the  structure  and  economy  of  insects,  with  notes  by 
Lyonet, —  Bonnet's  "  Contemplation  of  Nature," — Euler's  "Let- 
i  ra   to  a  German  Princess,"  translated  by  Hunter, — Pierre's 
"  Studies  of  Nature," — Paley's  "  Natural  Theology," — Adam's 
ik  Lectures  on  Natural  Philosophy," — Parkes's  "  Chemical  Gate* 
bhism,"  and   several    others.      The  chief  object   of  Ray  is   to 
illustrate  the  wisdom  of  the  Deity  in  the  figure  and  construction 
of  the  earth,  in  the  structure  and  symmetry  of  the  human  frame, 
and  in  the  economy  of  the  animal  and  vegetable  tribes.     The 
object  of  Dcrham,  in  his  Astro-Theology,  is  to  display  the  wis- 
dom and  omnipotence  of  Deity,  as  they  appear  in  the  structure, 
arrangement,  and  motions  of  the  heavenly  bodies ;  and  his  Physico- 
Theology,  a  work  of  much  greater  extent,  demonstrates  the  being 
and  attributes  of  God  from  the  constitution  of  the  earth  and  atmo- 
sphere,— the  senses, — the  structure,  motions,  respiration,  food, 
and  habitations  of  animals, — the  body  of  man, — the  economy  of 
insects,  reptiles,  and  fishes, — and  the  structure   of  vegetables. 
Though  this   excellent  work  is  now  considered  as  somewhat 
antiquated,  yet  we  have  no  modern  work  that  can  fully  supply  its 
place.    Paley's  Natural  Theology,  however  excellent  in  its  kind, 
does  not  embrace  the  same  extensive  range  of  objects.     JYieu- 
wentyt  enters  into  a  minute  anatomical  investigation  of  the  struc- 
ture of  the  human  body,  which  occupies  the  greater  part  of  his 
volume  ;  and  in  the  two  remaining  volumes  illustrates  the 
Divine  perfections  from  a  survey  of  the  atmosphere,  meteors, 
water,  earth,  fire,  birds,  beasts,  fishes,  plants,  the  physical  and 
chemical    laws    of  nature,  the   inconceivable  smallness  of  the 
particles  of  matter,  and  the  structure  of  the  starry  heavens.    The 
voluminous   work    of  he  Pluche  comprehends  interesting   de- 
mons of  ipeds,  birds,  fishes,  insects,  plants,  flowers, 
gardens,  olive-yards,  corn-fields,  woods,  pasture-grounds,  rivers, 
mountains,  seas,  fossils,  minerals,  the  atmosphere,  light,  colours, 
vision,  the  heavenly  bodies,  globes,  telescopes,  microscopes,  the 
history  ofnavij  ation,  systematic  physics,  &c. — interspersed  with 
a  variety  pf  beautiful  reflections,  on  the  wisdom  and  beneficence 
of  the  Deity  in  the  arrangements  of  nature.     Eider's  Letters 

additional  notes  31u8l  ative  of  modern  discoveries,  a  translation  of  the  Greek 
and  Latin  qu  original  work,  a  life  of  the  author,  and  sixteen 

itive  of  many  curious  subjects  in  the  animal 
and  vegetable  tdngdoi 


PHYSICO-THEOLOGICAL    AUTHORS.  315 


French  Infidelity. 


comprehend  popular  descriptions  of  the  most  interesting  subjects 
connected  with  natural  philosophy  and  ethics,  interspersed  with 
moral  reflections,  and  frequent  references  to  the  truths  of  revelation, 
Condorcef,  in  his  French  translation  of  this  work,  carefully  omitted 
almost  all  the  pious  and  moral  reflections  of  this  profound  and 
amiable  philosopher,  as  inconsistent  with  the  infidel  and  athe- 
istical philosophy  which  then  prevailed.  "  The  retrenchments," 
says  he,  "  affect  reflections  which  relate  less  to  the  sciences  and 
philosophy  than  to  theology,  and  frequently  even  to  the  peculiar 
doctrines  of  that  ecclesiastical  communion  in  which  Euler  lived. 
//  is  unnecessary  to  assign  a  reason  for  omissions  of  this  descrip- 
tion ."  These  omissions  were  supplied,  and  the  passages  alluded 
to  restored,  by  Dr.  Hunter,  in  his  English  translation,  but  they 
have  been  again  suppressed  in  the  late  edition,  published  in 
Edinburgh,  in  two  volumes,  12mo.  * 

It  is  much  to  be  regretted  that  we  have  no  modern  Rays,  Der- 
hams,  Boyles,  or  Nieuwentyts,  to  make  the  light  of  our  recent 
discoveries  in  science  bear  upon  the  illustration  of  the  perfections 
of  the  Deity,  and  the  arrangements  of  his  providence.  Since  the 
period  when  those  Christian  philosophers  left  our  world,  many  of 
the  sciences  which  they  were  instrumental  in  promoting  have  ad- 
vanced to  a  high  degree  of  perfection,  and  have  thrown  additional 
light  on  the  wisdom  and  intelligence  of  the  Divine  mind,  and  the 
economy  of  the  universe.  Natural  history  has  widely  enlarged 
its  boundaries  ;  our  views  of  the  range  of  the  planetary  system 
have  been  extended  ;  the  distant  regions  of  the  starry  firmament 
have  been  more  minutely  explored,  and  new  objects  of  magnifi- 
cence brought  within  the  reach  of  our  observation.  The  nature  of 


*  As  a  specimen  of  the  omissions  to  which  we  allude,  the  following  passage 
i  may  suffice:—"  But  the  eye,  which  the  Creator  has  formed,  is  subject  to  no 
one  of  all  the  imperfections  under  which  the  imaginary  construction  of  the 
freethinker  labours.     In  this  we  discover  the  true  reason  why  Infinite  Wis- 
dom has  employed  several  transparent  substances  in  the  formation  of  the  eye. 
It  is  thereby  secured  against  all  the  defects  which  characterize  every  work  of 
|  man.    What  a  noble  subject  of  contemplation  !  How  pertinent  that  question 
,  of  tire  Psalmist !    He  who  formed  the  eye,  shall  he  not  see  ?  and  He  toho  planted 
i  the  ear,  shall  he  not  hear  ?    The  eye  alone  being  a  master-piece  that  far  trans- 
cends the  human  understanding,  what  an  exalted  idea  must  we  form  of  Him 
;  who  has  bestowed  this  wonderful  gift,  and  that  in  the  highest  perfection,  not 
'  on  man  only,  but  on  the  brute  creation,  nay,  on  the  vilest  of  insects  !"     The 
French  philosopher  and  statesman  seems  to  feel  ashamed  of  the  least  alliance 
,  between  philosophy  and  reli:i  >n,  when  be  is  induced  to  discard  such  reflec- 
I  tions.     He  seems  apprehensive,  as  Dr.  Hunter  remarks,  that  a  single  drop  of 
1  water  from  Scripture  would  contaminate  the  whole  mass  of  philosophy.     We 
would  hope  our  British  philosophers  are  not  yet  so  deeply  tinctured  with  the 
spirit  of  infidelity. 


316  ON  THE  GENERAL  DIFFUSION  OF  KNOWLEDGE, 


Sir  Isaac   Newton. 


light  has  been  more  accurately  investigated,  the  composition  of  the 
atmosphere  discovered,  the  properties  of  the  different  gases  ascer- 
tained, the  powers  of  electricity  and  galvanism  detected,  and 
chymistry — a  science  completely  new-modelled — has  opened  up 
the  secret  springs  of  nature's  operations,  and  thrown  a  new  light 
on  the  economy  of  Divine  wisdom  in  the  various  processes  which 
are  going  on  in  the  material  system.  Is  it  not  unaccountable, 
then,  that  no  modern  system  of  Physico-Theology,  embracing  the 
whole  range  of  modern  discoveries,  should  have  proceeded  from 
the  pens  of  some  one  or  other  of  our  most  distinguished  philoso- 
phers 1  Does  this  circumstance  seem  to  indicate,  that,  since  the 
early  part  of  the  last  century,  the  piety  of  philosophers  has  been 
declining,  and  the  infidel  principles  of  the  continental  school 
gaining  the  ascendancy  ?  Infidelity  and  fatalism  very  generally 
go  hand  in  hand.  When  the  truths  of  Revelation  are  once  dis- 
carded, a  species  of  universal  skepticism,  differing  little  or  nothing 
from  atheism,  takes  possession  of  the  mind  ;  and  hence  we  find, 
that  in  the  writings  of  such  men  as  Buffon,  Diderot,  and  La  Place, 
there  is  not  the  slightest  reference  to  final  causes,  or  to  the  agency 
of  an  all-pervading  Mind  that  governs  the  universe. 

That  the  connexion  between  science  and  theology  we  have 
been  recommending  is  not  a  vague  or  enthusiastic  idea  appears 
from  the  sentiments  which  have  been  expressed  on  this  subject 
by  the  most  eminent  philosophers.  Throughout  the  whole  of  the 
works  of  the  immortal  Newton,  we  perceive  a  constant  attention 
to  final  causes,  or  to  the  great  purposes  of  the  Deity.  It  was  the 
firm  opinion  of  this  philosopher,  "  that,  as  we  are  every  where  en- 
countered in  our  researches  by  powers  and  effects  which  are  unac- 
countable upon  any  principles  of  mere  mechanism,  or  the  combi- 
nations of  matter  and  motion,  we  must  forever  resort  to  a  Supreme 
power,  whose  influence  extends  over  all  nature,  and  who  accom- 
plishes the  wisest  and  most  benevolent  ends  by  the  best  possible 
means."  Maclaurin,  the  friend  of  Newton,  and  the  commen- 
tator on  his  Principia,  expresses  the  following  sentiments  on  this 
subject,  in  his44  Account  of  Sir  Isaac  Newton's  Discoveries." 
14  There  is  nothing  we  meet  with  more  frequently  and  constantly 
in  nature-  than  the  traces  of  an  all-governing  Deity.  And  the 
philosopher  who  overlooks  these,  contenting  himself  with  the  ap- 
pearances of  the  material  universe  only,  and  the  mechanical  laws 
of  motion,  neglects  what  is  most  excellent;  and  prefers  what  is 
imperfect  to  what  is  supremely  perfect,  fmitudeto  infinity,  what  is 
narrow  and  weak  to  what  is  unlimited  and  almighty,  and  what  is 
perishing  to  what  endures  forever.  Such  who  attend  not  to  so 
manifest  indications  of  supreme  wisdom  and  goodness,  perpetually 


SCIENCE    CONNECTED    WITH    REVELATION.  317 


Harmon}^  of  Nature  and  Revelation. 


appearing  before  them  wherever  they  turn  their  views  or  in- 
quiries, too  much  resemble  those  ancient  philosophers  who  made 
Night,  Matter,  and  Chaos  the  original  of  ail  things."  Similar 
sentiments  were  expressed  by  the  late  Professor  Robison,  one 
of  the  most  profound  mathematicians  and  philosophers  of  his  age. 
"  So  far  from  banishing  the  consideration  of  final  causes  from  our 
discussion,  it  would  look  more  like  philosophy,  more  like  the  love  of 
true  wisdom,  and  it  would  taste  less  of  an  idle  curiosity,  were  we 
to  multiply  our  researches  in  those  departments  of  nature  where 
final  causes  are  the  chief  objects  of  our  attention — the  structure 
and  economy  of  organized  bodies  in  the  animal  and  vegetable 
kingdoms. " — "  It  is  not  easy  to  account  for  it,  and  perhaps  the 
explanation  would  not  be  very  agreeable,  why  many  naturalists  so 
fastidiously  avoid  such  views  of  nature  as  tend  to  lead  the  mind 
to  the  thoughts  of  its  Author.  We  see  them  even  anxious  to 
weaken  every  argument  for  the  appearance  of  design  in  the  con- 
struction and  operations  of  nature.  One  would  think,  that,  on 
the  contrary,  such  appearances  would  be  most  welcome,  and  that 
nothing  would  be  more  dreary  and  comfortless  than  the  belief  that 
chance  or  fate  rules  all  the  events  of  nature." — Elements  of  Me- 
chanical Philosophy,  vol.  i.  pp.  681,  682.  We  know  not  whether 
such  sentiments  were  inculcated  from  the  chair  of  Natural  Phi- 
losophy, which  Dr.  Robison  so  long  occupied,  by  the  distinguished 
philosopher  who  has  lately  deceased. 

II.  Besides  the  deductions  of  natural  religion  to  which  we 
have  now  adverted — in  our  scientific  instructions  there  ought  to 
be  a  reference,  on  every  proper  occasion,  to  the  leading  truths  of 
revelation.  There  are  many  scientific  inquirers  who  would  have 
no  objections  occasionally  to  advert  to  final  causes  and  the  wis- 
dom of  the  Deity,  who  consider  it  altogether  irrelevant,  in  the  dis- 
cussions of  science,  to  make  the  slightest  reference  to  the  facts 
and  doctrines  detailed  in  the  Sacred  Oracles.  The  expediency 
or  the  impropriety  of  such  a  practice  must  depend  on  the  views 
we  take  of  the  nature  of  the  communications  which  the  Scriptures 
contain.  If  the  Bible  is  acknowledged  as  a  revelation  from  God, 
its  truths  must  harmonize  with  the  system  of  nature, — they  must 
throw  a  mutual  light  on  each  other, — and  the  attributes  of  the  Di- 
vinity they  respectively  unfold  must  be  in  perfect  accordance ; 
and  therefore  it  can  never  be  irrelevant,  when  engaged  in  the 
study  of  the  one,  to  refer  for  illustrations  to  the  other.  On  the 
(contrary,  to  omit  doing  so  from  a  fastidious  compliance  with  what 
frias  too  long  been  the  established  practice,  would  be  a  piece  of 
glaring  inconsistency,  either  in  the  theologian  on  the  one  hand,  or 
the  philosopher  on  the  other.  We  have  too  much  reason  to  sus- 
i  27* 


31S  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Modern  Philosophers, 


peer,  that  the  squeamishness  of  certain  scientific  characters,  in 
omitting  all  references  to  the  Christian  system,  arises  either  from 
a  secret  disbelief  of  its  authority,  or  from  a  disrelish  of  the  truths 
and  moral  principles  it  inculcates. 

Taking  for  granted,  then,  what  has  never  yet  been  disproved, 
that  Christianity  is  a  revelation  from  heaven,  and  recollecting  that 
we  live  in  a  country  where  this  religion  is  professed,  it  follows,  as  a 
matter  of  consistency  as  well  as  of  duty%  that  all  our  systems  of 
instruction,  whether  literary  or  scientific,  whether  in  colleges, 
academies,  mechanics'  institutions,  or  initiatory  schools,  ought  to 
be  founded  on  the  basis  of  the  Christian  revelation — that,  in  the 
Instructions  delivered  in  such  seminaries,  its  leading  doctrines 
should  be  recognised,  and  that  no  dispositions  or  conduct  be  en- 
couraged which  are  inconsistent  with  its  moral  principles. 

More  particularly,  in  describing  the  processes  or  phenomena  of 
nature,  an  opportunity  should  frequently  be  taken  of  quoting  the 
sublime  and  energetic  sentiments  of  the  inspired  writers,  and  of 
referring  to  the  facts  they  record,  when  they  are  appropriate,  and 
illustrative  of  the  subject  in  hand.     This  would  tend  to  con- 
nect the  operations  of  nature  with  the  agency  of  the  God  of 
nature  ;  and  would  show  to  the  young,  that  their  instructors  felt  a 
veneration  for  that  Book  which  has  God  for  its  Author,  and  our 
present  and  future  happiness  as  the  great  object  of  its  revelations. 
Why  should  the  Bible  be  almost  the  only  book  from  which  certain 
modern  philosophers  never  condescend  to  borrow  a  quotation  1 
They  feel  no  hesitation — nay,  they  sometimes  appear  to  pride 
themselves  in  being  able  to  quote  from  Plato,  Aristotle,  and  Zeno, 
or  from  Ovid,  Virgil,  and  Lucretius.     They  would  feel  ashamed 
to  be  considered  as  unacquainted   with  the  works  of  Bacon, 
Galileo,  Newton,  Halley,  Huygens,  Boscovich,  Black,  Robison, 
Bullon,  or  La  Place,  and  unable  to  quote  an  illustrative  sentiment 
from   their  writings  ;  but  they  seem  to  feel  as  if  it  would  lessen 
die  dignity  of  science  to  borrow  an  illustration  of  a  scientific  po- 
sition from  Moses  or  Isaiah,  and  to  consider  it  as  in  no  wise  dis- 
resp<  ctfulto  appear  ignorant  of  the  contents  of  the  Sacred  Volume. 
Such  were  not  the  sentiments  and  feelings  of  the  philosophers  to 
whose  work-  I  lately  referred,  which  abound  with  many  beautiful 
and  appropriate  sentiments  from  the  inspired  writings.    Such  were 
not  the  feelings  of  the  celebrated  Eider,  whose  accomplishments 
in  science  were  admired  by  all  the  philosophers  of  Europe  ;  nor 
were  such  the  feelings  of  the  late  Dr.  Robison,  who  was  scarcely 
his  inferior.     AN  hen  describing  the  numerous  nebulcz  in  the  distant 
regions  of  the  heavens,  he  closes  his  remarks  with  the  following 
reflection  :  The  human  mind  is  almost  overpowered  with  such  a 


MORAL    TENDENCY    OF    SCIENCE.  319 


Harmony  of  Nature  and  Revelation. 


thought.  When  the  soul  is  filled  with  such  conceptions  of  the  ex- 
tent of  created  nature,  we  can  scarcely  avoid  exclaiming  '  Lord, 
what  then  is  man,  that  thou  art  mindful  of  him  V  Under  such  im- 
pressions, David  shrank  into  nothing,  and  feared  that  he  should 
be  forgotten  among  so  many  great  objects  of  the  Divine  attention. 
His  comfort  and  ground  of  relief  from  this  dejecting  thought  are 
remarkable.  '  But,'  says  he,  4  thou  hast  made  man  but  a  little 
lower  than  the  angels,  and  hast  crowned  him  with  glory  and 
honour.'  David  corrected  himself,  by  calling  to  mind  how  high 
he  stood  in  the  scale  of  God's  works:  He  recognised  his  own 
divine  original,  and  his  alliance  to  the  Author  of  all.  Now,  cheered 
and  delighted,  he  cries  out,  'Lord,  how  glorious  is  thy  name!'  " — ■ 
Elements  of  Mechanical  Philosophy,  vol.  i.  p.  565. 

Again,  every  proper  opportunity  should  be  taken  of  illustrating 
the  harmony  which  subsists  between  the  system  of  revelation  and 
the  system  of  nature — between  the  declarations  of  the  inspired 
writers  and  the  facts  which  are  found  to  exist  in  the  material  uni- 
verse.    This  subject  presents  an  extensive  field  of  investigation, 
which  has  never  yet  been  thoroughly  explored,  and  which  admits 
of  the  most  extensive  and  diversified  illustrations.     The  facts  of 
geology — some  of  which  were  formerly  set  in  array  against  the 
records  of  revelation — are  now  seen  to  be  corroborative  of  the 
facts  stated  in  the  Mosaic  history  ;*  and  in  proportion  as  the  sys- 
tem of  nature  is  minutely  explored,  and  the  physical  sciences  in 
general  approximate  to  perfection,  the  more  striking  appears  the 
coincidence  between  the  revelations  of  the  Bible  and  the  revela- 
tions of  Nature.     And  one  principal  reason  why  this  coincidence 
at  present  does  not  appear  complete  is,  that  the  Scriptures  have 
never  yet  been  thoroughly  studied  in  all  their  references,  nor  the 
system  of  the  material  world  thoroughly  explored.     The  facts  of 
modern  science,  of  which  many  of  our  commentators  were  igno- 
rant, have  seldom  been  brought  to  bear  upon  the  elucidation  of  the 
inspired  writings,  and  the  sentiments  of  the  sacred  writers  have 
seldom  been  illustrated  by  an  appeal  to  the  discoveries  of  science. 
The  views  which  the  system  of  nature  exhibits  of  the  plan  and 
principles  of  the  Divine  government,  the  reasons  of  the  operation 
of  those  destructive  agents  which  frequently  exert  their  energy 
within  the  bounds  of  our  sublunary  system,  and  the  connexion 
which  subsists  between  physical  and  moral  evil,  might  also  form 
occasional  subjects  of  investigation;  as  they  are  all  deeply  inte- 
resting to  man  considered  as  a  moral  agent,  and  as  the  subject  of 
the  moral  administration  of  the  Governor  of  the  Universe. 

*  For  illustrations  of  this  position,  see  Dr.  Ure's  Geology,  Parkinson's  Or- 
ganic Remains,  &c. 


20  ON    THE    GENERAL  DIFFUSION    OF  KNOWLEDGE. 


Advoi  -  Education. 


In  -i  place,  we  hold  it  as  a  matter  of  particular  import- 

ance, that  the  instructions   of  science  be  conducted  in  such  a 
man  I  i  make  n  upon  the  heart.     An  ob- 

►n  has  frequently  been  rais<  d  by  religious  people  against  the 
study  of  science,  from  its  tendency  to  produce  a  spirit  of  intellec- 
tual pride  ;  and  it  can  scare  denied  that  there  is  some  ground 
for  the  objection,  when  the  pursuits  of  general  knowledge  are  en- 
ftted  from  religion.     But  the  objects  of  science,  when 
I  exhibited^  and  accompanied  with  appropriate  reflections, 
have  a  x             'rent  tendency.     When  we  consider  the  number- 
multitudes  of  beings  which  exist  in  the  universe,  and  the 
immense  variety  of  processes  incessantly  going  forward  in  every 
department  of  nature  ;  when  we  consider  the  infinite  wisdom  and 
intelligence,  far  surpassing  human  comprehension,  which  they 
display ;   when  we  consider  the  immense  magnitude  and  extent 
of  the  universal  system  of  created  beings,  and  the  probability  that 
man  stands  near  the  lower  part  of  the  scale  of  rational  existence, 
and  is  only  like  an  atom  in  the  immensity  of  creation, — we  per- 
e  the  most  powerful  motives  for  humility  and  self-abasement. 
When  we  consider  the  benevolent  arrangements  in  the  elements 
around  us,  and  in  the  structure  and  functions  of  animated  beings, 
and  the  provision  made  for  their  subsistence,  it  has  a  natural  ten- 
>  inspire   the  heart  with  gratitude  and  af lection  towards 
.  from  whom  all  our  comforts  flow.     And  when  we  reflect  on 
ir  of  the  Deity  as  displayed  in  the  magnificence  of  his 
empire,  and  in  his  incessant  agency  throughout  all  its  provinces, 
should  it  not  inspire  us  with  reverence  and  adoration,  and  with 
a  lively  hope  that  a  period  will  arrive  when  we  shall  behold  the 
wonders  and  glories  of  his  creation  more  fully  unfolded  1  Such 
timents  and  emotions  the  works  of  God,  when  rightly  contem- 
are  fitted  to  produce  ;  and  to  overlook  them  in  our  instruc- 
3  to  the  young  is  to  deprive  them  of  some  of  the  purest  enjoy- 
ne  of  the  gi  advantages,  which  flow  from 
•  knowledge.     When  their  minds  are  deeply  impressed 
s,  they  are  in  some  measure  prepared  for  listen- 
declarations  of  the  inspired  volume,  and 
i  iving  the                id  sublimity  of  the  descriptions  it  gives 
off                       fGod. 

It  would  p<  smile  of  contempt  in  some  who  would 

spurn  at  the  idea  of  being  ranked  in  the  class  of  infidels,  were  I 

tsinuate,  thai  our  e  c  meetings  and  lectures  should  be 

lyer,  and  adoration  of  the  Divine  Being.     It  might 

indeed  admit  of  a  doubt  whether  it  would  be  expedient  to  attempt 

such  a  practice  Ml  the  present  state  of  society.     But  I  have  no 


HYPOCRISY    OF    SKEPTICAL    CHARACTERS.  321 


Public  Prayer  to  the  Deity 


■    hesitation  in  affirming,  that  to  acknowledge  God  in  all  our  pur- 
i   suits,  and  to  pay  Him  a  tribute  of  adoration,  are  dictates  of  natu- 
•   ral  as  well  as  of  revealed  religion,  and  that  a  Deist,  were  he  to  act 
!    in  consistency  with  his  avowed  principles,  would  engage  in  daily 
.    prayer  to  the  Great  Author  of  his  existence.     It  is  expressly  en- 
joined in  the  Scriptures,  "  In  all  thy  ways  acknowledge  God,  and 
.  he  shall  direct  thy  steps  ;"  and  it  is  declared  to  be  one  of  the 
characteristics  of  the  wicked  man,  "  that  God  is  not  in  all  his 
thoughts,"  and  that  "  through  the  pride  of  his  countenance  he  will 
.  not  call  upon  God."     If  we  firmly  believe  there   is  a  God,  we 
must  also  believe  that  he  is  present  in  all  places,  and  privy  to  all  our 
thoughts,  that  all  our  circumstances  and  wants  are  open  to  his 
Omniscient  eye,  and  that  "he  is  able  to  do  for  us  above  all  we 
can  ask  or  think."     Although  we  are  ignorant  of  the  precise  phy- 
sical connexion  between  prayer  and  the  bestowment  of  a  favour  by 
God,  yet  we  ought  to  engage  in  this  duty,  because  it  is  accor- 
dant with  the  idea  of  a  Supreme  Being,  on  whom  we  are  every 
moment  dependent,  and  has  therefore  been  acknowledged  by  the 
untaught  barbarian,  as  well  as  by  the  enlightened  Christian  ;  be- 
cause it  is  positively  enjoined  ;  because  there  is  a  connexion  es- 
tablished by  the  Creator  between  asking  and  receiving  ;  because 
it  tends  to  fix  our  thoughts  on  the  Omnipresence  of  the  Divine 
Mind,  to   impress  our  hearts  with  a  sense  of  the  blessings  of 
which  we  stand  in  need,  and  to  excite  earnest  desires  after  them  ; 
and  because  it  is  one  way  in  which  we  may  hold  a  direct  intercourse 
with  our  Creator.     I  would  not  envy  the  Christian  feelings  of  that 
man  who  can  habitually  engage  in  literary  compositions  or  scien- 
tific discussions,  without  acknowledging  his  Maker,  and  imploring 
his  direction  and  assistance.     Religion  degenerates  into  some- 
thing approaching  to  a  mere  inanity  when  its  spirit  and  principles 
I  are  not  carried  into  every  department  of  human  life  and  society, 
nor  its  requisitions  attended  to  in  every  secular  business  in  which 
we  engage.     Till  the  principles  of  Christianity  be  made  to  bear 
in  all  their  force  on  every  department  of  human  actions,  and 
especially  on  the  business  of  education,  we  can  scarcely  expect 
that  its  benign  tendency  will  be  generally  appreciated,  or  that  so- 
ciety will  reap  all  the  benefits  which  it  is  calculated  to  impart. 

There  are,  however,  certain  descriptions  of  literary  characters, 

who,  although  they  consider  it  expedient  to  pay  an  occasional 

.  compliment  to  Christianity,  would  consider  such  remarks  as  bor- 

I  dering  on  superstition  or  fanaticism.  When  we  talk  to  them  about 

'  the  Christian  revelation,  in  general  terms,  they  do  not  choose  to 

say  any  thing  directly  against  its  excellence  or  divine  authority ; 

but  if  we  descend  into  particulars,  and  expatiate  on  any  of  its 


'322  OM    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


Hypocrisy— Buflbn. 


fundamental  doctrines,  or  attempt  to  reduce  to  practice  its  holy 
requisitions,  we  arc  frequently  mei  with  a  contemptuous  sneer,  or 
a  cry  of  enthusiasm,  and  sometimes  with  a  harangue  against  the 
follies  of  Methodism,  or  of  Bible  and  Missionary  Societies.  We 
are  thus  led  to  infer,  w  ith  some  degree  of  reason,  that  such  cha- 
racters have  no  impressive  belief  of  the  Divine  origin   of  the 
Christian  system;  and  it  would  be  much  more  honourable  and 
consistent  at  once  to  avow  their  infidelity,  than  to  put  on  the  mask 
of  dissimulation  and  hypocrisy.      No  individual  ought  to  be  sub- 
jected to  any  civil  penalties  on  account  of  the  opinions  he  holds, 
as  lor  these  he  is  accountable  only  to  his  Maker  ;  nor  should  any 
opinions  be  attempted  to  be  extirpated  by  any  other  weapons  than 
the  strength  of  reason  and  the  force  of  arguments.     But,  at  the 
same  time,  it  is  requisite  that  society  should  know  the  leading 
principles  of  any  one  who  proposes  himself  as  a  public  instructer 
of  his  fellow-men,  in  order  that  they  may  judge  whether  it  would 
be  proper  to  place  their  relatives  under  the  instructions  of  one  who 
might   either   overlook  Christianity  altogether,  or   occasionally 
throw  out  insinuations  against  it.     To  act  the  hypocrite,  to  pro- 
fess a  decent  respect  for  the  Christian  religion,  while  the  princi- 
ples of  infidelity  are  fixed  in  the  mind,  accompanied  with  a  secret 
wish  to  undermine  its  foundations,  is  mean  and  contemptible,  un- 
v\  orthy  of  the  man  who  wishes  to  be  designated  by  the  title  of 
philosopher.    Yet  such  hypocrisy  is  not  at  all  uncommon  ;  it  was 
particularly  displayed  by  the  skeptical  philosophers  on  the  Con- 
tinent, prior  to  the  French  Revolution,  and  avowed  to  their  most 
intimate  associates. 

Bi/Jfon,  the  natural  historian,  who  appears  to  have  been  an 
atheist,  was  also,  according  to  his  own  confession,  a  consummate 
hypocrite.  In  a  conversation  with  M.  Herault  Sechelles,  in  1785, 
about  four  years  before  his  death,  and  when  he  was  in  the  seven- 
ty-eighth year  of  his  age,  he  declared,  "In  my  writings  I  have 
always  spoken  of  the  Creator  ;  but  it  easy  to  efface  that  word, 
and  substitute  in  its  place,  the  powers  of  nature,  which  consist  in 
the  |  and  laws  of  attraction  and  repulsion.     When  the  Sor- 

bonne*  become  troublesome  to  me,  I  never  scruple  to  give  them 
faction  they  require.  It  is  but  a  sound,  and  men  are 
foolish  enough  to  he  contented  with  it.  Upon  this  account,  if  I 
were  ill,  and  (bund  my  end  approaching,  I  should  not  hesitate  to 
ive  the  sacrament.  Helvetius  was  my  intimate  friend,  and  has 
frequently  visited  me  at  Montbart.  I  have  repeatedly  advised 
him  to  discretion  ;  and  had  he  followed  my  advice,  he 

iuld  have  hem   much  happier."     "  My  first  work,"  continued 

The  faculty  of  Theology  at  Paris. 


HYPOCRISY  OF  SKEPTICAL  CHARACTERS.        323 


Anecdotes  of  Buffon. 


he,  "  appeared  at  the  same  time  with  .L'  Esprit  des  Lois,     Jfflon- 
tesqmeu  and  myself  were  tormented  by  the  Sorbonne,     The  pre- 
sident was  violent.     "  What  have  you  to  answer  for  yourself 7" 
says  he  to  me,  in  an   angry  tone.    "  Nothing  at  a//,"  was  my 
answer,  and  he  was  silenced  and  perfectly  thunderstruck  at  my 
|  indifference."      In  perfect  accordance  with  such   a  system  of 
.  hypocrisy,  Buffon  kept  a  father  confessor  almost  constantly  with 
him,  to  whom  he  was  in  the  habit  of  confessing,  in  the  same 
apartment  where  he  had  developed  the  Principles  of  Materialism, 
which,  according  to  his  system  was  an  abnegation  of  immortality. 
(  He  also  regularly  attended  mass  on  Sundays,  unless  prevented 
t  by  indisposition,  and  communicated  in  the  Chapel  of  the  Glory, 
.  every  Whitsuntide.  '  Though  he  heartily  despised   his  priestly 
j  confessor,  he  nattered  and  cajoled  him  with  pompous  promises, 
j  and  condescending  attentions.     "  I  have  seen  this  priest,"  says 
)  Sechelies,  "  in  the  absence  of  the  domestics,  hand  over  a  towel 
I  to  the  count,  set  the  dining-table  before  him,  and  perform  such- 
like  menial  services.     Buffon  rewards  these  attentions  with,  I 
thank  you,  my  dear  child"     Such  was  the  habitual  hypocrisy  of 
I  this  philosopher ;  and,  said  he,  "  it  has  been  observed  by  me  in 
I  all  my  writings  :  I  have  published  the  one  after  the  other  in  such 
!  a  manner,  that  men  of  vulgar  capacities  should  not  be  able  to 
trace  the   chain  of  my  thoughts."     His  intolerable  vanity  and 
I  pomposity,  his  breach  of  promises,  the  grossness  of  his  conver- 
sation, and  his  numerous  amours  and  intrigues,  were  in  perfect 
,  correspondence  with  such  principles,  and  the  natural  result  of 
!  them.  "  His  pleasantries,"  says  Sechelies,  "  were  so  void  of  de~ 
:  licacy,  that  the  females  were  obliged  to  quit  the  room."*     What 
a  scene  of  moral  anarchy  would  be  introduced,  were  such  prin- 
ciples to  be  universally  inculcated  and  acted  upon  in  society !  All 
j  confidence  between  man  and  man  would  be  shaken,  and  the 
i  foundations  of  the  social  system  undermined  and  destroyed.    Yet 
such  was  the  morality  which  almost  universally  prevailed  among 
j  the  continental  philosophers,  in  consequence  of  the  skeptical  and 
'  atheistical  principles  they  had  imbibed.     Truth,  sincerity,  mo- 
I  desty,  humility,  and  moral  obligation  formed  no  part  of  the  code 
of  their  morality ;  and  such,  in  all  probability,  would  soon  be  the 
i  result  in  our  own  country,  were  the  pursuits  of  science  and  phi- 
losophy to  be  completely  dissevered  from  religion. 

In  the  last  place,  there  are  several  topics  connected  with  reli- 
jgion  which  might  occasionally  be  made  the  subjects  of  discussion 

*  See  an  account  of  some  particulars  in  the  private  life  of  Buffon,  by  M. 
Sechelies,  one  of  his  admirers,  in  the  Monthly  Magazine  for  July,  1797,  sup- 
plementary No.  vol.  3,  pp.  493 — 501. 


324  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Immortality  of  the  Soul. 


in  scientific  associations  :  such,  for  example,  are  the  evidences 
and  importance  of  the  Christian  Revelation — the  physical  and 
moral  facts  to  which  it  occasionally  adverts — the  attributes  of  the 
Divinity — the  genera]  principles  of  moral  action — the  laws  which 
the  Creator  has  promulgated  for  preserving  the  order  of  the  in- 
telligent system,  and  the  foundation  on  which  they  rest — the  evi- 
dences lor  the  immortality  of  the  soul,  and  the  eternal  destiny  of 
man.  These  and  similar  topics  might,  on  certain  occasions,  be- 
come subjects  of  investigation,  as  they  can  be  illustrated  without 
entering  on  the  arena  of  theological  controversy,  or  descending 
within  the  limits  of  sectarian  opinions.  I  do  not  mean  to  say 
that  they  should  be  discussed  according  to  the  method  of  forensic 
disputations,  by  opposite  parties  taking  different  sides  of  a  ques- 
tion— a  mode  of  communicating  knowledge  the  tendency  of  which 
is  very  questionable — but  that  certain  positions  in  reference  to 
them  should  be  proved  and  illustrated,  in  a  direct  manner,  in  the 
form  of  essays,  lectures,  or  oral  instructions.  The  topics  now 
specified,  and  those  which  are  intimately  related  to  them,  are  sub- 
jects of  the  deepest  interest  and  importance  to  every  individual 
of  the  human  race ;  and,  therefore,  no  valid  reason  can  be  as- 
signed why  such  subjects  should  not  be  occasionally  elucidated 
in  literary  and  scientific  seminaries,  if  it  be  one  object  of  such 
institutions  to  promote  the  happiness  and — what  is  essentially  re- 
quisite to  it — the  moral  improvement  of  mankind. 

For  example,  is  it  not  in  the  highest  degree  important  to  every 
human  being  that  he  should  be  convinced  of  his  immortal  destiny, 
and  have  his  mind  impressed  with  the  realities  of  a  future  world 
— that  he  should  ascertain  whether,  at  death,  he  is  to  be  reduced 
forever  into  the  same  situation  as  the  clods  of  the  valley,  or 
transported  to  a  more  expansive  sphere  of  existence?  Take 
away  from  man  the  prospect  of  immortality,  and  you  throw  a 
veil  of  darkness  and  mystery  over  all  the  scenes  of  creation ;  you 
reduce  the  moral  world  to  a  scene  of  confusion,  and  involve  the 
ways  of  Providence  in  a  dark  inextricable  maze  ;  you  inwrap  the 
character  of  the  Deity  in  awful  obscurity,  and  terminate  every 
prospect  of  becoming  more  fully  acquainted  with  the  magnificence 
of  the  universe  ;  you  reduce  man  to  an  enigma — to  the  most  in- 
explicable phenomenon  in  creation,  and  annihilate  the  strongest 
motives  to  the  practice  of  virtue.  But  this  is  not  all ;  you  remove 
the  most  powerful  motives  to  the  pursuit  of  scientific  knowledge; 
for,  in  this  case,  you  confine  its  beneficial  results  merely  to  the 
promotion  of  the  comforts  and  conveniences  of  the  present  tran- 
sitory life  ;  and  the  discoveries  of  the  order  and  extent  of  the 
universe  it  unfolds,  and  the  speculations  to  which  they  lead,  tend 


IMPORTANCE    OF    RELIGIOUS    TRUTHS.  325 

•J-  -i  ■  -  ; 

Immortality  of  the  Soul. 

§  ;only  to  bewilder  and  perplex  the  mind,  when  it  is  cut  off  from  all 
1  'hopes  of  prosecuting  its  inquiries  beyond  the  grave,  and  of  be- 
;  holding  the  mysterious  scenes  of  creation  more  fully  displayed. 
'On  this  ground,  a  man  who  is  exhorted  to  cultivate  an  acquaint- 
■  -ance  with  science,  might,  with  some  reason,  exclaim,  "  Of  what 
;  avail  is  it  to  spend  anxious  days  and  sleepless  nights  in  acquiring 
scientific  knowledge,  when  it  may  be  all  lost  before  to-morrow's 
'  -dawn,  or,  at  the  farthest,  after  the  lapse  of  a  few  short  years,  when 
my  intellectual  faculties  shall  be  annihilated  1     I  can  acquire  but 
lra  few  scattered  fragments  of  it  at  most,  although  I  were  to  prose- 
cute my  researches  as  far  as  the  most  distinguished  geniuses  have 
ever  advanced  ;  and  I  must  quit  the  field  of  investigation  before 
■the  ten-thousandth  part  of  it  is  half  explored.     Had  I  a  prospect 
-of  enlarging  my  faculties  and  resuming  my  researches  in  a  future 
'state  of  being,  I  might  engage  in  them  with  some  degree  of  inte- 
rest and  vigour  ;  but  to   one  who  is  uncertain  whether  his  con- 
nexion with  the  intelligent  universe  shall  be  continued  for  another 
day,  it  appears  quite  preposterous,  and  tends  to  deprive  me  of 
many  sensitive  gratifications  which  I  find  essential  to  my  present 
-enjoyment."     What  is  affirmed  of  happiness,  in  general,  may  be 
applied  to  knowledge,  one  of  its  ingredients,  that  the  expectation 
of  its  permanency  is  indispensably  requisite  to  its  perfection.     It 
is  the  prospect  of  science  being  prosecuted  in  a  future  world  and 
carried  to  perfection,  that  confers  a  dignity  on  its  objects,  and 
forms  the  most  powerful  motive  to  engage  in  its  pursuits  ;  and, 
in  this  point  of  view,  it  may  be  considered  as  forming  a  part  of 
that  training  which  is  requisite  to  prepare  us  for  the  activities,  the 
^contemplations,  and  enjoyments  of  that  higher  sphere  of  existence. 
•But  where  no  such  hopes  are  indulged,  intellectual  pursuits  are 
deprived  of  their  chief  excellence  and  importance,  and  the  best 
^affections  of  the  heart  of  their  sublimest  objects  and  most  exalted 
pleasures;  and  the  more  the  powers  of  the  mind  have  been  exer- 
cised and  improved,  and  the  more  it  feels  itself  prepared  for  a  se- 
ries of  rational  enjoyments,  the  more  chagrined  and  disappointed 
jnust  it  feel  when  years  roll  away,  and  it  approaches  the  point 
ftvhere  it  is  to  sink  into  eternal  oblivion.     Without  the  hopes  of 
'admission  to  future  sources  of  enjoyment  at  the  hour  of  dissolu- 
Tion,  we  may  assume  an  air  of  composure,  because  we  are  una- 
ble to  resist,  or  an  air  of  fortitude  from  the  last  efforts  of  pride  ; 
but,  in  point  of  fact,  we  can  await  the  extinction  of  our  being  only 
jwith  a  mournful  and  melancholy  gloom. 

j  This  representation  has  frequently  been  realized  in  the  case  of 
%ien  of  cultivated  minds,  who  had  thrown  aside  the  obligations  of 
religion  and  the  idea  of  a  future  world,  when  they  approached  the 

i   28 


326  ON    THE    GENERAL  DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 


Voltain — Buffon— Gibbon. 


Confines  of  the   tomb  ;    of  which  the   following  instances  may 
suffice  : — I'oltuirc,  when  approaching  his  dissolution,  looked  back 
upon   protracted  years  with  remorse,  and  forward  with  dismay. 
lie  wished  for  annihilation,  through  the  dread  of  something  worse. 
He  attempted  to  unburden  his  troubled  mind  by  confession  to  a 
priest  ;  and  he  placed  his  hopes  of  peace  with  Heaven  in  an  eager 
conformity  to  those  rituals  which  he  incessantly  treated  with  con- 
tempt.    In  a  previous  indisposition  he  insisted  upon  sending  for 
a  priest,  contrary  to  the  warmest  remonstrances  of  his  friends  and 
attendants.     On  recovery  he  was  ashamed  of  his  conduct,  and 
ridiculed    his  own  pusillanimity.     This  pusillanimity,  however, 
returned  upon  a  relapse  ;  and  he  had  again  recourse  to  the  mise- 
rable remedy.     He  acknowledged  to  Dr.  Tronchin,  his  physician, 
the  agonies  of  his  mind,  and  earnestly  entreated  him  to  procure  for 
his  perusal  a  treatise  written  against  the  eternity  of  future  punish- 
ment.  These  facts  were  communicated  to  Dr.  Cogan  by  a  gentle- 
man highly  respected  in  the  philosophical  world,  who  received  them 
directly  from  Dr.  Tronchin  ;  and  they  concur  with  many  others  in 
demonstrating  the  impossibility  of  enjoying  permanent  felicity 
without  the  hopes  and  consolations  of  religion.     M.  Sechelles,  to 
whose  narrative  I  lately  referred,  relates,  that  in  one  of  his  con- 
versations with  Buffon,  the  count  declared,    "I  hope  to  live  two 
or  three  years  longer,  to  indulge  my  habit  of  working  in  literary 
avocations.     I  am  not  afraid  of  death,  and  am  consoled  by  the 
thought  that  my  name  will  never   die.     I  feel  myself  fully  re- 
compensed for  all  my  labours  by  the  respect  which  Europe  has 
paid  to  my  talents,  and  by  the  flattering  letters  I  have  received 
from  the  most  exalted  personages."     Such  were  the  consolations 
which  this  philosopher  enjoyed  in  the  prospect  of  the  extinction 
of  his  being.     His  name  would  live  when  he  himself  was  for  ever 
blotted  out  from  that  creation  which  it  was  the  object  of  his 
writings  to  describe  !     But  that  his  mind   was  not  altogether 
reconciled  to   the  idea  of  sinking  into  eternal  oblivion  may  be 
inferred  from  another  anecdote,  related  by  the  same  gentleman. 
"  One  evening  I  read  to  Buffon  the  verses  of  Thomas  on  the 
immortality  of  the  soul.     He  smiled.     '  Par  Dieu?  says  he,  '  re- 
ligion   would  be  a  valuable   gift  if  all  this  were  true?  "     This 
remark  evidently  implied  that  the  system  he  had  adopted  was  not 
calculated  to  present  so  cheerful  a  prospect  of  futurity  as  the 
system  of  Rev<  lation. 

Gibbon^  the  a  lebrated  historian  of  the  "Rise  and  Fall  of  the 
Roman  Empire,"  had  his  mind  early  tinctured  with  the  principles  j 
of  infidelity  ;  and  hi- historical  writings  are  distinguished  by  so-  ; 
veral  insidious  attacks  on  Christianity,  by  unfair  and   unmanly 


GLOOMY    PROSPECTS    OF    INFIDELITY.  327 

Gibbon — Hume. 

sneers  at  the  religion  of  his  country,  and  by  the  loose  and  disre- 
spectful manner  in  which  he  mentions  many  points  of  morality 
regarded  as  important,  even  on  the  principles  of  natural  religion. 
Such  appears  to  have  been  his  eagerness  in  this  cause,  that  he 
stooped  to  the  most  despicable  pun,  or  to  the  most  awkward  per- 
version of  language,  for  the  pleasure  of  turning  the  Scripture  into 
ribaldry,  or  calling  Jesus  an  impostor.  Yet  he  appears  to  have 
been  actuated  by  the  same  spirit  of  hypocrisy  which  distinguished 
BufFon  and  his  philosophical  associates  :  for,  notwithstanding  his 
aversion  to  Christianity,  he  would  have  felt  no  scruple  in  accept- 
ing an  office  in  the  church,  provided  it  had  contributed  to  his  pe- 
cuniary interests.  On  the  occasion  of  his  father  having  been 
•  obliged  to  mortgage  part  of  his  estate,  he  thus  expresses  himself: 
' "  I  regret  that  I  had  not  embraced  the  lucrative  pursuits  of  the 
law  or  of  trade,  the  chances  of  civil  office  or  India  adventure,  or 
even  the  fat  slumbers  of  the  church."  Such  is  too  frequently  the 
morality  displayed  by  infidels,  and  there  is  reason  to  suspect  that 
the  church  is  not  altogether  purged  of  them  even  in  the  present 
day.  That  Gibbon's  principles  were  not  sufficient  to  support  his 
mind  in  the  prospect  of  dissolution,  appears  from  many  expres- 
sions in  the  collection  of  his  letters  published  by  Lord  Sheffield  ; 
in  which  are  to  be  traced  many  instances  of  the  high  value  which 
he  placed  upon  existence,  and  of  the  regret  with  which  he  per- 
ceived his  years  to  be  rapidly  passing  away.  His  letter  on  the 
death  of  Mrs.  Posen  bears  every  mark  of  the  despondent  state  of 
his  mind  at  the  idea  that  "  all  is  now  lost,  finally,  irrecoverably 
lost  /"  He  adds,  "  I  will  agree  with  my  lady,  that//ie  immortality 
of  the  soul  is,  at  some  times,  a  very  comfortable  doctrine."  The 
announcement  of  his  death  in  the  public  prints,  in  January,  1794, 
was  accompanied  with  this  remark :  "  He  left  this  world  in  gloomy 
despondency,  without  those  hopes  and  consolations  which  cheer 
the  Christian  in  the  prospects  of  immortality."  Dr.  A.  Smith,  in 
the  account  he  gives  of  the  last  illness  of  Hume,  the  historian, 
seems  to  triumph  in  the  fortitude  which  he  manifested  in  the 
prospect  of  his  dissolution  ;  and  he  adduces  a  playfulness  of  ex- 
1  pression  as  an  evidence  of  it,  in  his  jocular  allusion  to  Charon  and 
his  boat.  But,  as  Dr.  Cogan,  in  his  Treatise  on  the  Passions, 
very  properly  remarks,  "  A  moment  of  vivacity,  upon  the  visit  of 
a  friend,  will  not  conduct  us  to  the  recesses  of  the  heart,  or  dis- 
cover its  feelings  in  the  hours  of  solitude."  It  is,  indeed,  alto- 
I  gether  unnatural  for  a  man  who  set  so  high  a  value  upon  his  lite- 
<  rary  reputation,  and  certainly  very  unsuitable  to  the  momentous 
occasion,  to  indulge  in  such  childish  pleasantries  as  Hume  is  re- 
*  presented  to  have  done,  at  the  moment  when  he  considered  him- 

i 


328  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 

Diderot 

self  as  just  about  to  be  launched  into  non-existence;  and,  there- 
fore, we  have  some  reason  to  suspect  that  his  apparent  tranquillity 
was  partly  the  effect  of  vanity  and  affectation.  "  He  has  con- 
fessed," says  Dr.  Cogan,  "in  the  most  explicit  terms,  that  his 
priic  iplea  were  not  calculated  to  administer  consolation  to  a 
thinking  mind*"  This  appears  from  the  following  passage  in  his 
Treatise  on  Human  Nature.  "  I  am  affrighted  and  confounded 
with  that  forlorn  solitude  in  which  I  am  placed  hy  my  philosophy. 
When  1  look  abroad,  I  foresee,  on  every  side,  dispute,  contra- 
diction, and  distraction.  'When  I  turn  my  eye  inward,  I  find 
nothing  but  doubt  and  ignorance.  Where  am  I,  or  what?  From 
what  causes  do  I  derive  my  existence,  and  to  what  condition 
shall  I  return  ?  I  am  confounded  with  these  questions,  and  be- 
gin to  fancy  myself  in  the  most  deplorable  condition  imaginable, 
environed  with  the  deepest  darkness."  * 

Diderot,  one  of  the  French  philosophists,  was  a  man  of  very 
considerable  acquirements  in  literature  and  in  the  physical 
sciences.  The  first  publication  by  which  he  attracted  public 
notice  was  a  volume  written  against  the  Christian  religion,  enti- 
tled Pensees  Philosophiques.  Afterward,  in  company  with  Vol- 
taire and  D'Alembert,  he  conducted  the  publication  of  the  Die- 
tionHaire  Encyclopediqne,  the  secret  object  of  which  was  to  sap 
the  foundations  of  all  religion,  while  the  reader,  at  the  same  time, 
was  presented  with  the  most  splendid  articles  on  the  belles-lettres, 
mathematics,  and  different  branches  of  physical  science.  While 
a  weak  divine,  to  whom  the  theological  department  of  the  work 
wTas  committed,  was  supporting,  by  the  best  arguments  he  could 
devise,  the  religion  of  his  country,  Diderot  and  D'Alembert  were 
overturning  those  arguments  under  titles  which  properly  allowed 
of  no  such  disquisitions  ;  and  that  the  object  of  these  digressions 
might  not  pass  unnoticed  by  any  class  of  readers,  care  was  taken 
to  r<  fer  to  them  from  the  articles  where  the  question  was  discussed 
by  the  divine.  If  ere  was  an  example  of  that  hypocrisy  to  which 
I  have  already  adverted,  as  characteristic  of  the  sect  of  infidel 
philosophers;  and  the  following  anecdote  is  illustrative  of  similar 
disingenuity,  coupled  with  almost  unparalleled  impudence.  la 
the  course  of  his  correspondence  with  the  late  Empress  of  Rus- 
Diderot  mentioned  his  own  library  as  one  of  the  most  valuable 
in  Europe,  although  it  is  supposed  not  to  have  contained  above  a 
hundred  volumes.  IVhen  Catherine  wanted  to  purchase  it  and 
make  him  librarian,  he  said  that  his  constitution  could  not  support 
th'-  cold  climate  of  Petersburgh.     She  offered  to  let  him  keep  it 

*  Treati.se  on  Human  Nature,  vol.  i.  p.  458. 


gloomy  Prospects  of  infidelity.  329 

Diderot. 

during  his  lifetime  at  Paris  ;  and  the  library  was  sold  for  an  im- 
mense price.  When  her  ambassador  wanted  to  see  it,  after  a 
year  or  two's  payments,  and  the  visitation  could  no  longer  be  put 
off,  he  was  obliged  to  run  in  a  hurry  through  all  the  booksellers' 
shops  in  Germany,  to  fill  his  empty  shelves  with  old  volumes.  It 
was  customary  for  Diderot  and  D'Alembert  to  frequent  the  coffee- 
houses of  Paris,  and  to  enter  with  keenness  into  religious  dis- 
putes, the  former  attacking  Christianity,  and  the  latter,  under  the 
mask  of  piety,  defending  it,  but  always  yielding  to  the  arguments 
of  his  opponent.  This  practice  was  put  a  stop  to  by  the  police; 
and  Diderot,  when  reproached  by  the  lieutenant  for  preaching 
atheism,  replied,  "  It  is  true,  I  am  an  Atheist,  and  I  glory  in  it." 
But  such  principles  will  not  always  support  the  mind,  nor  did 
they  support  the  mind  of  Diderot,  when  his  dissolution  approach- 
ed. When  he  perceived  that  death  was  at  no  great  distance,  he 
desired  that  a  priest  might  be  brought,  and  the  cure  de  St.  Sul- 
pice  was  introduced  to  him.  He  saw  this  ecclesiastic  several 
times,  and  was  preparing  to  make  a  public  recantation  of  his 
errors  ;  but  Condorcet  and  the  other  adepts  now  crowded  about 
him,  persuaded  him  that  his  case  was  not  dangerous,  and  that 
country  air  would  restore  him  to  health.  For  some  time  he  re- 
sisted their  attempts  to  bring  him  back  to  atheism,  but  they 
secretly  hurried  him  to  the  country,  where  he  died,  and  a  report 
was  spread  that  he  died  suddenly  on  rising  from  the  table,  with- 
out remorse,  and  with  his  atheism  unshaken. 

Such  are  the  native  effects  of  the  highest  intellectual  accom- 
plishments, and  the  most  brilliant  acquirements  in  science,  when 
unaccompanied  with  the  spirit  of  true  religion  and  of  Christian 
morality.  They  cannot  improve  the  moral  order  of  society;  they 
cannot  procure  for  their  possessors  substantial  enjoyment,  even 
in  the  present  life;  and  they  are  altogether  inadequate  to  support 
and  tranquillize  the  soul  in  the  prospect  of  the  agonies  of  dissolv- 
ing nature.  Notwithstanding  the  rational  gratifications  such 
persons  may  have  occasionally  enjoyed  in  philosophical  pursuits, 
they  must  be  obliged  to  confess  that  they  have  acquired  no  equi- 
valent for  those  joys  which  frequently  animate  the  hearts  of  the 
most  illiterate,  who  are  sometimes  enabled  to  look  forward  to  the 
king  of  terrors  without  dismay,  and  to  depart  in  peace  with  hopes 
full  of  immortality, — when  the  philosophist  is  obliged  to  exclaim, 
*'  All  is  now  lost,  finally  and  irrecoverably  lost."  Yet  such  is  the 
tendency  of  the  principles  which  are  now  in  operation  in  our  lite- 
rary and  scientific  seminaries,  and  such  the  result  to  which  we 
must  ultimately  look  forward,  should  the  principles  of  religion  be 
discarded  from  the  pursuits  of  knowledge. 
28 


330  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE, 


(.'<>lirlusio;i. 


li  is  therefore  to  be  hoped,  that  all  who  have  a  sincere  regard 
tor  the  promotion  of  science,  for  the  interests  of  religion,  and  for 
the  welfare  of  their  country,  will  devote  a  portion  of  their  atten- 
tion to  tliis  important  subject,  and  set  their  faces  in  opposition  to 
the  spirit  o(  that  skeptical  philosophy  which  has  so  long  debased 
and  demoralized  the  continental  philosophists.  Were  all  the  in- 
structions delivered  in  our  seminaries,  from  infant  schools,  through 
all  the  gradations  of  grammar  and  parochial  establishments,  me- 
chanics' institutions,  academics,  and  universities,  judiciously 
amalgamated  with  the  principles  of  pure  and  undefiled  religion, 
it  would  doubtless  be  accompanied  with  a  variety  of  pleasing  and 
ficial  effects.  It  would  tend  to  remove  the  prejudices  which 
a  considerable  portion  of  the  religious  world  still  entertain  against 
the  pursuits  of  science, — it  would  lead  to  correct  and  rational 
views  of  the  Christian  system,  and  tend  to  dissipate  those  foolish 
and  superstitious  notions  which  have  too  frequently  been  grafted 
upon  it, — it  would  promote  the  interests  of  genuine  morality 
among  society  at  large, — it  would  fit  the  inferior  ranks  of  the 
community  for  taking  a  part  in  the  elective  franchise  and  govern- 
ment of  their  country,  and  the  higher  ranks  for  promoting  the 
enactment  of  lawrs  congenial  to  the  spirit  of  true  religion,  and 
promotive  of  the  best  interests  of  the  nation, — it  would  tend  to 
secure  the  peace  and  tranquillity  of  nations,  by  undermining  the 
malignant  passions  from  which  wars  and  contentions  derive  their 
origin, — it  would  introduce  a  general  spirit  of  philanthropy,  and 
give  efficacy  to  the  means  employed,  for  promoting  the  knowledge 
of  Christianity  throughout  the  world,  and  would,  ere  long,  ushei 
in  the  period  foretold  in  ancient  prophecy,  when  "the  knowledge 
of  Jehovah  shall  cover  the  earth,  as  the  waters  cover  the  chan- 
nels of  the  deep,"  and  "when  righteousness  and  praise  shall* 
spring  forth  before  all  nations." 


APPENDIX, 


No.  I. — Ignorance  of  the  Dark  Ages.     Page  12,  &c. 

The  following  facts,  chiefly  extracted  from  Dr.  Robertson^ 
History  of  Charles  V.,  will  show  the  low  state  of  literature  and 
the  deplorable  ignorance  which  characterized  the  period  to  which 
the  text  refers.     In  the  ninth  century,  Herbaud  Comes  Palatii, 
though  supreme  judge  of  the  empire,  by  virtue  of  his  office,  could 
not  subscribe  his  name.     As  late  as  the  fourteenth  century,  Du 
Guesclin,  Constable  of  France,  the  greatest  man  in  the  state, 
could  neither  read  nor  write.     Nor  was  this  ignorance  confined 
to  laymen — the  greater  part  even  of  the  clergy  were  not  many 
degrees  superior  to  them  in  science.     Many  dignified  ecclesia*- 
tics  could  not  subscribe  the  canons  of  those  councils  of  which 
they  sat  as  members.     One  of  the  questions  appointed  by  the 
canons  to  be  put  to  persons  who  were  candidates  for  holy  orders 
was  this — "  Whether  they  could  read  the  Gospels  and  Epistles, 
and  explain  the  tenor  of  them,  at  least  literally?' — Alfred  the 
Great  complained  that  from  the  Humber  to  the  Thames  there 
was  not  a  priest  who  understood  the  liturgy  in  his  mother  tongue? 
or  who  could  translate  the  easiest  piece  of  Latin  ;  and  that  from 
the  Thames  to  the  sea  the  ecclesiastics  were  still  more  ignorant 
The  ignorance  of  the  clergy  is  quaintly  described  by  Alanus,  an 
author  of  the  dark  ages,  in  the  following  words  :  "  Potius  dediti 
guise  quam  glosssc  ;  potius  colligunt  libras  quam  legunt  libros  ; 
libentius  intuentur  Martham  quam  Marcum ;  malunt  legere  in 
Sahnone  quam  in  Solomone," — t.  e.   They  gave  themselves  more 
willingly  to  the  pleasures  of  gluttony  than  to  the  learning  of 
languages  ;   they  chose  rather  to  collect  money  than  to   read 
books  ;  they  looked  upon  JVIartha  with  a  more  affectionate  eye 
than  upon  Mark  ;  and  they  found  more  delight  in  reading  in 
Salmon  than  in  Solomon. 

One  of  the  causes  of  the  universal  ignorance  which  prevailed 
during  that  period  was  the  scarcity  of  books,  along  with  their 
exorbitant  price,  and  the  difficulty  of  rendering  them  more  com- 
mon.    The  Ptomans  wrote  their  books  either  on  parchment  or 


332  APPENDIX. 


Scarcity  and  Value  of  Books. 


00  paper  made  of  the  Egyptian  papyrus.     The  latter,  being  the 
cheapest,  was  of  course  the  most  commonly  used.     But  after 
the  communication  between  Europe  and  Egypt  was  broken  off, 
on  account  of  the  latter  having  been  seized  upon  by  the  Saracens, 
the  papyrus  was  no  longer  in  use  in  Italy  and  other  European 
countries.    They  were  obliged,  on  that  account,  to  write  all  their 
books  upon  parchment  :  and  as  its  price  was  high,  books  became 
extremely  rare,  and  of  great  value.     We  may  judge  of  the  scarcity 
of  the  materials  for  writing  them  from  one  circumstance.     There 
still  remain  several  manuscripts  of  the  eighth,  ninth,  and  follow- 
ing centuries,  written  on  parchment,  from  which  some  former 
writing  had  been  erased,  in  order  to  substitute  a  new  composition 
in  its  place.     In  this  manner,  it  is  probable,  several  works  of  the 
ancients  perished.    A  book  of  Livy  or  of  Tacitus  might  be  erased 
to  make  room  for  the  legendary  tale  of  a  saint,  or  the  superstitious 
prayers  of  a  missal.     Many  circumstances  prove  the  scarcity  of 
books  during  these  ages.    Private  persons  seldom  possessed  any 
books  whatever.      Even  monasteries  of  considerable  note  had 
only  one  missal.     Lupus,  Abbot  of  Ferriers,  in  a  letter  to  the 
pope,  A.  D.  855,  beseeches  him  to  send  him  a  copy  of  Cicero 
De  Oratore,  and  Quintilian's  "  Institutions" — "  For,"  says  he, 
11  although  we  have  part  of  those  books,  there  is  no  complete 
copy  of  them  in  all  France."     The  price  of  books  became  so 
high  that  persons  of  a  moderate  fortune  could  not  afford  to  pur- 
chase them.     The  Countess  of  Anjou  paid  for  a  copy  of  the 
Homilies  of  Hamon,  Bishop  of  Alberstadt,  two  hundred  sheep, 
five  quarters  of  wheat,  and  the  same  quantity  of  rye  and  millet. 
Even  so  late  as  the  year  1471,  when  Louis  XI.  borrowed  the 
works  of  Racis,  the  Arabian  physician,  from  the  faculty  of  medi- 
cine in  Paris,  he  not  only  deposited  in  pledge  a  considerable 
quantity  of  plate,  but  was  obliged  to  procure  a  nobleman  to  join 
with  him  as  surety  in  a  deed,  binding  himself  under  a  great  for- 
feiture to  restore  it.    When  any  person  made  a  present  of  a  book 
to  a  church  or  monastery,  in  which  were  the  only  libraries  during 
several   ;iLr<  s,  it  was  deemed  a  donative  of  such  value,  that  he 
offered  it  on  the  altar  pro  remedio  animoz  suet,  in  order  to  obtain 
the  forgiveness  of  his  sins.     In  the  eleventh  century,  the  art  of 
making  paper,  in  the  manner  now  become  universal,  was  invent- 
ed :  by  means  of  which,  not  only  the  number  of  manuscripts 
increased,  but  the  study  of  the  sciences  was  wonderfully  faci- 
litated. 


SUPERSTITIONS    RESPECTING    COMETS.  333' 

Extraordinary  Comets. 

No.  II. — Foolish  and  Superstitious  Opinions  respecting  Comets 
and  Eclipses.     Page  22. 

Aristotle  held  comets  to  be  fiery  exhalations,  rising  from  the 
lower  atmosphere  to  the  upper  or  fiery  region,  condensing  during 
.heir  rapid  descent,  kindling  on  their  near  approach  to  the  em- 
*yreum,  and  burning  until  exhausted.  Leonard  JDigges,  an 
tlmanac  maker  of  the  fourteenth  century,  affirmed  of  comets, 
4  That  they  signifie  corruption  of  the  ayre  ;  they  are  signs  of 
earthquake,  of  warres,  chaunging  of  kingdomes,  great  dearth  of 
;orne,  yea  a  common  death  of  man  and  beast." — Bodin  supposed 
•hem  spirits,  which,  having  lived  on  the  earth  innumerable  agesr 
and  having  at  last  completed  their  term  of  existence,  celebrate 
their  last  triumphs,  or  are  recalled  to  heaven,  in  the  form  of  shin- 
ing stars.  In  the  records  of  former  ages,  we  read  of  a  comet 
u  coming  out  from  an  opening  in  the  heavens,  like  to  a  dragon 
with  blue  feet,  and  a  head  covered  with  snakes."  And  we  are 
told  that  "  in  the  year  1527,  about  four  in  the  morning,  not  only 
in  the  palatinate  of  the  Rhine,  but  nearly  over  all  Europe,  appear- 
ed for  an  hour  and  a  quarter  a  most  horrible  comet  in  this  sort. 
In  its  length  it  was  of  a  bloody  colour,  inclining  to  saffron.  From 
the  top  of  its  train  appeared  a  bended  arm,  in  the  hand  whereof 
«vas  a  huge  sword,  in  the  instant  posture  of  striking.  At  the 
^oint  of  the  sword  was  a  star.  From  the  star  proceeded  dusky 
rays,  like  a  hairy  tail  ;  on  the  side  of  them  other  rays  like  jave- 
lins, or  lesser  swords,  as  if  imbrued  in  blood  ;  between  which 
ippeared  human  faces  of  the  colour  of  blackish  clouds,  with  rough 
aair  and  beards.  All  these  moved  with  such  terrible  sparkling 
and  brightness,  that  many  spectators  swooned  with  fear." — 
Rosenburgi,  "  Exempla  Cometarum." 

The  comet  of  1454,  seen  at  Constantinople,  seemed  there  to 
be  moving  in  the  firmament  from  west  to  east,  and  to  present  the 
aspect  of  a  flaming  sword.  From  its  great  magnitude,  it  is  said 
even  to  have  eclipsed  the  moon,  and  created  among  the  Turks 
the  utmost  consternation,  as  it  was  thought  to  prognosticate 
nothing  less  than  a  crusade  from  all  the  kingdoms  of  Christen- 
dom, and  forebode  the  certain  overthrow  of  the  crescent.  Only 
two  years  afterward,  when,  notwithstanding  these  direful  omens, 
the  Turkish  arms  had  proved  eminently  victorious,  and  were 
spreading  dismay  over  all  Europe,  Halley's  comet,  in  1456,  with 
a  long  tail  turned  towards  the  east,  created  reciprocal  and  still 
greater  alarms  on  the  part  of  the  Christians.  Pope  Calixtus  be- 
lieved it  to  be  at  once  the  sign  and  instrument  of  divine  wrath  ; 


334  APPENDIX, 


Ignorance  of  the  Nature  of  Comets. 


r 


he  ord<  red  public  prayers  to  be  offered  up,  and  decreed  that  in 
every  town  the  bells  should  be  tolled  at  mid-day,  to  warn  the 
people  to  supplicate  the  mercy  and  forgiveness  of  Heaven;  "  ut 
omnes  de  precibus  contra  Turcarum  tyrannidem  fundendis  ad- 
monerentur."  That  all  people  may  be  admonished  to  pour  out 
supplications  against  the  tyranny  of  the  Turks. — See  Milne's 
Essay  on  Comets. 

Even  in  modern  times  many  foolish  and  preposterous  opinions 
have  been  entertained  respecting  these  anomalous  bodies.  In 
a  late  periodical  publication,  the  writer  of  an  article  on  comets, 
when  alluding  to  the  comet  of  1811,  proceeds  to  state  "  some 
singular  changes  and  circumstances"  which  its  influence  occa- 
sioned.  "  The  winter,"  says  he,  "was  very  mild,  the  spring  was 
wet,  the  summer  cool,  and  very  little  appearance  of  the  sun  to 
ripen  the  produce  of  the  earth  ;  yet  the  harvest  was  not  deficient, 
and  some  fruits  were  not  only  abundant,  but  deliciously  ripe — 
such  as  figs,  melons,  and  wall-fruit.  Very  few  wasps  appeared, 
and  the  flies  became  blind,  and  disappeared  early  in  the  season. 
No  violent  storms  of  thunder  and  lightning,  and  little  or  no  frost 
and  snow  the  ensuing  winter.  Venison,  which  has  been  sup- 
posed to  be  indebted  for  its  flavour  to  a  dry  and  parched  summer, 
was  by  no  means  deficient  in  fat  or  in  flavour.  But  what  is  very 
remarkable,"  continues  this  sage  observer,  "  in  the  metropo- 
lis and  about  it,  was  the  number  of  females  who  produced 
twins  :  some  had  more  ;  and  a  shoemaker's  wife,  in  WhitechapeJ, 
produced  four  at  one  birth,  all  of  whom,  &c.  &c.  And  all 
such  "  singular  changes  and  circumstances,"  it  would  appear, 
according  to  the  fancy  of  this  sapient  essayist,  "  were  occasioned 
by  the  influence  of  the  comet  which  appeared  in  the  autumn  of 
1811  !!" 

The  poets,  likewise,  by  their  bombastic  descriptions,  have 
tended  to  perpetrate  superstitious  feelings.  The  following  is 
Du  Barta's  description  of  one  of  these  visiters  : 

"  Here,  in  the  niirht,  appears  a  flaming  spire, 
There,  a  fierce  dragon,  folded  all  on  fire  ; 
1  [ere,  with  bug  bloody  hairs,  a  blazing  star 
Thre  itena  the  world  with  famine,  plague,  and  war  j 
To  princ<     death,  to  kingdoms  many  crosses; 
To  all  «  it  itea  inevitable  losses  ; 
T<>  herdsmen  rot,  to  ploughmen  hapless  seasons ; 
To  Bailors  -tonus,  to  cities  civil  treasons." 

The  following  extract  from  "  Tully's  Letters  from  Tripoli," 
contains  a  picturesque  description  of  a. solar  eclipse,  and  the  effects 
it  produced  OB  the  inhabitants  of  Barbary. 


SUPERSTITIONS    RESPECTING    ECLIPSES.  335 


Eclipse  of  the  Sun  in  Barbary. 


"  I  cannot  here  omit  describing  what  an  extraordinary  impres- 
sion an  eclipse  makes  on  the  uninformed  part  of  the  inhabitants 
of  this  country.     Of  this  we  had  ocular  proof  during  the  great 
eclipse  of  the  sun  on  the  4th  of  this  month,  which  was  almost 
total,  and  occasioned,  for  some  minutes,   a  gloomy  darkness^ 
resembling  that  of  midnight.     The  beginning  of  the  eclipse  was 
seen  at  Tripoli  at  half-past  seven  in  the  morning  ;  at  half-past 
eight,  when  it  was  at  the  height,  the  face  of  nature  was  changed 
from  day  to  night.     The  screech-owl,  not  long  retired  to  its  rest, 
reappeared,  and  disturbed  the  morning  with  its  shrieks.     Lizards 
and  serpents  were  seen  prowling  about  the  terraces  ;   and  flights 
of  evening  birds,  here  called  marabats,  and  held  sacred  by  the 
Moors,  flew  about  in  great  numbers,  and  increased  the  darkness. 
The  noisy  flitting  of  their  wings  roused  the  Moor,  who  had  been 
stupified  with  fear  ;  and  when  one  of  these  heavy  birds  (which 
often  drop  to  the  ground  by  coming  in  contact  with  each  other) 
chanced  to  fall  at  his  feet,  the  African  would  start  aghast,  look  at 
it  with  horror,  and  set  up  a  hideous  howl.     About  eight  o'clock, 
when  the  lustre  of  the  morning  was  completely  faded,  the  com- 
mon Moors  were  seen  assembling  in  clusters  in  the  streets,  gazing 
wildly  at  the  sun,   and  conversing  very  earnestly.      When  the 
eclipse  was  at  its  height,  they  ran  about  distracted  in  companies, 
firing  volleys  of  muskets  at  the  sun,  to  frighten  away  the  monster, 
or  dragon,  as  they  called  it,  by  which  they  supposed  it  was  being 
devoured.      At  that  moment  the   Moorish  song  of  death  and 
tvaUiah-woo,  or  the  howl  they  make  for  the  dead,  not  only  re- 
sounded from  the  mountains  and  valleys  of  Tripoli,  but  was 
undoubtedly  re-echoed  throughout  the  continent  of  Africa.     The 
women  brought  into  the  streets  all  the  brass  pans,  kettles,  and 
iron  utensils  they  could  collect ;  and,  striking  on  them  with  all 
their  force,  and  screaming  at  the  same  time,  occasioned  a  horrid- 
noise,  that  was  heard  for  miles.     Many  of  these  women,  owing 
to  their  exertions  and  fears,  fell  into  fits,  or  fainted.     The  dis- 
tress and  terror  of  the  Moors  did  not  in  the  least  abate  till  near 
nine  o'clock,  when  the  sun  assured  them,  by  his  refulgent  beams, 
that  all  his  dangers  were  passed. 

"  During  the  morning  and  the  day  the  atmosphere  was  uncom- 
monly clear,  even  for  a  Barbary  sky,  which  rendered  the  effects 
of  this  great  eclipse  more  striking.  We  learned  from  Hadgi 
Abderrahman,  who  paid  us  a  visit  when  it  was  over,  that  the  first 
ladies  in  the  place  had  trembled  at  the  event,  and  several  were 
seriously  ill.  The  ladies  of  his  own  family,  he  said,  had  suffered 
much  less  at  the  appearance  of  the  eclipse,  from  the  circumstance 
of  his  being  at  home  with  them ;  for  though  he  considered  it  would 


33G  APPENDIX* 


Abmrditiei  of  Astr< 


be  um  less  to  enter  into  a  philosophical  accountofit  to  them,  yet 
ssured  them  that  the  moon  went  occasionally  to  see  the  sun; 
and  when  they  met,  by  their  being  so  close  together,  thfc  moonal- 
ways  interrupted  more  or  Jess  of  his  light.  This  account,  he  said, 
the  truth  of  which  they  were  convinced  of  by  his  great  earnestness, 
considerably  abated  their  fears.  To  the  ambassador  it  was  a  serious 
case,  as  Lilla  Amnani  is  m  a  very  delicate  state  of  health;  but 
Lccouni  he  gave  her  of  the  phenomenon  entirely  pacified  her." 
Thi1  above  description  presents  a  melancholy  picture  of  the 
M  ignorance  even  of  the  Indies  of  modern  Barbary,  and  of  the 
consequent  shallowness  of  their  understandings ;  since  their 
fathers  and  husbands  considered  it  useless  to  enter  into  a  rational 
account  of  the  phenomenon,  and  since  they  were  pleased  with 
such  an  absurd  and  extravagant  explanation  of  it.  And  since  the 
higher  ranks  in  that  country  are  so  grossly  ignorant  of  the  order 
of  nature,  and  of  the  causes  of  so  common  phenomena,  in  what  a 
state  of  mental  darkness  must  the  lower  classes  of  society  be 
placed  !  Nor  is  Barbary  the  only  country  in  which  such  igno- 
rance prevails.  Among  the  middle  and  lower  ranks  in  many 
European  countries,  supposed  to  be  in  a  moderate  state  of  civili- 
zation, a  similar  degree  of  intellectual  debasement  will  be  found 
to  exist.  The  Croatians,  who  inhabit  a  certain  district  of  the 
Austrian  empire,  make  the  whole  of  their  religion  consist  in  the 
hearing  of  mass  and  the  observance  of  Lent ;  and  robbery  or 
murder  are  considered  as  more  venial  crimes,  than  to  eat,  during 
Lent,  with  a  spoon  that  has  been  dipped  in  broth.  The  Morlacchi, 
who  occupy  another  district  of  the  same  empire,  are  described  by 
i  extremely  superstitious  in  their  religious  opinions, 
and  as  firmly  believing  in  ghosts  and  witches,  in  sorceries  and 
enchantments,  and  in  every  species  of  supernatural  agency,  while 
they  are  ignorant  of  the  causes  of  the  most  common  phenomena 
of  nature. 

No.  II. — Absurdities  of  Jlstrolopj.     Page  24,  &c. 

Mr.  Varley's  "  Zodiacal  Physiognomy,"  referred  to  in  a  note, 
p.  2-1,  pretends  to  decide  that  the  various  signs  of  the  zodiac 
iversity  in  the  features  and  complexions  of  human 
beings;  and  have,  in  fact,  such  influence  over  the  destinies  of 
the  human  race,  thai  til'-  systa  m  may  be  fairly  styled  "thephre- 
_rv  of  the  ski<  B."  The  following  extracts  exhibit  a  fewspeci- 
mens  of  the  positions  maintained  by  this  profound  and  erudite 
writer.  "  It  has  been  discovered/'  says  Bfr.  Yarley,  "that  each 
sign  confers  a  specific  style  of  countenance,  feature,  and  com- 


ABSURDITIES    OF    ASTROLOGY.  337 

s^      '        .  .    .    ,  i,  .  j 

Extracts  from  Varley's  "  Zodiacal  Astrology." 

plexion,  by  which  appearances  alone  the  sign  which  was  rising  at 
the  east,  at  birth,  can  often  without  any  other  help  be  ascertained. " 
— "  The  fiery  tiigon,  consisting  of  Aries,  Leo,  and  Sagittarius, 
contain  the  spirited,  generous,  magnanimous,  and  princely  natures ; 
the  earthy  trigon,  Taurus,  Virgo,  and  Capricorn,  contain  the  care- 
ful, sordid,  and  pernicious  qualities  ;    the  aerial  trigon,  Gemini, 
Libra,  and  Aquarius,  contain  the  humane,  harmonious,  and  cour- 
teous principles ;    and  the  watery  trigon,  Cancer,  Scorpio,  and 
Pisces,  the  cold,  prolific,  cautious,  and  severe  qualities." — "  Sa- 
gittarius, the  house  of  Jupiter,  is  the  only  sign  under  which  no 
persons  are  born  having  black  or  dark  hair,  eyes,  and  eyebrows." 
— "  I  have  always  uniformly  found,"  says  the  author,  "  those  born 
under  Sagittarius  to  be  very  fair,  with  gray  eyes,  and,  in  general, 
of  a  lively,   forgiving-hearted,  and    free    disposition."     Again : 
"  Five  minutes'  difference  of  the  time  of  their  birth  renders  the 
members  of  the  same  family  red-haired  or  black-haired,  blue- 
eved,  or  black-eyed,  sordid  or  generous." — u  Saturn,  at  any  period 
of  life,  passing  through  the  ascendant,  which  he  does  every  thirty 
years,  causes  dulness  or  melancholy  for  a  few  weeks  to  the  native, 
and  when  Jupiter  passes  over  it,  the  party  feels  cheerful  and 
healthy ;  and  should  a  party  of  antiquarians,  hundreds  of  years 
after  a  person's  death,  discover  his  grave,  there  must  be  some 
planet  or  the  sun  in  conjunction,  or  some  other  aspect  with  his 
ascendant." — "  Jupiter  in  the  third  house  gives  safe  inland  jour- 
neys, and  agreeable  neighbours  or  kindred.     The  moon  in  this 
house  will  give  constant  trudging  from  one  place  to  another,  and 
is  often  so  posited  in  the  nativities  of  postmen  and  travellers. 
Jupiter  in  the  fourth,  with  Venus,  gives  fixed  or  landed  property, 
and  a  house  ornamented  with  matters  of  taste,  or  of  the  fine  arts. 
Jupiter  in  the  fifth  gives  a  family  of  good  or  clever  children,  and 
much  pleasure  in  life  and  its  amusements.    In  the  sixth  he  signi- 
fies good  servants  and  assistants,  good  health,  and  that  the  native 
will  be  fortunate  in  small  cattle  and  animals.     Jupiter  in  the 
seventh  signifies  a  good  wife  or  husband,  and  agreeable  dealings 
with  mankind  in  making  good  bargains,  &c." — "  Children  born 
under  Mars  have  well-formed  chins — under  Aquarius,  are  fair 
'  and  amiable — under  Scorpio,  are  dark,  with  aquiline  noses,  and 
!  greenish  or  gray  eyes." — "  Lord  Byron,  who  was  born  under 
;  Scorpio,  received  enough  of  the  reflected  Taurus  principle  to  pre- 
vent his  nose  from  being  aquiline,  and  to  give  to  his  character  a 
degree  of  perverseness  or  eccentricity." — "  Persons  born  under 
j  Aries,  with  Jupiter  in  the  first  house,  are  likely  to  succeed  and 
be  appreciated  in  England :  if  he  be  posited  in  Taurus,  the  native 
is  likely  to  succeed  well  in  Ireland ;  if  in  Gemini,  in  London,  of 
29 


APPENDIX. 


Present  Belief  in  Astrology. 


which  thus  Bign  is  the  significator.  Jupiter  in  Cancer  will  give 
him  success  in  Scotland  or  Holland)  or  concerns  connected  with 
the  water,  unless  Jupiter  should  be  afflicted  by  any  malevolent 
planet,  or  be  in  combustion  by  being  too  near  the  sun." 

By  this  time  the  reader  will  be  sufficiently  satiated  with  die  sage 
doctrines  of  .Mr.  John  Varley,  in  relation  to  "  Zodiacal  Physiog- 
nomy" and  tlit^  phrenology  of  the  heavens.  If  he  has  a  desire  to 
pick  up  any  more  of  such  preeious  fragments  of  wisdom,  he  will 
be  abundantly  gratified  in  perusing  the  work  itself,  where,  among 
Other  unique  and  precious  relics,  he  will  be  presented  with  an  en- 
graving  of  the  ghost  ofajlea,  together  with  an  account  of  the 
manner  in  which  it  appeared  to  Mr.  Blake,  the  artist,  who  drew 
it,  and  of  its  astrological  correspondency  and  signification.  That 
such  absurdities  should  be  published  by  the  first  bookselling 
establishment  in  London,  in  the  twenty-eighth  year  of  the  nine- 
teeth  century,  and  be  purchased  by  hundreds,  perhaps  by  thou- 
sands, is  a  proof  that  strong  efforts  are  still  requisite  to  extirpate 
the  superstitions  of  astrology  from  the  minds  of  many  of  our 
countrymen. 

No.  IV. — Proofs  of  the  belief  which  is  still  attached  to  the  doctrines 
of  Jlstrology,  and  of  the  pernicious  effects  it  produces.     Page  24. 

That  the  predictions  of  astrologers  are  still  believed  by  many  of 
our  countrymen  in  the  middling  ranks  of  life,  appears  from  the 
following  recent  occurrences. 

On  the  2d  September,  1829,  Joseph  Hyatt,  a  journeyman 
printer,  was  summoned  before  Sir  Peter  Laurie,  at  the  Guildhall, 
London,  charged  with  assaulting  his  wife  Phillips  on  the  preced- 
ing Saturday.  In  his  defence,  Hyatt  declared  that  all  their 
unhappiness  proceeded  from  his  wife  (a  pretty  young  woman  of 
eighteen  years)  continually  haunting  the  fortune-tellers,  and  pay- 
ing attention  to  their  predictions.  He  produced  a  paper  he  had 
ntly  found,  written  by  an  astrologer,  to  whom  his  wife  had 
applied.  After  laying  down  the  position  of  the  planets  on  the  3d 
of  June,  at  the  moment  she  applied  to  him,  the  astrologer  pro- 
ceeds, k*  The  querant  must  not  expect  any  thing  to  be  very  kind 
to  her  until  late  in  this  year,  say  October  next.  This  day  will 
not  prove  any  thing  kind  or  pleasant  The  28th  day  of  this 
month  also  will  not  be  friendly.  July  2d,  mind  your  phunny, 
and  take  no  journey,  and  trust  to  no  relative.  The  8th  day  will 
not  be  unkind,  I  hope.  Look  to  it.  The  13th  day  also  promises 
vou  pleasure  and  also  profit  Attend  it;  and  avoid  all  dark  sal- 
low persons."     (Her  husband  nearly  answered  this  description.) 


PRESENT  BELIEF  IN  ASTROLOGY.  339 

Its  pernicious  Effects. 


*  From  such  your  disappointments  must  come.  August  2,  6,  23, 
avoid  them  days — may  be  qualified  to  give  you  vexation  ;  avoid 
them.  September  1,  6,  will  be  unkind — but  pray  avoid  15,  20. 
October  4,  avoid  it — may  be  vexatious.  The  20, 21,  27,  28,  29, 
30,  will  be  more  kind  ;  pray  attend  to  them,  and  make  good  use 
of  them  ;  they  will  not  be  unkind."  The  husband  said  this  fel- 
low had  predicted  their  separation  for  three  months  ;  what  other 
tilings  he  had  put  in  her  head  he  did  not  know,  but  he  led  a  mise- 
rable life  with  her. — JWorning  Chronicle,  September  3d,  1829. 

On  the  same  day  as  above  stated  (Sept.  2, 1829),  Ann  Wheeler, 
a  servant  girl,  was  brought  to  the  JMansion-house,  charged  with 
having  attempted  to  enter  the  house  of  her  master  at  two  o'clock 
in  the  morning,  over  the  rails.  She  was  exquisitely  dressed,  and 
wore  an  elegant  satin  bonnet,  which  belonged  to  her  mistress, 
and  put  on  her  curls  and  finery,  in  order  to  attend  a  "  hop"  in  the 
neighbourhood,  and  acknowledged  that  she  had  been  walking  for 
an  hour  or  two  up  and  down  the  streets  in  conversation  with  her 
friend.  In  the  course  of  the  investigation  it  was  stated  that  there 
was  found  in  the  corner  of  her  box,  wrapped  up  carefully,  a  docu- 
ment which  might  have  led  to  those  unseasonable  and  unfortunate- 
assignations,  which  at  last  terminated  in  her  being  brought  to 
the  watch-house.  A  paper  was  handed  to  the  lord-mayor,  in 
which  was  folded  a  card,  on  which  was  written  the  following 
words : — 

"  Mrs.  Smith,  No.  49,  Wentworth-street,  Dress-maker." 
"  Lawful  questions  resolved." 

The  paper  was  an  answer  to  the  question,  "  What  sort  of  a 
husband  shall  I  have,  and  how  soon  shall  I  have  himl"  It  stated, 
that  the  "  interrogator  should  have  a  nice  respectable  tradesman, 
who  should  be  a  most  tender  husband,  and  be  the  father  of  six 
children,  of  which  she  should  be  the  happy  mother  ; — that  certain 
planets  wei%e  visible  at  their  birth,  and  in  conjunction  at  the  time, 
a  symptom  that  betokened  felicity,  and  that  the  union  should  take 
place  as  surely  as  he  or  she  (the  person  who  wrote  the  paper) 
had  the  power  of  predicting  " — Morning  Chronicle,  September 
3d,  1S29. 

The  above  are  only  specimens  of  many  similar  occurrences 
which  are  occasionally  recorded  in  the  daily  papers.  The  perni- 
cious tendency  of  astrological  predictions  on  those  who  are 
weak  enough  to  give  them  credit  is  sufficiently  apparent  in  the 
cases  now  stated  ;  having  in  the  one  case  alienated  the  affections 
of  a  young  woman  from  her  husband,  and  produced  contention 
and  family  discord  ;  and  in  the  other,  tantalized  a  vain  young  fe- 
male, and  brought  her  into  suspicious  and  disgraceful  circum- 


340  ATPF.NDIX, 


Ancient  Belief  in  Witchcraft. 


stances,  which  may  lay  the  foundation  of  her  ruin,  and  render  her 
miserable  for  life. 

No.  V. — Illustrations  of  some  of  the  opinions  and  practices  of  our 
ancestors  in  relation  to  Witchcraft.     Page  31. 

By  witchcraft  was  generally  understood  j — a  supernatural  power, 
of  which  persons  were  supposed  to  obtain  the  possession,  by  en- 
tering into  a  compact  with  the  devil.     They  gave  themselves  up 
to  him,  body  and  soul  ;   and  he   engaged  that  they  should  want 
for  nothing,  and  that  he  would  avenge  them  upon  all  their  ene- 
mies.    As  soon  as  the  bargain  was  concluded,  the  devil  delivered 
to  the  witch  an  imp,  or  familiar  spirit,  to  be  ready  at  a  call,  and 
to  do  whatever  it  was  directed.     By  the  assistance  of  this  imp, 
and  the  devil  together,  the  witch,  who  was  almost  always  an  old 
woman,  was  enabled  to  transport  herself  through  the  air,  on  a 
broomstick,  or  a  spit,  to  distant  places,  to  attend  the  meetings  of 
the  witches.  At  these  meetings  the  devil  always  presided.    They 
were  enabled  also  to  transform  themselves  into  various  shapes, 
particularly  to  assume  the  forms  of  cats  and  hares,  in  which  they 
most  delighted  ;  to  inflict  diseases  on  whomsoever  they  thought 
proper,  and  to  punish  their  enemies  in  a  variety  of  ways.    Witch- 
craft was  universally  believed  in  Europe  till  the  sixteenth  cen- 
tury, and  maintained  its  ground  with  tolerable  firmness  till  the 
middle  of  the  seventeenth,  nay,  in  some  countries  on  the  Conti- 
nent till  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century.    Yast  numbers  of 
reputed  witches  were  convicted  and  condemned  to  be  burnt  every 
year.     The  methods  of  discovering  them  were  various.     One 
was  to  weigh  the  supposed  criminal   against  the  church  Bible, 
which,  if  she  was  guilty,  would  preponderate  ;  another,  by  making 
her  attempt  to  say  the  Lord's  Prayer, — this  no  witch  was  able 
to  repeat  entirely,  but  would  omit  some  part  or  sentence  thereof. 
It  is  remarkable  that  all  witches  did  not  hesitate  at  the  same  part, 
— some  leaving  out  one  part,  and  some  another.     Teats,  through 
which  the  imps  sucked,  were  indubitable  marks  of  a  witch  ;  these 
were   always   raw,  and  also  insensible,  and,  if  squeezed,  some- 
times yielded  a  drop  of  blood.     A  witch  could  not  weep  more 
than  three  tears,  and  that  only  out  of  the  left  eye.     This  want  of 
tears  was,  by  the  witch-finders*  and  even  by  some  judges,  con- 
sidered a- a  very  substantial   proof  of  guilt.      Swimming  a  witch 
was   another  kind   of  popular  ordeal  generally  practised.     For 
this  she  was  stripped   naked  and  cross-bound, — the  right  thumb 
to  the  left  toe,  and  the  left  thumb  to  the  right  toe.     Thus  pre- 
pared she  was  thrown  into  a  pond  or  river,  in  which,  if  guilty* 


PUNISHMENT    OF    SUPPOSED    WITCHES.  341 


Superstitions  Cruelt)\ 


she  could  not  sink ;  for  having,  by  her  compact  with  the  devil, 
renounced  the  benefit  of  the  water  of  baptism,  that  element,  in 
its  turn,  renounced  her,  and  refused  to  receive  her  into  its  bosom. 
There  were  two  other  ordeals  by  fire,  by  which  witches  were  dis- 
covered ;  the  first  by  burning  the  thatch  of  the  house  of  the  sus- 
pected witch, — the  other,  by  burning  any  animal  supposed  to  be 
bewitched  by  her,  as  a  hog  or  an  ox.  These,  it  was  held,  would 
force  a  witch  to  confess. 

The  trial  by  the  stool  was  another  method  used  for  the  detec- 
tion of  witches.     It  was  thus  managed  : — Having  taken  the  sus- 
pected witch,  she  was  placed  in  the  middle  of  a  room,  upon  a 
stool,  or  table,  cross-legged,  or  in  some  other  uneasy  posture,  to 
which,  if  she  did  not  submit,  she  was  then  bound  with  cords, — 
there  she  was  watched  and  kept  without  meat  or  sleep  for  twenty- 
I  four  hours  (for,  they  said,  that  within  that  time  they  should  see 
i  her  imp  come  and  suck).     A  little  hole  was  likewise  made  in  the 
•  door  for  imps  to  come  in  at,  and,  lest  it  should  come  in  some  less 
discernible  shape,  they  that  watched  were  taught  to  be  ever  and 
anon  sweeping  the  room,  and  if  they  saw  any  spiders  or  flies,  to 
kill  them, — if  they  could  not  kill  them,  then  they  might  be  sure 
they  were  imps.    If  witches,  under  examination  or  torture,  would 
I  not  confess,  all  their  apparel  was  changed,  and  every  hair  of  their 
body  shaven  off  with  a  sharp  razor,  lest  they  should  secrete  ma- 
gical charms  to  prevent  their  confessing.     It  was  a  maxim,  too, 
in  these  proceedings,  that  witches  were  most  apt  to  confess  on 
Fridays.     By  such  trials  as  these,  and  by  the  accusations  of 
children,  old  women,  and  fools,  were  thousands  of  unhappy  wo- 
men condemned  for  witchcraft,  and  burned  at  the  stake. 

A  work,  written  by  J\L  Thoest,  was  published  a  few  years  ago 
at  Mentz,  entitled,  "  The  History  of  .Magic,  Demons,  Sorce- 
rers, M  &c,  which  contains  an  affecting  narrative  of  the  numbers 
that  have  suffered  for  the  pretended  crime  of  magic  and  witch- 
craft. The  cases  enumerated  are  proved  from  unequivocal  au- 
thority. In  these  excesses  of  the  magistrates,  it  appears  that 
female  sorcerers  have  been  the  greatest  sufferers.  Among  other 
■curious  articles  in  the  collection,  we  learn,  that  Christopher  de 
iRuntzow,  a  gentleman  of  Holstein,  wljose  heated  imagination  had 
'misled  his  understanding,  consigned  eighteen persons  to  the  flames 
at  one  time,  the  victims  of  a  merciless  superstition.  In  a  village 
called  Lindheim,  containing  about  six  hundred  inhabitants,  not 

I  less  than  thirty  were  destroyed  by  fire,  in  the  narrow  interval  be- 
tween the  years  1661  and  1665,  making  a  twentieth  part  of  the 
whole  population  consumed  in  four  years.  In  this  inhuman  con- 
duct towards  an  unhappy  class  of  persons,  the  author  points  out 

29* 
/ 


342  Arrr.NDix. 


Bull  of  Pope  Innocent  VIII. 


Wurtzburg  as  having  frequently  been  subject  to  well-merited  re- 
proach.    It  appears  froip  the  Acta  Magica  of  Naubers,  that  be- 
tween the  years  10*27  and   1,629,  one  hundred   and   twenty-seven 
individuals  perished    in   similar  instances  of  cruelty  practised  by 
their  brother  men.     The  principal  objects  of  such  nefarious  deal- 
ings were  old  women,  or  travellers,  and  frequently  poor  children, 
from  nine  to  ten  years  of  age.     Occasionally  such  outrages  have 
been  perpetrated  on  persons  of  some  consequence, — proficients 
in  knowledge  above  the  general  standard  of  the  age,  or  such  as 
had   acquired   property  by  their  industry  and  genius.     Among 
many  others  in  these  shocking  details  are  the  respectable  names 
of  fourteen  vicars,  two  young  gentlemen,  some  counsellors,  the 
largest  or  most   corpulent  man  in  Wurtzburg,  and  his  wife,  the 
handsomest  woman  in  the  city,  and  a  student  or  scholar  engaged 
in  the  study  of  foreign   languages.     Those   innocent   sufferers 
were  frequently  put  to  the  torture.     But  what  must  our  feelings 
and  principles  incline  us  to  think  of  an  enormity  here  brought  to 
our  recollection,  in  the  instance  of  a  poor  girl,  Maria  Renata,  who 
suffered  so  late  as  in  the  year  1749  ! 

The  extent  of  the  judicial  murders  for  witchcraft  is  far  greater 
than  most  persons,  who  have  not  studied  the  history  of  demon- 
ology  can  form  any  idea.     From  the  period  in  which  Pope  Inno- 
cent VI 11.,  in  1484,  issued  his  bull  against  witchcraft,  to  the  mid- 
dle of  the  seventeenth  century,  if  we  believe  the   testimonies  of 
contemporary   historians,  Europe  was  little  better  than  a  large 
suburb  or  outwork  of  Pandemonium,  one-half  of  the  population 
being  either  bewitching  or  bewitched.     Delrio  tells  us,  that  five 
hundred  witches  were  executed  in  Geneva,  in  three  months,  about 
the  year   1515.     "A  thousand"  says   Bartholomeus  de   Spina, 
"  were  executed  in  one  year,  in  the  diocess  of  Como,  and  they 
went  on  burning  at  the  rate  of  a  hundred  per  annum  for  some 
time  after."     In  Lorraine,  from  1580  to  1595,  Remigius  boasts 
of  having  burnt  nine  hundred.     In  France,  the  executions  for 
the  same  crime  were  fifteen  hundred  and  twenty.     In  Wurtzburg 
and  Treves,  the  amount  of  executions  in  the  course  of  the  century 
preceding  1028  is  reckoned  to  be  15,700.  It  has  been  calculated 
that  in  Germany  alone,  the  number  of  victims  that  perished,  from 
the  date  of  Innocent's   bull  to  the  eighteenth  century,  consider- 
ably exceeds  one  hundred  thousand.     The  executions  were  at 
first  confined  to  crazed  old  women,  or  unhappy  foreigners,  but  at 
length  the  witchcraft  phrensy  rose  to  such  a  pitch,  and  spread  so 
extensively,  that  the  lives  of  more  exalted  victims  were  threat- 
i  ned.      Noblemen  and  abbots,  presidents  of  courts  and  professors, 
began  to  swell   the   catalogue,  and  no  man  felt  secure  that  he 


TRIALS    FOR    WITCHCRAFT.  343 

In  Scotland. 


might  not  suddenly  be  compelled,  by  torture,  to  bear  witness 
against  his  own  innocent  wife  and  children.  In  the  Catholic 
canton  of  Glarus,  in  Switzerland,  it  is  said  that  a  witch  was 
burnt  even  so  late  as  the  year  1786  !  It  is  impossible  for  any 
rational  and  humane  mind  to  peruse  such  a  list  as  the  above  with- 
out shuddering  and  horror.  How  dreadful  the  results  to  which 
ignorance  and  superstition  have  led  ! — and  how  astonishing  the 
consideration, — that  judges,  lawyers,  ministers  of  religion, 
nobles,  and  persons  of  all  ranks,  should  have  given  their  sanc- 
tion, without  the  least  remorse,  to  such  cruelties  and  legalized 
murders  ! 

In  Pitcairn's  "  Criminal  Trials,"  referred  to  in  the  text,  a  va- 
riety of  curious  documents  is  contained,  respecting  the  proceed- 
ings of  the  Justiciary  Court  in  Scotland  against  witchcraft,  sorcery, 
and  incantation.     One  of  these  trials  relates  to  a  gentleman  of 
family,  Mr.  Hector  Monro  of  Fowies,  who  was  "  indytit  and  ac- 
cusit"   of  "  sorcerie,  incantationnis,  or  wichecraft."     This  trial 
contains  a  complete  specimen  of  the  superstition  of  the  age.  Mr. 
Hector,  it  would  appear,  had   sent  for  "  Johne  M'Connielly-gar 
and  his  wyfTes,  and  Johne  Bunes  wyrTe,  in  Lytell  Alteis,  three 
notorious  and  commoune  wiches."     They  had   been  sent  for  to 
assist  in  restoring  the  health  of  Robert  Monro,  a  brother  of  the 
said  Mr.  Hector,  who  entertained  them  for  five  days.     It  is  said 
in  the  indictment,  that  they  "  poillit  the  hair  of  Robert  Monro, 
his  brotheris  head,  and  plait  the  naillis  of  his  fingeris  and  tais," 
and  "  socht  be  thair  develisch  meanes  to  have  cureit  him^of  his 
sickness  ;"  but  it  would  appear,  that  the  weird  sisters  were  by 
no  means  successful,  and  were  compelled  to  decamp,  for  "  they 
wald  haif  vsit  furth  the  rest  of  thair  develisch  craft  was  nocht 
they  ferit  to  tarie  with  him  (Hector  Monro),  be  ressone  of  his 
fader,  quha  wald  haif  apprehendit  thame ;  and  they  declarit  to 
him  that  he  was  owre  lang  in  sending  for  thame,  swa  that  they 
cald  do  na  guid  to  the  said  Robert  Monro."     Mr.  Hector,  how- 
ever, fell  sick  himself,  and  had  recourse  to  the  hags  for  a  cure  ; 
and  as  he  had  an  eye  to  the  patrimony  of  his  father,  to  which  he 
could  not  succeed,  as  he  was  a  younger  son,  he  began  some  in- 
cantations, in  concert  with  the  hags,  to  deprive  his  elder  brother, 
George   Monro,  of  life,  and  for  this   he  was  "  delatit,"  also  of 
"  slaughter."     The  indictment,  which  is  a  most  remarkable  do- 
cument, is  too  long  for  insertion.     Jonett  Grant,  Jonett  Clark, 
and  Bessie   Roy,  nurse  to  the  "  Laird  of  Boquhave,"  are  the 
three  next  ladies  who  were  called  to  account  for  being  "  fylit"  of 
witchcraft.     The  two  Jonetts  seem  to  have  been  in  partnership  ; 
and  if  the  indictments  are  to  be  credited,  they  were  guilty  of  no 


344  APPENDIX, 


Absurdity  of  a  Belief  in  Witchcraft, 


fewer  than  six  M  erewal  lnurtluTs,"'  by  witchcraft,  of  the  "  slavch- 
tcr  and  destmctionne  of  saxtene  hcid  ofnolt,"  of  raising  Hie  devil, 
of  making  men  eunuchs  by  witchcraft,  &c.  For  such  hardened 
sinners  as  the  two  Joncttt  do  mercy  was  to  be  expected,  and  ac- 
cordingly they  were  condemned  to  be  "*tane  to  the  Castle  hill  of 
Edinburgh,  and  there  wcrriet  at  anc  staik,  and  their  body  tobe  burnt 
toassis."  Bessie  Roy,  however,  came  off  with  flying  colours,  al- 
though she  was  also  indicted  as  M  anc  commoune  thief,"  by  means 
of  the  "  enchantment  and  slicht  of  the  diuill." — The  following  is 
the  title  of  a  pamphlet,  republished  by  Mr.  Pitcairn,  containing  a 
most  extraordinary  narrative.  "  JVewes  from  Scotland,  declaring 
the  damnable  life  of  Doctor  Fean,  a  notable  sorcerer,  who  was 
burned  at  Edinburgh  in  Janurie  last,  1591,  which  doctor  was 
register  to  the  deuill,  that  sundrie  times  preached  at  North  Bar- 
ricke  kirk  to  a  number  of  notorious  witches,  &c."  The  poor 
woman  who  was  most  cruelly  treated  was  Euphane  Mackalsane, 
a  notable  witch,  who  appears  to  have  been  so  notorious  as  to  be 
M  bound  to  ane  staik,  and  brunt  to  assis,  quick  to  the  death." 
"  This,"  says  Mr.  Pitcairn,  "was  the  severest  sentence  ever  pro- 
nounced by  the  court,  even  in  the  most  atrocious  cases  ;"  but  poor 
Euphane  died,  nevertheless,  with  all  the  heroism  and  devotedness 
of  a  martyr.     See  Edin.  Lit.  Gaz.  July,  1S29. 

To  attempt  a  serious  refutation  of  the  doctrines  of  witchcraft 
would  be  altogether  superfluous,  and  even  ridiculous.  That  there 
ever  were  witches,  that  is,  persons  endowed  w ith  such  powers  as 
are  usually  ascribed  to  witches,  is  what  no  rational  and  enlighten- 
ed mind  can  for  a  moment  admit.  The  actions  imputed  to  them 
are  either  absurd  or  impossible.  To  suppose  an  ignorant  old  wo- 
man, or  indeed  any  human  being,  capable  of  transforming  herself 
mi- 1  a  cat  or  a  hare,  is  to  suppose  her  capable  of  counteracting 
the  laws  of  nature,  which  is  competent  to  none  but  the  supreme 
Ruler  of  the  world.  We  might  almost  as  soon  believe  that  such 
a  being  is  oapable  of  creating  the  universe.  It  presents  a  most 
humiliating  picture  of  the  imbecility  of  the  human  mind,  that  such 
absurdities  should  ever  have  been  believed  ;  and  certainly  con- 
no  very  favourable  idea  of  the  humanity  of  our  ancestors, 
when  they  inflicted,  without  remorse,  so  many  shocking  cruelties, 
especially  on  the  lender  sex,  far  such  fancied  crimes.  Yet,  absurd 
as  (he  doctrine  of  witchcraft  certainly  is,  it  is  a  lamentable  fact, 
that  vasl  multitudes  of  our  fellow-men,  both  in  our  own  country 
and  in  other  lands,  are  still  belie  vers  in  sorcery  and  witchcraft,  of 
which  an  instance  or  two  is  stated  in  the  following  note. 


PREVALENT    BELIEF    IN    DEMONOLOGY.  345 

Occasion  of  a  Murder  in  France. 

No.  VI. — Proofs  that  the  belief  in  Witchcraft  is  still  prevalent 
among  certain  classes  of  society. 

Notwithstanding  the  degree  of  information  which  prevails  in 
the  nineteenth  century,  it  is  a  melancholy  consideration  that  su- 
perstition and  a  belief  in  the  efficacy  of  certain  incantations  still 
prevail  to  a  considerable  extent,  even  in  the  most  enlightened 
countries.  The  following  recent  occurrences  will  tend  to  corro- 
borate this  position,  and  at  the  same  time  show  the  pernicious 
consequences  which  frequently  result  from  such  a  belief. 

On  the  2d  September,  1829,  Laurent  Raimboult,  a  farmer  in 
the  hamlet  of  Redoire,  Commune  of  Champtre,  in  France,  spent 
the  day  in  measuring  wTheat  at  the  house  of  Poirier,  his  brother- 
in-law.     About  eight  o'clock  in  the  evening,  he  left  to  go  to  his 
own  house,  which  was  about  half  a  league  from  Poirier's  house. 
He  carried  a  bag  containing  the  measure  he  had  been  using,  and 
a  box  holding  his  dinner,  which  he  had  not  opened  ;  for  he  had 
stated  his  intention  not  to  eat  till  he  returned  home.     The  next 
morning  his  corpse  wras  found  in  a  meadow,  bordered  by  a  wood, 
and  not  very  far  from  his  own  house.     His  body  was  horribly 
mutilated,  his  clothes  stained  with  blood,  and  there  was  a  large 
wound  on  the  back  part  of  his  head.     All  the  wounds  showed 
that  he  had  been  struck  by  several  persons  armed  with  contusive 
weapons.     Near  him  the  ground  had  not  been  trod  upon ;  his 
bag  and  the  things  it  contained  were  carefully  laid  by  his  side ; 
all  proved  that  he  had  not  been  robbed.     Poirier,  who  has  always 
had  a  good  character  in  that  part  of  the  country,  was  on  very  bad 
terms  with  Raimboult,  who  passed  for  a  sorcerer.     Some  time 
ago,  the  wife  of  Poirier  had  fallen  sick,  as  well  as  several  of  his 
cattle.     Poirier  did  not  doubt  for  an  instant  that  these  sicknesses 
were  the  effect  of  sorcery.     He  came  to  Angers,  and  consulted 
a  pretended  diviner,  a  miserable  victim  of  monomania,  who  gave 
him  a  full  water-bottle,  and  told  him  to  take  it  home  with  him, 
and  put  it  in  the  very  best  place  of  his  house.     "  At  such  an 
hour,"  said  the  diviner,  "you  should  recite  such  and  such  pray- 
ers before  my  water-bottle,  and  then  you  will  see  in  the  water 
it  contains  the  likeness  of  him  who  has  bewitched  your  wife  and 
your  cattle."     Poirier  followed  these  orders  precisely  ;  and  it  is 
only  too  probable  that  his  imagination  being  pre-occupied  with 
the  idea,  this  wretched  man  fancied  he  saw  his  brother-in-law  in 
the  water-bottle  of  the  guilty  diviner,  and  thought  he  was  doing 
a  service  to  his  country  in  delivering  it  from  a  being  whom  he  re- 
garded as  the  friend  and  favourite  of  the  devil. — Copied  from  a 
Paris  paper,  in  Morning  Chron.  Sept.  23,  1829. 


346  APPENDIX. 


Deceptive  Practice  of  Sorcery. 


The  following  occurrence,  in  another  department  of  France, 
happened  nearly  about  the  same  time  as  the  preceding. 

"It  appears  thai  in  the  department  of  Lot  and  Garonne,  and 
particularly  in  some  of  the  communes  of  the  district  of  Mar- 
mande,  the  belief  of  sorcery  is  common  among  the  people.  John 
Sabathe,  a  peasant  with  plenty  of  money,  living  in  the  vicinity  of 
Clairac,  had  a  sick  daughter  :  medicine  had  failed,  which  is  no- 
thing  extraordinary;  but  there  remained  magic,  and  Sabathe 
greatly  relied  upon  it.  He  applied  to  Rose  Peres,  who  enjoyed 
the  reputation  of  being  a  witch.  He  stated  the  condition  of  his 
daughter  ;  the  witch  replied  she  would  go  and  visit  her.  She 
went  the  next  morning  to  Sabathe's  residence,  saw  the  sick  girl, 
and  declared  she  was  bewitched.  [Perhaps  she  was  not  so  far 
wrong  cither,  for  some  witnesses,  who  were  no  doubt  very  spite- 
ful, gave  it  as  their  opinion  that  love  had  entered  a  little  into  this 
affair.]  Whatever  was  the  cause  of  her  illness,  the  witch  pro- 
mised to  relieve  her,  and  said,  that  the  thing  was  not  without  a 
remedy.  She  told  them  to  light  a  great  fire,  and  they  would  see 
why  afterward.  Little  as  we  are  initiated  into  the  secrets  of  ma- 
gic, we  know  that  odd  numbers,  especially  the  number  three,  have 
singular  virtues  ;  therefore  3  multiplied  by  3  must  be  a  number 
prodigiously  powerful.  It  was  apparently  for  this  reason  that  the 
witch  required  nine  large  pebble  stones,  which  she  put  into  the  fire, 
and  kept  there  till  they  were  red  hot :  she  then  threw  them  into  a 
kettle  full  of  water,  and  the  mysterious  vapour  that  arose  served 
to  perfume  the  patient  that  wras  lying  over  it.  But  this  was  only 
the  preamble  of  ceremonies  much  more  important.  She  had  a 
table  brought  to  her;  it  was  covered  with  a  cloth,  and  two  lighted 
candles  placed  on  it;  there  was  even  an  end  of  wax  that  had  been 
used  in  the  church  ;  a  hammer  was  placed  symmetrically  between 
the  two  candles,  and  on  one  side  of  the  table  the  witch  laid,  with 
a  grave  and  mysterious  air,  the  formidable  book  of  magic,  so  well 
known  by  the  name  of  Little  Albert.  She  still  wanted  one  thing; 
it  was  a  plate  filled  with  water,  in  which  a  sum  of  400  francs 
(16/.  sterling)  was  to  be  deposited.  The  plate  was  brought ;  as 
to  the  sum,  we  may  remark  how  difficult  magic  must  be  to  prac- 
tise, and  what  attention  is  requisite  to  its  details.  Crown-pieces 
of  six  francs  were  about  to  be  put  into  the  water,  when  the  witch 
called  out,  'Take  care  what  you  are  doing i  it  is  crown-pieces  of 
five  francs  that  are  wanted.'  She  was  instantly  obeyed, — the 
crowns  of  five  francs  are  at  the  bottom  of  the  plate. 

u  Things  being  in  this  state,  every  body  left  the  house.  The 
witch  remained  alone  for  about  half  an  hour ;  she  then  reopened 
the  doors,  and  said  they  might  re-enter.     She  added,  that  all  had 


PREVALENT  BELIEF  IN  DEMONOLOGY.  347 


Superstitious  Ceremonies. 


succeeded,  but  that  the  malignant  spirit  that  had  appeared  had 
carried  away  the  400  francs  on  withdrawing.  The  witch's  hus- 
band then  arrived;  his  wife  told  him  that  the  assembly  was  made. 
'It's  all  well,'  said  he  ;  'but  thy  sister  is  at  thy  house,  and  she 
wants  to  see  you,  and  wTe  must  go  there/  They  went  accord- 
ingly ;  Sabathe  and  his  family  a  little  stupified,  and  the  patient  in 
the  same  state  as  before.  These  were  the  facts  which  were 
made  known  to  the  court  by  indirect  evidence,  for  these  good  folks 
took  care  to  make  no  complaint,  for  fear  of  the  witches.  The 
court  sentenced  her  to  imprisonment  for  three  years,  and  a  fine  of 
fifty  francs.  She  had  been  charged  before  the  Royal  Court  of 
Agen  for  swindling,  under  pretence  of  practising  witchcraft. 
Some  years  ago,  the  same  court  sentenced  to  close  imprisonment 
three  or  four  women,  living  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Villereal,  for 
having  put  on  the  fire  and  half-burned  a  pretended  witch,  who 
would  not  cure  them  of  a  disease  she  had  given  them." — Gazette 
des  Tribunaux,  as  quoted  in  Morn.  Chron.  Sept  28,  1S29. 

In  both  the  above  cases  we  perceive  an  implicit  belief  in  the 
powers  of  divination  and  sorcery,  a  belief  which  appears  to  be 
general  among  the  lower  ranks  of  society;  and  it  would  appear 
that  the  profession  of  witch  or  sorcerer  is  pretty  common  in  the 
principal  towns  in  France.  In  the  one  instance  this  belief  led 
to  a  most  atrocious  murder,  and  in  the  other  to  a  dexterous  rob- 
bery ;  and  in  this  latter  case,  it  would  seem,  that,  notwithstanding 
the  palpable  imposture  that  was  practised  on  Sabathe  and  his  fa- 
mily, these  simple  people  still  believed  in  the  supernatural  powers 
of  the  sorceress  who  had  so  barefacedly  robbed  them,  for  "they 
took  care  to  make  no  complaint,  for  fear  of  the  witches." — Near- 
ly akin  to  the  notions  under  consideration  is  the  following  super- 
stition relating  to  bees. 

The  practice  of  informing  bees  of  any  death  that  takes  place 
in  a  family  is  well  known,  and  still  prevails  among  the  lower  orders 
in  England.  The  disastrous  consequences  to  be  apprehended 
from  non-compliance  with  this  strange  custom  is,  that  the  bees 
will  dwindle  and  die.  The  manner  of  communicating  the  intelli- 
gence to  the  little  community,  with  due  form  and  ceremony,  is  this — 
to  take  the  key  of  the  house,  and  knock  with  it  three  times  against 
the  hive,  telling  the  inmates,  at  the  same  time,  that  their  master 
or  mistress,  &c.  (as  the  case  may  be)  is  dead !  Mr.  Loudon 
says,  when  in  Bedfordshire  lately,  we  were  informed  of  an  old 
man  who  sung  a  psalm  last  year  in  front  of  some  hives  which 
were  not  doing  well,  but  which,  he  said,  would  thrive  in  conse- 
quence of  that  ceremony. — Magazine  of  Nat.  Hist,  for  1828. 
The  Constitutionnel  (January,  1828)  states,  that  under  the  in- 


34S  APPENDIX. 


ntific  Knowledge  mistaken  tor  Necromancy, 


fluence  of  the  Jesuits,  and  with  the  countenance  of  the  authorities, 

Slc.  the  most  brutifying  talcs  of  superstition  and  fanaticism  are 
printed  and  circulated  in  the  province  a  of  France.  One  of  the 
ridn  uloua  narratives  to  which  it  alludes  details  the  fate  of  a  blas- 
pheming baker,  who,  being  infected  with  the  heresies  of  the  Re- 
volution, had  addicted  himself  to  the  commission  of  every  kind  of 
impiety.  While  his  oven  one  day  was  heated,  and  he  was  about 
to  put  the  bread  into  it,  be  vented  his  usual  oaths  in  the  presence  of 
two  neighbours;  when, lo!  the  dough  miraculously  refused  to  enter, 
and  the  baker  was  seized  with  a  cold  shivering,  of  which  he  died 
in  two  davs.  In  his  will  he  left  600  francs  to  the  church,  con- 
U  Bsed  his  enormities,  and  besought  the  prayers  of  his  friends.  In 
another,  we  are  told  of  the  discovery  of  a  miraculous  image,  which 
will  he  a  permanent  source  of  ecclesiastical  revenue.  This  image 
is  that  of  a  saint,  which  has  been  for  the  last  two  centuries 
concealed  in  a  rock.  It  was  discovered  by  means  of  a  little 
white  bird  perched  upon  a  brilliant  crucifix,  which  guarded  the 
spot.  Since  the  discovery,  the  lame  walk,  the  sick  are  healed, 
and  the  blind  recover  their  sight,  by  resorting  to  the  consecrated 
ground. 

It  is  not  above  fifteen  or  sixteen  years  ago  since  the  late  Alex- 
ander Davidson,  A.  M.,  lecturer  on  experimental  philosophy  and 
chemistry,  when  in  Ireland,  was  much  annoyed  by  the  superstitious 
belief  in  necromancy  and  infernal  agency  which  still  prevails  among 
a  large  portion  of  the  lower  orders  in  that  country.     When  deli- 
vering a  course  of  lectures  in  a  small  town  not  far  from  London- 
derry, the  rumour  of  the  experiments  he  performed  spread  among 
the  body  of  the  people,  many  of  whom  had  listened  at  the  outside 
of  the  hall  in  which  he  lectured,  to  the  loud  detonations  produced 
by  eh  ctrical  and  other  experiments,  particularly  the  explosions  of 
hydrogen  gas.     The  great  majority  of  the  inhabitants  believed  he 
was  an  astrologer  and  necromancer,  and  considered  it  dangerous 
t<»  have  the  slightest  intercourse  with  his  family,  even  in  the  way 
of  buying  and  selling.     One  morning  his  servant-maid  was  sent 
out  for  bread  and  groceries  for  breakfast.     After  a  considerable 
time,  she  returned  with  a  pitiful  countenance  and  a  heavy  heart, 
and  declared  that  not  an  article  of  any  description  could  be  obtain- 
ed.     "What,  Mr.  D.,  "  is  th<  re  no  tea,  sugar,  or  bread  in  the 
whole  village  I" — "  0  yes,"   replied  the  maid,  "  there  is  plenty 
of  (  very  thing  we  want,  but  nobody  will  sell  us  an  article;  they  say 
we  are  all  witches   and    wizards  and   necromancers,  and  it  's  no 
canny  to  tak  ony  oJ  your  money."     Mr.  Davidson  and  family,  in 
tin-  case,  might  have  starved,  had  he  not  bethought  himself  of 
employing  the  servant  of  an  acquaintance,  who  was  one  of  his 


PREVALENT    BELIEF   IN   DEMONOLOGY.  349 

A  Philosopher  mistaken  for  a  Sorcerer. 

y 

auditors,  to  procure,  in  her  master's  name,  the  requisite  provisions; 
and  this  planhe  was  obliged  to  adopt  during  the  remainder  of  his  stay 
in  that  place.  At  another  time  his  boots  required  to  be  repaired ; 
the  servant  took  them  to  a  shoemaker,  and  they  were  received  by 
one  of  the  female  branches  of  his  family ;  but  when  the  shoemaker 
understood  to  whom  they  belonged,  he  stormed,  and  was  indig- 
nant at  their  receiving  any  thing  from  such  a  dangerous  individual. 
The  servant  soon  after  returned  to  inquire  if  the  boots  were  re- 
paired. "  Is  the  astrologers  boots  mendit  ?"  one  of  the  family 
vociferated.  "  No,"  was  the  reply,  "  they  are  not  mendit,  nor  do 
we  intend  to  mend  them,  or  have  any  thing  to  do  with  them."  The 
shoemaker's  wife  desired  the  servant  to  come  in,  and  lift  the  boots 
herself;  "  for,"  said  she,  "  I  will  not  touch  them  ;"  and  it  appears 
that  both  the  shoemaker  and  his  wife  had  been  afraid  even  to  put 
their  fingers  upon  them,  and  doubtless  imagined  that  the  very  cir- 
cumstance of  their  having  been  received  into  the  house  would 
operate  as  an  evil  omen.  On  the  day  previous  to  his  leaving  that 
place,  he  sent  his  servant  to  engage  a  chaise  to  carry  them  to  the 
next  town.  The  servant  told  the  landlady  of  the  inn  (which  was 
the  only  one  from  which  a  carriage  could  be  procured)  that  her 
master  wished  to  hire  a  chaise  for  to-morrow  to  carry  them  to 

N .     The  landlady  told  her  it  could  not  be  granted.     M  For 

what  reason  1"  said  the  maid.  "  You  knoiv  very  well  what  is  the 
reason"  said  the  landlady,  in  a  very  emphatical  tone.  After  the 
servant  returned  with  this  reply,  Mr.  Davidson  himself  went  to 
the  inn,  when  the  following  dialogue  took  place  between  him  and 
the  landlady  : — "  Well,  madam,  can  you  give  me  a  chaise  to 
carry  me  to  Newryl" — "  No  ;  for  our  horses  are  very  tired,  as 
they  have  been  out  all  day,  and  they  cannot  go  to-morrow." — "  O 
dear,  madam,  is  that  the  only  reason  ?  You  know  very  well  / 
can  make  them  go"  The  landlady,  putting  on  a  grave  counte- 
nance, replied  with  emphasis,  "  We  all  know  that  very  well.  We 
know  that  you  could  sink  the  town,  if  you  chose  to  do  it.  But  I 
shall  give  you  the  chaise,  to  carry  you  out  of  the  place,  and  make 
the  town  rid  of  you  ;  but  it  is  more  for  fear  of  you  than  love  to 
you  that  I  consent  to  grant  you  my  chaise."  Such  were  the  ab- 
surd and  superstitious  notions  prevalent  among  the  lower  class  of 
the  Irish  in  1814  or  1815  ;  and  these  were  not  the  only  instances 
in  which  they  were  manifested,  but  only  specimens  of  what  fre- 
quently occurred  in  other  parts  of  that  country. 

However  clearly  persons  of  education  and  intelligence  may 

perceive  the  absurdity  and  futility  of  the  superstitious  notions  and 

practices  to  which  I  have  now  referred,  it  is  a  fact  well  known  to 

those  who  have  been  conversant  among  the  lower  orders  of  so- 

30 


350  APPENDIX, 


Illusions  upon  the  s,  nse    F  \ 


cm  iv,  that  liuv  still  prevail  to  a  very  considerable  extent  among 
the  untutored  ranks,  even  of  our  own  country.  Nothing  but  a 
more  assiduous  cultivation  of  the  rational  powers,  and  auniversal 
diffusion  of  useful  knowledge  ornong  the  interior  classes  of  society, 
can  be  expected  thoroughly  to  undermine  and  eradicate  such  opi- 
nions, and  to  prevent  the  baneful  and  pernicious  consequences  lo 
which  they  had. 


i 


No.  VII. —  Circumstances  which  have  occasionally  led  to  the  be- 
lief of  Spectres  and  Apparitions.     Page  34. 

It  is  certain  that  indistinct  vision  and  optical  illusions  have,  in 
many  instances,  been  the  sources  of  terror,  and  have  produced  a 
belief  of  supernatural  appearances.     When  we  have  no  other  mode 
of  judging  of  an  unknown  object  but  by  the  angle  it  forms  with 
the  eye,  its  magnitude  will  uniformly  increase  in  proportion  to  its 
nearness.     If  it  appears,  when  at  the  distance  of  forty  or  fifty 
paces,  to  be  only  a  few  feet  high,  its  height  when  within  three  or  four 
of  the  eye,  will  appear  to  be  above  forty  times  greater,  or 
many  fathoms  in  dimension.     An  object  of  this  kind  must  na- 
turally excite  terror  and  astonishment  in  the  spectator,  till  he  ap- 
proaches and  recognises  it  by  actual  feeling;  for  the  moment  a 
man  knows  an  object,  the  gigantic  appearance  it  assumed  in  the 
eye  instantly  diminishes,  and  its  apparent  magnitude  is  reduced 
to  its  real  dimensions.     But  if,  instead  of  approaching  such  an 
object,  the  spectator  flies  from  it,  he  can  have  no  other  idea  of  it 
but  from  the  image  which  it  formed  in  the  eye ;  and  in  this  case 
he  may  affirm  with  truth,  that  he  saw  an  object  terrible  in  its  as- 
pect and  enormous  in  its  size.     Such  illusions  frequently  occur 
when  prisons  are  walking  through  desert  and  unfrequented  tracts 
of  country,  surrounded  with  a  fog,  or  in  the  dusk  of  the  evening, 
when  a  solitary  tree,  a  bush,  an  old  wall,  a  cairn  of  stones,  a  sheep, 
or  a  cow,  may  appear  as  phantoms  of  a  monstrous  size.     The 
writer  of  an  article  in  the  "  Encyclopaedia  Britannica"  states  that 
'•  h<   was  passing  the  Frith  of  Forth  at  Queensferry  one  morning 
which  «i  Eua  extremely  foggy.     Though  the  water  is  only  two  miles 
I,  and  the  boat  did  not  get  within  sight  of  the  southern  shore 
till  it  approached  very  near  it;  he  then  saw,  to  his  great  surprise, 
a  large  perpendicular  rock,  where  he  knew  the  shore  was  low  and 
almo>t  fiat.     As  the  boat  advanced  a  little  nearer,  the  rock  seemed 
to  split  perpendicularly  into  portions,  which  separated  at  little  dis- 
tances from  one  another;  he  next  saw  these  perpendicular  divisions 
move,  and  upon  approaching  a  little  nearer,  found  it  was  a  number 
of  people  standing  on  thebeach,  waiting  the  arrival  of  the  ferry-boat*" 


CAUSES    OF    APPARITIONS.  351 

Opium — Drunkenness — Dreams. 

Spectres  are  frequent! ij  occasioned  by  opium.  Gassendi,  the 
philosopher,  found  a  number  of  people  going  to  put  a  man  to 
death  for  having  intercourse  with  the  devil — a  crime  which  the 
poor  wretch  readily  acknowledged.  Gassendi  begged  of  the  peo- 
ple that  they  would  permit  him  first  to  examine  the  wizard,  before 
putting  him  to  death.  They  did  so,  and  Gassendi,  upon  exami- 
nation, found  that  the  man  firmly  believed  himself  guilty  of  this 
impossible  crime  ;  he  even  offered  to  Gassendi  to  introduce  him 
to  the  devil.  The  philosopher  agreed,  and  when  midnight  came, 
the  man  gave  him  a  pill,  which  he  said  it  was  necessary  to  swallow 
before  setting  off.  Gassendi  took  the  pill,  but  gave  it  to  his  dog ; 
the  man,  having  swallowed  his,  fell  into  a  profound  sleep,  during 
which  he  seemed  much  agitated  by  dreams  ;  the  dog  was  affected 
in  a  similar  manner.  When  the  man  awoke  he  congratulated 
Gassendi  on  the  favourable  reception  he  had  met  with  from  his 
sable  highness.  It  was  with  difficulty  Gassendi  convinced  him 
that  the  whole  was  a  dream,  the  effect  of  soporific  medicines,  and 
that  he  had  never  stirred  from  one  spot  during  the  whole  night. 

Drunkenness  has  also  the  power  of  creating  apparitions. 
Drunkenness  seldom  or  never  excites  fear  ;  and  therefore  it  may 
at  first  sight  seem  strange  that  persons  should  imagine  they  see 
ghosts  when  under  the  influence  of  intoxication.  But  it  is  ob- 
servable that  the  ghosts  which  the  drunkard  imagines  he  sees,  he 
beholds  not  with  the  same  terror  and  alarm  as  men  that  are  sober ; 
he  is  not  afraid  of  them ;  he  has  the  courage  to  converse  with 
them,  and  even  to  fight  them,  if  they  give  him  provocation.  Like 
Burns's  "  Tarn  o'  Shanter,"  give  him  "  fair  play — he  cares  na' 
de'ils  a  bodle."  A  man,  returning  home  intoxicated,  affirmed  that 
he  had  met  with  the  devil ;  and  that,  after  a  severe  encounter,  he 
had  vanquished  him  and  brought  him  to  the  ground,  to  which  he 
had  nailed  him  fast  by  driving  his  staff  through  his  body.  Next 
morning  the  staff  was  found  stuck  with  great  violence  into  a  heap 
of  turfs ! 

Dreams  may  be  considered  as  another  source  of  apparitions. 
While  the  mind  is  under  the  influence  of  a  dream,  it  considers  it 
as  much  a  reality  as  it  does  any  particular  action  when  awake  ; 
and,  therefore,  if  a  person  of  a  weak  superstitious  mind  should 
have  a  very  lively  dream  which  interests  his  passions,  it  may  make 
so  deep  an  impression  that  he  may  be  firmly  convinced  he  has 
actually  seen  ^ith  his  eyes  what  has  only  passed  before  his  imagi- 
nation ;  especially  when  we  consider  that  there  are  times  of  slum- 
ber when  we  are  not  sensible  of  being  asleep.  On  this  principle, 
some  have  endeavoured  to  account  for  the  spectre  which  is  said 
to  have  appeared  to  Brutus.     It  is  related,  that  at  Philippi,  the 


352  APPENDIX. 


Brutus'i  Vision  at  Philippi— Fear. 


night  before  he  gave  battle  to  Augustus  Csesar,  he  saw  a  fearful 
apparition  ;  it  was  in  the  dead  of  night,  when  the  whole  camp  was 
perfectly  quiet,  that  Brutus  was  employed  in  his  tent,  in  reading 
by  a  lamp  that  was  just  expiring  ;  on  a  sudden  he  thought  he 
heard  B  noise  as  if  somebody  entered,  and  looking  towards  the 
door,  he  pereeived  it  open  ;  a  gigantic  figure,  with  a  frightful  as- 
pect, stood  before  him,  and  continued  to  gaze  upon  him  with 
silent  severity.  At  last  Brutus  had  courage  to  speak  to  it :  "  Art 
thou  a  demon  or  a  mortal  man?  and  why  comest  thou  to  me?" 
The  phantom  is  said  to  have  replied,  "  Brutus,  I  am  thy  evil 
genius  ;  thou  shalt  see  me  again  at  Philippi." — "  Well,  then,"  an- 
swered Brutus,  without  being  discomposed,  V  we  shall  meet 
again  ;"  upon  which  the  phantom  vanished,  and  Brutus,  calling 
to  his  servants,  asked  them  if  they  had  seen  any  thing  ;  to  which 
replying  in  the  negative,  he  again  resumed  his  studies.  This 
circumstance  is  related  by  historians  as  a  vision;  but,  consider- 
ing the  circumstances,  one  may  easily  judge  it  to  have  been  but 
a  short  dream  :  for,  sitting  in  his  tent,  pensive  and  troubled  with 
the  horror  of  his  late  rash  act,  it  was  not  hard  for  him,  slumbering 
in  the  cold,  to  dream  of  that  which  most  affrighted  him  ;  which 
fear,  as  by  degrees  it  made  him  wake,  so  it  must  have  made 
the  apparition  by  degrees  to  vanish  ;  and  having  no  assurance 
that  he  slept,  he  could  have  no  cause  to  think  it  a  dream,  or  any 
thing  else  than  a  vision.  Whatever  may  be  said  as  to  this  solu- 
tion of  the  case,  certain  it  is  that  vivid  dreams,  in  certain  states 
of  mind,  have  been  mistaken  for  real  apparitions,  of  which  various 
instances  could  be  adduced,  did  our  limits  permit. 

Fear  is  another  fertile  source  of  spectres.  As  partial  darkness 
and  obscurity  are  the  most  common  circumstances  by  which  the 
sight  is  deceived,  so  night  is  the  season  in  which  apparitions  are 
most  frequently  said  to  be  seen.  The  state  of  the  mind  at  that 
time,  especially  when  a  person  is  alone,  prepares  for  the  admission 
pf  such  delusions  of  the  imagination.  The  fear  and  caution 
which  night  naturally  inspires,  the  opportunity  it  affords  for  am- 
buscades, robberies,  and  assassinations,  the  deprivation  of  social 
intercourse,  and  the  interruption  of  many  pleasing  trains  of  ideas 
which  obje<  ts  in  the  light  never  fail  to  produce,  are  all  circum- 
stances  of  terror,  and  favourable  to  the  illusions  of  a  timid  ima- 
gination ;  and  therefore  it  is  by  no  means  strange  that  an  igno- 
rant  person,  with  a  mind  uncultivated  and  uninformed,  and  with 
all  the  prejudices  of  the  nursery  about  him,  should  imagine  he 
-•  <  -  ghosts  in  those  placet  where  he  believes  they  hover,  espe- 
cially it  the  hour  of  midnight,  when  the  slighest  aid  of  the  imagi- 
nation can  transform  a  cow  into  a  monstrous  phantom,  and  the 


CAUSES    OF    APPARITION.  353 


Anecdote  of  M.  De  Thou— of  Mr.  Schmidt, 


reflection  of  the  beams  of  the  moon  from  a  little  water  into  a  ghost 
with  a  winding-sheet;  or  a  sound  which  is  near,  such  as  the 
rustling  of  the  leaves  of  a  tree,  the  noise  of  falling  waters,  or  the 
screams  of  animals,  when  referred  to  a  great  distance,  may  be 
magnified  into  horrid  and  unearthly  voices  ;  for,  in  such  cases,  a 
timid  and  untutored  mind  seldom  stops  to  inquire  into  the  cause 
of  its  alarms.     The  celebrated  historian  De  Thou  had  a  very 
singular  adventure  at  Saumur,  in  the  year  1598,  which  shows  the 
happy  effects  of  a  calm  inquiry  into  the  cause  of  any  alarming  or 
extraordinary  appearance.     One  night,  having  retired  to  rest  very 
much  fatigued,  while  he  was  enjoying  a  sound  sleep,  he  felt  a 
very  extraordinary  weight  upon  his  feet,  which,  having  made  him 
turn  suddenly,  fell  down  and  awakened.     At  first  he  imagined 
that  it  had  been  only  a  dream  ;  but  hearing  soon  after  some  noise 
in  his  chamber,  he  drew  aside  the  curtains,  and  saw, -by  the  help 
of  the  moon,  which  at  that  time  shone  tery  bright,  a  large  white 
figure  walking  up  and  down,  and  at  the  same  time  observed  upon 
a  chair  some  rags,  which  he  thought  belonged  to  thieves  who  had 
come  to  rob  him.     The  figure  then  approaching  his  bed,  he  had 
the  courage  to  ask  it  what  it  was.     "  I  am,"  said  the  figure,  "  the 
Queen  of  Heaven."     Had  such  a  figure  appeared  to  any  credu- 
lous ignorant  man,  he  would  doubtless  have  trembled  with  fear, 
and  frightened  the  whole  neighbourhood  with  a  marvellous  de- 
scription of  it.     But  De  Thou  had  too  much  understanding  to  be 
so  imposed  upon.     On  hearing  the  words  which  dropped  from 
the   figure,  he  immediately  concluded   that  it   was    some  mad 
woman,  got  up,  called  his  servants,  and  ordered  them  to  turn  her 
out  of  doors  ;  after  which  he  returned  to  bed  and  fell  asleep. 
Next  morning  he  found  that  he  had  not  been  deceived  in  his  con- 
jecture,  and  that  having  forgot  to  shut  his  door,  this  female  figure 
had  escaped  from  her  keepers,  and  entered  his  apartment.     The 
brave  Schomberg,  to  whom  De  Thou  related  his  adventure  some 
days  after,  confessed  that  in  such  a  case  he  would  not  have  shown 
so  much  courage.     The  king  likewise,  who  was  informed  of  it  by 
Schomberg,  made  the  same  acknowledgment. — See  Ency.  Brit., 
Art.  Spectre. 

The  following  relation  contains  a  description  of  an  apparition 
of  a  different  kind,  no  less  appalling.  Mr.  Schmidt,  mathematical 
teacher  at  the  school  of  Pforte,  near  Naumburg,  which  had  for- 
merly been  a  cloister,  once  happened  to  awake  suddenly  as  the 
morning  began  to  dawn.  On  opening  his  eyes,  he  beheld  with 
astonishment  a  monk  standing  at  the  foot  of  his  bed.  Looking 
at  him  steadfastly,  he  appeared  to  be  well-fed  ;  and  his  head,  far 
from  small,  was  sunk  a  little  between  a  pair  of  very  broad  shoul- 
30* 


354  APPENDIX. 


Apparition  of  I  Mook. 


d<  rs.  The  chamber  was  sufficiently  Becured  ;  Mr.  Schmidt  alone 
slept  in  it  ;  and  he  was  very  certain  that  no  one  would  attempt  to 
put  a  trick  upon  him  in  jest.  He  knew  also  that  no  part  of  his 
clothes  or  any  thing  else  was  hanging  at  his  bed's  loot.  The 
figure  exact!}  resembled  that  of  a  monk,  clothed  in  a  white  sur- 
plice, the  falling  folds  of  which  were  very  clearly  to  be  dis- 
tinguished. Had  an  ignorant  and  timid  man  beheld  this  appear- 
ance', he  would  probably  have  covered  himself  up  with  the  bed- 
clothes, and  firmly  maintained  that  the  ghost  of  a  monk  had 
appeared  to  him.  As  the  school  had  formerly  been  a  cloister, 
many  monks  had  been  buried  both  in  the  church  and  church-yard, 
and  it  was  currently  reported  among  the  vulgar  that  the  place  was 
haunted.  Mr.  Schmidt,  however,  was  neither  ignorant  nor  timid, 
and  he  immediately  conjectured  that  his  eyes  were  deceived, 
though  he  could  not  imagine  in  what  manner.  He  raised  him- 
self up  a  little  in  his  bed,  but  the  apparition  did  not  move  ;  he  only 
saw  somewhat  more  of  it,  and  the  folds  of  the  surplice  were  still 
more  conspicuous.  After  a  little  while  he  moved  towards  the 
right,  yet  the  apparition  remained,  and  he  seemed  to  have  in  part 
a  side  view  of  it ;  but  as  soon  as  he  had  moved  his  head  so  far  as 
to  have  a  slight  glimpse  of  the  bed's  foot,  the  apparition  retreated 
backwards,  though  still  with  its  face  to  the  bed.  Following  the 
apparition  quickly  with  his  eyes,  it  retreated  with  speed,  swelled 
as  it  retreated  to  a  gigantic  form,  a  rustling  noise  was  heard,  and 
— at  once  the  apparition  was  changed  into  the  gothic  window 
with  white  curtains  which  was  opposite  the  bed's  foot,  and  about 
six  or  seven  feet  distance  from  it.  Several  times  after  this,  Mr. 
Schmidt  endeavoured  wThen  he  awoke  to  see  the  same  appearance, 
but  to  no  purpose,  the  window  always  looking  like  a  window  only. 
Some  weeks  after,  however,  on  awaking,  as  the  day  began  to 
dawn,  he  again  perceived  the  monk's  apparition  at  the  bed's  foot. 
B<  ing  now  aware  what  occasioned  it,  he  examined  it  narrowly. 
The  great  arch  of  the  window  formed  the  monk's  shoulders,  a 
smaller  arch  in  the  centre  of  this  his  head,  and  the  curtains  the 
surplice.  The  folds  of  these  appeared  much  stronger  than  they 
did  at  the  same  distance  by  daylight.  Thus  the  figure  of  the 
monk  appeared  plainer,  nearer,  and  smaller  than  the  window 
would  have  done.  This  apparition,  therefore,  like  hundreds"  of 
others,  was  merely  an  optical  deception.  The  reader  will 'find  a 
more  particular  description  of  it,  with  an  optical  and  mathematical 
explanation  of  the  phenomenon,  in  vol.  i.  of  "The  Pleasing  Pre- 
ceptor," translated  from  the  German  of  Gerhard  Ulrich  Anthony 
Vieth. 

Another  cause  of  apparitions,  and  of  the  belief  in  supernatural 


CAUSES    OF    APPARITIONS.  355 

-         -  a 

Extraordinary  Deceptions  practised  at  Woodstock. 

appearances,  is  to  be  found  in  the  artifices  and  collusions  of  im- 
postors, and  the  tricks  of  the  waggish.     Dr.  Plot,  in  his  Natural 
History  of  Oxfordshire,  relates  a   marvellous   story  which  will 
illustrate  this  position.     Soon  after  the  murder  of  King  Charles  I. 
a  commision  was  appointed  to  survey  the  king's  house  at  Wood- 
stock, with  the  manor,  park,  woods,  and  other  demesnes  belong- 
ing to  that  manor.     One  Collins,  under  a  feigned  name,  hired 
himself  as  secretary  to  the  commissioners,  who,  upon  the  13th 
October,  1649,  met,  and  took  up  their  residence  in  the  king's 
own  rooms.     His  majesty's  bed-chamber  they  made  their  kitchen, 
the  council-hall  their  pantry,  and  the  presence-chamber  was  the 
place  where  they  met  for  the  despatch  of  business.  His  majesty's 
dining-room  they  made  their  wood-yard,  and  stored  it  with  the 
wood  of  the  famous  royal  oak  from  the  High  Park,  which,  that 
nothing  might  be  left  with  the  name  of  king  about  it,  they  had 
dug  up  by  the  roots,  and  split  and  bundled  up  into  faggots  for 
their  firing.     Things  being  thus  prepared,  they  sat  on  the   16th 
for  the  despatch  of  business  ;  and,  in  the  midst  of  their  first  de- 
bate, there  entered  a  large  black  dog  (as  they  thought,)  which 
made  a  dreadful  howling,  overturned  two  or  three  of  their  chairs, 
and  then  crept  under  a  bed  and  vanished.     This  gave  them  the 
greater  surprise  as  the  doors  were  kept  constantly  locked,  so  that 
no  real  dog  could  get  in  or  out.     The  next  day  their  surprise 
was  increased,  when,  sitting  at  dinner  in  a  lower  room,  they  heard 
plainly  the  noise  of  persons  walking  over  their  heads,  though  they 
well  knew  the  doors  were  all  locked,  and  there  could  be  nobody 
there.     Presently  after,  they  heard  also  all  the  wood  of  the  king's 
oak  brought  by  parcels  from  the  dining-room,  and  thrown  with 
great  violence  into  the  presence-chamber,  as  also  all  the  chairs, 
stools,  tables,  and  other  furniture  forcibly  hurled  about  the  room ; 
their  papers,  containing  the  minutes  of  their  transactions,  were 
torn,  and  the  ink-glass  broken.     When  all  this  noise  had  ceased, 
Giles  Sharp,  their  secretary,  proposed  to  enter  first  into  these 
rooms  ;  and  in  presence  of  the  commissioners,  from  whom  he 
received  the  key,  he  opened  the  doors,  and  found  the  wood  spread 
about  the  room,  the  chairs  tossed  about  and  broken,  the  papers 
torn,  but  not  the  least  track  of  any  human  creature,  nor  the  least 
reason  to  suspect  one,  as  the  doors  were  all  fast,  and  the  keys  in 
the  custody  of  the  commissioners.     It  was  therefore  unanimously 
agreed  that  the  power  that  did  this  mischief  must  have  entered  at 
the  key-hole.     The  night  following,  Sharp,  the  secretary,  with 
two  of  the  commissioners'  servants,  as  they  were  in  bed  in  the 
same  room,  which  room  was  contiguous  to  that  where  the  com- 
missioners lay,  had  their  bed's  feet  lifted  up  so  much  higher  than 


APPENDIX. 


Extraordinary  Deceptions  |  W     >lstock. 


r  beads,  that  they  expected  to  have  their  necks  broken,  and 
then  they  h  ere  let  faU  at  once  with  so  much  violence  as  shook  the 
whole  house,  and  more  than  ever  terrified  the  commissioners. 
On  the  night  ofthe  19th,  as  they  were  all  in  bed  in  the  same  room 

greater  safety,  and  lights  burping  by  (hem,  the  candles  in  an 
instant  went  out  with  a  sulphurous  smell,  and.  (hat  moment  many 
trenchers  of  wood  were  burled  about  the  room,  which  next  morn- 
ing were  found  to  be  the  same  their  honours  had  eaten  out  of  the 
day  b  which  were  all  removed  from  the  pantry,  though  not  a 

lock  was  found  opened  in  the  whole  house.  The  next  night  they 
third  still  worse  ;  the  candles  went  out  as  before,  the  curtains  of 
their  honours-  beds  were  rattled  to  and  fro  with  great  violence, 
they  received  many  cruel  blows  and  bruises  by  eight  great  pewter 
tnd  a  number  of  wooden  trenchers  being  thrown  on  their 

.  which,  being  heaved  off,  were  heard  rolling  about  the  room, 
though  in  the  morning  none  of  these  were  to  be  seen. 

The  next  night  the  keeper  ofthe  king's  house  and  his  dog  lay 
to  the  commissioners'  room,  and  then  they  had  no  disturbance. 
But  on  the  night  ofthe  22d,  though  the  dog  lay  in  the  room  as 
before,  yet  the  candles  went  out,  a  number  of  brickbats  fell  from 
the  chimney  into  the  room,  the  dog  howled  piteous!)7,  their  bed- 
clothes were  all  stripped  off,  and  their  (error  increased.  On  the 
24th  they  thought  all  the  wood  of  the  king's  oak  was  violently 
thrown  down  by  their  bedsides ;  they  counted  sixty-four  billets 
that  fell,  and  some  hit  and  shook  the  beds  in  which  they  lay  ;  but 
in  the  morning  none  was  found  there,  nor  had  the  door  been 
opened  where  the  billet-wood  was  kept.  The  next  night  the 
candles  were  put  out,  the  curtains  rattled,  and  a  dreadful  crack, 

thunder,   was  heard  ;   and  one  of  the  servants  running  in 

.  thinking  his  master  was  killed,  found  three  dozen  of  tren- 

-  laid  smoothly  under  the  quilt  by  him.  But  all  this  was 
nothing  to  what  succeeded  afterward.  The  29th,  about  midnight, 
the  candles  went  out,  something  walked  majestically  through  the 
room,  and   opened   and   shut  the   windows  ;  great   stones  were 

vn  violently  into  the  room,  some  of  which  fell  on  the  beds, 
>r  :  and  at  about  a  quarter  after  one,  a  noise  was 

!  as  of  forty  cannon  discharged  together,  and  again  repeated 
at  about  eight  minutes'  interval.  This  alarmed  and  raised  all  the 
neighbourhood,  who,  coming  into  their  honours'  room,  gathered 

re  in  number,  and  laid  them  by  in  the 
corner  of  a  fi<  Id,  where,  in  Dr.  Plot's  time,  they  were  to  be  seen. 
This  noise  like  the  discharge  of  cannon  was  heard  over  the 
country  for  eh  vi  ral  miles  round.  During  these  noises  the  com- 
:  DISS  loners  and  their  servants  gave  one  another  over  for  lost,  and 


CAUSES    OF    APPARITIONS.  357 

Extraordinary  Deceptions  practised  at  Woodstock. 

cried  out  for  help  ;  and  Giles  Sharp,  snatching  up  a  sword,  had 
well  nigh  killed  one  of  their  honours,  mistaking  him  for  the  spirit, 
as  he  came  in  his  shirt  from  his  own  room  to  theirs.  While  they 
were  together  the  noise  was  continued,  and  part  of  the  tiling  of 
the  house  was  stripped  off,  and  all  the  windows  of  an  upper  room 
were  taken  away  with  it.  On  the  30th,  at  midnight,  something 
walked  into  the  chamber,  treading  like  a  bear ;  it  walked  many 
times  about,  then  threw  the  warming-pan  violently  on  the  floor  ; 
at  the  same  time  a  large  quantity  of  broken  glass,  accompanied 
with  great  stones  and  horse  bones,  came  pouring  into  the  room 
with  uncommon  force.  On  the  1st  of  November  the  most  dread- 
ful scene  of  all  ensued.  Candles  in  every  part  of  the  room  were 
lighted  up,  and  a  great  fire  made ;  at  midnight,  the  candles  all 
yet  burning,  a  noise  like  the  bursting  of  a  cannon  was  heard  in 
the  room,  and  the  burning  billets  were  tossed  about  by  it  even 
into  their  honours'  beds,  who  called  Giles  and  his  companions  to 
their  relief,  otherwise  the  house  had  been  burned  to  the  ground : 
about  an  hour  after,  the  candles  went  out  as  usual,  the  crack  as 
of  many  cannon  was  heard,  and  many  pailfuls  of  green  stinking 
water  were  thrown  upon  their  honours'  beds  ;  great  stones  were 
also  thrown  in  as  before,  the  bed-curtains  and  bedsteads  torn 
and  broken,  the  windows  shattered,  and  the  whole  neighbourhood 
alarmed  with  the  most  dreadful  noises  ;  nay,  the  very  rabbit- 
stealers  that  were  abroad  that  night  in  the  warren  were  so  terrified 
that  they  fled  for  fear,  and  left  their  ferrets  behind  them.  One 
of  their  honours  this  night  spoke,  and  in  the  name  of  God  asked 
what  it  ivas,  and  why  it  disturbed  them  so  ?  No  answer  was  given 
to  this ;  but  the  noise  ceased  for  a  while,  when  the  spirit  came 
again  ;  and,  as  they  all  agreed,  brought  with  it  seven  devils  worse 
than  itself.  One  of  the  servants  now  lighted  a  large  candle,  and 
set  it  in  the  doorway  between  the  two  chambers,  to  see  what 
passed  ;  and  as  he  watched  it,  he  plainly  saw  a  hoof  striking  the 
candle  and  candlestick  into  the  middle  of  the  room,  and  afterward 
making  three  scrapes  over  the  snuff,  scraped  it  out.  Upon  this 
the  same  person  was  so  bold  as  to  draw  a  sword  ;  but  he  had 
scarce  got  it  out  when  he  felt  another  invisible  hand  holding  it  too, 
and  pulling  it  from  him,  and  at  length  prevailing,  struck  him  so 
violently  on  the  head  with  the  pummel  that  he  fell  down  for  dead 
with  the  blow.  At  this  instant  was  heard  another  burst  like  the 
discharge  of  the  broadside  of  a  ship  of  war,  and  at  the  interval  of 
a  minute  or  two  between* each,  no  less  than  nineteen  such  dis- 
charges. These  shook  the  house  so  violently  that  they  expected 
every  moment  it  would  fall  upon  their  heads.  The  neighbours, 
being  all  alarmed,  flocked  to  the  house  in  great  numbers,  and  all 


358  ON    THE    GENERAL    DIFFUSION    OF    KNOWLEDGE. 

Ventriloquism— -Louia  Brabant. 


joined  in  prayer  and  psalm-singing  ;  during  which  the  noise  con- 
tinued iii  the  other  rooms,  and  the  discharge  of  cannons  was 
heard  as  from  \\  ii hout,  though  no  visible  agent  was  seen  to  dis- 
charge them.  But  what  was  the  most  alarming  of  all,  and  putan 
end  to  their  proceedings  effectually,  happened  the  next  day,  as 
they  were  all  at  dinner,  v.  hen  a  paper  in  which  they  had  signed  a 
mutual  agreement  to  n  serve  a  part  of  the  premises  out  of  the 
genera]  survey,  and  afterward  to  share  it  equally  among  themselves 
(which  paper  they  had  hid  for  the  present  under  the  earth  in  a  pot 
in  one  corner  of  the  room,  and  in  which  an  orange-tree  grew,) 
was  consumed  in  a  wonderful  manner  by  the  earth's  taking  fire 
with  which  the  pot  was  tilled,  and  burning  violently,  with  a  blue 
flame  and  an  intolerable  stench,  so  that  they  were  all  driven  out 
of  the  house,  to  which  they  could  never  be  again  prevailed  upon 
to  return. 

This  story  has  been  somewhat  abridged  from  the  Encyclopae- 
dia Britannica,  where  it  is  quoted  from  Dr.  Plot's  history.     If  I 
recollect  right,  it  is  imbodied  in  the  book  entitled  "  Satan's  Invisi- 
ble World  Discovered,"  and  the  extraordinary  occurrences  it  re- 
lates ascribed  to  satanic  influence.     At  the  time  they  happened, 
they  were  viewed  as  the  effects  of  supernatural  powers  ;  and  even 
Dr.  Plot  seems  disposed  to  ascribe  them  to  this  cause.  "  Though 
many  tricks,"  says  the  doctor,  "  have  been  often  played  in  affairs 
of  this  kind,  many  of  the  things  above  related  are  not  reconcila- 
ble with  juggling  ;  such  as  the  loud  noises  beyond  the  powers  of 
man  to  make  without  such  instruments  as  were  not  there — the 
tearing  and  breaking  the  beds — the  throwing  about  the  fire — the 
hoof  treading  out  the  candle — and  the  striving  for  the  sword,  and 
the  blow  the  man  received  from  the  pummel  of  it."     It  was  at 
length  a  scertaincd,  however,  that  this  wonderful  contrivance  was 
all   the  invention  of  the  memorable  Joseph  Collins  of  Oxford, 
otherwise  called  Funny  Jo,  who,  having  hired  himself  as  secre- 
tary under  the  name  of  Giles  Sharp,  by  knowing  the  private  traps 
belonging  to  the  house,  and  by  the  help  of  pulvis  fuhninans  and 
other  chymical  preparations,  and  letting  his  fellow-servants  into 
the  sell*  in  .  d  on  the  deceit  without  discovery  to  the  very 

Veni  another  source  whence  a  belief  of  apparitions 

has  bto  By  this  art,  certain  persons  can  so  modify 

their  voice  as  to  make  itappear  to  the  audience  to  proceed  from 
aiiv  distanqa  and  in  any  direction,  and  by  which  impostors  have 
Mipliahed  their  nefarious    designs,   of  which  the 
following  are  in  3J 

Louis  Brabant,  a  dexterous  ventriloquist,  valet-de-chambre  to 


VENTRILOQUISM.  359 


Story  of  Louis  Brahant. 


Francis  L,  had  fallen  desperately  in  love  with  a  young,  hand- 
some, and  rich  heiress  ;  but  was  rejected  by  the  parents  as  an 
unsuitable  match  for  their  daughter,  on  account  of  the  lowness 
of  his  circumstances.     The  young  lady's  father  dying,  he  made 
a  visit  to  the   widow,  who  was  totally  ignorant  of  his  singular 
talent.     Suddenly,  on  his  first  appearance  in  open  day,  in  her  own 
house,  and  in  the  presence  of  several  persons  who  were  with  her, 
she  heard  herself  accosted  in  a  voice  perfectly  resembling  that  of 
her  dead  husband,  and  which  seemed  to  proceed  from  above, 
exclaiming,  "  Give  my  daughter  in  marriage  to  Louis  Brahant. 
He  is  a  man  of  great  fortune,  and  of  an  excellent  character.     I 
now  suffer  the  inexpressible  torments  of  purgatory  for  having  re- 
fused her  to  him.     If  you  obey  this  admonition,  I  shall  soon  be 
delivered  from  this  place  of  torment.     You  will  at  the  same  time 
provide  a  worthy  husband  for  your  daughter,  and  procure  ever- 
lasting repose  to  the  soul  of  your  poor  husband."     The  widow 
could  not  for  a  moment  resist  this  dreadful  summons,  which  had 
not  the  most  distant  appearance  of  proceeding  from  Louis  Bra- 
hant, whose  countenance  exhibited  no  visible  change,  and  whose 
lips  were  close  and  motionless  during  the  delivery  of  it.     Ac- 
cordingly, she  consented  immediately  to  receive  him  for  her  son- 
in-law.     Louis's  finances,  however,  were  in  a  very  low  situation, 
and  the  formalities  attending  the  marriage-contract  rendered  it 
necessary  for  him  to  exhibit  some  show  of  riches,  and  not  to  give 
the  ghost  the  lie  direct.     He  accordingly  went  to  work  on  a  fresh 
subject,  one  Cornu,  an  old  and  rich  banker  at  Lyons,  who  had  ac- 
cumulated immense   wealth   by  usury  and  extortion,   and  was 
known  to  be  haunted  by  remorse  of  conscience  on  account  of  the 
manner  in  which  he  had  acquired  it.     Having  contracted  an  inti- 
mate acquaintance  with  this  man,  he,  one  day,  while  they  were 
sitting  together  in  the  usurer's  little  back  parlour,  artfully  turned 
the  conversation  on  religious  subjects,  on  demons,  and  spectres, 
the  pains  of  purgatory,  and  the  torments  of  hell.     During  an  in- 
terval of  silence  between  them,  a  voice  was  heard,  which  to  the 
astonished   banker,  seemed  to  be  that  of  his   deceased  father, 
complaining,  as  in  the  former  case,  of  his  dreadful  situation  in 
purgatory,  and  calling  upon  him  to  deliver  him  instantly  from 
thence,  by  putting  into  the  hands  of  Louis  Brahant,  then  with  him, 
a  large  sum  for  the  redemption  of  Christians  then  in  slavery  with 
the  Turks  ;  threatening  him  at  the  same  time  with  eternal  damna- 
tion if  he  did  not  take  this  method  to  expiate,  likewise,  his  own 
sins.     Louis  Brahant,  of  course,  affected  a  due  degree  of  asto- 
nishment on  the  occasion,  and  further  promoted  the  deception  by 
acknowledging  his  having  devoted  himself  to  the  prosecution  of 


360  APPENDIX. 


Story  Of  LOUIS  Brilliant— of  M.  St.  Gill. 


the  charitable  designs  imputed  to  him  by  the  ghost  An  old  usurer 
is  naturally  suspicious.  Accordingly!  the  wary  banker  made  a 
Second  appointment  with  the  ghost's  delegate  for  the  next  day  : 
and  to  render  any  design  of  imposing  upon  him  utterly  abortive, 
took  him  into  the  open  fields,  where  not  a  house,  or  a  tree,  or 
oven  a  hush,  or  a  pit  were  in  sight,  capable  of  screening  any  sup- 
posed confederate.  This  extraordinary  caution  excited  the  ven- 
triloquist to  exert  all  the  powers  of  his  art.  Wherever  the  ban- 
ker conducted  him,  at  every  step  his  ears  were  saluted  on  all 
sides  with  the  complaints  and  groans,  not  only  of  his  father,  but 
of  all  his  deceased  relations,  imploring  him  for  the  love  of  God, 
and  in  the  name  of  every  saint  in  the  calender,  to  have  mercy 
on  his  own  soul  and  theirs,  by  effectually  seconding  with  his 
purse  the  intentions  of  his  worthy  companion.  Cornu  could  no 
longer  resist  the  voice  of  Heaven,  and  accordingly  carried  his 
guest  home  with  him,  and  paid  him  down  ten  thousand  crowns ; 
with  which  the  honest  ventriloquist  returned  to  Paris,  and  married 
his  mistress.  The  catastrophe  was  fatal.  The  secret  was  after- 
ward blown,  and  reached  the  usurer's  ears,  who  was  so  much  af- 
fected by  the  loss  of  his  money  and  the  mortifying  railleries  of  his 
neighbours,  that  he  took  to  his  bed  and  died. 

Another  trick  of  a  similar  kind  was  played  off  about  sixty  or 
seventy  years  ago  on  a  whole  community  by  another  French 
ventriloquist.  "  M.  St.  Gill,  the  ventriloquist,  and  his  intimate 
friend,  returning  home  from  a  place  whither  his  business  had 
carried  him,  sought  for  shelter  from  an  approaching  thunder-storm 
in  a  neighbouring  convent.  Finding  the  whole  community  in 
mourning,  he  inquired  the  cause,  and  was  told  that  one  of  the  body 
had  died  lately,  who  was  the  ornament  and  delight  of  the  whole 
society.  To  pass  away  the  time,  he  walked  into  the  church,  at- 
tended by  some  of  the  religious,  who  showed  him  the  tomb  of  their 
deceased  brother,  and  spoke  feelingly  of  the  scanty  honours  they 
had  bestowed  on  his  memory.  Suddenly  a  voice  was  heard,  ap- 
parently proceeding  from  the  roof  of  the  choir,  lamenting  the 
situation  of  the  defunct  in  purgatory,  and  reproaching  the  brother- 
hood with  their  lukewarmness  and  want  of  zeal  on  his  account. 
The  friars,  as  soon  as  their  astonishment  gave  them  power  to 
speak,  consulted  together,  and  agreed  to  acquaint  the  rest  of  the 
community  with  this  singular  event,  so  interesting  to  the  whole 
society.  HL  St.  Gil),  who  wished  to  carry  on  the  joke  a  little 
farther,  dissuaded  them  from  taking  this  step,  telling  them  that  they 
would  be  treated  by  their  absent  brethren  as  a  set  of  fools  and 
visionaries.  He  recommended  to  them,  however,  the  immediately 
Calling  the  whole  community  into  the  church,  where  the  ghost 


VENTRILOQUISM.  361 


Signification  of  the  Term. 


of  their  departed  brother  might  probably  reiterate  his  complaints. 
Accordingly,  all  the  friars,  novices,  lay-brothers,  and  even  the  do- 
mestics of  the  convent,  were  immediately  summoned  and  called 
together.  In  a  short  time  the  voice  from  the  roof  renewed  its 
lamentations  and  reproaches,  and  the  whole  convent  fell  on  their 
faces,  and  vowed  a  solemn  reparation.  As  a  first  step,  they 
chanted  a  De  profundis  in  a  full  choir  ;  during  the  intervals  of 
which  the  ghost  occasionally  expressed  the  comfort  he  receiv- 
ed from  their  pious  exercises  and  ejaculations  on  his  behalf. 
When  all  was  over,  the  prior  entered  into  a  serious  conversation 
with  M.  St.  Gill ;  and  on  the  strength  of  what  had  just  passed, 
sagaciously  inveighed  against  the  absurd  incredulity  of  our  mo- 
dern skeptics  and  pretended  philosophers,  on  the  article  of  ghosts 
or  apparitions.  M.  St.  Gill  thought  it  high  time  to  disabuse  the 
good  fathers.  This  purpose,  however,  he  found  it  extremely 
difficult  to  effect,  till  he  had  prevailed  upon  them  to  return  with 
him  into  the  church,  and  there  be  witnesses  of  the  manner  in  which 
he  had  conducted  this  ludicrous  deception."  Had  not  the  ven- 
triloquist, in  this  case,  explained  the  cause  of  the  deception,  a 
whole  body  of  men  might  have  sworn,  with  a  good  conscience, 
that  they  had  heard  the  ghost  of  a  departed  brother  address  them 
again  and  again  in  a  supernatural  voice. 

It  is  highly  probable  that  many  of  those  persons  termed  witches 
and  necromancers  in  ancient  times,  who  pretended  to  be  invested 
with  supernatural  powers,  performed  their  deceptions  by  the  art 
of  ventriloquism.  The  term  literally  means,  speaking  from  the 
belly  ;  and,  in  accordance  with  this  idea,  we  find  that  the  Pytho- 
ness, or  witch  of  Endor,  to  whom  Saul  applied  for  advice  in  his 
perplexity,  is  designated  in  the  Septuagint  translation  of  the  Old 
Testament,  u  a  woman  that  speaks  from  her  belly  or  stomach," 
as  most  magicians  affected  to  do  ;  and  some  authors  have  in- 
formed us  that  there  were  women  who  had  a  demon  which  spake 
articulately  from  the  lower  part  of  their  stomachs,  in  a  very  loud, 
though  hoarse  tone.  Umbrse  cum  sagana  resonarent  triste  et 
acutum. — Hor.  Sat.  viii.  lib.  i. 

Our  English  translation  "  familiar  spirit,"  in  Hebrew  signifies 
44  the  spirit  of  06,  or  Oboth."  The  word  06,  in  its  primitive 
sense,  denotes  a  bottle  or  vessel  of  leather  wherein  liquors  were 
put ;  and  it  is  not  unlikely  that  this  name  was  given  to  witches, 
because  in  their  fits  of  enthusiasm  they  swelled  in  their  bellies 
like  a  bottle.  The  occasion  of  this  swelling  is  said  by  some 
authors  to  proceed  from  a  demon's  entering  into  the  sorceress 
per  partes  genitales,  and  so  ascending  to  the  bottom  of  her 
stomach,  from  whence,  at  that  time,  she  uttered  her  predictions  ; 
31 


362 


APPENDIX, 


Phantasmagoria— Ghosl  ofa  Flea. 


and  for  this  reason  the  Latins  call  such  persons  Venlriloqui,  and 
the  Greeks  f^vfloi,  thai  is,  people  who  speak  out  of  their 

bellies,  Cselius  Rhodiginus  (Antiq.  lib.  8,  c.  10)  says,  in  refer- 
ence to  such  cases,  "  While  1  am  writing  concerning  ventrilo- 
quous  persons,  there  is  in  my  own  country  a  woman  of  a  mean 
extract  who  has  an  unclean  spirit  in  her  belly,  from  whence  may 
be  heard  a  voice,  not  very  strong  indeed,  but  very  articulate  and 
intelligible.  Multitudes  of  people  have  heard  this  voice,  as  well 
as  myself,  and  all  imaginable  precaution  has  been  used  in  examin- 
ing into  the  truth  of  this  fact:" — "  Quando  futuri  avida  portentus 
mens,  Bsepe  accersitum  ventriloquam,  ac  exutam  amictu,  ne  quid 
fraudis  occuitaret,  inspectare  et  audire  concupivit."  The  author 
adds,  "  This  demon  is  called  Cincinnalulus,  and  when  the  woman 
calls  upon  him  by  his  name,  he  immediately  answers  her."  Several 
ancient  writers  have  informed  us,  that  in  the  times  of  paganism 
evil  spirits  had  communion  with  these  ventriloquce  per  paries 
secreliores.  Chrysostom  says,  "  Traditur  Pythia  fcemina  fuisse, 
quae  in  Tripodes  sedens  expansa  malignum  spihtum  per  interna 
immissum,  et  per  genitales  partes  subeuntem  excipiens,  furore 
repleretur,  ipsaque  resolutis  crinibus  baccharetur,  ex  ore  spumam 
omittens,  et  sic  furoris  verba  loquebatur,"  &c. 

Spectres  have  also  been  produced  by  such  optical  exhibitions  as 
the  phantasmagoria.  By  means  of  this  instrument,  a  spectre  can 
be  made  apparently  to  start  up  from  a  white  mist,  and  to  rush 
forward  towards  the  spectator  with  an  horrific  aspect.  If  a  thin 
screen  were  placed  in  a  dark  room,  and  the  lantern  of  the  phan- 
tasmagoria with  its  light  properly  concealed,  the  most  terrific 
phantoms  might  be  exhibited,  which  would  confound  and  appal 
(  very  one  previously  unacquainted  with  the  contrivance,  espe- 
cially if  the  exhibition  was  suddenly  made  at  the  dead  hour  of 
night  By  means  of  such  exhibitions,  combined  with  the  art  of 
ventriloquism  and  the  assistance  of  a  confederate,  almost  every 
thing  that  has  been  recorded  respecting  spectres  and  apparitions 
might  be  realized. 

I  shall  conclude  these  illustrations  of  apparitions  by  presenting 
the  reader  with  a  description  of  the  ghost  of  a  flea,  by  Mr.  Varley, 
formerly  alluded  to,  as  a  specimen  of  the  folly  and  superstition 
that  -till  degrade  the  present  age. 

"  With  respect  to  the  vision  of  the  ghost  of  the  flea,  as  seen 
by  Mr.  Blake,  it  agrees  in  countenance  with  one  class  of  people 
under  Gemini,  which  sign  is  the  significator  of  the  flea,  whose 
brown  colour  is  appropriate  to  the  colour  of  the  eyes  in  some  full- 
toned  Gemini  persons,  and  the  neatness,  elasticity,  and  tenseness 
of  the  flea  are  significant  of  the  elegant  dancing  and  fencing  sign 


GHOST    OF    A    FLEA.  363 


Account  of  its  Appearance,  &c. 


Gemini.  The  spirit  visited  his  imagination  in  such  a  figure  as 
he  never  anticipated  in  an  insect.  As  I  was  anxious  to  make 
the  most  correct  investigation  in  my  power  of  the  truth  of  these 
visions,  on  hearing  of  this  spiritual  apparition  of  a  flea,  I  asked 
him  if  he  could  draw  for  me  the  resemblance  of  what  he  saw. 
He  instantly  said,  '  I  see  him  now  before  me.'  I  therefore  gave 
him  paper  and  a  pencil,  with  which  he  drew  the  portrait,  of  which 
a  fac-simile  is  given  in  this  number.  I  felt  convinced  by  his 
mode  of  proceeding  that  he  had  a  real  image  before  him  ;  for  he 
left  off  and  began  on  another  part  of  the  paper  to  make  a  separate 
drawing  of  the  mouth  of  the  flea,  which  the  spirit  having  opened, 
he  was  prevented  from  proceeding  with  the  first  sketch  till  he 
had  closed  it.  During  the  time  occupied  in  completing  the 
drawing,  the  flea  told  him  that  all  fleas  were  inhabited  by  the 
souls  of  such  men  as  were  by  nature  bloodthirsty  to  excess,  and 
were  therefore  providentially  confined  to  the  size  and  form  of  such 
insects ;  otherwise,  were  he  himself,  for  instance,  the  size  of  a 
horse,  he  would  depopulate  a  great  part  of  the  country.  He  added, 
that,  4  if  in  attempting  to  leap  from  one  island  to  another,  he  should 
fall  into  the  sea,  he  could  swim,  and  could  not  be  lost.'  This 
spirit  afterward  appeared  to  Blake,  and  afforded  him  a  view  of  his 
whole  figure,  an  engraving  of  which  I  shall  give  in  this  work." 

N.  B. — Blake,  who  died  only  two  or  three  years  ago,  vvas  an 
ingenious  artist,  who  illustrated  Blair's  Grave  and  other  works, 
and,  was  so  much  of  an  enthusiast,  that  he  imagined  he  could  call 
up  from  the  vasty  deep  any  spirits  or  corporeal  forms.  Were  it 
not  a  fact  that  a  work  entitled  "  Zodiacal  Physiognomy,"  written 
by  John  Yarley,  and  illustrated  with  engravings,  was  actually 
published  in  the  year  1828,  by  Longman  &  CoM  we  should  have 
deemed  it  almost  impossible  that,  amid  the  light  of  the  present 
age,  any  man  capable  of  writing  a  grammatical  sentence  would 
seriously  give  such  a  description  as  that  quoted  above,  and  attach 
his  belief  to  such  absurdity  and  nonsense.  But  amid  all  our 
boasted  scientific  improvements  and  discoveries,  it  appears  that 
the  clouds  of  ignorance  and  superstition  still  hang  over  a  large 
body  of  our  population,  and  that  the  light  of  the  millennial  era,  if 
it  have  yet  dawned,  is  still  far  from  its  meridian  splendour. 

After  what  has  been  now  stated  respecting  the  circumstances 
which  may  have  led  to  the  popular  belief  of  spectres  and  appari- 
tions, it  would  be  almost  needless  to  spend  time  in  illustrating 
the  futility  of  such  a  belief.  There  is  one  strong  objection  against 
the  probability  of  apparitions,  and  that  is,  that  they  scarcely  ap- 
pear to  be  intelligent  creatures,  or,  at  least,  that  they  possess  so 


364  APPENDIX. 


Account  of  i\\<   I  ! 


small  a  degree  of  intelligence  thai  they  arc  unqualified  to  act  with 
prud<  nee,  or  to  use  the  means  requisite  to  accomplish  an  end. 
G    ti     are  said  often  to  appear  in  order  to  discover  some  crime 
thai  had  be<  n  committed  ;   but  they  never  appear  to  a  magistrate 
or  some  person  of  authority  and  intelligence,  but  to  some  illiterate 
clown  who  happens  to  live  near  tin1  place  where  the  crime  was 
committed — to  some  person  who  has  no  connexion  at  all  with  the 
affair,  and  who,  in  general,  is  the  most  improper  person  in  the 
world  for  making  the  discovery.    Glanville,  who  wrote  in  defence 
of  witchcraft  and  apparitions,  relates,  for  instance,  the  following 
story  :    M  James   Haddock,   a  farmer,   was   married  to   Elenor 
Welsh,  by  whom  he  had  a  son.     After  the  death  of  Haddock, 
his  wife  married  one  Davis,  and  both  agreed  to  defraud  the  son 
by  the  former  marriage  of  a  lease  bequeathed  to  him  by  his  father. 
I  pen  this  the  ghost  of  Haddock  appeared  to  one  Francis  Taver- 
ner,  the  servant  of  Lord  Chichester,  and  desired  him  to  go  to 
nor  Welsh,  and  to  inform  her  that  it  was  the  will  of  her  former 
husband  that  their  son  should  enjoy  the  lease.    Taverner  did  not 
at  first  execute  this  commission,  but  he  was  continually  haunted 
by  the  apparition  in  the  most  hideous  shapes,  which  even  threaten- 
ed to  tear  him  in  pieces,  till  at  last  he  delivered  the  message." 
Now,  had  this  spectre  possessed  the  least  common  sense,  it  would 
d  first  to  Elenor  Welsh  and  her  husband  Davis,  and 
Brightened  them  into  compliance  at  once,  and  not  have  kept  poor 
Taverner,  who  had  no  concern  in  the  matter,  in  such  constant 
disquietude  and  alarm. 

Another  odd  circumstance  respecting  apparitions  is,  that  they 

have  no  power  to  speak  till  they  are  addressed.     In  Glanville's 

relations,  we  read  of  an  old  woman  that  appeared  often  to  David 

Hunter,  a  neat-herd,  at  the  house  of  the  bishop  of  Down.    TYhen- 

ever  she  appeared,  he  found  himself  obliged  to  follow  her;  and 

i       hree-quarters  of  a  year,  poor  David  spent  the  whole  of  almost 

every  night  in  scampering  up  and  down  through  the  woods  after 

/oman.    How  long  this  extraordinary  employment  might 

.tinned  it  is  impossible  to  guess,  had  not  David's  violent 

1  him  one  night  exclaim,  "  Lord  bless  me  ! — would  I 

. — shall  1  never  he  delivered  from  this  n  iseiy?"     On 

which  the  phantom  replied,  "  Lord  bless  me  too  ! — It  was  happy 

von  spoke  first,  for  till  then  I  had  no  power  to  speak,  though  I 

i  d  yon  so  long  !"     Then  she  gave  him  a  message  to 

her  two  sons,  though   David  told  her  he  remembered  nothing 

about  her.     David,  it  seems,  neglected  to  deliver  the  message, 

at  which  the  old  beldam  was  SO  much  provoked  that  she  returned 

:in  i  hearty  blow  on  the  shoulder,  which  made  him  cry 


ABSURDITIES    OF    WITCHCRAFT.  365 

Folly  of  the  vulgar  Belief  in  Apparitions. 


oat  and  then  speak  to  her.  Now,  if  she  could  not  speak  till 
David  addressed  her,  why  might  she  not  have  applied  this  orato- 
rial  medicine  the  first  time  she  appeared  to  him  1  It  would  have 
saved  both  herself  and  him  many  a  weary  journey,  and  certainly 
David  would  much  rather  have  had  half  a  dozen  blows  from  her 
choppy  fists,  than  have  wanted  so  many  nights'  sleep.  To  com- 
plete the  story,  it  must  be  added,  that  when  David's  wife  found 
it  impossible  to  keep  him  from  following  the  troublesome  visiter, 
she  trudged  after  him,  but  was  never  gratified  with  a  sight  of  the 
enchantress. — See  Ency.  Brit.,  Art.  Spectre. 

What  imaginable  purpose  can  be  served  by  such  dumb  spectres 
that  cannot  speak  till  they  are  addressed,  or  by  sending  appari- 
tions from  the  invisible  world  that  appear  destitute  of  common 
sense  1  It  is  remarked  by  Glanville,  that  ghosts  are  generally 
very  eager  to  be  gone ;  and,  indeed,  they  are  frequently  so  much 
so,  that,  like  children  and  thoughtless  fools;  they  do  not  stay  to 
tell  their  errand.  It  appears  altogether  inconsistent  with  any 
rational  or  scriptural  ideas  of  the  overruling  providence  of  the 
Almighty,  to  suppose  that  such  beings  would  be  selected  for  admi- 
nistering the  affairs  of  his  kingdom,  and  for  maintaining  an  inter- 
course between  the  visible  and  invisible  worlds.  It  is  also  stated 
to  be  one  peculiarity  of  spectres  that  they  appear  only  in  the  nighU 
But  if  they  are  sent  to  this  sublunary  region  on  affairs  of  impor- 
tance, why  should  they  be  afraid  of  the  light  of  the  sun  ?  In  the 
light  of  day  their  message  would  be  delivered  with  as  much  ease, 
and  with  more  chance  of  success.  As  it  would  excite  less  fear, 
it  would  be  listened  to  with  more  calmness  and  attention ;  and 
were  they  to  exhibit  themselves  before  a  number  of  intelligent 
witnesses  in  the  full  blaze  of  day,  the  purposes  for  which  they 
were  sent  would  be  more  speedily  and  securely  accomplished. 
The  celestial  messengers  whose  visits  are  recorded  in  Scripture, 
apppeared  most  frequently  during  the  light  of  day,  and  communi- 
cated their  messages,  in  many  instances,  to  a  number  of  indivi- 
duals at  once — messages  which  were  of  the  utmost  importance  to 
the  individuals  addressed,  and  even  to  mankind  at  large.  To 
give  credit,  therefore,  to  the  popular  stories  respecting  ghosts  and 
apparitions  imbodies  in  it  a  reflection  on  the  character  of  the  All- 
wise  Ruler  of  the  world,  and  a  libel  on  the  administrations  of  his 
moral  government. 

No.  VIII. — Explosions  of  Steam-engines.     Page  53,  142. 

As  steam-engines  are  now  applied  to  the  purpose  of  impelling 
vessels  along  seas  and  rivers,  as  well  as  to  many  important  manu* 
31* 


306  APPENDIX. 


Accid<  nta  from  Steamn  n 


facturing  processes,  and  are  capable  of  still  more  extensive  ap- 
plications, and  of  higher  improvements  than  they  have  yet.  attained 
— it  is  of  the  utmost  importance  that  every  circumstance  should 
be  carefully  guarded  against  which  has  the  remotest  tendency  to 
endanger  the  bursting  of  the  boiler, — and  that  no  person  be  in- 
trusted with  the  direction  of  such  engines  who  is  not  distinguished 
for  prudence  and  caution,  or  who  is  unacquainted  with  their  con- 
non  and  the  principle  of  their  operation.  For,  to  ignoranee 
and  imprudence  are  to  be  ascribed  many  of  those  accidents  which 
happened  from  the  bursting  of  the  boilers  of  these  engines. 
Tins  remark  is  strikingly  illustrated  by  the  following  and  many 
other  tragical  occurrences  : — 

In  the  month  of  August,  1815,  the  following  melancholy  acci- 
dent happened  at  Messrs.  Nesham  and  Co.'s  colliery  at  New- 
hot  To.  The  proprietors  had  formed  a  powerful  locomotive  steam- 
engine  for  the  purpose  of  drawing  ten  or  twelve  coal  wagons  to 
staith  at  one  time  ;  and  on  the  day  it  was  to  be  put  in  motion, 
a  great  number  of  persons  belonging  to' the  colliery  collected  to 
see  it ;  but,  unfortunately,  just  as  it  was  going  off,  the  boiler  of 
the  machine  burst.  The  engine-man  was  dashed  to  pieces,  and 
his  mangled  remains  blown  114  yards.  The  top  of  the  boiler, 
nine  feet  scpiare,  weighing  nineteen  hundred  weight,  was  blown 
100  vards,  and  the  two  cylinders  90  yards.  A  little  boy  was 
also  thrown  to  a  great  distance.  By  this  accident  fifty-seven  per- 
sons were  killed  and  wounded,  of  whom  eleven  died  on  Sunday 
night ;  several  remaining  dangerously  ill.  The  cause  of  the  acci- 
dent is  accounted  for  as  follows  : — The  engine-man  said,  "  Jis 
there  are  several  owners  and  viewers  here,  I  will  wake  her  (the  en- 
gine ]  go  in  grand  style  ,-"  and  he  had  scarcely  got  upon  the  boiler 
to  loose  the  screw  of  the  safety  valve,  when,  being  overheated, 
it  exploded. — Monthly  Magazine,  yo\.  xl.  p.  181. 

From  what  is  here  stated,  it  appears  that  this  tragical  accident 
was  occasioned  by  a  combination  of  vanity,  ignorance,  and  im- 
prudence  in  the  prison  to  whom  the  direction  of  the  engine  was 
committed. — The  following  accident  which  happened  to  the 
Washington  steamboat,  belonging  to  Wheeling,  N.  America,  is 
attributed  to  a  somewhat  similar  cause. 

M  This  boat  started  from  Wheeling  on  Monday,  June  10th, 
1816,  and  arrived  at  Marietta  on  Tuesday  evening  at  7  o'clock, 
and  came  safely  to  anchor,  where;  she  remained  till  Wednesday 
morning.  The  fires  had  hem  kindled,  and  the  boilers  sufficiently 
hot,  preparatory  to  her  departure,  when  the  anchor  was  weighed 
and  the  helm  put  to  larboard,  in  order  to  wear  her  in  a  position  to 
start  her  machinery  ;  but  only  having  one  of  her  rudders  shipped 


EXPLOSION    OF    STEAM-ENGINES.  367 

Accidents  in  America. 


at  the  time,  its  influence  was  not  sufficient  to  have  the  desired 
effect,  and  she  immediately  shot  over  under  the  Virginia  shore, 
where  it  was  found  expedient  to  throw  over  the  hedge  at  the  stern 
to  effect  it.  This  being  accomplished,  the  crew  were  then  re- 
quired to  haul  it  on  board,  and  were  nearly  all  collected  in  the 
quarter  for  that  purpose.  At  this  unhappy  fatal  moment,  the  end 
of  the  cylinder  towards  the  stern  exploded,  and  threw  the  whole 
contents  of  hot  water  among  them,  and  spread  death  and  torture 
in  every  direction.  The  captain,  mate,  and  several  seamen  were 
knocked  overboard,  but  were  saved,  with  the  exception  of  one 
man,  by  boats  from  the  town,  and  by  swimming  to  the  shore. 
The  whole  town  was  alarmed  by  the  explosion,  and  all  the  physi- 
cians, with  a  number  of  citizens,  went  immediately  to  their  relief. 
On  going  on  board,  a  melancholy  and  truly  horrible  scene  was 
presented  to  view.  Six  or  eight  persons  were  nearly  skinned 
from  head  to  foot,  and  others  scalded,  making  in  the  whole  seven- 
teen. In  stripping  off  their  clothes  the  skin  peeled  off  with  them 
to  a  considerable  depth.  Added  to  this  melancholy  sight,  the 
ears  of  the  pitying  spectators  were  pierced  by  the  screams  and 
groans  of  the  agonizing  sufferers,  rendering  the  scene  horrible 
beyond  description. 

44  The  cause  of  this  melancholy  catastrophe  may  be  accounted 
for  by  the  cylinder  not  having  vent  through  the  safety  valve, 
which  was  firmly  stopped  by  the  weight  which  hung  on  the  lever 
having  been  unfortunately  slipped  to  its  extreme,  without  its  being 
noticed,  and  the  length  of  time  occupied  in  wearing  before  her 
machinery  could  be  set  in  motion,  whereby  the  force  of  the  steam 
would  have  been  expended ;  these  two  causes  united  confined 
the  steam  till  the  strength  of  the  cylinders  could  no  longer  con- 
tain it,  and  gave  way  with  great  violence.  Six  of  the  unfortunate 
sufferers  died  on  Wednesday  night,  and  one  or  two  others  are 
not  expected  to  survive." — Louisiana  Gazette  and  New-Orleans 
Mercantile  Advertiser,  July  8th,  1816. 

Since  the  above  accidents  happened,  many  others  of  a  similar 
nature  have  occurred,  which  have  ultimately  been  ascertained  to 
have  been  owing  either  to  ignorance  or  to  carelessness  and  inat- 
tention, which  are  the  natural  results  of  ignorance.  As  steam- 
boats are  now  navigating  all  our  friths  and  rivers,  and  even 
ploughing  the  ocean  itself;  and  as  steam-carriages  are  likely 
soon  to  come  into  general  use  for  the  conveyance  of  passengers 
and  goods,  it  is  of  the  utmost  importance  to  their  success,  and  to 
the  safety  of  the  public,  that  every  precaution  be  adopted  to  pre- 
vent those  explosions  and  disarrangements  of  the  machinery, 
which  might  be  attended  with  fatal  effects.    But  although  science 


36*  APPENDIX, 


Accidents  in  America— England. 


and  art  may  accomplish  all  thai  seems  requisite  for  the  preven- 
tion of  danger,  unless  persons  of  prudence  and  intelligence  be 
obtain*  d  for  the  superintendi  nee  and  direction  of  such  machines, 
the  ( (Torts  of  their  projectors  i<>  prevent  accidents  may  prove 
abortive.  And  until  the  tone  of  intellect  among  the  middling  and 
lower  orders  be  somewbat  more  elevated  than  it  is  at  present,  it 
may  be  difficult  to  obtain  persons  for  this  purpose  of  the  requisite 
qualifications. 

The  following  recent  accidents  from  steamboat  explosions  in 
all  probability  originated  from  causes  similar  to  those  to  which  I 
have  now  alluded. 

The  boiler  of  the  steamboat  Caledonia,  plying  on  the  Missis- 
sippi, exploded  on  the  11th  of  April,  1830,  killing  and  wounding 
about  fifteen  of  the  passengers  and  seven  of  the  crew, — seven 
or  eight  of  whom  were  blown  overboard  and  lost.  It  was  expect- 
ed that  some  of  the  wounded  would  recover,  although  badly 
scalded.  The  boiler  burst  in  the  side  while  the  boat  was  under 
way,  and  about  two  hours  after  being  wooded.  There  were  on 
board  about  four  hundred  deck  and  sixty  cabin  passengers,  besides 
the  crew,  being  altogether  about  five  hundred  souls.  The  hull 
of  the  boat  Mas  uninjured.  It  is  said  that  the  accident  arose  from 
the  passengers  crowding  to  one  side  of  the  boat,  by  which  one 
side  of  the  boiler  was  exposed  to  the  direct  action  of  the  fire,  and 
when  the  boat  righted,  a  quantity  of  steam  was  suddenly  gene- 
rated greater  than  the  safety  valve  could  carry  off. — The  number 
of  persons  who  have  lost  their  lives  by  explosions  in  America, 
since  the  commencement  of  the  season  (1830),  is  not  much  short 
of  one  hundred, — sixty  in  the  Helen  JWacgregor,  four  in  the 
Huntress,  nine  in  the  Justice  Marshall,  and  fourteen  in  the 
Caledonia,  besides  those  of  the  latter  who,  it  was  feared,  would 
not  recover  from  the  injuries  they  had  sustained. 

In  these  and  other  instances,  it  is  more  than  probable  that  a 
want  of  attention  to  the  natural  laics  of  the  universe,  and  to  the 
obvious  effects  which  an  enlightened  mind  should  foresee  they 
would  produce,  was  the  chief  cause  of  the  destruction  of  so  many 
human  beings,  and  of  the  sufferings  of  those  whose  lives  were 
preserved.  The  same  remark  maybe  applied  to  the  circum- 
stances  connected  with  a.  late  fatal  accident  which  happened  on 
the  Liverpool  and  Manchester  rail-road. 

On  Friday  afternoon,  February  1,  1833,  as  the  second-class 
train,  which  haves  Liverpool  at  three  o'clock,  was  proceeding 
over  Pan  Rtoss,  ;i  little  on  the  other  side  of  Newton,  one  of  the 
tub*  s  which  passes  longitudinally  through  the  boiler,  burst.  The 
consequence  was,  that  a  quantity  of  water  fell  into  the  fire,  steam 


EXPLOSION    OF    STEAM-ENGINES.  369 

Liverpool  and  Manchester  Railway. 

was  generated  in  abundance,  and  the  engine  stopped.  Several 
of  the  passengers  alighted  to  see  what  was  the  matter,  and  they 
incautiously  got  upon  the  line  of  railway  taken  by  the  trains  in 
going  to  Liverpool, — the  contrary  to  that  on  which  the  disabled 
engine  stood.  While  they  were  in  this  situation,  a  train  of  wa- 
gons from  Bolton,  proceeding  to  Liverpool,  came  up.  The  per- 
sons who  had  alighted  did  not  see  the  advancing  train,  being  en- 
veloped in  a  dense  cloud  of  vapour  ;  and,  from  the  same  cause, 
they  were  by  the  conductor  also  unseen.  They  accordingly  came 
upon  them  with  fearful  violence ;  several  were  knocked  down, 
and  the  wheels  of  the  train  passed  over  four  of  them.  Three  of 
the  unfortunate  party  were  killed  upon  the  spot — their  bodies 
being  dreadfully  crushed  ;  the  fourth  survived,  and  was  taken 
forward  to  the  infirmary,  but  his  recovery  was  considered  hope- 
less. Two  of  the  three  killed  were  elderly  persons,  whose  names 
were  unknown ;  the  third,  an  interesting  young  man,  who  had 
formerly  been  in  the  employ  of  the  company  as  a  fireman,  and 
who  was  married  only  three  weeks  before.  The  survivor  was  a 
boy,  about  sixteen  years  of  age,  who  was  proceeding  from  Bel- 
fast to  Halifax,  where  his  parents  reside.  The  casualty  which 
was  the  occasion  of  this  serious  result  was  itself  but  trifling,  as 
the  train  went  forward  to  Manchester  after  a  short  delay. 

This  shocking  catastrophe  was  evidently  caused  by  rashness 
and  imprudence — by  not  foreseeing  what  might  probably  arise 
from  a  certain  combination  of  circumstances  ;  or  in  other  words, 
by  inattention  to  certain  natural  laws,  both  on  the  part  of  those 
who  were  connected  with  the  Liverpool  train  of  wagons  and  of 
those  who  conducted  the  Bolton  train.  In  regard  to  the  passen- 
gers in  the  Liverpool  train,  it  was  highly  improper  that  they 
should  have  left  their  seats  on  the  carriage.  The  accident  which 
befell  the  unfortunate  Mr.  Huskisson,  at  the  opening  of  the  rail- 
way, should  have  operated  as  an  impressive  warning  against  such 
a  practice.  In  the  next  place,  it  was  most  imprudent  to  venture 
upon  the  other  line  of  railway,  more  especially  when  a  cloud  of 
steam  prevented  them  from  seeing  what  was  passing  around 
them.  In  regard  to  the  person  who  had  the  command  of  the 
Bolton  train,  it  was  incautious  and  imprudent  in  the  highest  de- 
gree to  urge  his  machinery  forward,  when  he  beheld  a  volume  of 
smoke  immediately  before  him ;  the  least  consideration  must 
have  convinced  him  that  some  accident  must  have  happened,  and 
that  the  cloud  of  steam  would  prevent  (hose  enveloped  in  it  from 
perceiving  the  approach  of  his  vehicle  ;  and,  therefore,  he  ought 
immediately  to  have  abated  his  speed,  so  as  to  have  acquired  a 
complete  command  of  the  engine  by  the  time  it  arrived  at  the 


370  APPENDIX, 


Sir  H.  Davy's  Safety  Lamp* 


spot  where  the  steam  was  floating.  Hence  the  importance,  in 
conducting  steam-engines  and  other  departments  of  machinery, 
of  having  as  superintendents  men  of  prudence  and  of  enlightened 
minds,  capable  of  foreseeing  the  probable  effects  of  every  com- 
bination of  circumstances  thai  may  happen  to  occur.  For  igno- 
rance is  generally  proud,  obstinate,  incautious,  precipitate  in  its 
movements,  and  regardless  of  consequences.;  so  that,  through 
its  heedlessness  and  folly,  the  most  splendid  inventions  are  often 
impeded  in  their  progress,  and  their  value  and  utility  called  in 
question. 

The  Liverpool  and  Manchester  railway,  and  the  locomotive 
powers  of  the  machinery  and  engines  which  move  along  it,  con- 
stitute one  of  the  most  splendid  and  useful  improvements  of  mo- 
dern times.  From  the  last  half-yearly  report  of  the  directors, 
from  June  30  to  December  31,  1S32,  it  is  satisfactorily  proved 
that  this  railway  is  completely  efficient  and  applicable  to  all  the 
great  objects  for  which  it  was  designed.  During  the  period  now 
specified,  there  were  carried  along  the  railway  86,842  tons 
goods,  39,940  tons  coals,  and  182,823  passengers,  which  is 
73,498  fewer  than  in  the  corresponding  six  months  of  1831,  ow- 
ing to  the  prevalence  of  cholera  in  Dublin,  and  in  the  towns  of 
Manchester  and  Liverpool.  Were  this  railway  continued  to 
London,  it  is  calculated  that  the  journey  from  Liverpool  to  the 
metropolis,  a  distance  of  more  than  two  hundred  miles,  might  be 
performed  in  eight  or  ten  hours. 

No.  IX. —  Circumstances  tchich  led  to  the  invention  of  the  Sajety 
Lamp.     Pages  41,  151. 

This  lamp,  by  means  of  which  hundreds  of  lives  have  been 
pres<  rved,  was  invented  in  the  autumn  of  1815.  Sir  Humphrey 
Davy,  the  inventor,  was  led  to  the  consideration  of  this  subject, 
by  an  application  from  Dr.  Gray,  now  Bishop  of  Bristol,  the 
chairman  of  a  society  established  in  1813,  at  Bishop-AYearmouth, 
to  consider  and  promote  the  means  of  preventing  accidents  by 
lire  m  coal-pits.  Being  then  in  Scotland,  he  visited  the  mines 
on  his  return  .southward,  and  was  supplied  with  specimens  of  fire- 
damp, which,  on  reaching  London,  he  proceeded  to  examine  and 
analyze.  II«  soon  discovered  that  the  carburetted  hydrogen  gas, 
called  fire-damp  by  the  miners,  would  not  explode  when  mixed 
with  less  than  six,  or  more  than  fourteen,  times  its  volume  6f  air; 
and  further,  that  the  explosive  mixture  could  not  be  fired  in  tubes 
of  small  diameters  and  proportionate  lengths.  Gradually  dimi- 
nishing these,  he  arrived  at  the  conclusion  that  a  tissue  of  wire 


DISCOVERY    OF    IODINE.  371 


Anecdote  of  Sir  Humphrey  Davy. 


in  which  the  meshes  do  not  exceed  a  certain  small  diameter, 
which  may  be  considered  as  the  ultimate  limit  of  a  series  of  such 
tubes,  is  impervious  to  the  inflamed  air;  and  that  a  lamp  covered 
with  such  tissue  may  be  used  with  perfect  safety,  even  in  an  ex- 
plosive mixture  which  takes  fire  and  burns  within  the  cage,  se- 
curely cut  off  from  the  power  of  doing  harm.  Thus,  when  the 
atmosphere  is  so  impure  that  the  flame  of  a  lamp  itself  cannot 
be  maintained,  the  Davy  still  supplies  light  to  the  miner,  and  turns 
his  worst  enemy  into  an  obedient  servant.  This  invention,  the 
certain  source  of  large  profit,  he  presented  with  characteristic 
liberality  to  the  public.  The  words  are  preserved  in  which,  when 
pressed  to  secure  to  himself  the  benefit  of  a  patent,  he  declined 
to  do  so,  in  conformity  with  the  high-minded  resolution  which  he 
formed,  upon  acquiring  independent  wealth,  of  never  making  his 
scientific  eminence  subservient  to  gain.  "  I  have  enough  for  all 
my  views  and  purposes  ;  more  wealth  might  be  troublesome,  and 
distract  my  attention  from  those  pursuits  in  which  I  delight. 
More  wealth  could  not  increase  my  fame  or  happiness.  It  might 
undoubtedly  enable  me  to  put  four  horses  to  my  carriage  ;  but 
what  would  it  avail  me  to  have  it  said  that  Sir  Humphrey  drives  his 
carriage  and  four?' — Gallery  of  Portraits. 

No.  X. — On  the  Utility  of  the  Remarks  and  Observations  of 
^Mechanics  and  Manufacturers.     Page  153. 

That  the  remarks  of  experienced  artists  and  labourers  may 
frequently  lead  to  useful  discoveries  may  be  illustrated  by  the 
following  facts  : — "A  soap  manufacturer  remarked  that  the  resi- 
duum of  his  ley,  when  exhausted  of  the  alkali  for  which  he  em- 
ployed it,  produced  a  corrosion  of  his  copper  boiler  for  which  he 
could  not  account.  He  put  it  into  the  hands  of  a  scientific  che- 
mist for  analysis,  and  the  result  was  the  discovery  of  one  of  the 
most  singular  and  important  chemical  elements,  iodine.  The 
properties  of  this,  being  studied,  were  found  to  occur  most  appo- 
sitely in  illustration  and  support  of  a  variety  of  new,  curious,  and 
instructive  views  then  gaining  ground  in  chemistry,  and  thus  ex- 
ercised a  marked  influence  over  the  whole  body  of  that  science. 
Curiosity  was  excited ;  the  origin  of  the  new  substance  was 
traced  to  the  sea-plants,  from  whose  ashes  the  principal  ingre- 
dient of  soap  is  obtained,  and  ultimately  to  the  sea- water  itself.  It 
was  thence  hunted  through  nature,  discovered  in  salt-mines  and 
springs,  and  pursued  into  all  bodies  which  have  a  marine  origin ; 
among  the  rest  into  sponge.  A  medical  practitioner  then  called 
to  mind  a  reputed  remedy  for  the  cure  of  one  of  the  most  griev- 


i>72  APPENDIX. 


Iodine  a  Remedy  for  the  Goitre. 


oua  and  unsightly  disorders  to  which  the  human  species  is  sub- 
ject— the  goitre — which  infests  the  inhabitants  of  mountainous 
districts  to  an  extent  which,  in  this  favoured  land,  we  have  hap- 
pily no  experience  of,  and  which  was  said  to  have  been  originally 
cured  by  the  ashes  of  burnt  sponge.  Led  by  this  indication,  he 
tried  the  ctieet  of  iodine  on  that  complaint,  and  the  result  esta- 
blished the  extraordinary  fact  that  this  singular  substance,  taken 
as  a  medicine,  acts  with  the  utmost  promptitude  and  energv  on 
goitre,  dissipating  the  largest  and  most  inveterate  in  a  short  time, 
and  acting  (of  course  with  occasional  failures,  like  all  other  me- 
dicines) as  a  specific  or  natural  antagonist  against  that  odious 
deformity.  It  is  thus  that  any  accession  to  our  knowledge  of  nature 
is  sure,  sooner  or  later,  to  make  itself  felt  in  some  practical  ap- 
plication, and  that  a  benefit  conferred  on  science,  by  the  casual 
observation  or  shrewd  remark  of  even  an  unscientific  or  illiterate 
person,  infallibly  repays  itself  with  interest,  though  often  in  a  way 
that  could  never  have  been  at  first  contemplated."* 

Iodine  was  accidentally  discovered  (as  above  stated)  in  1812, 
by  M.  de  Courtois,  a  manufacturer  of  saltpetre  at  Paris,  and  de- 
rived its  first  illustrations  from  M.  Clement  and  M.  Desormes. 
Its  name  literally  signifies  a  violet  colour.  Its  specific  gravity  is 
about  4.  It  becomes  a  violet-coloured  gas  at  a  temperature  be- 
low that  of  boiling  water;  it  combines  with  the  metals,  with 
phosphorus  and  sulphur,  with  the  alkalis  and  metallic  oxides,  and 
forms  a  detonating  compound  with  ammonia.  Dr.  Coindet  of 
Geneva  first  recommended  the  use  of  it,  in  the  form  of  tincture, 
for  the  cure  of  goitres.  Some  readers  may  perhaps  require  to 
be  informed  that  the  goitre  is  a  large  fleshy  excrescence  that 
grows  from  the  throat,  and  sometimes  increases  to  an  enormous 
size.  The  inhabitants  of  certain  parts  of  Switzerland,  especially 
those  in  the  republic  of  Valais,  are  particularly  subject  to  this 
shocking  deformity. 

No.   XI. — Liberality  of  Religious  Sectaries  in  America,  con- 
trasted with  British  bigotry.     Page  298. 

The  following  sketches  are  taken  from  Stuart's  "  Three  Years 
in  North  America."  When  at  Avon,  a  village  in  the  north-west 
part  of  the  State  of  New  York,  Mr.  Stuart  went  to  attend  a 
church  about  a  mile  distant,  of  which  he  gives  the  following  de- 
scription :  "  The  borsea  and  carriagesweretiedupin  great  sheds 
near  the  chun-h-doors,  during  the  time  of  service.    The  day  was 

•  II  im.  Discourse  to  Nat,  PhiL 


LIBERALITY    OF    SECTARIES    IN   AMERICA.  373 


Anecdote  of  General  Washington. 


hot,  and  the  precentor,  as  usual,  in  the  centre  of  the  front  gallery, 
opposite  to  the  minister,  officiated,  not  only  without  a  gown,  but 
without  a  coat  upon  his  back.     There  was  some  sort  of  instru- 
mental music — hautboys  and  bassoons,  I  think,  against  which 
there  are  no  prejudices  in  this  country.     The  clergyman,  a  very 
unaffected,  sincere-looking  person,  delivered  a  plain  sensible  dis- 
course, in  which  he  introduced  the  names  of  Dr.  Erskine  and 
Dr.  Chalmers,  which  sounded  strange  to  us,  considering  where 
we  were,  on  the  western  side  of  the  Atlantic,  not  very  far  from 
the  falls  of  Niagara.     At  the  close  of  his  sermon,  he  addressed 
his  hearers  in  some  such  terms  as  these  : — 'My  friends,  the  sa- 
crament of  the  Lord's  Supper  is  to  be  dispensed  here  this  eve- 
ning.   This  is  a  free  church,  open  to  all — Presbyterians,  Method- 
ists,  Baptists,  and  all  other  denominations  of  Christians.     This 
is  according  to  our  belief.     All  are  invited ;  the  risk  is  theirs.' 
Such  liberality  is,  we  find  on  inquiry,  not  unusual  among  the  cler- 
gvmen  and  congregations  of  different  sects,  with  the  exception 
hi  general  of  Unitarians.      I  observe  an  example  recorded  in 
Hosack's  Life  of  Clinton ;  and  as  it  relates  to  the  great  father  of 
the  United  States,  and  is  of  unquestionable  authority,  I  think  it 
of  sufficient  interest  for  insertion.     '  While  the  American  army, 
under  the  command  of  Washington,  lay  encamped  in  the  vicinity 
of  Morristown,  New-Jersey,  it  occurred  that  the  service  of  the 
communion  (then  observed  semi-annually  only)  was  to  be  admi- 
nistered to  the  Presbyterian  church  in  that  village.     In  a  mor- 
ning of  the  previous  week,  the  general,  after  his  accustomed  in- 
spection of  the  camp,  visited  the  house  of  the  Rev.  Dr.  Jones, 
then  pastor  of  that  church,  and,  after  the  usual  preliminaries,  thus 
accosted  him — 4  Doctor,  I  understand  that  the  Lord's  Supper  is 
to  be  celebrated  with  you  next  Sunday.     I  would  learn,  if  it  ac- 
cords with  the  canons  of  your  church  to  admit  communicants  of 
another  denomination  V     The  doctor  rejoined,  4  Most  certainly. 
Ours  is  not  the  Presbyterian  table,  general,  but  the  Lord's  table, 
and  we  hence  give  the  Lord's  invitation  to  all  his  followers,  of 
whatever  name.'     The  general  replied,  'I  am  glad  of  u\  that  is 
as  it  ought  to  be — but  as  I  was  not  quite  sure  of  the  fact,  I 
thought  I  would  ascertain  it  from  yourself,  as  I  propose  to  join 
with  you  on  that  occasion.     Though  a  member  of  the  Church  of 
England,  1  have  no  exclusive  partialities.'     The  doctor  reassured 
him  of  a  cordial  welcome,  and  the  general  was  found  seated 
with  the  communicants  the  next  Sabbath. 

44  During  my  residence  in  the  United  States,  subsequent  to  this 
period,  I  was  frequently  witness  to  the  good  understanding  which 
generally  prevails  among  clergymen  professing  different  opinions 
'32 


374  APPENDIX. 


IHiberality  of  English  I  ':<  r  gym  en. 


on  church  tonus  ami  doctrinal  points  in  tins  country;  audi  occa- 
sionally observed  notices  in  the  newspapers  to  the  same  purport. 
The  two  following  I  have  preserved :  'The  cornerstone  of  anew 
Baptist  church  was  laid  at  Savannah,  in  Georgia  and  the  ceremo- 
nial services  were  performed  by  clergymen  of  the  Methodist, 
German,  Lutheran,Presbyterian,  Episcopal,  and  Baptist  churches.' 
— 4  The  sacrament  of  the  Lord's  Supper  was  administered  in 
the  Rev.  Mr.  Post's  church  (Presbyterian  church  at  Washing- 
ton), and,  a*  usual,  all  members  of  other  churches  in  regular 
standing  were  invited  to  unite  with  the  members  of  that  church  in 
ying  their  faith  in,  and  love  to,  their  Lord  and  Saviour.  The 
invited  guests  assembled  around  the  table  ;  and  it  so  happened 
that  31r.  Grundy,  a  senator  from  Tennessee,  and  two  Cherokee 
Indians,  were  seated  side  by  side.'  Nothing  is  more  astounding, 
in  the  stage-coach  intercourse  with  the  people  of  this  country,  as 
well  as  in  the  bar-rooms  where  travellers  meet,  than  the  freedom 
and  apparent  sincerity  of  their  remarks,  and  the  perfect  feeling  of 
equality  with  which  the  conversation  is  maintained,  especially  on 
religious  matters.  I  have  heard  the  most  opposite  creeds  main- 
tained, without  any  thing  like  acrimonious  discussion  or  sarcastic 
remark,  by  persons  in  the  same  stage,  professing  themselves  un- 
disguisedly  Calvinists,  Episcopalians,  Methodists,  and  Unitari- 
ans," &c. 

If  such  are  the  liberal  views  entertained  in  America  on  religious 
subjects,  and  if  such  dispositions  are  more  congenial  to  the  spirit 
of  the  Christian  system,  than  the  fiery  and  unhallowed  zeal  and 
unholy  jealousies  which  many  religionists  display — why  are  they 
not  more  frequently  manifested  in  our  own  country  ?  for  the  dif- 
ference of  localities  and  customs  cannot  alter  the  nature  and  obli- 
gation of  moral  principles  and  actions.  What  a  striking  contrast 
to  the  scenes  now  exhibited  are  such  facts  as  the  following:  "  The 
Rev.  J.  T.  Campbell,  Hector  of  Tilston,  in  the  diocess  of  Chester, 
hd.s  In  in  8U8pended  from  his  clerical  function  for  twelve  months, 
with  a  sequestration  of  his  benefice  for  that  time,  for  preaching  in 
a  ^Methodist  meeting-hause  in  Nantwich,  and  in  other  similar  places 
within  the  diocess." — "  The  Rev.  Dr.  Rice,  curate  of  St.  Luke's, 
London, who  made  himself  conspicuous  the  other  dayat  Mr.Wake- 
ly's  dinner,  ha>,  m  consequence  of  the  liberal  sentiments  he  then  ex- 
pressed on  the  subject  of  church  reform,  fallen  under  the  censure 
of  his  diocesan*"  Both  these  notices  appeared  in  most  of  the 
newspapers  in  January,  1833,  and  were  never  contradicted!  If 
such  conduct  in  the  rulers  of  the  church  were  warranted  by  the 
doctrine-  or  precepts  of  the  New  Testament,  Christianity  would 
be  unworthy  of  any  man's  attention  or  support.     If  the  principles 


ILLIBERALITY    OF    SECTARIES    IN    GREAT    BRITAIN.  375 

i  --  i   -■■ 

An  English  Clergyman — Duke  of  Newcastle. 

and  persecuting  spirit  involved  in  such  decisions  were  counte- 
nanced and  supported  by  the  laws  of  the  state,  we  should  soon  be 
subjected  to  all  the  burnings,  hangings,  maimings,  tortures,  and 
horrid  cruelties  which  distinguished  the  dark  ages  of  popery  and 
the  proceedings  of  the  Star  Chamber.  How  long  will  it  be  ere 
professed  Christians  display  a  Christian  spirit  ?  and  what  is  the 
utility  of  Christianity  to  the  world,  unless  candour,  forbearance, 
love,  meekness,  and  other  Christian  virtues  be  the  characteristics 
of  its  professed  votaries  ?  We  dare  any  person  to  bring  forward 
a  single  instance  of  a  man's  being  converted  to  the  faith  of  our 
holy  religion  by  the  display  of  unhallowed  zeal,  furious  bigotry, 
sectarian  contentions,  or  the  manifestation  of  a  domineering  and 
persecuting  spirit.  But  thousands  of  instances  could  be  produced 
of  such  dispositions  being  the  means  of  recruiting  the  ranks  of 
infidelity  and  licentiousness.  The  following  statement,  sent  to 
the  editor  of  the  Liverpool  JMercury,  Feb.  14,  1833,  displays  the 
liberality  of  certain  British  clergymen  in  the  thirty-third  year  of 
the  nineteenth  century.     "  I  have  been  recently  called  on  by  death 

to  part  with  one  of  my  children.     I  waited  upon  the  Rev. , 

of church  (where  I  buried  a  child  a  short  time  ago),  to  ar- 
range with  him  about  its  interment  near  the  other.  '  But  to  what 
place  of  worship  do  you  goV  inquired  most  seriously  the  reverend 
divine.  ■  The  Methodists,  sir,  of  the  New  Connexion,'  I  replied. 
'  As  you  do  not  attend  my  church,  I  cannot,  therefore,  bury  your 
child. — Where  was  your  child  baptized  V  was  his  second  inquiry. 
c  At  the  church  of  which  I  am  a  member,'  I  answered.  '  How 
can  you  think,  exclaimed  the  liberal  and  pious,  but  indignant, 
minister,  '  that  I  shall  bury  your  child,  which  has  been  baptized 
by  a  dissenter  !  Take  your  child  to  be  buried  where  it  was  bap- 
tized.'— '  But,  sir,  we  have  no  burial-ground  connected  with  our 
chapel.'— 'No  matter;  the  churchwardens  of  my  church  have 
determined  not  to  bury  any  that  do  not  belong  to  the  church.     Go,' 

said  the  minister,  '  to ,  and  arrange  with  him.'     So  saying, 

he  turned  his  back  and  left  me. — R.  Emery." 

The  Duke  of  Newcastle — so  notorious  for  doing  what  he 
phases  with  his  own — has  the  following  clause  introduced  into 
certain  leases  in  the  neighborhood  of  Nottingham :  "  That  in 
none  of  the  houses  to  be  built  shall  be  held  prayer-meetings,  or  any 
conventicles  for  the  diffusion  of  sentiments  contrary  to  the  doctrines 
of  the  Church  of  England ."  A  fine  specimen,  truly,  of  Christian 
liberality  in  the  nineteenth  century !  If  his  grace  the  Duke  of 
Newcastle  attended  to  his  prayers  as  frequently  and  fervently  as 
the  liturgy  enjoins,  he  would  be  disposed  to  display  a  little  more 
candour  in  reference  to  the  "  prayer-meetings"  of  his  dissenting 


37b*  APPENDIX, 


eracy  of  the  ( 'lergy. 


brethren.     With  regard  to  the  leading  doctrines  of  the  Church  of 
England,  there  are  few  dissenters  disposed  to  find  much  fault 
with  them.     But  what  will  his  grace  say  of  the  indolence  and 
avaricious  conduct  of  many  of  the  ministers  of  that  church,  which 
have  been  the  cause  of  the  rapid  increase  of  dissenters?     The 
vicar  of  Pevensey  in  Sussex  (as  appears  from  a  petition  of  the 
parishioners,  dated  February  1,  1833)  derives  an  income  from  the 
parish  of  about  1200/.  a  year,  and  yet  has  never  once  performed 
divine  service  since  his  induction,  about  seventeen  years  ago.     lie 
has  another  living  at  Guostling,  about  fifteen  miles  distant,  from 
which  he  derives  a  revenue  of  400/.  per  annum.    Whether  he  does 
duty  there  is  not  known;  hut  it  is  not  absurd  to  suppose  that  a 
parson   who  will  not  so  much  as  read  prayers  for  1200/.  is  not 
very  likely  to  preach  for  400/. — R.  Hodgson,  dean  of  Carlisle,  is 
also  vicar  of  Burg-on-Sands,  rector  of  St.  George's  in  Hanover- 
square,  vicar  of  Ilellington  ;  and  yet  at  none  of  these  places  is 
he  found  officiating.     The  tithes  received  by  the  dean  and  chapter 
for  Heshet  amount  to  1000/.  or  1500/.  a  year ;  they  pay  the  cu- 
rate that  does  the  duty   IS/.  5.9.,  or  at  the  rate  of  one  shilling  a 
day — the   wages  of  a  bricklayer's  labourer.     In  Wetheral  and 
"Warwick,   the   dean   and  chapter  draw  about  1000/.  a  year  for 
tithes,    and    1000/.    a   year  from    the    church   lands,   and   they 
pay  the  working  minister  the  sum  of  50/.  a  year.     The  tithes 
of  the  parish  of  St.   Cuthberts  and  St.  Mary  amount  to  about 
1500/.    a   year,  and  the  two  curates    who   do  the  duty  receive 
each  the   sum  of  2/.   135.   Ad.  a  year!!      Three  brothers    of 
the    name  of  Goodenough  monopolize   thirteen  pieces  of  church 
preferment     One  of  them  is  prebend   of  Carlisle,  Westminster, 
and  Fork — vicar  of  Wath  All-Saints  on  Dearn,  chaplain  of  Ad- 
wick,  and  chaplain  of  Brampton  Bierlow.     Those  preferments 
produce,  of  course,  several  thousands,  for  which  the  incumbents 
perform  absolutely  nothing.     And  yet,  one  of  the  persons  above 
alluded  to  had  lately  the  effrontery  to  come  to  Carlisle  and  preach 
up  l.4the  church  is  in  danger,"  because  these  shocking  enormities 
are  now  exposed  to  public  reprobation.     See  Times  newspaper  for 
M areh  7,  8,  L833.     It  would  be  no  great  breach  of  charity  to 
suppose  thai  it  is  such  doctrines  ond practices  as  those  now  stated, 
that  the  Duke  of  Newcastle  is  determined  to  support  with  such  a 
fi  p(  i   of  per»  cuting  zeal — and  that  pure  Christianity,  detached 
from  its  connexions  with  the  state,  is  the  object  of  his  hatred  and 
contempt. 


As 


a  corroboration  of  Mr.  Stuart's  statements  respecting  the 


EFFECTS    OF    INFIDEL    PHILOSOFHY.  377 


Liberality  of  Sectaries  in  America. 


liberality  of  Religious  Sectaries  in  America,  the  following  ex- 
tract of  a  letter,  dated  18th  February  1S33,  which  the  author 
received  from  the  Rev.  Dr.  S ,  a  learned  and  pious  Pres- 
byterian minister  in  the  State  of  New  York,  may  be  here  in- 
serted— 

"  I  deeply  regret  to  hear  that  so  much  of  the  spirit  of  sectarian- 
ism prevails  among  the  different  religious  denominations  of  your 
country.  We  too,  have  enough  of  it ;  but  it  is  here  manifestly 
on  the  decline.  You  may  possibly  think  it  an  unreasonable  stretch 
of  liberality,  when  I  tell  you,  that,  within  a  few  weeks,  I  suffered  an 
Episcopalian  to  preach  in  my  pulpit,  and  to  use  his  own  forms  of 
prayer.  But  such  is  the  state  of  feeling  in  my  congregation,  that, 
though  such  a  thing  had  never  before  occurred  among  them,  yet 
it  met  with  their  universal  and  unqualified  approbation.  On  the 
other  hand,  1  expect,  in  the  course  of  a  week  or  two,  to  preach  a 
charity  sermon  here  in  one  of  our  Episcopal  churches,  and  to  per- 
form the  whole  service  in  my  own  way.  This,  it  must  be  con- 
fessed, is  a  little  uncommon  even  in  this  country  ;  but  every  thing 
indicates,  that  such  expressions  of  good  will,  even  between 
Presbyterians  and  Episcopalians,  will  soon  become  frequent.  In- 
dependents and  Presbyterians  here  occupy  nearly  the  same  ground. 
They  are  indeed  distinct  denominations,  but  are  represented  in 
each  other's  public  bodies."  The  author  has  perused  an  excel- 
lent sermon  of  the  clergyman  now  alluded  to,  which  was  preached 
in  an  Independent  church  when  introducing  an  Independent  minis- 
ter to  his  charge  immediately  after  ordination,  which  shows  that 
we  have  still  much  to  learn  from  our  transatlantic  brethren,  in  re- 
lation to  a  friendly  and  affectionate  intercourse  with  Christians  of 
different  denominations. 


No.  XII. — On  the  Demoralizing  Effects  of  Infidel  Philosophy. 

Pages  307-311. 

With  the  view  of  corroborating  and  illustrating  more  fully  the 
statements  made  in  the  pages  referred  to,  the  following  facts  may 
be  stated  in  relation  to  the  moral  character  of  the  inhabitants  of 
France,  particularly  those  of  Paris. 

In  the  first  place,  the  vice  of  gambling  prevails  in  the  capital  of 
France  to  an  extent  unknown  in  almost  any  other  country.  The 
Palais  Royale  is  the  grand  focus  of  this  species  of  iniquity,  which 
is  the  fertile  source  of  licentiousness,  and  of  almost  every  crime. 
Mr.  J.  Scott,  who  visited  Paris  in  1814,  thus  describes  this  sink 
of  moral  pollution :  "  The  Palais  Royale  presents  the  most  cha- 
32* 


37S  APPENDIX, 


Public  Morals  in  Parit— Gambling, 


racteristic  feature  of  Paris ;  it  is  dissolute,  gay,  wretched,  elegant, 
paltry,  busy,  and  idle;  it  suggests  recollections  of  atrocity,  and 
supplies  Bights  of  fascination;  it  displays  virtue*  and  vice  living 
on  easy  terms,  and  in  immediate  neighbourhood  of  each  other. 
Excitements,  indulgences,  and  privations — art  and  vulgarity — 
science  and  ignorance — artful  conspiracies  and  careless  debauch- 
eries— all  mingle  here,  forming  an  atmosphere  of  various  exhala- 
tions, a  whirl  of  the  most  lively  images — a  stimulating  melange  of 
what  is  most  heating,  intoxicating,  and  subduing*"     Sir  W.  Scott, 
who  visited   Paris  in  1815,  gives  the  following  description  of  this 
infamous  establishment :   "  The  Palais  Royale,  in  whose  saloons 
and  porticoes  vice  has  established  a  public  and  open  school  for 
gambling  and  licentiousness,  should  be  levelled  to  the  ground,  with 
all  its  accursed  brothels  and  gambling  houses — rendezvouses  the 
more  seductive  to  youth  as  being  free  from  some  of  those  dangers 
which  would  alarm  timidity  in  places  of  avowedly  scandalous  re- 
sort.    In  the  Salon  des  Et rangers,  the  most  celebrated  haunt  of 
this  Dom-Daniel,  which  I  had  the  curiosity  to  visit,  the  scene  was 
decent  and  silent  to  a  degree  of  solemnity.     An  immense  hall  was 
filled  with  gamesters  and  spectators.     Those  who  kept  the  bank 
and  managed  the  affairs  of  the  establishment  were  distinguished 
by  the  green  shades  which  they  wore  to  preserve  their  eyes — by 
their  silent  and  grave  demeanour,  and  by  the  paleness  of  their 
countenances,  exhausted  by  their  constant  vigils.     There  was  no 
distinction  of  persons,  nor  any  passport  required  for  entrance,  save 
that  of  a  decent  exterior  ;  and  on  the  long  tables,  which  were  co- 
vered with  gold,  an  artizan  was  at  liberty  to  hazard  his  week's 
U  ages,  or  a  noble  his  whole  estate.     Youth  and  age  were  equally 
welcome,  and  any  one  who  chose  to  play  within  the  limits  of  a 
trifling  sum  had  only  to  accuse  his  own  weakness  if  he  was  drawn 
into  deeper  or  more  dangerous  hazard.     Every  thing  appeared  to 
be   conducted  with  perfect  fairness.      The   only  advantage  po- 
d   by  the  bank  (which  is,  however,  enormous)  is  the  extent 
of  the  funds,  by  which  it  is  enabled  to  sustain  any  reverse  of  for- 
tune ;    whereas,  most  of  the  individuals  who  play  against  the  bank 
are  in  circumstances  to  be  ruined  by  the  first  succession  of  ill 
luck  ;    so  that  ultimately  the  small  ventures  merge  in  the  stock  of 
the  principal  adventurers,  as  rivers  run  into  the  sea.     The  profits 
of  the  establishment  must  indeed  be  very  large,  to  support  its  ex- 
penses.      Besides  a  variety  of  attendants,  who  distribute  refresh- 
ments to  the  players  gratis,  there  is  an  elegant  entertainment, 
with  expensive  wines,  regularly  prepared  about  three  o'clock  in 
the  morning  for  those  who  choose  to  partake  of  it.     With  such 
temptations  around  him,  and  where  the  hazarding  an  insignificant 


MORALS    OF    FRANCE.  379 


Marriage — Public  Morals  in  Paris. 


sum  seems  at  first  venial  or  innocent,  it  is  no  wonder  that  thou- 
sands feel  themselves  gradually  involved  in  the  vortex,  whose 
verge  is  so  little  distinguishable,  until  they  are  swallowed  up, 
with  their  time,  talents,  fortune,  and  frequently  also  both  body  and 
soul. 

44  This  is  vice  with  her  fairest  vizard ;  but  the  same  unhal- 
lowed precinct  contains  many  a  secret  cell  for  the  most  hideous 
and  unheard-of  debaucheries ;  many  an  open  rendezvous  of 
infamy,  and  many  a  den  of  usury  and  treason  ;  the  whole  mixed 
with  a  vanity  fair  of  shops  for  jewels,  trinkets,  and  baubles  ;  that 
bashfulness  may  not  need  a  decent  pretext  for  adventuring  into 
the  haunts  of  infamy.  It  was  here  that  the  preachers  of  revolu- 
tion found,  amid  gamblers,  desperadoes,  and  prostitutes,  ready 
auditors  of  their  doctrines,  and  active  hands  to  labour  in  their 
vineyard.  It  was  here  that  the  plots  of  the  Buonapartists  were 
adjusted  ;  and  from  hence  the  seduced  soldiers,  inflamed  with 
many  a  bumper  to  the  health  of  the  exile  of  Elba,  under  the  mys- 
tic names  of  Jean  de  PEpee  and  Corporal  Yiolet,  were  dismissed 
to  spread  the  news  of  his  approaching  return.  In  short,  from 
this  central  pit  of  Acheron,  in  which  are  openly  assembled  and 
mingled  those  characters  and  occupations  which,  in  all  other 
capitals,  are  driven  to  shroud  themselves  in  separate  and  retired 
recesses — from  this  focus  of  vice  and  treason  have  flowed  forth 
those  waters  of  bitterness  of  which  France  has  drunk  so  deeply." 

The  state  of  marriage  in  this  country  since  the  revolution  is 
likewise  the  fertile  source  of  immorality  and  crime.  Marriage 
is  little  else  .than  a  state  of  legal  concubinage,  a  mere  temporary 
connexion,  from  which  the  parties  can  loose  themselves  when 
they  please  ;  and  women  are  a  species  of  mercantile  commodity. 
Illicit  connexions  and  illegitimate  children,  especially  in  Paris, 
are  numerous  beyond  what  is  known  in  any  other  country.  The 
following  statement  of  the  affairs  of  the  French  capital  for  the 
year  ending  22d  September,  1803,  given  by  the  prefect  of  police 
to  the  grand  judge,  presents  a  most  revolting  idea  of  the  state  of 
public  morals  : — During  this  year  490  men  and  167  women  com- 
mitted suicide  ;  81  men  and  69  women  were  murdered,  of  whom 
55  men  and  52  women  were  foreigners  ;  644  divorces  ;  155 
murderers  executed  ;  1210  persons  condemned  to  the  galleys, 
&c.  ;  1626  persons  to  hard  labour,  and  64  marked  with  hot  irons  ; 
12,076  public  women  were  registered  ;  large  sums  were  levied 
from  these  wretched  creatures,  who  wer  3  made  to  pay  from  5  to 
10  guineas  each  monthly,  according  to  their  rank,  beauty,  or 
fashion;  1552  kept  mistresses  were  n  oted  down  by  the  police, 
and  380  brothels  licensed  by  the  prefec  t.     Among  the  criminals 


3S0  ArrENPix. 


Profanation  of  tin*  Sabbath. 


executed  were  7  lathers  for  poisoning  their  children,  10  husbands 
for  murdering  their  wives,  0  wives  that  had  murdered  their  hus- 
bands,  and  L5  children  who  had  })oisoned  or  otherwise  destroyed 
their  parents. 

The  glaring  profanation,  of  the  Sabbath  is  another  striking 
characteristic  of  the  people  of  France,  especially  as  displayed  in 
the  capital.  Entering  Paris  on  the  Sabbath,  a  Briton  is  shocked 
at  beholding  all  that  reverence  and  solemnity  with  which  that 
sacred  day  is  generally  kept  in  Christian  countries,  not  only 
set  aside,  but  ridiculed  and  contemned,  and  a  whole  people 
apparently  lost  to  every  impression  of  religion.  The  shops  are 
all  alive,  the  gaming  houses  filled,  the  theatres  crowded,  the 
streets  deafened  with  ballad-singers  and  mountebanks  ;  persons 
of  all  ages,  from  the  hoary  grandsire  to  the  child  of  four  or  five 
years,  engaged  in  balls,  routs,  and  dances — the  house  of  God 
alone  deserted,  and  the  voice  of  religion  alone  unheard  and 
despised.  The  Sabbath  was  the  day  appointed  for  celebrating 
the  return  of  Buonaparte  from  Elba  in  IS  15.  In  the  grand  square 
there  were  stationed  two  theatres  of  dancers  and  rope-dancers — 
two  theatres  of  amusing  physical  experiments — six  bands  for 
dancing — a  theatre  of  singers — a  display  of  fireworks — a  circus 
where  Francone's  troops  were  to  exhibit — and,  above  all,  that 
most  delectable  sport  called  JMatts  de  Cocaine.  The  Matts  de 
Cocagne  consists  of  two  long  poles,  near  the  tops  of  which  are 
suspended  various  articles  of  cookery,  such  as  roast  beef,  fowls, 
ducks,  &c.  The  poles  are  soaped  and  rendered  slippery  at  the 
bottom  ;  and  the  sport  consists  in  the  ludicrous  failures  of  those 
who  climb  to  reach  the  eatables.  Two  Matts  de  Cocagne  were 
also  erected  in  the  square  Marjury  ;  as  also  four  bands  for  dan- 
cing,  a  theatre  of  rope -dancers,  a  theatre  of  amusing  experiments, 
a  theatre  of  singers,  &c,  and  fireworks.     These  amusements 

to  commence  at  two  o'clock  P.  M.,  and  to  last  till  night. 
Along  the  avenue  to  the  Champ  de  Elysees  there  were  erected  36 
fountains  of  wine,  12  tables  for  the  distribution  of  eatables,  such 

9,  fowls,  sausagt  s,  &c.  The  distribution  of  the  wine  and 
eatables  took  place  at  Three  o'clock.  At  nine  o'clock  there  was 
a  grand  firework  at  the.  Place  de  Concorde.  Immediately  after- 
ward a  detonation  balloon  ascended  from  the  Champ  do  Elysees. 
The  detonation  took  place  when  the  balloon  was  at  the  height  of 
600  toises,  or  above  3O00  feet  In  the  evening  all  the  theatres 
were  open  gratis,  and  ill  the  public  edifices  were  illuminated. 
Such  was  the  mode  in  which  the  Parisians  worshipped  the 
"Goddess  of  Reason"  on  the  day  appointed  for  the  Christian 
Sabbath. 


PROFANATION  OF  THE  SABBATH  IN  PARIS.        381 


"Want  of  Scriptural  Knowledge, 


That  such  profanation  of  the  Sabbath  is  still  continued,  and 
that  it  is  not  confined  to  the  city  of  Paris,  but  abounds  in  most  of 
the  provincial  towns  of  France,  appears  from  the  following  extract 
of  a  letter  inserted  in  the  Evangelical  Magazine  for  January, 
1833,  from  a  gentleman  who  recently  resided  in  different  parts  of 
that    country : — "  Could    every   pious    reader   of  this    letter   be 
awakened,  on  the  morning  of  that  sacred  day,  as  I  have  been,  by 
Ihe  clang  of  the  anvil,  and,  on  his  entrance  into  the  streets  and 
markets,  observe  business  prosecuted  or  suspended  according  to 
the  tastes   of  the  tradesmen — could  he  mark  the  workmen  on 
seasons  of  religious  festival  erecting  the  triumphal  arch  on  the 
Sabbath  morning,  and  removing  it  on  the  Sabbath  evening,  and 
notice  the  labourers,  at  their  option,  toiling  all  day  at  the  public 
works — could  he  see  the  card-party  in  the  hotel,  and  the  nine- 
pins before  every  public  house,  and  the  promenaders  swarming 
in  all  the  suburbs — could  he  be  compelled  to  witness  on  one 
Sunday  a  grand  review  of  a  garrison,  and  on  another  be  disturbed 
by  the  music  of  a  company  of  strolling  players — and  could  he 
find,  amid  all  this  profanation,  as  I  have  found,  no  temple  to  which 
to  retreat,  save  the  barren  cliff  or  the  ocean-cave — surelv  he 
would  feel  and  proclaim  the  truth,  •  This  people  is  destroyed  for 
lack  of  knowledge/  "     The  same  gentleman  shows  that  this  pro- 
fanation is  chiefly  occasioned  by  "  the  destitution  of  Scriptural 
information  which  exists  in  France,"  which  the  following  facts, 
among  many  others  that  came  under  his  own  observation,  tend  to 

illustrate.     "  On  the  road  to  M ,  on  a  market-day,  I  stopped 

about  a  dozen  persons,  some  poor,  others  of  the  better  classes, 
and  showing  them  the  New  Testament,  begged  them  to  inform 
me  if  they  possessed  it.     With  a  single  exception,  they  all  replied 

in  the  negative.    In  the  town  of  M I  entered,  with  the  same 

inquiry,  many  of  the  most  respectable  shops.  Only  one  indivi- 
dual among  their  occupiers  was  the  owner  of  a  New  Testament. 
One  gentleman,  who,  during  a  week,  dined  with  me  at  my  inn,  and 
who  avowed  himself  a  deist  and  a  materialist,  said  that  he  had  not 
seen  a  Testament  for  many  years.  Indeed,  I  doubted  whether  he 
had  ever  read  it ;  for,  on  my  presenting  one  to  him,  he  asked  if  it 
contained  an  account  of  the  creation.  A  journeyman  bookbinder, 
having  expressed  a  wish  to  obtain  this  precious  book,  remarked, 
on  receiving  it,  in  perfect  ignorance  of  its  divine  authority,  that 
he  dared  to  say  it  was  ■  a  very  fine  work.'  A  student  in  a  univer- 
sity, about  20  years  of  age,  told  me,  that  although  he  had  seen  the 
Vulgate  (Latin)  version  of  the  New  Testament,  he  had  never 
met  with  it  in  a  French  translation.  A  young  woman,  who  pro- 
fessed to  have  a  Bible,  produced  instead  of  it  a  Catholic  abridge- 


3S2  LPPENDIX. 


II  For  1  dancing. 


men!  of  the  Scriptures,  garbled  in  many  important  portions,  and 
interlarded  with  the  comments  of  the  fathers." 

Such  facts  afford  a  striking  evidence  of  the  hostility  of  the 
Roman  Catholic  clergy  in  France  to  the  circulation  of  the  Scrip- 
tores,  and  the  enlightening  el"  the  minds  of  the  community  in  the 
knowledge  of  divine  truths  ;  and  therefore  it  is  no  wonder  that 
infidelity,  materialism, and  immorality  should  very  generally  pre- 
vail. M  Even  among  the  Protestants,"  says  the  same  writer,  "  a 
large  number  of  their  ministers  are  worldly  men,  frequenting,  as 
a  pious  lady  assured  me,  4  the  chase,  the1  dance,  and  the  billiard- 
table.1  As  to  the  public  worship  of  God,  the  case  is  equally 
deplorable.  In  two  large  towns,  and  a  population  of  25,000,  I 
found  no  Protestant  sanctuary.  In  a  third  town,  containing 
about  7000  inhabitants,  there  was  an  English  Episcopal  chapel 
for  the  British  residents,  but  no  French  Protestant  service.  At  a 
fourth,  in  which  there  was  a  Protestant  church,  the  minister,  who 
supplied  four  other  places,  preached  one  Sabbath  in  five  weeks." 

The  mania  for  dancings  which  pervades  all  classes  and  all  ages, 
is  another  characteristic  of  the  people  of  Paris,  of  which  some 
idea  may  be  formed  from  the  following  extract  from  a  French 
public  journal,  dated  August  2,  1804  : — "  The  dansomania  of 
both  sexes  seems  rather  to  increase  than  decrease  with  the  warm 
weather.  Sixty  balls  were  advertised  for  last  Sunday ;  and  for 
to-morrow  sixty-nine  are  announced.  Any  person  walking  in  the 
Elysian  fields,  or  on  the  Boulevards,  maybe  convinced  that  these 
temples  of  pleasure  are  not  without  worshippers.  Besides  these, 
in  our  own  walks  last  Sunday,  we  counted  no  less  than  twenty- 
two  garden*  not  advertised,  where  there  was  fiddling  and  dan- 
ting.  Indeed,  this  pleasure  is  tempting,  because  it  is  very  cheap. 
For  a  bottle  of  beer,  which  costs  6  sous  (3c/.),  and  2  sous  (Id.) 
to  the  fiddler,  a  husband  and  wife,  with  their  children,  may  amuse 
tcfocs  from  lliree  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  till  eleven  o'clock  at 
night  A.8  this  exercise  both  diverts  the  mind  and  strengthens 
the  body,  and  as  Sunday  is  the  only  day  of  the  week  which  the 
most  numerous  classes  of  people  can  dispose  of,  without  injury  to 
thems<  1\<  -  or  the  state,  government  encourages,  as  much  as  possi- 
l>l< ,  thesi  nt  amusements  on  that  day.     In  the  garden  of 

Chaumietre,  on  the  Boulevard  Neuf,  we  observed,  in  the  same 
quadrilles,  last  Sunday,  four  '/(iterations,  the;  ^reat-grandsiro 
cing  with  his  great-great-granddaughter,  and  the  great-grand- 
mamma dancing  with  her  great-great-grandson.  It  was  a  satis- 
faction impossible  t^»  he  expressed,  to  see  persons  of  so  many 
different  ages  all  enjoying  the  same  pleasure  for  the  present,  not 
remembering  past  misfortunes,  nor  apprehending  future  ones. 


STATE    OF    RELIGION    IN    FRANCE.  3S3 


Prevalence  of  Infidelity. 


The  grave  seemed  equally  distant  from  the  girl  often  years  old,  and 
from  her  great-grandmamma  of  seventy  years,  and  from  the  boy 
that  had  not  seen  three  lustres  as  from  the  great-grandsire  reach- 
ing nearly  fourscore  years.  In  another  quadrille  were  four  lovers 
dancing  with  their  mistresses.  There,  again,  nothing  was  ob- 
served  but  an  emulation  who  should  enjoy  the  present  moment. 
Not  an  idea  of  the  past,  or  of  time  to  come,  clouded  their  thoughts ; 
in  a  few  words,  they  were  perfectly  happy.  Let  those  tormented 
bv  avarice  or  ambition  frequent  those  places  on  a  Sunday,  and 
they  will  be  cured  of  their  vile  passions, if  they  are  not  incurable."* 
Such  are  a  few  sketches  of  the  moral  state  and  character  of  the 
people  of  Paris,  which,  there  is  every  reason  to  believe,  are,  with 
a  few  modifications,  applicable  to  the  inhabitants  of  most  of  the 
other  large  towns  in  France.  Among  the  great  mass  of  the  po- 
pulation of  that  country,  there  appears  to  be  no  distinct  recogni- 
tion of  the  moral  attributes  of  the  Deity,  of  the  obligation  of  the 
divine  law,  or  of  a  future  and  eternal  state  of  existence.  Whirled 
about  incessantly  in  the  vortex  of  vanity  and  dissipation,  the  Crea- 
tor is  lost  sight  of,  moral  responsibility  disregarded,  and  present 
sensual  gratifications  pursued  with  the  utmost  eagerness,  regard- 
less whether  death  shall  prove  the  precursor  to  permanent  happi- 
ness or  misery,  or  to  a  state  of  "eternal  sleep."  Never,  perhaps, 
even  in  a  pagan  country,  was  the  Epicurean  philosophy  so  sys- 
tematically reduced  to  practice  as  in  the  country  of  Yoltaire, 
Buffon,  Mirabeau,  Condorcet,  Helvetius,  and  Diderot.  It  can- 
not be  difficult  to  trace  the  present  demoralization  of  France  to 
the  skeptical  and  atheistical  principles  disseminated  by  such  wri- 
ters, which  were  adopted  in  all  their  extent,  and  acted  upon,  by 
the  leaders  of  the  first  Revolution.  Soon  after  that  event,  edu- 
cation was  altogether  proscribed.  During  the  space  of  five  years, 
from  1791  to  1796,  the  public  instruction  of  the  young  was  to- 
tally set  aside,  and,  of  course,  they  were  left  to  remain  entirely 
ignorant  of  the  facts  and  doctrines  of  religion,  and  of  the  duties 
they  owe  to  God  and  to  man.  It  is  easy,  therefore,  to  conceive 
what  must  be  the  intellectual,  the  moral,  and  religious  condition 
of  those  who  were  born  a  little  before  this  period,  and  who  now 
form  a  considerable  portion  of  the. population  arrived  at  the  years 
of  manhood.  A  gentleman  at  Paris  happened  to  possess  a  do- 
mestic of  sense  and  «;eneral  intelligence  above  his  station.  His 
master,  upon  some  occasion,  used  to  him  the  expression,  "  It  is 
doing  as  we  would  be  done  by, — the  Christian  maxim."     The 

*  Several  of  the  above  sketches  are  extracted  from  the  "  Glasgow  Geogra- 
phy," a  work  which  contains  an  immense  mass  of  historical,  geographical, 
and  miscellaneous  information. 


3S4  APPENDIX, 


i. ri  n  ni  a  Female  Deity. 


young  man  looked  rather  surprised  2  tfYes,"  replied  the  gentle- 
man, "  I  sayi  n  is  the  doctrine  of  the  Christian  religion,  which 
:.  aches  us  not  only  to  do  as  we  would  be  done  by,  but  also  to  re- 
turn good  for  evil." — "  It  may  be  so,  sir,"  replied  he,  H  but  I  had 
the  misfortune  to  be  born  during  the  heat  of  the  revolution,  when 
it  would  have  been  death  to  have  spoken  on  the  subject  of  reli- 
gion :  and  so  soon  as  1  was  fifteen  years  old,  I  was  put  into  the 
ds  of  the  drill-sergeant,  whose  first  lesson  to  me  was,  that,  as  a 
French  soldier,  1  was  to  fear  neither  God  nor  devil."  It  is  to  be 
hoped,  that  the  rising  generation  in  France  is  now  somewhat  im- 
proved in  intelligence  and  morality  beyond  that  which  sprang  up 
during  the  demoralizing  scenes  of  the  first  revolution  ;  but,  in 
spite  of  all  the  counteracting  efforts  that  can  now  be  used,  ano- 
ther generation,  at  least,  must  pass  away,  before  the  immoral  ef- 
3  produced  by  infidel  philosophy,  and  the  principles  which  pre- 
vailed during  the  "  reign  of  (error,"  can  be  nearly  obliterated. 

1  shall  conclude  these  sketches  with  the  following  account  of 
the  consecration  of  the  "  Goddess  of  Reason,"  one  of  the  most 
profane  and  presumptuous  mockeries  of  every  thing  that  is  ra- 
tional or  sacred  to  be  found  in  the  history  of  mankind. 

4i  The  section  of  the  Sans  Culottes  declared  at  the  bar  of  the 
ivention,  November,  10,  1793,  that  they  would  no  longer 
have  priests  among   them,   and  that  they  required  the  total  sup- 
pression of  all  salaries  paid  to  the  ministers  of  religious  wor- 
ship.     The  petition  was  followed  by  a  numerous   procession, 
which  filed  off  in  the  hall,  accompanied  by  national  music.     Sur- 
rounded by  them,  appeared  a  young  woman*  of  the  finest  figure, 
.  ed  in  the  robes  of  liberty,  and  seated  in  a  chair,  ornamented 
leaves  and  festoons.      She  was  placed  opposite  the  president  ; 
and  Chaumette,  one  of  the  members,  said,  '  Fanaticism  has  ahan- 
d  the  place  of  truth  ;   squint-eyed,  it  could  not  bear  the  bril- 
liant light     The  people  of  Paris  have  taken  possession  of  the 
►le,  which  they  have  regenerated;  the  Gothic  arches  which 
till  this  day  resounded  with  lie*  now  echo  with  the  accents  of 
truth;  you  see  we  have  Qot  taken  for  our  festivals  inanimate  idols, 
l  chef  (Pa  uvre  of  nature  whom  we  have  arrayed  in   the  habit 
of  liberty;  its  sacred  form  has  inflamed  all  hearts.     The  public 
lomore  altars,  no  more  priests,  no  other  God 
buf  the  God  of  nature.'      We,  their  magistrates,   we   accompany 
them  from  the  temple  of  truth  to  the  temple  of  the  laws,  to  cele- 
brate B   new  liberty,  and  to  request  that  the  ci-devant  church  of 
Noire  Dame  be  changed  into  a  temple  consecrated  to  reason  and 

lac' a i no  I  -  ,  who  was  afterward  guillotined. 


CONSECRATION    OF    A    FEMALE    DEITY.  385 

■  '"  ±  .  ■  m  r 

Degradation  of  Philosophy. 

truth.'  This  proposal,  being  converted  into  a  motion,  was  imme- 
diately decreed ;  and  the  Convention  afterward  decided  that  the 
citizens  of  Paris,  on  this  day,  continued  to  deserve  well  of  their 
country.  The  goddess  then  seated  herself  by  the  side  of  the 
president,  who  gave  her  a  fraternal  kiss.  The  secretaries  pre- 
sented themselves  to  share  the  same  favour  ;  every  one  was  eager 
to  kiss  the  new  divinity,  whom  so  many  salutations  did  not  in  the 
least  disconcert.  During  the  ceremony,  the  orphans  of  the  coun- 
try, pupils  of  Bourdon  (one  of  the  members,)  sang  a  hymn  to  rea- 
son, composed  by  citizen  Moline.  The  national  music  played 
Gosset's  hymn  to  liberty.  The  Convention  then  mixed  with  the 
people,  to  celebrate  the  feast  of  reason  in  her  new  temple.  A  grand 
festival  was  accordingly  held  in  the  church  of  Notre  Dame,  in 
honour  of  this  deitv.  In  the  middle  of  the  church  was  erected  a 
mount,  and  on  it  a  very  plain  temple,  the  facade  of  which  bore  the 
following  inscription — cJl  la  Philosophic'  The  busts  of  the  most 
celebrated  philosophers  were  placed  before  the  gate  of  this  tem- 
ple. The  torch  of  truth  was  in  the  summit  of  the  mount,  upon 
the  altar  of  Reason,  spreading  light.  The  Convention  and  all 
the  constituted  authorities  assisted  at  the  ceremony.  Two  rows 
of  young  girls,  dressed  in  white,  each  wearing  a  crown  of  oak 
leaves,  crossed  before  the  altar  of  reason,  at  the  sound  of  republi- 
can music  :  each  of  the  girls  inclined  before  the  torch,  and 
ascended  the  summit  of  the  mount.  Liberty  then  came  out  of  the 
temple  of  philosophy,  towards  a  throne  made  of  turf,  to  receive 
the  homage  of  the  republicans  of  both  sexes,  who  sang  a  hymn  in 
her  praise,  extending  their  arms  at  the  same  time  towards  her. 
Liberty  ascended  afterward,  to  return  to  the  temple,  and,  in 
re-entering  it,  she  turned  about,  casting  a  look  of  benevolence 
upon  her  friends  ;  when  she  got  in,  every  one  expressed  with  en- 
thusiasm the  sensations  which  the  goddess  excited  in  them  by 
songs  of  joy ;  and  they  swore  never,  never  to  cease  to  be  faithful 
to  her."  ° 

Such  were  the  festivities  and  ceremonies  which  were  prescribed 
for  the  installation  of  this  new  divinity,  and  such  the  shameless 
folly  and  daring  impiety  -with  which  they  were  accompanied  ! 
Such  is  the  Religion  of  what  has  been  presumptuously  called 
Philosophy,  when  it  has  shaken  off  its  allegiance  to  the  Christian 
Revelation — a  religion  as  inconsistent  with  the  dictates  of  reason 
and  the  common  sense  of  mankind,  as  it  is  with  the  religion  of  the 
Bible.  Never,  in  any  age,  was  philosophy  so  shamefully  degraded, 
and  exposed  to  the  contempt  of  every  rational  mind,  as  when  it 
thus  stooped  to  such  absurd  foolery  and  Heaven-daring  profanity 
Besides  the  impiety  of  the  whole  of  this  procedure — which  is 
i  33 


386  APPENDIX, 


Conclusion. 


almost  without  a  parallel  in  the  annals  of  the  world, — there  was 
an  imbecility  and  a  silliness  in  it  altogether  incompatible  with 
those  sublime  ideas  of  creation  and  Providence  which  true  phi- 
losophy, when  properly  directed,  has  a  tendency  to  inspire.  And 
how  inconsistently,  as  well  as  inhumanely,  did  these  worshippers 
of  "  liberty,"  "  reason,"  and  "  truth"  conduct  themselves  to  the 
representative  of  their  goddess,  when,  soon  after,  they  doomed 
the  lady,  whom  they  had  kissed  and  adored  in  the  "  temple  of 
truth,"  to  expire  under  the  stroke  of  the  guillotine  !  Such  occur- 
rences appear  evidently  intended  by  the  moral  Governor  of  the 
world,  to  admonish  us  of  the  danger  of  separating  science  from 
its  connexions  with  revealed  religion,  and  to  show  us  to  what 
dreadful  lengths,  in  impiety  nd  crime,  even  men  of  talent  will 
proceedi  when  the  truths  of  Revelation  are  set  aside,  and  the 
principles  and  moral  laws  of  Christianity  are  trampled  under  foot 


THK  SHD. 


&77-2X 


I 


LIBRARY  OF  CONGRESS 


0  005  652  624  9